Nammcesa 000014 PDF

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 23
__________
L.E.P. 1-25 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 61
23-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1- 3, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
7, 10- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
11, 13- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
15, 17- 511-526, 528-599,
18, 24-
25, 28,
30- 31,
49- 50,
59, 61,
63, 66-
71, 74,
77, 79,
81, 83,
85, 88,
90- 93

201- 202 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 220-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 220-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

502- 505, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
507- 517 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 17
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,

606- 607, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
611, 615, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
619 511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

405, 407- 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
409 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

407- 408 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

407, 411- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
413, 415 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-11-37 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

402, 409 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,

1- 4, MOD.38762P9660 INCORPORATED 526-526, 528-599,
7- 10, COMMUNICATIONS - VHF SYSTEM -
12- 13, INSTALL COLLINS VDR STD VHF2100 CAPABLE
15, 21- OF VDL MODE2 822-1287-120
22, 24, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
26- 56 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

502, 506- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 157-199, 210-249,
507 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

404, 413- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
415, 418- 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
419 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

10- 14, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
17, 19- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
20, 22- 511-526, 528-599,
24, 26,
38, 40-
41, 43,
45, 47-
48, 50-
51, 54-
55

505, 512 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 251-299, 503-509, 511-526,

1 528-599,

19, 21 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-32-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

515 TEXT ADDED DUE TO RFI 220078912 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
23-33-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

11, 16- 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
17, 21, 519-526, 528-599,
28- 29,
39, 41-
43, 51-
54, 58,
60, 62,
65, 70,
73, 76-
77, 81-
84, 87,
89- 91
23-33-00 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,

214- 219 ELECTRICS- GENERATION- DISTRIBUTION- 401-499,
V.U.S AND AVIONICS- DEFINE SYSTEMS OF
THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
MOD.20180K0102 INCORPORATED 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,
COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - REDESIGN POWER 401-499,
SUPPLY -
COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT SYSTEMS 401-499,
TO A321 DEFINITION
COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT INSTALLATION OF 401-499,
MINIMUM PROVISIONS FOR A HATRACK MOUNTED
VIDEO SYSTEM TO A321
COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT INSTALLATION OF 401-499,
SYSTEM PROVISIONS FOR VIDEO (FWD
CONTROL CENTER) TO A321
COMMUNICATIONS - PAX COMPARTMENT - CHANGE 401-499,
VIDEO CONTROL UNIT LOCATION
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE 401-499,
MODIFIED DIRECTOR POWER SUPPLY
PRINCIPLE
COMMUNICATIONS-ADAPT INSTL OF SYSTEM 401-499,
PROVISIONS FOR A HATRACK MOUNTED VIDEO
SYSTEM (FWD CTRL CENTER) TO A319 DEF
MOD.28655P6042 INCORPORATED 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC COMMON INSTALLATION 401-499,
- STANDARDIZE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FUNCTIONAL
DESIGNATION PLACARDS
MOD.31219P7013 INCORPORATED 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,
COMMUNICATIONS-AUDIO INTEGRATING-ADAPT 401-499,
PLACARDS AND WIRING FOR DIGITAL AMU
INSTALLATION
COMMUNICATION:INSTALL PES VIDEO 401-499,
(ROCKWELL COLLINS)
FOR CES02 VERSION
COMMUNICATIONS - 401-499,
INSTALL PES VIDEO (ROCKWELL COLLINS)
FOR CES03 VERSION
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO 401-499,
(ROCKWELL COLLINS) INCL. PFIS FOR
CES04 VERSION
COMMUNICATION: INSTALL PES VIDEO 401-499,
(ROCKWELL COLLINS) INCL PFIS
FOR CES05 VERSION
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 051-099, 106-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,

305- 308, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
311- 318 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 234-235, 239-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

509, 512- 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
514, 516- 528-599,
572 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511-526, 528-599,

412- 414, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
416- 419 511-526, 528-599,

401- 409 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
REPRINTED 051-099, 106-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) ALL
23-33-37 MOD.21362K1387 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,

406 COMMUNICATIONS-VIDEO-INSTALL SYSTEM
PROVISION (FWD CTRL CENTER)
MOD.26976K5221 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,
COMMUNICATIONS-PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT-
INSTALL ADDITIONAL 28VDC POWER SUPPLY
FOR VCC IN FWD AREA
MOD.27397K5579 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,
COMMUNICATIONS - PES VIDEO -
ADAPT SYSTEM PROVISION TO THE
A319/A321 DESIGN
MOD.27737K5732 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,
COMMUNICATIONS - PASSENGER MUSIC
ENTERTAINMENT - ADAPT SYSTEM
PROVISIONS TO THE A319/A321 DESIGN
MOD.38593K12251 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,
COMMUNICATION: INSTALL PES VIDEO
(ROCKWELL COLLINS) INCL PFIS
FOR CES07 VERSION
MOD.39163K9781 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,
COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT IFE SYSTEM TO
ROCKWELL COLLINS DPAVES
FOR CES07 VERSION
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 503-509, 511-518,

404- 413 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

408- 409, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
416- 424, 528-599,
431 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

405- 408 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) ALL

24 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

512- 514 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

6, 9, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
11- 23, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
25, 27-
32, 34-
39, 42-
47, 50-
51, 54-
55, 57-
61, 67,
69- 72,
74, 76-
77, 81,
84- 86,
A004-A007

201- 206 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
ADDED IF INSTALLED IN STEP 2. 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 151-158, 211-249,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

511-526, 528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

308- 311, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
346- 348, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
352- 361, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
365- 366

571- 584, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
586- 588, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


406- 407, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
411- 445, 511-526, 528-599,
201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

406- 413 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401- 406 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

406, 410- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
414, 416- 511-526, 528-599,
417 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 151-199,
201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

420- 422, 501-502,
501-502,

23-42-00 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED

502 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT)

239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

10- 11 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

202 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

509 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-41 01 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

421


251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

1- 2, MOD.20011P0003 AMENDED 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
6- 8, ELECTRICS- GENERATION- DISTRIBUTION- 151-199, 201-220,
10- 11, V.U.S AND AVIONICS- DEFINE SYSTEMS OF
13- 18, THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
20- 21, MODIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM RELATED TO
23- 24, HAND MICROPHONE
49- 50, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
52, 54- 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
60, 62- 511-526, 528-599,
63, 65,
70- 72,
75, 77-
78, 81-
83, 85-
87, 89-
91, 93,
95- 96,
98- 99,
A001-A002,
A004-A005,
A007,A009,
A011,A013-
A019

402- 403, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
405 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

514, 517, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
521, 525- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
527, 530, 511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

402, 405, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
407 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

402, 405- 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
406 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-61-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

409 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-306, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

12, 15, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
17- 19, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
22 511-526, 528-599,

502, 504- MOD.20283P0415 INCORPORATED ALL
506, 509, COMMUNICATIONS - PROVIDE HOT MIKE
519 RECORDING
TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
REVISED TO ADD C/B 23RK AND 26RK
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
502 237-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
237-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

6, 8- 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
9, 14- 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
15, 18-
20, 23-
25, 31-
38, 40,
43- 46,
48- 50,
52- 53,
56- 57,
59- 67,
69, 71-
91, 95-
B043

209- 218, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
221- 224, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
238- 246, 528-599,
259- 262, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
272- 273, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
275, 278- 528-599,
298

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

407, 413- 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
422 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

528-599,

523- 533, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
541- 547, LINGUISTIC CORRECTIONS. 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
552, 558- 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
562, 567- 528-599,
570, 578- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
580, 584- TEXT REVISED 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
585, 592- 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
599,A501, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
A505-A506, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
A508-A511, 511-526, 528-599,
A514-A516, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
A519-A521, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
A523,A531- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
A534,A546- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
A549,A561- 511-526, 528-599,
A564,A571-
A574,A585-
E529

405, 409- 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
412, 414 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

402, 404, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
406- 408 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
401- 404, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

406- 411 INSTRUCTION REVISED
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

405, 408- 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
412, 414 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

407- 409, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
411- 413 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401, 404, MOD.22005K2105 INCORPORATED 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
410, 412- LIGHTS - ADAPT SYSTEM 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
413, 415, TO A321 DEFINITION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
417, 419- MOD.34216K9295 INCORPORATED 106-149, 301-306, 401-403,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
439 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT

INSTALL A CABIN CONFIGURATION FOR
CES03 VERSION
EQUIPMEMT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMEMT - 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
INSTALL CABIN LAYOUT FOR CES05 VERSION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
307-399, 404-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

409, 411- 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
414, 416- 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
420, 422 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401- 404, TITLE OF TOPIC UPDATED ALL
410- 414, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
418- 419, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
421 528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

406, 410- 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
411, 414, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

420, 423, 528-599,
432, 435 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

401, 403- MOD.22815K2423 INCORPORATED 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
407, 409, EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT- 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
412, 414- AFT LAVATORY- DEFINE AND INSTALL LAVATORY D 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
432 MOD.32428K7999 INCORPORATED 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT : 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
INSTALL A CABIN LAYOUT FOR 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES02 - VERSION
ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC COMMON INSTL - 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
GENERAL - INSTALL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
FOR LAVATORY A
239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

406- 407, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
412- 417, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
419, 421, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

407, 415, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
417 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
408- 414, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,

416- 417 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

401- 402, MOD.22005K2105 INCORPORATED ALL
405, 407, LIGHTS - ADAPT SYSTEM
409- 410, TO A321 DEFINITION
412, 414, MOD.34216K9295 INCORPORATED ALL
417, 419- EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT
420, 422- INSTALL A CABIN CONFIGURATION FOR
424 CES03 VERSION
MOD.36931K11037 INCORPORATED ALL
EQUIPMEMT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMEMT -
INSTALL CABIN LAYOUT FOR CES05 VERSION
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD T. of C. R 38 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 13 Feb01/10

OF TEMP. T. of C. R 39 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 14 Feb01/10
REVISION T. of C. R 40 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 15 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 41 Feb01/10 23-11-00 16 Nov01/09
L.E.P. R 1-25 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 42 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 17 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 43 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 18 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 2 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 44 Feb01/10 23-11-00 19 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 3 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 45 Feb01/10 23-11-00 20 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 4 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 46 Feb01/10 23-11-00 21 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 9 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 51 Feb01/10 23-11-00 26 May01/08
T. of C. R 10 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 52 Feb01/10 23-11-00 27 May01/08
T. of C. R 20 Feb01/10 T. of C. D 62 23-11-00 37 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 21 Feb01/10 23-11-00 38 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 22 Feb01/10 23-00-00 1 Aug01/06 23-11-00 39 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 23 Feb01/10 23-00-00 2 Nov01/07 23-11-00 40 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 24 Feb01/10 23-00-00 3 Aug01/06 23-11-00 41 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 25 Feb01/10 23-11-00 42 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 26 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 1 Feb01/10 23-11-00 43 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 29 Feb01/10 23-11-00 4 Nov01/09 23-11-00 46 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 30 Feb01/10 23-11-00 5 Feb01/06 23-11-00 47 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 31 Feb01/10 23-11-00 6 Nov01/09 23-11-00 48 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 32 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 7 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 49 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 33 Feb01/10 23-11-00 8 Feb01/08 23-11-00 R 50 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 34 Feb01/10 23-11-00 9 Nov01/09 23-11-00 51 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 37 Feb01/10 23-11-00 12 May01/05 23-11-00 54 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
23-11-00 55 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 511 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 404 Feb01/10

23-11-00 56 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 512 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 405 Feb01/10
23-11-00 57 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 513 Feb01/10 23-11-36 406 May01/05
23-11-00 58 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 514 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 407 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 59 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 515 Feb01/10 23-11-36 408 Nov01/09
23-11-00 60 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 516 Feb01/10 23-11-36 409 May01/05
23-11-00 R 61 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 517 Feb01/10 23-11-36 410 Feb01/08
23-11-00 62 Nov01/09 23-11-00 518 Feb01/08 23-11-36 R 411 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 63 Feb01/10 23-11-00 601 Nov01/08 23-11-36 R 412 Feb01/10
23-11-00 64 Feb01/08 23-11-00 R 602 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 413 Feb01/10
23-11-00 65 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 603 Feb01/10 23-11-36 414 Feb01/08
23-11-00 R 66 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 604 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 415 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 67 Feb01/10 23-11-00 605 Feb01/08 23-11-37 401 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 68 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 606 Feb01/10 23-11-37 R 402 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 69 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 607 Feb01/10 23-11-37 403 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 70 Feb01/10 23-11-00 608 Feb01/08 23-11-37 404 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 71 Feb01/10 23-11-00 609 Feb01/08 23-11-37 405 Nov01/09
23-11-00 72 Aug01/06 23-11-00 610 Feb01/08 23-11-37 406 Nov01/09
23-11-00 73 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 611 Feb01/10 23-11-37 407 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 74 Feb01/10 23-11-00 612 Feb01/08 23-11-37 408 Nov01/09
23-11-00 75 Aug01/06 23-11-00 613 Feb01/08 23-11-37 R 409 Feb01/10
23-11-00 76 Aug01/06 23-11-00 614 Feb01/08 23-11-37 410 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 77 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 615 Feb01/10 23-11-37 411 Nov01/09
23-11-00 78 Aug01/06 23-11-00 616 Nov01/09 23-11-37 412 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 79 Feb01/10 23-11-00 617 Nov01/09 23-11-37 413 Nov01/09
23-11-00 80 Aug01/06 23-11-00 618 Nov01/09
23-11-00 R 81 Feb01/10 23-11-00 R 619 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 1 Feb01/10
23-11-00 82 Aug01/06 23-11-00 620 Feb01/08 23-12-00 R 2 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 83 Feb01/10 23-11-11 R 401 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 3 Feb01/10
23-11-00 84 Aug01/06 23-11-11 R 402 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 4 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 85 Feb01/10 23-11-11 R 403 Feb01/10 23-12-00 5 Feb01/08
23-11-00 86 Aug01/06 23-11-11 404 Nov01/09 23-12-00 6 Feb01/08
23-11-00 87 Aug01/06 23-11-11 R 405 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 7 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 88 Feb01/10 23-11-11 406 Feb01/08 23-12-00 R 8 Feb01/10
23-11-00 89 Aug01/06 23-11-11 R 407 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 9 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 90 Feb01/10 23-11-11 R 408 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 10 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 91 Feb01/10 23-11-11 R 409 Feb01/10 23-12-00 11 Nov01/07
23-11-00 R 92 Feb01/10 23-11-11 410 Nov01/09 23-12-00 R 12 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 93 Feb01/10 23-11-11 411 Feb01/08 23-12-00 R 13 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 201 Feb01/10 23-11-33 R 401 Feb01/10 23-12-00 14 Nov01/07
23-11-00 R 202 Feb01/10 23-11-33 R 402 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 15 Feb01/10
23-11-00 501 Feb01/08 23-11-33 R 403 Feb01/10 23-12-00 16 Nov01/07
23-11-00 R 502 Feb01/10 23-11-33 R 404 Feb01/10 23-12-00 17 Nov01/07
23-11-00 R 503 Feb01/10 23-11-33 405 Nov01/09 23-12-00 18 Nov01/07
23-11-00 R 504 Feb01/10 23-11-33 406 Feb01/08 23-12-00 19 Nov01/08
23-11-00 R 505 Feb01/10 23-11-33 R 407 Feb01/10 23-12-00 20 Nov01/08
23-11-00 506 Nov01/09 23-11-33 R 408 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 21 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 507 Feb01/10 23-11-33 409 Feb01/08 23-12-00 R 22 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 508 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 401 Feb01/10 23-12-00 23 May01/06
23-11-00 R 509 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 402 Feb01/10 23-12-00 R 24 Feb01/10
23-11-00 R 510 Feb01/10 23-11-36 R 403 Feb01/10 23-12-00 25 Nov01/09
23-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
23-12-00 R 26 Feb01/10 23-12-11 407 Aug01/09 23-13-00 29 Feb01/08

23-12-00 R 27 Feb01/10 23-12-11 408 Aug01/09 23-13-00 30 Feb01/08
23-12-00 R 28 Feb01/10 23-12-11 409 Aug01/09 23-13-00 31 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 29 Feb01/10 23-12-11 410 Aug01/09 23-13-00 32 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 30 Feb01/10 23-12-11 411 Feb01/05 23-13-00 33 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 31 Feb01/10 23-12-11 412 Feb01/05 23-13-00 34 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 32 Feb01/10 23-12-11 R 413 Feb01/10 23-13-00 35 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 33 Feb01/10 23-12-11 R 414 Feb01/10 23-13-00 36 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 34 Feb01/10 23-12-11 R 415 Feb01/10 23-13-00 37 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 35 Feb01/10 23-12-11 416 Aug01/05 23-13-00 R 38 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 36 Feb01/10 23-12-11 417 Aug01/09 23-13-00 39 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 37 Feb01/10 23-12-11 R 418 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 40 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 38 Feb01/10 23-12-11 R 419 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 41 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 39 Feb01/10 23-12-11 420 Aug01/09 23-13-00 42 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 40 Feb01/10 23-12-11 421 Aug01/09 23-13-00 R 43 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 41 Feb01/10 23-12-11 422 Aug01/09 23-13-00 44 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 42 Feb01/10 23-12-33 401 Feb01/99 23-13-00 R 45 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 43 Feb01/10 23-12-33 402 Feb01/98 23-13-00 46 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 44 Feb01/10 23-12-33 403 Feb01/98 23-13-00 R 47 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 45 Feb01/10 23-12-33 404 Feb01/02 23-13-00 R 48 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 46 Feb01/10 23-12-33 405 May01/06 23-13-00 49 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 47 Feb01/10 23-12-33 406 May01/06 23-13-00 R 50 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 48 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 51 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 49 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 1 Feb01/10 23-13-00 52 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 50 Feb01/10 23-13-00 2 Feb01/08 23-13-00 53 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 51 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 3 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 54 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 52 Feb01/10 23-13-00 4 Aug01/08 23-13-00 R 55 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 53 Feb01/10 23-13-00 5 Feb01/08 23-13-00 501 Feb01/08
23-12-00 N 54 Feb01/10 23-13-00 6 Feb01/08 23-13-00 502 Feb01/08
23-12-00 N 55 Feb01/10 23-13-00 7 Feb01/08 23-13-00 503 Feb01/08
23-12-00 N 56 Feb01/10 23-13-00 8 Feb01/08 23-13-00 504 Feb01/08
23-12-00 501 Nov01/08 23-13-00 9 Feb01/08 23-13-00 R 505 Feb01/10
23-12-00 R 502 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 10 Feb01/10 23-13-00 506 Aug01/08
23-12-00 503 Nov01/07 23-13-00 R 11 Feb01/10 23-13-00 507 Aug01/08
23-12-00 504 Nov01/07 23-13-00 R 12 Feb01/10 23-13-00 508 Aug01/08
23-12-00 505 Nov01/03 23-13-00 R 13 Feb01/10 23-13-00 509 Aug01/08
23-12-00 R 506 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 14 Feb01/10 23-13-00 510 Feb01/08
23-12-00 R 507 Feb01/10 23-13-00 15 Feb01/08 23-13-00 511 Aug01/08
23-12-00 508 Aug01/06 23-13-00 16 Feb01/08 23-13-00 R 512 Feb01/10
23-12-00 801 Nov01/09 23-13-00 R 17 Feb01/10 23-13-00 513 Feb01/08
23-12-00 802 Nov01/09 23-13-00 18 Feb01/08 23-13-13 401 Feb01/08
23-12-00 803 Nov01/09 23-13-00 R 19 Feb01/10 23-13-13 402 Feb01/08
23-12-00 804 Nov01/09 23-13-00 R 20 Feb01/10 23-13-13 403 Feb01/08
23-12-00 805 Nov01/09 23-13-00 21 Feb01/08 23-13-13 404 Feb01/08
23-12-00 806 Nov01/09 23-13-00 R 22 Feb01/10 23-13-13 405 Feb01/08
23-12-11 401 Aug01/07 23-13-00 R 23 Feb01/10 23-13-13 406 Feb01/08
23-12-11 402 Aug01/09 23-13-00 R 24 Feb01/10
23-12-11 403 Feb01/05 23-13-00 25 Feb01/08 23-24-00 1 May01/05
23-12-11 R 404 Feb01/10 23-13-00 R 26 Feb01/10 23-24-00 2 May01/05
23-12-11 405 Nov01/08 23-13-00 27 Aug01/08 23-24-00 3 May01/05
23-12-11 406 Aug01/09 23-13-00 28 Feb01/08 23-24-00 4 May01/05
23-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
23-24-00 5 May01/05 23-24-00 510 Aug01/08 23-26-00 25 May01/05

23-24-00 6 May01/05 23-24-00 511 Aug01/08 23-26-00 26 May01/05
23-24-00 7 May01/05 23-24-00 512 May01/05 23-26-00 27 May01/05
23-24-00 8 May01/05 23-24-00 513 Aug01/08 23-26-00 28 May01/05
23-24-00 9 May01/05 23-24-00 514 Aug01/08 23-26-00 29 May01/05
23-24-00 10 May01/05 23-24-00 515 Aug01/08 23-26-00 30 May01/05
23-24-00 11 May01/05 23-24-00 516 May01/05 23-26-00 31 May01/05
23-24-00 12 Aug01/06 23-24-00 517 Aug01/08 23-26-00 32 May01/05
23-24-00 13 Aug01/06 23-24-00 518 Aug01/08 23-26-00 33 May01/05
23-24-00 14 May01/05 23-24-00 519 Aug01/08 23-26-00 34 May01/05
23-24-00 15 Aug01/06 23-24-00 520 Aug01/08 23-26-00 35 May01/05
23-24-00 16 Aug01/06 23-24-00 521 Aug01/08 23-26-00 36 May01/05
23-24-00 17 Aug01/06 23-24-00 522 Aug01/08 23-26-00 37 May01/05
23-24-00 18 May01/05 23-24-34 401 Nov01/08 23-26-00 38 May01/05
23-24-00 19 May01/05 23-24-34 402 Nov01/08 23-26-00 39 May01/05
23-24-00 20 Aug01/06 23-24-34 403 May01/05 23-26-00 40 May01/05
23-24-00 21 May01/05 23-24-34 404 Nov01/08 23-26-00 41 May01/05
23-24-00 22 Aug01/06 23-24-34 405 Nov01/08 23-26-00 42 May01/05
23-24-00 23 Aug01/06 23-24-34 406 Nov01/08 23-26-00 43 May01/05
23-24-00 24 Aug01/06 23-24-34 407 Nov01/08 23-26-00 44 May01/05
23-24-00 25 Aug01/06 23-24-34 408 Nov01/08 23-26-00 45 May01/05
23-24-00 26 Aug01/06 23-24-34 409 Nov01/08 23-26-00 46 May01/05
23-24-00 27 Aug01/06 23-24-34 410 Aug01/08 23-26-00 47 May01/05
23-24-00 28 Aug01/06 23-24-34 411 Aug01/08 23-26-00 48 May01/05
23-24-00 29 Aug01/06 23-24-34 412 Nov01/08 23-26-00 49 May01/05
23-24-00 201 May01/05 23-24-34 413 Nov01/08 23-26-00 50 May01/05
23-24-00 202 May01/05 23-26-00 51 May01/05
23-24-00 203 May01/05 23-26-00 1 May01/05 23-26-00 52 May01/05
23-24-00 204 May01/05 23-26-00 2 May01/05 23-26-00 53 May01/05
23-24-00 01 301 Nov01/09 23-26-00 3 May01/05 23-26-00 54 May01/05
23-24-00 01 302 Nov01/09 23-26-00 4 May01/05 23-26-00 55 May01/05
23-24-00 01 303 Nov01/09 23-26-00 5 May01/05 23-26-00 56 May01/05
23-24-00 01 304 Nov01/09 23-26-00 6 May01/05 23-26-00 57 May01/05
23-24-00 01 305 Nov01/09 23-26-00 7 May01/05 23-26-00 58 May01/05
23-24-00 01 306 Nov01/09 23-26-00 8 May01/05 23-26-00 59 May01/05
23-24-00 01 307 Nov01/09 23-26-00 9 May01/05 23-26-00 60 May01/05
23-24-00 02 301 Aug01/08 23-26-00 10 May01/05 23-26-00 61 May01/05
23-24-00 02 302 Aug01/08 23-26-00 11 May01/05 23-26-00 62 May01/05
23-24-00 02 303 Aug01/08 23-26-00 12 May01/05 23-26-00 63 May01/05
23-24-00 02 304 Aug01/08 23-26-00 13 May01/05 23-26-00 64 May01/05
23-24-00 02 305 Aug01/08 23-26-00 14 May01/05 23-26-00 65 May01/05
23-24-00 02 306 Aug01/08 23-26-00 15 May01/05 23-26-00 66 May01/05
23-24-00 501 Aug01/08 23-26-00 16 May01/05 23-26-00 67 May01/05
23-24-00 502 Aug01/08 23-26-00 17 May01/05 23-26-00 68 May01/05
23-24-00 503 Aug01/08 23-26-00 18 May01/05 23-26-00 69 May01/05
23-24-00 504 Aug01/08 23-26-00 19 May01/05 23-26-00 70 May01/05
23-24-00 505 Aug01/08 23-26-00 20 May01/05 23-26-00 71 May01/05
23-24-00 506 Aug01/08 23-26-00 21 May01/05
23-24-00 507 Aug01/08 23-26-00 22 May01/05 23-28-00 1 Aug01/05
23-24-00 508 Aug01/08 23-26-00 23 May01/05 23-28-00 2 Aug01/05
23-24-00 509 Aug01/08 23-26-00 24 May01/05 23-28-00 3 Aug01/05
23-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
23-28-00 4 Aug01/05 23-28-00 55 Nov01/08 23-28-13 412 Feb01/06

23-28-00 5 Aug01/05 23-28-00 56 Nov01/08 23-28-13 413 Feb01/06
23-28-00 6 Aug01/05 23-28-00 57 Nov01/08 23-28-13 414 Feb01/06
23-28-00 7 Aug01/05 23-28-00 58 May01/07 23-28-34 401 Aug01/05
23-28-00 8 Nov01/08 23-28-00 59 May01/07 23-28-34 402 Nov01/05
23-28-00 9 May01/07 23-28-00 60 May01/07 23-28-34 403 Aug01/05
23-28-00 10 Nov01/08 23-28-00 61 May01/07 23-28-34 404 Aug01/05
23-28-00 11 May01/07 23-28-00 62 May01/07 23-28-34 405 Nov01/05
23-28-00 12 Nov01/08 23-28-00 63 May01/07 23-28-34 406 Aug01/05
23-28-00 13 May01/07 23-28-00 64 May01/07 23-28-45 401 Aug01/09
23-28-00 14 Nov01/08 23-28-00 65 May01/07 23-28-45 402 Feb01/06
23-28-00 15 Nov01/08 23-28-00 66 May01/07 23-28-45 403 Feb01/06
23-28-00 16 May01/07 23-28-00 67 May01/07 23-28-45 404 Aug01/09
23-28-00 17 Nov01/08 23-28-00 68 May01/07 23-28-45 405 Feb01/06
23-28-00 18 May01/07 23-28-00 201 Nov01/05 23-28-45 406 Feb01/06
23-28-00 19 May01/07 23-28-00 202 May01/06
23-28-00 20 May01/07 23-28-00 301 Nov01/05 23-30-00 R 1 Feb01/10
23-28-00 21 May01/07 23-28-00 302 Nov01/05
23-28-00 22 May01/07 23-28-00 303 Nov01/05 23-31-00 1 Feb01/08
23-28-00 23 May01/07 23-28-00 304 May01/06
23-28-00 24 May01/07 23-28-00 305 Nov01/05 23-32-00 R 1 Feb01/10
23-28-00 25 May01/07 23-28-00 306 Aug01/07 23-32-00 R 2 Feb01/10
23-28-00 26 May01/07 23-28-00 307 Aug01/07 23-32-00 3 Nov01/09
23-28-00 27 May01/07 23-28-00 308 Aug01/07 23-32-00 4 Aug01/05
23-28-00 28 May01/07 23-28-00 309 Aug01/07 23-32-00 5 Aug01/05
23-28-00 29 May01/07 23-28-00 310 Aug01/07 23-32-00 6 May01/06
23-28-00 30 May01/07 23-28-00 311 Aug01/07 23-32-00 7 May01/06
23-28-00 31 May01/07 23-28-00 312 Aug01/07 23-32-00 8 May01/05
23-28-00 32 May01/07 23-28-00 313 Aug01/07 23-32-00 9 May01/05
23-28-00 33 May01/07 23-28-00 314 Aug01/07 23-32-00 10 Feb01/08
23-28-00 34 Nov01/08 23-28-00 315 Aug01/07 23-32-00 11 Feb01/08
23-28-00 35 Nov01/08 23-28-00 316 Aug01/07 23-32-00 12 Nov01/09
23-28-00 36 Nov01/08 23-28-00 317 Aug01/07 23-32-00 13 Nov01/09
23-28-00 37 May01/07 23-28-00 318 Aug01/07 23-32-00 14 Nov01/08
23-28-00 38 May01/07 23-28-00 319 Aug01/07 23-32-00 15 Nov01/08
23-28-00 39 May01/07 23-28-00 320 Aug01/07 23-32-00 16 Nov01/09
23-28-00 40 May01/07 23-28-00 321 Aug01/07 23-32-00 17 Nov01/09
23-28-00 41 May01/07 23-28-00 501 Aug01/05 23-32-00 18 Nov01/08
23-28-00 42 May01/07 23-28-00 502 Nov01/05 23-32-00 R 19 Feb01/10
23-28-00 43 May01/07 23-28-00 503 Aug01/05 23-32-00 20 Nov01/08
23-28-00 44 May01/07 23-28-13 401 Feb01/06 23-32-00 R 21 Feb01/10
23-28-00 45 May01/07 23-28-13 402 Feb01/06 23-32-00 22 Feb01/09
23-28-00 46 May01/07 23-28-13 403 Aug01/05 23-32-00 23 Nov01/09
23-28-00 47 May01/07 23-28-13 404 Nov01/08 23-32-00 24 Nov01/08
23-28-00 48 May01/07 23-28-13 405 Aug01/09 23-32-00 25 Feb01/09
23-28-00 49 May01/07 23-28-13 406 Nov01/08 23-32-00 26 Feb01/09
23-28-00 50 Nov01/08 23-28-13 407 Nov01/05 23-32-00 27 Feb01/09
23-28-00 51 Nov01/08 23-28-13 408 Aug01/05 23-32-00 28 Nov01/09
23-28-00 52 Nov01/08 23-28-13 409 Feb01/06 23-32-00 29 Nov01/09
23-28-00 53 Nov01/08 23-28-13 410 Feb01/06 23-32-00 30 Nov01/09
23-28-00 54 Nov01/08 23-28-13 411 Feb01/06 23-32-00 31 Nov01/09
23-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES
23-32-00 32 Nov01/09 23-32-34 403 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 33 May01/09

23-32-00 33 Feb01/09 23-32-34 404 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 34 May01/09
23-32-00 34 Feb01/09 23-32-34 405 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 35 May01/09
23-32-00 35 Feb01/09 23-32-34 406 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 36 May01/09
23-32-00 36 Nov01/09 23-32-34 407 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 37 May01/09
23-32-00 37 Nov01/09 23-32-34 408 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 38 May01/09
23-32-00 38 Nov01/09 23-32-36 401 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 39 Feb01/10
23-32-00 201 Feb01/08 23-32-36 402 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 40 May01/09
23-32-00 202 Feb01/08 23-32-36 403 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 41 Feb01/10
23-32-00 203 May01/05 23-32-36 404 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 42 Feb01/10
23-32-00 204 Feb01/08 23-32-36 405 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 43 Feb01/10
23-32-00 205 Aug01/05 23-32-36 406 Aug01/09 23-33-00 01 44 May01/09
23-32-00 206 May01/05 23-32-36 407 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 45 May01/09
23-32-00 207 Feb01/08 23-32-36 408 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 46 May01/09
23-32-00 208 Feb01/08 23-32-36 409 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 47 May01/09
23-32-00 209 Feb01/08 23-32-36 410 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 48 May01/09
23-32-00 210 Feb01/08 23-32-36 411 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 49 May01/09
23-32-00 211 Feb01/08 23-32-36 412 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 50 May01/09
23-32-00 212 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 51 Feb01/10
23-32-00 213 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 R 1 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 R 52 Feb01/10
23-32-00 214 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 2 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 53 Feb01/10
23-32-00 501 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 3 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 54 Feb01/10
23-32-00 502 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 4 May01/09 23-33-00 01 55 May01/09
23-32-00 503 Aug01/09 23-33-00 01 R 5 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 56 May01/09
23-32-00 504 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 6 May01/09 23-33-00 01 57 May01/09
23-32-00 505 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 7 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 58 Feb01/10
23-32-00 506 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 8 May01/09 23-33-00 01 59 May01/09
23-32-00 507 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 9 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 60 Feb01/10
23-32-00 508 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 10 May01/09 23-33-00 01 61 May01/09
23-32-00 509 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 R 11 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 R 62 Feb01/10
23-32-00 510 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 12 May01/09 23-33-00 01 63 May01/09
23-32-00 511 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 13 May01/09 23-33-00 01 64 May01/09
23-32-00 512 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 14 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 65 Feb01/10
23-32-00 513 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 15 May01/09 23-33-00 01 66 May01/09
23-32-00 514 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 16 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 67 May01/09
23-32-00 R 515 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 R 17 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 68 May01/09
23-32-00 516 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 18 May01/09 23-33-00 01 69 May01/09
23-32-00 517 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 19 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 70 Feb01/10
23-32-00 518 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 20 May01/09 23-33-00 01 71 May01/09
23-32-00 519 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 R 21 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 72 May01/09
23-32-00 520 Aug01/09 23-33-00 01 22 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 73 Feb01/10
23-32-00 521 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 23 May01/09 23-33-00 01 74 May01/09
23-32-00 522 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 24 May01/09 23-33-00 01 75 May01/09
23-32-00 523 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 25 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 76 Feb01/10
23-32-00 524 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 26 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 77 Feb01/10
23-32-00 525 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 27 May01/09 23-33-00 01 78 May01/09
23-32-00 526 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 28 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 79 May01/09
23-32-00 527 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 R 29 Feb01/10 23-33-00 01 80 May01/09
23-32-00 528 Nov01/09 23-33-00 01 30 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 81 Feb01/10
23-32-34 401 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 31 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 82 Feb01/10
23-32-34 402 Feb01/08 23-33-00 01 32 May01/09 23-33-00 01 R 83 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES
23-33-00 01 R 84 Feb01/10 23-33-00 210 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 524 Feb01/10

23-33-00 01 85 May01/09 23-33-00 211 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 525 Feb01/10
23-33-00 01 86 May01/09 23-33-00 212 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 526 Feb01/10
23-33-00 01 R 87 Feb01/10 23-33-00 213 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 527 Feb01/10
23-33-00 01 88 May01/09 23-33-00 N 214 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 528 Feb01/10
23-33-00 01 R 89 Feb01/10 23-33-00 N 215 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 529 Feb01/10
23-33-00 01 R 90 Feb01/10 23-33-00 N 216 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 530 Feb01/10
23-33-00 01 R 91 Feb01/10 23-33-00 N 217 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 531 Feb01/10
23-33-00 02 1 Aug01/09 23-33-00 N 218 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 532 Feb01/10
23-33-00 02 2 Aug01/09 23-33-00 N 219 Feb01/10 23-33-00 533 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 3 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 301 Feb01/10 23-33-00 534 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 4 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 302 Feb01/10 23-33-00 535 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 5 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 303 Feb01/10 23-33-00 536 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 6 Aug01/09 23-33-00 304 May01/09 23-33-00 537 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 7 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 305 Feb01/10 23-33-00 538 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 8 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 306 Feb01/10 23-33-00 539 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 9 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 307 Feb01/10 23-33-00 540 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 10 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 308 Feb01/10 23-33-00 541 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 11 Aug01/09 23-33-00 309 Nov01/09 23-33-00 542 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 12 Aug01/09 23-33-00 310 Nov01/09 23-33-00 543 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 13 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 311 Feb01/10 23-33-00 544 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 14 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 312 Feb01/10 23-33-00 545 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 15 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 313 Feb01/10 23-33-00 546 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 16 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 314 Feb01/10 23-33-00 547 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 17 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 315 Feb01/10 23-33-00 548 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 18 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 316 Feb01/10 23-33-00 549 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 19 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 317 Feb01/10 23-33-00 550 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 20 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 318 Feb01/10 23-33-00 551 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 21 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 501 Feb01/10 23-33-00 552 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 22 Aug01/09 23-33-00 502 Feb01/08 23-33-00 553 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 23 Aug01/09 23-33-00 503 Aug01/08 23-33-00 554 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 24 Aug01/09 23-33-00 504 Aug01/08 23-33-00 555 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 25 Aug01/09 23-33-00 505 Feb01/08 23-33-00 556 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 26 Aug01/09 23-33-00 506 Feb01/08 23-33-00 557 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 27 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 507 Feb01/10 23-33-00 558 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 28 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 508 Feb01/10 23-33-00 559 Nov01/08
23-33-00 02 29 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 509 Feb01/10 23-33-00 560 May01/09
23-33-00 02 30 Aug01/09 23-33-00 510 Nov01/08 23-33-00 561 May01/09
23-33-00 02 31 Aug01/09 23-33-00 511 Nov01/08 23-33-00 562 May01/09
23-33-00 02 32 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 512 Feb01/10 23-33-00 563 May01/09
23-33-00 02 33 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 513 Feb01/10 23-33-00 564 May01/09
23-33-00 02 34 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 514 Feb01/10 23-33-00 565 May01/09
23-33-00 201 Aug01/09 23-33-00 515 Nov01/08 23-33-00 566 May01/09
23-33-00 202 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 516 Feb01/10 23-33-00 567 May01/09
23-33-00 203 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 517 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 568 Feb01/10
23-33-00 204 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 518 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 569 Feb01/10
23-33-00 205 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 519 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 570 Feb01/10
23-33-00 206 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 520 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 571 Feb01/10
23-33-00 207 Aug01/09 23-33-00 R 521 Feb01/10 23-33-00 R 572 Feb01/10
23-33-00 208 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 522 Feb01/10 23-33-00 573 May01/09
23-33-00 209 Nov01/08 23-33-00 R 523 Feb01/10 23-33-00 574 May01/09
23-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES
23-33-12 R 401 Feb01/10 23-33-46 R 406 Feb01/10 23-34-00 4 May01/09

23-33-12 R 402 Feb01/10 23-33-46 R 407 Feb01/10 23-34-00 5 Feb01/09
23-33-12 R 403 Feb01/10 23-33-46 R 408 Feb01/10 23-34-00 6 May01/09
23-33-12 404 May01/05 23-33-46 R 409 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 7 Feb01/10
23-33-12 405 Nov01/05 23-33-46 R 410 Feb01/10 23-34-00 8 May01/09
23-33-12 R 406 Feb01/10 23-33-46 R 411 Feb01/10 23-34-00 9 May01/09
23-33-12 R 407 Feb01/10 23-33-46 R 412 Feb01/10 23-34-00 10 May01/09
23-33-12 408 Nov01/08 23-33-46 R 413 Feb01/10 23-34-00 11 May01/06
23-33-12 409 Nov01/08 23-33-47 R 401 Feb01/10 23-34-00 12 May01/09
23-33-12 410 May01/07 23-33-47 R 402 Feb01/10 23-34-00 13 May01/09
23-33-12 411 May01/07 23-33-47 R 403 Feb01/10 23-34-00 14 May01/06
23-33-12 R 412 Feb01/10 23-33-47 404 May01/05 23-34-00 15 May01/06
23-33-12 R 413 Feb01/10 23-33-47 405 May01/05 23-34-00 16 May01/06
23-33-12 R 414 Feb01/10 23-33-47 406 Feb01/08 23-34-00 17 May01/09
23-33-12 415 Feb01/09 23-33-47 407 Feb01/08 23-34-00 18 May01/09
23-33-12 R 416 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 408 Feb01/10 23-34-00 19 May01/09
23-33-12 R 417 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 409 Feb01/10 23-34-00 20 May01/06
23-33-12 R 418 Feb01/10 23-33-47 410 May01/07 23-34-00 21 May01/09
23-33-12 R 419 Feb01/10 23-33-47 411 May01/07 23-34-00 22 May01/06
23-33-31 R 401 Feb01/10 23-33-47 412 May01/07 23-34-00 23 May01/09
23-33-31 R 402 Feb01/10 23-33-47 413 May01/07 23-34-00 R 24 Feb01/10
23-33-31 R 403 Feb01/10 23-33-47 414 May01/07 23-34-00 25 May01/09
23-33-31 R 404 Feb01/10 23-33-47 415 May01/07 23-34-00 301 Aug01/09
23-33-31 R 405 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 416 Feb01/10 23-34-00 302 Aug01/09
23-33-31 R 406 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 417 Feb01/10 23-34-00 303 Aug01/09
23-33-31 R 407 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 418 Feb01/10 23-34-00 304 Aug01/09
23-33-31 R 408 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 419 Feb01/10 23-34-00 305 Aug01/09
23-33-31 R 409 Feb01/10 23-33-47 R 420 Feb01/10 23-34-00 306 Aug01/09
23-33-37 401 Aug01/09 23-33-47 R 421 Feb01/10 23-34-00 307 Aug01/09
23-33-37 402 Aug01/09 23-33-47 R 422 Feb01/10 23-34-00 308 Aug01/09
23-33-37 403 Aug01/09 23-33-47 R 423 Feb01/10 23-34-00 309 Aug01/09
23-33-37 404 Aug01/09 23-33-47 R 424 Feb01/10 23-34-00 310 Feb01/09
23-33-37 405 Aug01/09 23-33-47 425 Nov01/09 23-34-00 311 Feb01/09
23-33-37 R 406 Feb01/10 23-33-47 426 Nov01/09 23-34-00 312 Feb01/09
23-33-37 D 407 23-33-47 R 427 Feb01/10 23-34-00 313 Feb01/09
23-33-37 D 408 23-33-47 428 Nov01/09 23-34-00 314 Feb01/09
23-33-37 D 409 23-33-47 R 429 Feb01/10 23-34-00 315 Aug01/09
23-33-37 D 410 23-33-47 R 430 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 501 Feb01/10
23-33-37 D 411 23-33-47 R 431 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 502 Feb01/10
23-33-37 D 412 23-33-52 R 401 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 503 Feb01/10
23-33-39 401 Aug01/09 23-33-52 R 402 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 504 Feb01/10
23-33-39 402 Aug01/09 23-33-52 R 403 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 505 Feb01/10
23-33-39 403 Aug01/09 23-33-52 404 Nov01/09 23-34-00 R 506 Feb01/10
23-33-39 404 Aug01/09 23-33-52 R 405 Feb01/10 23-34-00 507 Nov01/09
23-33-39 405 Aug01/09 23-33-52 R 406 Feb01/10 23-34-00 508 Nov01/09
23-33-39 406 Aug01/09 23-33-52 R 407 Feb01/10 23-34-00 509 Nov01/09
23-33-46 R 401 Feb01/10 23-33-52 R 408 Feb01/10 23-34-00 510 Nov01/09
23-33-46 R 402 Feb01/10 23-34-00 511 Nov01/09
23-33-46 403 May01/05 23-34-00 R 1 Feb01/10 23-34-00 R 512 Feb01/10
23-33-46 R 404 Feb01/10 23-34-00 2 May01/05 23-34-00 R 513 Feb01/10
23-33-46 R 405 Feb01/10 23-34-00 3 May01/09 23-34-00 R 514 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES
23-34-34 401 May01/09 23-36-00 R 38 Feb01/10 23-36-00 89 Nov01/09

23-34-34 402 May01/09 23-36-00 R 39 Feb01/10 23-36-00 90 Aug01/09
23-34-34 403 May01/09 23-36-00 40 Nov01/09 23-36-00 91 Nov01/09
23-34-34 404 May01/09 23-36-00 41 Nov01/09 23-36-00 92 Aug01/09
23-34-34 405 May01/09 23-36-00 R 42 Feb01/10 23-36-00 93 Aug01/09
23-34-34 406 May01/09 23-36-00 R 43 Feb01/10 23-36-00 94 Nov01/09
23-34-34 407 May01/09 23-36-00 R 44 Feb01/10 23-36-00 95 Aug01/09
23-34-35 401 Feb01/07 23-36-00 R 45 Feb01/10 23-36-00 96 Aug01/09
23-34-35 402 May01/05 23-36-00 R 46 Feb01/10 23-36-00 97 Nov01/09
23-34-35 403 May01/05 23-36-00 R 47 Feb01/10 23-36-00 98 Nov01/09
23-34-35 404 Feb01/07 23-36-00 48 Nov01/09 23-36-00 99 Nov01/09
23-34-35 405 Feb01/07 23-36-00 49 Nov01/09 23-36-00 A 0 Nov01/09
23-34-35 406 May01/05 23-36-00 R 50 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 1 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 51 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 2 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 1 Feb01/10 23-36-00 52 Nov01/09 23-36-00 A 3 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 2 Feb01/10 23-36-00 53 Nov01/09 23-36-00 R A 4 Feb01/10
23-36-00 3 May01/05 23-36-00 R 54 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R A 5 Feb01/10
23-36-00 4 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 55 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R A 6 Feb01/10
23-36-00 5 May01/05 23-36-00 56 Nov01/09 23-36-00 R A 7 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 6 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 57 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 8 Nov01/09
23-36-00 7 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 58 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 9 Nov01/09
23-36-00 8 May01/07 23-36-00 R 59 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 10 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 9 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 60 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 11 Nov01/09
23-36-00 10 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 61 Feb01/10 23-36-00 A 12 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 11 Feb01/10 23-36-00 62 Nov01/09 23-36-00 A 13 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 12 Feb01/10 23-36-00 63 Aug01/09 23-36-00 A 14 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 13 Feb01/10 23-36-00 64 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 201 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 14 Feb01/10 23-36-00 65 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 202 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 15 Feb01/10 23-36-00 66 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 203 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 16 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 67 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 204 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 17 Feb01/10 23-36-00 68 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 205 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 18 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 69 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 206 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 19 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 70 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 301 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 20 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 71 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 302 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 21 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 72 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 303 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 22 Feb01/10 23-36-00 73 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 304 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 23 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 74 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 305 Feb01/10
23-36-00 24 Nov01/09 23-36-00 75 Aug01/09 23-36-00 306 Feb01/08
23-36-00 R 25 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 76 Feb01/10 23-36-00 307 Feb01/08
23-36-00 26 Nov01/09 23-36-00 R 77 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 308 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 27 Feb01/10 23-36-00 78 Nov01/09 23-36-00 R 309 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 28 Feb01/10 23-36-00 79 Nov01/09 23-36-00 R 310 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 29 Feb01/10 23-36-00 80 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 311 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 30 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 81 Feb01/10 23-36-00 312 Feb01/08
23-36-00 R 31 Feb01/10 23-36-00 82 Nov01/09 23-36-00 313 Feb01/08
23-36-00 R 32 Feb01/10 23-36-00 83 Nov01/09 23-36-00 314 May01/07
23-36-00 33 Nov01/09 23-36-00 R 84 Feb01/10 23-36-00 315 May01/07
23-36-00 R 34 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 85 Feb01/10 23-36-00 316 May01/07
23-36-00 R 35 Feb01/10 23-36-00 R 86 Feb01/10 23-36-00 317 May01/07
23-36-00 R 36 Feb01/10 23-36-00 87 Aug01/09 23-36-00 318 May01/07
23-36-00 R 37 Feb01/10 23-36-00 88 Nov01/09 23-36-00 319 May01/07
23-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/10
CES
23-36-00 320 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 505 Feb01/10 23-36-00 556 Nov01/07

23-36-00 321 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 506 Feb01/10 23-36-00 557 Nov01/07
23-36-00 322 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 507 Feb01/10 23-36-00 558 Aug01/09
23-36-00 323 Feb01/08 23-36-00 508 May01/07 23-36-00 559 Aug01/09
23-36-00 324 Feb01/08 23-36-00 509 Nov01/08 23-36-00 560 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 325 Feb01/10 23-36-00 510 Nov01/08 23-36-00 561 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 326 Feb01/10 23-36-00 511 Nov01/07 23-36-00 562 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 327 Feb01/10 23-36-00 512 Nov01/07 23-36-00 563 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 328 Feb01/10 23-36-00 513 Nov01/06 23-36-00 564 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 329 Feb01/10 23-36-00 514 Nov01/06 23-36-00 565 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 330 Feb01/10 23-36-00 515 Nov01/06 23-36-00 566 Aug01/09
23-36-00 R 331 Feb01/10 23-36-00 516 Nov01/06 23-36-00 567 Aug01/09
23-36-00 332 May01/07 23-36-00 517 Feb01/08 23-36-00 568 Aug01/09
23-36-00 333 May01/07 23-36-00 518 Feb01/08 23-36-00 569 Aug01/09
23-36-00 334 May01/07 23-36-00 519 Feb01/08 23-36-00 570 Aug01/09
23-36-00 335 May01/07 23-36-00 520 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 571 Feb01/10
23-36-00 336 May01/07 23-36-00 521 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 572 Feb01/10
23-36-00 337 May01/07 23-36-00 522 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 573 Feb01/10
23-36-00 338 May01/07 23-36-00 523 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 574 Feb01/10
23-36-00 339 May01/07 23-36-00 524 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 575 Feb01/10
23-36-00 340 May01/07 23-36-00 525 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 576 Feb01/10
23-36-00 341 May01/07 23-36-00 526 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 577 Feb01/10
23-36-00 342 May01/07 23-36-00 527 Feb01/08 23-36-00 R 578 Feb01/10
23-36-00 343 Feb01/08 23-36-00 528 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 579 Feb01/10
23-36-00 344 Feb01/08 23-36-00 529 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 580 Feb01/10
23-36-00 345 Feb01/08 23-36-00 530 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 581 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 346 Feb01/10 23-36-00 531 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 582 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 347 Feb01/10 23-36-00 532 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 583 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 348 Feb01/10 23-36-00 533 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 584 Feb01/10
23-36-00 349 May01/07 23-36-00 534 Nov01/06 23-36-00 585 May01/09
23-36-00 350 May01/07 23-36-00 535 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 586 Feb01/10
23-36-00 351 Nov01/08 23-36-00 536 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 587 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 352 Feb01/10 23-36-00 537 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 588 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 353 Feb01/10 23-36-00 538 Aug01/09 23-36-00 589 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 354 Feb01/10 23-36-00 539 Aug01/09 23-36-00 590 May01/09
23-36-00 R 355 Feb01/10 23-36-00 540 Aug01/09 23-36-00 591 May01/09
23-36-00 R 356 Feb01/10 23-36-00 541 Aug01/09 23-36-00 592 Nov01/09
23-36-00 R 357 Feb01/10 23-36-00 542 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 593 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 358 Feb01/10 23-36-00 543 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 594 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 359 Feb01/10 23-36-00 544 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 595 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 360 Feb01/10 23-36-00 545 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 596 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 361 Feb01/10 23-36-00 546 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 597 Feb01/10
23-36-00 362 Nov01/09 23-36-00 547 Aug01/09 23-36-00 R 598 Feb01/10
23-36-00 363 Nov01/09 23-36-00 548 Nov01/07 23-36-00 R 599 Feb01/10
23-36-00 364 Nov01/09 23-36-00 549 Nov01/07 23-36-00 D A500
23-36-00 R 365 Feb01/10 23-36-00 550 Nov01/07 23-36-00 D A501
23-36-00 R 366 Feb01/10 23-36-00 551 Nov01/07 23-36-11 R 401 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 501 Feb01/10 23-36-00 552 Nov01/07 23-36-11 R 402 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 502 Feb01/10 23-36-00 553 Nov01/07 23-36-11 R 403 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 503 Feb01/10 23-36-00 554 Nov01/07 23-36-11 R 404 Feb01/10
23-36-00 R 504 Feb01/10 23-36-00 555 Nov01/07 23-36-11 R 405 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
23-36-11 R 406 Feb01/10 23-36-22 R 449 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 414 Feb01/10

23-36-11 R 407 Feb01/10 23-36-22 R 450 Feb01/10 23-36-52 415 May01/09
23-36-11 R 408 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 401 Feb01/10 23-36-52 416 May01/09
23-36-22 R 401 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 402 Feb01/10 23-36-52 417 Nov01/09
23-36-22 R 402 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 403 Feb01/10 23-36-52 418 Nov01/09
23-36-22 403 May01/05 23-36-34 404 May01/05 23-36-52 419 Nov01/09
23-36-22 404 Feb01/08 23-36-34 405 Feb01/08 23-36-52 R 420 Feb01/10
23-36-22 405 May01/05 23-36-34 R 406 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 421 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 406 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 407 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 422 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 407 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 408 Feb01/10 23-36-52 423 May01/09
23-36-22 408 May01/07 23-36-34 R 409 Feb01/10 23-36-52 424 May01/09
23-36-22 409 May01/07 23-36-34 R 410 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 425 Feb01/10
23-36-22 410 May01/07 23-36-34 R 411 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 426 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 411 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 412 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 427 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 412 Feb01/10 23-36-34 R 413 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 428 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 413 Feb01/10 23-36-36 R 401 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 429 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 414 Feb01/10 23-36-36 R 402 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 430 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 415 Feb01/10 23-36-36 R 403 Feb01/10 23-36-62 R 401 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 416 Feb01/10 23-36-36 R 404 Feb01/10 23-36-62 R 402 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 417 Feb01/10 23-36-36 R 405 Feb01/10 23-36-62 R 403 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 418 Feb01/10 23-36-36 R 406 Feb01/10 23-36-62 R 404 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 419 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 401 Feb01/10 23-36-62 R 405 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 420 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 402 Feb01/10 23-36-62 R 406 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 421 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 403 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 422 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 404 Feb01/10 23-42-00 1 Aug01/04
23-36-22 R 423 Feb01/10 23-36-44 405 Aug01/07 23-42-00 2 Feb01/06
23-36-22 R 424 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 406 Feb01/10 23-42-00 3 Feb01/06
23-36-22 R 425 Feb01/10 23-36-44 407 May01/05 23-42-00 4 Feb01/06
23-36-22 R 426 Feb01/10 23-36-44 408 Nov01/06 23-42-00 501 May01/09
23-36-22 R 427 Feb01/10 23-36-44 409 Feb01/06 23-42-00 R 502 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 428 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 410 Feb01/10 23-42-00 503 May01/09
23-36-22 R 429 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 411 Feb01/10 23-42-00 504 May01/09
23-36-22 R 430 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 412 Feb01/10 23-42-21 401 Aug01/09
23-36-22 R 431 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 413 Feb01/10 23-42-21 402 Aug01/09
23-36-22 R 432 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 414 Feb01/10 23-42-21 403 Feb01/98
23-36-22 R 433 Feb01/10 23-36-44 415 Nov01/08 23-42-21 404 Aug01/09
23-36-22 R 434 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 416 Feb01/10 23-42-21 405 Aug01/09
23-36-22 R 435 Feb01/10 23-36-44 R 417 Feb01/10 23-42-21 406 Feb01/09
23-36-22 R 436 Feb01/10 23-36-52 401 May01/09
23-36-22 R 437 Feb01/10 23-36-52 402 May01/09 23-43-00 1 Nov01/99
23-36-22 R 438 Feb01/10 23-36-52 403 May01/05 23-43-00 501 Feb01/07
23-36-22 R 439 Feb01/10 23-36-52 404 May01/09 23-43-00 R 502 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 440 Feb01/10 23-36-52 405 May01/09 23-43-00 R 503 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 441 Feb01/10 23-36-52 406 May01/09 23-43-00 R 504 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 442 Feb01/10 23-36-52 407 Feb01/08
23-36-22 R 443 Feb01/10 23-36-52 408 Nov01/08 23-44-00 1 Feb01/08
23-36-22 R 444 Feb01/10 23-36-52 409 Nov01/08 23-44-00 2 Feb01/08
23-36-22 R 445 Feb01/10 23-36-52 410 Nov01/09 23-44-00 3 Feb01/08
23-36-22 446 Nov01/09 23-36-52 411 Aug01/09 23-44-00 R 4 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 447 Feb01/10 23-36-52 412 Aug01/09 23-44-00 R 5 Feb01/10
23-36-22 R 448 Feb01/10 23-36-52 R 413 Feb01/10 23-44-00 R 6 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 11
Feb 01/10
CES
23-44-00 R 7 Feb01/10 23-44-41 02 R 407 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 35 Feb01/10

23-44-00 8 Feb01/08 23-44-42 R 401 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 36 Feb01/10
23-44-00 9 May01/04 23-44-42 R 402 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 37 Feb01/10
23-44-00 R 10 Feb01/10 23-44-42 R 403 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 38 Feb01/10
23-44-00 R 11 Feb01/10 23-44-42 R 404 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 39 Feb01/10
23-44-00 12 May01/04 23-44-42 R 405 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 40 Feb01/10
23-44-00 201 May01/00 23-44-42 R 406 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 41 Feb01/10
23-44-00 R 202 Feb01/10 23-44-42 R 407 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 42 Feb01/10
23-44-00 203 Aug01/08 23-44-42 R 408 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 43 Feb01/10
23-44-00 501 May01/00 23-44-42 R 409 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 44 Feb01/10
23-44-00 R 502 Feb01/10 23-44-42 R 410 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 45 Feb01/10
23-44-00 503 Nov01/08 23-44-42 R 411 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 46 Feb01/10
23-44-00 504 Nov01/08 23-44-42 R 412 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 47 Feb01/10
23-44-00 505 Nov01/08 23-44-42 R 413 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 48 May01/07
23-44-00 506 Nov01/08 23-44-42 R 414 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 49 Feb01/10
23-44-00 R 507 Feb01/10 23-44-42 R 415 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 50 Feb01/10
23-44-00 R 508 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 51 May01/07
23-44-00 R 509 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 1 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 52 Feb01/10
23-44-00 510 Aug01/08 23-51-00 01 R 2 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 53 May01/07
23-44-41 01 401 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 3 May01/07 23-51-00 01 R 54 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 402 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 4 May01/07 23-51-00 01 R 55 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 403 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 5 May01/07 23-51-00 01 R 56 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 404 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 6 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 57 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 405 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 7 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 58 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 406 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 8 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 59 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 407 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 9 May01/07 23-51-00 01 R 60 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 408 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 10 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 61 May01/07
23-44-41 01 409 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 11 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 62 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 410 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 12 May01/07 23-51-00 01 R 63 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 411 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 13 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 64 May01/07
23-44-41 01 412 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 14 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 65 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 413 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 15 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 66 May01/07
23-44-41 01 414 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 16 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 67 May01/07
23-44-41 01 415 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 17 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 68 May01/07
23-44-41 01 416 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 18 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 69 May01/07
23-44-41 01 417 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 19 May01/07 23-51-00 01 R 70 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 418 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 20 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 71 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 419 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 21 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 72 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 420 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 22 May01/07 23-51-00 01 73 May01/07
23-44-41 01 R 421 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 23 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 74 May01/07
23-44-41 01 422 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 24 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 75 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 423 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 25 May01/07 23-51-00 01 76 May01/07
23-44-41 01 424 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 26 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 77 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 425 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 27 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 78 Feb01/10
23-44-41 01 426 Nov01/08 23-51-00 01 R 28 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 79 May01/07
23-44-41 02 R 401 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 29 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 80 May01/07
23-44-41 02 R 402 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 30 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 81 Feb01/10
23-44-41 02 R 403 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 31 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 82 Feb01/10
23-44-41 02 R 404 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 32 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 83 Feb01/10
23-44-41 02 R 405 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 33 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 84 May01/07
23-44-41 02 R 406 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 34 Feb01/10 23-51-00 01 R 85 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 12
Feb 01/10
CES
23-51-00 01 R 86 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 18 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 69 Nov01/08

23-51-00 01 R 87 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 19 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 70 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 88 May01/07 23-51-00 02 20 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 71 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R 89 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 21 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 72 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R 90 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 22 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 73 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R 91 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 23 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 74 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 92 May01/07 23-51-00 02 24 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 75 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R 93 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 25 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 76 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 94 May01/07 23-51-00 02 26 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 77 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R 95 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 27 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 78 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R 96 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 28 Nov01/08 23-51-00 401 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 97 May01/07 23-51-00 02 29 May01/07 23-51-00 R 402 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R 98 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 30 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 403 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R 99 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 31 Nov01/08 23-51-00 404 Aug01/08
23-51-00 01 A 0 May01/07 23-51-00 02 32 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 405 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R A 1 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 33 Nov01/08 23-51-00 406 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 2 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 34 Nov01/08 23-51-00 407 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 A 3 May01/07 23-51-00 02 35 Nov01/08 23-51-00 408 Aug01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 4 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 36 Nov01/08 23-51-00 409 Aug01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 5 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 37 Nov01/08 23-51-00 501 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 A 6 May01/07 23-51-00 02 38 Nov01/08 23-51-00 502 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 7 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 39 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 503 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 A 8 May01/07 23-51-00 02 40 Nov01/08 23-51-00 504 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 9 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 41 Nov01/08 23-51-00 505 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 A 10 May01/07 23-51-00 02 42 Nov01/08 23-51-00 506 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 11 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 43 Nov01/08 23-51-00 507 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 A 12 May01/07 23-51-00 02 44 Nov01/08 23-51-00 508 Nov01/08
23-51-00 01 R A 13 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 45 Nov01/08 23-51-00 509 Feb01/98
23-51-00 01 R A 14 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 46 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 510 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R A 15 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 47 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 511 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R A 16 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 48 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 512 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R A 17 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 49 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 513 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R A 18 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 50 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 514 Feb01/10
23-51-00 01 R A 19 Feb01/10 23-51-00 02 51 May01/07 23-51-00 515 Nov01/09
23-51-00 02 1 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 52 Nov01/08 23-51-00 516 Nov01/09
23-51-00 02 2 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 53 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 517 Feb01/10
23-51-00 02 3 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 54 Nov01/08 23-51-00 518 Nov01/09
23-51-00 02 4 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 55 Nov01/08 23-51-00 519 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 5 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 56 Nov01/08 23-51-00 520 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 6 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 57 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 521 Feb01/10
23-51-00 02 7 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 58 Nov01/08 23-51-00 522 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 8 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 59 Nov01/08 23-51-00 523 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 9 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 60 Nov01/08 23-51-00 524 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 10 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 61 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 525 Feb01/10
23-51-00 02 11 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 62 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 526 Feb01/10
23-51-00 02 12 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 63 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 527 Feb01/10
23-51-00 02 13 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 64 Nov01/08 23-51-00 528 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 14 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 65 Nov01/08 23-51-00 529 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 15 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 66 Nov01/08 23-51-00 R 530 Feb01/10
23-51-00 02 16 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 67 Nov01/08 23-51-00 531 Aug01/08
23-51-00 02 17 Nov01/08 23-51-00 02 68 Nov01/08 23-51-00 532 Aug01/08
23-L.E.P. Page 13
Feb 01/10
CES
23-51-00 533 Nov01/07 23-61-41 408 Nov01/09 23-71-00 R 17 Feb01/10

23-51-00 R 534 Feb01/10 23-61-41 R 409 Feb01/10 23-71-00 R 18 Feb01/10
23-51-00 535 Aug01/08 23-61-41 410 Nov01/09 23-71-00 R 19 Feb01/10
23-51-00 536 Nov01/07 23-61-42 401 Feb01/08 23-71-00 20 Nov01/09
23-51-00 537 Nov01/07 23-61-42 402 Feb01/08 23-71-00 21 Nov01/09
23-51-00 538 Nov01/07 23-61-42 403 Aug01/06 23-71-00 R 22 Feb01/10
23-51-12 401 Nov01/08 23-61-42 404 Feb01/98 23-71-00 501 Feb01/05
23-51-12 R 402 Feb01/10 23-61-42 405 Feb01/98 23-71-00 R 502 Feb01/10
23-51-12 403 Nov01/08 23-61-42 406 May01/08 23-71-00 503 Aug01/09
23-51-12 404 Nov01/08 23-61-42 407 May01/08 23-71-00 R 504 Feb01/10
23-51-12 R 405 Feb01/10 23-61-42 408 May01/08 23-71-00 R 505 Feb01/10
23-51-12 406 Nov01/08 23-61-42 409 Aug01/06 23-71-00 R 506 Feb01/10
23-51-12 R 407 Feb01/10 23-61-42 410 Aug01/06 23-71-00 507 May01/02
23-51-12 408 Nov01/08 23-61-42 411 Aug01/06 23-71-00 508 Nov01/05
23-51-13 401 Feb01/98 23-61-42 412 Feb01/09 23-71-00 R 509 Feb01/10
23-51-13 402 Feb01/98 23-61-42 413 Feb01/08 23-71-00 510 Feb01/01
23-51-13 403 Feb01/98 23-61-42 414 Aug01/06 23-71-00 511 Aug01/09
23-51-13 404 Feb01/02 23-61-42 415 Aug01/06 23-71-00 512 Aug01/09
23-51-13 405 Feb01/02 23-61-42 416 May01/09 23-71-00 513 Aug01/06
23-51-17 401 Feb01/98 23-61-42 417 Feb01/08 23-71-00 514 Aug01/06
23-51-17 402 Feb01/98 23-61-42 418 Feb01/08 23-71-00 515 Aug01/06
23-51-34 401 Aug01/08 23-61-42 419 Feb01/09 23-71-00 516 Aug01/06
23-51-34 R 402 Feb01/10 23-61-42 420 Feb01/09 23-71-00 517 Aug01/06
23-51-34 403 Feb01/98 23-61-42 421 Feb01/09 23-71-00 518 Aug01/06
23-51-34 404 Feb01/02 23-61-42 422 Feb01/09 23-71-00 R 519 Feb01/10
23-51-34 R 405 Feb01/10 23-61-42 423 Feb01/09 23-71-13 401 Feb01/98
23-51-34 R 406 Feb01/10 23-61-42 424 Feb01/09 23-71-13 402 Feb01/98
23-51-34 407 Aug01/08 23-61-42 425 Feb01/09 23-71-13 403 Feb01/98
23-61-42 426 Feb01/09 23-71-13 404 Feb01/98
23-60-00 1 Feb01/08 23-61-42 427 Feb01/09 23-71-13 405 May01/06
23-60-00 2 Aug01/09 23-61-42 428 Feb01/09 23-71-13 406 May01/06
23-60-00 3 Aug01/09 23-61-42 429 Feb01/09 23-71-14 401 Feb01/98
23-60-00 4 Feb01/08 23-61-42 430 Feb01/09 23-71-14 402 Feb01/98
23-60-00 5 Feb01/08 23-61-42 431 Feb01/09 23-71-14 403 Feb01/98
23-60-00 6 Aug01/06 23-71-14 404 Feb01/98
23-71-00 R 1 Feb01/10 23-71-14 405 May01/06
23-61-00 1 Feb01/98 23-71-00 2 Nov01/09 23-71-35 401 Nov01/09
23-61-00 601 Aug01/06 23-71-00 3 Nov01/02 23-71-35 402 Nov01/09
23-61-00 602 Feb01/08 23-71-00 4 Nov01/02 23-71-35 403 Nov01/09
23-61-00 603 Feb01/08 23-71-00 5 Aug01/09 23-71-35 404 Nov01/09
23-61-00 604 Aug01/06 23-71-00 6 Aug01/09 23-71-35 405 Nov01/09
23-61-00 605 Feb01/08 23-71-00 7 Aug01/09 23-71-35 406 Nov01/09
23-61-00 606 Aug01/06 23-71-00 8 Aug01/09 23-71-35 407 Nov01/09
23-61-00 607 Aug01/06 23-71-00 9 Aug01/09 23-71-35 408 Nov01/09
23-61-41 401 Aug01/06 23-71-00 R 10 Feb01/10 23-71-35 409 Nov01/09
23-61-41 402 Feb01/08 23-71-00 R 11 Feb01/10 23-71-35 410 Nov01/09
23-61-41 403 Feb01/08 23-71-00 R 12 Feb01/10 23-71-35 411 Nov01/09
23-61-41 404 Aug01/06 23-71-00 13 Aug01/09 23-71-35 412 Nov01/09
23-61-41 405 Feb01/08 23-71-00 14 Aug01/09 23-71-35 413 Nov01/09
23-61-41 406 Nov01/09 23-71-00 R 15 Feb01/10 23-71-35 414 Nov01/09
23-61-41 407 Feb01/08 23-71-00 16 Aug01/09 23-71-35 415 Nov01/09
23-L.E.P. Page 14
Feb 01/10
CES
23-71-35 416 Nov01/09 23-73-00 01 11 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 62 Feb01/08

23-73-00 01 12 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 63 Feb01/08
23-72-00 1 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 13 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 64 Feb01/08
23-72-00 2 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 14 May01/04 23-73-00 01 65 Feb01/08
23-72-00 3 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 15 May01/04 23-73-00 01 66 Feb01/08
23-72-00 4 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 16 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 67 Feb01/08
23-72-00 5 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 17 May01/04 23-73-00 01 68 Feb01/08
23-72-00 501 Feb01/09 23-73-00 01 18 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 69 Feb01/08
23-72-00 R 502 Feb01/10 23-73-00 01 19 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 70 Feb01/08
23-72-00 503 May01/09 23-73-00 01 20 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 71 May01/05
23-72-00 504 May01/09 23-73-00 01 21 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 72 Feb01/08
23-72-00 505 May01/09 23-73-00 01 22 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 73 Feb01/08
23-72-00 506 May01/09 23-73-00 01 23 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 74 Feb01/08
23-72-00 507 May01/09 23-73-00 01 24 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 75 Feb01/08
23-72-00 508 May01/09 23-73-00 01 25 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 76 Feb01/08
23-72-00 509 May01/09 23-73-00 01 26 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 77 Feb01/08
23-72-00 510 May01/09 23-73-00 01 27 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 78 Feb01/08
23-72-22 401 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 28 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 79 Feb01/08
23-72-22 402 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 29 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 80 Feb01/08
23-72-22 403 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 30 May01/04 23-73-00 01 81 Feb01/08
23-72-22 404 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 31 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 82 May01/05
23-72-22 405 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 32 May01/04 23-73-00 01 83 Feb01/08
23-72-22 406 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 33 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 84 Aug01/05
23-72-22 407 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 34 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 85 Aug01/05
23-72-22 408 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 35 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 86 Aug01/05
23-72-22 409 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 36 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 87 Feb01/08
23-72-51 401 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 37 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 88 Feb01/08
23-72-51 402 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 38 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 89 Feb01/08
23-72-51 403 Aug01/09 23-73-00 01 39 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 90 Feb01/08
23-72-51 404 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 40 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 91 Feb01/08
23-72-51 405 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 41 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 92 Feb01/08
23-72-51 406 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 42 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 93 Feb01/08
23-72-51 407 Aug01/09 23-73-00 01 43 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 94 Feb01/08
23-72-51 408 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 44 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 95 Feb01/08
23-72-51 409 Aug01/09 23-73-00 01 45 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 96 Aug01/06
23-72-51 410 Aug01/09 23-73-00 01 46 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 97 Aug01/06
23-72-51 411 Aug01/09 23-73-00 01 47 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 98 Aug01/06
23-72-51 412 Aug01/09 23-73-00 01 48 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 99 Feb01/08
23-72-51 413 Aug01/08 23-73-00 01 49 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 0 Aug01/06
23-72-51 414 Nov01/08 23-73-00 01 50 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 1 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 51 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 2 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 1 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 52 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 3 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 2 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 53 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 4 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 3 May01/05 23-73-00 01 54 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 5 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 4 May01/04 23-73-00 01 55 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 6 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 5 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 56 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 7 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 6 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 57 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 8 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 7 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 58 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 9 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 8 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 59 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 10 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 9 May01/04 23-73-00 01 60 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 11 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 10 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 61 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 12 Feb01/08
23-L.E.P. Page 15
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 01 A 13 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 64 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 15 Aug01/07

23-73-00 01 A 14 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 65 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 16 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 A 15 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 66 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 17 Aug01/07
23-73-00 01 A 16 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 67 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 18 Aug01/07
23-73-00 01 A 17 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 68 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 19 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 A 18 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 69 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 20 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 A 19 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 70 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 21 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 A 20 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 71 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 22 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 A 21 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 72 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 23 Feb01/08
23-73-00 01 A 22 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 73 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 24 Aug01/07
23-73-00 01 A 23 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 74 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 25 Aug01/07
23-73-00 01 A 24 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 75 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 1 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 25 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 76 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 2 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 26 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 77 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 3 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 27 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 78 May01/05 23-73-00 02 4 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 28 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 79 May01/05 23-73-00 02 5 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 29 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 80 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 6 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 30 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 81 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 7 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 31 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 82 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 8 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 32 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 83 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 9 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 33 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 84 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 10 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 34 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 85 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 11 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 35 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 86 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 12 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 36 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 87 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 13 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 37 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 88 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 14 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 38 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 89 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 R 15 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 39 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 90 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 16 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 40 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 91 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 17 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 41 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 92 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 R 18 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 42 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 93 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 19 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 43 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 94 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 20 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 44 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 95 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 21 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 45 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 96 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 22 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 46 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 97 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 23 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 47 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 A 98 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 24 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 48 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 A 99 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 25 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 49 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 0 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 26 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 50 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 1 Aug01/05 23-73-00 02 27 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 51 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 2 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 28 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 52 Aug01/07 23-73-00 01 B 3 Aug01/07 23-73-00 02 29 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 53 Aug01/05 23-73-00 01 B 4 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 30 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 54 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 5 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 31 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 55 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 6 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 32 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 56 May01/05 23-73-00 01 B 7 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 33 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 57 May01/05 23-73-00 01 B 8 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 34 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 58 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 9 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 35 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 59 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 10 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 36 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 60 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 11 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 37 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 61 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 12 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 38 Feb01/10
23-73-00 01 A 62 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 13 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 39 Nov01/09
23-73-00 01 A 63 Feb01/08 23-73-00 01 B 14 Feb01/08 23-73-00 02 R 40 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 16
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 02 41 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 92 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 43 Feb01/10

23-73-00 02 42 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 93 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 44 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 43 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 94 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 45 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 44 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R 95 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 46 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 45 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R 96 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 47 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 46 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R 97 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 48 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 47 May01/09 23-73-00 02 R 98 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 49 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 48 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R 99 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 50 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 49 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 0 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 51 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 50 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 1 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 52 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 51 May01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 2 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 53 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 52 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 3 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 54 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 53 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 4 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 55 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 54 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 5 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 56 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 55 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 6 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 57 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 56 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 7 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 58 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 57 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 8 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 59 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 58 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 9 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 60 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 59 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 10 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 61 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 60 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 11 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 62 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 61 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 12 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 63 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 62 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 13 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 64 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 63 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 14 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 65 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 64 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 15 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 66 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 65 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 16 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 67 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 66 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 17 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 68 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 67 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 18 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 69 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 68 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 19 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 70 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 69 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 20 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 71 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 70 Nov01/09 23-73-00 02 R A 21 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 72 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 71 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 22 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 73 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 72 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 23 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 74 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 73 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 24 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 75 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 74 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 25 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 76 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 75 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 26 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 77 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 76 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 27 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 78 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 77 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 28 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 79 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 78 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 29 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 80 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 79 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 30 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 81 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 80 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 31 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 82 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 81 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 32 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 83 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 82 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 33 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 84 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 83 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 34 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 85 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 84 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 35 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 86 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 85 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 36 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 87 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 86 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 37 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 88 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 87 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 38 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 89 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 88 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 39 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 90 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 89 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 40 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 91 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 90 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 41 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 92 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R 91 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 42 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 R A 93 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 17
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 02 R A 94 Feb01/10 23-73-00 02 D B 45 23-73-00 251 Nov01/07

23-73-00 02 R A 95 Feb01/10 23-73-00 201 May01/07 23-73-00 R 252 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R A 96 Feb01/10 23-73-00 202 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 253 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R A 97 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 203 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 254 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R A 98 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 204 Feb01/10 23-73-00 255 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R A 99 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 205 Feb01/10 23-73-00 256 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 0 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 206 Feb01/10 23-73-00 257 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 1 Feb01/10 23-73-00 207 Feb01/07 23-73-00 258 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 2 Feb01/10 23-73-00 208 Feb01/07 23-73-00 R 259 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 3 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 209 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 260 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 4 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 210 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 261 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 5 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 211 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 262 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 6 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 212 Feb01/10 23-73-00 263 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 7 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 213 Feb01/10 23-73-00 264 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 8 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 214 Feb01/10 23-73-00 265 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 9 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 215 Feb01/10 23-73-00 266 Aug01/09
23-73-00 02 R B 10 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 216 Feb01/10 23-73-00 267 Feb01/08
23-73-00 02 R B 11 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 217 Feb01/10 23-73-00 268 Feb01/08
23-73-00 02 R B 12 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 218 Feb01/10 23-73-00 269 Feb01/08
23-73-00 02 R B 13 Feb01/10 23-73-00 219 Feb01/08 23-73-00 270 Feb01/08
23-73-00 02 R B 14 Feb01/10 23-73-00 220 Feb01/08 23-73-00 271 Feb01/08
23-73-00 02 R B 15 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 221 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 272 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 16 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 222 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 273 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 17 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 223 Feb01/10 23-73-00 274 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 18 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 224 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 275 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 19 Feb01/10 23-73-00 225 Feb01/08 23-73-00 276 Feb01/08
23-73-00 02 R B 20 Feb01/10 23-73-00 226 Feb01/08 23-73-00 277 Nov01/07
23-73-00 02 R B 21 Feb01/10 23-73-00 227 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 278 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 22 Feb01/10 23-73-00 228 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 279 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 23 Feb01/10 23-73-00 229 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 280 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 24 Feb01/10 23-73-00 230 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 281 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 25 Feb01/10 23-73-00 231 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 282 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 26 Feb01/10 23-73-00 232 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 283 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 27 Feb01/10 23-73-00 233 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 284 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 28 Feb01/10 23-73-00 234 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 285 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 29 Feb01/10 23-73-00 235 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 286 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 30 Feb01/10 23-73-00 236 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 287 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 31 Feb01/10 23-73-00 237 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 288 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 32 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 238 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 289 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 33 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 239 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 290 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 34 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 240 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 291 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 35 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 241 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 292 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 36 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 242 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 293 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 37 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 243 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 294 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 38 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 244 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 295 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 39 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 245 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 296 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 40 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 246 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 297 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 41 Feb01/10 23-73-00 247 Nov01/07 23-73-00 R 298 Feb01/10
23-73-00 02 R B 42 Feb01/10 23-73-00 248 Nov01/07 23-73-00 301 May01/09
23-73-00 02 R B 43 Feb01/10 23-73-00 249 Nov01/07 23-73-00 302 May01/09
23-73-00 02 D B 44 23-73-00 250 Nov01/07 23-73-00 R 303 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 18
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 304 May01/09 23-73-00 514 Aug01/06 23-73-00 565 Nov01/08

23-73-00 401 Feb01/08 23-73-00 515 Feb01/08 23-73-00 566 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-00 516 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 567 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-00 517 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 568 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-00 518 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 569 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-00 519 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 570 Feb01/10
23-73-00 406 Feb01/08 23-73-00 520 May01/07 23-73-00 571 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-00 521 Feb01/08 23-73-00 572 Nov01/08
23-73-00 408 Feb01/08 23-73-00 522 Feb01/08 23-73-00 573 Nov01/08
23-73-00 409 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 523 Feb01/10 23-73-00 574 Nov01/08
23-73-00 410 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 524 Feb01/10 23-73-00 575 Nov01/08
23-73-00 411 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 525 Feb01/10 23-73-00 576 Nov01/08
23-73-00 412 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 526 Feb01/10 23-73-00 577 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 413 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 527 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 578 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 414 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 528 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 579 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 415 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 529 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 580 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 416 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 530 Feb01/10 23-73-00 581 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 417 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 531 Feb01/10 23-73-00 582 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 418 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 532 Feb01/10 23-73-00 583 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 419 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 533 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 584 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 420 Feb01/10 23-73-00 534 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 585 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R 421 Feb01/10 23-73-00 535 Feb01/08 23-73-00 586 Nov01/08
23-73-00 R 422 Feb01/10 23-73-00 536 Feb01/08 23-73-00 587 Nov01/08
23-73-00 423 Feb01/08 23-73-00 537 Feb01/08 23-73-00 588 Nov01/08
23-73-00 424 Feb01/08 23-73-00 538 Feb01/08 23-73-00 589 Nov01/08
23-73-00 425 Feb01/08 23-73-00 539 Aug01/07 23-73-00 590 Nov01/08
23-73-00 426 Feb01/08 23-73-00 540 Feb01/08 23-73-00 591 Nov01/08
23-73-00 427 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 541 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 592 Feb01/10
23-73-00 428 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 542 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 593 Feb01/10
23-73-00 429 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 543 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 594 Feb01/10
23-73-00 430 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 544 Feb01/10 23-73-00 595 Nov01/08
23-73-00 431 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 545 Feb01/10 23-73-00 596 Nov01/08
23-73-00 432 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 546 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 597 Feb01/10
23-73-00 433 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 547 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R 598 Feb01/10
23-73-00 434 Feb01/08 23-73-00 548 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R 599 Feb01/10
23-73-00 435 Feb01/08 23-73-00 549 Nov01/08 23-73-00 A500 Nov01/09
23-73-00 436 Feb01/08 23-73-00 550 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R A501 Feb01/10
23-73-00 437 Feb01/08 23-73-00 551 Nov01/08 23-73-00 A502 Nov01/08
23-73-00 501 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 552 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A503 Nov01/08
23-73-00 502 Feb01/08 23-73-00 553 Nov01/08 23-73-00 A504 Nov01/08
23-73-00 503 Aug01/06 23-73-00 554 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R A505 Feb01/10
23-73-00 504 Feb01/08 23-73-00 555 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R A506 Feb01/10
23-73-00 505 Feb01/08 23-73-00 556 Nov01/08 23-73-00 A507 Nov01/08
23-73-00 506 Feb01/08 23-73-00 557 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R A508 Feb01/10
23-73-00 507 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 558 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R A509 Feb01/10
23-73-00 508 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 559 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R A510 Feb01/10
23-73-00 509 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 560 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R A511 Feb01/10
23-73-00 510 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 561 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A512 Nov01/09
23-73-00 511 Feb01/08 23-73-00 R 562 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A513 Nov01/09
23-73-00 512 Feb01/08 23-73-00 563 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R A514 Feb01/10
23-73-00 513 Feb01/08 23-73-00 564 Nov01/08 23-73-00 R A515 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 19
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 R A516 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A567 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B518 Feb01/10

23-73-00 A517 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A568 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B519 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A518 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A569 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B520 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R A519 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A570 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B521 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R A520 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R A571 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B522 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A522 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A573 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B524 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A524 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A575 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B526 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A525 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A576 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B527 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A526 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A577 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B528 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A527 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A578 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B529 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A528 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A579 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B530 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A529 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A580 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B531 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A530 Nov01/09 23-73-00 A581 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B532 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R A531 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A582 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B533 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R A532 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A583 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B534 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R A533 Feb01/10 23-73-00 A584 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B535 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A535 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A586 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B537 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A536 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A587 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B538 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A537 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A588 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B539 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A538 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A589 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B540 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A539 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A590 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B541 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A540 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A591 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B542 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A541 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A592 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B543 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A542 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A593 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B544 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A543 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A594 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B545 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A544 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A595 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B546 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A545 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R A596 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B547 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R A549 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B500 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B551 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A550 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B501 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B552 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A551 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B502 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B553 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A552 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B503 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B554 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A553 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B504 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B555 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A554 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B505 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B556 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A555 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B506 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B557 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A556 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B507 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B558 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A557 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B508 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B559 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A558 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B509 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B560 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A559 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B510 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B561 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A560 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B511 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B562 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A565 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B516 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B567 Feb01/10
23-73-00 A566 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R B517 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R B568 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 20
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 R B569 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R C520 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R C571 Feb01/10

23-73-00 R B598 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R C549 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D500 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R B599 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R C550 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D501 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R C500 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R C551 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D502 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 21
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-00 R D522 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D573 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E524 Feb01/10

23-73-00 R D526 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D577 Feb01/10 23-73-00 N E528 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D527 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D578 Feb01/10 23-73-00 N E529 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D528 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D579 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 401 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D529 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D580 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 402 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D530 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D581 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 403 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D531 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D582 Feb01/10 23-73-11 404 May01/05
23-73-00 R D532 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D583 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 405 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D533 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D584 Feb01/10 23-73-11 406 Aug01/05
23-73-00 R D534 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D585 Feb01/10 23-73-11 407 Aug01/05
23-73-00 R D535 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D586 Feb01/10 23-73-11 408 Feb01/06
23-73-00 R D536 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D587 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 409 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D537 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D588 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 410 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D538 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D589 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 411 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D539 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D590 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 412 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D540 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D591 Feb01/10 23-73-11 413 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D541 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D592 Feb01/10 23-73-11 R 414 Feb01/10
23-73-00 R D542 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D593 Feb01/10 23-73-11 415 Aug01/07
23-73-00 R D543 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D594 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 401 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D544 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D595 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 402 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D545 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D596 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 403 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D546 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D597 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 404 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D547 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D598 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 405 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D548 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R D599 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 406 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D549 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E500 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 407 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D550 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E501 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 408 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D551 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E502 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 409 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D552 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E503 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 410 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D553 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E504 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 411 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D554 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E505 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 412 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D555 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E506 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 413 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D556 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E507 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 414 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D557 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E508 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 415 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D558 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E509 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 416 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D559 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E510 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 417 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D560 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E511 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 418 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D561 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E512 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 419 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D562 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E513 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 420 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D563 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E514 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 421 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D564 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E515 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 422 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D565 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E516 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 423 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D566 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E517 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 424 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D567 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E518 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 425 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D568 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E519 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 426 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D569 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E520 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 427 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D570 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E521 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 428 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D571 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E522 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 429 Feb01/08
23-73-00 R D572 Feb01/10 23-73-00 R E523 Feb01/10 23-73-12 01 430 Feb01/08
23-L.E.P. Page 22
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-12 01 431 Feb01/08 23-73-19 01 404 Feb01/08 23-73-34 410 Nov01/09

23-73-12 01 432 Feb01/08 23-73-19 01 405 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 411 Feb01/10
23-73-12 01 433 Feb01/08 23-73-19 01 406 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 412 Feb01/10
23-73-12 02 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-19 01 407 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 413 Feb01/10
23-73-12 02 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-34 414 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-38 401 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-38 402 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-38 403 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-38 404 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-38 405 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-38 406 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-38 407 Feb01/08
23-73-12 02 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-38 408 Feb01/08
23-73-13 401 May01/09 23-73-19 02 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-38 409 Feb01/08
23-73-13 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-19 02 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-38 410 Feb01/08
23-73-13 403 Nov01/07 23-73-21 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-38 411 Feb01/08
23-73-13 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 401 Feb01/10
23-73-13 405 Aug01/08 23-73-21 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-41 402 Feb01/08
23-73-13 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-41 403 Feb01/08
23-73-13 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 404 Feb01/10
23-73-13 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-41 405 Aug01/09
23-73-13 409 Feb01/08 23-73-21 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-41 406 Feb01/08
23-73-14 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-41 407 Feb01/08
23-73-14 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-41 408 Feb01/08
23-73-14 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-41 409 Feb01/08
23-73-14 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-21 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 410 Feb01/10
23-73-14 405 May01/05 23-73-22 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-41 411 Nov01/08
23-73-14 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-22 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 412 Feb01/10
23-73-14 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-22 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 413 Feb01/10
23-73-14 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-22 404 Feb01/08 23-73-41 414 Feb01/09
23-73-14 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-22 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 415 Feb01/10
23-73-14 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-22 406 Nov01/06 23-73-41 416 Aug01/09
23-73-14 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-22 407 Feb01/07 23-73-41 R 417 Feb01/10
23-73-14 412 Feb01/07 23-73-22 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-41 418 Aug01/09
23-73-14 413 Feb01/06 23-73-22 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 419 Feb01/10
23-73-14 414 Feb01/06 23-73-22 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 420 Feb01/10
23-73-14 415 Feb01/06 23-73-22 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 421 Feb01/10
23-73-14 416 Feb01/06 23-73-22 R 412 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 422 Feb01/10
23-73-14 417 May01/05 23-73-22 413 Feb01/08 23-73-41 R 423 Feb01/10
23-73-14 418 May01/05 23-73-22 R 414 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 424 Feb01/10
23-73-14 419 May01/05 23-73-22 415 Feb01/07 23-73-41 R 425 Feb01/10
23-73-18 401 Feb01/08 23-73-22 416 Aug01/08 23-73-41 R 426 Feb01/10
23-73-18 402 Feb01/08 23-73-34 401 Aug01/07 23-73-41 R 427 Feb01/10
23-73-18 403 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 428 Feb01/10
23-73-18 404 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 429 Feb01/10
23-73-18 405 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 430 Feb01/10
23-73-18 406 Feb01/08 23-73-34 405 May01/05 23-73-41 R 431 Feb01/10
23-73-18 407 Feb01/08 23-73-34 406 Feb01/08 23-73-41 R 432 Feb01/10
23-73-19 01 401 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 433 Feb01/10
23-73-19 01 402 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 434 Feb01/10
23-73-19 01 403 Feb01/08 23-73-34 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-41 R 435 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 23
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-41 R 436 Feb01/10 23-73-44 R 414 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 404 Feb01/10

23-73-41 R 437 Feb01/10 23-73-44 415 Nov01/09 23-73-47 R 405 Feb01/10
23-73-41 R 438 Feb01/10 23-73-44 416 Nov01/09 23-73-47 R 406 Feb01/10
23-73-41 R 439 Feb01/10 23-73-44 417 Nov01/09 23-73-47 R 407 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-44 R 418 Feb01/10 23-73-47 408 Feb01/08
23-73-42 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-44 R 419 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 409 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-44 420 Nov01/09 23-73-47 410 Aug01/05
23-73-42 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-44 R 421 Feb01/10 23-73-47 411 Aug01/05
23-73-42 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-45 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 412 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-45 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-47 413 Feb01/06
23-73-42 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-45 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 414 Feb01/10
23-73-42 408 May01/05 23-73-46 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 415 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 416 Feb01/10
23-73-42 410 Aug01/05 23-73-46 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 417 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 418 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 412 Feb01/10 23-73-46 405 Feb01/08 23-73-47 R 419 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 413 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 420 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 414 Feb01/10 23-73-46 407 May01/05 23-73-47 R 421 Feb01/10
23-73-42 415 Feb01/08 23-73-46 408 May01/05 23-73-47 R 422 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 416 Feb01/10 23-73-46 409 Aug01/05 23-73-47 R 423 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 417 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 424 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 418 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 425 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 419 Feb01/10 23-73-46 412 Feb01/08 23-73-47 R 426 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 420 Feb01/10 23-73-46 413 Feb01/08 23-73-47 R 427 Feb01/10
23-73-42 421 Nov01/07 23-73-46 R 414 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 428 Feb01/10
23-73-42 R 422 Feb01/10 23-73-46 415 Aug01/05 23-73-47 R 429 Feb01/10
23-73-43 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-46 416 Aug01/05 23-73-47 R 430 Feb01/10
23-73-43 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-46 417 Aug01/05 23-73-47 R 431 Feb01/10
23-73-43 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-46 418 Aug01/05 23-73-47 R 432 Feb01/10
23-73-43 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-46 419 Aug01/05 23-73-48 401 Feb01/08
23-73-43 R 405 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 420 Feb01/10 23-73-48 402 Feb01/08
23-73-43 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-46 421 Aug01/05 23-73-48 403 Feb01/08
23-73-43 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-46 422 Feb01/08 23-73-48 404 Feb01/08
23-73-43 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 423 Feb01/10 23-73-48 405 Feb01/08
23-73-43 R 409 Feb01/10 23-73-46 424 Nov01/07 23-73-48 406 Feb01/08
23-73-43 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-46 425 Nov01/07 23-73-48 407 May01/04
23-73-43 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 426 Feb01/10 23-73-48 408 May01/04
23-73-43 R 412 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 427 Feb01/10 23-73-48 409 May01/04
23-73-44 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 428 Feb01/10 23-73-48 410 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 429 Feb01/10 23-73-48 411 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-46 430 Feb01/08 23-73-48 412 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 404 Feb01/10 23-73-46 431 Feb01/08 23-73-48 413 Feb01/08
23-73-44 405 Nov01/09 23-73-46 R 432 Feb01/10 23-73-48 414 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-46 433 Feb01/08 23-73-49 401 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-46 434 Feb01/08 23-73-49 402 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 408 Feb01/10 23-73-46 R 435 Feb01/10 23-73-49 403 Aug01/09
23-73-44 409 Nov01/09 23-73-46 436 Nov01/07 23-73-49 404 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 410 Feb01/10 23-73-46 437 Nov01/07 23-73-49 405 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 411 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-49 406 Feb01/08
23-73-44 R 412 Feb01/10 23-73-47 402 Feb01/07 23-73-49 407 Aug01/09
23-73-44 R 413 Feb01/10 23-73-47 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-49 408 Feb01/08
23-L.E.P. Page 24
Feb 01/10
CES
23-73-49 409 Feb01/08 23-73-63 R 409 Feb01/10

23-73-51 R 401 Feb01/10 23-73-63 R 410 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 402 Feb01/10 23-73-63 R 411 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 403 Feb01/10 23-73-63 R 412 Feb01/10
23-73-51 404 Feb01/08 23-73-63 R 413 Feb01/10
23-73-51 405 Feb01/08 23-73-63 R 414 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 406 Feb01/10 23-73-63 415 Feb01/08
23-73-51 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-63 R 416 Feb01/10
23-73-51 408 Aug01/04 23-73-63 R 417 Feb01/10
23-73-51 409 Feb01/07 23-73-63 418 Nov01/07
23-73-51 410 Feb01/08 23-73-63 419 Nov01/07
23-73-51 411 Feb01/08 23-73-64 R 401 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 412 Feb01/10 23-73-64 R 402 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 413 Feb01/10 23-73-64 403 Feb01/08
23-73-51 R 414 Feb01/10 23-73-64 404 Feb01/08
23-73-51 R 415 Feb01/10 23-73-64 R 405 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 416 Feb01/10 23-73-64 406 Nov01/08
23-73-51 R 417 Feb01/10 23-73-64 R 407 Feb01/10
23-73-51 418 Feb01/08 23-73-64 408 Feb01/08
23-73-51 R 419 Feb01/10 23-73-64 R 409 Feb01/10
23-73-51 420 Feb01/07 23-73-64 R 410 Feb01/10
23-73-51 R 421 Feb01/10 23-73-64 411 Nov01/08
23-73-51 422 Feb01/07 23-73-64 R 412 Feb01/10
23-73-51 423 Nov01/09 23-73-64 413 Feb01/09
23-73-51 R 424 Feb01/10 23-73-64 R 414 Feb01/10
23-73-62 401 Feb01/08 23-73-64 415 Feb01/09
23-73-62 402 Feb01/08 23-73-64 416 Nov01/08
23-73-62 403 Feb01/08 23-73-64 R 417 Feb01/10
23-73-62 404 Feb01/08 23-73-64 418 Nov01/08
23-73-62 405 Feb01/08 23-73-64 R 419 Feb01/10
23-73-62 406 Feb01/06 23-73-64 R 420 Feb01/10
23-73-62 R 407 Feb01/10 23-73-64 421 Nov01/08
23-73-62 408 Nov01/08 23-73-64 R 422 Feb01/10
23-73-62 409 May01/03 23-73-64 R 423 Feb01/10
23-73-62 410 Aug01/08 23-73-64 R 424 Feb01/10
23-73-62 411 Aug01/08
23-73-62 412 Aug01/08
23-73-62 413 Aug01/08
23-73-62 414 Aug01/08
23-73-62 R 415 Feb01/10
23-73-62 416 Nov01/08
23-73-62 R 417 Feb01/10
23-73-62 418 Nov01/08
23-73-63 R 401 Feb01/10
23-73-63 R 402 Feb01/10
23-73-63 R 403 Feb01/10
23-73-63 R 404 Feb01/10
23-73-63 405 Feb01/08
23-73-63 406 Feb01/08
23-73-63 407 Feb01/08
23-73-63 R 408 Feb01/10
23-L.E.P. Page 25
Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL
________________________ 23-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Speech Communication 1 ALL
Data Transmission (optional 1 ALL
system)
Passenger Address and 2 ALL
Entertainment
Interphone 2 ALL
Audio Integrating 3 ALL
Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60) 3 ALL
Audio-Video Monitoring and 3 ALL
Intercommunication
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 11 ALL
Interface with the RMPs 11 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
Interface with the AMU 14 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
Interface with the CFDIU 14 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
Interface with the LGCIU 14 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
Interface with the SDACs 14 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
23-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the ADIRU 15 106-149, 220-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the ATSU 15 106-149, 220-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the GND HF DATA 15 106-149, 220-249
Link 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the ICAO adress 15 106-149, 220-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the MDDU or PDL 15 106-149, 220-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the ATIMS 15 106-149, 220-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface with the RMPs 16 211-219,
Interface with the AMU 16 211-219,
Interface with the CFDIU 16 211-219,
Interface with the LGCIU 16 211-219,
Interface with the SDACs 16 211-219,
Interface with the ADIRU 16 211-219,
Interface with the ATSU 17 211-219,
Interface with the GND HF DATA 17 211-219,
Link
Interface with the ICAO address 17 211-219,
Interface with the MDDU or PDL 17 211-219,
Power Supply 17 ALL
Interface 20 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Output Interface 20 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Digital Outputs 24 106-149, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Output Analog Signals 25 106-149, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 26 ALL
HF Transceiver 26 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
HF Transceiver 28 051-099, 201-210
HF Transceiver 28 106-149, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
HF Antenna Coupler 45 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation 59 ALL
Receive Function 59 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Transmit Function 60 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Receive Function 62 211-219,
Transmit Function 62 211-219,
Indication of Transmission Out 63 001-049, 051-099
of Frequency Range 101-105, 151-199
201-210,
23-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
HF Data Link ground network 63 106-149, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Test 64 ALL
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 64 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
General Operation 64 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 65 051-099, 201-210
CFDS Interface 66 106-149, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Functional Description 71 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
Interactive menu description 79 106-149, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 106-149, 220-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Procedure after a Change of 201 106-149, 220-249
Aircraft Registration Number 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the HF System 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Two HF 509 001-049, 051-099
Systems 101-105, 151-199
201-210, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Bite Test of the HF System 516 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check of the Electrical Bonding of 601 ALL
the HF System
ANTENNA - HF 23-11-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the HF Antenna (5RE) 401 ALL
Installation of the HF Antenna 406 ALL
(5RE)
TRANSCEIVER - HF 23-11-33
Removal of the HF Transceiver 401 ALL
(3RE1, 3RE2)
Installation of the HF Transceiver 406 ALL
(3RE1, 3RE2)
COUPLER - HF 23-11-36
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler 401 ALL
Installation of the HF Antenna 411 ALL
Coupler
FEEDER - HF 23-11-37
Removal of the HF Feeder 401 ALL
Installation of the HF Feeder 407 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

General 1 ALL
Mode A: 2 251-299, 501-509
511-525,
Mode 2: 2 251-299, 501-509
511-525,
Mode A: 3 526-526, 528-599
Mode 2: 3 526-526, 528-599
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Interface with the ATSU 14 151-199, 251-299
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Supply 14 ALL
VHF1 System 14 ALL
VHF2 System 14 ALL
VHF3 System 14 ALL
Interface 14 ALL
Output Interface 18 051-099,
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
VHF Transceiver 22 ALL
VHF Antenna 39 ALL
Operation 41 ALL
101-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
101-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
VHF voice/data mode selection 42 151-199, 251-299
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
VDL ground network 42 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Test 42 ALL
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE) 43 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
23-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE) 45 051-099,
General Operation 45 051-099,
Functional Description 46 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

Operational Test of the VHF System 501 ALL
BITE Test of the VHF System 505 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of VHF Antenna 801 ALL
ANTENNA - VHF 23-12-11
Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) 401 ALL
and (4RC2)
Installation of the VHF Antennas 405 ALL
(4RC1) and (4RC2)
Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3) 412 ALL
Installation of the VHF Antenna 417 ALL
(4RC3)
TRANSCEIVER - VHF 23-12-33
Removal of the VHF Transceiver 401 ALL
(1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
Installation of the VHF 404 ALL
Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00

General 1 ALL
Electrical Power Supply 5 ALL
COM/NAV Radio Management Panel 5 ALL
(RMP)
23-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operation 24 ALL
Normal Mode 24 ALL
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode 31 ALL
Interface 31 ALL
Connection with the Centralized 31 ALL
Fault Display System (CFDS)
101-105, 151-199
201-217,
101-149, 218-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Test 39 ALL
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 39 ALL
General Operation 40 ALL
Functional Description 41 ALL
RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00

Operational Test of the Radio 501 ALL
Management
Operational Test of the Radio 504 ALL
Navigation Selection in Standby
Mode with the RMP1 and 2.
BITE Test of the Radio Management 510 ALL
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) 23-13-13
Removal of the Radio Management 401 ALL
Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
Installation of the Radio 404 ALL
Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND 23-24-00

REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Transmission mode 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Reception mode 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
23-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Component Location 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
System Description 3 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Power Supply 3 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Interface 3 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
ACARS MU Peripheral Computers 3 001-049, 051-099
Interface 101-105,
ACARS MU/MCDUs interface 6 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
ACARS MU/printer interface (If 7 001-049, 051-099
installed) 101-105,
ACARS MU/VHF 3 interface 7 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Interface with the ground 7 001-049, 051-099
network 101-105,
Operation 8 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Connection with the DMU 8 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Connection with the CFDIU 8 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Connection with the FMGCs 9 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Connection with the FWCs and 9 001-049, 051-099
SDACs 101-105,
Connection with the VHF3 10 001-049, 051-099
Transceiver 101-105,
Connection with the RMPs 12 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Connection with the MCDUs 16 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Connection with the Printer 16 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Data Exchange between Aircraft 17 001-049, 051-099
and Ground Network 101-105,
Test 20 001-049, 051-099
101-105,

101-105,
23-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Check of the Airline ID and 201 001-049, 051-099
Aircraft Registration Number on 101-105,
the ACARS MU after a Change of the
Aircraft Registration Number

SERVICING 1 301 001-049, 051-061
101-105,
Uploading procedure with the 301 001-049, 051-061
portable data loader (SFIM) to 101-105,
load the Software Standard and the
standard application database on
the ACARS MU front face.
SERVICING 2 301 062-099,
Uploading procedure with the 301 062-099,
portable data loader (SFIM) to
load the Sofware standard and the
standard application database on
the ACARS MU front face.
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Operational Test of the ACARS 501 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
BITE test of the ACARS 512 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Link Test of the ACARS 516 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS 23-24-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Removal of the ACARS Management 401 001-049, 051-099
Unit (MU) (1RB) 101-105,
Installation of the ACARS 404 001-049, 051-099
Management Unit (MU) (1RB) 101-105,
OPERATIONAL USE (ACARS) 23-26-00

General 1 001-049, 101-105
Operation/Control and Indicating 1 001-049, 101-105
Preflight Initialization 1 001-049, 101-105
Delay Report 7 001-049, 101-105
ATIS Request 9 001-049, 101-105
Weather Request 9 001-049, 101-105
23-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Voice Contact Request 12 001-049, 101-105
ACARS VHF CONTROL Page 12 001-049, 101-105
TELEX with Address Selection 15 001-049, 101-105
Data Entry Screen
Received Messages Page 15 001-049, 101-105
Miscellaneous Menu 18 001-049, 101-105
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 23-28-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 401-499,
General 1 401-499,
Component Location 1 401-499,
System Description 1 401-499,
SATCOM System 1 401-499,
Intermediate Gain Antenna 1 401-499,
Power Supply 1 401-499,
Interface 8 401-499,
ATSU-SDU Interface 8 401-499,
ADIRU-SDU Interface 11 401-499,
Cabin Communications System-SDU 11 401-499,
Interface
Data Loader-SDU Interface 11 401-499,
LGCIU-SDU Interface 11 401-499,
CFDS-SDU Interface 11 401-499,
MCDU-SDU Interface 12 401-403,
MCDU-SDU Interface 12 401-499,
Component Description 37 401-499,
Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 37 401-499,
Antenna 39 401-499,
Operation/Control and Indicating 45 401-499,
System Applications 45 401-499,
General Operation 46 401-499,
SATCOM Cockpit Voice Function 50 401-499,
BITE Test 58 401-499,
Menu mode 58 401-499,
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 23-28-00

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 401-499,
Procedure after a Change of 201 401-499,
Aircraft Registration Number
SERVICING 301 401-499,
Uploading of the USER ORT part of 301 401-499,
the SATCOM software with the
Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
(MDDU)
Uploading of the SATCOM USER ORT 306 401-499,
23-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
table with the Multipurpose Disk
Drive Unit (MDDU)
Uploading of the SATCOM SECURE ORT 311 401-499,
table with the Multipurpose Disk
Drive Unit (MDDU)
Uploading of the SATCOM SDU 316 401-499,
operational software with the
Multipurpose Disk Unit (MDDU)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 401-499,
BITE Test of the Satellite 501 401-499,
Communication System
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - SATCOM 23-28-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 401-499,
Removal of the Top Antenna 116RV1 401 401-499,
Installation of the Top Antenna 404 401-499,
116RV1
Removal of the Mounting Base of 409 401-499,
the Top Antenna
Installation of the Mounting Base 412 401-499,
of the Top Antenna
SDU (SATELLITE DATA UNIT) - SATCOM 23-28-34
Removal of the Satellite Data Unit 401 401-499,
(SDU) 105RV1
Installation of the Satellite Data 404 401-499,
Unit (SDU) 105RV1
ATTENUATOR - SATCOM 23-28-45
Removal of the Attenuator (112RV1) 401 401-499,
Installation of the Attenuator 404 401-499,
(112RV1)
___________________________________
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT 23-30-00
General 1 ALL
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM 23-31-00

101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00

SYSTEM
23-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
General 1 ALL
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Prerecorded Announcement and 14 001-049, 051-099
Boarding Music Reproducer 101-105,
Boarding Music Reproducer
General 16 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Power Supply 19 ALL
Interface 19 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Component Description 19 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
PRAM 19 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
PRAM 22 106-149, 211-233
236-238, 301-304
PRAM 23 151-199, 201-210
PRAM 23 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Defined System Characteristics 25 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
236-238, 301-304
Defined System Characteristics 27 159-199,
23-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
AUDIO Page 28 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Attendant Indication Panels 31 234-235, 239-249
(AIP) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
System Operation 31 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Control Keys 31 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Control Keys 32 106-149, 301-304
System Start 32 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Boarding Music Control Keys 34 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Boarding Music Control Keys 35 106-149, 301-304
Announcement Operation 36 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Announcement Operation by 36 234-235, 239-249
Softkeys 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Announcement Operation by 37 234-235, 239-249
Keylines 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Boarding Music Operation 37 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Announcement Indication on AIPs 38 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502

SYSTEM
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Replacement of the Sound Recording 201 001-049, 051-099
23-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Medium of the Prerecorded 101-149, 151-199
Announcement and Boarding Music 201-233, 236-238
(PRAM) Reproducer 301-304,
Initialization of the Prerecorded 210 001-049, 051-099
Anouncement and Boarding Music 101-149, 211-233
(PRAM) Reproducer 236-238, 301-304

SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Test of the Prerecorded 501 001-049, 051-099
Announcement Operation of the 101-149, 151-199
Prerecorded Announcement and 201-249, 251-299
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer 301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Test of the Boarding Music 518 001-049, 051-099
Operation of the Prerecorded 101-149, 151-199
Announcement and Boarding Music 201-249, 251-299
(PRAM) Reproducer 301-399, 401-499
501-502,
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC 23-32-34
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Removal of the Announcement/Music 401 001-049, 051-099
Tape Reproducer (10RX) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Installation of the 405 001-049, 051-099
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer 101-149, 151-199
(10RX) 201-233, 236-238
301-304,
FLASHCARD - INTEGRATED PRAM 23-32-36
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Removal of the Integrated PRAM 401 234-235, 239-249
Flashcard (117RH) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Installation of the Integrated 405 234-235, 239-249
23-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
PRAM Flashcard (117RH) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Hot Plug Replacement of the 409 234-235, 239-249
Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
General 1 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
BITE System 18 051-099, 201-210
PES Power Test 18 051-099, 201-210
Audio 18 051-099, 201-210
Audio Output 18 051-099, 201-210
Channels 24 051-099, 201-210
BITE System 24 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
PES Power Test 24 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Audio 25 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Audio Output 25 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Channels 25 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Boarding Music 25 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Passenger Address Audio 25 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Cabin Intercommunication Data 25 106-149, 211-233
System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. 236-238,
Fig. 002, 005)
ARINC 429 Output Data Port 25 106-149, 211-233
23-CONTENTS Page 16
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
236-238,
ARINC 429 Input Data Port 31 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
MPES Data Lines 31 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
BITE System 31 234-235, 239-249
PES Power Test 31 234-235, 239-249
Audio 31 234-235, 239-249
Audio Output 31 234-235, 239-249
Channels 40 234-235, 239-249
Boarding Music 40 234-235, 239-249
CIDS Interface (Ref. Fig. 002, 40 234-235, 239-249
005)
IFE Data Lines 40 234-235, 239-249
BITE System 41 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
PES Power Test 41 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
Audio 41 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
Audio Output 42 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
Channels 42 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
Boarding Music 42 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. 501-502, 519-526
Fig. 002, 005) 528-599,
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
501-502, 519-526
23-CONTENTS Page 17
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
IFE Data Lines 43 301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
Power Supply 43 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
Interface 51 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
Electrical Interface 51 051-099, 201-210
System Interface
Electrical Components Interface 53 051-099, 201-210
System Interfaces 53 106-149, 211-233
236-238, 301-304
401-499,
519-526, 528-599
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
Audio Reproducer 54 051-099, 201-210
Main Multiplexer 54 051-099, 201-210
Wall Disconnect Box 56 051-099, 201-210
Seat Electronic Box 56 051-099, 201-210
Passenger Control Unit 56 051-099, 201-210
236-238,
Compact Disk Audio Reproducer 75 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
236-238,
236-238,
236-238,
23-CONTENTS Page 18
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
Control Keys 85 051-099, 106-149
201-233, 236-238
Energization 85 234-235, 239-249
Operation of the PCU control 86 234-235, 239-249
keys
Energization 86 301-304,
Operation of the PCU control 86 301-304,
keys
Energization 87 305-399, 501-502
519-526, 528-599
Operation of the PCU control 87 305-399, 501-502
keys 519-526, 528-599
Operation of the PCU control 88 401-499,
keys
The boarding music section (BGM 89 051-099, 106-149
Channel) has: 201-233, 236-238
Boarding Music 89 234-235, 239-249
301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
System Characteristics 90 051-099, 201-210
System Characteristics 90 106-149, 211-249
301-399, 401-499
501-502, 519-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 19
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 503-509, 511-518
Overhead Video 1 503-509, 511-518
In-Seat Audio 11 503-509, 511-518
IFE System Control 11 503-509, 511-518
Maintenance Functions 11 503-509, 511-518
Power Supply 11 503-509, 511-518
Interface 11 503-509, 511-518
General 11 503-509, 511-518
Media Server 18 503-509, 511-518
System Control Unit 18 503-509, 511-518
Media Server 21 503-509, 511-518
Tapping Unit 27 503-509, 511-518
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit 27 503-509, 511-518
Wall Mounted Display-Unit 15 in. 30 503-509, 511-518
Flyable Data Loader 32 503-509, 511-518
General 32 503-509, 511-518
Detailed Description 34 503-509, 511-518

201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-502
Replacement of the Compact Disks 201 051-099, 106-149
for the Passenger Entertainment 201-249, 301-399
System (PES) 401-499, 501-502
Initialization of the Main 208 234-235, 239-249
Multiplexer
Procedure to prepare the In-Flight 214 106-149, 211-249
Entertainment (IFE) System for 301-399, 401-499
operation

SERVICING 301 234-235, 239-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Configuration of the Main 301 234-235, 239-249
23-CONTENTS Page 20
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Multiplexer with the Audio 301-399, 401-499
Reproducer 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Configuration of the Main 306 234-235, 239-249
Multiplexer with the Programmable 401-499, 501-509
System Control-Unit 511-526, 528-599
Media Load Procedure 314 503-509, 511-526
528-599,

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BITE-Test of the Passenger 501 051-099, 201-233
Entertainment System (Music) with 236-238,
the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP)
Entertainment System (Music) with 201-249, 301-399
the Multipurpose Control and 401-499, 501-509
Display Unit (MCDU) 511-526, 528-599
Entertainment System (Music) with 239-249, 305-399
the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the Passenger 525 051-099, 106-149
Entertainment System (Music) 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch 573 201-210,
Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(8MK)
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) 23-33-12
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Passenger Control 401 051-099, 106-149
Unit (PCU) 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Passenger 413 051-099, 106-149
Control Unit (PCU) 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
23-CONTENTS Page 21
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-31
SYSTEM, MAIN
Removal of the Passenger 401 ALL
Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
Installation of the Passenger 405 ALL
Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
CONTROLLER - IFE 23-33-37
Removal of the IFE Audio/Video 401 503-509, 511-518
Controller (311MK)
Installation of the IFE 404 503-509, 511-518
Audio/Video Controller (311MK)
SERVER - IFE 23-33-39
Removal of the IFE Digital Server 401 503-509, 511-518
Unit (312MK)
Installation of the IFE Digital 404 503-509, 511-518
Server Unit (312MK)
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) 23-33-46
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box 401 051-099, 106-149
(SEB) 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Seat 408 051-099, 106-149
Electronic Box (SEB) 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) 23-33-47
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box 401 051-099, 106-149
(WDB) 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Wall 420 051-099, 106-149
Disconnect Box (WDB) 201-249, 301-399
23-CONTENTS Page 22
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-52
SYSTEM
Removal of the PES Reproducer 401 ALL
(10MK)
Installation of the PES Reproducer 405 ALL
(10MK)
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00

239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
System Integration 3 051-099,
Inputs from other Systems 5 051-099,
System Output 5 051-099,
System Integration 8 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
Inputs from other Systems 8 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
System Output 9 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
Power Supply 10 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
Interface 10 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
The System Control Unit (SCU) 13 234-235, 239-249
11MH is the interface unit to 305-399, 401-499
the PES (video) for the PVIS 501-502,
output signals and control data.
23-CONTENTS Page 23
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
All connections for power and 13 234-235, 239-249
data supply in the A/C are made 305-399, 401-499
through standard interface 501-502,
connectors on the rear of the
DIU and SCU.
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
The Remote Control Unit 13 051-099,
The Digital Interface Unit 15 051-099,
The System Control Unit 17 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
The Digital Interface Unit 17 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
Operation/Control and Indication 19 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-502
System Start-up 19 051-099,
System Operation 19 051-099,
System Start-up 23 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
305-399, 401-499
501-502,

SERVICING 301 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
501-502,
Procedure to Update the DIU 301 234-235, 239-249
Database Software 305-399, 401-499
501-502,

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 051-099, 234-235
239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Visual Information-System 239-249, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
23-CONTENTS Page 24
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) 23-34-34
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Removal of the Digital Interface 401 001-049, 051-099
Unit (DIU) (190MH) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Installation of the Digital 405 001-049, 051-099
Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
CONTROL UNIT - REMOTE 23-34-35
Removal of the Remote Control Unit 401 051-099,
191MH
Installation of the Remote Control 404 051-099,
Unit 191MH

151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
301-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 305-399,
151-199, 201-249
301-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
151-199, 201-249
301-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
23-CONTENTS Page 25
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
General 25 051-099,
General 27 106-149, 201-233
236-238,
General 29 151-199,
General 29 234-235, 239-249
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 32 301-304,
General 34 305-399,
General 36 401-499,
Functions 36 051-099, 151-199
System Test 36 051-099, 151-199
Functions 38 106-149, 211-233
236-238, 301-304
System Test 38 106-149, 211-233
236-238, 301-304
Functions 38 201-210,
System Test 38 201-210,
Functions 38 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Test 38 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Test 39 401-499,
Power Supply 39 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
301-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
151-199, 201-249
301-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Control Unit (SCU) 55 051-099, 151-199
201-210,
System Control Unit (SCU) 58 106-149, 211-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 26
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 63 051-099, 151-199
201-210,
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 65 106-149, 211-233
236-238, 301-304
401-499,
Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) and 69 234-235, 239-249
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 72 051-099, 151-199
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 72 106-149, 201-233
(HMDU) 236-238,
Hatrack and Wall Mounted 74 234-235, 239-249
Display-Unit 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 77 301-304,
(HMDU)
Hatrack and Wall Mounted 77 305-399,
Display-Unit
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 78 401-499,
(HMDU) and Wall Mounted Display
Unit (WMDU)
Tapping Unit 79 051-099,
Tapping Unit 79 106-149, 201-233
236-238,
Tapping Unit 84 234-235, 239-249
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 86 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
301-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 86 305-399,
Video Program Preview Function 86 051-099,
Normal System Operation 89 051-099,
Special System Operation 91 051-099,
Decompressurization 91 051-099,
Energization 94 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Video-Program Preview Function 94 106-149, 211-233
23-CONTENTS Page 27
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
236-238,
Normal System Operation 97 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Zone Control Function 98 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Rapid Decompression 98 106-149, 211-233
236-238,
Video Program Preview Function 99 151-199,
Normal System Operation A 0 151-199,
Special System Operation A 0 151-199,
Decompressurization A 1 151-199,
Energization A 1 201-210,
Video Program Preview Function A 2 201-210,
Special System Operation A 3 201-210,
Decompressurization A 4 201-210,
Energization A 4 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Normal System Operation A 4 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Video-Program Preview Function A 4 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Normal System Operation A 6 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Rapid Decompression A 7 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Video-Program Preview Function A 8 301-304,
Zone Control Function A 9 301-304,
Rapid Decompression A 10 301-304,
Video-Program Preview Function A 12 401-499,
Airshow System Operation A 13 401-499,
Rapid Decompression A 14 401-499,

23-CONTENTS Page 28
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Cleaning of the Video Tape 201 106-149, 151-199
Reproducer 201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

SERVICING 301 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cleaning of the Monitor and 301 051-099, 106-149
Display Screens in the Cabin 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Configuration of the Passenger 303 106-149, 211-249
Entertainment (Video) with the 301-399, 401-499
Programmable System Control Unit 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal/Installation of the 353 234-235, 239-249
Removable Memory Module and the 305-306, 501-509
Download of Data to the Video 511-526, 528-599
Reproducer Unit

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Entertainment (Video) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BITE Test of the Passenger 587 151-199, 201-210
Entertainment (Video)
Operational Check of IFES Power 595 234-235, 239-249
Shutdown Function by using VCC 301-399, 401-499
Master Switch 501-509, 511-526
23-CONTENTS Page 29
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER ( VCC ) 23-36-11
528-599,
Removal of the Video Control 401 501-509, 511-526
Center (VCC) 528-599,
Installation of the Video Control 405 501-509, 511-526
Center (VCC) 528-599,
MONITOR 23-36-22
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted 401 051-099, 106-149
Display-Units (HMDU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the LH Hatrack 415 051-099, 106-149
Mounted Display-Units (HMDU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted 425 051-099, 106-149
Display-Units (HMDU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the RH Hatrack 432 051-099, 106-149
Mounted Display-Units (HMDU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Wall Mounted 442 234-235, 239-249
Display-Unit 305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Wall Mounted 447 234-235, 239-249
Display-Unit 305-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO 23-36-34
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
23-CONTENTS Page 30
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the System Control Unit 401 051-099, 106-149
(SCU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the System Control 408 051-099, 106-149
Unit (SCU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
MEDIA DATA - LOADER 23-36-36
528-599,
Removal of the Media Data-Loader 401 503-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Media 404 503-509, 511-526
Data-Loader 528-599,
TAPPING UNIT 23-36-44
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU) 401 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Tapping Unit 411 051-099, 106-149
(TU) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT 23-36-52
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Removal of the Video Tape 401 051-099, 106-149
Reproducer (VTR) 151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Installation of the Video Tape 415 051-099, 106-149
Reproducer (VTR) 151-199, 201-249
23-CONTENTS Page 31
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-502,
Removal of the Video Reproducer 425 234-235, 239-249
Unit (VRU) 305-306, 501-502
Installation of the Video 427 234-235, 239-249
Reproducer Unit (VRU) 305-306, 501-502
MEDIA SERVER 23-36-62
528-599,
Removal of the Media Server 401 503-509, 511-526
(170MH) 528-599,
Installation of the Media Server 404 503-509, 511-526
(170MH) 528-599,
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Operation 3 ALL
Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member 3 ALL
Call
Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic 3 ALL
Call
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00

Operational Test of the Mechanic 501 ALL
Call
HORN - MECHANIC CALL 23-42-21
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn 401 ALL
(15WC)
Installation of the Mechanic Call 404 ALL
Horn (15WC)
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00

General 1 ALL
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00

Operational Test of the Cabin and 501 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 32
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Flight Crew Interphone System.
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00

General 1 ALL
Description 4 ALL
Operation/Control and Indication 5 ALL
Operation from the Cockpit 12 ALL
Operation from the Cabin 12 ALL
Attendant Stations
Operation from a Service 12 ALL
Interphone Jack with a connected
Boomset

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Operation of the Service 201 ALL
Interphone System

Operational Test of the Service 501 ALL
Interphone
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER 23-44-41
PLANT)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Removal of the Maintenance 401 001-049, 051-099
Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Removal of the Ground Jack from 409 001-049, 051-099
the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Installation of the Maintenance 412 001-049, 051-099
Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Installation of the Ground Jack on 421 001-049, 051-099
the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC) 101-149, 151-199
23-CONTENTS Page 33
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
528-599,
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance 401 501-509, 511-526
Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2) 528-599,
Installation of the Jack - 405 501-509, 511-526
Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 528-599,
4000RJ2)
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-42
JACKS
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Isolation Units 401 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Isolation 410 106-149, 234-235
Units 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
AUDIO MANAGEMENT 23-51-00

101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
The audio management system 1 001-049, 051-099
provides the means for using: 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 34
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Audio Management System 14 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Supply 18 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Busbar 101PP 18 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Busbar 401PP 18 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Busbar 101PP 18 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Busbar 401PP 21 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Audio Control Panel 21 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
23-CONTENTS Page 35
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
SELCAL Code Panel 41 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Audio Management Unit 45 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 47 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Transmission Function 47 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Reception Function 57 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Reception Function 57 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Emergency Function 67 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Emergency Function 71 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
FAA/CAA Recording Function 73 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
FAA/CAA Recording Function 77 106-149, 221-249
23-CONTENTS Page 36
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Flight Interphone Function 78 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Flight Interphone Function 81 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call 85 001-049, 051-099
- Cabin Attendant Call 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Pin-Program 96 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Electrical Power Supply 99 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Additional cockpit occupant 99 106-149, 221-249
function (optional) 251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BITE Test A 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Purpose A 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
General Operation A 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
Purpose A 2 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Functional description A 2 001-049, 051-099
23-CONTENTS Page 37
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-105, 151-199
201-220,
BITE Description A 2 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Function A 2 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation A 13 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-403, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power-up Tests Initialization A 18 001-049, 051-099
and Cockpit Repercussions 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-403
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 401-499,
General 1 401-499,
Audio Management System 10 401-499,
28VDC BUS 1 101PP 11 401-499,
VDC ESS BUSPP 11 401-499,
Interface 11 401-499,
ACP/AMU Interface 11 401-499,
AMU/ CFDIU Interface 24 401-499,
Output Discretes 26 401-499,
Output Analog Signals 26 401-499,
Audio Control Panel 27 401-499,
SELCAL Code Panel 35 401-499,
Audio Management Unit 35 401-499,
Audio Control Panel (ACP) 40 401-499,
SELCAL Code Panel 42 401-499,
Audio Management Unit (AMU) 45 401-499,
BITE Test 68 401-499,
BITE Description 68 401-499,
Function 68 401-499,
23-CONTENTS Page 38
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Radio PTT 401 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-08 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Radio PTT 408 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)

Operational Test of the Audio 501 ALL
Management
Operational Test of the SELCAL 509 ALL
System
Operational Test of the CAPT and 519 ALL
F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd
OCCUPANT ACP
Operational Test of the Oxygen 529 ALL
Mask Microphone
BITE Test of the Audio System 533 ALL
BITE Test of the SELCAL-CALL Part 536 001-001, 051-052
of the AMU
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) 23-51-12
Removal of the Audio Control Panel 401 ALL
(ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)
Installation of the Audio Control 405 ALL
Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3,
2RN4, 2RN5)
CODE PANEL - SELCAL 23-51-13
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel 401 ALL
(3RN)
Installation of the SELCAL Code 404 ALL
Panel (3RN)
SWITCH - RADIO PTT 23-51-17
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch 401 ALL
(11RN, 12RN)
Installation of the Radio PTT 402 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
23-CONTENTS Page 39
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) 23-51-34
Removal of the Audio Management 401 ALL
Unit (AMU) (1RN)
Installation of the Audio 404 ALL
Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
__________________
STATIC DISCHARGING 23-60-00
General 1 ALL
Power Supply 5 ALL
Interface 5 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 5 ALL
STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00

General 1 ALL
STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
- Check Resistance of Tip to 601 ALL
Retainer - Check Bonding of
Retainer to Structure
DISCHARGER - STATIC 23-61-41
Removal of the Static Discharger 401 ALL
Installation of the Static 406 ALL
Discharger
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-42
Removal of the Static Discharger 401 ALL
Retainer
Installation of the Static 415 ALL
Discharger Retainer
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00

General 1 ALL
The cockpit voice recorder 2 ALL
system consists of:
Power Supply 5 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 40
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Automatic Power Supply 5 ALL
Manual Power Supply 8 ALL
Interface 8 ALL
CVR Microphone Amplifier 18RK 8 ALL
CVR Microphone 16RK 10 ALL
Solid State Cockpit Voice 10 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Operation 15 ALL
Recording 15 ALL
Recording Channels 17 001-049, 062-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Recording Channels 17 051-061,
Erasure 20 ALL
Test 21 ALL
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00

Operational Test of the CVR and 501 ALL
the CVR Channel Recording
Operational Test of the CVR 507 ALL
Recording Logic Including Time
Delay Relay
Operational Test of the Underwater 511 ALL
Locating Beacon (ULB)
Functional Test of the bulk-erase 516 ALL
function and bulk-erase
inhibition-logic of the CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR 23-71-13
Removal of the CVR Microphone 401 ALL
(16RK)
Installation of the CVR Microphone 404 ALL
(16RK)
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE 23-71-14
Removal of the CVR Microphone 401 ALL
Amplifier (18RK)
Installation of the CVR Microphone 404 ALL
Amplifier (18RK)
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) 23-71-35
23-CONTENTS Page 41
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Cockpit Voice 401 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Installation of the Cockpit Voice 404 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Removal of the Cockpit Voice 407 ALL
Recorder (CVR) Rack
Installation of the Cockpit Voice 410 ALL
Recorder (CVR) Rack
Scheduled Replacement of the 413 ALL
Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB)
and Battery
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00

General 1 ALL
The Cockpit Door Surveillance 1 ALL
System has the following
components:
Power Supply 4 ALL
Interface 5 ALL
Cameras 5 ALL
LCD 5 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 5 ALL
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00

Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Anti-Hijack
Camera-Monitoring-System
BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack 508 ALL
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE 23-72-22
SYSTEM
Removal of the Cockpit-Door 401 ALL
Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
Installation of the Cockpit-Door 406 ALL
Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM 23-72-51
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System 401 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 42
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Cameras
Installation of the 405 ALL
Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
Adjustment of the Cameras 410 ALL
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00

(CIDS)
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Principle 22 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
General 23 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 201-233
236-238,
General 24 151-199,
Power Supply 26 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Normal Mode 34 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 201-233
236-238,
Emergency Mode 34 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 201-233
236-238,
Normal Mode 35 151-199,
Emergency Mode 35 151-199,
Interface 35 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
CIDS Equipment Connections 35 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
23-CONTENTS Page 43
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
CIDS Director 36 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) 61 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Forward Attendant Panel 80 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Aft Attendant Panel 95 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Programming and Test Panel A 4 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Attendant Indication Panel A 9 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Area Call Panel A 12 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-158
201-207, 210-210
Area Call Panel A 14 159-199, 208-209
211-233, 236-238
Interphone Handsets A 16 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
PA Loudspeaker A 24 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
PA Loudspeaker A 25 051-099, 201-210
PA Loudspeaker A 25 211-233, 236-238
Operation/Control and Indicating A 26 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
CIDS Energization A 26 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Passenger Address System A 26 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone A 35 001-049, 051-099
System 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Passenger Lighted Signs A 42 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Passenger Call System A 46 001-049, 051-099
23-CONTENTS Page 44
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Test Bite A 51 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Programming and Test Modes A 51 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
System Status Mode A 55 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-210,
System Status Mode A 58 211-233, 236-238
System Test Mode A 80 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Programming Mode A 99 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Failure Detection and B 8 001-049, 051-099
Transmission 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
CIDS Power-Up Test B 9 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 201-233
236-238,
CIDS Power-Up Test B 23 151-199,
CIDS Director switchover B 25 151-199,
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 45
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
System Philosophy 34 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Architecture 36 106-149,
System Architecture 36 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Functions 62 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Supply 65 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Normal Mode 65 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Emergency Mode 71 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Consumption 72 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Interruption 72 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Interface 72 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
23-CONTENTS Page 46
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
CIDS system interfaces 72 106-149, 301-304
(external)
CIDS system interfaces 73 234-235, 239-249
(external) 251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 76 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Director 77 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type 79 106-149, 234-235
A 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Passenger Interface and Supply 80 106-149, 234-235
Adapter (PISA) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Stand-Alone Passenger Interface 81 106-149, 234-235
and Supply Adapter (StA PISA) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type 81 106-149, 234-235
B 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 83 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
23-CONTENTS Page 47
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
On-Board Replaceable Module 84 106-149, 234-235
(OBRM) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 84 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Integrated Prerecorded 84 234-235, 239-249
Announcement & Boarding Music 251-299, 305-399
(PRAM) 401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) 84 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Switch panel (2064VU) 87 301-399,
Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 89 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Area Call Panel (ACP) 90 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cabin handsets 91 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-514
Cockpit handset 95 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-514
Cabin handsets 95 515-526, 528-599
Cockpit handset 98 515-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating A 0 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 48
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
CIDS energization A 0 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Handling of Flight Attendant A 2 106-149, 234-235
Panel (FAP) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Functions A 14 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Programming A 94 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test Bite B 2 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General B 2 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Normal Mode B 2 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Interactive Mode B 3 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fault annunciations in the B 4 106-149, 234-235
cockpit and in the cabin 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST B 25 106-149, 234-235
23-CONTENTS Page 49
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,

(CIDS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Energize the Cabin 201 ALL
Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
De-energize the Cabin 208 ALL
Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
Cabin Layout Selection 214 ALL
Cabin Zones Programming 225 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C 233 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Cabin Zones Programming 238 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Passenger Address (PA) Level 266 001-049, 051-099
Adjustment via PTP 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Passenger Address (PA) Level 271 ALL
Interrogation via CFDS
Loudspeaker Volume Adjustments 278 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
OBRM - Download Procedure 286 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CIDS MCDU ACCESS via FAP 294 106-149, 234-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
23-CONTENTS Page 50
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,

(CIDS)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Flight Attendant 301 ALL
Panel (FAP)

(CIDS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the CIDS Director 401 ALL
(101RH/102RH)
Reactivation of the CIDS Director 406 ALL
(101RH/102RH)
Deactivation of the Forward 408 001-049, 051-099
Attendant Panel (120RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-04 408 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Reactivation of the Forward 411 001-049, 051-099
201-233, 236-238
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Deactivation of the Flight 413 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Reactivation of the Flight 416 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 51
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Deactivation of the Flight 418 106-149, 234-235
Attendant Panel (120RH) - Slide 239-249, 251-299
Bottle Pressure Indication, 301-399, 401-499
Emergency Exits 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 418 106-149, 234-235
23-73-08-6)b) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Reactivation of the Flight 421 106-149, 234-235
Attendant Panel (120RH) - Slide 239-249, 251-299
Emergency Exits 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-73-08-6)b) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Deactivation of the Programming 423 001-049, 051-099
and Test Panel (110RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Reactivation of the Programming 426 001-049, 051-099
and Test Panel (110RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide 101-105, 151-199
Emergency Exits
23-73-07-2)b) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide 101-105, 151-199
23-CONTENTS Page 52
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Emergency Exits
23-73-07-2)b) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency 101-105, 151-199
System Test, Cabin Emergency 201-233, 236-238
Lighting System
23-73-07-1) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency 101-105, 151-199
System Test, Cabin Emergency 201-233, 236-238
Lighting System
23-73-07-1) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238

(CIDS)
BITE-test of the Cabin 501 001-049, 051-099
Intercommunication Data System 101-105, 151-199
(CIDS) through the PTP 201-233, 236-238
BITE-test of the Cabin 512 001-049, 051-099
(CIDS) through the CFDS 201-233, 236-238
Interface and Power-Up test of the 523 106-149, 234-235
Cabin Intercommunication Data 239-249, 251-299
System (CIDS) through the CFDS 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Ground Scanning of the Cabin 529 106-149, 234-235
(CIDS) 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational test of the DEU, the 534 001-049, 051-099
secondary power supply and the 101-105, 151-199
DEU-A cut-off 201-233, 236-238
Operational test of the DEU, the 541 106-149, 234-235
essential power supply and the 239-249, 251-299
DEU-A cut-off 301-399, 401-499
23-CONTENTS Page 53
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational test of the 553 001-049, 051-099
power-transfer function 101-105, 201-233
236-238,
Operational test of the Cabin and 558 001-049, 051-099
Flight Crew Interphone System 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational test of the Cabin and A589 301-399,
Flight Crew Interphone System
Operational test of the Passenger B548 001-049, 051-099
Address (PA) system 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational test of the Passenger C537 301-399,
Address (PA) system
Operational test of the passenger C568 001-049, 051-099
call system 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
303-304, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational test of the passenger D509 301-399,
call system
Operational test of the cabin D530 ALL
signs
Operational test of the Emergency D564 001-049, 051-099
Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational test of the Emergency D581 301-399,
Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System
Operational test of the passenger D588 001-049, 051-099
call lamps through the MCDU 101-105, 151-154
201-207,
Operational test of the cabin LED D593 ALL
lamps through the MCDU
Operational test of the cabin E500 106-149, 234-235
signs through the MCDU 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
23-CONTENTS Page 54
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Operational test of the E505 106-149, 234-235
loudspeaker through the MCDU 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Verification of Speech E510 ALL
Intelligibility of the Passenger
Address (PA) System according to
CAA Spec. 15
CALL PANEL - AREA 23-73-11
Removal of the Area Call Panel 401 ALL
(340RH)
Installation of the Area Call 409 ALL
Panel (340RH)
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 23-73-12
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Forward Attendant 401 001-049, 051-099
Panel (120RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Forward 405 001-049, 051-099
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Light Module 408 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Light Module 412 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Audio Module 415 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Audio Module 419 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Miscellaneous 422 001-049, 051-099
Module 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Miscellaneous 426 001-049, 051-099
Module 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Replacement of the Switchguard 429 001-049, 051-099
from the Forward Attendant Panel 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
23-CONTENTS Page 55
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ _
C ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Flight Attendant 401 106-149, 234-235
Panel (120RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Flight 406 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) 23-73-13
Removal of the Aft/Additional 401 ALL
Attendant Panel (126RH)
Installation of the Aft/Additional 405 ALL
Attendant Panel (126RH)
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY 23-73-14
Removal of the Lavatory Call Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory Call 407 ALL
Light
Removal of the Seat Row 412 001-049, 051-099
Call/Numbering Light 101-105, 151-154
201-207,
Installation of the Seat Row 416 001-049, 051-099
Call/Numbering Light 101-105, 151-154
201-207,
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 23-73-18
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Programming and 401 001-049, 051-099
Test Panel (110RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Programming 405 001-049, 051-099
and Test Panel (110RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT 23-73-19
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
23-CONTENTS Page 56
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Removal of the Cabin Assignment 401 001-049, 051-099
Module (115RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Cabin 404 001-049, 051-099
Assignment Module (115RH) 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Cabin Assignment 401 106-149, 234-235
Module (115RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Cabin 405 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the Cabin 409 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
OBRM (ONBOARD REPLACEABLE MODULE) 23-73-21
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the On-Board 401 106-149, 234-235
Replaceable Module (116RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the On-Board 405 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the On-Board 409 106-149, 234-235
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
23-CONTENTS Page 57
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 23-73-22
Removal of the Attendant 401 ALL
Indication Panel (320RH, 321RH,
322RH)
Installation of the Attendant 410 ALL
Indication Panel (320RH, 321RH,
322RH)
DIRECTOR - CIDS 23-73-34
Removal of the CIDS Director 401 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
Installation of the CIDS Director 406 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT 23-73-38
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Power Unit for the 401 001-049, 051-099
Passenger Reading Light 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Power Unit for 405 001-049, 051-099
the Passenger Reading Light 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Replacement of the Power Unit 409 001-049, 051-099
Fuses for the Passenger Reading 101-105, 151-199
Light 201-233, 236-238
PISA (PASSENGER INTERFACE AND SUPPLY 23-73-41
ADAPTER)
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Passenger Interface 401 106-149, 301-306
and Supply Adapter (602RH) 401-403,
Interface and Supply Adapter 239-249, 251-299
(602RH) 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Passenger Interface 421 234-235, 239-249
and Supply Adapter 251-299, 307-399
404-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
23-CONTENTS Page 58
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Interface and Supply Adapter 251-299, 307-399
404-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
CONNECTION BOX - DEU 23-73-42
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Connection Box 401 106-149, 234-235
(208RH, 308RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Connection Box 412 106-149, 234-235
(208RH, 308RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
TERMINATION BOX - DEU 23-73-43
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Termination Box 401 106-149, 234-235
(209RH, 309RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Termination 407 106-149, 234-235
Box (209RH, 309RH) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CRADLE - HANDSET 23-73-44
Removal of the Handset/Cradle 401 ALL
(330RH, 332RH)
Installation of the Handset/Cradle 409 ALL
(330RH, 332RH)
PASSENGER SERVICE UNIT (PSU) 23-73-45
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
23-CONTENTS Page 59
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Passenger Service 401 106-149, 234-235
Unit 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Service Unit 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A 23-73-46
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder 401 ALL
Unit A (200RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 23-73-47
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder 401 ALL
Unit B (300RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B 23-73-48
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-399,
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-399,
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - 410 001-049, 051-099
Mount 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-399,
BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT 23-73-49
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Printed Circuit 401 001-049, 051-099
Board 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Printed 405 001-049, 051-099
Circuit Board 101-105, 151-199
23-CONTENTS Page 60
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-233, 236-238
LOUDSPEAKER 23-73-51
Removal of the Loudspeaker 401 ALL
Installation of the Loudspeaker 414 ALL
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT 23-73-62
Removal of the Return to Seat sign 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Removal of the Return to Seat sign 406 ALL
(LED)
Installation of the Return to Seat 410 001-049, 051-099
sign 101-105, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
Installation of the Return to Seat 414 ALL
sign (LED)
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT 23-73-63
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten 401 ALL
Seat Belt sign from the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the
C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
Installation of the No 411 ALL
Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in
the Passenger Service Information
Unit and the C/B panels
2000VU/2001VU
LIGHT - READING 23-73-64
Removal of the Reading Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Reading Light 408 ALL
Operational test of the Reading 414 ALL
Light
23-CONTENTS Page 61
Feb 01/10
R
CES
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The communication system is used for speech communications and optionally
for data communications.
The communication system is used for communication between the crew members
and betwenn the crew members and the ground personnel.
It is also used to communicate with the passengers, other aircraft and the
ground stations (speech and data).
2. Description
___________
A. Speech Communication
(1) High Frequency (HF) system (Ref. 23-11) (optional system)

This system has two transceivers and their related equipment for
long-range voice communications.
(2) Very High Frequency (VHF) system (Ref. 23-12)

This system has two or three transceivers and their related equipment
for short-range voice communications.
R The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data
R (Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) or
Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)).
(3) Radio Management Panels (RMP) (Ref. 23-13)

The RMPs enable a centralized frequency control of the VHF and HF
radio communication equipment.
R The RMPs also enable the frequency control of the radio navigation
R equipment (VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR), Distance Measuring
R Equipment (DME), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Automatic Direction
Finder (ADF)) in case of failure of the Flight Management and
Guidance System (FMGC).
(4) Voice privacy system (Ref. 23-14)

The voice privacy system provides a means for coding HF
communications between the aircraft and DT.HU.Department in order to
protect confidential communications.
B. Data Transmission (optional system)
(1) ACARS (Ref. 23-24) (optional system)

The ACARS management unit allows the management of the data entered
by the crews and transmitted to the ground (SDAC, AIDS, CFDS, FMGEC).
R It also allows the reception, printing and display of ground messages
R on the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).

EFF :

ALL 23-00-00

Page 1
Aug 01/06

CES
These data are transmitted through the VHF3 system (or through the
Satellite Communication (SATCOM) system if installed).
(2) SATCOM (Ref. 23-28) (optional system)

The function of the SATCOM system is the reception in the L-Band and
processing of signals through aeronautical services satellites. This
system is used for all aeronautical satellite communications (cockpit
voice, passenger telephone and data services) with the ground.
C. Passenger Address and Entertainment

This system comprises: (Ref. 23-30)
- Prerecorded Announcements and Music (PRAM) system (Ref. 23-32)
- Passenger Entertainment System (Music)/Passenger Services System (PES
(Music)/PSS) (Ref. 23-33)
- Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) (Ref. 23-34)
- Passenger Air-to-ground Telephone System (PATS) (Ref. 23-35)
- Passenger Entertainment System (Video) (PES (Video)) (Ref. 23-36)
- Passenger facility (AM/FM radio) (Ref. 23-37)
The Passenger Address System (Ref. 23-31) is part of the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73).
D. Interphone
The Interphone system comprises:
(1) Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (Ref. ATA 23-42)

Moreover, when the aircraft is battery supplied, the system comprises
an aural warning function for the following status:
- Auxiliaire Power Unit (APU) fire
- ADIRS supplied by batteries
- Equipment ventilation faulty
R - Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) operation (if installed).
(2) Flight crew interphone (Ref. 23-43)

The cockpit-to-ground crew call system is used to:
- Call a ground mechanic from the cockpit
- Call a crew member from the ground.
The flight crew interphone system is part of the CIDS.
(3) Cabin and service interphone (Ref. 23-44)

The cabin and service interphone system is used for the telephone
communications on the ground between the flight crew and the ground
service personnel.

EFF :

ALL 23-00-00

Page 2
Nov 01/07

CES
E. Audio Integrating
The Audio Integrating System (AIS):
The AIS integrates and manages all audio signals (audio outputs,
R microphone inputs, sidetone and push-to-talk) supplied by and sent to the
R radio communication and radio navigation systems.
R This system also provides the SELCAL function and call and flight
R interphone functions.
F. Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60)

Static dischargers are installed on the aircraft to protect the
R communication systems from interference caused by static electricity.
G. Audio-Video Monitoring and Intercommunication

This system comprises:
(1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71)

R The CVR automatically records the crew conversations and audio
R communications to help investigation after an aircraft accident or
R incident.
(2) CIDS (Ref. 23-73)

The CIDS is a microprocessor-based system.
It is used to do the functional control, operation, testing and
monitoring of the cabin systems.
These system functions are provided by the CIDS:
- Passenger address
- Passenger call
- Passenger lighted signs
- General cabin illumination control
- Cabin and flight crew interphone
- Emergency evacuation signalling
- Lavatory smoke warning
- Escape slide reservoir pressure monitoring
- Service interphone (partially integrated into the CIDS)
- Extended emergency lighting test.
(3) Cabin Management System (CMS) (Ref. 23-74) (optional system)

The CMS provides a direct contact for the cabin crew with the ground.
The cabin crew uses the CMS to transmit and receive real-time data
(e.g. passenger information and reservations, maintenance reports,
R security catering and beverages), through the ACARS.

EFF :

ALL 23-00-00

Page 3
Aug 01/06

CES
HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice
communications between:
- Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
- The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice and data
- Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
- The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
**ON A/C ALL
The HF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 719 (i.e.
2.8 to 23.999 MHz, with 1 KHz spacing between channels).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The aircraft is provided with a double HF system (HF1 and HF2).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
The aircraft is provided with a single HF system (HF1).
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509,
23-11-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-219,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
3RE2 XCVR-HF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
4RE2 COUPLER-HF, 2 262 23-11-36
5RE ANTENNA-HF 322 23-11-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-11-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 4
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 001B

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-11-00

Page 5
Feb 01/06

CES
Figure 002

R

EFF :
201-219,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 6
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF : 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 220-233, 236-238, 401-499,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
9RE P/BSW-GND HF DATA LINK 56VU 212 23-11-00
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

R

EFF :

106-149, 220-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 8
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 211-219,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

R

EFF :

211-219, 23-11-00

Page 9
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
3RE2 XCVR-HF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
4RE2 COUPLER-HF, 2 262 23-11-36
9RE P/BSW-GND HF DATA LINK 56VU 212 23-11-00
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The HF system has:

- Two HF transceivers
- Two HF couplers
- An HF antenna.
The two transceivers send and receive HF signals to/from the same HF antenna
through their related coupler.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
The HF system has:

- An HF transceiver
- An HF coupler
- An HF antenna.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and components:
- Radio Management Panels (RMP)
- Audio Management Unit (AMU)
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
- Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
A. Interface with the RMPs

The RMPs are centralized systems used for selection of the
frequency/channel and display of the HF system. They are also used to
switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 12
May 01/05

CES
HF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES
B. Interface with the AMU
The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective
CALLing (SELCAL) systems by means of the Audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref.
23-51).
C. Interface with the CFDIU

The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).
D. Interface with the LGCIU

In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight
or on the ground) to the HF BITE (Ref. 32-31)
E. Interface with the SDACs

The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system
throuigh the KEY EVENT output of the HF transceiver and record the
transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the HF system has been transmitting
(Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for last more 1 minute, the HF-X EMITTING
indication is displayed on the ECAM display (EWD) (Ref. ATA 31-54).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and

components:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
- Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
- Ground HF DATA LINK (GND HF DATA LINK)
- International Civil Aircraft Organization (ICAO) address
- Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU) or Portable Data Loader (PDL)
- Air Traffic and Management Information System (ATMIS)


23-51).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-210, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-11-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
The CFDIU is centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).

or on the ground) to the HF BITE (Ref. 32-31). When the LGCIU informs the
HFDR of the ground aircraft status, HF data link emission is inhibited.

The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system through
the KEY EVENT output of the HF transceiver and record the transmit mode.
F. Interface with the ADIRU

The ADIRU which provide the HFDR with the following informations:
- time
- latitude
- longitude.
G. Interface with the ATSU

The ATSU which is in charge of routing data towards the HF system for
Data communications.
H. Interface with the GND HF DATA Link

- The GND HF DATA LINK pushbutton switch which is used to override the
data transmission inhibition of the HF1 transceiver on ground.
J. Interface with the ICAO adress

The ICAO address which is used to uniquely identify the aircraft by the
ground station during data link message exchanges.
K. Interface with the MDDU or PDL

The MDDU or PDL is used to load the HFDR software.
L. Interface with the ATIMS

- The HFDR system is one subnetwork used by the ATIMS for datalink
communications (Ref. ATA 46-21).

R

EFF : 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 211-219,
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and

components:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
- Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
- Ground HF DATA LINK (GND HF DATA LINK)
- International Civil Aircraft Organization (ICAO) address
- Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU) or Portable Data Loader (PDL)


23-51).

The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).

or on the ground) to the HF BITE (Ref. 32-31). When the LGCIU informs the
HFDR of the ground aircraft status, the HF data link emission is
inhibited.

The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system through
the KEY EVENT output of the HF transceiver and record the transmit mode.
F. Interface with the ADIRU

The ADIRU which provides the HFDR with the following information:
- time
- latitude
- longitude.

R

EFF :

211-219, 23-11-00

Page 16
Nov 01/09

CES
G. Interface with the ATSU
The ATSU which is in charge of routing data towards the HF system for
Data communications.
H. Interface with the GND HF DATA Link

- The GND HF DATA LINK pushbutton switch which is used to override the
data transmission inhibition of the HF1 transceiver on the ground.
J. Interface with the ICAO address

The ICAO address which is used to uniquely identify the aircraft by the
ground station during data link message exchanges.
K. Interface with the MDDU or PDL

The MDDU or PDL is used to load the HFDR software.
**ON A/C ALL
4. ____________
Power Supply
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The HF1 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:

- From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
- Through circuit breaker 1RE1 located on the overhead panel 49VU.
- From the 115VAC BUS 2 (sub-busbar 202XP)
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) supplies to the HF1 antenna coupler (4RE1) with
28VDC and monophase 115VAC.
The HF2 transceiver (3RE2) supplies to the HF2 antenna coupler (4RE2) with
28VDC and monophase 115VAC.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - Power Supply
Figure 004

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
HF System - Power Supply
Figure 004A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 19
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,

- From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) provides the supplied to the HF1 antenna coupler
(4RE1) with 28VDC and monophase 115VAC.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type 1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each HF transceiver transmits labels 354, 356,
377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 20
Nov 01/09

CES
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the HF transceiver is 019.
(2) Output Discretes

These output discretes are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
PPT GND/O.C. HF COUPLER
& AMU GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE (1) 5V/O.C. HF COUPLER
TUNE POWER (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
RELAY INTERLOCK (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
INTERLOCK EXITATION (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
NOTE : (1) These discretes are not used in normal operation when the
____
coupler is controlled via RF-cable.

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 21
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type 1 system. This type of
This system is thus capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
words from RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
On the output bus, each HF transceiver transmits the labels 354, 356,
377.
The followind table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
HYB: mixed code

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 22
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the HF transceiver is 019.

These Output discretes are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PPT GND/O.C. HF COUPLER
& AMU GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE 5V/O.C. HF COUPLER GND=RECHANNEL
TUNE POWER 28V/O.C. HF GND=COUPLER
TRANCEIVER TUNING
RELAY INTERLOCK 28V/O.C. HF 28V=KEY
TRANCEIVER ENABLED

These Output Analog Signals are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 23
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
A. Digital Outputs
The HF transceivers transmit labels 354, 356 and 357 to the CFDIU through
a type-1 ARINC 429 bus. This connection is capable of two-way
communication with the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32).
The equipement code of the HF transceiver is 019.
An ARINC 429 High-Speed (HS) output bus between the HF1 transceiver
(HFDR1) and the ATSU is used to transmit user data and control data.
Only the HF1 transceiver transmits the label 270.
Another output bus between the HF1 transceiver (HFDR1) and the MDDU is
used to load data.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |
| 172 |SAL MODE | | | | |1000| BCD| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 270 |STATUS | | | | |1000|BOOL| |
| |MODE | | | | | |WORD| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | |250 |ISO5| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | |250 |ISO5| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
B. Output Analog Signals
The HF circuits have the same output analog signals, i.e:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANTENNA OUTPUT MODULATION CPLR

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
6. _____________________
Component Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
A. HF Transceiver
(1) Description
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case
size is 6MCU.
(a) HF transceiver face

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The face features:
- A TEST pushbutton switch to manually trigger tests
- LRU FAIL red indicator light:
This light comes on when the continuous or manually triggered
tests detect a malfunction in the transceiver and not in the
inputs (discrete or ARINC 429 bus)
- COUPLER FAIL red indicator light:
This light comes on when the HF transceiver detects a
malfunction of the antenna coupler or Radio Frequency (RF) coax
fault
- EXTERNAL INPUT FAIL red indicator light:
This light comes on when the HF transceiver detects a missing
external input to the transceiver
- A handle
- An identification plate.
(b) HF transceiver back

The back comprises two connectors including 3 plugs for:
- connection with the automatic test circuits (Top Plug TP)
- connection with the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits
(Middle Plug MP)
- connection with the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
The index PIN CODE 10 is used.
(2) Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719
and 753.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 26
May 01/08

CES
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 27
May 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
A. HF Transceiver
(1) Description
size is 6cu.m.

(Ref. Fig. 005A)
The transceiver features:
- two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- a SQL/LAMP TEST pushbutton switch
- three red warning lights : LRU FAIL, KEY INTERLOCK, CONTROL
INPUT FAIL
- a transportation handle
- an identification plate.

The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
- the automatic test circuits (Top Plug (TP))
- the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle Plug (MP))
- the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug (BP)).
(2) Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
A. HF Transceiver
(1) Description
size is 6cu.m.

(Ref. Fig. 005B)
The transceiver features:
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- A TEST pushbutton switch
- A red/grenn warning light: LRU STATUS
- Two red warning lights : KEY INTERLOCK, CONTROL FAIL
- A transportation handle

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 005A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 29
Aug 01/08

CES
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 005B

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10

CES

- the automatic test circuits (Top Plug (TP))
- the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle Plug (MP))
- the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug (BP)).
(2) Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The unit is of modular design and consists of a receiver/exciter A1,
a power amplifier A3, a power supply A4, an EMC filter A7, a
motherboard A6, a controller voice A8, an interface 1 A9, a LED Board
A5 and an ON/ OFF module A15.
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 is controlled via two ARINC 429
serial ports which are connected on the aircraft to the radio
management panel. the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 is configured
for control via ARINC words both with label 037 (old HF), and words
with label 205, 206, 207 (new HF).
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 can be connected by means of two
further ARINC 429 ports (receive and transmit) to an on-board central
fault display system according to ARINC 604 or central maintenance
system . The transceiver automatically detects to which kind of
aircraft maintenance system it is connected.
The antenna coupler FK 516 (part of the 400 W HF radio XK 516 D) is
connected to the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 only by a coaxial
cable. This coaxial cable carries the RF signal, the coupler power
supply (+28 V), control data for the coupler and acknowledgements and
BITE data from the coupler. The data transfer between the 400 W HF
transceiver XK 516 D1 and the antenna coupler FK 516 takes the form
of serial data telegrams via the inner conductor of the coaxial
cable.
In conjunction with antenna couplers of other manufacturers , the 400
W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 provides the necessary control signals in
this connection, such as rechannel pulse, tune power and interlock
excitation. the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 automatically
recognizes which coupler is connected (antenna coupler FK 516 or
other coupler).

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 211-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-11-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-11-00

Page 32
Aug 01/08

CES
Transceiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 33
Aug 01/06

CES
(a) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
The transceiver consists of five functional units: frequency control
circuit, power supply, receiver-exciter, transmitter, synthesizer.
(a) Frequency control provides:

- BCD (Binary coded decimal) frequency information to frequency
synthesizer
- frequency band information to the low-pass filter
- mode of operation to receiver-exciter
- rechannel detection signal to the antenna coupler.
A microcomputer decodes the ARINC 429 serial words.
The microcomputer controls the timing and distribution of the
decoded digits to the frequency synthesizer.
Frequency synthesizer generates 500 KHz, 69.3 MHz (USB) upper
side band, 70.3 MHz (LSB) lower side band and 71.8 to 99.7999 MHz
signals that are derived from 9.9 MHz frequency standard.
The receiver receives, amplifies and detects incoming AM and/or
USB/LSB signals from 2.0 to 29.9999 MHz.
The receiver enables reception of the audio data and SELCAL
modes.
The exciter section produces either USB/LSB or AM 2.0 to 29.9999
MHz signals.
The transmitter consists of a solid-state power amplifier with a
7-band low-pass filter.
The power amplifier amplifies the radio frequency input of 100 mW
nominal peak envelope power (pep) to a 400 W pep/125 W average
level.
A band-switched lows-pass filter filters the output of the power
amplifier.
(b) Power supply

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The transceiver is supplied with three-phase 115VAC, 400 Hz
power.
One of the phases supplies the antenna coupler through the
transceiver.
The power supply generates filtered + 51VDC, together with four
voltages. These are provided from filtered 28VDC for the other
circuits and are + 20 V, + 10 V, + 5 V, - 12 V.

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 34
Aug 01/06

CES
Transceiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 006A

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 35
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Transceiver Power Supply - Block Diagram
Figure 007

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 36
Aug 01/06
R
CES
(c) Receiver
(Ref. Fig. 008)
In receive mode, the antenna of the HF transceiver receives a
signal of a frequency comprised between 2 and 29.9999 MHz.
This signal is modulated in AM, USB or LSB mode.
The signal from the antenna coupler is transmitted through the
antenna relay to a bandpass filter. The filter covers the
frequency range from 2 to 30 MHz.
The filter output passes through a transformer to an attenuator.
The AGC (Automatic Gain Control) circuit and RF sensitivity
circuit control the attenuator.
The signal is then amplified in a wideband mixer and fed to a
first mixer.
This mixer receives a signal from the antenna (2 to 29.9999 MHz)
and a signal between 71.8 and 99.7999 MHz from the synthesizer.
A 69.8 MHz frequency signal is then obtained from the mixer.
This signal is filtered, amplified and fed to a second amplifier.
This second mixer also receives a 69.3 MHz signal in USB and AM
operation or 70.3 MHz in LSB operation. At the mixer output, a
second intermediate frequency of 500 KHz is obtained.
This 500 KHz signal is processed in two different ways depending
on the mode of operation, SSB or AM.
1
_ SSB mode
Whatever the signal received, USB or LSB, the 500 KHz signal
obtained from the transformation of the previous frequencies
is always a LSB signal.
This signal is filtered, amplified and then applied to a mixer
detector.
The mixer detector receives the LSB signal of 500 KHz and the
square wave signal of 500 KHz from the synthesizer. The output
is the detected audio signal.
This signal is amplified and fed to the AGC and AF input
circuit which receives signal from the AM and SSB channels.
The AF input circuit supplies the audio output and the DATA
output through a final amplifier controlled by a squelch
circuit.
2
_ AM mode
The 500 KHz signal from the second mixer is filtered and
amplified.
This amplified signal is transmitted to the AGC circuit and to
the AF circuits.
At audio output, the signal is fed to the AF input circuit
described above.

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 37
Aug 01/06
R
CES
HF Transceiver - Receive Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 008

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 38
Aug 01/06
R
CES
(d) Transmitter
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The modulation signal (audio, data) is supplied to a compressor/
amplifier.
The audio signal is modulated into a modulator balanced by an
injection signal of 500 KHz from a frequency synthesizer.
The 500 KHz carrier is cancelled and the two sidebands only
remain at modulator output. A first amplifier amplifies the
signal. Then the signal is applied to a Lower Side Band (LSB)
mechanical filter.
The filter removes the Upper Side Band (USB).
The signal is then amplified in a second 500 KHz amplifier before
it is applied to a first mixer.
When transmitted in AM mode, the second 500 KHz amplifier
receives a 500 KHz carrier signal from the synthesizer.
The 500 KHz signal, with or without a carrier, is then mixed in a
mixer with a signal of 69.3 MHz in USB mode and a signal of 70.3
MHz in LSB mode.
These signals from the frequency synthesizer produce a signal of
69.8 MHz frequency by beating with the 500 KHz signal of the
lower band.
The 69.8 MHz frequency signal is fed to a second mixer through a
crystal filter.
Within the second mixer, the 69.8 MHz signal is mixed with a
frequency signal between 71.8 MHz and 99.7999 MHz from the
synthesizer.
The resulting signal is between 2 and 29.9999 MHz.
This output signal is amplified, then filtered.
An attenuator, controlled by an automatic load control (ALC)
system, maintains constant the signal output level.
This signal is then applied to a four-stage power amplifier which
raises the power to 400 W, peak-to-peak. The power amplifier
stage has protective circuits which provide instantaneous
reduction of the output power in the event of component overload
or overheating.
The signal is routed through seven filters which can be switched
in by a motor, according to the useful frequency. These filters
cover the frequency band from 2 to 29.999 MHz and remove the
harmonics of the useful frequency. The signal is then transmitted
to the antenna coupler and antenna through an antenna relay and
internal directional wattmeter.
Transmitted and reflected power measured by the wattmeter
generates a voltage.
The voltage is used for modulation control, automatic load
control (ALC) attenuator and power amplifier protection.

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 39
Aug 01/06
R
CES
HF Transceiver - Transmit Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 009

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 40
Aug 01/06
R
CES
(e) Synthesizer
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The frequency synthesizer provides three frequency signals:
- a variable frequency sine wave between 71.8 and 99.7999 MHz
- a fixed frequency square wave of 500 KHz
- a USB 69.3 MHz sine wave or a LSB 70.3 MHz sine wave signal.
The signals are generated from a 9.9 MHz frequency standard.
1
_ 500 KHz signal
A 9.9 MHz crystal oscillator generates the 500 KHz signal. The
signal is then divided. A monitoring circuit compares the
signal from the crystal oscillator with the frequency standard
in order to obtain a great stability.
The 500 KHz signal is used in the balanced modulator and in
the mixer detector used in SSB reception.
2
_ 69.3 MHz (USB) and 70.3 MHz (LSB) signals
A 69.3 or 70.3 MHz voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO)
delivers two signals.
The signal is divided then compared with a 100 KHz signal
delivered by the frequency standard (9.9 MHz).
These frequencies are used in a mixer to produce an
intermediate frequency of 69.8 MHz in transmission or a 500
KHz signal in reception.
3
_ 71.8 to 99.7999 MHz signal
Two phase-locked loops produce this signal which is used as a
local oscillator. With this system, the local oscillator loop
output is mixed with the output signal of the other loop
oscillator in order to ensure frequency accuracy.
These two loops utilize reference signals of 9.9 KHz and 10
KHz from the frequency standard.
(f) ARINC 429 message decoder selection

(Ref. Fig. 011)
The RMP controls the various operations which are transmitted to
the transceiver by a numeric message in compliance with ARINC
429.
This message can be received by the port A or the port B of the
transceiver. The RMP performs the selection by a discrete.
The message can be made up of one word of 32 Bits or two words of
32 bits for the 100 Hz channel spacings or CW mode.
A microprocessor performs the decoding of the frequency and mode
(AM or USB).
The microprocessor checks the message from the RMP and controls
the system operation.

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 41
Aug 01/06

CES
HF Transceiver - Frequency Synthesizer Block Diagram
Figure 010

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 42
Aug 01/06

CES
HF Transceiver - Serial Frequency Control
Figure 011

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 43
Aug 01/06

CES
In case of failure, it controls the illumination of the lights
located on the face and/or acts on the transmitter.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(g) Test
Correct operation of the transceiver and the associated couple
can be checked by means of the BITE (See Para. 8).
A summary of the result is displayed on the three LEDs on front
of the transceiver.
1
_ LRU FAIL red light (LED)
Failure within transceiver.
2
_ COUPLER FAIL red light (LED)
COUPLER FAIL red light comes on when a failure is detected in
antenna circuit, such as:
- coupler failure
- excessive tuning time
- excessive antenna reactance
- lock of system due to PTT activation of neighbour system in
dual system installation.
3
_ CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light (LED)
CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light comes on when there are serial
message faults on the frequency control inputs such as:
- absence of label
- insufficient refresh rate
- message not valid.
4
_ TEST pushbutton switch
When pressing the TEST pushbutton switch, all the lights come
on and the Built- in Test is started. Result of the test is
displayed on the LEDs and available in the BITE system (Ref.
Para. 8).
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(g) Test
Correct operation of the transceiver can be checked by means of
the various lights on its face.
1
_ LRU FAIL red light (LED)
LRU FAIL red light comes on in the event of a transceiver
warning such as:

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 44
Aug 01/06

CES
- output power drop
- microprocessor failure
- synthesizer failure.
2
_ KEY INTERLOCK red light (LED)
KEY INTERLOCK red light comes on when a failure is detected in
antenna circuit, such as:
- coupler failure
- excessive tuning time
- excessive antenna reactance.
3
_ CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light (LED)
CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light comes on when there are serial
message faults such as:
- abscence of label
- insufficient refresh rate
- message not valid.
4
_ SQL/LAMP TEST pushbutton switch
When pressing the SQL/LAMP TEST pushbutton switch, all the
lights come on, the squelch is disabled and causes background
noise to be heard in the headset.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
B. HF Antenna Coupler
(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) Description
Antenna Coupler FK 516 transforms the antenna impedance automatically
into the 50 ohms output impedance of 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1.
Throughout the specified frequency range, the unit is able to tune
grounded rod antennas as well as grounded wire antennas to a VSWR of
typical not more than 1.3:1.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 can be used in a single or dual system. In
this system one antenna is operating with two transceivers. While one
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is tuning or in the transmit mode, the other
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is interlocked.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is a hermetically sealed unit pressurized with
50 kPa (overpressure: 150 kPa absolute). The unit is provided with
three connectors for external connections:
- Antenna connector
- Coaxial N-type male connector for RF, control and DC inputs from
400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1.

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 45
Aug 01/06

CES
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 46
Aug 01/06

CES
- Chassis connector (26-contacts) for interlock functions with
another Antenna Coupler FK 516, test functions and 115-V Power
Supply.
The unit is of modular design and consists of RF Unit A1 with Test
Board A11, Modem A2, Directional Coupler A5, Tuning Control A3,
Relay Board A4, Isolation Amplifier A6 and Power Board A7.
Only one RF cable is required for the electrical connection of 400
W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 and antenna coupler FK 516. This cable
is used for the transfer of the RF transmitter and receiver
signals, the antenna coupler FK 516 supply voltage and the antenna
coupler FK 516 control information.
Also possible is an additional ARINC 719 wiring. But in conjunction
with the R&S 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 only the 115 V supply
voltage is used.
No controls or indicators are located on Antenna Coupler FK 516.
All settings and status messages are transferred via the RF cable
in the form of serial telegrams from 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516
D1, or via test interface X42 in the case of test operation. At
both interfaces the transfer takes the form of ASCII telegrams
which can be generated or displayed and evaluated by means of a
suitable terminal or PC with terminal program for both interfaces.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 provides up to 1500 presettable intelligent
RF channels (learn mode). If a known frequency is called up,
Antenna Coupler FK 516 locks in to the frequency within 20 ms. A
new frequency is locked and learned within 1 s (typical value : < 7
s maximum).
(a) Not Applicable
(b) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(1) Description
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type
antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms) of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(a) The face features:

(Ref. Fig. 012A)
- a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
- a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the
transmitter
- a connector J3 for test equipment connection

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 47
Aug 01/06

CES
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 012A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 48
Aug 01/06

CES
- a pressurizing valve
- a handle
(b) The back carries:

- a connector providing connection between the coupler and the
antenna.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(1) Description
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type
antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms) of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(a) The face features:

(Ref. Fig. 012B)
- a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
- a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the
transmitter
- a pressurizing valve
- a handle
(b) The back carries:

- a connector providing connection between the coupler and the
antenna.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 013)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) Operation
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 013A, 014, 015, 016, 017)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-11-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 012B

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Antenna Coupler Operation - Block Diagram
Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 51
Aug 01/06

CES
HF Antenna Coupler Operation - Block Diagram
Figure 013A

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 52
Aug 01/06
R
CES
HF Antenna Coupler - Flow Diagram (Sheet 1/3)
Figure 014

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 53
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Figure 015

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 54
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Figure 016

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 55
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Figure 017

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 56
Aug 01/06
R
CES
The coupler is tuned in six sequences: start, reception/standby, tune
A, tune B, tune C and operational position.
A sequence counter controls the six sequences.
The counter starts the next sequence only when all the conditions
related to the previous one are satisfied. If a failure is detected
during the tuning phase, tuning is stopped.
The tuning phase is initiated at HF system energization or when a new
frequency is selected. The tune control line is then grounded.
Servomotors controlled by servo-amplifiers place the tuning elements
in start position.
(a) Start sequence

In this sequence capacitors C2, C3 and inductor L2 are positioned
so that they present minimum impedance to signals.
In addition, switch S4 disconnects inductor L2 from the circuit.
When all these conditions are satisfied, a pulse is applied to
the sequence counter. The system is forced to the
reception/standby phase.
(b) Reception/standby sequence

In this position, the coupler is in reception condition and ready
for a tuning cycle.
PTT control grounding causes interlocking of couplers (case of
dual system). A pulse is applied to the sequence counter and the
system is forced to the next tuning sequence: tune A.
(c) Tune A sequence

The purpose of tune A is to adjust the antenna circuits so that
HF signal current and voltage are in phase.
To this end, after detection, a discriminator delivers an error
signal proportional to the phase difference during 50 ms. The
polarity of this signal determines the elements required to
achieve tuning.
Two cases may arise:
1
_ Positive error signal
The antenna circuit impedance is inductive and is below the
parallel resonance. The error signal is brought to zero by
acting on capacitor C3.
2
_ Negative or null error voltage
- the antenna circuit impedance is above the parallel
resonance (high band):
The error signal is brought to a positive value through
variation of inductance L2 and brought to a null value by
capacitor C3.

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 57
Aug 01/06

CES
- the antenna circuit impedance is below the parallel
resonance (low band):
The error signal is brought to a positive value through
variation of capacitor C2 and then to a null value by
capacitor C3.
When the phase error signal is brought to a null value, the
sequence counter controls change to the next sequence: tune B.
(d) Tune B sequence

The purpose of tune B is to match the antenna load with the
transmitter output circuits.
To this end, a load discriminator compares the HF current and
voltage.
This comparison gives an error voltage proportional to the
difference between the HF circuit impedance and an impedance of
50 ohms.
1
_ Load lower than 50 ohms (negative). It is not necessary to
modify the tuning circuits: the sequence counter circuit
controls change to the next sequence, i.e. tune C.
2
_ Load equal or greater than 50 ohms (positive)
- inductor L2 is used in the tune A sequence. This inductance
is re-used to decrease the reflected power below a preset
level
- inductor L2 is not re-used to achieve tune A sequence.
It is brought to its maximum inductance. As this tuning
modifies phase tuning, capacitor C3 must be re-adjusted.
When the phase error voltage is null:
. if the load error voltage is negative the next sequence
starts,
. otherwise inductor L2 is adjusted to decrease reflected
power to a preset level.
When reflected power is decreased, the sequence counter
starts the next sequence i.e. tune C.
(e) Tune C sequence

The purpose of the tune C is to complete previous adjustments and
obtain a VSWR (voltage standing-wave ratio) lower than 1.3.
In this sequence, capacitor C3 is adjusted to maintain
voltage-current phase shift to zero. Capacitor C2 and/or inductor
L2 are tuned to bring reflected power below a preset level.
If inductor L2 has not been used in tune A and B:

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 58
Aug 01/06

CES
- capacitor C2 is adjusted until the reflected power value
decreases below a preset level corresponding to a VSWR lower
than 1.3
If inductor L2 has been used in tune A or B:
- inductor L2 is adjusted again so that VSWR goes below a preset
level.
If adjustment is impossible and if inductor L2 is at maximum
inductance:
- capacitor C2 is tuned again until VSWR is lower than 1.3.
When a VSWR lower than 1.3 is obtained, the sequence counter
controls start of the next sequence i.e. operational position.
(f) Operational position

In this sequence, the tuning control line is disconnected from
ground.
The antenna coupler can operate.
If a new frequency is selected:
- the antenna coupler goes back to the start sequence and the
tuning cycle starts again.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(3) Fault indications

Fault information of the coupler can be transmitted by discretes to
the HF transceiver.
In this case, the HF transceiver will take these items of information
into account and will transmit them to the CFDIU.
**ON A/C ALL
7. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
A. Receive Function
The HF audio modulated signals transmitted by the stations are picked-up
by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler.
The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF
transceiver.
The signal from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a
coaxial cable.
The HF transceiver, tuned on the selected frequency by one of the RMP,
demodulates HF signals into AF signals.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 59
Feb 01/10

CES
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
B. Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver
through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected by one of the RMP,
transforms the AF signals into HF modulated signals.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna
coupler.
They are then transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the HF system in transmit mode.
The connection is obtained through the KEY EVENT output information of
the HF transceiver.
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
A. Receive Function
The HF audio integrating signals transmitted by the stations are
picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler.
The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and HF transceiver.
coaxial cable.
The HF transceiver, tuned on the selected frequency by one of the RMP,
demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
SELCAL system.
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver
through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected by one of the RMP,
transforms the AF signals into HF modulated signals.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna
coupler.
They are then transmitted to the various stations.
the use of the HF system in transmit mode.
The connection is obtained through the PTT switch.

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 60
Aug 01/06

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
A. Receive Function
picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler. The
coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF transceiver.
coaxial cable.
In voice mode, the HF transceiver, tuned to the selected frequency by one

RMP, demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
SELCAL system.
In data mode, the HF1 transceiver, tuned to the auto-selected frequency,

demodulates the HF1 received signals into digital information, which is
transmitted to the ATSU (through ARINC 429 HS bus).
Before transmissions, the HF transceiver has to be tuned to the new
frequency selected by one RMP. This tuning consists in activating the PTT
switch, a 1000 Hz signal is heard during several seconds. The new antenna
coupler is now able to reduce the tuning duration thanks to a learning
mode which memorizes several last tuned frequencies.
In voice mode, the AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the
HF transceiver through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned to the frequency selected by one RMP, transforms
the AF signals into HF modulated signals. The HF signals are fed to the
antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna coupler. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
the use of the HF system in transmit mode. The connection is obtained
through the KEY EVENT output information of the HF transceiver.
In data mode, the digital information is transmitted from the ATSU to the
HF1 transceiver (tuned to the frequency auto-selected and transmitted to
the transceiver through ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
On the ground, the GND HF DATA LINK pushbutton switch is used to override
the data transmission inhibition of the HF1 transceiver.

R

EFF : 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 61
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 211-219,
A. Receive Function
picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler. The
coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF transceiver.
coaxial cable.
In voice mode, the HF transceiver, tuned to the selected frequency by one

RMP, demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
SELCAL system.
In data mode, the HF1 transceiver, tuned to the auto-selected frequency,

demodulates the HF1 received signals into digital information, which is
transmitted to the ATSU (through ARINC 429 HS bus).
Before transmissions, the HF transceiver has to be tuned to the new
frequency selected by one RMP. This tuning consists in activating the PTT
switch, a 1000 Hz signal is heard during several seconds. The new antenna
coupler is now able to reduce the tuning duration thanks to a learning
mode which memorizes several last tuned frequencies.
HF transceiver through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned to the frequency selected by one RMP, transforms
the AF signals into HF modulated signals. The HF signals are fed to the
antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna coupler. They are then
the use of the HF system in transmit mode. The connection is obtained
through the KEY EVENT output information of the HF transceiver.
HF1 transceiver (tuned to the frequency auto-selected and transmitted to
the transceiver through ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then

R

EFF :

211-219, 23-11-00

Page 62
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
C. Indication of Transmission Out of Frequency Range

The HF system is designed to operate within the frequency range from 2.8
to 23.999 MHz.
However, the RMP enables frequency display in the 2 to 29.999 MHz range.
If the out-of-range values of the HF transceiver are displayed on the
RMP, the operating anomaly is indicated as follows:
- at first activation of the PTT switch: a 1000 Hz audio signal is
triggered
- interruption of the signal after 15 s approximately
- triggering of the signal at each attempt to transmit.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
C. HF Data Link ground network

One service provider (ARINC) proposes the HFDL ground network with a
worldwide coverage including polar areas. Its ground stations cover a
radius if approximately 3,000 miles and may cover more than one service
region. The continuous communications are offered thanks to overlapping
coverage with a total of about 13 ground stations fielded worldwide and
with several frequencies for each of them.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-11-00

Page 63
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
8. Test
____
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message
to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
B. General Operation
The BITE may operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(1) The normal mode

During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the HF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) The menu mode

The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENT
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- TEST

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 64
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,

The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message
to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(1) The normal mode

During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
HF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
(2) The menu mode

transceiver BITE.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The HF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- LRU IDENT
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 65
Aug 01/06

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
A. CFDS Interface
(Ref. Fig. 018)
(1) System description - Architecture

The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. ATA
31-32).
The units tested are the transceiver and the coupler.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU.
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments,
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and
ATSU),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- the normal mode,
- the interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode

In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the HF
system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250
ms maximum by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode

The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
transceiver BITE.
The HF transceiver interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- TEST
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- GROUND REPORT
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 66
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - BITE Monitoring
Figure 018

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 67
Feb 01/10

CES
- GROUND SCANNING
(2) Reporting function description

- The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HF XCVR | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33| Replace |
| FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx | HF |
|-Voltage / | | | |toring + | HF System | | (3REx) | XCVR |
|Supply | | | |Moni- | | |(x=1or2)| |
|Voltage out | | | |toring | | | | |
|of range | | | |during | | | | |
|-Power sup- | | | |xmsn | | | | |
|ply too high| | | | | | | | |
|-Loss of syn| | | | | | | | |
|thesizer lock | | | | | | | |
|-RF transmit| | | | | | | | |
|too low | | | | | | | | |
|-Amplifier | | | | | | | | |
|too low or | | | | | | | | |
|too high | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HF XCVR | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33| Check: |
| FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx |- HF XCVR |
|-Freq ctl | | | |toring + | HF System | | (3REx)/|- HF |
|microproce- | | | |Moni- | | | COAX | coaxial |
|ssor failure| | | |toring | | |(x=1or2)| cable |
|-Loss of | | | |during | | | | |
|synthesizer | | | |xmsn | | | | |
|lock | | | | | | | | |
|-RF transmit| | | | | | | | |
|too low | | | | | | | | |
|(<30W) in | | | | | | | | |
|AM Mode | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|COUPLER | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33|Check: |
|FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | |HFx CPLR|-HF XCVR |
|-Failure to | | | |toring + |HF System | |(4REx)/ |-HF CPLR |
|tune within | | | |Moni- | | |FEEDER |-HFcoaxial|
|15s with RF | | | |toring | | |(6REx)/ | cable |
|applied | | | |during | | |ANTENNA |-HF feeder|
|-Failure of | | | |xmsn | | |(5RE) |-HF ant |

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 68
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|tuning | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
|elements | | | | | | | | |
|to home | | | | | | | | |
|within 15s | | | | | | | | |
|-Occurrence | | | | | | | | |
|of an Arc | | | | | | | | |
|-Pressure | | | | | | | | |
|fault | | | | | | | | |
|-Failure to | | | | | | | | |
|tune due to | | | | | | | | |
|insufficient| | | | | | | | |
|RF power | | | | | | | | |
|from XCVR | | | | | | | | |
|(link with | | | | | | | | |
|an HF XCVR | | | | | | | | |
|fault) | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|COUPLER | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33|Check: |
|-Failure to | | | |Moni- |considered | |CPLR |-HF CPLR |
|tune within | | | |toring + |HF system | |(4REx) | |
|15s with RF | | | |Moni- | | |(x=1or2)| |
|applied | | | |toring | | | | |
| | | | |during | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ICAO ADRESS | | | |Power up |Missing or | 1 |23-11-00|Check: |
| | | | | |invalid | |ICAO |-ICAO |
| | | | | |ICAO adress| |ADRESS/ |adress |
| | | | | |input | |HFx | |
| | | | | |detected | |(3REx) | |
| | | | | |during | |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | | |power up | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 69
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FAULT | | | |Permanent| HF XCVR | 1 |23-81-13|Check: |
| DETECTED | | | |Moni- |remains | |RMP1/2/3|-RMP Sys |
| ON THE | | | |toring |tuned on | |(1RG1/2/|-Tuning |
|DGTL SERIAL | | | | |the last | |3)/HFx |buses and |
|TUNING BUS | | | | |valid Freq | | (3REx) |associated|
|-Label 037 | | | | | | | |connectors|
|missing for | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
|more than | | | | | | | | |
|10 s | | | | | | | | |
|-SSM of | | | | | | | | |
|label 037 | | | | | | | | |
|NCD | | | | | | | | |
|-Correct SDI| | | | | | | | |
|never | | | | | | | | |
|received | | | | | | | | |
|-Incorrect | | | | | | | | |
| parity | | | | | | | | |
|-Frequency | | | | | | | | |
|out of range| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|CFDIU FAULT | | | |Permanent|No exchange| 3 |31-32-34|Check: |
|-Label 227 | | | |Moni- |with CFDIU | | CFDIU |-CFDIU |
|missing for | | | |toring |for HF | |(1TW)/ |-Buses and|
|more than | | | | |BITE Info | | /HFx |associated|
|10s | | | | |No access | | (3REx) |connectors|
| | | | | |to the MENU| | | |
| | | | | |MODE of the| |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | | | HF XCVR | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|LGCIU FAULT | | | |Permanent|Loss of | 3 |32-31-71| |
| | | | |Moni- |LGCIU/HF | | | |
| | | | |toring |connection | | | |
| | | | |when | | |LGCIUx | |
| | | | |inconsis | | |(5Gax)/ | |
| | | | |tency bet| | |HFx | |
| | | | |ween air/| | |(3REx) | |
| | | | |ground | | |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | |infor | | | | |
| | | | |mation | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ATSU FAULT | | | |Permanent|Loss of | 3 |46-21-34| |

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 70
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|- Label 270 | | | |Moni- |ATSU/HF | |ATSU1 | |
|missing for | | | |toring |connection | |(1TX1)/ | |
|more than | | | | | | |HFx | |
|10s | | | | | | |(3REx) | |
| | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
C. Functional Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 019)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 019A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 020)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 021)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-11-00

Page 71
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 019

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 72
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Figure 019A

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 73
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Figure 019B

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 74
Feb 01/10

CES
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 020

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 75
Aug 01/06

CES
Figure 020A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 76
Aug 01/06

CES
Figure 020B

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 77
Feb 01/10

CES
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 021

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 78
Aug 01/06

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 021A, 022, 023)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 024)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 024A, 025)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
C. Interactive menu description

(Ref. Fig. 019B, 020B, 021B, 022A, 023A, 024B, 025A, 026, 027, 028)
To utilize the BITE system it is necessary to get through one of the
three MCDUs (2CA1, 2CA2 and 2CA3 (if installed)) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
All the information displayed on the MCDUs during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. ATA 31-35).
**ON A/C ALL
To utilize the BITE system, it is necessary to get through one of the two
MDCUs (Multipurpose Control Display Unit) (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref.ATA
31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 79
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 021A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 80
Aug 01/06

CES
Figure 021B

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 81
Feb 01/10

CES
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
Figure 022

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 82
Aug 01/06

CES
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
Figure 022A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 83
Feb 01/10

CES
HF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 023

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 84
Aug 01/06

CES
HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 023A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 85
Feb 01/10

CES
BITE - TEST
Figure 024

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-00

Page 86
Aug 01/06

CES
BITE - TEST
Figure 024A

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 87
Aug 01/06
R
CES
BITE - TEST
Figure 024B

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 88
Feb 01/10

CES
BITE - GROUND REPORT
Figure 025

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-11-00

Page 89
Aug 01/06

CES
Figure 025A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 90
Feb 01/10

CES
Interactive Menu Tree
Figure 026

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 91
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Figure 027

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 92
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 028

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 93
Feb 01/10

CES
HF SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________
TASK 23-11-00-860-001
Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWM 23-11-07
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-865-059
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13

R

EFF : 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-00-860-063
A. Procedure to change the ICAO address
(1) Take the ICAO address and convert it into binary format
(a) Find the plug to be pin-programmed (Ref. AWM 23-11-07)
(b) Connect the pin-programming according to the binary format of the

ICAO address.
Any pin to be coded 1 on the plug, must be connected to the
common pin <B of the same plug.
NOTE : Pin A of the plug is MSB

____
NOTE : For example, ICAO address 76CD46 (hexadecimal)/35546506

____
(octal) must be converted into 0111 0110 1100 1101 0100
0110 (binary).
Thus, pins B, C, D, F, G, J, K, N, P, S, U, Y, and Z of
the plug must be connected to pin <B (Ref. AWM 23-11-07).
(c) Make sure that the binary coding sum is odd. If it is not odd,
connect the pin <C to the common pin <B.
Subtask 23-11-00-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 220-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________
TASK 23-11-00-710-001
Operational Test of the HF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER

_______
OPERATIONS. TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL
OPERATIONS CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR START A FIRE.
NOTE : During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.

____
NOTE : The transmission and reception test of the HF system is the same for all
____
the crew stations. You must do the test at each crew station.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate
correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 501
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the face of the transceivers, make sure that no lights are on.
(3) Connect a boomset to the jack panel at all the crew stations.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the face of the transceiver, make sure that no lights are on.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08

49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C ALL
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

49VU ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT 5RN G07
49VU ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS 4RN G06
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04

121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
CAUTION : IF THE TRANSCEIVER FAN DOES NOT OPERATE STOP THE TRANSMISSION
_______
IMMEDIATELY.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the HF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the HF1 (HF2) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (amber LED)
comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,

with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in

this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under

maintenance:
- Push the HF1 (HF2) transmission - The green bars on the HF1 (HF2)
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the HF1 (HF2) - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - During the tuning (which continues
and release it (You can do this for approximately 5 seconds), the

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
operation on the PTT switch of reception stops and you can hear a
the sidestick controller at the signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
Capt. or F/O station).
- After the tuning, make sure that the

reception in the boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the HF1 (HF2) - The reception you can hear must
reception pushbutton switch change smoothly without interference.
clockwise.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - Make sure that the fan of the
and hold it in this position transceiver operates correctly.
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Hold the INT/RAD switch in the - You must hear your voice in the
RAD position and speak in the boomset.
boomset microphone (At the
CAPT. or F/O station, you can
hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).
- Make sure that the transmission is

correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
station).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the HF System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
comes on.

that transmits.

windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under

maintenance:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the HF1

on.
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - During the tuning (which continues
and release it (You can do this for approximately 5 seconds), the
operation on the PTT switch of reception stops and you can hear a
the sidestick controller at the signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
CAPT. or F/O station).

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 506
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- After the tuning, make sure that the
reception in the boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the HF1 reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - Make sure that the fan of the
and hold it in this position transceiver operates correctly.
station).
- Hold the INT/RAD switch in the - You must hear your voice in the
RAD position and speak in the boomset.
boomset microphone (At the
CAPT. or F/O station, you can
hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).
- Make sure that the transmission is

correct.
station).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton switch and the
HF1 (HF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051-A
(1) On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1
reception pushbutton switch.

002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-11-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-11-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Two HF Systems
_______
WARNING : DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER

_______
OPERATIONS. TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL
OPERATIONS CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR START A FIRE.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the two HF systems.
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-860-052
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(2) On the front face of the HF transceivers:

- Make sure that all the warning lights are off.
(3) On the Captain and First Officer jack panels:

- Connect two boomsets.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 23-11-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 157-199, 210-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
4. Procedure
_________
_______
Subtask 23-11-00-710-052
A. Operational Test of the Two HF Systems (Reception)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
switch comes on.
comes on.

that transmits.

this, push the transfert the left window.
windows.
- Do the same procedure as for - You must get the same results as in
the RMP1, but set the HF2 step 1.
system and a different
frequency.
3. On the Captains ACP: On the Captains ACP:

on.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
turn it to the middle position.
4. On the Captains side stick

controller:
- Push and then release the radio During the tuning (which continues for
PTT switch. approximately 5 seconds), the reception
stops and you can hear a 1000Hz signal
in the Captains boomset.
5. On the First Officers ACP: On the First Officers ACP:

on.
turn it to the middle position.
6. On the First Officers side stick

controller:
in the First Officers boomset.
7. On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- Turn the LOUDSPEAKER Make sure that you hear the applicable
potentiometers clockwise. reception:
* HF1 system reception in the Captains
loudspeaker.
* HF2 system reception in the First
Officers loudspeaker.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 23-11-00-710-053
B. Operational Test of the Two HF Systems (Transmission)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch comes on.
comes on.

that transmits.

windows.
- Do the same procedure as for - You must get the same results as in
the RMP1, but set the HF2 step 1.
system and a different
frequency.
3. On the Captains ACP: On the Captains ACP:

on.
- Push and release the HF1 and - The reception pushbutton switches
HF2 reception pushbutton move fully out and come on.
switches and turn them to the
middle position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the First Officers ACP:

on.
- Push and release the HF1 and - The reception pushbutton switches
HF2 reception pushbutton move fully out and come on.
switches and turn them to the
middle position.
- Turn the LOUDSPEAKER

potentiometers clockwise.

controller:
in the boomset.
7. On the Captains and First

Officers side stick controllers:
- Push and hold the radio PTT Make sure that there is no reception on
switches at the same time. the Captain and First Officer
loudspeakers.

controller:
- Release the radio PTT switch During the tuning (which continues for
while you hold the First approximately 5 seconds), the reception
Officer radio PTT switch stops and you can hear a 1000Hz signal
pushed. in the First Officer boomset.
9. At the First Officers station:
- Transmit in HF2. Make sure that the HF2 transmission

operates.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
controller:
- Push the radio PTT switch Make sure that there is no reception on
while you hold the First the Captains and First Officers
Officers radio PTT switch loudspeakers.
pushed.
11. On the Captains and First

Officers side stick
controllers:
- Release the radio PTT
switches.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-00-860-053
(1) On the Captains and First Officers ACPs:

- Push the HF1 and HF2 transmission pushbutton switches.
- Push the HF1 and HF2 reception pushbutton switches.
(2) On the RMP 1 and RMP 2:

- Set the ON/OFF selector switches to OFF.
(3) On the Captains and First Officers jack panels:

- Disconnect the boomsets.

002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-11-00-740-001
Bite Test of the HF System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the HF system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(2) Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the
transceivers do not come on.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page(Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(2) Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the
transceiver do not come on.
32-00-860-003).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the HF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU:

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The HF-1(2) page comes into view.
the HF1(HF2) indication.
2. On the HF-1(2) page :
- Push the line key adjacent to - The HF-1(2) TEST page comes into view
the TEST indication. and shows the TEST OK indication.
3. On the MCDU keyboard :
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. - The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-00-862-051
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 518
Feb 01/08

CES
HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________
TASK 23-11-00-200-001
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To measure the electrical bonding resistance.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Milliohmmeter
No specific access platform 6.3 m (20 ft. 8 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3

R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 601
Nov 01/08

CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different

Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
23-11-00-740-001 Bite Test of the HF System
23-11-36-000-001 Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
23-11-36-400-001 Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
55-32-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
55-32-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00-991-002 Fig. 601
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00-991-005 Fig. 602
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-00-991-004 Fig. 603

23-11-00-991-003 Fig. 604
23-11-00-991-006 Fig. 605
23-11-00-991-001 Fig. 606
23-11-00-991-007 Fig. 607
23-11-00-991-008 Fig. 608
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-941-050
A. Put the access platform at Zone 322.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-11-00-010-050
B. Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-865-061
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-00-869-052
D. Tool
To do this procedure, use a multirange Milliohmmeter, with the related
leads and prods, as follows:
(1) Range and output test current:

- 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for a max.
resistance value of not more than 200 milliohms).
(2) Accuracy:
- plus or minus 10% of the measured value.
Subtask 23-11-00-020-051
E. Remove the HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050-A
A. Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
(1) On the coupler rack:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
(not painted) and the bonding lead (1):
1
_ If the value is less than 2 milliohms:
- Go to step (2).
2
_ If the value is more than 2 milliohms:
- Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
- Remove the coupler rack.
- Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
- Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler
rack (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
- Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and
washers.
- Do again the step (1).
(2) On the feedline:

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-005)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the two center
contacts (HF1 and HF2).
1
- Go to step (3).
2
_ If the value more than 7 milliohms:
- Go to step (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
Figure 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 605
Feb 01/08

CES
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Feedline
Figure 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-005

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) On the antenna/feeder assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
- Go to the para. B.
2
- Go to step (4).
(4) On the antenna:

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-003)
(a) Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).
(b) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the

antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding lead (2).
1
- Go to step (5).
2
- Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and
lower parts of the antenna (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
and/or change the feedline (1).
(c) Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).
(5) Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-

001).
(a) If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:
- Go to step (6).
(b) If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:
(6) On the fuselage/circular plate:

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-006)
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).
(b) Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly
Figure 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 608
Feb 01/08

CES
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna
Figure 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 609
Feb 01/08

CES
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
Figure 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-006

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 610
Feb 01/08

CES
(c) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the
rack and the bonding lead (3).
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-001)
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (7).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 milliohm:
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-007)
- Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
- Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
- Remove the coupler rack
- Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) of the coupler rack.
- Install the coupler rack
(d) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
_______
(e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage.
(f) Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(g) Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws
(1).

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 23-11-00-991-008)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circular

plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1
- Go to step (8).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 millohm:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE

_______
SCREWS.
- Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
- Repair the bonding of the four screws (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support
Figure 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 612
Feb 01/08

CES
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
Figure 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 613
Feb 01/08

CES
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
Figure 608/TASK 23-11-00-991-008

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 614
Feb 01/08

CES
- Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026)
- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage between
the fuselage and the circular plate
- Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026)
- Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the
screws (1)
(8) On the feedline:

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-005)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the two center
contacts (HF1 and HF2).
1
- Go to the step (9).
2
- Replace the feedline (1),
- Go to step (8).

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
1
2
- Go back to step (1).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050
A. Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
(1) On the coupler rack:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002)
(not painted) and the bonding lead (1):
1
- Go to step (2).
2
- Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
- Remove the coupler rack.
- Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
- Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler
rack (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
- Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and
washers.

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
1
2
- Go to step (3).
(3) On the antenna:

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-003)
(a) Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 616
Nov 01/09

CES
(b) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the
antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding lead (2).
1
- Go to step (4).
2
- Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and
lower parts of the antenna (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
and/or change the feedline (1).
(c) Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).
(4) Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-

001).
(a) If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:
- Go to step (5).
(b) If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-006)
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).
(b) Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.
(c) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the
rack and the bonding lead (3).
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-001)
1
- Go to step (6).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 milliohm:
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-007)
- Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
- Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
- Remove the coupler rack
- Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) of the coupler rack
- Install the coupler rack

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 617
Nov 01/09

CES
(d) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
_______
(e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage.
(f) Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(g) Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws
(1).

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 23-11-00-991-008)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circulate

plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1
- Go to step (7).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 millohm:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE

_______
SCREWS.
- Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
- Repair the bonding of the four screws (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005)
- Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage between
the fusealge and the circular plate
- Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026)
- Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the
srews (1)

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-00

Page 618
Nov 01/09

CES
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
1
2
- Go back to step (1).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-00-420-051
B. Install the HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-865-063
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-00-740-054
D. Do the BITE test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-710-060
E. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-
001) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-942-050
B. Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 620
Feb 01/08

CES
ANTENNA - HF (5RE) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 23-11-11-000-001
Removal of the HF Antenna (5RE)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-32-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
23-11-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-11-941-050
B. Put the access platform at Zone 322
Subtask 23-11-11-010-050
C. Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-11-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-11-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Antenna.
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-11-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
HF Antenna.
Figure 401A/TASK 23-11-11-991-001-A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-11

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-11-020-051
A. Removal of the HF Antenna
(1) Remove, the cap nuts (3) from the feedlines (2) and (7).
(2) Disconnect the feedlines (2) and (7) from the antenna (1).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(4) Remove the antenna (1) from the antenna supports (6).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-11-020-051-A
A. Removal of the HF Antenna
(1) Remove, the cap nut (3) from the feedline (2).
(2) Disconnect the feedline (2) from the antenna (1).
(4) Remove the antenna (1) from the antenna supports (6).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-11-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-11-11-400-001
Installation of the HF Antenna (5RE)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 406
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-32-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
23-11-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 322.
(2) Make sure that the access panels 321AL and 322AL are removed
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-11-11-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-11-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-11-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-11-910-051
A. Preparation for Installation
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws give electrical bonding between

____
the antenna and the fuselage structure.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to all the screws.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-11-420-050
B. Installation of the HF Antenna
(1) Put the antenna (1) on the antenna supports (6) and install with the
screws (4) and the washers (5).
(2) Connect the feedlines (2) and (7) to the antenna (1) with the cap
nuts (3).
(3) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to all the screw
heads.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Examine the antenna assembly for the condition of the
moisture-removing oil layer, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027).
Apply a new layer if necessary.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-11-420-050-A
B. Installation of the HF Antenna
(1) Put the antenna (1) on the antenna supports (6) and install with the
(2) Connect the feedline (2) to the antenna (1) with the cap nut (3).
(3) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to all the screw
heads.
(4) Examine the antenna assembly for the condition of the

moisture-removing oil layer, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027).
Apply a new layer if necessary.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-11-865-052
breaker(s):
1RE1
Subtask 23-11-11-710-050
D. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-11-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-
001) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-11-11-942-050
B. Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 411
Feb 01/08

CES
TRANSCEIVER - HF (3RE1,3RE2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-11-33-000-001
Removal of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-33-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
23-11-33-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-33-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-33-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
FOR 3RE2

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-33-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-33-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-33-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Transceiver
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the HF transceiver (5).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-33

Page 404
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
HF Transceiver
Figure 401A/TASK 23-11-33-991-001-A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-33

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-11-33-400-001
Installation of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-11-00-740-001 Bite Test of the HF System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-33-860-050
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 406
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-11-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
FOR 3RE2
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-33-420-050
A. Installation of the HF Transceiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) Install the HF transceiver (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electricals connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-11-33-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
FOR 3RE2
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001)
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test

____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-33-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 409
Feb 01/08

CES
COUPLER - HF (4RE1,4RE2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-11-36-000-001
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
23-11-36-991-001-B Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
23-11-36-991-001 Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
23-11-36-991-001-C Fig. 401B
**ON A/C 201-210,
23-11-36-991-001-A Fig. 401C

FOR FIN 4RE1
FOR FIN 4RE2
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-36-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-11-36-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-36-860-052
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the lights on the face of the transceiver are not on.
(2) On the related Radio Management Panel (RMP), put the ON/OFF selector
switch to ON. Make sure that the RMP shows the last frequency and
function used.
(3) Push the related HF1 (HF2) pushbutton switch and monitor that the
integrated green LED comes on. Additionally the white SEL indicator
light comes on.
(4) With the dual selector knob set a station frequency in the STBY/CRS
window.
(5) Push the transfer pushbutton switch (left-right arrow) between the
two display windows to start the set frequency. This sets the antenna
coupler to its home position.
NOTE : You must not transmit on this set frequency. If you activate
____
the transceiver to transmit, the home position of the
coupler is discarded.
NOTE : The HF antenna coupler must not be removed before it is set to

____
its home position.
NOTE : If you activated the transmitter by mistake, do the procedure

____
described above again.
(6) On the related RMP, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-11-36-865-050
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050
E. Get Access
FOR 4RE1
(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
FOR 4RE2
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050-A
E. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-36-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-36-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the antenna coupler
(1).
R (2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(3) Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.
(4) Carefully remove the antenna coupler (1) from the rack (4).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and
(6).
CAUTION : CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF
_______
YOU PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL
DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Antenna Couplers
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-B

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-11-36

Page 406
May 01/05

CES
HF Antenna Couplers
Figure 401A/TASK 23-11-36-991-001

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-11-36

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 401B/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-C

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-11-36

Page 408
Nov 01/09

CES
HF Antenna Couplers
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-A

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-11-36

Page 409
May 01/05

CES
(6) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make
sure that:
FOR 4RE1
the electrical connectors (2) are connected to the related dummy
plugs, which are installed near to frame C68.
FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is installed and
the electrical connectors (2) are connected to it.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 410
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-11-36-400-001
Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
23-11-36-991-001-B Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
23-11-36-991-001 Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
23-11-36-991-001-C Fig. 401B

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-210,
23-11-36-991-001-A Fig. 401C

FOR FIN 4RE1
FOR FIN 4RE2
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050

FOR 4RE1
(1) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002)
FOR 4RE2
42-000-002).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050-A
42-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-36-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-36-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-C)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-36-420-050
A. Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the HF antenna coupler (1) into the rack (4).
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3), until the
antenna coupler (1) is correctly attached.
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2).
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the antenna coupler (1)
(10) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make

sure that:
FOR 4RE1
the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from the related dummy
plugs, which are installed near to frame C68.
FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is removed and
the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from it.
Subtask 23-11-36-865-052
breaker(s):
1RE1, 1RE2.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 414
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-11-36-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 4RE1
(2) Install the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
FOR 4RE2
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051-A
A. Close Access
items.
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-11-36-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
FEEDER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 23-11-37-000-001
Removal of the HF Feeder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-33-41-000-002 Removal of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)
23-11-37-991-001 Fig. 401
23-11-37-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-37-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-11-37-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the related HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001).
(2) If necessary, remove the upper attachment of the aft galley

(Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002).
(3) In the cabin:
(a) Remove the related HF coupler rack.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-37-991-001)
1
_ Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and remove the screws
(1) and the washers (2).
2
_ Remove the HF coupler rack (3).
(4) From the external side of the fuselage:
(a) Remove the dorsal fin (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001).
Subtask 23-11-37-865-050
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
HF Coupler Rack
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-37-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 403
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-11-37-991-002)
Subtask 23-11-37-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Feeder
(1) In the cabin:
(a) Remove the countersunk screws (10), which attach the flange (8)
to the coupler rack support bracket (9).
(b) Removal of lockwire:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
Remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (7).
(c) Loosen the nut (7).
(a) Remove the cap nut (11) for the related feedline lug (12) from
the HF antenna (1).
(b) Remove the feedline lug (12) from the HF antenna (1).
(c) Carefully remove the sealant from the heads of the bolts (3) and
from around the flange (5) of the HF feeder (6) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(d) Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the flange (5).
(e) Carefully loosen the flange (5) of the HF feeder (6) from the
aircraft structure.
(3) In the cabin:
(a) Fully loosen the nut (7) and remove the flange (8).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
HF Feeder
Figure 402/TASK 23-11-37-991-002

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
(a) Carefully remove the HF feeder (6).
NOTE : The feedline (2) is part of the feeder (6). It is not

____
possible to disconnect the feedline from the feeder.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 406
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-11-37-400-001
Installation of the HF Feeder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236

PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-013 USA MIL-PRF-81733
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 407
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different

Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-11-36-400-001 Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
External Power
25-33-41-000-002 Removal of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)
25-33-41-400-002 Installation of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or
6483MM)
23-11-37-991-001 Fig. 401
23-11-37-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 408
Nov 01/09

CES
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
Subtask 23-11-37-860-051
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the related HF coupler is removed (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-
000-001).
(3) If necessary, make sure that the upper attachment of the aft galley
is removed (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002).
(4) Make sure that the related HF coupler rack is removed.
(5) Make sure that the dorsal fin is removed (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-
001).
Subtask 23-11-37-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-11-37-991-002)
Subtask 23-11-37-160-050
(1) Remove the sealant from around the hole for the HF feeder and from
the antenna (1) connection with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a MISCELLANEOUS
(4) Prepare for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 23-11-37-420-050
B. Installation of the HF Feeder
(a) Put the HF feeder (6) in position through its hole in the
aircraft structure.
(2) In the cabin:
(a) Loosely install the flange (8) on the HF feeder (6) with the nut
(7).
(3) From the external side of the aircraft:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating surface of the
flange (5).
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the lower side of
the flange (5).
(c) Install the bolts (3) with the washers (4) on the flange (5).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
(d) Tighten the bolts (3) in a diagonally opposite sequence.
NOTE : The bolts (3) give the electrical bonding between the HF
____
feeder (6) and the aircraft structure.
(e) Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the flange

(5) and the aircraft structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable
value given in (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
(f) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the flange (5) and on
the heads of the bolts (3).
(g) Make the contour of the sealant around the flange (5) and on the
heads of the bolts (3) smooth.
(h) Install the feedline lug (12) on the HF antenna (1).
(i) Install the cap nut (11).
(j) Torque the cap nut (11) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in)
(k) Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF

antenna (1) and the feedline (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
(l) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) to the cap nut (11), the feedline lug (12) and if
necessary to the adjacent area of the HF antenna (1).
(4) In the cabin:
(a) Install the flange (8) on the coupler rack support bracket (9)
with the countersunk screws (10).
(b) Tighten the countersunk screws (10) in a diagonally opposite

sequence.
NOTE : The countersunk screws (10) give the electrical bonding

____
between the HF feeder (6) and the coupler rack support
bracket (9).
(c) Tighten the Nut (7).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 411
Nov 01/09

CES
(d) Safety the nut (7).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
Safety the nut (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(e) Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF

feeder (6) and the coupler rack support bracket (9) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-720-005).
(f) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) to the countersunk screws (10).
Subtask 23-11-37-410-050
C. Close Access
(1) From the cabin side:
(a) Install the related HF coupler rack

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-37-991-001)
1
_ Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
2
_ Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the
adjacent area.
3
_ Prepare for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
4
_ Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and install the
5
_ Tighten the screws (1).
NOTE : The screws (1) give the electrical bonding between the
____
HF coupler rack (3) and the aircraft structure.
6
_ Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF
coupler rack (3) and the aircraft structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the
applicable value given in (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
7
_ Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) to the heads of the screws (1).
(2) If removed, install the upper attachment of the aft galley (Ref. TASK
25-33-41-400-002).
(3) Install the related HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001).
(a) Install the dorsal fin (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-37-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1RE1, 1RE2
Subtask 23-11-37-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-37-860-052
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 413
Nov 01/09

CES
VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-101, 201-203,
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice
- different aircraft in flight
- aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels).
R **ON A/C 062-099, 102-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice
- different aircraft in flight
- aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels).
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 8.33 KHz spacing between channels).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
The aircraft is equipped with two identical VHF systems which are fully
independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data link messages
(ACARS or ATSU).
R **ON A/C 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The aircraft is equipped with three identical VHF systems which are fully
independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system is also used to transmit data link messages (ATSU).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
The Data function (mode A) of the VHF system is defined by ARINC 750-3.
VDL mode A function is present on an important number of aircraft using
datalink communications. This function allows a 2400 bit/s throughput thanks
to a MSK modulation.
Once the dialogue between the VDR and the ATSU established (exchange
protocol Williamsburg V3 initialized), the data exchanges between these two
systems become possible in mode A.
R **ON A/C 251-299, 501-509, 511-525,
The VHF system has data link functions which are defined by ARINC 750-3:
- Mode A
- Mode 2.
A. Mode A:
Many aircraft using data link communication have a VHF Data Link (VDL)
mode A function. This function allows a 2400 bit/s rate throughput
through an Amplitude-Minimum Shift Keying (AM-MSK) modulation.
Once the dialogue between the VHF Data Radio (VDR) transceiver and the
ATSU is established (exchange protocol Williamsburg V1 initialized), the
two systems can exchange data in mode A.
B. Mode 2:
The VDL mode 2 function is used to reduce the channel saturation. With
this function, the rate throughput is increased ten times through a
D8-PSK modulation (31.5 kbit/s).
NOTE : The VDL mode 2 data link function includes these two ACARS
____
subnetworks: AOA and ATN. The AOA subnetwork is used now and the
Air Traffic Network (ATN) subtnetwork will be used in the future.
Once the dialogue between the VDR transceiver and the ATSU is established
(exchange protocol Williamsburg V3 initialized), the two systems can
exchange data in mode 2.

R

EFF :

151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-525, 23-12-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 526-526, 528-599,
R The VHF system has data link functions which are defined by ARINC 750-4:
R - Mode A
R - Mode 2.
R A. Mode A:
R Many aircraft using data link communication have a VHF Data Link (VDL)
R mode A function. This function allows a 2400 bit/s rate throughput
R through an Amplitude-Minimum Shift Keying (AM-MSK) modulation.
R Once the dialogue between the VHF Data Radio (VDR) transceiver and the
R ATSU is established (exchange protocol Williamsburg V1 initialized), the
R two systems can exchange data in mode A.
R B. Mode 2:
R The VDL mode 2 function is used to reduce the channel saturation. With
R this function, the rate throughput is increased ten times through a
R D8-PSK modulation (31.5 kbit/s).
R NOTE : The VDL mode 2 data link function includes these two ACARS
____
R subnetworks: AOA and ATN. The AOA subnetwork is used now and the
R Air Traffic Network (ATN) subtnetwork will be used in the future.
R Once the dialogue between the VDR transceiver and the ATSU is established
R (exchange protocol Williamsburg V3 initialized), it becomes possible to
R exchange data between VDL and the ground.
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C
Figure 001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-12-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF System - Component Location
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 23-12-00

Page 5
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 001B

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-12-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
**ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RC1 XCVR-VHF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
1RC2 XCVR-VHF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-12-33
1RC3 XCVR-VHF, 3 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
4RC1 ANTENNA-VHF, 1 224 23-12-11
4RC2 ANTENNA-VHF, 2 154 23-12-11
4RC3 ANTENNA-VHF, 3 254 23-12-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
23-12-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF :
528-599,
151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 23-12-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
Each VHF system is composed of:

- A transceiver
- A blade antenna.
The VHF system is associated with:
- The Radio Management Panels (RMP).
These are centralized systems which enable the frequency display of the
VHF system (Ref. 23-13).
- The Audio Management Unit (AMU) for connections to the audio integrating
and SELCAL systems (Ref. 23-51)
- The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (by the MCDU) which
is a centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32)
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) which indicates the
aircraft status (flight or ground) (Ref. 32-31)
- The System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) which collects
transmission data from the VHF system (Ref. 31-54).
A. Not Applicable
B. Not Applicable
C. Not Applicable
D. Not Applicable
E. Not Applicable
F. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 11
Nov 01/07

CES
VHF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003A

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-12-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Each VHF system is composed of:

- A transceiver
- An antenna.
Each VHF system has an interface with the following systems and
components:
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
- System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC)
- Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).

The RMPs are centralized systems used for the selection of the
frequency/channel and the display of the VHF system. They are also used
to switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).

CALling (SELCAL) systems by means of the audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref.
23-51).

The CFDIU is a centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32). Through its
interface with the CFDIU, the VHF3 transceiver sends fault reports to the
ground.

or on the ground) to the VHF BITE (Ref. 32-31).

The SDACs receive the transmission information from the VHF system
through the KEY EVENT output of the VHF transceiver and record the
transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the VHF system has been transmitting
(Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for thirty seconds, a bip-bip aural
warning starts and sounds every second for five seconds. After these
thirty-five seconds, the transmission is automatically cut off.
Twenty-five seconds later, if the PTT switch is still on, the VHF-X
EMITTING message is displayed on the ECAM Display Units (DU).
To start a new transmission, the PTT switch must be released, then pushed
again.

R

EFF :
528-599,
151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 23-12-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES
Data communications are stopped when the RMP or the MCDU switches from
data mode to voice mode.
(Ref. Fig. 004)
F. Interface with the ATSU

The ATSU sends data to the VHF system for data communications. In voice
mode and when VHF3 is selected by the MCDU, the ATSU provides the VHF3
system with voice frequencies for aircraft-to-airline communications
(valid only if the ATSU is available).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
The VHF3 system is also associated with the Aircraft Communication

Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS).
This system transmits the data from the SDAC, FWC, AIDS, and CFDS to the
ground.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 005)
A. VHF1 System
The VHF1 system is supplied with 28VDC:
- From the 28VDC ESS BUS 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC1 located on the overhead panel 49VU, in the
cockpit.
In case of emergency the VHF1 system operates through the DC emergency
generation.
B. VHF2 System
- From the 28VDC BUS 2 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC2 located on the rear panel 121VU, in the
cockpit.
C. VHF3 System
- From the 28VDC BUS1 1PP (sub-busbar 101PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC3 located on the rear panel 121VU in the
cockpit.
5. Interface
_________

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 14
Nov 01/07

CES
VHF System - Key Event Data
Figure 004

R

EFF :
528-599,
151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 23-12-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF Systems - Power Supply
Figure 005

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 16
Nov 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system.
This type of system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an
ARINC 429 output. This system is thus capable of two-way
communication with the CFDIU (Ref.31-32).
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 356,
377.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.

These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 17
Nov 01/07

CES
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system.
This type of system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an
ARINC 429 output. This system is thus capable of two-way
communication with the CFDIU (Ref.31-32).
377, 350, 354.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 350 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |SUMMARY | | | | |1000| DIS| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250| ISO| | |

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 18
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of
system has anARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
356, 377.

R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 23-12-00

Page 19
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |MESSAGE | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-12-00

Page 20
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of
This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
356, 377, and only VHF3 transceiver (if installed) transmits labels
270 and 172.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |MESSAGE | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 270 |STATUS | | | | |1000|BOO-| | |
| | | | | | | |LEAN| | |
| | | | | | | |WORD| | |
| 172 |SAL MODE | | | | |1000| BNR| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

An ARINC 429 HS bus between VHF3 (VDR3) (if installed) and ATSU is
used to transmit users data and control data.

R

EFF :
528-599,
151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 23-12-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
6. _____________________
A. VHF Transceiver
(1) Description
The VHF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications.
The case size is 3MCU.
(a) VHF transceiver
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-525,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 006B)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10

CES
R VHF Transceiver
Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 23
May 01/06

CES
VHF Transceiver
Figure 006A

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-525,
23-12-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF Transceiver
Figure 006B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-12-00

Page 25
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 526-526, 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 006C)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
1
_ VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 006)
- two pushbutton switches
- an LCD
- a PMCDIA memory card entry slot
- an RS-232 connector
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
1
The face features :
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-525,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
R **ON A/C 526-526, 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 006C)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)

- A TEST pushbutton switch
- A red/green warning light: LRU STATUS
- A red indicator light: CONTROL FAIL
- A red warning light: ANTENNA FAIL
- A handle

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-12-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R VHF Transceiver
R Figure 006C

R

EFF :

526-526, 528-599, 23-12-00

Page 27
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
1
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
- a self-test pushbutton
- a LCD screen to display messages in simple language in one
of four modes (normal operation, BITE display, maintenance,
S/W loading).
- two pushbutton switches.
- a handle
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
2
_ VHF transceiver back
- The automatic test circuits (Top Plug TP)
- The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
- The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
2
_ VHF transceiver back
- vendor specific test-equipment (Top Plug TP)
- The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
- The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 201-203,
(2) Characteristics
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000
and 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels (it has a
possibility of 760 channels).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-12-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 102-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) Characteristics
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000
and 136.975 MHz with 8,33 KHz spacing between channels (it has a
possibility of 2278 channels).
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Operation
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(a) General operation

The transceiver consists of five sections:
- Transmit/Receive (T-R) switch and filter
- Receiver
- Receiver/synthesizer
- Transmitter synthesizer - I/Q modulator - I/Q modulator filter
- Transmitter.
In Receive mode:
The VDR (VHF Data Radio) RF module amplifies and converts RF
signal received by the antenna into intermediate frequency (I-F)
and analog signals to make it processed by the digital-signal
processor (DSP) of the main processor module.
In Transmit mode:
The RF module modulates the analog signals provided by the DSP
section onto RF signals for transmission through the antenna.
The main processor module sends selection voltage to the
transmitter and control signal to the receiver synthesizer to
control the transmit/receive switch and filter.
The received signal in the transmit/receive switch and filter is
checked by the main processor preselector tune coming through the
receiver.
Channel spacing selection and DSP automatic gain control (AGC)
from the main processor module control IF and audio outputs
produced in the receiver.
The synthesizer data from the main processor controls the
receiver synthesizer and the transmitter synthesizer.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 29
Feb 01/10

CES
The receiver synthesizer data from the main processor provides
the first local oscillator (L.O) frequency output to the
transmit/receive switch and filter.
After the VDR detects that the microphone is in the transmit
position for a duration longer than 30 seconds, 1KHz interrupted
tone (1/2 second on, 1/2 second off) is emitted for five seconds
via the audio/sidetone output. After a total of 35 seconds, the
VDR turns off the transmitter and the 1KHz interrupted sidetone.
To reactivate the transmitter, the microphone PUSH-TO-TALK button
must be released and then rekeyed.
(b) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through :

- the receiver
- the transmitter
- the synthesizer
The antenna switch and final filter assembly:
- route the input signal from the antenna to the receiver in the
receive mode
- connect the transmitter RF output to the antenna in the
transmit mode.
(a) Receive Mode

The signal is applied through a transmit/receive switch to a
hight-pass filter on the RF assembly that rejects signals in the
the FM broadcast band. RF is then applied through an attenuator
which reduces high level signals to prevent cross-modulation
effects and spurious responses. The signal is then filtered by
two varactors-tuned filters and an RF amplifier which provides
80dB rejection to image frequencies. Tuning voltage is provided
by d/a converters on the system processor.
A passive mixer converts the 118 - 138Mhz signals with a +20-dBm
synthesiser frequency from the signal processor to a 20.125Mhz if
frequency. Anolog AGC is provided for IF and RF amplifiers by
op-amp integrator circuits.
The AM baseband input from the RF assembly is low-pass filtered
by an analog filter, applied to a 12-bit A/D converter, and
sampled at 84kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that
modulation levels over a 6dB range provided the same output
level. The signal is digitally filtered to provide a -3dB
response of 300 to 2500 hZ. The signal also has the capability of
being muted at least 80 dB. A squelch decision logic function
that monitors the inputs from the AGC and noise squelch is used

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
23-12-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10

CES
to remove muting from the receive audio when the signal strengh
is above a certain level. These are dc levels that vary in
proportion to signal strengh.
(b) Transmit mode

The input from the microphone inputs is low-pass filtered by an
analog filter, applied to a 12-bit A/D converter, and sampled at
84 kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that modulation
levels over a 20 dB range provide the same output level. The
compressor treshold level is sofware selectable via commands from
the system processor. The signal is digitally filtered to provide
a -3dB response of 300 to 2500Hz. The sidetone audio output
signal is amplified to a nominal 10 mW level and routed to the
rear connector.
A +20-dBM signal is applied from the signal processor to a QAM
modulator. Proper phase shift for the I and Q modulators is
adjustable by a voltage from the system processor providing
optimun phase shift at all VHF band frequencies. The baseband I
and Q channels from the signal processor are applied to the
balanced modulators and summed to provide the QAM function.
The modulator signal is amplified to the +20-dB level and sampled
by the phase correcting loop. The main path of the signal is
applied to a phase correcting element and an amplitude adjusting
element. The signal is then amplified by a four linear power
amplifier to +51-dBm peak level. A pre-tuned low-pass filter
reduces the harmonic level to better than -60 dB. A 20 dB dual
directional coupler provides samples of incident and reflected
power for linear diode detectors. A T/R switch outputs the
transmitter to the main antenna. Baseband feedback is used for
both phase and amplitude components of modulation signal.
**ON A/C 151-199,

The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through:
- RF module
- Main processor module
- Power supply module
- HIRF/Rear interconnect
- Front panel display assembly
- Memory card interface module.
(b) Not Applicable

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
23-12-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through :
- the receiver
- the transmitter
- the synthesizer
- the FM Immunity filter is a high-pass with a stop band
attenuation at 108 MHz greater than 10 dB. This filter prevents
interference from high-power FM broadcast stations.
The antenna switch and final filter assembly :
- route the input signal from the antenna to the receiver in the
receive mode
- connect the transmitter RF output to the antenna in the
transmit mode.
(b) Selftest
The purpose of this test is to test the front panel LEDs and to
test the functioning of the radio. The color of the LEDs in the
fourth phase indicate the result of the selftest. The duration of
the LED illumination is for reference only.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PHASE | LRU STATUS | CONTROL FAIL | ANTENNA FAIL | DURATION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | RED | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 2 | GREEN | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | 1-3 sec |
| 4 | GREEN | OFF | OFF | 20-40 sec |
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(c) Power supply

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The 27.5VDC input is filtered for direct use in the transmitter.
A 15 V regulator and a 8 V regulator provide the operating
voltage for other sub-assemblies.
The output is fully protected against all overload and short
circuit conditions.

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-12-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF Transceiver - Power Supply - Block Diagram
Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 33
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
(c) Power supply

The power supply provides four voltages to the tranceiver +12
Vdc, -12 Vdc, +35 Vdc, and 5Vdc. The power supply will be shut
down by over/undervoltage circuits when the input voltage is not
within limits. The power supply monitor a power supply over/under
voltage output to the system processor. Energy-storage circuits
provide operation during input power interrups of 200 msec or
less.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(d) Receiver
(e) Transmitter
The transmitter receives the input RF excitation from the
frequency synthesizer.
This signal is within the 118-136.975 MHz frequency range and is
amplified in the Class A buffer and predriver amplifiers. The
signal is further amplified to a nominal 25-watt level by the
Class AB driver and final amplifiers. Modulation from the audio
processing is applied at the predriver whenever the PTT or data
key is enabled and the corresponding VOICE or DATA mode is
selected. The VSWR detector maintains the output RF at a constant
level across the frequency band, independent of antenna load
variations.
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
(f) Frequency Synthesizer

A dual loop digital synthesizer is used. The first loop operates
at 50 kHz spacing. This output is divided by a fixed divide by
128 digital divider to produce a variable reference in the 3.6 to
5 mHz band. The output loop VCO operates directly at the required
VHF frequency, 118 to 158 mHz. This VCO output is divided by a
fixed divide by 32 digital divider to the variable reference
frequency range of 3.6 to 5 mHz. This signal is then compared in
a phase detector with the variable frequency from the reference
loop. Aany phase or frequency error is corrected by the negative
feedback of the loop.
Two VCOs are used: one to operate at the output range of 118 to
158 mHz and one to operate at the reference range of 472 to 632
mHz. A tuning voltage of approximately 5 to 10 Vdc is used to

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
23-12-00

Page 34
Feb 01/10
R
CES
cover the tuning range of each VCO. A common emitter RF amplifier
amplifies the output loop VCO to the +20-dBm level where it is
routed via a pin diode switch to either the transmitter or
receiver RF assembly.
A separate BITE is used during self-test and alignment modes to
monitor the transmit signal with the receiver. The BITE
synthesizer is a single loop indirect phase-locked loop (PLL)
providing mixer injection in 25 kHz frequency steps. A single
phase-locked loop (PLL) combining dual modulus prescaler and
programmable divider provides the PLL function. The BITE
synthesizer is powered off when not in use to eliminate any
possibility of spurious outputs feeding through to the output of
the main synthesizer. When in the self-test or alignment mode, a
command from the system processor connects the self-test
synthesizer to the receiver mixer while the main synthesizer
remains connected to the transmitter.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
(g) Audio processing

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The microphone input-circuit provides excitation and couples
voice modulation to the compressor circuits. The compressor
circuits level the range of input signal amplitudes to maintain a
high level of modulation without overmodulating. The compressed
signal is amplified and applied to the modulator located on the
transmitter assembly. Data inputs are similarly processed and
applied to the modulator.
In addition to transmitted audio or data control, final receiver
audio amplification and filtering are performed on this circuit
board. Service adjustments are provided for data and voice audio
output levels in accordance with ARINC requirements.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
23-12-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
Figure 008

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
23-12-00

Page 36
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(h) Data interface

(Ref. Fig. 009)
The data interface board receives the 32 bit, BCD coded serial
word from the RMP. This serial word is input to the port selector
which selects either port A (onside port) or port B (offside
port) as specified by the select discrete of the RMP. The
selected bipolar signal is converted and passed to the 429 LSI.
The 429 LSI performs the function of receiving all 32 bits and
latching the tuning word in a buffer. It then interrupts the
processor where the received tuning word is checked for proper
label, SDI, word status and channel frequency data. If the word
is determined to be acceptable, it is used to tune the
transceiver.
The 429 LSI is also used to receive centralized fault display
system (CFDS) commands and maintenance data via a bit 429 input
port. The maintenance data is received continuously in normal
mode from the centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
and it provides information about the aircraft environment which
is recorded in the fault memory when a fault is detected by the
transceiver. In menu mode, commands from the CFDS are received on
this port and the transceiver outputs 429 words to display a menu
on the multipurpose control and display unit (MCDU). In the
normal mode, the transceiver sends fault message information to
the CFDIU when a fault is continuously detected for two seconds,
and the fault along with the aircraft environment information is
stored in nonvolatile memory. In addition to frequency and 429
BITE port management, the fault analysis is performed by the
microcomputer. The microcomputer interrogates various functions
on the other modules within the transceiver. The sampled analog
and digital information is processed to determine fault
priorities. In BITE DISPLAY mode, in the event of a detected
failure, additional help screens are provided on the LCD of the
front panel of the VDR to locate the detected failure to a
module.
(4) Test Various tests are continuously performed both on hardware and
software elements, including voltage level timing, algorithms and
discrete signals. the tranceiver status is displayed on the VDR and
on the CFDIU. The functional test can be started from the tranceiver
front panel with the two pushbutton switches.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF Transceiver - Data Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 009

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-12-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
(4) Selftest
- The purpose of this test is to test the front panel LEDs and to
test the functioning of the radio. The color of the LEDs in the
fourth phase indicate the result of the selftest. The duration of
the LED illumination is for reference only.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PHASE | LRU STATUS | CONTROL FAIL | ANTENNA FAIL | DURATION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | RED | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 2 | GREEN | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | 1-3 sec |
| 4 | GREEN | OFF | OFF | 20-40 sec |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(5) Software loading mode The sofware program is loaded into a

non-volatile memory from a program card when this card is inserted
into tranceiver front panel. The front panel pushbutton switches and
LCD display are used to control this operation.
**ON A/C ALL
B. VHF Antenna
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The VHF antenna is a white blade antenna. It weighs 1.2 kg.
This antenna is composed of:
- An aluminum base plate
- A laminated radome
- A duralinox leading edge
- A C-type coaxial connector surrounded by a seal.
The antenna is connected to the transceiver by means of a coaxial
cable. It is screwed on to the fuselage. The attachment screws ensure
the electrical bonding.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 39
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF Antenna
Figure 010

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 40
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Operation
The VHF antenna, the height of which corresponds to a quarter of the
wavelength, provides a quasi-omnidirectional radiation.
This antenna allows the transmission and reception of VHF signals
over the 116 to 156 MHz frequency range. Its impedance is 50 ohms and
its standing-wave ratio is lower than 2 over the 118 to 137 MHz VHF
frequency range.
7. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
A. Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the
stations. These signals are transmitted to the transceiver by a coaxial
cable.
The transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP (Ref. 23-13)
demodulates the VHF received signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the VHF
transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP transforms
the AF signals into VHF modulated signals.
The VHF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
A connection between the VHF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the VHF system in transmit mode. The connection is obtained
through the PTT switch.
C. Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the
stations. These signals are transmitted to the transceiver by a coaxial
cable.
In voice mode, the transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one
RMP (Ref. 23-13) demodulates the VHF received signals into Audio
Frequency (AF) signals.
The AF signals are transmitted to the audio equipment or SELCAL system
through the AMU.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 41
Feb 01/10

CES
In data mode, the transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one MCDU
and transmitted to the transceiver through an ARINC 429 HS bus,
demodulates the VHF3 received signals into digital information. This
information is transmitted to the ATSU through an ARINC 429 HS bus.
VHF transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP, modulates
the AF signals into VHF signals. These VHF signals are sent to the
antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then transmitted to the various
stations.
The VHF system sends the transmission information to the SDACs through
the KEY EVENT output of the VHF transceiver and the SDACs record the
transmit mode.
VHF3 (tuned on the frequency selected on one MCDU and transmitted to the
transceiver through an ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The VHF signals are sent to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
C. VHF voice/data mode selection

The system has direct control over the VHF3 switching between voice and
data modes.
A voice/data switching can be requested by:
- Any RMP
- The Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) through the Air
Traffic and Information Management System (ATIMS) (Ref. 46-21).
R **ON A/C 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
D. VDL ground network

The VDL mode A and mode 2 functions provide a short-range Air/Ground VHF
digitalcommunication link (operated mainly by ARINC or SITA and by other
secondary ground service providers) for the transmission of digital data.
The VDL mode 2 function is available on aircraft in parallel with VDL
mode A function. Switching between the two modes (mode A, mode 2) is
automatic without any action from the navigation crew (depending on the
capacity of the selected provider and the ATSU configuration).
NOTE : Both functions (mode A, mode 2) cannot be used simultaneously.

____
**ON A/C ALL
8. Test
____

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 011)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently the VHF system status and an identification
message to the CFDIU
- Memorizes the failures occured during the last 63 flight legs
- Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU)
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and the result
of the self-tests
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through menus.
The BITE has two operation modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

In normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the VHF system. It transmits these information signals to the
CFDIU during the flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals
in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms
(max) through an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) Menu mode

This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF
transceiver BITE, through the MCDU (maintenance menu).
In menu mode, the VHF menu gives access to these pages:
- LAST LEG REPORT

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-12-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
VHF System - BITE Monitoring
Figure 011

R

EFF :
528-599,
151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 23-12-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10

CES
- GND SCANNING
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT
**ON A/C 051-099,
A. Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently VHF system status and an identification message
to the CFDIU
- Memorizes the failures occured during the last 63 flight legs
- Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU
for VHF3 only)
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- Can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
The BITE has two operation modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous
status of the VHF system. It transmits these information signals to
the CFDIU during the flight concerned.
(2) Menu mode

This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF
transceiver BITE. This is by means of the MCDU of the maintenance
system.
The VHF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- GND SCANNING

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-12-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT
**ON A/C ALL
(1) LAST LEG REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 012)
This report contains the Class 1 and 2 internal and external faults
recorded during the last flight.
(2) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 013)
The messages shown on this report are identical to those given in the
paragraph above but they are related to the faults that occurred
during the last 63 flights.
(3) LRU IDENTIFICATION

(Ref. Fig. 014)
This report displays the Part Number (P/N) and the Serial Number
(S/N).
(4) GROUND SCANNING

(Ref. Fig. 015)
This function is used to monitor and detect anomalies on the ground.
(5) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

(Ref. Fig. 016)
This function is used to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault
to detect any software bug. Two types of data are displayed on the
MCDU:
- Correlation parameters, which are the date and the UTC.
- Snapshot data.
(6) CLASS 3 FAULTS

(Ref. Fig. 017)
This report contains the Class 3 internal and external faults
recorded during the last flight.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - LRU IDENT
Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - GND SCANNING
Figure 015

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
Figure 016

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 017

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 52
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(7) TEST
(Ref. Fig. 018)
A VHF built-in functional test can be initiated by pushing, on the
MCDU, the line key adjacent to the TEST indication on the VHF
maintenance sub-menu. The test sequence is shown on the figure.
(8) GROUND REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 019)
This function is used to display Class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when
they are detected on the ground. These faults differ from these
faults displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and CLASS 3 FAULTS. The
figure shows examples of internal faults recorded on the ground by
the VHF system.
(9) SPECIFIC DATA

This report displays the total flight time.
The BITE system is used through one of the two MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2
(Ref. ATA 22-82-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 53
Feb 01/10
R
CES
VHF system - TEST
Figure 018

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF system - GROUND REPORT
Figure 019

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10

CES
R VHF Transceiver Rear Connector 2/2
R Figure 020

EFF :

526-526, 528-599, 23-12-00

Page 56
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 23-12-00-710-001
Operational Test of the VHF System
_______

____
NOTE : The transmission and reception test of the VHF system is the same for
____
all the crew stations. You must do the test at each station.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate
correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 501
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-050

002).
Subtask 23-12-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL

49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05


EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
_______
Subtask 23-12-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the VHF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green LED on this pushbutton
pushbutton switch. switch comes on.
R - The SEL indicator light (amber LED)
R comes on only for the VHF2 system.

that transmits.

windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under On the ACP:

maintenance:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch comes
(VHF2, VHF3) reception fully out and comes on.
pushbutton switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 503
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the VHF1 (VHF2, - The reception you can hear must
VHF3) reception pushbutton change smoothly without interference.
switch clockwise.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD

and hold it in this position
station).
- Speak in the boomset - Make sure that the transmission is

microphone. correct.
station).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-00-860-051
(1) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception pushbutton switch.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 504
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 23-12-00-740-001
BITE Test of the VHF System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the VHF system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-052

002).
R (2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
R (3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 505
Nov 01/03

CES
Subtask 23-12-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the VHF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The VHF-1 (2, 3) page comes into
the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) view.
indication.
2. On the VHF-1 (2, 3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - After some seconds the TEST OK
the TEST indication. indication comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.
**ON A/C 062-099,
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050-B
A. BITE Test of the VHF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The VHF-1 (2) page comes into view.
the VHF1 (VHF2) indication.
2. On the VHF-1 (2) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - After some seconds the TEST OK
the TEST indication. indication comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-12-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-00-862-051
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 508
Aug 01/06
R
CES
VHF SYSTEM - REPAIRS
____________________
TASK 23-12-00-370-001
Repair of VHF Antenna
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth, 320 degrees

No specific masking paper
Material No. 05-065 C Z-24.380
EROSION PROTECTIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-018
POLYURETHANE FINNISH PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-059 F AIMS 04-04-013
LOW VOC EXT.TOP COAT FOR TWO COAT SYSTEMS
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 801
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-11-000-001 Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)

23-12-11-000-002 Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
23-12-11-000-003 Removal of the VHF COM Antenna
23-12-11-400-001 Installation of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
23-12-11-400-002 Installation of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
23-12-11-400-003 Installation of the VHF COM Antenna
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
CMM 231211
SIL 34-0058
SRM 515712
23-12-00-991-001 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-861-052
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-12-00-010-050
B. If necessary, remove the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001) or

(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002) or (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 802
Nov 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 23-12-00-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-00-370-050
A. Repair of VHF Antenna
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : In case of erosion, the antenna can be repaired with:

____
- paint
or
- anti-erosion tape
(1) If the antenna shows paint cracks or any other physical damage
outside the authorized area for repair, the antenna must be replaced:
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002)
or
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-003) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-003).
(2) Apply the paint:
(a) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(b) Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.
(c) Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320 degrees.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 803
Nov 01/09

CES
VHF Antenna
Figure 801/TASK 23-12-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 804
Nov 01/09

CES
(d) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.
(e) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-018) or

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-059) on the authorized area.
NOTE : For the geometrical details of the authorized area use the
____
Service Information Letter (Ref. SIL 34-0058).
1
_ Make sure that the thickness of the paint layer is not more
than 0.35 mm (0.0137 in.).
2
_ The paint layer must be of the same colour as the original
(Ref. CMM 231211).
(3) Apply anti-erosion tape:
(a) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-065) on the

authorized area (Ref. SRM 515712).
NOTE : The procedure to apply the anti-erosion tape is similar to

____
the procedure described in the Structure Repair Manual.
The anti-erosion tape can be an electro-static discharger
to the antenna. After the anti-erosion tape is installed,
if the flight crew reports static noise on VHF Antenna,
the tape must be removed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) If necessary, install the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-003) or

(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002) or (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-001).
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 805
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-12-00-862-052
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 806
Nov 01/09

CES
ANTENNA - VHF (4RC1,4RC2,4RC3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-12-11-000-001
Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 4RC1
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 401
Aug 01/07
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4RC1
FOR 4RC2
Subtask 23-12-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to the VHF Antennas:

FOR 4RC1
put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 220.
FOR 4RC2
find the VHF antenna 4RC2 at Zone 154.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-11-020-050
A. Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC1
R (1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
R (2) Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage
R structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (3) Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).
R (4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
R (4)
R (5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector
R (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 402
Aug 01/09

CES
R VHF Antennas
Figure 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 403
Feb 01/05

CES
(6) Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and
attach it to the fuselage.
(8) Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-020-054
B. Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC2
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) and (7) with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (6) and (7) from the antenna (1).
(4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(4)
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector
(2).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-12-11-400-001
Installation of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013A C Z-24.223

RELEASE AGENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 O-ring 23-12-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

23-12-00-710-001 Operational Test of the VHF System
R 23-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone
220.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4RC1
FOR 4RC2

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 406
Aug 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-11-910-052

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(2) Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the
fuselage structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and the lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Apply the masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to:
R - the edge of the antenna (1)
R - the holes of the screws (6) or (7)
R - the hole for the antenna connector (2)
R (5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013A) to the bottom of
R the antenna (1).
R (6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the area of the fuselage
R adjacent to the antenna (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 407
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-12-11-420-051
B. Installation of the VHF Antennas 4RC1

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the
R antenna connector (2).
(2) Remove the masking tape from:

- The coaxial cable (5)
R - The holes of the screws (6)
R - The hole for the antenna connector (2).
condition.
R (4) Put the new O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (1).
R (5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).
R (6) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the
R fuselage structure.
R (7) Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.
R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding
____
R between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
(8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure in not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
(9) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 408
Aug 01/09

CES
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
R (12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
R (13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the base of the
R antenna (1).
(14) Let the sealant become dry.
R (15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
R screw heads (6), and the antenna base seal.
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of

____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 23-12-11-420-054
C. Installation of the VHF Antenna 4RC2

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the
R antenna connector (2).

R - The holes of the screws (6) and (7)
condition.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 409
Aug 01/09

CES
R antenna (1).
R (5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).
R (6) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) and (7) at
R the fuselage structure.
R (7) Tighten the screws (6) and (7) diagonally.
R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (6) and (7) give the electrical
____
R bonding between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
R (8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the
R fuselage structure in not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
R (12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (6)
R and (7).
R antenna (1).
R screw heads (6) and (7), and the antenna base seal.

____
Subtask 23-12-11-865-052
breaker(s):
2RC1, 2RC2.
Subtask 23-12-11-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 410
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-11-942-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 411
Feb 01/05
R
CES
TASK 23-12-11-000-002
Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074


R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 412
Feb 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
23-12-11-991-003 Fig. 402
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
23-12-11-991-003-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-12-11-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 254.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF Antenna.
Figure 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-12-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-12-11-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-11-020-052
A. Removal of the VHF Antenna
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).
(4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(4).
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector
(2).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
VHF Antenna
Figure 402A/TASK 23-12-11-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 23-12-11

Page 416
Aug 01/05

CES
TASK 23-12-11-400-002
Installation of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
(Ref. 20-31-00)
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 417
Aug 01/09
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 O-ring (IPC) 23-12-11 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
23-12-11-991-003 Fig. 402
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
23-12-11-991-003-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone
254.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-12-11-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-12-11-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-11-910-053

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(2) Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the
fuselage structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and the lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) at the
R edge of the antenna (1), the holes of the screws (6) and the antenna
R connector (2).
(5) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to
the bottom of the antenna (1).
(6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on to the area of the
fuselage that interfaces with the antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-420-052
B. Installation of the VHF Antenna

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and
R from the antenna connector (2).

R - The holes of the screws (6)
condition.
antenna (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 420
Aug 01/09

CES
R (5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the VHF antenna connector
R (2).
R (6) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the
R fuselage structure.
R (7) Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.
R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding
____
R between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
(8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure is not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
R (12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
R antenna (1).
R screw heads (6), and the antenna base seal.

____
Subtask 23-12-11-865-055
breaker(s):
2RC3.
Subtask 23-12-11-710-051
D. Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 421
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-11-942-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 422
Aug 01/09

CES
TRANSCEIVER - VHF (1RC1,1RC2,1RC3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-12-33-000-001
Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
FOR 1RC2
R FOR 1RC3
R 121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 401
Feb 01/99

CES
Subtask 23-12-33-010-050
B. Get Access
128.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-33-020-050
A. Removal of the VHF Transceiver
(3) Pull the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the
(4) Remove the VHF transceiver (5).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
VHF Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-12-33-400-001
Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-12-00-740-001 BITE Test of the VHF System
R 52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-12-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-860-050
824 in zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 404
Feb 01/02

CES
Subtask 23-12-33-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
FOR 1RC2
FOR 1RC3
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-33-420-050
A. Installation of the VHF Transceiver
correct condition.
(5) Install the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electrical connectors(1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 405
May 01/06
R
CES
Subtask 23-12-33-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 1RC1
R 49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
R FOR 1RC2
R FOR 1RC3
Subtask 23-12-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-740-001)

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-33-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 406
May 01/06

CES
RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF, HF)
frequency control.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance
computers (FMGC) for radio navigation frequencies control (VOR/DME, ILS,
MLS/GLS (if activated), ADF(if installed)).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance
computers (FMGC) for radio navigation frequencies control (VOR/DME, LS,
ADF(if installed)).
**ON A/C ALL
The aircraft is equipped with three RMPs which are identical and
interchangeable.
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
Radio Management - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :
201-217,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-13-00

Page 2
Feb 01/08

CES
Radio Management - Component Location
Figure 001A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-13-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 4
Aug 01/08
R
CES
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
R
The radio management system is connected to:
- The VHF and HF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12 and 23-11)
R
- The VOR, DME, ADF (if installed) and ILS radio-navigation equipment (Ref.
34-55, 34-51, 34-53 and 34-36)
- The Flight Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) (Ref. 22-83)
- The Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31).
4. _______________________
Electrical Power Supply
R
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R
The RMP1 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC ESS bus 4PP (sub-busbar
401PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG1 on the overhead panel 49VU (in the
cockpit).
The RMP1 is supplied by the emergency system.
The RMP2 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
through 3A circuit breaker 2RG2 on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in
the cockpit).
R
The RMP3 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 1PP (sub-busbar 103PP)
through 3A circuit breaker 2RG3 on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in
the cockpit).
R
5. _____________________
A. COM/NAV Radio Management Panel (RMP)
(1) Description
The radio management panel (RMP) is a rectangular case.
(a) Front face
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 005)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 5
Feb 01/08

CES
Radio Management - Communication Architecture
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Radio Management - Navigation Architecture
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 7
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Radio Management - System Power Supply
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 8
Feb 01/08
R
CES
RMP - Front Face
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-13-00

Page 9
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
Front face:
- Two display windows. These windows have liquid crystal displays
(LCD) with a high contrast:
. ACTIVE frequency display for frequencies output by the RMP.
. STBY/CRS (standby/course) display for preset frequencies (and
courses for the VOR and the ILS).
- A pushbutton switch which permits the transfer of frequencies
from one display to the other.
- Five pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of the VHF and HF systems.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
- A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions

between the different RMPs.
- A dual selector knob for the selection of frequency and course.
- Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of specific modes :
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
- A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions

between the different RMPs.
- A dual turbo tuning selector knob for the selection of
frequency and course proportionally to its rotation speed.
- Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of specific modes :

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
RMP - Front Face
Figure 005A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system

.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (this pushbutton switch
is not used on the RMP2) (if installed)
- A pushbutton switch with NAV selection feedback. A Plexiglas
guard protects this pushbutton switch. This pushbutton switch
lets the selection of the radio-navigation back up mode.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
- Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the

selection of the radio navigation systems (VOR, ILS, ADF (if
installed) and a provision)
The pushbutton switch corresponding to the ADF2 system is not
used on the RMP2.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
- Four ushbutton switches with selection feedback for the

selection of the radio navigation systems (VOR, LS, ADF (if
installed) and a provision)
The pushbutton switch corresponding to the ADF2 system is not
used on the RMP2.
**ON A/C ALL
- A latching ON/OFF switch to set the RMP to ON and to OFF.
(b) Back
The back is equipped with a round 55-pin connector.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 201-203,
(2) Characteristics
**ON A/C 062-099,
(Ref. Fig. 006)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES
RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with 8.33 KHz
actived
Figure 006

R EFF : 062-099, 102-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

23-13-00 Page 13
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 201-203,
(a) Frequency ranges

- VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 25 KHz
The KHz figure is not given.
R **ON A/C 102-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) Characteristics
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(a) Frequency ranges

- VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 8,33 KHz or 25 KHz according to the pin prog
The KHz figure is not given with 25 KHz spacing.
**ON A/C ALL
- HF: narrow band 2.8 to 23.999 MHz or wide band 2 to 29.999 MHz,
according to the pin prog.
Channel width: 1 KHz or 100Hz according to the pin prog.
NOTE : For narrow band, the frequencies between 2 and 2.799 are
____
selectable for operating facilities but the HF transceiver
could not be tuned on these frequencies.
- ADF: 190 to 1750.5 KHz

Channel width: 0.5 KHz
- VOR : 108 to 117.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz
Between 108 and 112 MHz, the VOR frequencies are the ones in
which the figure corresponding to the tenths of MHz is even
(e.f. 108.00, 108.05, 108.20... 111.85).
All the frequencies from 112 MHz included, which end in 50 KHz
are VOR frequencies.
Only the frequencies assigned to the VOR system can be
displayed when VOR is selected.
Course : 0 to 359.
- ILS : 108 to 111.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES
The ILS frequencies are the one in which the figure
corresponding to the tenths of MHz is odd (e.f. 108.10, 108.15,
108.30... 111.95).
Only the frequencies assigned to the ILS can be displayed when
ILS is selected.
Course : 0 to 359.
(b) Electrical power supply

Power: 27.5VDC
Placard: 5VAC
Selection feedback: 5VAC
(c) Data transmission and reception

The RMP transmits and receives data in compliance with low speed
ARINC 429 standards (between 12.5 and 14 kbits/s).
The radio-communication and the radio-navigation equipment
receives the frequency and course data through words having a
structure and a refresh rate defined in the ARINC characteristics
related to these systems.
(d) Light and display test

This test is initiated when you set the three-position INT LT/ANN
LT switch on the overhead panel 25VU in the cockpit to TEST (Ref.
33-10).
During the test:
- The displays show 8s on the RMP.
- All the selection feed back lights come on.
During the test, the RMP does not take into account selection
made on its front face. It transmits the data corresponding to
its configuration at the test initiation.
(e) Micro power interruption and power supply cut-off

Any micro power interruption less than 200 ms has no influence on
the RMP. In the event of power supply cut-off, the RMP memorizes
the context. Consequently, the last configuration selected can be
restored when the power supply becomes available again.
(3) Operation
(a) Normal mode
1
_ Frequency selection
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 007)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 15
Feb 01/08
R
CES
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-101, 201-203, 23-13-00

Page 16
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199, 204-217,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-101,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 102-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 102-105,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
The RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceiver.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The RMPs control the frequencies of the HF and VHF

transceivers.
**ON A/C ALL
- Selection of the transceiver is accompanied by a selection

feedback and the frequencies which have been previously
selected and preset appear in the ACTIVE and STBY/CRS
display windows respectively.
- Only the preset frequency can be modified by means of the
dual selector knob.
- When the preset frequency corresponds to the desired value,
you press the transfer pushbutton to render it active. The
displayed values are then changed over and the RMP modifies
its output data accordingly.
2
_ SEL indicator light
It is possible to control the operating frequency of any
transceiver through one RMP. Nevertheless each RMP is more
particularly allocated to one or several systems:
If 3 RMPs are installed:
- The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 transceiver
- The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2 transceiver
- The RMP3 is associated with the VHF3(*), HF1(*) and HF2(*)
transceivers.
(* = if installed)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 007A

R

EFF :
204-217,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199, 23-13-00

Page 18
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 007B

R

EFF : 102-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-13-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES
Each time the system operates in a different configuration
(cross selection), the SEL indicator lights on the two RMPs
concerned come on (e.g. when the VHF2 transceiver is selected
on the RMP1, the SEL indicator lights on the RMP1 and the RMP2
come on).
In certain configurations, the SEL indicator lights on the
three RMPs are on (e.g. selection of the VHF2 transceiver on
the RMP1 and selection of the VHF1 transceiver on the RMP3).
3
_ AM mode selection
The AM pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the
selection of the AM mode (amplitude modulation) for the HF
transceivers.
This pushbutton is inoperative unless an HF transceiver has
been previously selected on the same RMP.
The selection is memorized when another system is selected.
The other RMPs take into account this selection through their
dialogue buses.
If AM mode is not selected , the default mode is USB.
4
_ ON/OFF latching switch
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of
the ON/OFF latching switch (OFF position). When the RMP1 or
the RMP2 is off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The
de-activated RMP then directly connects (by means of internal
relays) the RMP3 communication buses to the VHF and HF
transceivers.
(b) Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode
1
_ Radio-navigation back-up mode selection
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10

CES
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Figure 008

R

EFF :
201-217,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-13-00

Page 21
Feb 01/08

CES
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Figure 008A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-13-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
It is possible to select this mode when you press the NAV

pushbutton switch (protected by a grid-type guard to avoid
unwanted selections).
The selection is accompanied by a selection feedback.
This selection has no effect on the display (the same radio
communication transceiver remains selected) but the values on
the RMP radio-navigation output bus are modified. These values
are no longer the values delivered by the FMGC but those
memorized by the RMP (i.e. values previously selected in
radio-navigation back-up mode).
It is not possible to select radio-navigation equipment unless
the radio-navigation back-up mode has been previously
selected.
The selection of this mode is possible only on the RMP1 and
the RMP2.
2
_ Frequency and course selection for radio navigation equipment
The selection of a radio navigation system is accompanied by a
selection feedback.
The frequency previously selected in radio-navigation back-up
mode for this system is displayed.
For the ADF, there is only a selection of frequency. This
selection is the same as for the VHF and HF transceivers (if
installed) (Ref. para. 5. (3) (a) 1_ Frequency selection).
If ADF 1 is not installed, a hard pin-prog on the RMP will
inform this one about NO ADF configuration.
This programming must be done on all RMPs. Then the ADF keys
shall not be usable on the RMP 1.
In addition a label 040 will be generated by the RMP to inform
accordingly the CFDIU and other peripherals.
For the VOR and the ILS, there is a selection of frequency and
course as described in figure
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
There is no selection for the DME : the DME receives the VOR
and ILS frequencies from the RMP with the corresponding label.
The DME then operates with the DME frequencies associated with
the VOR and ILS frequencies.
3
_ BFO mode selection
A BFO pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the
selection of the BFO mode (Beat Frequency Oscillator) for the
ADF system. This pushbutton switch is inoperative unless the
ADF has been previously selected.
This selection is memorized when another system is selected.
4
_ Frequency selection for radio communication transceivers
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the radio-communication
systems can be selected as in normal mode.
Transition from a radio-navigation system to a
radio-communication system does not require de-activation of
the back-up mode.
When a radio navigation system is selected, the SEL indicator
light continues to indicate the configurations described in
paragraph 5. (3) (a) 2_ SEL indicator light.
6. _________
Operation
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
- The normal mode
- The radio-navigation back-up mode.
A. Normal Mode
(Ref. Fig. 009)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceivers.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF and HF
transceivers.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
Figure 009

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 25
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
The operating frequencies of all the transceivers can be displayed and

modified on one RMP.
The RMPs exchange the various frequencies selected for the transceivers
through dialogue buses.
Any new selection made on one RMP is taken into account by the others
two.
Each RMP has two output buses connected to the radio communication
equipment:
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
- The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1 and HF1 (if fitted)
frequencies.
- The RMP2 COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF3 frequencies.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-099,
Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-099,
- The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1, VHF3 (if fitted) and HF1 (if
fitted) frequencies.
**ON A/C ALL
- The RMP2(1) COM BUS 2 delivers the VHF2 and HF2 (if fitted)
frequencies.
Each transceiver receives the appropriate output bus from the RMP1 and
RMP2.
The transceiver only takes into account one of the two signals (depending
on the status of a discrete received from the RMP1 or 2).
In addition, the RMP1 or the RMP2 (set to OFF) can be made transparent
for the RMP3 (its output buses are linked to the RMP1 and RMP2 only).
In the event of failures of one or two RMPs, the reconfigurations are
possible to control the radio communication equipment.
(Ref. Fig. 010)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-13-00

Page 27
Aug 01/08

CES
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Figure 010 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 28
Feb 01/08
R
CES

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 29
Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 30
Feb 01/08

CES
B. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode
This mode is selected in the event of failure of both FMGCs, on the RMP1
and the RMP2 only.
In addition to normal mode functions it also enables the frequency
control of the radio navigation equipment :
- On Captain side (VOR1, DME1, ILS1, ADF1(*)) for the RMP1
- On First Officer side (VOR2, DME2, ILS2, ADF2(*)) for the RMP2.
(*) if installed
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 transmit on a dedicated output bus the frequencies
to the radio navigation equipment. In addition, the RMP1 (RMP2) receives
the FMGC1 (FMGC2) management bus.
In normal mode, these input and output are directly interconnected by
means of internal relays. The RMP is thus transparent to the onside FMGC.
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the output bus transmits frequencies
generated by the RMP.
Each radio-navigation system receives the output bus from the onside RMP
and the management bus from the offside FMGC. Only one input is taken
into account according to the status of a discrete received from the RMP.
This enables reconfigurations in case of failure of one or two FMGCs.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 exchange, through the dialogue buses, the frequency
and the course for the ILS: the selected values are identical for the
ILS1 and the ILS2 at selection of the back-up mode on the RMP1 and the
RMP2.
The ILS course and frequency are the only radio-navigation data exchanged
through the dialogue buses.
7. Interface
_________
A. Connection with the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)

The RMP1 is linked to the CFDS by means of two buses:
- The RMP1 receives a bus from the CFDIU which transmits general
parameters (UTC, date, flight phase etc.) and interrogations (selection
of the menu mode, etc.).
- The RMP1 then transmits these data to the RMP2 and the RMP3 through its
output dialogue bus.
- The RMP1 output bus sent to the VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) is
also connected to the CFDIU.
In addition to VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) frequencies, the
RMP1 transmits system maintenance data through this bus.
When the CFDIU interrogates the RMP2 or the RMP3, the interrogated RMP
transmits the data (menu pages, data pages, etc.) to the RMP1 through its
dialogue output bus.
The RMP1 then transmits these data to the CFDIU.
Each RMP receives a discrete giving the landing gear configuration.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 31
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 32
Aug 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-13-00

Page 33
Aug 01/08

CES
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 34
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 35
Aug 01/08

CES
The RMP1 receives this discrete from the LGCIU1 (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit) and the RMP2 and 3 from the LGCIU2.
Each RMP uses this discrete for confirmation of the flight phase
information coming from the CFDIU.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
B. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words. These words have a structure
and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 356 and
377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037 and 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100,
033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The following table gives:
- SYS LABEL SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
- RANGE ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum value transmitted. When
the digital value changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
- DATA BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- UPD/MSEC: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE:
HYB: mixed code

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 36
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 030 | VHF |118-136.975 |MHz | | 18 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 037 | HF |2.8-24 |MHz | | 18 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 035 | DME |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |135.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 032 | ADF |190-1750 |KHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 034 | VOR |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |117.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 024 | VOR CRS |0-359 |Deg | 3 | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 100 | VOR CRS |0-359 |Deg | 12 | 11 | 180| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 033 | ILS |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |111.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 017 | ILS CRS |0-359.9 |Deg | 4 | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 105 | ILS CRS |0-359.9 |Deg | 11 | 11 | 180| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :
201-217,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-13-00

Page 37
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
B. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words. These words have a structure
and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047,
356, 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047,
377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100,
033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | Parameter/Def. | Word range | Unit | Rate | Code | Source Orig | Bit|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 030 |VHF FREQ 25KHz | 118-136.975| MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 047 |VHF FREQ 8.33KHz| 118-136.975| MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 037 | HF FREQ | 2.8 - 24 | MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 035 | DME FREQ | 108-135.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 032 | ADF FREQ | 190 - 1750 | KHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 040 | 0 ADF option| | | 190ms| | BUS COM 1 | 11 |
| 034 | VOR FREQ | 108-117.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 024 | VOR CRS | 0 - 359 | deg | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 100 | VOR CRS | 0 - 359 | deg | 150ms| BNR | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 033 | ILS FREQ | 108-111.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 017 | ILS FREQ | 0 - 359.9 | deg | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 105 | ILS CRS | 0 - 359.9 | deg | 150ms| BNR | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 356 | BITE STATUS | | | 190ms| ISO | BUS COM 1 | |
| 377 | EQUIP IDENT | | | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-13-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(a) From RMP1 & RMP2:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COM PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO COM GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO NAV GND = PORT B

EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV CONTROL GND/O.C. FMGC GND = RMP FAIL

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) From RMP3:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COM PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RMP1 & RMP2 GND = PORT B
SELECT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Test
____

The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and
identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display
Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the
CFDIU.
- Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments.
- Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests.
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 39
Aug 01/08
R
CES
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the RMP. It transmits these information signals to the CFDIU
during the concerned flight.
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356, and label 377 with equipment
id:36.
(2) Menu mode

This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by
means of the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
The RMP menu mode is composed of:

- LAST LEG REPORT
- TEST.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
The RMP menu mode is composed of:

- LAST LEG REPORT
- GROUND SCANNING
- CLASS 3 FAULT
- GROUND REPORT
- TEST.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 40
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 013)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 014)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 014A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 015A, 016)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 41
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 013

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-13-00

Page 42
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Figure 013A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 014

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-13-00

Page 44
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Figure 014A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-13-00

Page 46
Aug 01/08

CES
Figure 015A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
BITE - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 016

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
BITE - TEST
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-13-00

Page 49
Aug 01/08

CES
BITE - TEST
Figure 017A

R

EFF : 106-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-13-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 017B)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 019, 020)
**ON A/C ALL
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref. 31-32).
The MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 are installed in the cockpit, on the center
pedestal.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10

CES
BITE - TEST
Figure 017B

R

EFF :
201-217,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199, 23-13-00

Page 52
Aug 01/08

CES
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 018

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 53
Aug 01/08

CES
BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 019

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 020

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-13-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 23-13-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Radio Management
_______
NOTE : You can do this test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the dialog between the Radio Managemnt Panels (RMP).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-13-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 501
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-13-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Radio Management
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1: The RMP1 shows the last frequencies and

- Set the ON/OFF switch to ON. the last function used.

- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on (it does not come on
if the last function used was the
VHF1 function).
3. On the RMP1:
- In the right window, with the
dual selector knob, set the
frequency of a station that
transmits.

- Start the frequency set. To do - In the left window, the frequency set
this, push the pushbutton comes into view.
switch (double arrow) between
the two windows.
5. On the RMP2 and the RMP3: The RMP2 and 3 show the last
- Set the ON/OFF switch to ON. frequencies and the last functions
used.
6. On the RMP2 and the RMP3: On the RMP2 and the RMP3:
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The left window shows the same
switch. frequency as the RMP1
- The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the RMP1, the RMP2 and the RMP3:
is on.
7. On the RMP2:

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 502
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- In the right window, set a new
frequency with the dual
selector knob.

switch (double arrow) between On the RMP1 and the RMP3:
the two windows. - The left window shows the same
frequency as on the RMP2.
9. On the RMP3:
- In the right window, set a new
frequency with the dual
selector knob.

switch (double arrow) between On the RMP1 and the RMP2:
the two windows. - The left window shows the same
frequency as on the RMP3.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-860-050
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

002).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 503
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-13-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with the
RMP1 and 2.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 231300-01

To do a check of the RMP1 and RMP2 operation in standby mode for the radio
navigation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohm headset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-051

002).
(2) Connect a 600 ohm headset to the HEADSET connector of the Captain
station.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-13-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
**ON A/C ALL
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13

49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08


EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-13-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with

the RMP1 and 2
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 and RMP2: On the RMP1 and RMP2:
- Push the NAV pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
- Push the ILS pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
NOTE : For the RMPs that have the
____
LS label (and not the ILS
label), push the LS
pushbutton switch.
- The set ILS frequency comes into view

in the two display windows.
2. On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- In the STBY/CRS window, set an
ILS frequency of 109.5 Mhz with
the dual selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do On the RMP1 and RMP2:

this, push the transfer - In the ACTIVE display window, the set
pushbutton switch (double frequency comes into view.
windows.
On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- In the STBY/CRS display window, the

set course comes into view.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 506
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set a course of C090 with the - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
dual selector knob. course C090 comes into view.
- Start this course. To do this, - In the STBY/CRS display window, the

push the transfer pushbutton frequency 109.5MHz comes into view.
the two display windows.
3. On the RMP2 (RMP1): On the RMP2 (RMP1):
switch goes off.
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The two display windows go off.
to OFF.
4. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- Push the VOR pushbutton switch. - On the ILS pushbutton switch, the
green LED goes off.
NOTE : For the RMPs that have the LS

____
label (and not the ILS label),
push the LS pushbutton switch.
- On the VOR pushbutton switch, the

green LED comes on.
- The set VOR frequency comes into view


set a VOR frequency of 117.5
MHz with the dual selector
knob.
- Start this frequency. To do - In the ACTIVE display window, the

this, push the transfer frequency 117.5 MHz comes into view.
windows.
- In the STBY/CRS display window, the

set course comes into view.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 507
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set a course of C075 with the - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
dual selector knob. course C075 comes into view.
- Start this course. To do this, - In the STBY/CRS display window, the

push the transfer pushbutton frequency 117.5 MHz comes into view.
the two display windows.
5. On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the
the aircraft has two ADFs): aircraft has two ADFs):
- Push the ADF pushbutton switch. - On the VOR pushbutton switch, the
green LED goes off
- On the ADF pushbutton switch, the
green LED comes on.
- The set ADF frequency comes into view

6. On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP) : On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP):
- Push and release the ADF1 and - The ADF1 and ADF2 reception
ADF2 reception pushbutton pushbutton switches come fully out
switch. and come on.
7. On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the
the aircraft has two ADFs): aircraft has two ADFs):
- Set a local NDB frequency - In the STBY/CRS display window, the

(non-radiophonic) with the dual set frequency comes into view.
selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do - The two frequencies change.

this, push the transfer
windows.
If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type

station:
- You cannot hear the identification
signal in the headset.
station:

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 508
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- You can hear the identification
- Push the BFO pushbutton switch. If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type

station:
- You can hear the identification
station:
- You cannot hear the identification
switch goes off.
- The RMP shows the set frequencies and

function in the communication mode.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-860-052
(1) On the ACP, push the ADF1 (ADF2) reception pushbutton switch
(3) Disconnect the headset from the HEADSET connector of the Captain
station.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 23-13-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Radio Management
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the RMPs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-053

002).
(2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
32-00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 510
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-13-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-217,
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050
A. Bite Test of the Radio Management
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the RMP1(RMP2-RMP3) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2,3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the TEST indication. view.
3. On the MCDU :


EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 511
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-A
A. Bite Test of the Radio Management
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the RMP1(RMP2-RMP3) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2,3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the initial conditions and the normal
the TEST indication. test sequence come into view the WAIT
FOR XX SECONDS indication comes into
view the TEST OK indication comes
into view.
3. On the RMP 1 page:
- the SWITCH ON RMP3 indication

is shown.
4. On the MCDU, push the line key

adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 218-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-13-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-862-052
(1) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 513
Feb 01/08
R
CES
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) (1RG1,1RG2,1RG3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-13-13-000-001
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
23-13-13-991-001 Fig. 401
R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
FOR 1RG2
FOR 1RG3
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001)
R
Subtask 23-13-13-020-050
A. Removal of the RMP
(1) Loosen the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
(2) Pull the RMP (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the plug (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4) Remove the RMP (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the plug (4) and on the receptacle (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 402
Feb 01/08

CES
Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
Figure 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 403
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-13-13-400-001
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Radio Management

23-13-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Radio Management
R
23-13-13-991-001 Fig. 401
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
FOR 1RG2
FOR 1RG3

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 404
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001)
R
Subtask 23-13-13-420-050
A. Installation of the RMP
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the plug (4) and the receptacle (3).
(4) Make sure that the plug (4) and the receptacle (3) are clean and in
the correct condition.
(5) Connect the plug (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6) Install the RMP (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (1).

R
Subtask 23-13-13-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
FOR 1RG2
FOR 1RG3

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 405
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-13-13-740-050
R C. Do the BITE test of the Radio Management (Ref. TASK 23-13-00-740-001)

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-13-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 406
Feb 01/08

CES
______________________________________________________________
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
The Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System Management Unit

(ACARS MU) is an equipment which permits exchanges of data between the
aircraft and the airline.
The radio transmission/reception of messages is performed by the VHF 3
transceiver which is controlled (in frequency and in transmission
activation) by the ACARS MU.
The main functions of the ACARS are:
A. Transmission mode
(1) Management of data delivered by the:

- Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
- Data Management Unit (DMU)
- Centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
- Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
(2) Transmission to the airline of the OOOI time (Out,Off,On,In).
(3) Updating of the MU clock.
(4) Transmission of free text to the ground.
B. Reception mode
(1) Management of the reception, printing and display of the ground

messages.
(2) Reception of the meteo data
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RB MU-ACARS 82VU 128 824 23-24-34

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 1
May 01/05

CES
ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 2
May 01/05

CES
3. __________________
System Description
The ACARS system includes:

- an ACARS Management Unit (MU)
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ACARS MU is supplied with 115VAC from the 115VAC BUS1 1XP (sub-busbar
103XP) through the circuit breaker 2RB located in the cockpit on the panel
121VU.
5. _________
Interface
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
A. ACARS MU Peripheral Computers Interface
The peripheral computers are:

- the Flight Management Guidance Computers 1 and 2 (FMGC) (Ref. 22-86)
- the Data Management Unit (DMU) (Ref. 31-36)
- the System Data Acquisition Concentrators 1 and 2 (SDAC) (Ref. 31-54)
- the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
- the Flight Warning Computers 1 and 2 (FWC) (ref. 31-52).
The exchanges of data between the MU and the peripheral computers use
ARINC 429 buses.
These exchanges are made in two different ways:
- data transfer at low speed
- broadcast of parameters at high or low speed.
The MU uses the data transparent protocol (defined in the ARINC 429
specification) when it communicates with the onboard avionics systems.
The file data transfer uses the System Address Label to identify the
receiving system as all the peripheral computers are connected to the two
general output buses of the MU.
(1) MU/FMGCs interface
(a) Data transmission
The FMGC 1 and 2 exchange data with the MU in ARINC 429 at low
speed.
The MU transmits data to the FMGC 1 on its general output bus 1
and to FMGC 2 on its general output bus 2.
The ACARS system enables to initialize and update the flight plan
by uplinks from airline to FMGCs. With downlinks, FMGCs through
ACARS inform the airline of the configuration of the aircraft
(preflight, inflight, postflight reports); a set of broadcast
data is transmitted from FMGCs to ACARS.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 3
May 01/05

CES
ACARS - General Power Supply
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 4
May 01/05

CES
ACARS - Block Diagram
R Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 5
May 01/05

CES
(2) MU/DMU interface
The MU transmits data to and receives data from the DMU in file.
For example, the following messages are transmitted:
- engine cruise report
- cruise performance report
- engine take-off report
- engine report on request
- engine gas path advisory report
- engine mechanical advisory report
- engine divergence report
- engine start report
- engine run up report
- APU MES/IDLE report
- APU shut down report
- loader report
- ECS report
- free programmable report No. 1
- RAT report .
The above listed reports can be either reports stored in the DMU
buffer after automatic generation, or reports generated on request
(manual request or MU request).
(3) MU/FWCs and SDACs interfaces
The MU receives parameters broadcast by the SDAC 1 and 2 and the FWC
1 and 2 at high speed, and broadcasts a status parameter to the FWCs
at low speed.
(4) MU/CFDIU interface
The MU receives data from the CFDIU in file and receives parameters
broadcast by the CFDIU at low speed. The MU transmits requests to the
CFDIU.
B. ACARS MU/MCDUs interface
The MU is interfaced with three MCDUs. When the MU dialogs with more than
one MCDU, it cannot dialog with another MCDU.
All the displays are organized and managed with the MU. The MCDU sends a
code to the MU only when a key line is pushed.
The MCDU 1 and 3 are connected to the MU general output bus 1 and the
MCDU 2 is connected to the MU general output bus 2.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 6
May 01/05

CES
C. ACARS MU/printer interface (If installed)
The MU transmits data to the multi-input cockpit printer.

The printer is not dedicated only to the ACARS. The MU can buffer data
printing when the printer is busy with another system.
D. ACARS MU/VHF 3 interface
The MU receives uplinks and transmits downlinks through the VHF 3

transceiver.
The VHF 3 transceiver is not dedicated only to ACARS, it is also used as
a back-up of the VHF 1 or VHF 2.
Each of the three RMPs is connected to the remote voice/data select
discrete-input of the MU. This discrete can apply on this input a
voice/data mode transfer command.
The MU is connected to the key event discrete-output from the VHF 3 which
indicates that the push-to-talk input of the VHF 3 is activated.
The MU can use this information to automatically resume control of the
transceiver after a voice conversation through VHF 3 (the MU can resume
control of the VHF 3 after a time interval of 2 minutes has elapsed since
the last VHF 3 push-to-talk activation).
E. Interface with the ground network
The airline can exchange data with its aircraft through a ground network
which is managed by four world service providers:
These providers are:
- ARINC, in the USA
- CANADIAN, in Canada
- JAPANESE, in Japan
- SITA, in the other regions.
In this ground network, each service provider is responsible for its own
network.
The networks are interconnected, therefore the data is transferred over
any network.
The aircraft can be in liaison with the network through the VHF.
On the network, it is possible to communicate through two types of
transmission:
(1) CATEGORY A
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from all the VHF
transceivers which are in the line of sight of the aircraft.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 7
May 01/05

CES
(2) CATEGORY B
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from one VHF
transceiver only. It selects the VHF transceiver with which it wants
to communicate after reception of a squitter.
On the ground, each service provider works on a special frequency:
- 131,55 MHz for the ARINC network
- 131,475 MHz for the CANADIAN network
- 131,450 MHz for the JAPANESE network
- 131,725 MHz for the SITA network.
In order to communicate, the ACARS MU tunes the frequency through a
frequency management algorithm.
6. Operation
_________
A. Connection with the DMU
(1) Each report generated by the DMU can be programmed individually for
transmission to the ACARS MU either automatically or manually.
(2) The ACARS MU can also require generation and transmission of any
report by the DMU.
(3) The ACARS MU can send information to the DMU when each report has
been duly transmitted to the ground.
(4) All these functions are described with their operational use related
to the DMU in the ATA 31-36.
B. Connection with the CFDIU
(1) All the fault messages and all the warnings recorded by the CFDIU can
be transmitted automatically to the ACARS MU as soon as the CFDIU
receives them from a system or a Flight Warning Computer.
(2) The CFDIU can transmit the post-flight report automatically to the
ACARS MU at the end of the flight. This report can also be
transmitted to the ACARS MU manually.
(3) Any page displayed by the CFDIU on one MCDU, which is a resultant of
the dialogue in menu mode between the CFDIU and a system, can be
transmitted manually to the ACARS MU.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message

transmitted by the ACARS MU to the CFDIU. These functions are
described with their operational use related to the CFDIU in the ATA
31-32.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 8
May 01/05

CES
(5) The ACARS MU (and all the systems linked to the CFDIU) is provided by
the CFDIU with the following:
- Aircraft identification (tail number)
- Flight number
- Identifications of departure and destination airports
- Date
- Time
- Flight phase
- Installed optional systems.
C. Connection with the FMGCs
(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the FMGC1 and 2.
(2) The FMGCs transmit the following messages to the ACARS MU either
automatically or manually:
- Request for flight plan initialization
- Request for wind messages
- Pre-flight report
- In-flight report
- Post-flight report.
(3) The ACARS MU transmits the following messages to the FMGCs either
automatically or manually:
- Flight plan initialization
- Wind message
- Advisory message related to a request not transmitted to the
ground
- Request for a pre-flight report
- Request for a post-flight report.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message

transmitted by the ACARS MU to the FMGCs.
(5) The ACARS MU receives parameters from the FMGCs.
D. Connection with the FWCs and SDACs
(1) The ACARS MU provides the FWC1 and 2 with data indicating four ACARS
configurations. The FWC1 and 2 enable display of the corresponding
indications on the memo zone of the upper ECAM display unit.
These indications are:
- ACARS MSG: indicates reception of a ground message
- ACARS STBY: indicates loss of communication with the ground
- VHF3 : VOICE: indicates that the VHF3 transceiver is not controlled
by the ACARS

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 9
May 01/05

CES
- ACARS CALL: indicates reception of a voice communication demand
with the ground.
The display unit only shows one indication even if several
configurations are present at the same time.
When the FWCs are no longer provided with this data by the ACARS MU,
or do not receive it in normal conditions (incorrect refresh or
validity), the ACARS MU appears on the faulty system list (ECAM
STATUS page) and the amber ACARS FAULT warning appears on the upper
ECAM display unit.
(2) The ACARS MU receives the FWC1 main bus and can use any information
present on this bus (available parameters are listed in the FWC
interfaces ATA 31-52).
(3) The ACARS MU receives the SDAC1 main bus and can use any information
present on this bus (available parameters are listed in the SDAC
interfaces ATA 31-54).
E. Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver
(1) The VHF3 has two audio type interfaces:
(a) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control

discrete (push-to-talk) linked to the audio management unit (AMU)
(Ref. ATA 23-51).
This interface is used for voice communications.
(b) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control

discrete (data keyline) linked to the ACARS MU. This interface is
used for transmission and reception of the ACARS data.
(2) The VHF3 can operate in two modes:
(a) Radio mode: in this case, it activates its audio type interface
with the AMU and de-activates its audio interface with the ACARS
MU.
(b) DATA mode: in this case, the process is reversed.
(3) The ACARS MU controls the VHF3 operating mode through the voice/data
select discrete:
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 operates in DATA
mode.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 operates in radio
mode.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 10
May 01/05

CES
(4) The VHF3 has two frequency control interfaces:
(a) A digital input linked to the ACARS MU (input A)
(b) A digital input linked to the RMPs (input B).
(5) The ACARS MU applies a command signal to the VHF3 to take into
account its frequency inputs through the port select discrete.
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 takes into
account input A and operates on the frequency transmitted by the
ACARS MU.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 takes into
account input B and operates on the frequency transmitted by the
RMPs.
(6) Three cases may arise:
(a) The VHF3 operates in DATA mode. In this case the VHF3 frequency
is controlled through the ACARS MU. The voice/data select and the
port select discretes are grounded by the ACARS MU.
(b) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled
through the RMPs. The voice/data select and the port select
discretes are in open circuit.
(c) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled
through the ACARS MU. The voice/data select discrete is in open
circuit and the port select discrete is grounded.
In this case, the frequency transmitted by the ACARS MU is a
frequency entered by the crew (on one MCDU) or a frequency
received in a ground message.
NOTE : When the ACARS MU is not supplied or if it is faulty, the

____
voice/data select and port select discretes are in open
circuit: the VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency
is controlled by the RMPs.
(7) The ACARS MU can switch the VHF3:
(a) From DATA to radio mode
1
_ Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para.
Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or one MCDU.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 11
May 01/05

CES
2
_ Automatically: further to the reception of a demand from the
ground (this corresponds to the ACARS CALL configuration
described in para. Operation-Connection with the FWCs).
(b) From radio to DATA mode
1
_ Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para.
Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or one MCDU.
2
_ Automatically: the ACARS MU receives the push-to-talk discrete
sent by the Audio Management Unit to the VHF3 and therefore
detects the transmissions performed in radio mode. The ACARS
MU can require automatic reversion to the DATA mode when it no
longer detects transmissions in radio mode.
F. Connection with the RMPs

R
R (Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
(1) Each RMP receives the port select discrete (Ref. para. Operation-
Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver).
(a) If the ACARS MU controls the VHF3 frequency, the following

appears when the VHF3 mode is selected on one RMP:
- ACARS in the ACTIVE display window
- A frequency in the STBY/CRS display.
This frequency can be modified by means of the selector knob
located under the STBY/CRS display window. It can be different
on each RMP.
(b) If the RMPs control the VHF3 frequency, the following appears
when the VHF3 mode is selected on one RMP:
- A frequency (the same for all the RMPs) in the ACTIVE display
window
- ACARS in the STBY/CRS display.
NOTE : The ACARS indication in the ACTIVE display window of the

____
RMPs indicates that the VHF3 frequency is controlled
through the ACARS MU. It does not mean that the VHF3
operates in DATA mode (the VHF3 can operate in radio mode
with a frequency controlled through the ACARS MU). If the
ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display window,
the VHF3 shall operate in radio mode on the frequency
shown in the ACTIVE display window of the RMPs.

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 12
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication
Frequency Through the RMPs (Sheet 1/2)
Figure 004

R EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

23-24-00 Page 13
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication
Frequency Through the RMPs (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 005

R EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

23-24-00 Page 14
May 01/05

CES
(2) Depending on the pin-programming of the ACARS MU (TP 11C grounded or
in open circuit), the VHF3 frequency is controlled through the RMPs
(in radio mode), the ACARS MU (in DATA mode ) or through the ACARS MU
only (in radio or DATA mode).
(a) Control of VHF3 frequency through RMPs and ACARS MU
1
_ When it is necessary to switch over VHF3 frequency control
from the ACARS MU to the RMPs (or vice versa), the RMPs send
the remote voice/data select discrete with a momentary change
in state from open circuit to ground.
The command is initiated when, the VHF3 display mode being
selected on one RMP, the transfer pushbutton switch (between
the two display windows) is pushed.
2
_ When the command is initiated with VHF3 frequency controlled
through the ACARS MU (the ACARS indication appears in the
ACTIVE display window):
- The RMP display in VHF3 mode remains unchanged until the
control is given to the RMPs by the ACARS MU by changing the
state of the port select discrete to open circuit.
- When the control is given to the RMPs by the ACARS MU, the
RMPs (which receive the port select discrete), modify their
display in VHF3 mode as follows:
* The ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display
window of all the RMPs.
* The frequency which was in the STBY/CRS display window of
the RMP which has generated the command, appears in the
ACTIVE display of all the RMPs.
NOTE : Three seconds can elapse between command and display

____
modification.
3
_ When the remote voice/data select command is initiated with
VHF3 frequency controlled through the RMPs (the ACARS
indication appears in the STBY display):
- The display of the RMP which has generated the command is
modified immediately, as follows, until control is taken
over by the ACARS MU:
* Dashes appear in the ACTIVE display
* The frequency which was in the ACTIVE display appears in
the STBY/CRS display window
- The display of the other RMPs in VHF3 mode remains unchanged
until control is taken over by the ACARS MU.
- When the ACARS MU takes the control again (by changing the
state of the port select discrete to ground), the display of
the RMPs in VHF3 mode is modified as follows :

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 15
Aug 01/06
R
CES
* For the RMP which has generated the command the dashes in
the ACTIVE display window are replaced by the ACARS
indication.
* For the other RMPs, the ACARS indication appears in the
ACTIVE display window. The frequency which was in the ACTIVE
display window appears in the STBY/CRS display window.
NOTE : Time elapsed between command initiation and the taking

____
of control by the ACARS MU is very short.
(b) Control of VHF3 frequency through ACARS MU only (in radio or DATA
mode)
The pilots can modify the frequency or the operating mode (radio
or DATA mode) through the MCDU.
G. Connection with the MCDUs
(1) The ACARS MU is interfaced with two or three MCDUs
(2) The MCDUs enable:
(a) The display of data generated by the ACARS MU from data

transmitted by the ground or by peripheral computers (DMU, CFDIU,
FWC1, SDAC1).
(b) The selection of the various functions of the ACARS MU.
(c) The entry of data or text by the crew.
(3) Dialogue between one MCDU and the ACARS MU is initiated when ACARS is
selected on the MCDU menu.
This dialogue is performed according to the protocol specific to the
exchanges of data with the MCDUs, the same protocol being used for
the dialogues between the MCDUs and the following: FMGCs, CFDIU and
DMU (Ref. ATA 22-82).
H. Connection with the Printer
(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the printer. This enables to print:

- The data generated by the ACARS MU from data transmitted by the
ground and by peripheral computers,
- The data entered by the crew through the MCDUs.
(2) The data are transmitted to the printer by the ACARS MU according to
a specific protocol which is also used by the other computers
operating in conjunction with the printer (Ref. ATA 31-35).

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 16
Aug 01/06
R
CES
J. Data Exchange between Aircraft and Ground Network
(1) Data coding

The data exchanged between the ACARS MU and the VHF3 transceiver are
coded by 1200 and 2400 Hz tones
(Ref. Fig. 006)
A zero-bit is coded:
- By a positive half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a
string of zero-bits (even if the string only comprises this single
bit).
- By a 2400 Hz period starting by the negative half period when this
is not the case.
A one-bit is coded:
- by a negative half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a
string of one-bits (even if the string only comprises this single
bit).
- by a 2400 Hz period starting by the positive half period when this
is not the case.
The signal transmitted by the ACARS MU to the VHF3 modulates the VHF
radio signal sent to the ground. Conversely, the signal transmitted
by the VHF3 to the ACARS MU is obtained after demodulation of the
radio signal from the ground.
The result of this coding is that the transmission rate is 2400 bits
per second from aircraft to ground and vice versa.
The transmitted data are characters from the ISO alphabet No.5 except
the block check sequence field at the end of transmission.
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(2) Message format

The format of the messages exchanged between the ground and the
aircraft is as follows (in the transmission order):
Pre-key (16 characters)
Bit synchro (2 characters)
Character synchro (2 characters)
Start of heading (1 character)
Mode (1 character)
Address (7 characters)
Technical acknowledgement (1 character)
Label (2 characters)
Uplink block identifier (1 character)
Start of text (1 character)
Text (220 characters max.)
Suffix (1 character)
Block check sequence (BCS) (16 bits)
BCS suffix (1 character)
- Pre-key: all the bits are at 1. This phase enables adjustment of
VHF transmission and reception levels.

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 17
Aug 01/06
R
CES
ACARS - Data Coding
R Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 18
May 01/05

CES
ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5
R Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 19
May 01/05

CES
- Bit synchro: enables to cross check the bits value.
- Character synchro: enables to establish synchronization on the
characters.
- Start of heading: indicates the start of data transmission.
- Mode: enables selection of a ground station or a specific group of
ground stations for communication with the aircraft.
- Address: contains the identification of the aircraft which
transmits or receives the message.
- Technical acknowledgement: acknowledgement (either positive or
negative) related to the last message received.
- Label: identifies a specific type of message.
- Uplink block identifier: only appears in the messages transmitted
by the ground. Enables the aircraft to detect duplicated ground
messages (aircraft-to- ground messages may have a downlink block
identifier to enable detection of duplicated aircraft messages on
the ground).
- Start of text: indicates the start of useful data transmission.
- Text: useful data. Only one part of the ISO 5 characters can be
transmitted in this field
(Ref. Fig. 008)
- Suffix: indicates the end of useful data transmission.
- Block check sequence: result of a computation made before
transmission on the previous bits set. At reception, the same
computation is made and the two results are compared. If they are
identical, the transmission is correct.
- BCS suffix: indicates the end of transmission.
(3) Exchange protocol between the aircraft and the ground

This protocol is described in the ARINC 597 Specification (to which
the ARINC 724B refers for the description of this protocol).
7. Test
____
R
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015)
The state of the ACARS is determined by monitoring the exchanges of
information that it can have with the associated processing card.
If the exchange protocol is correct, the data transmitted is in the correct
format and the ACARS does not declare that it is wrong further to its own
internal test, then the ACARS is said to be operational.
If not, it is declared to be faulty. The state of the ACARS is determined by
monitoring the exchanges of information that each of the processing cards
can have with its corresponding ACARS and by analysing the results of the
internal tests of each of the processing cards.
There are two operation modes:

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 20
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field
R Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 21
May 01/05

CES
ACARS System - Last Leg Report
Figure 009

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 22
Aug 01/06
R
CES
ACARS System - Previous Legs Report
Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 23
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS System - LRU Identification
Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 24
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 25
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 26
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS System - Test
Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 27
Aug 01/06

CES
ACARS System - Ground Report
Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 28
Aug 01/06

CES
- normal mode: during the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the
status of the ACARS cards and transmits these data to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight. In case of fault detection the BITE stores the
information in the fault memory.
- menu mode: the menu mode can only be activated on the ground and the
command is given by the CFDIU via the MCDU. This ground data is supplied
by the CFDIU, otherwise it can be given by a Flight-Ground discrete
provided by the ACARS.
The menu mode enables communications between the CFDIU and the ACARS BITE
through the MCDU.
R

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 29
Aug 01/06

CES
______________________________________________________________
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 23-24-00-860-001
Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU after
a Change of the Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 31-33-00-710-010 Procedure to Use the Aircraft Coding Plug 197VC-A
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-076

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-24-00-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 201
May 01/05

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-077
A. Procedure to change the airline identification (ID) for the Honeywell

ACARS.
To change the airline ID on the Honeywell ACARS MU:
- Get a new database from Honeywell, or
- Make the changes directly in the database if you have the
reconfiguration tool.
Subtask 23-24-00-860-079
B. Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration

number for the COLLINS ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ACARS MENU page comes into view.
the ACARS indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The MAINT MENU page comes into view.
MAINT MENU indication.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The SYSTEM STATUS page comes into
SYS STATUS indication. view.
4. Make sure that the airline

two-letter code (below ID) and
the aircraft registration number
(below REG NO) are correct.
5. If the airline ID is incorrect,

then get the change procedure
from Collins.
6. If the aircraft registration

number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft
registration number on the FDIU
(Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 202
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-24-00-860-080
C. Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration

number for the TELEDYNE ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ACARS MAIN MENU page comes into
the ACARS indication. view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The MISCELLANEOUS MENU page comes
MISCELLANEOUS indication. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into
MAINTENANCE indication. view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - The PROG ID/SENSOR STATUS page comes
PROG ID/SENSOR STATUS indication. into view.
5. Make sure that the A/L & REG

indication agrees with the
airline two-letter code (A/L
indication) and the aircraft
registration number (REG
indication).
6. If the A/L indication does not

agree with the airline two-letter
code:
- Tell Teledyne to supply you
with the procedure to change it
(if applicable for your ACARS
PN).
7. If the aircraft registration

number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft
registration number on the FDIU
(Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 203
May 01/05

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-078
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 204
May 01/05

CES
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-24-00-610-001
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Software
Standard and the standard application database on the ACARS MU front face.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YV68A110 1 PORTABLE DATA LOADER

R 704-2383-001 1 ADAPTER CABLE
704-2619-002 1 ADAPTER CABLE
R 964-0400-005 1 DATA LOADER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 301
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-061,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-061,
Subtask 23-24-00-861-054
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
R Subtask 23-24-00-480-051-B
R B. On the DATA LOADER (964-0400-005) or equivalent, make sure that the

R ON/OFF switch is at OFF.
R (1) Remove the blanking cap from the DATA LOADER connector.
R (2) Connect the ADAPTER CABLE (704-2383-001) to the DATA LOADER connector
R on the ACARS MU front face.
R **ON A/C 051-061,
R Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-061,

R Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-061,
Subtask 23-24-00-480-051-A
B. On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER (YV68A110) or equivalent, make sure that the
ON/OFF switch is at OFF.
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the DATA LOADER connector.
(2) Connect the ADAPTER CABLE (704-2619-002) to the DATA LOADER connector
on the ACARS MU front face.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 302
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
R Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-061,

R Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-061,
Subtask 23-24-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU DATA/LOADER/SPLY 3TD J16
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 303
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-061,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-061,
Subtask 23-24-00-970-053
A. Loading of the Software Standard Application (disk 5RB) and the Standard
Application Data Base (AP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: The MCDU is on.

- adjust the brightness of the
MCDU screen.
2. On the portable data loader: On the portable data loader:

- set the ON/OFF switch to ON. - the < <MDDU READY> > indication is
shown.
3. On the portable data loader: On the MCDU:

- put the software standard - the ACARS indication goes out of
application disk (5RB) into the view.
disk drive, the label in the On the portable data loader:
forward direction. - the READY indication is shown
- then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
shown
- then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is
shown.
NOTE : If more than one disk is

____
necessary to upload a same type
of data, the EJECT DISK and
INSERT NEXT DISK indications are
shown one after the other.
They tell the operator that he
must put a new disk into the
portable data loader.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 304
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- when all the data are put into the
computer, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown.

- eject the disk from the disk - the < <MDDU READY> > indication is
drive. shown.

- put the standard application - the READY indication is shown
data base (AP) disk into the - then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
disk drive, the label in the shown
forward direction. - then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is
shown.

____
shown one after the other. They
tell the operator that he must
put a new disk into the portable
data loader.


drive. shown.
On the MCDU:
- the ACARS indication comes into view
- the buzzer operates.
7. If the buzzer still operates, on The buzzer stops.

the glareshield panel:
- push the MASTER CAUT light.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 305
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-24-00-280-053
B. Check on the MCDU of the Reference of the Data Loaded into the ACARS MU
(1) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM: RADIO
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003).
(2) Check of the identification of the loaded disk(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS menu page comes into view.
ACARS indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes into
LRU IDENT indication. view:
- make sure that the CORE SW P/N and
the APP SW P/N references shown are
the same as the CORE SW P/N and the
APP SW P/N references read on the
standard application disk (5RB).
3. Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PREFLT MENU 1/4 page comes
ACARS indication. into view.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
MISC indication.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into
MAINT indication. view.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PART NUMBERS page comes into
PART NUMBERS indication. view.
- make sure that the DB P/N reference
shown is the same as the DB reference
read on the standard application data
base (AP) disk.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 306
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-061,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-061,
Subtask 23-24-00-860-063
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) On the keyboard of the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key to get the MCDU
MENU page.
Subtask 23-24-00-080-053
B. On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(1) Disconnect the portable data-loader cable from the DATA LOADER
connector.
(2) Install the blanking cap to the DATA LOADER connector.
Subtask 23-24-00-862-054
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 307
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-24-00-610-004
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Sofware
standard and the standard application database on the ACARS MU front face.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YV68A110 1 PORTABLE DATA LOADER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 062-099,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 062-099,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 062-099,
Subtask 23-24-00-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

062-099, 23-24-00

Page 301
Config-2 Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-24-00-480-053
B. On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER (YV68A110) or equivalent, make sure that the
ON/OFF switch is at OFF.
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the DATA LOADER connector.
(2) Connect the portable data-loader cable to the DATA LOADER connector
on the ACARS MU front face .
Subtask 23-24-00-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

062-099, 23-24-00

Page 302
Config-2 Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 062-099,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 062-099,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 062-099,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 062-099,
Subtask 23-24-00-970-055
A. Loading of the Software Standard Application (disk 5RB) and the Standard
Application Data Base (AP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: The MCDU is on.

MCDU screen.

- set the ON/OFF switch to ON. - the < <MDDU READY> > indication is
shown.
3. On the portable data loader: On the MCDU:

- put the software standard - the < ACARS indication goes out of
application disk (5RB) into the view.
disk drive, the label in the On the portable data loader:
forward direction. - the READY indication is shown
- then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
shown
- then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is
shown.

____
shown one after the other.
They tell the operator that he
must put a new disk into the
portable data loader.

EFF :

062-099, 23-24-00

Page 303
Config-2 Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

drive. shown.

- put the standard application - the READY indication is shown
data base (AP) disk into the - then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
disk drive, the label in the shown
forward direction. - then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is
shown.

____
shown one after the other. They
tell the operator that he must
put a new disk into the portable
data loader.


drive. shown.
On the MCDU:
- the < ACARS indication comes into
view
- the buzzer operates.
7. If the buzzer still operates, on The buzzer stops.

the glareshield panel:
- push the MASTER CAUT light.

EFF :

062-099, 23-24-00

Page 304
Config-2 Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-24-00-280-055
B. Check on the MCDU of the Reference of the Data Loaded into the ACARS MU
(1) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM: RADIO
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003).
(2) Check of the identification of the loaded disk(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS menu page comes into view.
ACARS indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes into
LRU IDENT indication. view:
- make sure that the CORE SW P/N and
the APP SW P/N references shown are
the same as the CORE SW P/N and the
APP SW P/N references read on the
standard application disk (5RB).
3. Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PREFLT MENU 1/4 page comes
ACARS indication. into view.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
MISC indication.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into
MAINT indication. view.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PART NUMBERS page comes into
PART NUMBERS indication. view.
- make sure that the DB P/N reference
shown is the same as the DB reference
read on the standard application data
base (AP) disk.

EFF :

062-099, 23-24-00

Page 305
Config-2 Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 062-099,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 062-099,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 062-099,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 062-099,
Subtask 23-24-00-860-070
(1) On the keyboard of the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key to get the MCDU
MENU page.
Subtask 23-24-00-080-055
B. On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(1) Disconnect the portable data-loader cable from the DATA LOADER
connector.
(2) Install the blanking cap to the DATA LOADER connector.
Subtask 23-24-00-862-056
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

062-099, 23-24-00

Page 306
Config-2 Aug 01/08

CES
______________________________________________________________
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 23-24-00-710-001
Operational Test of the ACARS
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the ACARS MU operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-050
(1) Energize the Aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002)
(2) Do the EIS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 501
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-24-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-24-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP 1, RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if Each RMP shows the last frequencies and
installed): the last function used.
- set the ON/OFF selector switch
to ON.
2. On the RMPs:
- push the VHF 3 pushbutton
switch.
Two configurations are possible:
First configuration: On the RMPs:

- the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 - the ACARS indication shows in the
frequency. ACTIVE display window and a frequency
shows in the STBY display window.
Second configuration: On each the RMPs:

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 502
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the RMPs control the VHF 3 - the same frequency shows in the
frequency. ACTIVE display window and the ACARS
indication shows in the STBY display
window.
3. In the first configuration, go to

step (5).
In the second configuration, go

to step (4).
4. On the RMP2 push, the transfer On the RMPs:

pushbutton switch (double arrow) after not many seconds, the frequency
between the two windows. (which was in the STBY display window
of the RMP 1) shows in the ACTIVE
display window and the ACARS indication
shows in the STBY display window.
5. On the ACP 2: On the ACP 2:

- push and release the VHF 3 - the VHF 3 reception pushbutton switch
reception pushbutton switch. moves in then out to level above that
of the unselected pushbutton
switches.
6. On the ACP 2:
- turn the VHF 3 reception
pushbutton swtich to the middle
position.
7. On the F/O LOUD SPEAKER control

panel:
- turn the LOUD SPEAKER
potentiometer to the middle
position.
8. On the RMP 1: On the RMP 1:

- push the VHF 1 pushbutton - the green LED on the VHF 1 pushbutton
9. On the RMP 1:
- in the right window, with the
dual selector knob, set the
frequency of the ground
station.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-00

Page 503
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- start this frequency. To do - the set frequency comes into view in
this, push the pushbutton the left window.
the two windows.

- push and release the VHF 1 - the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch
reception pushbutton switch. moves in then out to a level above
that of the unselected pushbutton
switches.
12. On the ACP 1:

- turn the VHF 1 reception
pushbutton switch to the
middle position.
13. On the CAPT LOUD SPEAKER control

panel:
- turn the LOUD SPEAKER
potentiometer to the middle
position.

- push the VHF 1 transmission - the green lines on the VHF 1
on.

- push the transfer pushbutton - the ACARS indication shows in the
switch (double arrow) between ACTIVE display window and the
the two windows. frequency (which was in the ACTIVE
display) shows in the STBY display
window.
Now the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3

frequency.
16. On the MCDU 2 keyboard: On the MCDU 2:

- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
17. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:

- push the line key adjacent to - the MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into
the CFDS indication. view.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-00

Page 504
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the asterisk adjacent to the SEND
the SEND indication related to indication goes out of view.
the Post FLIGHT REPORT (PFR).
After not many seconds:

- on the MCDU 2, the asterisk adjacent
to the SEND indication comes again
into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the asterisk adjacent to the PRINT
the PRINT indication for the indication goes out of view. It comes
PFR. again into view when you get the
printing.
20. On the CAPT side stick

controller:
- push and hold the PTT switch
and tell the ground station to
give the A/C identification.
NOTE : The ground station finds

____
this data on the POST
FLIGHT REPORT it
received.
21. On the CAPT side stick On the CAPT loud speaker:

controller: - the ground station gives the A/C
- release the PTT switch. identifaction which must be the same
as the one your printing.
22. On the CAPT side stick On the MCDU 2 scratchpad:

controller: - the VOICE GO AHEAD message comes
- push the PTT switch and tell into view.
the ground station to send a
VOICE GO AHEAD message.
23. On the ECAM control panel: At the bottom of the Engine/Warning

- Push the CLR key until the Display (EWD):
MEMO page comes into view on - the ACARS CALL message comes into
the lower ECAM DU (engine view.
paramaters).

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-00

Page 505
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the MCDU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ACARS MENU page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the page that includes all the
the indication related to the received messages comes into view.
message received.
27. On the MCDU 2:

- read the last message received
and compare it with the ground
message.

- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
29. On the ECAM control panel:

- push the CLR key until the
MEMO section comes into view
on the lower ECAM DU.
30. On the RMP 2: After not many seconds, on the RMP 2

- push the transfer pushbutton (and RMP 3 if installed):
switch (double arrow) between - the ACARS indication shows in the
the two windows. STBY display window and the frequency
(which was in the STBY display window
of the RMP 2) shows in the ACTIVE
display window.
At the bottom of the EWD (in the MEMO

section):
- the VOICE message comes into view.
NOTE : If no ground station is available, you must do a reset of the ACARS

____
MU (pushbutton switch on the front face of the ACARS MU). This will
prevent the queueing-up of the downlinks not sent.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-00

Page 506
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
R Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-099,

R Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-099,
R Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 051-061,
R Subtask 23-24-00-710-050-B
R A. Operational Test of the ACARS
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the RMP 1, RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if Each RMP shows the last frequencies and
R installed): the last function used.
R - set the ON/OFF selector switch
R to ON.
R 2. On the RMPs:
R - push the VHF 3 pushbutton
R switch.
R Two configurations are possible:
R First configuration: On the RMPs:

R - the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 - the ACARS indication shows in the
R frequency. ACTIVE display window and a frequency
R shows in the STBY display window.
R Second case: On each the RMPs:

R - the RMPs control the VHF 3 - the same frequency shows in the
R frequency. ACTIVE display window and the ACARS
R indication shows in the STBY display
R window.
R 3. In the first configuration, go to

R the step (5):
R In the second configuration, go

R to the step (4):
R 4. On the RMP 1: On the RMPs:

R - push the transfer pushbutton after not many seconds, the frequency
R switch (double arrow) between (which was in the STBY display window
R the two windows. of the RMP 1) shows in the ACTIVE
R display window and the ACARS indication
R shows in the STBY display window.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 507
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5. On the ACP 2: On the ACP 2:
R - push and release the VHF 3 - the VHF 3 reception pushbutton switch
R reception pushbutton switch. moves in then out to level above that
R of the unselected pushbutton
R switches.
R 6. On the ACP 2:
R - turn the VHF 3 reception
R pushbutton swtich to the middle
R position.
R 7. On the F/O LOUD SPEAKER control

R panel:
R - turn the LOUD SPEAKER
R potentiometer to the middle
R position.
R 8. On the RMP 1: On the RMP 1:

R - push the VHF 1 pushbutton - the green LED on the VHF 1 pushbutton
R switch. switch comes on.
R 9. On the RMP 1:
R - in the right window, with the
R dual selector knob, set the
R frequency of the ground
R station.

R - start this frequency. To do - the set frequency comes into view in
R this, push the pushbutton the left window.
R switch (double arrow) between
R the two windows.

R - push and release the VHF 1 - the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch
R reception pushbutton switch. moves in then out to a level above
R that of the unselected pushbutton
R switches.
R 12. On the ACP 1:

R - turn the VHF 1 reception
R pushbutton switch to the
R middle position.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 508
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 13. On the CAPT LOUD SPEAKER control
R panel:
R - turn the LOUD SPEAKER
R potentiometer to the middle
R position.

R - push the VHF 1 transmission - the green lines on the VHF 1
R pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
R on.

R - push the transfer pushbutton - the ACARS indication shows in the
R switch (double arrow) between ACTIVE display window and the
R the two windows. frequency (which was in the ACTIVE
R display window) shows in the STBY
R display window.
R Now the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3

R frequency.
R 16. On the MCDU 2 keyboard: On the MCDU 2:

R - push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R 17. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:

R - push the line key adjacent to - the MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into
R the CFDS indication. view.

R - push the line key adjacent to - the asterisk adjacent to the SEND
R the SEND indication related to indication goes out of view.
R the Post FLIGHT REPORT (PFR).
R After not many seconds:

R - on the MCDU 2, the asterisk adjacent
R to the SEND indication comes again
R into view.

R - push the line key adjacent to - the asterisk adjacent to the PRINT
R the PRINT indication for the indication goes out of view. It comes
R PFR. again into view when you get the
R printing.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20. On the CAPT side stick
R controller:
R - push the PTT switch and tell
R the ground station to give the
R A/C identification.
R NOTE : The ground station finds

____
R this data on the POST
R FLIGHT REPORT it
R received.
R 21. On the CAPT side stick On the CAPT loud speaker:

R controller: - the ground station gives the A/C
R - release the PTT switch. identifaction which must be the same
R as the one your printing.
R 22. On the CAPT side stick On the MCDU 2 scratchpad:

R controller: - the VOICE GO AHEAD message comes
R - push the PTT switch and tell into view.
R the ground station to send a
R VOICE GO AHEAD message.
R 23. On the ECAM control panel: At the bottom of the Engine/Warning

R - Push the CLR key until the Display (EWD):
R MEMO page comes into view on - the ACARS CALL message comes into
R the lower ECAM DU (engine view.
R paramaters).

R - push the MCDU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

R - push the line key adjacent to - the ACARS MENU page comes into view.
R the ACARS indication.

R - push the line key adjacent to - the page that includes all the
R the indication related to the received messages comes into view.
R message received.
R 27. On the MCDU 2:

R - read the last message received
R and compare it with the ground
R message.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 510
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R 29. On the ECAM control panel:

R - push the CLR key until the
R MEMO section comes into view
R on the lower ECAM DU.
R 30. On the RMP 2: After not many seconds, on the RMP 2

R - push the transfer pushbutton (and RMP 3 if installed):
R switch (double arrow) between - the ACARS indication shows in the
R the two windows. STBY display windows and the
R frequency (which was in the STBY
R display window of the RMP 2) shows in
R the ACTIVE display window.
R At the bottom of the Engine/Warning

R Display (in the MEMO section):
R - the VOICE message comes into view.
R NOTE : If no ground station is available, you must do a reset of the ACARS

____
R MU (pushbutton switch on the front face of the ACARS MU). This will
R prevent the queueing-up of the downlinks not sent.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-050
(1) On the RMP 1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) Do the EIS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 511
Aug 01/08

CES
R TASK 23-24-00-740-004
R BITE test of the ACARS
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
R 31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
R Page
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-24-00-860-096
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM page. (Ref. TASK
R 31-32-00-860-003)
R (3) On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 512
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-24-00-865-075
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU SDAC/1/SPLY 3WV F04
121VU AIDS/DMU 4TV K15
Subtask 23-24-00-010-058
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-24-00-710-068
A. BITE Test of the ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the front face of the ACARS MU On the front face of the ACARS MU (1RB)
(1RB) located on the shelf 82VU located on the shelf 82VU of the
of the avionics compartment: avionics compartment:
- push and release the TEST - the PASS indicator comes on after
pushbutton. some seconds.

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 513
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
R Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-099,

R Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-099,
R Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 051-061,
R Subtask 23-24-00-710-068-A
R A. BITE Test of the ACARS
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the RMP 2: First configuration:

R - push the VHF 3 pushbutton - on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication
R switch. comes into view in the ACTIVE display
R window
R - on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into
R view in the STBY display window.
R Second configuration:
R - on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into
R view in the ACTIVE display window
R - on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication
R comes into view in the STBY display
R window.

R step (4).
R In the second cofiguration, go to

R step (3).
R 3. On the RMP2: On the RMP 2:

R - push the transfer pushbutton - dashes show in the ACTIVE display
R switch (double arrow) between window and the frequency (before in
R the two windows. the ACTIVE display window) shows in
R the STBY display window
R - then, the ACARS indication shows in
R the ACTIVE display window.
R 4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

R - push the line key adjacent to - the ACARS page comes into view.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 514
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS XXS message
R the TEST indication. comes into view
R - the TEST OK message comes into view.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-097
until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(3) On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 515
Aug 01/08

CES
R TASK 23-24-00-710-005
R Link Test of the ACARS
R NOTE : Make sure that there is no ACARS STBY indication on the ECAM.
____
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-24-00-860-090

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 516
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-24-00-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU SDAC/1/SPLY 3WV F04
121VU AIDS/DMU 4TV K15
Subtask 23-24-00-010-055
C. Get Access

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 517
Aug 01/08
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-24-00-710-067
A. Link Test of the ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP2: First configuration:

- push the VHF3 pushbutton - on the RMP2, the ACARS indication
switch. comes into view in the ACTIVE display
- on the RMP2, a frequency comes into
view in the STBY display.
Second configuration :
- on the RMP2, a frequency comes into
view in the ACTIVE display
- on the RMP2, the ACARS indication
comes into view in the STBY display.
2. In the first configuration, go to

step (3) to continue the test.
In the second configuration, push On the RMP2:

the transfer pushbutton switch - dashes come into view in the ACTIVE
(double arrow) between the two display and the frequency (which was
windows on the RMP2. in the ACTIVE display) comes into
view in the STBY display
- then, the ACARS indication comes into
view in the ACTIVE display.
3. On one MCDU: The MCDU starts to operate.

MCDU screen.
4. On the MCDU keyboard : The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
- push the MCDU MENU mode key
5. On the MCDU: The ACARS PREFL MENU 1/2 page comes

- push the line key adjacent to into view.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 518
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the MCDU: The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the MISC indication.
7. On the MCDU: The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into

- push the line key adjacent to view.
the MAINT indication.
8. On the MCDU: The ACARS TEST 1/2 page comes into

- push the line key adjacent to view.
the TEST indication.
9. On the MCDU: The TEST indication comes into view

- push the line key adjacent to (and not INITIATE indication).
the VHF LINK indication.
At the end of the test, the PASS

indication comes into view.
10. On the MCDU, push the line key

indication until the MCDU MENU
11. On the RMP2, push the transfer After not many seconds:
pushbutton switch (double arrow) - the frequency (which was in the STBY
between the two windows. display) comes into view in the
ACTIVE display and the ACARS
indication comes into view in the
STBY display.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-00

Page 519
Aug 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
R Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-099,

R Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-099,
R Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 051-061,
R Subtask 23-24-00-710-067-A
R A. Link Test of the ACARS
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the RMP2: First configuration:

R - push the VHF3 pushbutton - on the RMP2, the ACARS indication
R switch. comes into view in the ACTIVE display
R - on the RMP2, a frequency comes into
R view in the STBY display.
R Second configuration :
R - on the RMP2, a frequency comes into
R view in the ACTIVE display
R - on the RMP2, the ACARS indication
R comes into view in the STBY display.

R step (3) to continue the test.
R In the second configuration, push On the RMP2:

R the transfer pushbutton switch - dashes come into view in the ACTIVE
R (double arrow) between the two display and the frequency (which was
R windows on the RMP2. in the ACTIVE display) comes into
R view in the STBY display
R - then, the ACARS indication comes into
R view in the ACTIVE display.
R 3. On one MCDU: The MCDU starts to operate.

R - adjust the brightness of the
R MCDU screen.
R 4. On the MCDU keyboard : The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R - push the MCDU MENU mode key
R 5. On the MCDU: The ACARS PREFL MENU 1/2 page comes

R - push the line key adjacent to into view.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 520
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6. On the MCDU: The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
R - push the line key adjacent to
R the MISC indication.
R 7. On the MCDU: The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into

R - push the line key adjacent to view.
R the MAINT indication.
R 8. On the MCDU: The ACARS TEST 1/2 page comes into

R - push the line key adjacent to view.
R the TEST indication.
R 9. On the MCDU: The TEST indication comes into view

R - push the line key adjacent to (and not INITIATE indication).
R the VHF LINK indication.
R At the end of the test, the PASS

R indication comes into view.
R 10. On the MCDU, push the line key

R adjacent to the RETURN
R indication until the MCDU MENU
R page comes into view.
R 11. On the RMP2, push the transfer After not many seconds:
R pushbutton switch (double arrow) - the frequency (which was in the STBY
R between the two windows. display) comes into view in the
R ACTIVE display and the ACARS
R indication comes into view in the
R STBY display.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-091
(2) On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 521
Aug 01/08

CES
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-24-00-410-052
B. Close Access

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-00

Page 522
Aug 01/08

CES
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS (1RB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-24-34-000-001
Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
23-24-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 401
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-24-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in the access door 824 in zone
128.

R
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-24-34-020-050-A
A. Removal of the ACARS MU
(3) Pull the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the ACARS MU (5).

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 402
Nov 01/08

CES
ACARS Management Unit (MU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-24-34-991-001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
R
TASK 23-24-34-400-001
Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-24-00-610-001 Uploading procedure with the portable data loader

(SFIM) to load the Software Standard and the standard
application database on the ACARS MU front face.
23-24-00-610-004 Uploading procedure with the portable data loader
(SFIM) to load the Sofware standard and the standard
application database on the ACARS MU front face.
23-24-00-740-004 BITE test of the ACARS
23-24-00-860-001 Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration
Number on the ACARS MU after a Change of the Aircraft
Registration Number
R
23-24-34-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
23-24-34-991-002 Fig. 402

23-24-34-991-003 Fig. 403

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 404
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-860-050
824 in zone 128.
Subtask 23-24-34-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-24-34-420-050
A. Installation of the ACARS MU
correct condition.
(5) Install the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2).

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
(6) Push the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
Subtask 23-24-34-865-052
breaker(s):
2RB
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-061,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-061,
Subtask 23-24-34-610-050
C. Do the uploading procedure of ACARS MU using the Portable Data Loader

(PDL) (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-610-001)
**ON A/C 062-099,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 062-099,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 062-099,
Subtask 23-24-34-610-050-A
C. Do the uploading procedure of ACARS MU using the Portable Data Loader

(PDL) (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-610-004)

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 406
Nov 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-24-34-710-051
D. If you must install a new ACRS MU, enter the airline identifier into the
memory through one of the two MCDUs (3CA1 or 3CA2) (Ref ATA 31-32)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-24-34-991-002, 403/TASK 23-24-34-991-003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, on the

MCDU:
MCDU screen.
2. push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MAIN MENU page comes into
ACARS indication. view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The MAINT MENU page comes into view.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The SYSTEM STATUS page comes into view.
SYS STATUS indication.
6. On the SYSTEM STATUS page:

- the version number is shown on
the last line of the screen.
Make a note of this number.
7. Push the MCDU MENU mode key to go The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
back to the MCDU MENU.
8. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MAIN MENU page comes into
ACARS indication. view.
9. Push the line key adjacent to the The MAINT MENU page comes into view.
10. Push the line key adjacent to The MAINT ENTRY CODE page comes into
the MAINT ENTRY indication. view.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-34

Page 407
Nov 01/08

CES
ACARS - Version Number through MCDU
Figure 402/TASK 23-24-34-991-002

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-34

Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-24-34

Page 409
Nov 01/08

CES
ACARS - Airline Identifier through MCDU
Figure 403/TASK 23-24-34-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-34

Page 410
Aug 01/08

CES
ACARS - Airline Identifier through MCDU

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-24-34

Page 411
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Enter the code number necessary The MAINT ENTRY page comes into view.
to get access to the MAINT ENTRY
page ( version number shown at
step 6, then 0 ).
12. Push the line key adjacent to The SYS PARMS page comes into view.
the SYS PARMS indication.
13. Push the line key adjacent to The ADDRESSES page comes into view.
the ADDRESSES indication.
14. Enter the airline identifier.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 051-099,

Post SB 23-1111 For A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-24-34-710-055
E. Do the check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the

ACARS MU (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-860-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 23-24-34-740-050
F. Do the BITE test of the ACARS (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-740-004).

R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 412
Nov 01/08

CES

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-24-34

Page 413
Nov 01/08
R
CES
OPERATIONAL USE (ACARS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) is used as an interface
between the operator and the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting
System (ACARS). It provides the means necessary to enter the text into the
ACARS for data storage, data review and transmission-System Status and
ground-to-air voice signaling functions are also presented on the MCDU. The
ACARS Management Unit (MU) is interfaced with three MCDUs.
2. System
__________________
Description
The MCDU is used for various systems:
- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
- the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS)
- the Aircraft Integrated Data System Data Management Unit (AIDS DMU)
- the Flight Management function (FM).
3. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
This paragraph describes the interaction of the MU with the MCDU. The
formats pictured here depict the exact layout of each page. Along each side
of the display are six line select keys. The arrows off to the sides of each
display format by the line select keys indicate the section number that
defines the display to be called up or the action to be taken for that key.
When the MCDU is initially powered up, it establishes contact with each LRU
connected to it.
When the ACARS MU is given control of an MCDU, the MU displays the ACARS
MENU page. The ACARS MENU page is the root page through which all other
ACARS pages may be accessed.
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)
Each page of the ACARS Main Menu can display different data bases. These
pages are created upon energization of aircraft electrical network and are
recreated when the flight phase changes from preflight to inflight, from
inflight to postflight, and from postflight to preflight. When the flight
phase changes or the aircraft electrical network is energized, then the MU
updates the text and functions displayed on the ACARS Main Menu.
A. Preflight Initialization
(Ref. Fig. 005)
On the ACARS PREFLT MENU page, by pushing the line key adjacent to the
PREFLIGHT indication, you get the ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT page.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
On this page, preflight initialization information is given in these
fields:
(1) FMC FLT NO: It displays the FMC flight number. The default value is
white dashes.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 1
May 01/05

CES
ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 2
May 01/05

CES
ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 3
May 01/05

CES
ACARS INFLT MENU Page
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 4
May 01/05

CES
ACARS POSTFLT MENU Page
Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 5
May 01/05

CES
ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 6
May 01/05

CES
(2) ACARS FLT NO: It displays the ARINC flight number. The default value
is white dashes, however, the MU will try to initialize this
parameter from the FMC flight-number broadcast-data.
The line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard can be used to
overwrite the MU generated value. Up to 4 alphanumeric characters can
be entered. If less than 4 characters are entered, then the MU will
right-justify the data and fill with zero characters.
(3) ORIGIN: It displays the origin. The default value is white dashes.
(4) DESTINATION: It displays the destination. The default value is white

dashes.
(5) CAPTAIN: It displays the Captains name or identifier which can be

entered by the crew. The default value is cyan brackets.
(6) UTC: It displays the Universal Time Coordinated. The default value is
white dashes.
(7) DATE: It displays the date. The default value is white dashes.
(8) ALT DEST: It displays the alternate destination. The default value is
white dashes.
(9) FIRST OFF: It displays the First Officers name or identifier which
can be entered by the crew. The default value is cyan brackets.
B. Delay Report
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The ACARS DELAY REPORT page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent
to the DELAY indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) DELAY CODE: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The
default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter the two-character
delay code by using the line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) MINUTES: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The
default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter up to 4 digits by
using the line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(3) UTC: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1R. The default
value is white dashes.
(4) ETA: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 2R. The default
value is amber boxes.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 7
May 01/05

CES
ACARS DELAY REPORT Page
Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 8
May 01/05

CES
(5) DEST: The destination is displayed adjacent to line key 3R. The
default value is white dashes.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the delay report via
the downlink media defined by the data base.
C. ATIS Request
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The ACARS ATIS REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent
to the ATIS REQUEST indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ARRIVAL/DEPART: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L.

The default value is an amber box. The crew will enter a single
character by using line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) ORIGIN: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The
(3) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 3L. The
(4) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to line key 4L.
The default value is white dashes.
(5) AIRPORTS: Airport codes are displayed adjacent to line keys 1R

through 5R. The default values are cyan brackets. The crew can enter
the three or four-character airport codes using respective right line
keys and the keyboard.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the ATIS request via
the downlink media defined by the data base.
D. Weather Request
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The ACARS WEATHER REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key
adjacent to the WEATHER REQUEST indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ORIGIN: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 1 L. The
(2) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L.
(3) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to the line key
3L. The default value is white dashes.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 9
May 01/05

CES
ACARS ATIS REQUEST Page
Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 10
May 01/05

CES
ACARS WEATHER REQUEST Page
Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 11
May 01/05

CES
(4) AIRPORTS : Airport codes are displayed adjacent to the line keys 1R
through 5R. The default values are cyan brackets. The crew can enter
the 3 or 4 character airport codes using respective right line keys
and the keyboard.
(5) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the weather request
via the downlink media defined by the data base.
E. Voice Contact Request

(Ref. Fig. 009)
The ACARS VOICE CONT REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key
adjacent to the VOICE CONTACT indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ON VHF: Voice Contact Request is displayed adjacent to the line key
1L. The default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter the
six-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(2) ON HF: HF frequency is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L. The
default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter the four or
five-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(3) SEND: This key will attempt to downlink the voice report via the
downlink media defined by the data base.
F. ACARS VHF CONTROL Page

(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ACARS VHF CONTROL page is displayed by pushing the line key adjacent
to the VHF 3 CONTROL indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page. This page
enables the user to select voice or data mode on the VHF link. The voice
frequency can be selected from manual/entry or database table.
The current VHF mode of operation is displayed on line 2. Data field
AAAAA contains either the VOICE or DATA indication.
(1) Database voice frequency menu.

Line keys 1L and 1R-4R are used to select from the voice frequencies
defined in the database table. The prompt text displayed adjacent to
line keys 1L-4L and 1R-4R is obtained from the voice frequency
database table and is displayed using large cyan font. The prompt
text field is 11 characters in length. Line keys 2L-4L and 2R-4R also
have title fields on the line above the line key. The title field
text is derived from the voice frequency database table and is
displayed in small cyan font.
Actuation of one of the database defined line keys attempts to enter
voice mode.
If the frequency contained in the voice frequency database table is
invalid, then the star, title and prompt are blanked and actuation of
the key is ignored.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 12
May 01/05

CES
ACARS VOICE CONT REPORT Page
Figure 009

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 13
May 01/05

CES
ACARS VHF CONTROL Page
Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 14
May 01/05

CES
If the database does not contain an entry for a particular line key,
then the asterisk for that line key is blanked and actuation of that
key has not effect.
(2) Manual voice frequency.

Line key 5L can be used to manually enter a frequency or to select a
previously entered frequency. The default value is amber boxes.
Entered data is displayed using large cyan font.
If an incorrect frequency is entered, the scratchpad displays the
INVALID ENTRY indication.
(3) Uplink voice frequency.

Line key 5R is used to tune the radio to a frequency received.
If an invalid frequency is received, then it is ignored.
(4) Select data mode.

Actuation of line key 6R causes the MU to attempt to enter data mode.
If the VHF link is already in data mode, then actuation of this key
is ignored.
(5) VHF voice frequency validation.

In order for a VHF voice frequency to be considered valid, its value
must be comprised between 118000 and 136975 and be a multiple of 25.
G. TELEX with Address Selection Data Entry Screen

(Ref. Fig. 011)
The ACARS TELEX ADDRESS is selected by pushing line key 5L from the ACARS
PREFLT MENU page. The hardcoded data entry screen creates a multi-page
screen that provides address selection. The telex downlinks can contain
either a 4 or 7 character ground address.
H. Received Messages Page

(Ref. Fig. 012)
The ACARS REC MSGS page is accessed by pushing line key 6R from the ACARS
PREFLT MENU page.
This page is used to view REPORT uplink titles, and to select REPORT
uplinks. Each REPORT uplink has its Title, or Default Title, displayed on
the Prompt Lines of line keys 1L through 5L.
Each REPORT uplink is queued for display on the ACARS REC MSGS page in
the order in which it was received. A REPORT will be identified by its
associated title. The most recent REPORT Title appears at the top of the
ACARS REC MSGS page. Up to five REPORT uplinks may be displayed on a
single page of this screen. A maximum of ten pages are allowed for a
total display capability of fifty REPORT uplinks.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 15
May 01/05

CES
ACARS TELEX Page
Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 16
May 01/05

CES
ACARS REC MSGS Page
Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 17
May 01/05

CES
The Message Display pages (ACARS MSG DISPLAY prompt) are selected by
pushing the line key on the ACARS REC MSGS page associated with a
specific Report uplink.
If the maximum of fifty REPORT uplinks are received and queued, the MU
deletes reports according to the following priorities until enough room
is available:
- reports that have been previously selected and are not Flush Override
reports, oldest first
- reports that have not yet been selected and are not Flush Override
reports, oldest first
- Flush Override reports, oldest first.
Each REPORT Title is initially displayed in large font upon reception.
After the crew selects a report or after the report is automatically
printed, then the associated Title changes to small font. The
transition to small font does not occur until the pilot returns to the
REC MSGS page. Upon subsequent returns to the ACARS MSG DISPLAY page,
the Title is displayed in small font.
A report may be deleted from the ACARS MSG DISPLAY page by initiating
the following sequence:
- push the CLR function key, the string CLR appears in the scratchpad
- push the line key adjacent to the RETURN TO REC MSGS indication.
The results are the same as if the report was deleted from the ACARS
REC MSGS page.
For all the Message Display prompts (i.e. ACCEPT, REJECT, PRINT) if the
star is absent then line key presses for that prompt will be ignored.
J. Miscellaneous Menu
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(1) ACARS data frequency page

(Ref. Fig. 014)
The ACARS DATA FREQ page is accessed by pushing the line key 1L from
the ACARS MISC page.
This page presents a menu of the regions of the world that can be
selected by the crew. Each region is associated with a VHF data
frequency.
The associated data frequency is displayed on the second line of this
page.
The first character of this string indicates the following modes:
- A for Automatic Frequency Management mode
- M for Manual mode (frequency selected by the Pilot)
- R for Remote mode (frequency selected by the Airport)
- S for Automatic search mode (scanning)
- D for Automatic search mode for data.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 18
May 01/05

CES
ACARS MISC Page
Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 19
May 01/05

CES
ACARS DATA FREQ Page
Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 20
May 01/05

CES
The left arrow or right arrow points to the current service
provider region determined by the aircraft position data.
Action on line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS PREFLT MENU
page.
(a) Automatic frequency management mode

When line key 6R is pushed, the MU sets the automatic frequency
management mode and blanks the star adjacent to line key 6R. The
data frequency displayed on the second line of this page reflect
the frequency determined by the MU automatic frequency management
mode.
(b) Manual mode

The manual frequency management mode is entered by selecting a
line key with a frequency defined. The star adjacent to the name
of the frequency in use is blanked in order to indicate the last
selection mode. While in Manual mode, if the selected frequency
is different from the frequency determined by the aircraft
position data, the MU displays the AUTO/MAN FREQ MISMATCH
indication in the MCDU scratchpad. The left arrow and right arrow
are displayed next to the line key selected by the automatic
frequency management. While in manual mode, the arrow is not
displayed if the MU does not receive aircraft position.
(2) ACARS OOOI STATUS pages

(Ref. Fig. 015)
The ACARS OOOI STATUS 1/3 page is accessed by pushing the line key 3L
from the ACARS MISC page. There are three ACARS OOOI STATUS pages.
On page 1/3, OOOI states which have not yet encountered time values
are represented with white dashes. When the aircraft transitions to
one of these states, the time is inserted as hhmm. The current state
is indicated with an arrow in column 12 pointing to the appropriate
state name.
NOTE : Only one arrow is displayed at any one time, all arrows are
____
depicted in the figure below to indicate their position.
Absence of the arrow indicates the current state is INIT.

FLT NO: This field displays the flight number.
RETURN: This field displays time when the aircraft returns just after
an OUT event.
OUT, OFF, ON, IN: These fields display the OUT, OFF, ON, IN times.
DEPT/DEST: This field displays the departure and destination
stations.
UTC: This field displays the universal coordinated time.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 21
May 01/05

CES
ACARS OOOI STATUS Page
Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 22
May 01/05

CES
BLOCK: This field displays the aircraft time from the OUT event to
the IN event. The block time is computed by subtracting the OUT time
from the IN time. Whenever a new OUT or IN time is posted, this value
is updated.
FLIGHT: This field displays the time that aircraft has been airborne
during one flight. The flight time is computed by subtracting the OFF
time from the ON time. Whenever a new OFF or ON time is posted this
value is updated.
Pages 2/3 and 3/3 display the values of the inputs used to determine
the OOOI state and the time of the last change in value. Page 3/3
displays the individual door discretes. The door status on page 2/3
represents the output of the door logic.
Door status is displayed in data field AAAAAA. When one of the
doors is open, then the OPEN indication is displayed, and when all
the doors are closed then the CLOSED indication is displayed.
Slide status is displayed in data field BBBBBB. When the slide is
armed, then ARMED is displayed, and when the slide is not armed, then
UNARMD is displayed.
Parking brake status is displayed in data field CCC. When the
parking brake is set, then the SET indication is displayed, and when
the parking brake is released, then the REL indication is displayed.
Aircraft movement status is displayed in data field EEEEE. When the
aircraft movement is detected, then the MOVE indication is displayed,
and when no aircraft movement is detected, then the STABLE indication
is displayed.
The flight phase is displayed in data field F.
The current OOOI state is displayed in data field GGGGGG, OUT, OFF,
ON, IN, RET IN, INIT, and HOLD.
Each entry has a corresponding time tag.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) on any page will attempt to
print only that page of the ACARS OOOI STATUS screen on the cockpit
printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(3) VHF statistics page

(Ref. Fig. 016)
The ACARS VHF STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 2R
from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions
of the VHF used by the ACARS.
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to
print the ACARS VHF STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
user to the ACARS Main menu.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 23
May 01/05

CES
ACARS VHF STATISTICS Page
Figure 016

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 24
May 01/05

CES
(4) Satellite statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The ACARS SAT STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 3R
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions
of the SATCOM used by the ACARS.
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to
print the ACARS SAT STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
(5) Parameter display page

(Ref. Fig. 018)
The ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY page is accessed by pushing the line key
5R from the ACARS MISC page.
This page allows the user to display the value of any parameter in
the parameter table. The user selects the parameter by entering a
three-digit number, representing the parameter index, into the
scratchpad and pushing line key 1L. If the index entered by the user
is non-numeric (greater than three digits in length) or exists
outside the range of valid table indexes (000-255), the entry is
discarded and the INVALID ENTRY indication is displayed in the
scratchpad. If the index is valid, the contents of the parameter is
displayed on the page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS
PARAMETER DISPLAY page on the cockpit printer.
(6) Maintenance page

(Ref. Fig. 019)
The ACARS MAINTENANCE page is accessed by pushing the line key 6R
The user can get access to other maintenance pages through the
following MCDU line keys:
- 1L: PART NUMBERS prompt on ACARS PART NUMBER page
- 2L: STATUS prompt on ACARS STATUS page
- 3L: TEST prompt on ACARS TEST page
- 4L: COMM prompt on ACARS COMM Status page
- 1R: hidden prompt on ACARS INIT page
- 6R: hidden prompt on ACARS DEBUG page
user to the ACARS MENU page.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 25
May 01/05

CES
ACARS SAT STATISTICS Page
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 26
May 01/05

CES
ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY Page
Figure 018

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 27
May 01/05

CES
ACARS MAINTENANCE Page
Figure 019

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 28
May 01/05

CES
(a) Part number page
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The ACARS PART NUMBER page can be accessed via the ACARS
MAINTENANCE page.
The ACARS PART NUMBER page displays the following data:
- MU P/N: ACARS MU hardware part number
- MU S/N: MU serial number
- CORE SW P/N REV: Core software part number
- APP SW P/N REV: Application software part number
- DB P/N: Data base part number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the
ACARS PART NUMBER page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
(b) ACARS status page

(Ref. Fig. 021)
The ACARS STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
1
_ Error log page
(Ref. Fig. 022)
The ACARS ERROR LOG page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page. The ACARS ERROR LOG page allows access to submenus which
provide detailed information about faults detected by the MU.
Actuation of line key 1L (CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS prompt)
displays the CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS page, on the MCDU. Access to
this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Actuation of line key 2L (CLASS 3 FAULTS prompt) displays the
CLASS 3 FAULTS page on the MCDU.
Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that
category.
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Actuation of line key 3L (GROUND FAULTS prompt) displays the
GROUND FAULTS page on the MCDU. Access to this page is
prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 025)
The data fields adjacent to each prompt indicate the number of
fault entries residing in memory for that category.
ACARS ERROR LOG screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt)
returns the user to the ACARS STATUS page.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 29
May 01/05

CES
ACARS PART NUMBER Page
Figure 020

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 30
May 01/05

CES
ACARS STATUS Page
Figure 021

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 31
May 01/05

CES
ACARS ERROR LOG Page
Figure 022

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 32
May 01/05

CES
ACARS CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page
Figure 023

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 33
May 01/05

CES
ACARS CLASS 3 FAULTS Page
Figure 024

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 34
May 01/05

CES
ACARS GROUND FAULTS Page
Figure 025

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 35
May 01/05

CES
Anomalies given by the CLASS 1 and 2 FAULTS page and those
given by the CLASS 3 FAULTS page are detected and recorded by
the software while the aircraft is in flight.
Anomalies given by the GROUND FAULTS page are detected and
recorded by the software while the aircraft is on the ground.
The operation of all FAULTS pages is the same.
The most recent error is displayed as the first page.
Actuation of the next page function key and down-arrow
function key allows the user to advance to less recent entry
pages.
Data field AAA indicates the relative leg number on which
the fault occurred.
Data field BBBBB indicates the date on which the fault was
detected.
Data field CCCC indicates the UTC at which the fault was
detected.
Data field DDDDDD indicates the ATA number of the faulty
LRU.
Data field E indicates the class of the fault.
Data field FF...F indicates the fault message text.
Data field GG...G indicates the troubleshooting message
text.
Data field HHHH:HHHH: indicates the segment/offset registers
of the software which detected the fault.
Data field I indicates which LRU detected the fault A for
AMP, M for MOP, S for SAP, and * for non-fatal error.
Data field K indicates the number of times that the fault
was detected.
Data field M contains the aircraft registration number.
screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ERROR MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS ERROR LOG menu.
2
_ Received 429 broadcast data page
(Ref. Fig. 026)
The ACARS RCV 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page.
This page allows the user to inspect specific broadcast values
received from other LRUs.
The following information is displayed:
A/C REG number, UTC, DATE.
Data displayed is actual broadcast value.
For example, if UTC data is 124500, then that will be
displayed until a different value is received.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 36
May 01/05

CES
ACARS RCV 429 DATA Page
Figure 026

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 37
May 01/05

CES
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt)
returns the user to ACARS STATUS page.

ACARS RCV 429 DATA page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 4R (SELECT prompt) causes the MU to

display the ACARS SEL 429 RCV page. The purpose of this page
is to allow the user to view the last value received for a 429
broadcast word specified by either the core or the
application.
Line key 1L is used to select the LRU. LRUs that are
installed, from which 429 Broadcast data is processed, are
selectable.
Each time line key 1L is pushed, the MU selects the next LRU
on the list. The LRUs are listed in order of the input channel
they utilize.
Line key 2L is used to enter the 429 label. Any value within
the 1-377 octal range may be entered. If less than 3
characters are entered, then the entered data is
right-justified and zero-filled.
Line key 3L is used to select the value for SDI. Every time
that line key 3L is pushed, the next value from the list is
selected. The order of values in list is:
XX (dont care)
00
01
10
11.
The default value is dont care (XX).
The data of the selected word is displayed on line 10 of the
MCDU display.
3
_ Transmit 429 data page
(Ref. Fig. 027)
The ACARS TX 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page.
The purpose of this page is to display the status of the 429
words broadcast by the MU. The bits of labels 030, 172, 270
and 377 are displayed on this page.
Line key 2L is used to select the 429 word to be displayed.
The initial value is label 172.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 38
May 01/05

CES
ACARS TX 429 DATA Page
Figure 027

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 39
May 01/05

CES
Every time that line key 2L is pushed, the label changes to
the next value in the sequence (030, 172, 270, 377). When
label 377 is displayed and line key 2L is pushed, then label
030 is displayed. Bits 32 to 9 inclusive of the selected label
are displayed on line 9, adjacent to line keys 4L and 4R.
4
_ LRU status page
(Ref. Fig. 028)
The ACARS LRU STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page. The ACARS LRU STATUS page displays the state of the
activity logic for each LRU. The name of each LRU is displayed
in columns 1-10 and its status in columns 12-24. The ACTIVE
indication is displayed for each active LRU and the INACTIVE
indication is displayed for each inactive LRU.
If an LRU is not installed, according to either the aircraft
configuration broadcast words, the Application, database, or
the default LRU configuration specification, then the
corresponding field shows the NOT INSTALLED indication. If an
LRU is installed but no 429 broadcast words are processed, the
NO 429 DATA indication is displayed. If an LRU name is not
supplied, then neither the name or status will be displayed.
Actuation of LSK 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS
LRU STATUS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of LSK 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS STATUS menu.
5
_ Discrete status page
(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)
The ACARS DISCRETE pages are accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page. The status of the ACARS discrete inputs and outputs are
displayed and updated at 1 second intervals.
The character 1 represents an open circuit and the character
0 represents ground on the MCDU page generated by the MU.
(c) Test page

(Ref. Fig. 031)
The ACARS TEST page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
The first page of the ACARS TEST page enables the user to
exercise basic features of the ACARS system. The ACARS TEST 2/2
page enables the user to perform a SOLO word loop back test on
LRUs. Test functions are activated by pushing the following MCDU
keys:

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 40
May 01/05

CES
ACARS LRU STATUS Page
Figure 028

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 41
May 01/05

CES
ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5
Figure 029

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 42
May 01/05

CES
ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5
Figure 030

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 43
May 01/05

CES
ACARS TEST Page
Figure 031

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 44
May 01/05

CES
Page 1
Line key 1L (VHF LINK prompt) - VHF Link Test
Line key 2L (PRINTER prompt) - Printer Interface Test
Line key 3L (COMM AUDIT prompt) - Display Audit screens
Line key 1R (SAT LINK prompt) - Satellite Link Test

Line key 2R (SDU prompt) - SDU Interface Test
Line key 3R (MCDU TEST prompt) - MCDU Screen Test
Line key 5R (RAM TEST prompt) - MU RAM Test
Page 2
Line key 1L (LRU1 designation) - LRU1 Interface Test
Line key 2R (LRU4 designation) - LRU4 Interface Test
Line key 3R (LRU5 designation) - LRU5 Interface Test
The LRU names displayed on the second page are dependent upon
which LRUs are installed.

1
_ VHF link test
The LINK TEST function attempts to downlink a label Q0 message
to the ground network. If there is another downlink message
queued, then its success will be used for purposes of this
test and the Q0 will not be sent. Success of the test is
determined by whether or not the downlink is acknowledged by
the service provider.
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the
status/results of the test, initially displaying the INITIATE
indication.
When the function is first selected, the status changes to
TEST to indicate that the test is active. The asterisk (*)
alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to
initiate the test while the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the downlink is acknowledged by the ground station before
the last message attempt, the status changes to PASS and the
asterisk is shown again. After the last downlink attempt, the
status changes to FAIL and the asterisk is shown again.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to
INITIATE.
2
_ Printer test
The PRINTER TEST function allows to print all characters on
the cockpit printer.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 45
May 01/05

CES
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the
status/results of the test, initially displaying INITIATE
indication.
When the function is first selected, the status changes to
TEST to indicate that the test is active. The asterisk (*)
alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to
initiate the test while the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the message containing the test pattern is determined to be
undeliverable, the status changes to FAIL and the asterisk is
shown again. If the data transfer is successful, the status
changes to PASS and the asterisk disappears.
INITIATE.
3
_ MCDU test
(Ref. Fig. 032)
The MCDU TEST function causes the MU to display the
ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST page.
From this page, the user may select line key 6L (RETURN TO
TEST MENU prompt) to return to the ACARS TEST menu, or select
line key 6R (PRINT prompt) to print the page.
4
_ Satellite link test
The SAT LINK test function is disabled because the SDU is not
installed, so the MU displays the NO SDU indication and the
asterisk is blanked.
5
_ SDU test
The SDU test function is disabled because the SDU is not
installed, so the MU displays the NO SDU indication and the
asterisk is blanked.
6
_ SDU test
The SDU TEST function performs a simple loop back analysis to
evaluate the status of the SDU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key initially
displays INITIATE. When the function is selected, the field
changes to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line key
changes to a blank.
Attempts to initiate the test while a file transfer is in
progress results in the display of the BUSY indication while a
file transfer is in progress, then a return to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field
to PASS and displays the prompt asterisk. Any other results
cause the MU to display the FAIL indication.
INITIATE.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 46
May 01/05

CES
ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page
Figure 032

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 47
May 01/05

CES
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is inactive,
then the MU:
- blanks the asterisk
- displays INACTIVE or INITIATE
- ignores key actuations.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is active,
the MU displays:
- the asterisk
- the INITIATE indication.
7
_ Common audit
(Ref. Fig. 033)
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is
monitored via the ACARS COMM AUDIT page. This page is accessed
via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering

of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label
filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by
the application.
8
_ Common audit
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is
monitored via the ACARS COMM AUDIT page. This page is accessed
via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 1R (SAT AUDIT prompt) toggles satellite channel audit

on and off.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering
of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label
filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by
the application.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 48
May 01/05

CES
ACARS COMM AUDIT Page
Figure 033

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 49
May 01/05

CES
9
_ RAM test
The RAM test performs a simple write/read test over portions
of RAM. All data stored in RAM are saved. If no errors are
detected, then the status field displays the PASS indication
for 5 seconds. If errors are detected, then the status field
displays the FAIL indication for 5 seconds. While the test is
performed, the status field displays the TEST indication.
10
__ LRU X test
The LRU X TEST function, on page 2/2 of the ACARS TEST page,
performs a simple loop back analysis to evaluate the status of
the displayed LRU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key displays
initially the INITIATE indication. Actuation of the function
changes the field to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line
key changes to a blank. Attempts to initiate the test while a
file transfer is in progress results in displaying the BUSY
indication while a file transfer is in progress, then a return
to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field
to PASS and displays the prompt asterisk. Any other result
causes the MU to display the FAIL indication.
INITIATE.
If a LRU specified for file transfer is not installed, then
the MU:
- blanks the star (*)
- displays NO LRU instead of INITIATE
- ignore actions on keys.
If the LRU is the slave FMC, then the MU:

- displays the NO TEST instead of the INITIATE indication.
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU is

inactive, then the MU:
- displays the INACTIVE indication instead of the INITIATE
indication.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU
is active, then the MU displays:
- the star (*)
- the INITIATE indication.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 50
May 01/05

CES
(d) Communication status page
(Ref. Fig. 034)
The ACARS COMM STATUS page is selected by pushing line key 4L on
the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu.
The VHF link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing line
key 1L when allowed by the database. The ACARS MU indicates that
the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt title
SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status cannot
be changed. The default value is enabled for use and is indicated
by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1L causes the VHF link to be
disabled, when allowed by the database, and this is indicated by
displaying <INOP>. Pushing line key again causes the VHF link to
be enabled.
The satellite link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing
line key 1R when allowed by the database. The ACARS MU indicates
that the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt
title SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status
cannot be changed. The default value is enabled for use and is
indicated by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1R causes the
satellite link to be disabled, when allowed by the database and
this is indicated by displaying <INOP>. Pushing line key 1R again
causes the satellite link to be enabled.
The ACARS MU ignores uplinks on an air/ground channel that is set

to INOP.
Data field AAAAAA contains COMM when the VHF communications link
is available and NOCOMM when the link is not available. When the
VHF link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field BBBBB contains DATA when the VHF link is in data mode
and VOICE when the VHF link is in voice mode.
Data field CC displays the number of unsent downlinks in the VHF

queue.
Data field FFFFFF contains COMM when the SAT communications link
is available and NOCOMM when the link is not available. When the
SAT link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field GGGGG contains DATA when the SAT link is in data mode
and VOICE when the SAT link is in voice mode.
Data field DD displays the number of unsent messages in the

router queue.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 51
May 01/05

CES
ACARS COMM STATUS Page
Figure 034

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 52
May 01/05

CES
Data field EE displays the number of unsent messages in the SAT
queue.
(e) ACARS INIT page

(Ref. Fig. 035)
The ACARS INIT page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu.
The ACARS INIT page enables the user to examine and change the
values of some variables. The following line keys have been
defined:
Line key 1L (AIRLINE ID prompt) selects and/or enters airline
identifier source.
Line key 2L (CFDIU PROG prompt) sets CFDIU program bits of label
270 word.
Line key 3L (UTC prompt) selects and/or enters UTC source.
the user to the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu.
1
_ Airline identifier page
(Ref. Fig. 036)
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page is selected from the ACARS INIT
menu.
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page enables the user to select the
source for the two-character airline identifier using the line
keys on the left side of the screen. The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT
page enables the user to select the source for the
three-character airline identifier using the line keys on the
right side of the screen. The values of the selected
two-character airline identifier and the three-character
airline identifier are passed to the application. The default
value used when all other values are invalid is SS.
Line key 1L displays the value of the airline identifier
extracted from the FMGC. The initial value is small white
dashes. When a valid value is received, then it is displayed
(small, green) and can be selected, via line key 4L, as the
source for the value of airline identifier in all ACARS MU
generated messages.
Line key 2L is used to enter a value for the airline
identifier. The initial value is amber boxes. When a valid
value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can
be selected, via line key 4L, as the source for the value of
airline identifier in all ACARS MU generated messages.
Line key 3L is used to display the value of the airline
identifier extracted from the database.
Line key 4L is used to select which source of airline
identifier (FMGC manual or database) should be used. Pushing
line key 4L causes the MU to toggle to the next value and
indicate it with an arrow adjacent to the selected value.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 53
May 01/05

CES
ACARS INIT Page
Figure 035

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 54
May 01/05

CES
ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page
Figure 036

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 55
May 01/05

CES
Line key 1R displays the value of the three-character airline
identifier extracted from the FMGC. The initial value is small
white dashes. Valid values are A to Z for all three
characters. When a valid value is received, then it is
displayed (small, green) and can be selected, via line key 4R,
as the source for the value of three-character airline
identifier.
Line key 2R is used to enter a value for the three-character
airline identifier. The initial value is amber boxes. Valid
values are A to Z for all three-characters. When a valid value
is received, then it is displayed and can be selected, via
line key 4R, as the source for the value of three-character
airline identifier.
Line key 3R is used to display the value of the
three-character airline identifier extracted from the
database.
Line key 4R is used to select which source of three-character
airline identifier (FMGC manual or database) should be used.
Pushing line key 4R causes the MU to toggle to the next value
and indicate it with an arrow adjacent to the selected value.
2
_ CFDIU Program page
(Ref. Fig. 037)
The ACARS CFDIU PROG page is selected via the ACARS INIT page.
This page enables the user to examine and change the setting
of the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
program flag in the label 270 broadcast word transmitted by
the MU. The setting can be changed by pushing the line keys,
this does not change the database. When you energize the
aircraft, then the setting is initialized to the value in the
database.
Line key 1L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for
the CFDIU BIT Data Report Downlink.
the CFDIU Post Flight Report Downlink.
the CFDIU Real Time Failure Report Downlink.
the CFDIU Real Time Warning Report Downlink.
If YES is displayed, then the generation of the report is
enabled. If NO is displayed, then the generation of the report
is disabled. Pushing one of these line keys toggles the value.
3
_ UTC Initialization page
(Ref. Fig. 038)
The ACARS UTC/DATE INIT page is selected via the ACARS INIT
menu.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 56
May 01/05

CES
ACARS CFDIU PROG Page
Figure 037

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 57
May 01/05

CES
ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page
Figure 038

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 58
May 01/05

CES
This page enables the user to examine the UTC value and select
the source of the initialization data.
Line key 1L displays the ACARS UTC.
Line key 2L displays the UTC value from the aircraft clock.
line ley 3L displays the crew-entered value for the UTC.
Line key 4L is pushed to generate an UTC request.
Line key 5L selects which source the MU should use to
initialize its clock.
Line key 5L toggles between A/C, ENTER, and UPLINK. The
selected source is identified by a left arrow.
Line key 1R displays the ACARS DATE.
Line key 2R displays the DATE value from the aircraft clock.
Line key 3R displays the crew-entered value for the DATE.
Line key 4R is pushed to generate a date request.
Line key 5R selects which source the MU should use to
initialize its date.
Line key 5R toggles between A/C, UPLINK, and ENTER. The
selected source is identified by a right arrow.
(f) ACARS DEBUG page

(Ref. Fig. 039)
The ACARS DEBUG page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
It provides a mechanism to view the status of internal processing
and the ability to perform a reset of the MU.
1
_ ACARS VHF DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 040)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page. Data displayed
XX...XX indicates the VHF state machine status.
Data displayed AA indicates number of downlinks queued for
transmission.
2
_ ACARS VHF CAT B page
(Ref. Fig. 041)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed HH:MM:SS indicates time. The time displayed in
the upper right-hand corner is the current time. Data XX
represents station ID letter.
Data displayed X0 indicate selected station.
Data displayed X1-X7 indicate active stations in the table
stored by the first time from most recent (X1) to Xn.
3
_ ACARS MEMORY DUMP page
(Ref. Fig. 042)
Data displayed SSSS represent the segment.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 59
May 01/05

CES
ACARS DEBUG Page
Figure 039

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 60
May 01/05

CES
ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2
Figure 040

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 61
May 01/05

CES
ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2
Figure 041

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 62
May 01/05

CES
ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page
Figure 042

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 63
May 01/05

CES
Data displayed AAAA represent the offset from the segment.
Data displayed HO-H7 represent binary data read from memory
displayed in Hex ASCII or ASCII.
Line key actions:
1L - Enter address and data from sratchpad: Entered data is in
the form: segment(.offset)(/data)...
All information is entered in hexadecimal form. If no offset
is entered, then the segment data is considered as a real
address which will be converted to segment and offset for
display purposes.
2L - Increase memory address by 1.
2R - Decrease memory address by 1.
5L - Toggle prompt displayed FREEZE and LIVE. When
FREEZE is selected, the memory displayed will not be
updated. When LIVE is selected, the memory data displayed
will be updated periodically.
5R - Toggle prompt displayed between ASCII and HEX. When
ASCII is selected, the memory dump will be displayed in
Hexadecimal ASCII.
6L - Return to Debug Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
4
_ ACARS PRINTER DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 043)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
The Printer state machine debug codes are displayed on this
page.
5
_ ACARS MCDU DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 044)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
The MCDU state machine debug codes are displayed on this page.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 64
May 01/05

CES
ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page
Figure 043

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 65
May 01/05

CES
ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page
Figure 044

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 66
May 01/05

CES
6
_ ACARS SDU DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 045, 046)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
6R - Print screen page.
7
_ ACARS File Transfer LRU debug pages
(Ref. Fig. 047)
The following screen format is used for each of the file
transfer LRUs to display debug information.
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Link Layer Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS Debug Menu.
6R - Print screen page.
Data displayed A indicate the name of LRU.
Data displayed B indicate the file transfer protocol
(CHARACTER or WILLIAMSBURG).
Data displayed X indicate a Master/Slaves status. M
indicates Master FMGC, S indicates slave FMGC.
Data displayed Y indicate the LRU state machine status.
Data displayed Z indicate the message processing uplink state
machine status.
Data displayed W indicate the message processing downlink
state machine status.
8
_ ACARS BUILD VERSIONS page
(Ref. Fig. 048)
Actuation of line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS DEBUG
menu page.
Actuation of line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed AA...AA indicate the database build version
number.
Data displayed BB...BB indicate the application software build
version number.
Data displayed CC...CC indicate the AMP core software build
version number.
Data displayed DD...DD indicate the MOP core software build
version number.
Data displayed EE...EE indicate the SAP core software build
version number.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 67
May 01/05

CES
ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2
Figure 045

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 68
May 01/05

CES
ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2
Figure 046

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 69
May 01/05

CES
ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page
Figure 047

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 70
May 01/05

CES
ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page
Figure 048

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-26-00

Page 71
May 01/05

CES
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
R 1. _______
General
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
R The function of the SATCOM system is the reception and processing of signals
R via satellites providing aeronautical services in the L-Band (1525-1660.5
R MHz).
R The Aero-I SATCOM system (conformed to ARINC 761) uses an intermediate gain
R terminal, exploiting the higher power of the Inmarsat 3 satellite. Aero-I
R allows the aircraft flying within spot beam coverage to transmit and receive
R multichannel voice, fax and circuit mode data services. Packet mode data
R services and emergency calls are available world-wide in the global beam.
R 2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105RV1 SDU 80VU 120 811 23-28-00
116RV1 ANTENNA 200 23-28-00
R 3. System
__________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
R
R A. SATCOM System
R The Satellite Data Unit (SDU) is the interface to all other aircraft
R systems, including the ACARS system. It contains all data processing
R functions, as well as the modems, channel tuning synthesizers, Hight
R Stability Reference Oscillator, to/from IF to/from L-band conversion and
R Hight Power Amplifier (HPA). The SDU also contains a voice CODEC, modem,
R and synthesizer pair for each the voice channels installed.
R B. Intermediate Gain Antenna

R The intermediate Gain Antenna (IGA) consists of a 6dBi gain (nominal)
R electronically steered directional antenna plus an internal LNA/Diplexer.
R 4. Power
____________
Supply
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
R The SDU is supplied with 115VAC from the main 115VAC Bus 2 bar (via the
R sub-busbar 101XP-C).
R The SDU is supplied through this circuit breaker:
R - 102RV

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 1
Aug 01/05

CES
R General SATCOM System Architecture
R Figure 001

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 2
Aug 01/05

CES
R Satellite Coverage
R Figure 002

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 3
Aug 01/05

CES
R SATCOM - Component Location
R Figure 003

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 4
Aug 01/05

CES
R SATCOM - General Architecture
R Figure 004

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 5
Aug 01/05

CES
R SATCOM - Internal Architecture
R Figure 005

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 6
Aug 01/05

CES
R SATCOM - Power Supply
R Figure 006

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 7
Aug 01/05

CES
5. Interface
_________
The architecture of the SATCOM interface is shown in figure
**ON A/C 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
The SDU is linked to:

- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) (Ref. 31-32)
- the Landing Gear Control and Interface Units 1 and 2 (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31)
- the data loader (Ref. 31-38)
- the Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) (Ref. 34-12)
- the Cabin Telecommunications Unit (Ref. 23-35-00)
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Units 1, 2 and 3 (MCDU) (Ref. 22-82)
- the Flight Warning Computers 1 and 2 (FWC) (Ref. 31-50)
- the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (Ref. 23-50)
- the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) (Ref. 46-21)
A. ATSU-SDU Interface
An ARINC 429 data bus provides communications between the SDU and the
ATSU. There are two basic types of communications conducted over these
circuits.
The first type is the transfer of messages exchanged with the terrestrial
ends of the system.
The second type is the system and maintenance data request and response
messages used for command and control. Messages are identifiable when
transferred through the use of the GFI field in the file transfer
protocol.
The SDU and the ATSU monitor each others status by exchanging label 270
status words once per second.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 8
Nov 01/08

CES
SATCOM - Interface
Figure 007

R

EFF :

401-403, 23-28-00

Page 9
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - Interface
Figure 007A

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 10
Nov 01/08

CES
B. ADIRU-SDU Interface
For antenna control steering and computed doppler correction, the

following ARINC 429 octal labels are transmitted from the ADIRU to the
SDU:
310 Present position - Latitude
311 Present position - Longitude
312 Ground speed
314 True heading
324 Pitch angle
325 Roll angle
361 Inertial altitude
C. Cabin Communications System-SDU Interface

A digital CEPT E1 interface is used between the SDU and the cabin system.
The Cabin Communications System (CCS), in conjunction with the Satellite
provides cabin services such as telephone, facsimile, and other
communication interfaces.
The Cabin Communications Unit (CCU) performs onboard Private Automatic
Branch Exchange (PABX) telephony functions that enable the
cabin/passenger telecommunications equipment to make the best use of
resources provided by the SATCOM.
D. Data Loader-SDU Interface
An ARINC 429 bus is used to download the data of the Owner Requirement
Table (ORT) into the SDU.
E. LGCIU-SDU Interface
The LGCIUs transmit air/ground information discrete outputs to the SDU.
F. CFDS-SDU Interface
This avionics package includes the AIRBUS BITE function.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 11
May 01/07
R
CES
**ON A/C 401-403,
G. MCDU-SDU Interface
(1) SATCOM MAIN MENU page

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The SATCOM MAIN MENU page contains only the SATCOM STATUS prompt. It
provides access to lower level pages
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 401-403,
G. MCDU-SDU Interface
(1) SATCOM MAIN MENU page

(Ref. Fig. 008A)
The SATCOM MAIN MENU page is used to display call status information
and to provide access to lower level pages. If Voice 1 or Voice 2 is
not available then the corresponding prompts are blanked. If neither
Voice 1 nor Voice 2 is available then this page contains only the
SATCOM STATUS prompt.
(a) For air-to-ground calls

The phone number mnemonic is displayed adjacent to line key 2L or
4L. It is displayed in large font when a call is established
(ANSWERED state), and in small font when the audio line is not
currently in use or the call is not established (not in the
ANSWERED state). The mnemonic of the selected phone number is
displayed unless it is a manual dial, in which case the manual
dialed number is displayed.
(b) For ground-to-air calls

GRND-AIR CALL is displayed for the phone number mnemonic in large
font when the state indicates the call has been established (GND
INIT CALL state), otherwise the phone number mnemonic is
displayed in small font (call has not been established). The
priority of the call is displayed instead of the call status
information. The text to be displayed matches the name of the
DIRECTORY category that is associated with this call priority.
This text is selectable via the ORT.
(c) The MANUAL DIAL> prompt provides access to the SATCOM MANUAL DIAL
page. This prompt is always available.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 12
Nov 01/08

CES
SATCOM MAIN MENU Page
Figure 008

R

EFF :

401-403, 23-28-00

Page 13
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM MAIN MENU Page
Figure 008A

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 14
Nov 01/08

CES
(d) The <STATUS prompt provides access to the STATUS page, which
contains <BITE, LOG> and CONFIGuration information.
(e) The DIRECTORY> prompt provides access to the SATCOM DIRECTORY

page.
**ON A/C 401-499,
(2) STATUS page
**ON A/C 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(a) Present SATCOM System BITE status is displayed adjacent to line

key 1L. This line displays:
<BITE OK (using PAGE SELECT color type) if all SATCOM LRUs pass
BITE and are active on the bus and all installed channel modules
are functional; or
<BITE OK* (using PAGE SELECT color type) if all SATCOM LRUs pass
BITE and are active, but not all installed channel modules are
functional; or
<BITE FAIL (using the FAULT ANNUNCIATION color type) if one or
more LRUs reports a fault or inactivity on the bus.
Only LRUs which are indicated as being installed by the rear
connector pins of the SDU are monitored. Selection of line key 1L
displays the SATCOM BITE STATUS 1/3 page.
(b) Selection of line key 1R displays the SATCOM LOG page.
(c) Selection of line key 2L displays the SATCOM CONFIG page.
(d) Selection of line key 3R determines whether new air-to-ground

calls are accepted from the CTU. Calls already in progress are
not affected. Selecting line key 3R alternates display between
ENABLED* or DISABLED*. The default at power-up is ENABLED*. This
prompt (and the title cabin calls) is not displayed if strapping
indicates no CTU is installed or if the ORT option CEPT ENABLE*
is set to disabled.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 15
Nov 01/08

CES
SATCOM - Status
Figure 009

R

EFF :

401-403, 23-28-00

Page 16
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - Status
Figure 009A

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 17
Nov 01/08

CES
(e) Selection of line key 6L when the letters XXXX are in the
scratchpad results in display of the SATCOM TEST page.
(3) SATCOM BITE STATUS pages

The three SATCOM BITE STATUS pages provide indication of fault status
of SATCOM LRUs. Fault Status is determined according to the criteria
for the Fault Summary words to the CFDS.
(a) SATCOM BITE STATUS 1/3 page

(Ref. Fig. 010)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| SATCOM LRUs | LRU report line key | STATUS REPORTED AS: |
| | (adjacent to and below) | |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| System Buses | 1R | OK or INACTIVE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| SRT (SDU) | 1L | OK or FAULT |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| IGA LNA | 3R | OK, FAULT or NONE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| Top/Port BSU | 4L | OK, FAULT, TEST, INACTIVE |
| (left) | | NO DATA OR NONE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| Top/Port LNA | 4R | OK, FAULT or NONE |
| (left) | | |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| Top/Left HGA | 5R | OK, FAULT or NONE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| IGA | 5L | OK, FAULT, INACTIVE, NONE |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Selection of the next page function displays the SATCOM BITE

STATUS 2/3 page.
1
_ SATCOM SYS BUS pages
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two SATCOM SYS BUS pages provide indication of the bus
activity status of LRUs peripheral to the SATCOM system. Bus
activities are indicated as OK, INACTIVE, or NONE. OK vs.
INACTIVE is determined according to the criteria used for the
Fault Summary words to the CFDS.
NONE is shown when the rear connector strapping options
indicate a unit is not installed.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 18
May 01/07
R
CES
SATCOM BITE STATUS 1/3 Page
Figure 010

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 19
May 01/07
R
CES
SATCOM SYS BUS Pages
Figure 011

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 20
May 01/07
R
CES
a
_ SATCOM SYS BUS 1/2 page
IRS bus status is declared as OK, NO DATA, INACTIVE or
NONE.
- OK is indicated if all required IRS data are present on
the bus with SSM at NORMAL.
- INACTIVE is indicated according to the requirements for
bus activity words to the CFDS.
- NO DATA is indicated if the bus is considered active but
not all required data are present with SSM at NORMAL.
CMU 1 and CMU 2 bus status is displayed as NONE, OK,
INACTIVE or LOOP FAIL.
- OK vs. INACTIVE is determined according to the criteria
used for the summary words to the CFDS.
- LOOP FAIL is displayed only when all of the following
conditions are true.
- This SDU is installed in a dual SATCOM configuration (per
rear strapping).
- The CMU to SDU bus status is OK.
SDUXTALK displays OK or INACTIVE based on bus activity, if
the SDU is part of dual SATCOM system. If not installed in
a dual system, NONE is displayed.
Selection of next page function key on the MCDU displays
the SATCOM SYS BUS 2/2 page.
Selection of 6L returns display to the SATCOM BITE STATUS
1/3 page.
b
_ SATCOM SYS BUS 2/2 page
AC ID indicates NO DATA if no aircraft identifier has been
received.
FMC 1 and FMC 2 always display NONE as this interface is
not yet supported.
The CPDF activity shown between 2L and 3L indicates OK only
if the information labels sent by the SDU are received by
the CPDF.
(b) SATCOM BITE STATUS 2/3 page

(Ref. Fig. 012)
Status of the Starboard (STBD) LNA is displayed adjacent to and
below line key 1R. Status is reported as either OK, FAULT or
NONE.
Status of the Starboard BSU is displayed adjacent to and below
line key 1L. Status is reported as OK, FAULT, TEST, INACTIVE, NO
DATA or NONE.
Status of the Starboard HGA is displayed adjacent to and below
line key 2R. Status is reported as either OK, FAULT or NONE.
Status is reported via the STBD BSU.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 21
May 01/07
R
CES
Figure 012

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 22
May 01/07
R
CES
The status of the Rear Connector configuration parity is
displayed adjacent to and below line key 3L. If parity of pins is
odd then OK is reported, otherwise FAULT is displayed.
Status of the High Power Relay is displayed adjacent to and below
line key 3R. Status is reported as either OK, FAULT or NONE.
Status of ICAO address is displayed adjacent to and below line
key 4L. Status is displayed as INVALID or OK.
Channel Module status is indicated adjacent to and below line key
4R. Selection of line key 4R displays the SATCOM H/W CONFIG page.
The line below line key 4R displays the number of functional
channel modules and the total number of installed modules.
The currently selected antenna subsystem is displayed adjacent to
and below line key 5R. Possible selections displayed are: IGA,
STBD HGA, T/P HGA and NONE. NONE is displayed if AES cannot be
made operational with either antenna. This could be the result of
a detected failure, or of configuration straps that are wired to
indicate an illogical combination of available antennas and
supported services.
Selection of line key 6L returns display to the SATCOM TITLE
page.
Selection of the up arrow key on the MCDU displays the SATCOM
BITE STATUS 1/3 page.
(c) SATCOM BITE STATUS 3/3 page

(Ref. Fig. 013)
Status of the data loaded ORT is reported adjacent to and beneath
line key 1L. Valid status messages include:
- Default : No ORT loaded. Default values are used.
- OK : ORT is valid.
- Invalid : ORT must be reloaded.
Status of the SECURE ORT is reported adjacent to and below line
key 2L. Valid status messages include NONE, OK and VALID.
Selection of line key 6L returns display to the SATCOM MAIN MENU
page.
Selection of the up arrow key on the MCDU displays the SATCOM
BITE STATUS 2/3 page.
(4) SATCOM CONFIG page

(Ref. Fig. 014)
This page provides system configuration information for the SDU.
(a) Equipment type is displayed adjacent to and above line key 1L.
(b) Selection of line key 1L results in the SECURE ORT page being
displayed. Note that this prompt is only available when a SECURE
ORT that has at least one secured parameter has been dataloaded
into the unit.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 23
May 01/07
R
CES
Figure 013

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 24
May 01/07
R
CES
SATCOM CONFIG Page
Figure 014

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 25
May 01/07
R
CES
(c) Selection of line key 1R results in the SATCOM H/W CONFIG page
being displayed.
(d) Part Numbers for SDU software are displayed adjacent to and below
line key 2L.
(e) Part Numbers for SDU Owner Requirement Table are displayed
adjacent to and below line key 3L. If the Protection Level
applied to any of the four data-loadable Owner Requirement Table
records is set to Protected/Modifiable and data in any
Protected/Modifiable table has been modified, the word MOD is
displayed adjacent to the 12-digit Part Number. The second Part
Number is a 15 alphanumeric digit free text field. Both Part
Number fields are user-definable and may be defined when
generating the dataloadable ORT disk.
(f) Aircraft ID is displayed adjacent to line key 4L. A PIN

indication following the aircraft ID indicates it is decoded from
the configuration pins. A XTALK indication shows the data is
extracted from the crosstalk bus.
A BUS indication shows the data is extracted from the 429 ACID
bus. If the ACID bus is selected as the source and data has not
been received, then dashes are displayed.
(g) The Protected Level Code and the entry boxes are only available
during In-Flight mode and only when the SDU is not Logged On.
(5) SATCOM LOG page

(Ref. Fig. 015)
The SATCOM LOG page provides display of AES log-on and control of
log-on.
Owner preference and owner requirement tables are accessed via the
SATCOM- MAINT menu display. This page may be entered from the MAIN
MENU page or from any other page when the active advisory LOG-ON >
is displayed.
This page provides selection and control of the log-on process.
Sat ID and GES ID and the Log-On select can be entered when in user
commanded (manual) log-on mode and in the WAIT USER INPUT state. The
log-on status is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The following
status messages are displayed, under the conditions described.
WARMING:
This status is shown under any of the following conditions:
- the SDU is initializing data following a power cycle,
- or the HSR status of the RFU is in the warm-up state,
- or the BSU is reporting self-test.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 26
May 01/07
R
CES
SATCOM LOG Page
Figure 015

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 27
May 01/07
R
CES
AES ID NOT READY This status is shown if the AES is awaiting a valid
Aircraft ID.
WAIT USER INPUT This status is shown while the AES is awaiting input from
the user and is shown in conjunction with the WAITING
inactive advisory. The WAIT USER INPUT state is entered
under any of the following conditions:
- if at power-up the log-on policy in the owner preference
table is USER COMMANDED or
- if a user commanded log-on has failed for any reason or
- if the AES receives a log-on reject due to a permanent
unavailability or
- if the user has selected LOG OFF* or ABORT*.
When in this state, the Satellite ID and, GES ID options
are user enterable. AUTO LOG-ON* is displayed adjacent
to line key 5R. MANUAL* is displayed adjacent to line key
6R. The user may manually select a Satellite/GES for a
manual log-on or may select AUTO LOG-ON* (5R) which causes
the AES to select a GES according to preferences entered in
the GES preference table.
SELECTING SAT This status is shown while the AES selects a Satellite.
TUNING TO SAT This status is shown while the AES tunes to and scans
reception from the selected satellite.
SELECTING GES This status is shown while the AES selects a GES.
TUNING TO GES This status is shown after the selected satellite has
been proven acceptable and while the AES tunes to the
selected GES.
SPOT BEAM SEARCH This status is shown while the SDU is determining the
optimal spot beam for use during log-on.
SPOT BEAM NOT AVAIL This status is shown if the GES does not support spot
beam operation either because it is not transmitting
a spot beam map or the GES capabilities broadcast SU
indicates that the GES does not support spot beam voice
operation.
GES NOT AVAIL This status is shown if the AES is in User-Commanded

mode and the user selected GES is not referenced in
the GES Data Table.
SAT NOT AVAIL This status is shown if the AES is in User-Commanded

mode and the user selected Satellite cannot be

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 28
May 01/07
R
CES
received.
UPDATING TABLE This status is shown while the AES is updating system
tables.
REQUESTING LOG-ON This status is shown after the AES has selected a GES
and sent a log-on request. The AES is waiting for a
Log-on Confirm (plus any optional P/R/T-channel Control
SUs) from the GES.
WAITING ACK This status is shown after the AES has received the
Log-on Confirm (plus any optional P/R/T-channel Control
SUs), and has sent a Log-on Acknowledge to the GES. The
AES is waiting for a Log-on Acknowledge from the GES.
LOGGED ON This status is shown after the AES has successfully

logged onto a GES. While in the LOGGED ON state, the
LOG -OFF* action is available.
LOGGING OFF This status is shown after the AES has begun the
log-off process and before going to the WAIT USER
INPUT state.
REJECT-TEMPORARY These statuses are shown to indicate the cause of a

REJECT-PERMANENT rejected log-on attempt. If the attempt was to a
REJECT-INV PARAM manually selected GES, the AES goes to the WAIT USER
INPUT state and continually displays the cause. If
the attempt was to an automatically selected GES, and
the type of reject is permanent, the log-on process
continues with the next selected GES and the Failed GES
will not be attempted again for 1 hour. If the reject
type was temporary or invalid Parameters, the GES may
be tried again on ensuing log-on attempts.
LOG-ON FAILED This status is shown if log-on to a user selected

Satellite/GES has failed and there is no cause code
available for display. (e.g. failure is due to signal
loss).
INVALID CLASS This status is shown if current conditions do not

allow any log-on class to be utilized.
(a) Available user actions for the log-on process are displayed
adjacent to line key 6R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 29
May 01/07
R
CES
ABORT* This action is displayed adjacent to line key 6R during
the search portions of log-on. This action is displayed
using the ACTION color type. Selection of line key 6R while
ABORT* is displayed results in the AES aborting the search.
The AES goes to the WAIT USER INPUT state.
LOG-OFF* This action is possible from the REQUESTING LOG-ON

WAITING ACK OR LOGGED ON state and is displayed
adjacent to line key 6R. This action is displayed using the
ACTION color type. Selection of line key 6R while LOG-OFF*
is displayed causes the AES to go to the WAIT
USER INPUT state. If the AES is in the LOGGED ON
state at time of selection, the AES performs a
log-off to the GES.
MANUAL* This action is displayed while the SDU is in the WAIT

USER INPUT state. Selection of line key 6R in this state
initiates a manual log-on using the displayed SAT ID,
GES ID and antenna selection control.
(b) Log-on mode is displayed adjacent to line key 5R except when the
log-on status is WAIT USER INPUT. Mode is displayed as either
AUTO or USER COMMANDED. Log-on mode is initialized per the owner
preference table. When Log-on mode is AUTO, the AES selects the
most preferred Satellite/GES per the GES preference table.
When the Log-on status is WAIT USER INPUT, AUTO LOG-ON* is
displayed using the MANDATORY ACTION color type adjacent to line
key 5R. See description of WAIT USER INPUT state above.
(c) Satellite ID as currently locked onto or being scanned by the

SDU, are displayed adjacent to line key 3R. The satellite ID is
displayed as the name of the region as listed below. While in the
WAIT USER INPUT state a : prompt is displayed and selecting line
key 3R cycles through the available satellite regions. This also
causes the GES displayed next to line key 4R to be set to the
first GES available in that satellite region. Selecting line key
6R (MANUAL*) initiates a manual log-on to the specified Satellite
and GES. When in any other state, these numbers are displayed
without the : prompt and are not available for user entry.
00 - Atlantic West
01 - Atlantic East
02 - Pacific
03 - Indian

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 30
May 01/07
R
CES
(d) GES ID as currently locked onto or being scanned by the SDU, are
displayed adjacent to line key 4R. The GES ID is displayed using
the textual labels listed below, or represented in octal, range
00-376 is not listed in the table. While the AES is in the TUNING
TO SAT portion of the log-on process, the GES ID is displayed as
dashes. While in the WAIT USER INPUT state a : prompt is
displayed and selecting line key 4R cycles through the available
GES IDs within the selected satellite region. Selecting line key
6R (START MANUAL) initiates a manual log-on to the specified
Satellite and GES. When in any other state, these numbers are
displayed without the : prompt and are not available for user
entry.
Atlantic West:
001 - Goonhilly
002 - Southbury
003 - Laurentides
004 - Eik
005 - Aussaguel
Atlantic East:
101 - Goonhilly
103 - Aussaguel
104 - Eik
105 - Fucino
Pacific:
201 - Sentosa
202 - Santa Paula
203 - Yamaguchi
205 - Perth
206 - Niles Canyon
207 - Brunei
210 - Kumsan
Indian:
301 - Eik
302 - Nunthaburi
303 - Aussaguel
305 - Perth
306 - Yamaguchi
307 - Brunei
310 - Sentosa
312 - Fucino

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 31
May 01/07
R
CES
(e) Channel number locked onto, or being scanned by the SDU is
displayed adjacent to line key 1R. The channel number is a
decimal representation, range 8000-19600. This item is not
displayed while in the WAIT USER INPUT state. If no valid
information is being received, the data field is zero.
(f) Doppler correction in HZ is displayed adjacent to line key 3L.

This item is not displayed while in the WAIT USER INPUT state.
(g) Signal Quality is displayed adjacent to and below line key 2L.
The display range is 00.0 to 99.9, with typical values being in
the range of 10.0 to 60.0. If no P-channel is being received,
this field displays 00.0. This item is not displayed while in the
WAIT USER INPUT state.
(h) The Beam ID number is a decimal representation, range 0 - 63 as

displayed adjacent to line key 2L. This item is not displayed
while in the WAIT USER INPUT state.
(i) The number of signal units in error within a 3 minute sliding

window of approximately 60k received bits and the number of raw
bit errors is displayed adjacent to line key 5L. The raw bit
error number is the same as that presented in the BIT Error Rate
429 word. This (these) item(s) is (are) not displayed while in
the WAIT USER INPUT state.
NOTE : The active advisory LOG-ON> appears adjacent to line key

____
6R when the log-on status is WAIT USER INPUT and the MCDU
is displaying another page. Selection of line key 6R in
those cases displays the SATCOM LOG ON MENU.
(j) Selection of line key 6L returns the MCDU to display the page
shown previous to entering the Log-on page.
(6) SATCOM CABIN DISABLE page

(Ref. Fig. 016)
This page is displayed upon selection of the Cabin Calls ENABLED
prompt in order to disable cabin calls. Selecting CONFIRM* results in
any calls being terminated. New telephone calls are not accepted.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 32
May 01/07
R
CES
SATCOM CABIN DISABLE Page
Figure 016

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 33
May 01/07
R
CES
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 401-403,
(7) SATCOM MANUAL DIAL page

(Ref. Fig. 017)
The SATCOM MANUAL DIAL page provides the capability for a phone
number to be entered from the scratchpad and then selected for use on
one of the cockpit audio line.
(a) The phone number is entered (up to 20 characters including any

combination of numbers and non alpha (A-Z) characters) in the
scratchpad.
The ORT option scratchpad number entry controls whether or not
phone numbers geater than 6 digits can be manually dialed.
(b) Selection of line key 2L when a phone number is in the scratchpad

displays the phone number between the brackets on the 2L line
(row 5) (only the first 16 characters of the phone number are
displayed).
(c) The currently selected cockpit audio channel is displayed next to

line key 4L.
To override the default value, enter the non-default (leading
blank characters (spaces) are removed) in the scratchpad and then
press line key 4L. To return to the default value, press the CLR
function key when the scratchpad is empty and then press line key
4L. If the currently selected cockpit audio channel matches the
default value then it is displayed in small font. Otherwise, it
is displayed in large font.
(d) The Priority is set to NON-SAFETY at power up and on each

landing. The Priority is changed by up/down arrow key (keyboard)
selection.
(8) SATCOM DIRECTORY page

(Ref. Fig. 018)
(a) This SATCOM DIRECTORY page is displayed when line key 6R is

selected from the MAIN MENU.
(b) This page provides access to four phone number lists where some
phone numbers have been memorized, according to their priority.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 34
Nov 01/08

CES
SATCOM MANUAL DIAL Page
Figure 017

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 35
Nov 01/08

CES
SATCOM DIRECTORY Page
Figure 018

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 36
Nov 01/08

CES
R - EMERGENCY : priority 1 calls reserved for emergency
R and distress phone number.
R - SAFETY : priority 2 calls reserved for regulatory
R and flight safety phone numbers.
R - NON-SAFETY: priority 3 calls reserved for non
R flight safety phone numbers.
R - PUBLIC : priority 4 calls reserved for public
R phone numbers.
R (c) The names shown are default names. These may be changed via the
R ORT or via the DIRECTORY INDEX MODIFY page in maintenance mode.
R The text selected for the category names is also used to display
R the call priority information on the MANUAL DIAL page and on the
R SATCOM MAIN MENU page (for GRND-AIR CALLS).
R (d) Selection of line keys 1L, 2L, 3L, 4L, causes the display to go
R to the first Category Numbers page (section 8.8.5) that contains
R phone numbers associated with the desired call priority.
R (e) Selection of <RETURN returns the display to the SATCOM MAIN MENU
R page.
R **ON A/C 401-499,
6. _____________________
A. Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
(1) Description
The SDU conforms to ARINC 600 Specification. Its case size is 8MCU.
(a) SDU face

R (Ref. Fig. 019)
There is a TEST pushbutton and six LED annunciators on the front
face of the SDU:
- a red SDU FAULT
- a red ANT FAULT
- an amber CHANNEL MODULE
- a green CTU AVAILABLE
- a green LOG ON STATUS
- a green SELF TEST PASS

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 37
May 01/07

CES
Satellite Data Unit
R Figure 019

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 38
May 01/07

CES
(b) SDU back
R (Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022, 023)
The back comprises a size-two connector including three plugs to

enable:
- connection with peripheral circuits (Top Plug-TP and Middle
Plug-MP)
- connection with power supply circuits and antenna (Bottom
Plug-BP).
Index pin code 06 is used.
(2) Characteristics
The SDU complies with the standards defined in ARINC 761.

Weight : 12.8 Kg (28.1 lbs).
Size : 8 MCU
Power requirement : 115VAC, 400 Hz or 28VDC
Power dissipation : 350 Watts maximum
Operating temperatures : -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) to +70 deg.C
(+158.00 deg.F)
Operating altitudes : to 55,000 ft. (16763.69 m)
(3) General operation
The SDU is the heart of the SATCOM system. It interfaces with other
onboard avionics such as the aircraft navigation system (ADIRU1,
ADIRU2) which provides attitude and position information for antenna
pointing purposes and ACARS for data link. It performs most of the
data-handling, protocol, modulation/coding and demodulation/decoding
functions of the Aircraft Earth Station (AES). It uses a wired
aircraft SATCOM address.
B. Antenna
(1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 024)
The intermediate gain antenna is top-mounted with an adapter plate on

fuselage of aircraft.
(a) Antenna connection

The antenna is equipped with three connectors from the SDU.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 39
May 01/07

CES
SDU - Back
R Figure 020

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 40
May 01/07

CES
SDU - Pin Assignment - Top Plug
R Figure 021

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 41
May 01/07

CES
SDU - Pin Assignment - Middle Plug
R Figure 022

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 42
May 01/07

CES
SDU - Pin Assignment - Bottom Plug
R Figure 023

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 43
May 01/07

CES
Intermediate Gain Antenna - Top
R Figure 024

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 44
May 01/07

CES
(2) Characteristics
Weight : 10.9 Kg (24.00 lbs).

Operating altitude: up to 50,000 ft. (15239.72 m)
Temperature range: -55 deg.C (-67.00 deg.F) to 70 deg.C (158.00
deg.F).
Receive band: 1530 - 1559 MHz
Transmit band: 1626.5 - 1660.5 MHz
Antenna gain: 6 dBic.
(3) General operation
The intermediate gain antenna is an electronically steerable phased

array. Simultaneous transmission and reception of satellite signals
(full duplex operation) provides two bands of operation: receive (Rx)
band, and transmit (Tx) band.
Beam steering of the antenna is performed via serial transmission of
phase shifter data and RF signals from the SDU and reception.
The intermediate gain antenna provides +6 dBic nominal gain with near
hemispherical coverage.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. System Applications
(1) Data communication services
Cockpit data through SATCOM is an extension of the ATSU

functionality. Communications using SATCOM rather than VHF3 are
automatically selected when VHF3 is not available.
Previously formatted data for SATCOM is transmitted to the ATSU in a
series of short bursts or packets.
(2) Voice communication services

Two channels are dedicated to the cabin (phone or fax).
The airborne telephone cabin system provides civil airline passengers
with a direct dial call facility via the international public
switched telephone network. The system provides voice services in
digital form through the use of voice coding devices called codecs.
The codec transmission rate currently used is 9.6 kilobits per
second.
As the cockpit has priority over the cabin services, the two channels
can be switched from the cabin to the cockpit for flight crew cockpit
voice use.
The cockpit voice interface is controlled by the Audio Control Panels
(ACP) for the call number selection and by the Flight Warning

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 45
May 01/07
R
CES
Computer (FWC) for the display of the associated SATCOM
memo/cautions.
(1) RF channel configuration
A set of four RF transmission channels is needed to accommodate the

full range of voice and data services. Any given channel can pass
information in one direction only. Therefore, for simultaneous
two-way communications (Full-Duplex operation), a pair of channels is
assigned. A basic description of the four basic channel types is
given below:
- P-Channel (Packet-mode channel):

A time-division multiplexed channel is used for ground-to-air
signalling, control and data communications. There are two types of
P-Channel: Psmc (system management and control) and Pd (data).
A Psmc-Channel is continuously broadcast by each GES to inform
users of system status and configuration. It also carries the time
and frequency information needed by AESs wishing to log on to the
system. Because of its importance for system integrity, the
Psmc-Channel has the most robust transmission link design of all
the channels.
Pd-Channels are used for signalling and to carry ground-to-air data
messages. The system has been designed to support a number of
Pd-Channels in anticipation of continuous traffic growth.
Both types of channels, Psmc and Pd, may be combined on a single
physical P-Channel.
- R-Channel (Random access channel):

The R-Channel is used for air-to-ground signalling and data
communications. As in the case of the P-Channel, there are two
types of R-Channel: Rsmc and Rd.
The Rsmc-Channel is used for system signalling functions such as
log-on and call requests. The Rd-Channel is used for short duration
data transmissions. Again, the system has been designed to support
a number of Rd-Channels.
- C-Channel (Circuit-mode channel):

The C-Channel is used to provide full-duplex voice or data
communications. Because any given channel can pass traffic in only
one direction, C-Channels are assigned in pairs, one for the uplink
(ground-to-air) and one for the downlink (air-to-ground). The
C-Channel is capable of passing digitized voice at 9.6 kilobits per
second (or less) or data at 10.5 kilobits per second (or less).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 46
May 01/07
R
CES
C-Channels also contain a sub-band data channel which is
time-multiplexed with the voice. This sub-band channel operates at
approximately 200 bits per second and carries system control and
signalling information as well as user data.
- T-Channel (Time division multiple-access channel):

The T-Channel is the air-to-ground data communication channel used
for the transmission of longer messages (unlike the R-Channel which
is used for short messages). The GES selects a T-Channel and,
working on the first come, first served basis, reserves time slots
on it as soon as an AES makes a call attempt. The AES then
transmits in its reserved time slots.
(2) System operation
(a) Log-on procedure
Log-on is initiated by the SDU after selection of the log on

command on the MCDU SATCOM Menu (Ref. para. MCDU-SDU interface).
The unit is programmed with two data tables. One called the owner
requirement table (ORT), contains information on all GESs in
each satellite region and the order of preference in which they
are to be selected. The second table, called the system table,
contains system management and control information including all
GES Psmc and Rsmc Channel frequencies, GES identifications and
satellite positions. Each system table also has a version number
assigned to it.
The SDU is also programmed with a technical address which is the
telephone number of the AES.
When Log-on begins, the SDU receives position and orientation
information from the aircraft inertial navigation system and
carries out an initial search:
- it tunes to each Psmc Channel according to the preference
specified in the ORT,
- the BSU translates azimuth and elevation commands received from
the SDU in ARINC 429 digital format into signals needed to
select antenna elements.
The combined signals result in the steerable beam pointing in
the direction maximizing the signal,
- it checks the quality of the signal by means of the received
strength and/or bit error rate,
- it rates the frequency if it is the best quality signal of the
frequencies so far checked.
At the end of this procedure, the AES returns to the Psmc
frequency giving the best quality signal.
The Psmc-Channel carries an electronic bulletin board which also
contains system table information. The AES compares the version

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 47
May 01/07
R
CES
number of its system table with that of the one being received
from the logged on GES. According to the content of the updated
system table, the AES may re-select the satellite at this point.
Then, after selection of a Pd frequency, the AES selects a GES
according to frequency specified in the ORT or at random from the
system table and whether the GES is operating a Pd-Channel in the
spot beam where the AES is located. The GES identifies the AES by
its technical address and registers the AES as operational in
that region. At this point the AES is considered to be logged
onto the system.
NOTE : Each GES monitors P-Channel transmissions of every other

____
GES in the same satellite region. Thus, when an AES logs
onto a GES, the other GESs in that region also note its
presence. This feature assists in the completion of
connections for ground-initiated calls to aircraft
operating in that satellite region. It also allows an AES
to place a call through a GES other than the one to which
it is logged on.
(b) Call initiation
1
_ Air-to-ground calls
When a call is initiated by an airbone subscriber, the AES

sends signals to the GES, using the Rd-Channel. When the GES
receives the call request, it assigns a pair of C-Channels,
for a voice call, or reserves time on a T-Channel, for
long-duration data transmissions. The call can then go
through.
The assigned channels are reserved for as long as the call is
in progress. The sequence used to initiate the call is
automatic and transparent to both the originator and the
receiver of the call.
2
_ Ground-to-air calls
The installed cabin system does not allow to establish

ground-to-air calls. Moreover calls initiated from the ground
are currently not allowed for safety reasons.
(c) Log-on renewal
If degradation or loss of the P-Channel is detected by the AES

after log-on, the AES attempts to re-establish communication with
its logged on GES.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 48
May 01/07
R
CES
The AES uses the assigned Pd/Rd frequencies to renew log-on, but
if this fails, the AES tunes to the Psmc and Rsmc frequencies of
the logged on GES and tries to log-on again. If the Psmc
frequency is satisfactorily received within 10 seconds, then
log-on to the same GES is renewed.
If the Psmc frequency is not received within 10 seconds, then the
SDU tunes to the Psmc frequency of the next preferred GES. The
AES initiates a handover log- on procedure with this GES if its
Psmc frequency is successfully received within 10 seconds. If the
Psmc frequency of the next preferred GES is not received within
10 seconds, the AES deems itself logged off but does not transmit
a log-off request. Then the AES reverts to a satellite search
procedure. During log on renewal in the same satellite region,
the flight information is not transmitted with the log-on
request.
(d) Handover
1
_ Automatic handover
Automatic handover is initiated upon detection of Pd-Channel

link degradation, which is defined as the error rate rising
above 10 to the power of -4 over an averaging period of three
minutes, or more than 10 short term interruptions in any
three-minute period. Automatic handover is also initiated upon
detection of loss of Pd-Channel, which is defined as clock
synchronization for more than 10 seconds, and the resulting
log-on renewal procedure is unsuccessful.
2
_ GES-GES handover
A GES to GES handover is carried out by logging on to a new

GES in the same satellite region. The AES carries out a log on
procedure to the new GES.
3
_ Spot beam-spot beam handover
After a log-on prompt, loss of P-Channel quality or a log-on

renewal request, if the AES attempts to renew its log on and
fails to log-on its previous GES or to the preferred
alternative GES, the AES returns to the latter stages of the
initial search procedure. The AES then scans the spot beam
primary Pd frequencies on its current satellite to identify an
alternate spot beam.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 49
May 01/07
R
CES
4
_ Satellite-Satellite handover
If during log-on renewal, the AES is unable to log onto its

previous GES or to another GES in the same satellite region,
then the AES enters search mode. Having selected a new
suitable quality Psmc-Channel (on another satellite in this
case) and update the system table for the new region (if
necessary), the AES carries out a log-on procedure with the
new GES.
5
_ Log-off
The AES should log off prior to terminating its operation.

This log-off may be initiated either directly or as a result
of some turn-down procedure associated with the end of an
in-service period for the AES. The AES aborts any calls in
progress, and transmits a request for log-off to the logged on
GES.
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 401-403,
C. SATCOM Cockpit Voice Function
(1) Placing an air-to-ground call

(Ref. Fig. 025)
(a) Cockpit calls by manual dialing

This manual dialing function can be inhibited if requested in the
ORT of the SDU.
The basic sequence is as follow:
1
_ Select SATCOM menu from the MCDU: line key 5L.
2
_ Select MANUAL DIAL on the SATCOM MAIN MENU page: line key 5R.
3
_ To change the default priority, push the slew up (or slew
down) key on the MCDU keyboard.
4
_ To change the default channel, enter the wanted number in the
scratchpad, and push line key 4L.
5
_ Type the phone number in the scratchpad (international prefix:
00, followed by country code, area code, phone number) and
push line key 2L.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 50
Nov 01/08

CES
Call Initiation on ACP
Figure 025

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 51
Nov 01/08

CES
6
_ Select line key 6R to pre-select the number.
Then the SATCOM MANUAL DIAL page returns to the SATCOM MAIN
MENU page. The phone number just entered appears on 2L data
line if channel 1, or on 4L data line if channel 2.
NOTE : Once a number is entered, it cannot be cleared but may

____
be replaced by entering a new number.
7
_ Initiate the call by selecting the associated SATCOM channel
SAT1 (SAT2) transmission pushbutton switch on the Audio
Control Panel.
8
_ On this pushbutton switch, green lines flash during the call
establishment. When the call is established, these green lines
become steady.
On the SATCOM MAIN MENU page, CONNECTED indication replaces
DIALING indication in front of SAT1 (SAT2).
(b) Cockpit call with pre-selected numbers (numbers from the system
Directories)
The basic sequence is as follows:
1
_ Select SATCOM MENU from the MCDU: line key 5L.
2
_ Select DIRECTORY> on the SATCOM MAIN MENU page: line key 6R.
3
_ On the DIRECTORY page, pick the category subdirectory where
the phone number has been stored according to its priority by
pushing line key 1L, 2L, 3L, or 4L.
4
_ On the CATEGORY NUMBER page, select the phone number by
pushing the line key adjacent to the desired called party (ex:
SAFETY).
Related phone number is automatically selected and page
returns to the SATCOM MAIN MENU page where the mnemonic of the
number selected is displayed in small font with the mention
READY TO CONNECT.
NOTE : It is possible to change the default value of the

____
channel number, for instance, on MCDU1, to override the
default value (1), enter 2 in the scratchpad and then
push line key 1R.
2 appears in blue and large font on 1R line.
To return to the default value (1), push CLEAR on the
MCDU keyboard (CLEAR is displayed in the scratchpad)
and then push line key 1R.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 52
Nov 01/08

CES
5
_ Initiate the call by selecting the associated SATCOM channel
SAT1 (SAT2) transmission pushbutton switch on the ACP.
6
_ On this pushbutton switch, green lines flash during call
establishment. When the call is established, the green lines
become steady.
7
_ On the SATCOM MAIN MENU page, the phone number selected
appears in large front with the mention CONNECTED.
(c) Adding a phone number to the directory
1
_ Select SATCOM menu from the MCDU.
2
_ Select DIRECTORY> on the SATCOM MAIN MENU page: line key 6R
3
_ Select the category list where you want to store the number
4
_ Go to the phone list, on the last page of the category, where
brackets are displayed prompting entry for a new phone number,
including mnemonic.
5
_ Enter the phone number in the scratchpad.
6
_ Push the line key in front of the brackets.
7
_ Enter the number mnemonic and push the line key in front of
the brackets.
NOTE : The pilot may enter the number or the mnemonic first .
____
NOTE : A manually-entered number is treated as unprotected and

____
therefore modifiable and/or deletable through normal
scratchpad usage.
(2) Ground-to-air call set-up

(Ref. Fig. 026)
Incoming calls to the flight crew are announced by the SELCAL chime
(except if flight phase inhibition) and on the ACP, by flashing of
the CALL legend on SAT1 (SAT2) pushbutton switch.
NOTE : Pushing RESET pushbutton switch on ACP can stop chime and
____
switch-off CALL legend.
If the priority of the call is higher than 4, SATCOM ALERT is
simultaneously displayed on the ECAM.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 53
Nov 01/08

CES
Ground-to-Air Call
Figure 026

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 54
Nov 01/08

CES
In addition, on the SATCOM MAIN MENU, GROUND TO AIR CALL is displayed
under the channel concerned (SAT1 or SAT2), with the associated
priority.
To answer the call, select the SATCOM channel on the SAT1 (SAT2) on
the ACP:
The green line on SAT1 (SAT2) reception pushbutton switch comes on
(steady).
(3) HOLD function

(Ref. Fig. 027)
When a SATCOM call is established (after air-to-ground call or
ground-to-air call setup) on SAT1 (SAT2) the selection of another
radio communication (HF or VHF) causes the AMU to switch audio
transmission from the SDU to another radio (HF or VHF).
On the ACP, the green lines on SAT1 (SAT2) transmission pushbutton
switch flash and the green lines of the selected radio (HF or VHF)
pushbutton switch come on.
To return to the SATCOM call, reselect the SATCOM channel or deselect
the same radio (HF or VHF) on the ACP.
Then the green lines of the selected radio (HF or VHF) transmission
pushbutton switch go off and the green lines of SAT1 (SAT2)
transmission pushbutton switch become steady.
The AMU enables audio transmission to SDU.
(4) Call termination

(Ref. Fig. 028)
(a) Air-to-ground call termination:

Two cases are possible:
- SATCOM call is established (not on HOLD)
- SATCOM call is established (on HOLD)
1
_ SATCOM call is established (not on HOLD)
Reselect the SATCOM channel on the ACP to stop the SATCOM
call:
SATCOM mic light goes off
AMU disables audio transmission to SDU after 3 seconds.
The call is terminated.
2
_ SATCOM call is established (on HOLD)
Two reselections of the SATCOM channel on the ACP are
necessary to stop the SATCOM call.
- The first reselection brings back to case where SATCOM call
is established, not on hold.
- The second selection of the SATCOM channel on the ACP
terminates the call.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 55
Nov 01/08

CES
Hold Function
Figure 027

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 56
Nov 01/08

CES
Call Termination
Figure 028

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 57
Nov 01/08

CES
R (b) Ground-to-air call termination
R SATCOM call is established (on HOLD or not on HOLD)
R The call termination is initiated from the ground, the SATCOM ACP
R mic light (green bars) goes off.
R **ON A/C 401-499,
8. BITE
_________
Test
The CFDS (Centralized Fault Display System) permits the SATCOM system faults
to be displayed on the MCDU and to be printed on the printer.
The SATCOM system communicates with the CFDIU through two ARINC 429 buses.
The CFDIU has two operating modes:
- normal mode : during the normal mode, the BITE cyclically monitors the
status of the SATCOM cards and transmits this data to the CFDIU during the
flight. In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memory.
- the menu mode, enables communication between the CFDIU and the SATCOM BITE
through the MCDU. The BITE test can only be activated on ground.
A. Menu mode
(1) SYSTEM REPORT/TEST function

This function enables access to all the electronic systems and to the
SATCOM system.
When the line key adjacent to the SATCOM indication is pushed on the
MCDU, the CFDIU establishes the dialog and provides access to one of
the following items:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- GROUND SCANNING
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT.
(a) LAST LEG REPORT

R (Ref. Fig. 029)
This report contains the internal computer faults recorded during
the last flight.
If no faults have occurred during the last leg, No Fault
detected is displayed.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 58
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - LAST LEG REPORT
R Figure 029

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 59
May 01/07

CES
(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 030)
The PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT contains class 1 and class 2 Faults that
occurred during the last 63 flights.
(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION

R (Ref. Fig. 031)
The LRU IDENTIFICATION displays the HARDWARE (P/N) and the
SOFTWARE (SW/N) Part Number.
(d) GROUND SCANNING

R (Ref. Fig. 032)
This function permits the display of 1, 2 and 3 internal and
external faults as they appear as long as this function is
activated.
(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

R (Ref. Fig. 033)
This function permits the display in hexadecimal form of class 1,
2 and 3 external and internal faults.
(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS

R (Ref. Fig. 034)
This function permits the display of all the class 3 internal and
external faults.
(g) TEST
R (Ref. Fig. 035, 036)
The TEST page permits the detection and the isolation of faulty
equipment.
(h) GROUND REPORT

R (Ref. Fig. 037)
This function permits the display of all the class 1, 2 and 3
internal faults.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 60
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R Figure 030

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 61
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - LRU IDENTIFICATION
R Figure 031

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 62
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - GROUND SCANNING
R Figure 032

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 63
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R Figure 033

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 64
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - CLASS 3 FAULTS
R Figure 034

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 65
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - TEST 1/2
R Figure 035

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 66
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - TEST 2/2
R Figure 036

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 67
May 01/07

CES
SATCOM - GROUND REPORT
R Figure 037

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 68
May 01/07

CES
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-28-00-860-001
Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWM 23-28-11
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-00-865-069
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-00-860-072
A. Procedure to change the ICAO address
(1) Take the ICAO address and convert it into binary format
(a) Find the plug to be pin-programmed (Ref. AWM 23-28-11)
(b) Connect the pin-programming according to the binary format of the

ICAO address.
Any pin to be coded 0 on the plug, must be connected to the
common pin 25 of the same plug.
NOTE : Pin 1 of the plug is MSB

____

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 201
Nov 01/05

CES
NOTE : For example, ICAO address
____ 76CD46 (hexadecimal)/35546506
(octal) must be converted into 0111 0110 1100 1101 0100
0110 (binary).
Thus, pins A, E, H, L, M, R, T, V, W, X, and <A of the
plug must be connected to pin 25 (Ref. AWM 23-28-11).
Subtask 23-28-00-865-070
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 202
May 01/06

CES
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 23-28-00-600-002
Uploading of the USER ORT part of the SATCOM software with the Multipurpose
Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Upload the USER ORT part of the SATCOM software with the MDDU.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-00-861-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-070
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 301
Nov 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-28-00-865-068
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU DLS&/DLRB/SPLY 5TD J15
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-00-970-053
A. Uploading of the USER-ORT part of the SATCOM Software
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU:
MCDU screen.
2. Make sure that the SATCOM system On the MCDU, on the SATCOM menu page:
is in the logged-off condition. - the LOGGED-OFF or NOT AVAILABLE
3. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the DLS:

Data Loading Selector (DLS): - DB/N:
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON PUSH NEXT/PREV
indication is shown
On the MDDU:

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 302
Nov 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
shown.

DLS: - SATCOM
- push the PREV or NEXT key until NOT SELECTED
you get the SATCOM indication indication is shown

DLS: - SATCOM
- push the SEL CTL key. SELECTED
indication is shown
6. Get the SATCOM disks from the

storage box.
7. On the MDDU: On the MDDU:

- push the USER-ORT disk into the - the ready indication is shown,
disk drive, with the label in - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
the forward direction. shown,
- then, the TRANSF IN PROG indication
is shown.

____
necessary to do the uploading of
a same type of data, the EJECT
DISK and INSERT NEXT DISK
indications are shown one after
the other. They tell the
operator that he must put a new
disk into the MDDU
- When the uploading is
completed, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown
8. On the MDDU: On the MDDU:

- remove the disk from the disk - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
drive. shown.
Subtask 23-28-00-865-071
B. Open and close circuit breaker 102RV1 to do a reset of the SATCOM system.
R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 303
Nov 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-28-00-280-052-A
R C. Do a Check of the Identification of the Uploaded SATCOM Software
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU (Main Menu): On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM MAIN MENU page comes into
the SAT indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM STATUS page comes into
the SATCOM STATUS indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM CONFIG page comes into
the CONFIG indication. view.
- on the SATCOM CONFIG page:
make sure that the DB/N reference(s)
shown is (are) the same as the DB/N
reference(s) on the disk(s).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-28-00-860-071
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(3) Put the disk in the storage box.
Subtask 23-28-00-080-055
B. Deactivation of the Data Loading System
(1) On the Data Loading Selector, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(2) Make sure that MDDU door is closed

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 304
May 01/06

CES
Subtask 23-28-00-862-053
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 305
Nov 01/05

CES
R TASK 23-28-00-600-004
R Uploading of the SATCOM USER ORT table with the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
R (MDDU)
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To upload the SATCOM USER ORT table with the MDDU.
R 2. ______________________
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
R 34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-00-861-054
R A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-077
R (1) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004)

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 306
Aug 01/07

CES
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-073
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
R 121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
R 121VU DATA/LOADER/SPLY 3TD J16
R 121VU DLS&/DLRB/SPLY 5TD J15
R 121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-00-970-054
R A. Uploading of the SATCOM USER ORT table
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU:
R MCDU screen.

R - Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM menu page comes into view.
R the SAT indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM STATUS page comes into
R the SATCOM STATUS indication. view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM LOG page comes into view.
R the LOG indication.
R 3. On the MCDU SATCOM LOG page:

R - Make sure that the LOGGED-OFF
R indication is shown.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 307
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - If the LOGGED-ON indication is - The SATCOM status becomes LOGGED-OFF.
R shown, push the line key
R adjacent to the LOG-OFF
R indication.
R 4. On the overhead panel, on the - This indication is shown:

R Data Loading Selector (DLS): DB/N:
R - set the ON/OFF switch to ON. PUSH NEXT/PREV.
R On the MDDU:
R - The < < MDDU READY > > indication is
R shown.

R DLS: SATCOM
R - push the PREV or NEXT key until NOT SELECTED.
R you get the SATCOM indication

R DLS: SATCOM
R - push the SEL CTL key. SELECTED.
R 7. Get the SATCOM USER ORT table

R disks from the storage box.
R 8. On the MDDU: On the MDDU:

R - push the SATCOM USER ORT table - the READY indication is shown,
R disk into the disk drive, with - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
R the label in the forward shown,
R direction. - then, the TRANSF IN PROG indication
R is shown.
R NOTE : If more than one disk is

____
R necessary to do the uploading of
R a same type of data, the EJECT
R DISK and INSERT NEXT DISK
R indications are shown one after
R the other. They tell the
R operator that he must put a new
R disk into the MDDU
R - When the uploading is
R completed, the TRANSF COMPLETE

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 308
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - remove the disk from the disk - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
R drive. shown.
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-074
R B. Open and close circuit breaker 102RV1 to do a reset of the SATCOM system.
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-053
R C. Do a Check of the Identification of the Uploaded SATCOM USER ORT table
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU (Main Menu): On the MCDU:

R - Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM MAIN MENU page comes into
R the SAT indication. view.
R the SATCOM STATUS indications. view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM CONFIG page comes into
R the CONFIG indication. view.
R - On the SATCOM CONFIG page:
R make sure that the USER ORT DB/N
R reference(s) shown is (are) the same
R as the USER ORT DB/N reference(s) on
R the disk(s).
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-054
R D. On the MCDU SATCOM CONFIG page,if the USER ORT DB/N reference(s) is (are)
R different from the USER ORT reference(s) shown on the disk(s):
R (1) Do the uploading of the USER ORT table (Subtask 23-28-00-970-05400)

R with the same version of the USER ORT.
R (2) Do the reset of the SATCOM system (Subtask 23-28-00-865-07400).
R (3) Do a check of the Identification of the Uploaded SATCOM USER ORT

R table (Subtask 23-28-00-280-05300).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 309
Aug 01/07

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-078
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
R until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
R (2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
R (3) Put the disk in the storage box. Put the disk which did the uploading
R of the USER ORT table in the aircraft cockpit.
R Subtask 23-28-00-080-056
R B. Deactivation of the Data Loading System
R (1) On the Data Loading Selector, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
R (2) Make sure that the MDDU door is closed.
R Subtask 23-28-00-862-054
R C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 310
Aug 01/07

CES
R TASK 23-28-00-600-005
R Uploading of the SATCOM SECURE ORT table with the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
R (MDDU)
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To upload the SATCOM SECURE ORT table with the MDDU.
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-00-861-055

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-080

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 311
Aug 01/07

CES
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-075
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-00-970-055
R A. Uploading of the SATCOM SECURE ORT table
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU:
R - Adjust the brightness of the
R MCDU screen.

R the SATCOM LOG page.

R indication shows.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 312
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R indication.
R 4. On the overhead panel, on the This indication is shown:

R Data Loading Selector (DLS): - DB/N:
R - Set the ON/OFF switch to ON PUSH NEXT/PREV.
R On the MDDU:
R shown.

R DLS: - SATCOM
R - Push the PREV or NEXT key until NOT SELECTED.

R DLS: - SATCOM
R - Push the SEL CTL key. SELECTED.
R 7. Get the SATCOM SECURE ORT table

R disks from the storage box.

R - Push the SATCOM SECURE ORT - The READY indication is shown,
R table disk into the disk drive, - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
R with the label in the forward shown,
R direction. - then, the TRANSF IN PROG indication
R is shown.

____
R indication is shown

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 313
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Remove the disk from the disk - The < < MDDU READY > > indication is
R drive. shown.
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-076
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-055
R C. Do a Check of the Identification of the Uploaded SATCOM SECURE ORT table
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R - Push the line key adjacent to - On the SATCOM SECURE ORT page:
R the SECURE ORT indication. make sure that the SECURE ORT DB/N
R reference(s) shown is (are) the same
R as the SECURE ORT DB/N reference(s)
R on the disk(s).
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-056
R D. On the MCDU SATCOM CONFIG page, if the SECURE ORT DB/N reference(s) is
R different from the SECURE ORT reference(s) shown on the disk(s):
R (1) Do the uploading the SECURE ORT table (Subtask 23-28-00-970-05500)

R with the same version of the SECURE ORT table.
R (3) Do a check of the identification of the Uploaded SATCOM SECURE ORT

R table (Subtask 23-28-00-280-05500).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 314
Aug 01/07

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-081
R of the SECURE ORT table in the aircraft cockpit.
R Subtask 23-28-00-080-057
R Subtask 23-28-00-862-055

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 315
Aug 01/07

CES
R TASK 23-28-00-600-006
R Uploading of the SATCOM SDU operational software with the Multipurpose Disk
R Unit (MDDU)
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To upload the SATCOM SDU operational software with the MDDU.
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-28-00-600-004 Uploading of the SATCOM USER ORT table with the

R Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
R 23-28-00-600-005 Uploading of the SATCOM SECURE ORT table with the
R Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
R External Power
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-00-861-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-082

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 316
Aug 01/07

CES
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-077
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-00-970-056
R A. Uploading of the SATCOM SDU operational software
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU:
R MCDU screen.

R the LOG indication.


EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 317
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R indication.

R Data Loading Selector (DLS): - DB/N:
R - set the ON/OFF switch to ON PUSH NEXT/PREV.
R On the MDDU:
R shown.

R DLS: - SATCOM
R - push the PREV or NEXT key until NOT SELECTED.

R DLS: - SATCOM
R - push the SEL CTL key. SELECTED.
R 7. Get the SATCOM SDU operational

R software disks from the storage
R box.

R - push the SATCOM SDU operational - the READY indication is shown,
R software disk into the disk - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
R drive, with the label in the shown,
R forward direction. - then, the TRANSF IN PROG indication
R is shown.

____
R indication is shown

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 318
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - remove the disk from the disk - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
R drive. shown.
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-078
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-057
R C. Do a Check of the Identification of the Uploaded SATCOM SDU operational

R Software
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R - On the SATCOM CONFIG page:
R make sure that the S/W reference(s)
R shown is (are) the same as the S/W
R reference(s) on the disk(s).
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-058
R D. On the MCDU SATCOM CONFIG page, if the S/W reference(s) is (are)

R different from the S/W reference(s) shown on the disk(s):
R (1) Do the uploading of the SATCOM SDU operational software one more time
R (Subtask 23-28-00-970-05600).
R (3) Do a check of the identification of the Uploaded SATCOM SDU

R operational software (Subtask 23-28-00-280-05700).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 319
Aug 01/07

CES
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-059
R E. On the MCDU SATCOM CONFIG page, if the S/W reference(s) is (are)

R different from the S/W reference(s) shown on the disk(s):
R (1) Do the uploading of the SATCOM SDU operational software (Subtask

R 23-28-00-970-05600) with the previous version of the SATCOM SDU
R operational software.
R (2) Do a reset of the SATCOM system (Subtask 23-28-00-865-07800).
R (3) Do the check of the Identification of the previous version

R reference(s) of the Uploaded SATCOM SDU operational software (Subtask
R 23-28-00-280-05700).
R NOTE : On the MCDU SATCOM CONFIG page, if the S/W reference(s) is

____
R (are) again different from the S/W reference(s) shown on the
R disk(s), tell the manufacturer of the Satellite Data Unit
R (SDU) 105RV1.
R Subtask 23-28-00-280-060
R F. If the S/W reference(s) on MCDU SATCOM CONFIG page is (are) the same as
R the S/W reference(s) displayed on the disk(s).
R (1) Then do the procedure to upload SECURE ORT table (Ref. TASK 23-28-00-
R 600-005)
R (2) Then do the procedure to upload USER ORT table (Ref. TASK 23-28-00-
R 600-004)
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-083
R of the SATCOM SDU operational software in the aircraft cockpit.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 320
Aug 01/07

CES
R Subtask 23-28-00-080-058
R Subtask 23-28-00-862-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 321
Aug 01/07

CES
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 23-28-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Satellite Communication System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONS ARE AWAY FROM THE SATCOM ANTENNAS (MORE
_______
THAN 3 METERS) WHEN YOU DO THIS TEST. THE SATCOM ANTENNAS USE HIGH
POWER WHEN THEY TRANSMIT AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-00-860-061

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 501
Aug 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-28-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-28-00-860-062

Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM pages (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the SATCOM System
NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, On the MCDU,
- Push the NEXT PAGE function key - The second SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM menu page comes into view.
the SDU indication
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM/TEST page comes into view.
TEST indication
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM/INSTALLATION TEST page

START TEST indication comes into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes
CONFIRM indication into view.
- After some seconds, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 502
Nov 01/05

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-28-00-860-063
A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration.
until the SATCOM MENU page comes into view.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-00

Page 503
Aug 01/05

CES
R ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - SATCOM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-28-13-000-001
R Removal of the Top Antenna 116RV1
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-28-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 401
Feb 01/06

CES
Subtask 23-28-13-941-050
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 230.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-13-020-050
A. Removal of the Antenna

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE ANTENNA. THE ANTENNA
_______
WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 12 KG (26 LBS). IF YOU DO NOT HOLD IT
CORRECTLY, IT CAN FALL AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads with a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the screws (1) from the antenna (2).
(3) Lift the antenna (2) until you can see the electrical connector (3)
and the coaxial connectors (6).
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
_______
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connectors (6).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the antenna and the
coaxial connectors (6).
(6) Remove the teflon gasket (if installed).
(7) Apply masking tape around the electrical connectors (3) and attach
them to the fuselage.
(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(9) Remove the antenna (2).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 402
Feb 01/06

CES
Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 403
Aug 01/05

CES
TASK 23-28-13-400-001
Installation of the Top Antenna 116RV1

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 404
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS S TL OR NICKEL ALLOY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-28-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Satellite Communication System
23-28-13-400-003 Installation of the Mounting Base of the Top Antenna
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
23-28-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-13-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 405
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-28-13-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 230.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-13-910-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001)
(2) Remove the used sealant with a nonmetallic scraper and clean the
fuselage structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
condition.
(5) Apply masking tape to the screw holes and the antenna connectors.
Subtask 23-28-13-420-050
B. Installation of the Antenna

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001)
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bottom of the
antenna (2).
(2) Remove the masking tape from the screws holes and the electrical
connectors (3).
(3) Make sure that the mounting base is installed (interface between the
R fuselage and the antenna) (Ref. TASK 23-28-13-400-003).
(4) Put the teflon gasket in position on the mounting base and align the
gasket with the screw holes.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
(6) Connect the electrical connector (3) and the coaxial connectors (6)
to the antenna (2).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(7) Safety the electrical connector (3) and the coaxial connectors (6)
with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009).
(8) Install the antenna on the teflon gasket (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) with a torque to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) and
tighten in a diagonal sequence.
(10) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (2)
and the fuselage structure is not higher than 5.0 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(11) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (2) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
CAUTION : WHEN YOU MAKE THE SEALING BEAD AROUND THE ANTENNA, DO NOT
_______
PUT SEALANT ON THE VENT HOLES AT THE REAR OF THE ANTENNA.
(12) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads.
Subtask 23-28-13-865-052
breaker(s):
R 102RV1
Subtask 23-28-13-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the Satellite Communication System (Ref. TASK 23-28-
00-740-001).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 407
Nov 01/05

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-28-13-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 408
Aug 01/05

CES
R TASK 23-28-13-000-003
R Removal of the Mounting Base of the Top Antenna
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific nonmetallic scraper

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-28-13-000-001 Removal of the Top Antenna 116RV1

R 25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
R 23-28-13-991-003 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-13-010-050
R A. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform 6.0m (19ft. 8in.) in position at Zone 230.
R (2) Put the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) in position at access door
R 841 in zone 222.
R (3) Open access door 841.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 409
Feb 01/06

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-13-020-054
R A. Removal of the Mounting Base

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-28-13-991-003)
R (1) Remove the top antenna (116RV1) (Ref. TASK 23-28-13-000-001).
R (2) In the FWD cabin, remove ceiling panels 231EC, 231FC, 231CG between
R FR29 and FR35 (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
R (3) Remove the sealant from the screws (1) with a nonmetallic scraper.
R (4) Remove the screws (1) from the mounting base (2).
R (5) Remove the mounting base (2).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 410
Feb 01/06

CES
R Antenna Mounting Base
R Figure 402/TASK 23-28-13-991-003

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 411
Feb 01/06

CES
R TASK 23-28-13-400-003
R Installation of the Mounting Base of the Top Antenna
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 412
Feb 01/06

CES
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 09-002C USA AMS-S-8802

R FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-016B USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II
R CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-28-13-400-001 Installation of the Top Antenna 116RV1

R 25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 23-28-13-991-003 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-13-010-051
R A. Get Access
R (1) Make sure that the access platform 6.0m (19ft. 8in.) is in position
R at Zone 230.
R (2) Put the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) in position at access door
R 841 in zone 222.
R (3) Open access door 841.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-13-420-052
R A. Installation of the Mounting Base

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-28-13-991-003)
R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 413
Feb 01/06

CES
R (2) Install the mounting base (2) with the screws (1).
R (3) Torque the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and 37.16
R lbf.in).
R (4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016B) on the screws (1).
R (5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002C) around the mounting base (2).
R (6) Install ceiling panels 231EC, 231FC, 231CG between FR29 and FR35
R (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
R (7) Install the top antenna (116RV1) (Ref. TASK 23-28-13-400-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-28-13-410-051
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Close the access door 841.
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-13

Page 414
Feb 01/06

CES
SDU (SATELLITE DATA UNIT) - SATCOM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-28-34-000-001
Removal of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 105RV1
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-28-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-34-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-28-34-010-050
B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-34

Page 401
Aug 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-28-34-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-28-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
(3) Pull the SDU (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
(4) Remove the SDU (1) from its rack (3).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-34

Page 402
Nov 01/05

CES
Satellite Data Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-28-34-991-001

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-34

Page 403
Aug 01/05

CES
TASK 23-28-34-400-001
Installation of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 105RV1
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-28-00-600-002 Uploading of the USER ORT part of the SATCOM software

with the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
External Power
23-28-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-34-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
824.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-34

Page 404
Aug 01/05

CES
Subtask 23-28-34-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-28-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
condition.
(5) Install the SDU (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the SDU (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical connectors
(2).
Subtask 23-28-34-865-052
breaker(s):
R 102RV1
Subtask 23-28-34-610-050
C. Do the uploading procedure of the SDU (Ref. TASK 23-28-00-600-002).
Subtask 23-28-34-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the SATCOM System (Ref. TASK 23-28-00-740-001).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-34

Page 405
Nov 01/05

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-28-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 824.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-34

Page 406
Aug 01/05

CES
R ATTENUATOR - SATCOM (112RV1) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-28-45-000-001
Removal of the Attenuator (112RV1)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-28-45-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-45-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) in position at the access
door 841 in zone 222.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-45

Page 401
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-28-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-28-45-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform 1.6m (5ft. 3in.) in position at the access
door 825 in zone 132.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Attenuator

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-45-991-001)
(1) Remove the sidewall panel 131CW.
_______
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cables (4).
(3) Remove the screw (1), the nut (5) and the washers (6).
(4) Remove the clamp (2).
(5) Disconnect the attenuator (3) from the cable (4).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-45

Page 402
Feb 01/06

CES
Attenuator (112RV1)
Figure 401/TASK 23-28-45-991-001

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-45

Page 403
Feb 01/06

CES
TASK 23-28-45-400-001
Installation of the Attenuator (112RV1)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS S TL OR NICKEL ALLOY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-28-45-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-45

Page 404
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-45-860-050
(1) Make sure that the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) and the access
platform 1.6m (5ft. 3in.) are in position at the access doors 841 and
825.
(2) Make sure that the access doors 841 and 825 are open.

002).
Subtask 23-28-45-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Attenuator

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-45-991-001)
condition.
(3) Connect the attenuator (3) to the disconnected ends of the cable (4).
(4) Install the clamp (2) with the screw (1), the washers (6) and the nut
(5).
_______
(5) Safety the cable (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009).

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-45

Page 405
Feb 01/06

CES
Subtask 23-28-45-865-052
breaker(s):
102RV1
Subtask 23-28-45-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the Satellite Communication System (Ref. TASK 23-28-
00-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-28-45-862-050
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 23-28-45-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 841 and 825.

EFF :

401-499, 23-28-45

Page 406
Feb 01/06

CES
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

501-502,
The function of the Passenger Address and Entertainment Systems is, to give
announcements and entertainment programs to the passengers.
The Passenger Address System (23-31-00) is included in the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
The Passenger Entertainment System options are as follows:
- The Prerecorded Announcement and Music System RX (23-32-00)
- The Passenger Entertainment System Music MK (23-33-00)
- The Pax-Facilities Air to Ground Telephone RD (23-35-00)
- The Passenger Entertainment System Video MH (23-36-00)
- The Pax-facilities AM/FM Radio System MH (23-37-00)
- The Passenger Service System MN (23-38-00).
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The function of the Passenger Address and Entertainment Systems is, to give
announcements and entertainment programs to the passengers.
The Passenger Address System (23-31-00) is included in the Cabin
The Prerecorded Announcement and Music System (23-32-00) is included in the
Passenger Entertainment System Video (Ref. 23-36-00).
The Passenger Entertainment System options are as follows:
- The Passenger Entertainment System Music MK (23-33-00)
- The Pax-Facilities Air to Ground Telephone RD (23-35-00)
- The Passenger Entertainment System Video MH (23-36-00)
- The Pax-facilities AM/FM Radio System MH (23-37-00)
- The Passenger Service System MN (23-38-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM (SEE ALSO 23-73-00) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger address system, circuit RM is described in the Cabin

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-31-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08

CES
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 211-233, 236-238,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)

Reproducer 10RX is to play prerecorded messages. It also plays boarding
music programs on a cassette tape to the passengers through the aircraft
passenger address system. The PRAM is controlled by the audio module, which
is a part of the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH. It is installed in the cabin at the
forward attendant station. The PRAM and the audio module are connected with
two ARINC 429 data buses. They go through the Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) director (Ref. 23-73-00) to receive and transmit control data.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)

Reproducer 10RX is to play prerecorded announcement and music programs. The
announcement and music programs are transmitted to the passengers through
the aircraft passenger address system. The aircraft passenger address system
is a part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) director. The
PRAM reproducer 10RX is controlled by the AUDIO page of the Flight Attendant
Panel (FAP) 120RH. The FAP 120RH is installed in the cabin at the forward
attendant station. The PRAM reproducer 10RX and the FAP 120RH are connected
with ARINC 429 data buses. They are connected through the CIDS director
(Ref. 23-73-00) to receive and transmit control data.
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) is to

play prerecorded announcement and music programs. The announcement and music
programs are transmitted to the passengers, through the passenger address
system, which is a part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).
The PRAM is controlled from the FWD Attendant Panel 120RH. The panel 120RH
is installed in the cabin, at the forward attendant station. The PRAM is
connected with ARINC 429 data buses to the CIDS director, to transmit and
receive control data.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) is to

play prerecorded announcement and music programs. The announcement and music
programs are transmitted to the passengers, through the passenger address
system, which is a part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).
The PRAM is controlled from the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH. The FAP
120RH is installed in the cabin, at the forward attendant station. The PRAM
is connected with ARINC 429 data buses to the CIDS director, to transmit and
receive control data.
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The Pre-Recorded Announcement and boarding Music (PRAM) is a function of the

passenger entertainment system video.
The description and operation of the passenger entertainment system video is
given in the Passenger Entertainment (Video) - Description and Operation
(Ref. 23-36-00).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499, 501-502,
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-32-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10RX PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/BOARDING 88VU 128 23-32-34
MUSIC REPRODUCER
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10RX PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/BOARDING 88VU 128 824 23-32-34
MUSIC REPRODUCER
120RH FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANL 221 834 23-73-00
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 001D, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
117RH Integrated Pram-Flash Card 120RH 23-32-36
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
3. __________________
System Description

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 3
Nov 01/09

CES
Component Location

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-32-00

Page 4
Aug 01/05

CES
Component Location

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-32-00

Page 5
Aug 01/05

CES
Component Location
Figure 001A (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-32-00

Page 6
May 01/06

CES
Component Location

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-32-00

Page 7
May 01/06

CES
Component Location
R Figure 001B (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-32-00

Page 8
May 01/05

CES
Component Location
R Figure 001B (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-32-00

Page 9
May 01/05

CES
Component Location
Figure 001C (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-32-00

Page 10
Feb 01/08

CES
Component Location

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-32-00

Page 11
Feb 01/08

CES
Component Location in the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
Figure 001D

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 12
Nov 01/09

CES
Component Location in the Cabin
Figure 002

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 13
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
A. Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
(1) The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer is

installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600) box.
It has a total of four cassette decks. Two are for the prerecorded
announcement reproduction and the other two are for the boarding
music reproduction.
Up to 256 prerecorded announcements are stored on two tapes in the
prerecorded announcement reproducer (each minimum 30 s). The PRAM has
the capability to produce an emergency announcement in the event of a
rapid cabin decompression . An emergency announcement is stored in a
Solid State Stored Voice (SSSV). A ground signal from a rapid
decompression, triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the
Fwd Attnd panel (120RH) (except the output level of normal and
emergency announcements). They are adjustable at the front of the
reproducer.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(1) The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

10RX is installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600)
box.
It has one tape deck for boarding music reproduction. Prerecorded
announcements are stored in EPROM memory chips. The memory chips have
a capacity to store up to 18 minutes and 8 seconds prerecorded
announcements.
The PRAM has the capability to produce an emergency announcement in
the event of rapid cabin decompression. The emergency announcement is
stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from a rapid
decompression sensor triggers the emergency announcement.
FAP 120RH.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 301-304, 23-32-00

Page 14
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,

box. The pre-recorded announcements and the boarding-music are stored
in flash memory cards.
stored in the PRAM. A ground signal from a rapid decompression sensor
triggers the emergency announcement.
FWD attendant panel 120RH.
**ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,

box.
It has one tape deck for boarding music reproduction. Prerecorded
announcements are stored in EPROM memory chips. The memory chips have
a capacity to store up to 18 minutes and 8 seconds prerecorded
announcements.
stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from a rapid
decompression sensor triggers the emergency announcement.
Fwd Attnd panel 120RH.

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 23-32-00

Page 15
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. General
The integrated pram flash-card is installed on the FAP 120RH. The
pre-recorded announcements and the boarding-music are stored in the
integrated pram-flash card. All functions are remotely controlled on the
FAP 120RH. When the announcement system operates, a PRE ANNOUNCEMENT
message is shown on the ON ANNOUNCE field at the FAP-AUDIO page. The
integrated PRAM transmits manually selected announcements and an
automatic emergency announcement if a rapid cabin decompression occurs.
(1) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(2) The boarding music reproducer 10RX has two identical tape decks with
four channels. Two cassette tapes are used alternately. When one is
playing the other rewinds to give continuous play.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(2) The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This
allows a maximum playtime of 120 minutes per C-60 cassette.
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
(2) The boarding music reproducer 10RX has three memory cards which are
used to store the message and music data. One memory card is used for
message data the other two are used for the music data.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(3) The audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH controls the
prerecorded announcements and the Boarding Music (BGM). The
reproducer and Fwd Attnd panel have two ARINC 429 data bus lines
(transmit and receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref.
23-73-00).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 16
Nov 01/09

CES
Prerecorded Announcement/Music - Block Diagram
Figure 003

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 17
Nov 01/09

CES
(4) The prerecorded announcement section of the audio module has four 3
digit LED displays, a READY light (if lit, reproducer is ready to
play back the next announcement) and a numeric keyboard with
pushbutton switches as follows:
- START NEXT
- START ALL
- STOP
- CLEAR
- ENTER
(5) The boarding music section (BGM channel) has:

One LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control), and
pushbutton switches as follows:
- an ON/OFF pushbutton switch,
- a SEL pushbutton switch (channel select),
- a ( - ) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
- a ( + ) pushbutton switch (volume increase).
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(3) The AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH controls the prerecorded
announcements and the Boarding Music (BGM). The PRAM reproducer 10RX
and the FAP 120RH have two ARINC 429 data bus lines (transmit and
receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00).
(4) The prerecorded announcement section on the touchscreen of the AUDIO

page has 3 display areas, a numeric keyboard and the function keys as
follows:
- Up
- Clear Memo
- Clear All
- Down
- Stop
- Play Next
- Play All
- Clear
- Enter.
(5) The BGM section on the touchscreen of the AUDIO page has 2 display
areas and function keys as follows:
- ON/OFF
- Up (+) VOL.
- Down (-) VOL.
- UP (+) CHAN.
- Down (-) CHAN.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 18
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 004)

115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the normal busbar 210XPA through the
circuit breaker 2RX.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 503-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)

115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the sheddable busbar 220XP-A through the
circuit breaker 2RX.
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
The Integrated Pram-Flash Card is supplied with 28VDC from:

- the busbar 401PP through the circuit breaker 171RH installed on panel 49VU
- the busbar 601PP through the circuit breaker 170RH installed on panel
120VU.
5. _________
Interface
The prerecorded announcement and boarding music system has interfaces with
these systems:
- The Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) 23-73-00
- The Oxygen Control and Indication 35-23-00
- The Passenger Entertainment-System Music (PESC Music) 23-33-00.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499, 501-502,
6. _____________________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
A. PRAM
The pram reproducer contains total four cassette tape decks, two for the
prerecorded announcement reproducing and another two for the boarding
music reproducing. Additionally a Solid State Voice Storage circuit for
emergency announce is installed.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 004

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 23-32-00

Page 20
Nov 01/08

CES
Figure 004A

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-32-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Announcement
Two identical tape decks are installed for the pre-recorded
announcements, each loaded with identically prerecorded tape
cassettes. The tape cassettes are pre-recorded with a special
four-track arrangement in one direction only. Up to 256 announcements
are stored on one tape cassette. When one tape deck is in play mode,
the other winds to give continuous play.
The PRAM transmits an emergency announcement automatically if a rapid
cabin decompression occurs. The emergency announcement is stored in a
Solid State Stored Voice (SSSV). An electrical ground signal caused
by a rapid cabin decompression starts the emergency announcement. The
ouput-level of the normal and emergency announcements can be adjusted
at the front of the reproducer.
(2) Boarding-Music
Two identical tape decks (A and B) are installed for the BGM, each
loaded with a tape cassette. The tape cassettes are pre-recorded with
a special four-track arrangement in one direction only. Each tape
cassette has four BGM programs in mono mode or two in stereo mode. In
stereo mode, track 1 and 3, and track 2 and 4 are paired (track 1 and
2 are the left stereo channels and track 3 and 4 are the right stereo
channels). Tape A contains the first half of the program and tape B
the second half. When one tape deck is in play mode, the other winds
to give continuous play.
(3) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
A. PRAM
(1) Announcement
EPROM memory chips are installed to give announce playback with
direct access. The memory chips are reprogrammable.
The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement
automatically in the event of rapid cabin decompression. The
emergency announcement is stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground
signal from a rapid cabin decompression sensor starts the emergency
announcement.
(2) Boarding-Music
The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This
permit a maximum playtime of 120 minutes per C-60 cassette.
(3) Not Applicable

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 22
Feb 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
A. PRAM
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(1) The messages and music are stored in the PRAM in form of compressed
digital data. Three flash memory cards are used to store the message
and music data. One flash memory card is for the message data and two
for the music data.
You can change the Announcement (ANN) and Boarding Music (BGM), when
you insert the flash memory card, with the new software, behind the
access door at the front of the PRAM. The download of the new
software starts automatically when the PRAM is energized.
The LCD display at the front of the PRAM shows the active ANN and
MUSIC channel.
(2) The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement

automatically in the event of rapid cabin decompression. A ground
signal from a rapid cabin decompression sensor starts the emergency
announcement.
(3) The Pram has four channels for stored music data in analog audio
mode. The PRAM uses these four channels as distributors for audio to
the individual passenger thru the passenger entertainment system.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
A. PRAM
(1) The announcement and the boarding music are stored on a compact flash
card (192MB). The card can keep 800 minutes of messages or 400
minutes of music. The compact flash card has three files. They are
necessary to describe the structure for the announcement, the
boarding music and the auto-announcement.
You can change the announcement and boarding music, when you install
a new software on the compact flash card. The download of the new
software from the compact flash card starts automatically when the
FAP is energized.
(2) The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement

automatically in the event of rapid cabin decompression. A signal
from a rapid cabin-decompression sensor starts the emergency
announcement.
(3) Not Applicable

R

EFF : 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 23
Nov 01/09

CES
Reproducer
Figure 005

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-32-00

Page 24
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
B. Defined System Characteristics
(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 13000 Hz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 45 dB minimum in reference to 0 dBm output

level.
(3) The harmonic distortion, 1.0 % maximum at 0.48 V output.
(4) The Wow of Flutter (WRMS), 0.1 % maximum.
(5) The output level, announce 0.48 V + 3 dB, -0 dB into 600 Ohm balanced
load. Boarding music 0.775 V +/- 3 dB into 600 Ohm balanced load.
(6) The output level controls, (two screwdriver adjustable volume

controls on the front panel of the main unit) for emergency and
normal announcement control output level from -20 dB to + 6dB
minimum.
(7) The number of messages, a total of 256 in a C-60 type cassette which
has a play time of 120 minutes.
(8) The access time which is of 3 s maximum for access to announcement in

the stand-by condition. A 1 s maximum for access to the emergency
announcment through the rapid decompression switch. A 1 s maximum for
access to SSSV programs.
(9) The emergency announcement repeat which you can set for 1 to 8 times
through an internal preset switch.
(10) A power consumption of 30 W maximum with 115 V AC - 400 Hz.
(11) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 10,000 Hz +/- 3 dBm for boarding
music outputand 50 to 4,000 Hz +/- 3 dBm for solid state announcement
output.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 60 dBm minimum.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 25
Feb 01/09

CES
(3) The harmonic distortion, less than 1 % maximum (1 kHz/0 dBm).
(4) The wow and flutter, less than 0.15 % weighted (WRMS) per IEEE
standard 193-1971.
(5) The output level, announcement and boarding music 0 dBm (1mW into 600
Ohm load) per ARINC 539A, adjustable from 0 dBm to -21 dBm. Emergency
announcement output level +6 dBm nominal.
(6) The access time is less than 1 second for access to announcements and
emergency announcement.
(7) The power consumption of less than 75 W average with 115 V AC - 400
Hz.
(8) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.
**ON A/C 151-158, 201-210,
(1) The frequency range is from 50Hz to 6kHz for the announcement and
50Hz to 13,5kHz for the boarding music.
(2) The signal-to-noise rate is more than 60 dB.
(3) The harmonic distortion is less than 3.0 % for messages and less than
1.0% for music.
(4) The output-levels are 0.775V/600Ohms.
(5) The memory capacity is 40M Bytes for ANN and 80M Bytes for BGM.
(6) The reproduction time is 2 h and 54 min. for ANN and 43 min./channel
for BGM.
(7) The message access time is less than 1 second.
(8) The number of messages are 500 max.
(9) The BGM has 4 channels.
(10) The direct access keys are 5 messages max. including decompression.
(11) The emergency repeat has 16 cycles max.

R

EFF :
301-304,
106-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 23-32-00

Page 26
Feb 01/09

CES
(12) The access time is less than 1 seconds.
(13) A power consumption of 35W maximum with 115VAC / 400 Hz.
(14) The unit connector is ARINC 600 Size 1.
**ON A/C 159-199,
(1) The frequency range is from 50Hz to 6kHz for the announcement and
50Hz to 13,5kHz for the boarding music.
(2) The signal-to-noise rate is more than 60 dB.
(3) The harmonic distortion is less than 3.0 % for messages and less than
1.0% for music.
(4) The output-levels are 0.775V/600-Ohm.
(5) The memory capacity is 85M Bytes for ANN and 80M Bytes for BGM.
(6) The reproduction time is 5 h and 48 min. for ANN and 43 min./channel
for BGM.
(7) The message access time is less than 1 second.
(8) The number of messages are 500 max.
(9) The BGM has 4 channels.
(10) The direct access keys are 5 messages max. including decompression.
(11) The emergency repeat has 16 cycles max.
(12) The access time is less than 1 seconds.
(13) A power dissipation of 13W maximum with 115VAC / 400 Hz.
(14) The unit connector is ARINC 600 Size 1.

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-32-00

Page 27
Feb 01/09
R
CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
C. AUDIO Page
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The AUDIO Page is a part of the Flight Attendant Panel.
(1) The integrated PRAM is operated through the AUDIO page. You can start
the AUDIO page through the audio pushbutton. After the start of the
function, three different pages can come into view:
(a) WAIT UNTIL INITIALIZATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED:

- PRAM is in initialization routine.
(b) NO PRE-RECORDED AUDIO AVAILIABLE CHECK PRAM:

- operation not possible (e.g. PRAM is not supplied with power,
data bus interrupted).
(c) The announcement selection box shows.
(2) Announcement Selection box

The announcement selection box contains all the existing
announcements readable from the integrated-pram flash card.
The announcement selection box contains 7 buttons:
(a) PREVIOUS PAGE:

- On the announcement selection box field, you scroll up one
page, which shows the visible entries.
(b) NEXT PAGE:

- On the announcement selection box field, you scroll down one
page, which shows the visible entries.
(c) INCREASE ENTRY: .

- On the announcement selection box field, you scroll up only one
entry.
(d) OPEN/CLOSE:
- The marked folder opens or closes.
(e) SELECT MEMO:

- Selected announcement/folder is marked in a contrast color.
A selected announcement is shown in the memo-box. The content of
a selected folder is shown in the memo-box (only announcement->no
folder).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 28
Nov 01/09

CES
Status Pages on the AUDIO Page
Figure 006

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 29
Nov 01/09

CES
(f) DIRECT PLAY:
- The announcement plays directly after of the selection.
(3) Memo-Box
The memo-box contains all announcements, which are selected from the
announcement-selection box.
The memo-box contains 7 buttons:
(a) INCREASE ENTRY:

- On the memo-box field you scroll up only one entry.
(b) DECREASE ENTRY:

- On the memo-box field you scroll down only one entry.
(c) CLEAR ALL:

- You delete all entries in the memo-box.
(d) STOP:
- The current announcement stops.
(e) START NEXT:

- The selected entry in the memo-box plays.
(f) START ALL:

- All entries listed in the memo-box play one after each other.
The order is from the top to the bottom of the memo-box.
(g) ON ANNOUNCE field:

- An ON ANNOUNCE field on the FAP audio-page shows the current
announcement. Only one title for each announcement is shown in
the ON ANNOUNCE field. A discrete announcement is displayed by
a special text (e.g. AUTO).
(4) Boarding-Music Control Facilities at the FAP

(Ref. Fig. 002)
The boarding music control equipment is as follows:
- A boarding music (BGM) aircraft symbol on the left side of the FAP
AUDIO page, with the BGM channel and -volume
- A row of ten bar graphs, to indicate the set VOLUME level
- An ON/OFF pushbutton switch with an integral light
- An up and down membrane-pushbutton, to set the music channel
- An up pushbutton, to increase the volume level
- A down pushbutton, to decrease the volume level.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 30
Nov 01/09

CES
D. Attendant Indication Panels (AIP)
(1) The PRAM control equipment is as follows:

- There is a PRE ANNOUNCEMENT message, at all attendant indication
panels, when the announcement system operates.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
7. ________________
System Operation
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) system is controlled

during normal operation from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH.
The system initialization is made automatically when the reproducer receives
115 V AC. During the initialization the LED display on the audio module is
not shown. The least significant digit LED of the announcer display will
show 0 when the initialization is complete. The operation procedures to
program and release the announcements are as follows:
A. Control Keys
(1) Not Applicable
(2) Not Applicable
(3) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
To operate the PRAM through the AUDIO page you must push the AUDIO
pushbutton. After you set this function, two different pages can come
into view:
WAIT UNTIL INITIALIZATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
- PRAM is in initialization routine wait max. 5 min.
NO PRERECORDED AUDIO AVAILABLE CHECK PRAM.
- operation not possible (e.g. PRAM is not supplied with power, data
bus interrupted).
After the initialization the following text strings can be shown:
AUTO in the ON ANNOUNCE display, if an automatic announcement was
caused.
FOUND in the MEMO 1 display, if the announcement was found by the
PRAM.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 31
Nov 01/09

CES
MISSING in the MEMO 1 and or MEMO 2 display, if the announcement was
not found by the PRAM.
ERROR in all MEMO displays, if the selection of the announcement is
out of the selection range.
The operation procedures to program and release the announcements are
as follows:
A. Control Keys
(1) Not Applicable
(2) Not Applicable
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
A. System Start
When the circuit breaker for the FAP is closed, the integrated PRAM
system is energized.
You can push the AUDIO pusbutton, to activate the operator menu on the
LCD-display.
During the initialization time these indications are possible:
(1) If the integrated PRAM is in the normal initialization routine the

display shows:
- WAIT UNTIL INITIALIZATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED
(2) If communication to PRAM is not possible or initialization time is

exceeded, the display shows:
- NO PRE-RECORDED AUDIO AVAILABLE - CHECK PRAM
(3) If the initialization is completed, the display shows the AUDIO menu.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(4) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1
position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the
MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in
data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding
announcement.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 32
Nov 01/09

CES
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in
the same as for the MEMO 1 display.
The messages keyed-in into the MEMO 1, MEMO 2, and MEMO 3 display are
alternately played from tape deck A and tape deck B.
(5) Not Applicable
(6) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(4) Numerics
Announcement numbers can be set by using the numeric keyboard. The
number is shown in the SELECT display.
(5) Clear
To erase the number from the SELECT display, push the Clear key.
(6) Enter
The system will accept the selection by pushing the Enter key or
after a time out automatically. The recorded number will be shown in
the SELECT display and in the MEMO display with up to five messages.
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(4) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1
position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the
MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in
data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding
announcement.
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in
the same as for the MEMO 1 display.
(5) Not Applicable
(6) Not Applicable

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 33
Feb 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(7) CLEAR
When the cursor has moved into the related position (MEMO 1, MEMO 2
or MEMO 3) and the CLEAR pushbutton switch is pushed, the display
clears.
(8) Not Applicable
(9) Not Applicable
(10) START NEXT

When the START NEXT pushbutton switch is pushed the message shown on
the MEMO 1 display moves up to the ON ANNOUNCE display. The MEMO 2
display message then moves up to the MEMO 1 display. The message
shown on the MEMO 3 display moves up to the MEMO 2 display.
(11) START ALL

All messages keyed on MEMO 1, MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 will be announced
continuously until the last announcement has finished (number 0). In
this continuous mode, it can add another message for announcement
after the messages that you have keyed-in.
(12) STOP
When the STOP pushbutton switch is pushed, the message announcement
stops immediately.
B. Boarding Music Control Keys
(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF pushbutton switch is pushed, the light in the
pushbutton switch comes ON. The channel 1 is automatically displayed
on the BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF pushbutton is pushed
again, the light goes OFF.
(2) SEL
When the SEL pushbutton switch is pushed, the system selects one of
the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending code (four channels in
the mono mode, two in the stereo mode).
(3) VOLUME
The LEDs on the volume display show the volume level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - )
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level decreases.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-32-00

Page 34
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(5) ( + )
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level increases.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(7) Up / Down
To change the selection of the announcement push the Up or Down key.
The last selection of the announcement is highlighted by color change
of the related MEMO display from the annuncement.
(8) Clear Memo

To erase the last selection of the announcement push the Clear Memo
key.
(9) Clear All

To erase all announcements push the Clear All key.
(10) Play Next

To start the announcement push the Play Next key. The ON ANNOUNCE
display shows the started announcement.
(11) Play All

When the Play All key is pushed, all messages shown on the MEMO
display will be announced continuously until the last announcement
has finished.
(12) Stop
To stop the announcement immediately push the Stop key.
B. Boarding Music Control Keys
(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF key is pushed, the key is highlighted by color
change. The channel 1 is automatically displayed on the BGM 1 CHAN
display. When the ON/OFF key is pushed again, the key returns to its
initial condition.
(2) CHAN (+)/(-)

To change the selection of the channel to one of the available
channels, push the CHAN (+) or CHAN (-) key.
These are shown in a numerical ascending code on the BGM 1 CHAN
display (four channels in the mono mode, two in the stereo mode).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 35
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(3) VOL (+)/(-)
When the VOL (-) key is pushed the volume level decreases.
When the VOL (+) key is pushed the volume level increases.
The volume level is shown on the VOL display.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
C. Announcement Operation
(1) Choose an announcement in the Announcement-Selection Box on the right

side through the up and down buttons. The chosen announcement is
highlighted by color change.
When you push the Select Entry button, the announcement is shown in
the Memo-box. Choose an announcement in the Memo-Box on the right
side through the up and down button. The active memo is highlighted
by color change.
When you push the Play Next button, the chosen announcement title
moves into the ON ANNOUNCE display. The announcement is heard from
all the cabin and lavatory loudspeakers.
(2) These indications are possible when input is entered:
(a) The display shows the message ERROR:

- when the announcement number is out of range.
(b) The display shows the message FOUND:

- when the selected announcement is found.
(c) The display shows the message MISSING:

- when the selected announcement cannot be found.
(3) CLEAR Pushbutton
(a) If the CLEAR All pushbutton is pushed, all inputs in the Memo-box
are cleared.
D. Announcement Operation by Softkeys
(1) Play Next pushbutton

When this pushbutton is pushed, only the highlighted message on the
Memo-box is played and the announcement number moves to the ON
ANNOUNCE field.
(2) Play All pushbutton

When this pushbutton is pushed, all announcements in the Memo-box are
played and the announcement number moves to the ON ANNOUNCE field.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 36
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) STOP pushbutton
When this pushbutton is pushed, the current announcement stops.
E. Announcement Operation by Keylines

The CIDS director and the cabin pressure switch 19WR can start some
automatic announcements in the PRAM with keyline signals.
These signals are possible:
(1) NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT (started from the CIDS director).

The display shows the message AUTO of the ON ANNOUNCE field. At the
end of the announcement the PRAM returns to the function which was
started before and clears the ON ANNOUNCE field.
(2) Emergency Announcement (started from the cabin pressure switch). The
emergency announcement starts directly. The display shows the message
AUTO of the ON ANNOUNCE field, and clears the ON ANNOUNCE field. At
the end of the announcement all memorys are cleared and the PRAM
stops.
F. Boarding Music Operation
(1) ON/OFF Pushbutton

When the ON/OFF pushbutton switch is pushed, the integral light in
the pushbutton comes on. The channel 1 is displayed on the BGM
channel display. When the pushbutton is pushed again, the integral
light, the display and the system goes off.
(2) up and down CHAN pushbutton

When the up and down CHAN pushbutton is pushed, the system moves to
the next available channel and at the A/C-Symbol on the BMG 1 display
shows the new channel number.
(3) up and down VOL Pushbutton

When the up or down VOL pushbutton is pushed, the volume level
increases/decreases. The volume level is displayed in 2 dB steps at
the A/C-Symbol on the VOL-display with ten bar graphs.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 37
Nov 01/09

CES
(4) Attenuation/Indication List
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ATTENUATION I FAP and AAP INDICATION
(dB) I (ILLUMINATED SEGMENTS)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 10
- 2 9
- 4 8
- 6 7
- 8 6
-10 5
-12 4
-14 3
-16 2
-18 1
-20 0
G. Announcement Indication on AIPs

There are no control keys fitted on the AIPs. The system gives a PRE
ANNOUNCEMENT message to all attendant indication panels when the
announcement system operates.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 38
Nov 01/09

CES
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-00-860-001
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-700-001 Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the

Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-710-002 Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the
Reproducer
23-32-00-860-002 Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
23-32-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00-991-001-B Fig. 201A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 201
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
23-32-00-991-001-A Fig. 201B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-865-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 128.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-32-00-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-B)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 202
Feb 01/08

CES
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
Figure 201/TASK 23-32-00-991-001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-32-00

Page 203
May 01/05

CES
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
Figure 201A/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-B

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 23-32-00

Page 204
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 201B/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052
A. Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
(1) Remove the PRAM reproducer.
(a) Loosen the nuts (3) at the front of the rack (2).
(b) Lower the nuts (3) from the lugs (7).
(c) Pull the PRAM reproducer (8) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
(d) Remove the PRAM reproducer (8).
(2) Disengage the latches (5) and open the doors (4) on the two sides of
the reproducer (8).
(3) Remove the audio cassettes (9) from the cassette drives.
(4) Install the new audio cassettes (9) in the cassette drives.
NOTE : Make sure that the identification label on each audio cassette
____
agrees with the identification label on the doors next to each
cassette drive (6).
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the
cassettes after installation.
(5) Close the doors (4) on the two sides of the PRAM reproducer (8) and
let the latches (5) engage.
(6) Install the PRAM reproducer
(a) Install the PRAM reproducer (8) on its rack (2).
(b) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (7) and tighten them.

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-32-00

Page 205
Aug 01/05

CES
Loading of a new Announcement/Boarding Music
R Figure 201B/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-32-00

Page 206
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052-B
A. Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
(1) Release the quick-release fastener (4) and open the door (3) on the
front of the PRAM reproducer (1).
(2) Remove the audio cassette (2) from the cassette drive.
(3) Install the new audio cassette (2) in the cassette drive.
NOTE : Make sure that you can see the identification label on the
____
cassette after installation.
(4) Close the door (3) on the front of the PRAM reproducer (1) and lock
the quick- release fastener (4).
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052-A
A. Loading of the new Announcement/Boarding Music files
(1) Open, safety and tag this (these) circuit breaker (s): 2RX
(2) Release the quick-release fastener (4) and open the access door (3)
on the front panel of the PRAM (1).
(3) Insert the new flash memory card (2) into the slot on the front panel
of the PRAM (1).Make sure that you insert the card correctly.
(4) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
2RX
(5) On the front panel of the PRAM (1) push the SELECT pushbutton switch.
(a) The PRAM initializes for about 1 minute.
(b) The display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows the ID
number of the flash memory card (2) (for example 001, 012, 034).

R

EFF :
301-304,
106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 23-32-00

Page 207
Feb 01/08

CES
(6) On the front panel of the PRAM (1) push the SELECT pushbutton switch.
(a) The display shows SCH and the PRAM (1) deletes the old files, if
instructed from the flash memory card (2).
(b) The PRAM (1) then automatically downloads the new files from the
flash memory card (2).
(c) The display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows in this
sequence:
- 001 to 512
- E-P
- D-1 to D-4
- 12A, 12B, 34A and 34B
- PRO.
NOTE : The display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows the
____
actual download file until the download has finished (for
example 12A for boarding music).
The time for the download can be ten minutes.
(7) When the display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows END, remove
the flash memory card (2) from the PRAM (1).
(8) Close the access door (3) on the front panel of the PRAM (1) and lock
the quick-release fastener (4).
(9) Open and close the C/B 2RX to reset and initialise the system.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-067
breaker(s):
2RX
Subtask 23-32-00-860-050
C. Do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 208
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-056
D. Do the test of the prerecorded announcement/boarding music operation of

the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-
710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 209
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
TASK 23-32-00-860-002
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)

Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- To Set the Audio Cassette(s) to the Starting Position

- To Inform the PRAM Reproducer about the Contents of the Audio Cassette(s)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the
Reproducer
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-051

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 210
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-32-00-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
Subtask 23-32-00-010-051
C. Get Access
Subtask 23-32-00-820-050
D. Preparation for Initialization
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the audio cassette(s)
is(are) installed correctly in the PRAM reproducer (10RX). (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053
A. Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer
(1) Open the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel
2000VU.
(2) Close the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel
2000VU to reset the PRAM reproducer 10RX.
(3) Make sure that in the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer
10RX the upper rotary selector MUSIC CH SELECT is in the REMOTE
position.
(4) Make sure that all displays on the audio module of the Forward
Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH show 0.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 211
Feb 01/08

CES
(5) Make sure that the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in
the MEMO 1 position.
(6) In the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer 10RX, turn the
lower rotary selector TEST to the TAPE INITIAL position.
(7) Wait for a minimum of 6 seconds.
(8) Make sure that the ON ANNOUNCE display on the audio module of the FAP
shows 0 and the BGM display shows 1.
lower rotary selector TEST to the NORMAL position.
(10) Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display
R shows I-I to indicate that the initialization is in progress.
(11) Wait for up to 6 minutes.
(12) Make sure that after the initialization is completed:

- the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1
position
R - the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a
R number is shown in its place.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053-B
A. Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer 10RX
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer
10RX the upper rotary selector MUSIC CH SELECT is in the REMOTE
position.
(2) To reset the PRAM reproducer 10RX:

- open the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on the C/B
panel 2000VU
- wait ten seconds
- close the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel
2000VU.
lower rotary selector TEST to the TAPE INITIAL position.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 301-304, 23-32-00

Page 212
May 01/06

CES
(4) At the FAP 120RH:
- wait until the ON ANNOUNCE display shows the message WAIT UNTIL
INITIALIZATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
lower rotary selector TEST to the NORMAL position.
(6) AT the FAP 120RH:

- wait until the initialization is completed
- on the AUDIO page the ON ANNOUNCE display and all MEMO displays
shows 0
- on the AUDIO page the BGM CHAN. display show 1.
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053-A
A. Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer
(1) Open the C/B PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel 2000VU.
(2) Close the C/B PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel 2000VU to reset the PRAM
reproducer 10RX.
(3) Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display
on the audio module of the FAP shows INI to indicate that the
initialization is in progress.
(4) Wait for up to 6 minutes.
(5) Make sure that after the initialization is completed:

- the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1
position
- the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a
number is shown in its place.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-720-051
B. Do the test of the prerecorded announcement operation of the PRAM

reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 213
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 23-32-00-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233,
236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 214
Feb 01/08

CES
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-00-700-001
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement

and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
_______
NOTE : The AMM task is applicable only if the PRAM unit installed and function
____
selected thru CAM programming.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 501
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-050
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06

49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08

49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 502
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 301-304,
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/FLT ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
**ON A/C 301-304,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-304,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 106-149,


EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 503
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199,

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
**ON A/C 106-149,
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 151-199,

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M07
121VU COM /CIDS/FLT ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 301-304,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 501-502,

49VU COM/CIDS/FLT ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
**ON A/C 305-399,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 23-32-00

Page 505
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 501-502,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
(3) In the cabin, on each emergency oxygen container, pull the door stops
and turn them 90 degrees to the test position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 506
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051-A
23-73-00-861-001).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051-B
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the SEAT BELTS switch, at the cockpit panel 25VU, is
in the position OFF.
(4) Make sure that the NO SMOKING switch, at the cockpit panel 25VU, is
in the position OFF.

R

EFF : 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 507
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation
NOTE : The subsequent procedure is a general test. The prerecorded

____
announcements are normally established by the operator in
accordance with the PRAM-Vendor. Therefore the prerecorded
announcement numbers may be different.
NOTE : You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

2000VU: 120RH, prerecorded announcement
- close the circuit breaker PRAM section:
(2RX). - all displays show 0.
- the cursor is in the MEMO 1 position.
2. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded

announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 1.
1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 2
switch. position.
- after some seconds the READY light
comes on.

switch. position.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 508
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch. position.

- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 2
display moves to the MEMO 1 display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 3
display moves to the MEMO 2 display.
- the MEMO 3 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:

- you can hear the announcement 1 from
the loudspeakers.
NOTE : After an announcement has finished the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
____
6. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded In the cabin and the lavatories:

announcement section: - you can hear the announcements 2 and
- push the START ALL pushbutton 3 from the loudspeakers in sequence.
switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded

announcement section:
- the READY light goes off.

1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - after some seconds the READY light
switch. comes on.

switch and before the display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
announcement has finished push display.
the STOP pushbutton switch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-32-00

Page 509
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the loudspeakers until you push the
STOP pushbutton switch.

- the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.

- set the announcement 350 to - the MEMO 1 display shows 350.
MEMO 1.

- push the ENTER pushbutton - the MEMO 1 display shows E and
switch. after some seconds the display
changes to 0.

- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the shown announcement on the MEMO 1
1 and push the CLEAR display changes from 1 to 0.
pushbutton.

1 and push the ENTER - after some seconds the READY light
pushbutton switch. comes on.

switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the MEMO 1 display shows 0.

the loudspeakers.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-32-00

Page 510
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the READY light goes off.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-B
A. Test of the Pre-recorded Announcement
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH:

(FAP) 120RH:
- push the Audio key. - the Audio key is highlighted by

colour change.
- the display shows the AUDIO page.
2. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- set an announcement number on - the announcement number is shown in

the numeric keyboard and push the SELECT display
the ENTER key. - after a short time the message FOUND
and the announcement number included
is shown on the MEMO 1 display.
- do the same procedure for - the status FOUND and the announcement
approximately five numbers of all entered announcements
announcements. are shown on the MEMO displays.
- set an announcement from the - the set announcement is highlighted

MEMO display through the Up or by color change.
Down key.
- push the Play Next key. - the set announcement number moves
into the ON ANNOUNCE display.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 511
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- the announcement is heard from all
the cabin and lavatory loudspeakers.
- push the Stop key, before the - the announcement stops

announcement is completed. - on the ON ANNOUNCE display the
announced number goes out of view.
- push the Play All key. - the announcements from the MEMO
displays play one after another and
afterwards the announced number goes
out of view.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-C
A. Test of the Pre-recorded Announcement
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH:
- Push the Audio softkey. - The Audio softkey is highlighted by

colour change.
- The display shows the AUDIO page.
2. On the FAP, PRERECORDED On the FAP, PRERECORDED

ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area: ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:
- Set an announcement via up and - The set announcement is highlighted

down arrow softkeys. by colour change.
3. On the FAP, PRERECORDED On the FAP, PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT:

ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 512
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the left arrow softkey. - The announcement title with the note
FOUND is shown in the MEMO area.
4. On the FAP, PRERECORDED On the FAP, PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT:

- Do the same procedure for - All entered announcements are shown

approximately seven in the MEMO area.
announcements.

ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
- Set an announcement via up and - The active memo field is highlighted

down arrow softkey. by color change.
6. On the FAP, PRERECORDED On the FAP, PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON

ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: ANNOUNCE area:
- Push the Play Next softkey. - The set announcement title moves into
the display.
In the Cabin:
- The announcement is heard from all

- Push the Stop softkey, before - The announcement stops.

the announcement is completed. - In the ON ANNOUNCE display the
announced title goes out of view.

- Push the Play All softkey. - All announcements in the MEMO area
play one after another and afterwards
the announced title goes out of view.

ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area: ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 513
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set an announcement via the up - The set announcement is highlighted
and down arrow softkey. by colour change.
- Push the Direct Play softkey. On the FAP, PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON

ANNOUNCE area:
- The set announcement title moves into
the ON ANNOUNCE display.
In the Cabin:
- The announcement is heard from all
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-058
B. Test of the Emergency Announcement
(1) Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers are
pulled out and turned to the TEST position.
NOTE : This Test is necessary, if an emergency announcement is

____
recorded on the PRAM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. MASK MAN ON pushbutton
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE

_______
MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
2. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,

21VU, oxygen control section: oxygen control section:
- lift the guard and push the - the PASSENGER SYS ON light on the
oxygen MASK MAN ON pushbutton. right side of the MASK MAN ON switch
comes on.
In the cabin:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 514
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the automatic emergency announcement
is heard from all the cabin and
lavatory loudspeakers.

50VU, oxygen control section: oxygen control section.
- push the OXYGEN TMR RES - the PASSENGER SYS ON light on the
pushbutton. right side of the MASK MAN ON switch
goes off.
R On the FAP 120RH: In the cabin:

R - push the PRE REC ANN STOP - the automatic emergency announcement
R membrane switch. stops.
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-058-A
B. Test of the Emergency Announcement
(1) Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers are
pulled out and turned to the TEST position.
NOTE : This test is necessary, if an emergency announcement is

____
recorded on the PRAM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. MASK MAN ON pushbutton

_______
MASK MAN ON
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.

21VU, OXYGEN control section: oxygen control section:
- Lift the guard and push the - The SYS ON light on the right side of
oxygen MASK MAN ON pushbutton. the MASK MAN ON switch comes on.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the FAP 120RH :
- The message AUTO (name of the
decompression announcements) is shown
on the ON ANNOUNCE display.
In the cabin:
- The automatic emergency announcement
is heard from all the cabin and
On the FAP:
- When the automatic emergency
announcement is completed, the AUTO
messages go off.

50VU, oxygen control section: OXYGEN control section.
- Push the OXYGEN/TMR RES - The SYS ON light on the right side of
pushbutton. the MAN ON switch goes off.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 516
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-32-00-865-060
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 501-502,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-862-050
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-862-050-A
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 517
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-502,
TASK 23-32-00-710-002
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-052

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 518
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,

**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 301-304,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 519
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
**ON A/C 301-304,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-304,
**ON A/C 106-149,

**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199,


EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 520
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 301-304,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-00

Page 521
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 23-32-00

Page 522
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,

R 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052-A
23-73-00-861-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 523
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055
A. Test of the Boarding Music Operation
NOTE : You can check the announcements only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
NOTE : After the selection of a new boarding music channel it may

____
take some seconds before you can hear the music of the new
boarding music channel from the loudspeakers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:

(FAP) 120RH, music section: - the light in the MUSIC ON/OFF
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch comes on.
pushbutton switch. - the channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC
channel display.

- you can hear the channel 1 music from
the loudspeakers.
2. On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton On the FAP 120RH, music section:
switch. - the channel 2 is shown on the MUSIC
channel display.

the loudspeakers.
3. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton - the channel 3 is shown on the MUSIC
switch. channel display.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 524
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the loudspeakers.

the loudspeakers.

the loudspeakers.
- push the (-) pushbutton switch. - the LEDs on the MUSIC volume display
show the new volume level.

- the volume level of the music
decreases.
- push the (+) pushbutton switch. - the LEDs on the MUSIC volume display
show the new volume level.

- the volume level of the music
increases.
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF - the light in the MUSIC ON/OFF
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.

- the channel 1 music stops.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-32-00

Page 525
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055-A
A. Test of the Boarding Music
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING MUSIC/BMG1

MUSIC/BMG1 area: area:
- touch the ON/OFF icon. - the ON/OFF softkey is highlighted by

colour change.
On the FAP 120RH, Boarding Music

aircraft symbol:
- the BGM1/CHAN. display shows the last
set BGM channel.
In the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from all the
passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
2. On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING MUSIC

MUSIC/BGM1/CHAN. area: aircraft symbol:
- set a BGM channel via up and - the BGM 1/CHAN display shows the
down arrow softkeys. related BGM channel.
In the cabin:
- you hear the related BGM channel from
all the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.

MUSIC/BGM 1 area: aircraft symbol:
- do the same procedure for the - the BGM1/CHAN. display shows the
other BGM channels. related BGM channel.
In the cabin:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 526
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you hear the related BGM channel from
loudspeakers.
4. On the FAP 12ORH, BOARDING On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING MUSIC

MUSIC/BGM1/VOL. area: aircraft symbol:
- touch the up arrow softkey: - BGM1/VOL. display shows the volume

level.
In the cabin:
- the volume level of the BGM
increases.

MUSIC/BGM1/VOL. area: aircraft symbol:
- touch the down arrow softkey: - BGM1/VOL. display shows the volume
level.
In the cabin:
- the volume level of the BGM
decreases.
6. On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING On the FAP 120RH, BOARDING MUSIC/BMG1

MUSIC/BMG1 area: area:
- touch the ON/OFF button.
- the ON/OFF softkey is In the cabin:

highlighted by colour change. - the BGM stops.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-00-942-054
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 527
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-32-00-862-053
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-00-862-053-A
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Close the emergency oxygen container doors. Make sure that the
latches engage.
(2) Turn the door stops to the normal position and release them.
(3) Make sure that the guard is in position over the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch 14WR, on panel 21VU.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-32-00

Page 528
Nov 01/09

CES
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC (10RX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-34-000-001
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer (10RX)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
23-32-34-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-34-010-050
B. Get Access
128.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 402
Feb 01/08

CES
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-32-34

Page 403
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Announcement/Music tape Reproducer
(1) Remove the audio cassettes or load the new annoncement/boarding music
files (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
(2) Loosen the nuts (3) on the front of the rack (2).
(4) Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(5) Remove the reproducer (5).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 404
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-32-34-400-001
Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer (10RX)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
23-32-00-710-002 Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the
Reproducer
Reproducer
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
23-32-34-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 405
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-860-051
824 in zone 128.
Subtask 23-32-34-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 406
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-32-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
correct condition.
(5) Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(8) Install the audio cassettes or load the announcement/boarding music

files (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
Subtask 23-32-34-865-052
breaker(s):
2RX
Subtask 23-32-34-860-050
C. Install a new cassette (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001) or load a new

announcement/boarding music files and do the initialization procedure
(Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
Subtask 23-32-34-710-050
D. Do the operational tests:
(1) The Test of the Boarding Music Operation (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-
002).
(2) The Test of the Prerecorder Announcement (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-

001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 407
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
23-32-34

Page 408
Feb 01/08

CES
FLASHCARD - INTEGRATED PRAM (117RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-36-000-001
Removal of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-36-960-001 Hot Plug Replacement of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard

(117RH)
Power
23-32-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-36-860-051
(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Do a check of the FAP set-up page.
(3) If the I-PRAM softkey is enabled, remove the I-PRAM flashcard with
the hot-plug replacement-procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-36-960-001).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
(4) If the I-PRAM softkey is not enabled, continue with step B..
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-36-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 402
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-32-36-020-050
A. Removal of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-36-991-001)
(1) Release the quick-release fastener (1) and open the cover (2) of the
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) (6).
(2) Push the quick-release button (3) carefully with a PIN - NON METALLIC
to unlock the I-PRAM Flashcard (4) from the I-PRAM slot (5).
(3) Pull the I-PRAM Flashcard (4) carefully out of the I-PRAM slot (5).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 403
Nov 01/09

CES
Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH) - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 23-32-36-991-001

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-32-36-400-001
Installation of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-36-960-001 Hot Plug Replacement of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard

(117RH)
23-73-00-740-005 BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) through the CFDS
Power
the External Power
23-32-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-36-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Do a check of the FAP set-up page.
(3) If the I-PRAM softkey is enabled, install the I-PRAM flashcard with
the hot-plug replacement-procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-36-960-001).
(4) If the I-PRAM softkey is not enabled, continue with step B.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-36-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,


EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-32-36

Page 406
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-32-36-420-050
A. Installation of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-36-991-001)
(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(3) Push the I-PRAM Flashcard (4) carefully into the I-PRAM slot (5)
until it locks in position.
NOTE : Make sure that you push the I-PRAM Flashcard (4) into the
____
I-PRAM slot (5) and not into the OBRM slot or CAM slot. The
three slots have the same dimensions.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(5) Close the cover (2) and tighten the quick-release fastener (1).
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-36-865-052
breaker(s):
150RH, 151RH, 156RH, 157RH, 170RH, 171RH.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-32-36-740-050
C. Do the interface and power-up test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data

System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 407
Nov 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-36-862-050
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 408
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-32-36-960-001
Hot Plug Replacement of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
23-32-36-991-001 Fig. 401
23-32-36-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-36-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 409
Nov 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-36-991-001, 402/TASK 23-32-36-991-002)
Subtask 23-32-36-960-050
A. Replacement of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
(1) Release the quick-release fastener (1) and open the cover (2) of the
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) (6).
(2) On the FAP push the FAP Set-Up key.

- The FAP Set-Up Page (7) comes on.
(3) On the FAP Set-Up Page push the PRAM Remove key.
- A confirmation window (8) comes on.
(4) In the confirmation window push the Yes key.

- A new window (9) remove/ install PRAM comes on.
(5) Carefully push the quick-release button (3) with a PIN - NON METALLIC
to unlock the I-PRAM Flashcard (4) from the I-PRAM-Slot (5).
(6) Pull the old I-PRAM Flashcard (4) carefully out of the I-PRAM-Slot
(5).
(7) Push the new I-PRAM Flashcard (4) into the I-PRAM-Slot (5) until it
locks into position.
(8) Make sure that you push the I-PRAM Flashcard (4) into the I-PRAM-Slot
(5) and not into the CAM-Slot or OBRM-Slot. The three slots have the
same dimension.
(9) On the FAP in the window (9) remove/ install PRAM push the OK key.
- A new window (10) with a successful installation message comes on.
(10) In the new window (10) with the successful installation message push
the OK key.
- On the FAP Set-Up page (7) in the PRAM field the new PRAM part
number is shown.
items.
(12) Close the cover (2) of the FAP (6) and tighten the quick-release
fastener (1).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
FAP Pages for the Hot Plug Replacement of the Integrated Pram Flashcard (117RH)
Figure 402/TASK 23-32-36-991-002

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 411
Nov 01/09

CES
(13) To activate the installed PRAM do a new start of FAP.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-36-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-32-36

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio

entertainment programs for the passengers. Each passenger can select
entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
The Passenger Entertainment System Music (PES Music) transmits pre-recorded

audio programs to the passengers. The passengers can hear the audio programs
through headsets, connected to the Passenger Control Units (PCU). Through
the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS), the audio program is heard
from the cabin Passenger Address (PA) loudspeakers as Boarding Music (BGM).
The PES Music also transmits the video sound and the PA announcement sound
to the passengers.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526,

R 528-599,
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8MK MAIN MULTIPLEXER 88VU 128
10MK AUDIO REPRODUCER 88VU 128
50MK WALL DISCONNECT BOX 200
100MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
200MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
800MK RELAY 2000VU 220
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Component Location

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 2
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Component Location

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 3
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002A)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120RH FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANEL 221

EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 23-33-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location
Figure 001A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 5
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant Panel (Audio Module) -
Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238,

23-33-00 Page 6
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-33-00

Page 7
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio Page) -
Component Location

EFF :

234-235, 239-249,

23-33-00 Page 8
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Component Location

EFF :

234-235, 239-249,

23-33-00 Page 9
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 002D)
**ON A/C 301-304, 401-499,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
204MK TRANSDUCER 200
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002C)

EFF :

301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 10
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
204MK REMOTE JACK UNIT 200
R **ON A/C 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002D)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
204MK TRANSDUCER 200
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526,

R 528-599,
3. __________________
System Description

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 11
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
Component Location
Figure 002B (SHEET 1)

EFF :

301-304,

23-33-00 Page 12
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Component Location

EFF :

301-304,

23-33-00 Page 13
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Component Location

EFF :

305-399,

23-33-00 Page 14
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Component Location

EFF :

305-399,

23-33-00 Page 15
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Component Location
Figure 002D (SHEET 1)

R EFF :

401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,

23-33-00 Page 16
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Component Location
Figure 002D (SHEET 2)

R EFF :

401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,

23-33-00 Page 17
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
A. BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the MPES to go into the
BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is
put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/
Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK and 201MK all channels are examined
for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM,
the CIDS and the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
B. PES Power Test

When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance
persons operate this test on command from the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS
and the MPES.
C. Audio
Audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK, and video audio, supply a
minimum of eighteen audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process
this analog input and prepare it for conversion to digital data. These
are sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
D. Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio, back to its original analog form.
This audio output is transmitted to the passenger headsets through the
Passenger Control Units (PCU).

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 18
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
Figure 003

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 19
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 003A

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 20
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 003B

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 21
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (PES).
Figure 004

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 22
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
Figure 004A

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 23
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
E. Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
monophonic channel from the Compact Disk (CD) reproducer is programmed as
the left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic
channel.
Four channels from the CD reproducer can be used to provide boarding
music over the loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
F. Not Applicable
G. Not Applicable
H. Not Applicable
J. Not Applicable
K. Not Applicable
L. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 003A, 004A)
A. BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the MPES to go into the
BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is
put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK /
Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK and 201MK all channels are examined
for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM,
the CIDS and the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
B. PES Power Test

When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance
persons operate this test on command from the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS
and the MPES.

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 24
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
C. Audio
minimum of sixteen audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process
this analog input and prepare it for the conversion to digital data.
These are then sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB)
50MK.
D. Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio back to its original analog form.
E. Channels
monophonic channel from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the
left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the
loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
F. Boarding Music
Four channel nummbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The
flight attendants control the boarding music on the Forward Attendant
Panel (FAP).
G. Passenger Address Audio

(Ref. Fig. 005A)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES channels
in each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the MPES mode and
permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The aircraft seat
layout will have an effect on this system.
H. Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)

The ARINC 429 input data bus receives data from the CIDS directors. The
ARINC 429 output data bus also sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These are :
- Power ON/OFF,
- Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data
transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
J. ARINC 429 Output Data Port

The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this
data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) and to the Programming and
Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 25
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 004B

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 23-33-00

Page 26
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 004C

EFF :

301-304, 23-33-00

Page 27
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 004D

R

EFF :

401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 28
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Layout
Figure 005

R

EFF :

051-099, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 29
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Layout
Figure 005A

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 30
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
K. ARINC 429 Input Data Port
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats (PA
override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored in the
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included in the PTP.
L. MPES Data Lines

(Ref. Fig. 007A)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two data
busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed digital
audio, the other is used for service data.
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 003B, 004B)
A. BITE System
The BITE system is installed in the IFE. The Cabin-Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) makes the IFE go into the BITE
mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400Hz test tone is
put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/
Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK all channels are examined
for correct operation. Failure data is transmitted back to the MM, the
CIDS and the Central-Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
B. PES Power Test

When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. An ARINC 429
high-speed bus transmits data between the CIDS and the IFE.
C. Audio
The Audio signals from the CD Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK, and the video
audio, supply a minimum of 16 audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the
MM process this analog input and prepare it for the conversion to digital
data. These are then sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes
(WDB) 50MK.
D. Audio Output
PCU.

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 23-33-00

Page 31
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Seat Layout
Figure 005B

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 32
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Seat Layout
Figure 005C

EFF :

301-399, 23-33-00

Page 33
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Seat Layout
Figure 005D

EFF :

401-499, 23-33-00

Page 34
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
Figure 006

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 35
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 006A

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 36
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram
Figure 007

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 37/38
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Main Multiplexer Unit Interface
Figure 007A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 39
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
E. Channels
monophonic channel from the CD A/R is programmed as the left channel; the
other monophonic channel is programmed as the right channel. Two
monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to give boarding music through the
F. Boarding Music
Four channel numbers are used to give the boarding music. The flight
attendants control the boarding music on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
120RH.

(Ref. Fig. 005B)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the IFE channels in
each aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the IFE mode and lets you use the
PA in each zone of the aircraft. The aircraft seat layout has an effect
on this system.
H. CIDS Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)

- Power ON/OFF,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the IFE.

The IFE output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this
data to the CFDS through the CIDS.

Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
L. IFE Data Lines

(Ref. Fig. 007A)

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 40
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 004B)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 004C)
R **ON A/C 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004D)
R **ON A/C 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
A. BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the IFE system. The Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the
IFE system to go into the BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main
Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are electronically isolated from an active
processing. A 400 Hz test tone is put on each of the channels. At the
Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK / Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK,
201MK and 202MK all channels are examined for correct operation. Any
failure data is transmitted back to the MM, the CIDS and the Central
Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
B. PES Power Test

When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. An ARINC 429
high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS and the IFE.
C. Audio
minimum of sixteen audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process
this analog input and prepare it for the conversion to digital data.
These are then sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB)
50MK.

R

EFF :
528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 23-33-00

Page 41
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
D. Audio Output
E. Channels
monophonic channel from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the
left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the
F. Boarding Music
flight attendants control the boarding music on the Flight Attendant
Panel (FAP) 120RH.
R **ON A/C 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 005C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 005D)
R **ON A/C 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the IFE channels in
each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the IFE mode and permits
the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The aircraft seat layout
will have an effect on this system.

R

EFF :
528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 23-33-00

Page 42
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
H. Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)
- Power ON/OFF,
transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the IFE.

The IFE output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this
data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS).

Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
L. IFE Data Lines

(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526,

R 528-599,
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 008)

115 V AC is supplied to the PES from the normal busbar 210 XPA through the
circuit breaker 21MK.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 43
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 44
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008A

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 45
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 008C)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249,
The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit
breaker 21MK. The busbar 220XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through
the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 220XP-C supplies
115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay
800MK. The Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK and the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay
800MK.
The WDBs 50MK and SEBs 100MK on the LH passenger compartment side are
supplied through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH
passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 24MK.
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 008B)

the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 210XP-C supplies
115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay
800MK. The Compact DISK (CD) reproducer and the Main Multiplexer (MM) are
supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay
800MK.
The WDBs and SEBs on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger
compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 24MK.
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 008D)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 008E)

EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 23-33-00

Page 46
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008B

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 47
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008C

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 48
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008D

EFF :

301-304, 23-33-00

Page 49
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008E

EFF :

305-399, 23-33-00

Page 50
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
the circuit breakers 22MK, 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 220XP-C
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breakers 24MK, 25MK and
the relay 800MK.
The audio reproducer and the main multiplexer are supplied through the
circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay 800MK.
The WDBs and SEBs on the LH FWD passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the LH AFT
The WDBs and SEBs on the RH FWD passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 24MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH AFT
R **ON A/C 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 008F)

The PES Music is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
- 21MK - PES/MUSIC/CTL
- 23MK - PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH
- 24MK - PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526,

R 528-599,
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
A. Electrical Interface
The data busses of the passenger entertainment digital audio data and
passenger service data are input to the SEB 100MK through the connectors
J1 and/or J2. These are from the SEB to the SEB cables, that connect one
SEB with the other. BITE data results are transmitted back to the MM with
the data 1 and 2 lines.
B. Cabin Intercommunication Data System Interface

The CIDS interface is described in the component description (Para.
6B(2)).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 51
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply
Figure 008F

R

EFF :

401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 52
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
C. Electrical Components Interface
The electrical components interface is described in the component
description (Para. 6E(1)).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
A. System Interfaces
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
**ON A/C 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
The PES Music has interfaces with:

- 23-32-00 - Announcement - Music Tape Reproducer System
- 23-36-00 - Passenger Entertainment System Video (PES Video)
- 23-73-00 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
- 23-73-00 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
R **ON A/C 305-399, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
- 23-32-00 - Announcement - Integrated PRAM System
- 23-73-00 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 53
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526,
R 528-599,
6. _____________________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
A. Audio Reproducer
The CD reproducer 10MK has four CD drives. Each CD drive drives one CD.
Each CD drive provides four monophonic or two stereophonic channels. The
CD reproducer has a total of sixteen output channels.
B. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC 600
standard from factor 2MCU. The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The MPES
has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels.
Up to six channels can be used for video tape reproducer inputs. The MPES
permits a bilingual movie in each of the aircraft zones (up to three
zones).
(1) Boarding Music

flight attendants control the boarding music on the Forward Attendant
Panel (FAP).
(2) Passenger Address Audio
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES

channels in each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the MPES
mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The
aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this system.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 54
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig.
002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS directors.
The ARINC 429 output databus sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
- Power ON/OFF,
transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
(4) ARINC 429 Output Data Port

The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send
this data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) and to the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(5) ARINC 429 Input Data Port

(Ref. Fig. 006)
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats
(PA override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included in the PTP.
(6) MPES Data Lines

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two
data busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed
digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(7) Main Multiplexer Power Supply

The aircraft electrical system supplies 115VAC (400 Hz) power to the
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK. The transformer in the MM changes this
voltage into DC voltage for the MM digital and analog circuits.
(8) Audio Processing

Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter (LPF)
and an analog switch. This circuitry is used to modify the audio
signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion process.
A timing base Large Scale Intergrated (LSI) circuit controls this
process in the MM. This circuit establishes the system timing
(controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and the multiplex
channel timing for the insertion of digitalized audio signals into
the correct channel.

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 55
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
C. Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the data
busses of the MPES. It supplies line amplification for the data busses.
The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of the aircraft.
A WDB termination last plug is connected to the J1/J4 connector. Two
other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to supply the data
busses to the seat groups (forward and aft of the WDB location).
D. Seat Electronic Box

(Ref. Fig. 011, 012)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg mounting
bracket with nylatch fasteners. Electrical connections to the SEB from
the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the databus input/output
connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to the SEB cables) are
connected to these inputs/outputs. Interface connections from the SEB to
the PCUs are made through J3. All the connectors on the SEB are D
subminiature types. The SEB 100MK supplies 5VDC power to the PCUs 200MK
and 201MK in the seat group it controls.
(1) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing

The input line receiver processes the PES data then supplies it
through a decoder to the timing base Large Scale Integrated (LSI)
circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and
reassembles the analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog
converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB 100MK receives
the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio signal from the
MM. The SEB 100MK converts this into an analog audio signal. The
analog signal is then put through a filter to the PCU acoustic
transducer or the electrical jacks. For each transducer, a seperate
digital-to-analog converter, a volume control circuit and a filter
are provided in the PCU.
E. Passenger Control Unit
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 013)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 013B)

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 56
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Figure 009

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 57
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Figure 009A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 58
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram
Figure 010

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 59
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface
Figure 010A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 60
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
Figure 011

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 61
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 011A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 62
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface
Figure 012

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 63/64
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface
Figure 012A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 65
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 013

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 66
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 013A

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 23-33-00

Page 67
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 013B

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 68
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary
interfaces between the passengers and the MPES. They are installed in the
armrest of each passenger seat. Each PCU has:
- a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control),
- an acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors
and/or
- an electrical headset jack.
(1) Electrical Components Interface
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 014)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 014B)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
The electrical components are used to process commands for the

channel selection and the volume control. The PCU communicates with
the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The microprocessor
reads the volume control and channel selector settings (during the
BITE operations, it checks the transducer continuity). The
microprocessor transmits the volume, the channels and the BITE
information to the SEB, and displays the channel on the LED display.
The SEB supplies power and demultiplexed audio signals for the
transducer and/or the electrical headset jack. The transducer changes
the electric audio signals to sound energy. The passenger hears the
music by a pneumatic headset connected to the transducer socket, or
by an electric headset connected to the jack on the PCU (the
pneumatic headset connector is mechanically interlocked to prevent
audio leakage when no headset is connected). If the power is stopped
for more than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the system volume.
(2) Not Applicable

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 69
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Figure 013C

R

EFF :

301-399, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 70
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 013D

EFF :

401-499, 23-33-00

Page 71
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
DPCU Electrical Interface Block Diagram
Figure 014

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 72
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface
Figure 014A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 73
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block Diagram
Figure 014B

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 74
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
A. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 007A, 015)
(1) General
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionic
compartment. The MM has a total of 25 audio inputs. These inputs are:
- 16 audio input channels from the Audio Reproducer
- 6 audio input channels from the PES Video System
- 3 audio input channels from the Passenger Address.
(2) Function
The MM has these general functions:
- multiplexing of analog audio sources into a single PCM data stream
that is distributed to SEB throughout the aircraft
- decoding and processing of 7 input keylines (3 Video/3 PA/1 PES
test) for a maxium of 3 Video zones and 3 PA zones
- BITE processing and reporting via the CICS data bus
- processing of the system configuration layout data from the CICS
data bus.
The MM supports these methods of loading channel configuration and

mapping tables:
- encoded A/R audio disks
- PCU manual entry
- serial maintenance port
- ARINC 485 interface to Sony PSCU.
(3) Control Elements

The MM has these control elements:
- a momentary switch to initiate Download and Bite
- a green contol-LED to indicate the Power on
- an amber control-LED to indicate the status of the unit.
B. Compact Disk Audio Reproducer

(Ref. Fig. 016)
(1) General
The Compact Disk Audio Reproducer (CD A/R) 10MK is installed in the
avionics compartment. The CD A/R contains four identical CD decks,
which have the numbers No.A thru No.D. Each deck drives one CD.
Up to two stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels are
available for each CD drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different
music programs, from CDs, to the Main Multiplexer.

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 75
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
Main Multiplexer (MM)
Figure 015

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 76
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
AUDIO REPRODUCER
Figure 016

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 77
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
- a monitor jacks (monaural headset) for sound check
- a channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
- a volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection
- a two-digit channel number display
- four disk drive displays.

(Ref. Fig. 009A, 010A)
(1) General
The function of the Wall disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK is to provide
interface, power and communication, between the MM and Seat
Electronics Boxes (SEB) 100MK.
(2) Functionality
WDB provides this functionality:
- pass-through of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to a downstream
WDB,
- distribution of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to locally
connected SEB chain
- passive interconnection of address token signals to locally
connected SEB as well as upstream and downstream WDB
- passive interconnection of uplink data from local SEB chains to
upstream WDB
- distribution of 115V power to downstream WDB and locally connected
SEB.
The last WDB in a column is connected at its downstream output with a
termination plug.

(Ref. Fig. 011A, 012A)
(1) General
The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected
channel back to the original analog form. These signals are
transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to 3 PCU.
(2) Transmission from/to SEB

The SEB transmits:
- the 3,3VDC to the PCU
- the 20V to the WDB
- the music signal to the PCU
- the video sound signal to the PCU.

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 78
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
(Ref. Fig. 013A, 014A)
(1) General
interfaces between the passengers and the MPES. They are installed in
the armrest of each passenger seat.

Each PCU has:
- an LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select)
- an Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select)
- an Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control)
- an electrical headset jack.
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
A. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 007A, 015)
(1) General
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionics
compartment. The MM has 25 total audio inputs. These inputs are:
- 16 audio inputs channels from the Audio Reproducer
- 6 audio inputs channels from the PES Video System
- 3 audio inputs channels from the Passenger Adress.
(2) Function
The MM has the general functions that followe:
- multiplexing of analog audio sources into a single PCM data stream
that is supplied to the SEB throughout the aircraft
- decoding and processing of 7 input keylines (3 Video/3 PA/1 PES
test) for a maximum of 3 Video zones and 3 PA zones
- BITE processing and reporting through the CICS data bus
- processing of the system configuration layout data from the CICS
data bus.
The MM supports the methods of loading channel configuration and

mapping tables that follow:
- encoded A/R audio disks
- PCU manual entry
- serial maintenance port

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 23-33-00

Page 79
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
- a momentary switch to start Download and Bite
- a green contol-LED to indicate the Power on
- an amber control-LED to indicate the status of the unit.

(Ref. Fig. 016)
(1) General
The Compact Disk Audio Reproducer (CD A/R) 10MK is installed in the
avionic compartment. The CD A/R contains four CD decks that are the
same, and have the numbers No.A thru No.D. Each deck drives one
CD. Up to two stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels are
given by each CD drive. The CD A/R has up to 16 different music
programs, from CDs, to the Main Multiplexer.

The CD A/R has the operation controls that follow:
- a monitor jack (monaural headset) for sound check
- a channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
- a volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection
- a two-digit channel number display,
- four disk drive displays.

(Ref. Fig. 009A, 010A)
(1) General
The function of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK is to give an
interface of power and communication, between the MM and Seat
Electronics Boxes (SEB) 100MK.
(2) Functions
the WDB gives the functions that follow:
- supply of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to a downstream WDB
- supply of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to locally connected
SEB chain
- passive interconnection of address token signals to the locally
connected SEB as well as upstream and downstream WDB
- passive interconnection of uplink data from local SEB chains to
upstream WDB
- supply of 115V power to the downstream WDB and the locally
connected SEB.
The last WDB in a column is connected to its downstream output with
a termination plug.

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 80
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
(Ref. Fig. 011A, 012A)
(1) General
The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger channel
selection back to the original analog form. These signals are
(2) Transmission from/to the SEB

The SEB transmits:
- the 3,3VDC to the PCU
- the 20V to the WDB
- the music signal to the PCU
- the video sound signal to the PCU.

(Ref. Fig. 013A, 014A)
(1) General
interfaces between the passengers and the MPES. They are installed in
the armrest of each passenger seat.
(2) PCU control elements

The PCU control elements are:
- LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel selection)
- CHANNEL membrane switch, with an up-pointing or down-pointing
triangle
- VOLUME membrane switch, with an up-pointing or down-pointing
triangle
- an electrical headset jack(s).
R **ON A/C 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
A. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 007A, 015)
(1) General
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionics
compartment. The MM has 25 total audio inputs. These inputs are:
- Sixteen audio channels from the Audio Reproducer
- Six audio channels from the PES Video System
- Three audio channels from the Passenger Address.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 81
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Function
The MM provides the following general functions:
- Multiplex of analog audio sources into a single PCM data stream
that is distributed to SEB throughout the aircraft
- Decode and processing of 7 input keylines (3 Video/3 PA/1 PES test)
for a maxium of 3 Video zones and 3 PA zones
- BITE processing and reporting via the CICS data bus
- Processing of the system configuration layout data from the CICS
data bus.
The MM supports followings methods of loading channel configuration
and mapping tables:
- Encoded A/R audio disks
- PCU manual entry
- Serial maintenance port

- A momentary switch to initiate Download and Bite
- A green contol-LED to indicate the Power on
- An amber control-LED to indicate the status of the unit.

(Ref. Fig. 016)
(1) General
The CD Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK is installed in the avionic
compartment. The CD A/R contains four identical CD decks, and are
numbered No.A thru No.D. Each deck drives one CD. Up to two
stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels provides each CD
drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different music programs, from CDs,
to the Main Multiplexer.

The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
- A monitor jacks (monaural headset) for sound check
- A channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
- A volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection
- A two-digit channel number display
- Four disk drive displays.

R

EFF :
528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 23-33-00

Page 82
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. Fig. 009A, 010A)
(1) General
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the
data busses of the IFE. It supplies line amplification for the data
busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of
the aircraft.
(2) Electrical connection(s)

The WDB has four connections. The connections are:
(a) J1 (from MM or previous WDB):

- Power
- Data input and output
(b) J2 (to SEB):

- Power
- Data input and output.
(c) J3 (to SEB):

- Power
(d) J4 (to next WDB):

- Power

(Ref. Fig. 011A, 012A)
(1) General
The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected
channel, back to the original analog form. These signals are
(2) Transmission from/to the SEB

The SEB transmits:
- The 3,3VDC to the PCU
- The 20V to the WDB
- The music signal to the PCU
- The video sound signal to the PCU.

R

EFF :
528-599,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 23-33-00

Page 83
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 301-399, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 013C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 013D)
R **ON A/C 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
(1) The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 201MK, 202MK and 200MK with the
Remote Jack Units (RJU) 204MK are the primary interfaces between the
passengers and the IFE. They are installed in the armrest of each
passenger seat.

Each PCU has:
- A LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select)
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select)
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control)
- An acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors
and/or an electrical headset jack.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526,

R 528-599,
7. ________________
System Operation

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 84
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal

operation from the audio module (the PES membrane switch) on the FAP 120RH.
The operation procedures are as follows:
A. Control Keys
(1) The PES section of the audio module has a PES pushbutton switch.
When the PES membrane switch is pushed the system energizes.
(2) The PCUs have subsequent control keys. The control keys control PES
functions.
The PCU control keys are:
- the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases,
- the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases,
- the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases,
- the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,

operation
A. Energization
(1) The electrical power for the PES music is available when:
- The busbars 220XP-A, 2210XP-B, 220XP-C are energized
- The circuit breakers 21MK, 23MK and 24MK are closed
- The relays 800MH and 801MH operate
- The AUDIO softkey is pushed (the AUDIO softkey is highlighted by
colour change)
- The PES/ON/OFF softkey is pushed (the PES ON/OFF softkey is
highlighted by colour change)

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 23-33-00

Page 85
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
B. Operation of the PCU control keys
- The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the left-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases.
- The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the right-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
- VOLUME membrane switch, with the plus symbol
When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases.
- VOLUME membrane switch, with the negative symbol
When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases
**ON A/C 301-304,

operation
A. Energization
- The busbars are energized
- The circuit breakers are closed
colour change)
highlighted by colour change)
(1) The PCU control keys for the F/C are:

- The VOLUME membrane switch, with the left-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases
- The VOLUME membrane switch, with the right-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases
(2) The PCU control keys for the Y/C are:

- The VOLUME membrane switch, with the up-pointing triangle
- The VOLUME membrane switch, with the down-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases.
- The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the up-pointing triangle
- The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the down-pointing triangle

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 86
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 305-399, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,

operation
A. Energization
colour change)
highlighted by colour change).
(1) The PCU control keys for the B/C are:

When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases
(2) The PCU control keys for the Y/C are:


R

EFF :

301-399, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 87
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,

operation
A. Energization
colour change)
highlighted by colour change).
(1) The PCU control keys for the double seat are:
(2) The PCU control keys for the triple seat are:
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 001)

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 88
Config-1 May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
C. The boarding music section (BGM Channel) has:
- an LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control),

- an ON/OFF membrane switch,
- a SEL membrane switch (channel select),
- a ( - ) membrane switch (volume decrease),
- a ( + ) membrane switch (volume increase).
Boarding music control keys are as follows:
(1) ON/OFF When the ON/OFF membrane switch is pushed,

the light in the membrane switch comes on. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the
BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF membrane
switch is pushed again, the light goes off.
(2) SEL When the SEL membrane switch is pushed, the

system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending
code (four channels in the mono mode, two in
the stereo mode).
(3) VOLUME The LED on the volume display show the volume
level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - ) When the (-) membrane switch is pushed the

volume level decreases.
(5) ( + ) When the (+) membrane switch is pushed the

volume level increases.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
C. Boarding Music
The boarding music is controlled by the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
120RH (Ref. 23-32-00).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 89
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
D. System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(1) The frequency response, from 25 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The number of audio inputs, 33 maximum (max. 24 audio tape player, 6
movie/audio tape player, 3 PA override).
(3) The key lines, 3 video and 3 PA.
(4) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(5) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(6) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(7) The number of stereo/mono programs, 12/18 or combination.
(8) The signal-to-noise ratio, 75 dB.
(9) A stereo channel separation, 60 dB minimum.
(10) The harmonic distortion, 0.2 % maximum at 100 mW.
(11) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
(12) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
D. System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(1) The frequency response, from 50 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The number of audio inputs, 25 maximum (max. 16 audio tape player, 6
movie/audio tape player, 3 PA override).
(3) The key lines, 3 video, 3 PA and 1 PES
(4) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(5) The output impedance, 300 ohms.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 90
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
(6) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(7) The number of mono programs, 18 .
(8) The signal-to-noise ratio, 65 dB.
(9) A stereo channel separation, 80 dB minimum.
(10) The harmonic distortion, 0.1 % maximum at 50mW.
(11) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
(12) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 91
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The digital Programmable Audio and Video Entertainment System (dPAVES) can
R play audio and video entertainment stored on the Media Server. The Video is
R shown in the passenger cabin on Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) and
R Wall Mounted Display Units (WMDU).
R The cabin crew can select the display units to show safety information or
R video entertainment. The passengers can select channels at each seat.
R The In-Flight Enterrtainment (IFE) system can also play Boarding Music (BGM)
R audio and Prerecorded Announcement and Music(PRAM).
R You can hear the audio of the BGM, PRAM and the selected entertainment in
R the passenger cabin from the overhead loudspeakers. You can hear the audio
R of the BGM, PRAM and the selected entertainment at the passenger seats
R through a headset.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007, 008)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I
R I I I I
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 8MK MAIN MULTIPLEXER 88VU 128
R 50MK WALL DICONNECT BOX 200
R 100MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
R 200MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNITS 200
R 10MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221
R 18MH FLYABLE DATA LOADER 221
R 50MH TAPPING UNIT 200
R 100MH HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNITS 200
R 102MH WALL MOUNTED DISPLAY UNITS 200
R 170MH MEDIA SERVER 80VU 120
3. __________________
System Description
R A. Overhead Video
R The overhead video is shown on the Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
R and on the Wall Mounted Display Units (WMDU). The HMDUs are installed in
R the overhead stowage compartments. The HMDUs have LCD displays that
R extend and retract. The HMDUs and the WDMUs can show safety information
R or video entertainment. The cabin crew control the operation of the HMDUs
R and WDMUs.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 1
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Forward Attendant Panel, Media Server - Component Location
R Figure 001 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 2
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Forward Attendant Panel, Media Server - Component Location

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 3
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Wall Disconnect Box - Component Location
R Figure 002

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 4
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Passenger Control Unit - Component Location
R Figure 003

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 5
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Wall-Mounted Display-Unit 15 in. - Component Location
R Figure 004

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 6
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Video Control Center - Component Location
R Figure 005

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 7
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Seat Electronics Box - Component Location
R Figure 006

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 8
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Tapping Unit - Component Location
R Figure 007

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 9
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit - Component Location
R Figure 008

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 10
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R B. In-Seat Audio
R The seat subsystem is made up of Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB), a Seat
R Electronics Boxes (SEB) and Digital Passenger Control Units (DPCU). Two
R series of WDB provide the interface, power and communication between the
R Main Multiplexer (MUX) and the SEB throughout the aircraft. An SEB
R decodes digitized audio data from the MUX and supplies the resulting
R analog audio to one, two, or three connected audio jacks.
R C. IFE System Control

R The System Control Unit (SCU) controls the Media Server. The SCU sends
R analog video from the Media Server to the Tapping Units (TU), which in
R turn supplies the signals to the monitors. The SCU can support two
R columns of TUs. The SCU also sends the videos analog audio component to
R the audio system.
R D. Maintenance Functions
R The Maintenance Mode is used to enter or download the aircraft and video
R system configuration and route structure information into the SCU. This
R mode is also used to run a IFE-system self test.
4. Power
____________
Supply
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R The busbar 220XP-C supplies 115VAC through 24MK to the WDBs 50MK. The busbar
R 220XP-B supplies 115VAC through circuit breaker 23MK to the MUX 8MK. The
R busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC through 21MK to the Main MUX 8MK.
R The busbar 212PP supplies 28VDC through circuit breaker 20MH to the relay
R 800MH and the VCC 10MH. The relay 800MH is controlled by the operation of
R the VCC Main Power Switch.
R The busbar 220XP-C supplies 115VAC through the circuit breaker 21MH and the
R relay 800MH to the VCC 10MH.
R The busbar 220XP-B supplies 115VAC through the circuit breaker 22MH and the
R relay 800MH to the TUs 50MH and the HMDUs 100MH and WDMUs 102MH installed in
R the LH side of the passenger compartment.
R The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC to the TUs 50MH and the HMDUs 100MH and
R WDMUs 102MH installed in the RH side of the passenger compartment through
R the circuit breaker 24MH and the relay 800MH.
5. Interface
_________
R A. General
R (Ref. Fig. 010)
R (1) The IFE system has the system interfaces that include:
R
R - ARINC-485 communication ports
R - ARINC-429 communication ports
R - RS-485 communication ports

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 11
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Power Supply

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 12
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Power Supply

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 13
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Power Supply

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 14
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-33-00

Page 15
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R IFE System Interconnection

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 16
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R IFE System Interconnection

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 17
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R - ARINC-722 keylines.
R (2) The aircraft systems that have interfaces with the IFE system are:
R
R - Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00)
R - Air Data/Inertial Reference-Unit (ADIRU) (Ref. 34-12-00)
R - Air Traffic Information-Management-System (ATIMS) (Ref. 46-21-00).
R B. Media Server
R (1) The Media Server 170MH has these system interfaces:

R
R - 10/100BaseT (100 Mbit), full-duplex ethernet interface
R - USB 2.0 port
R - RS-485 data Ethernet interface.
R (a) Ethernet Interface

R The DSU 170MH has three external ethernet 100BaseT interfaces for
R communication with the other IFE components and external aircraft
R systems. Each interface is connected to the other Line
R Replacement Units (LRU).
R (b) Universal Serial Bus

R The Universal Serial Bus (USB) port is used for loading or
R offloading data from a flash memory devices in the Flyable Data
R Loader (FDL). The primary function of the USB is for loading
R small volumes of operational data.
R The USB ports can also be used for audio and video output.
R (c) RS-485 data port

R The RS-485 data port is used for audio and video output.
6. _____________________
R A. System Control Unit

R (Ref. Fig. 011)
R (1) General Description

R The System Control Unit (SCU) is installed in the video control
R center. The SCU contains a computer which receives the aircraft zone
R configuration from the CIDS director(s).
R (2) Electrical connections are made through connectors on the back of the
R SCU. Video output data and control data are sent to the LH and RH
R tapping unit lines.
R The connector for the system power and the control data are connected
R to the connector J4.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 18
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R System Control Unit
R Figure 011

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 19
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R The connector for the RS485 serial data is connected to the connector
R J5.
R (3) Control Elements
R (a) The SCU has the subsequent operation controls:

R - a Master Power pushbutton switch with integral light comes on
R when the SCU is energized.
R - a System Test/Pass LED comes on when the self test is completed
R - a System Test/Fail LED comes on when a self test error occurs
R - an audio jack for the control of the PES Video sound.
R (b) The Preview Monitor Section

R - a four inch color LCD
R - a Menu Pushbutton Switch to set the preview mode, the
R video/audio
R - a Menu Pushbutton switch to set the the Airshow/PRAM control
R mode
R - a Preview Select Pushbutton switch to set the video source to
R preview on the monitor and the associated audio channel.
R - a Mode Select membrane switch sets the Auto Mode, the Manual
R Mode or the All Zones mode.
R - an Auto LED comes on when the Auto mode is selected.
R - a Manual LED comes on when the Manual mode is selected.
R - an All Zones LED comes on when the All Zones mode is selected.
R (c) Auto Program section

R - a Start Membrane switch starts the Auto Program mode
R - a Stop Membrane switch stops the Auto Program mode
R - a Start LED comes on when the Auto Program mode is selected
R - a Stop LED comes on when the Auto Program mode is selected
R - a key pad operates the screen menu.
R (d) Maunal Control board, All Zones

R - an ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch to turn on all video displays
R - a PWR LED comes on during the power up of the ON/OFF/PWR
R membrane switch
R - a SOURCE/SEL membrane switch sets the video source to be
R displayed on all thevideo monitors and the associated audio
R channel
R - a PRI indicator comes on when PRI is selected
R - a SEC indicator comes on when SEC is selected
R - a digital display shows the video source
R - an ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch turns the PA for all zones on
R - a PA LED comes on when the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch is
R selected.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 20
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R The ETI meter is a multi digit Elapse Time Indicator which can
R not be reset. it shows the total time of operation for the video
R system.
R B. Media Server
R (Ref. Fig. 012)

R The Media Server 170MH is installed in the E bay 80VU and is an
R integrated digital broadcast-server.
R The Media Server 170MH stores the digital video and audio content
R that is supplied to the IFE system for broadcast to the passengers.
R The digital video content is stored on the 160GB hard drive. The DSU
R can store announcements and boarding music titles in MP2, MP3 digital
R audio formats or Windows Media Audio format.
R The Media Server 170MH can store up to 99 pre-defined boarding music
R programs. 16 entertainment audio outputs is used processed and
R provided simultaneously supplies the video.
R
R The functions are controlled from the System Control Unit (SCU) using
R a existing RS485 interface. The broadcast content from the Media
R Server includes:
R
R - the video entertainment
R - the audio entertainment
R - the map software for the Passenger Flight Information-System (PFIS)
R Function
R - the Prerecorded Announcements (PRAM)
R - the Boarding Music (BGM).
R C. Wall Disconnect Box

R (Ref. Fig. 013)
R (1) General
R The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the
R data busses of the IFE. It supplies line amplification for the data
R busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of
R the aircraft.
R (2) Electrical connection(s)

R The WDB has four connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1 (from MM or previous WDB):

R - Power
R - Data input and output

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 21
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Media Server
R Figure 012

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 22
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
R Figure 013

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 23
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R (b) J2 (to SEB):
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R (c) J3 (to SEB):

R - Power
R (d) J4 (to next WDB):

R - Power
R D. Seat Electronic Box

R (Ref. Fig. 014)
R (1) General
R The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected
R channel, back to the original analog form. These signals are
R transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to 3 PCU.
R (2) Transmission from/to the SEB

R The SEB transmits:
R
R - the 3,3VDC to the PCU
R - the 20V to the WDB
R - the music signal to the PCU
R - the video sound signal to the PCU.
R E. Passenger Control Unit

R (Ref. Fig. 015)
R (1) The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 201MK, 202MK and 200MK with the
R Remote Jack Units (RJU) 204MK are the primary interfaces between the
R passengers and the IFE. They are installed in the armrest of each
R passenger seat.
R (2) Control Elements

R Each PCU has:
R
R - a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select)
R - a Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select)
R - a Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control)
R - an acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors
R and/or an electrical headset jack.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 24
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Seat-Electronic Box (SEB)
R Figure 014

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 25
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
R Figure 015

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 26
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R F. Tapping Unit
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R (1) General
R
R (a) There are seven tapping units installed on the LH and RH walls in
R the passenger compartment. Each tapping unit can be connected
R with a maximum of two HMDUs or two WMDUs or one HMDU and one
R WMDU.
R (b) The electrical connections are made through four connectors. The
R first tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and
R control data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector J2.
R The same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent
R tapping unit input-connector J2. The last tapping unit ends with
R a termination plug connected to connector J3.
R (2) Function
R Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related
R display unit through the tapping units.
R G. Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit

R (Ref. Fig. 017)
R
R (1) General
R The HMDUs are installed in the LH and RH hatracks in the passenger
R compartment.
R
R The electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
R of the unit. The control data and the 115VAC and 28VDC power supplies
R are connected to connector J1. The video signal is connected to the
R connector J2.
R (2) Description
R The HMDUs have a color LCD and a retraction mechanism. The retraction
R mechanism lets the LCD section of the HMDU extend and retract from
R the hatrack.
R
R The HMDUs are set to ON and OFF independently. The SCU controls the
R operation of the HMDUs.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 27
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Tapping Unit (TU)
R Figure 016

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 28
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
R Figure 017

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 29
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R (3) Detailed Description
R The LCD electrically deploys and retracts with commands from the SCU.
R The SCU is mounted in the VCC.
R
R In the event that the monitor fails to deploy or is stowed while an
R ON command being received the monitor will automatically attempt to
R deploy again two more times.
R
R The monitor deploys upon signal from the SCU and does not need cabin
R crew intervention. The color, brightness, picture and contrast, and
R hue can be adjusted with a hand-held remote control.
R
R There is an override switch located on the panel housing. This switch
R causes the monitor to stow if in the viewing position, or deploy if
R in the stowed position.
R H. Wall Mounted Display-Unit 15 in.

R (Ref. Fig. 018)

R There are four 15 in. Wall-Mounted Display-Units (WMDU), 102MH1,
R 102MH2, 102MH5 and 102MH6 are installed on the partitions at the
R front of the passenger compartment. They are attached to the wall
R with a shroud. The WMDU has two electrical connectors, the power and
R control connector and the video connector.
R Each WMDU has these primary sub-assemblies:
R
R - a 15 in. LCD
R - control circuit boards
R - a power supply unit with a pre-regulator.
R (2) Detailed Description

R The WMDUs are supplied from the TUs in the passenger cabin with:
R
R - 115VAC
R - unregulated 28VDC
R - NTSC 3.58 MHz negative-sync video signals
R - IFE control signals.
R On the front panel of the WMDU there is a remote control sensor. The
R remote control sensor receives data sent from a remote control unit
R to control the operation of the WMDU.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 30
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
15 in. Wall Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 018

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 31
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R J. Flyable Data Loader
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R (1) The Flyable Data Loader (FDL) is located in Video Control Center
R (VCC).
R The FDL is used to load digital content to the Media Server hard
R drive. The application software will support loading and updating the
R Media Server content without operator intervention.
R The FDL has several interfaces for loading and off-loading of data
R to/from the aircraft. The interfaces are:
R
R (a) A Blu-ray DVD/CD-R/W drive is primarily used for bulk loading of

R digital content such as movies and audio. The Blu-ray drive reads
R Blu-ray DVDs or standard CD/DVD.
R
R (b) A Universal Serial Bus (USB) port is used for loading or

R offloading data from a flash memory devices. Primarily used for
R loading of smaller volumes of content (i.e. Digital Daily News)
R and operational data loading. The USB ports can also be used for
R software loading.
R
R (c) The Ethernet ports are used for loading of content from the Media
R Server, communication with aircraft devices and maintenance
R access from a notebook personal computer.
7. ________________
System Operation
R A. General
R The IFE system is operated by the cabin crew or maintenance personnel
R from the System Control Unit (SCU). The SCU has a touch sensitive display
R and shows IFE entertainment and maintenance screens. The screens have
R buttons and icons on them. The cabin crew and maintenance personnel touch
R the buttons and icons shown on the screens to access the IFE system
R functions. You get access to the entertainment and maintenance functions
R of the IFE system from the default screen.
R The operation of the entertainment functions of the IFE system is given
R in the entertainment procedure below. The SCU has these entertainment
R screens:
R
R - the Powering On and Self Test screen
R - the Download screens
R - the All Zones menu screen
R - the Manual screen
R - the Auto screen.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 32
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R Flyable Data Loader
R Figure 019

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 33
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
R The operation of the maintenance functions of the IFE system is given in
R the maintenance operation below. The IFE system has several maintenance
R screens that include:
R
R - the Install and Offload screen
R - the Configuration screen
R - the System Test screen
R B. Detailed Description
R (1) The Powering On - Self Test Screen

R The Powering On - Self Test runs internal tests for about one minute.
R When the tests have run successfully, the green PASS light stays on.
R If the orange FAIL light stays on, speak to the maintenance crew.
R (2) The Download Sreen

R The screen is for the download of the Media Server data.
R (3) The All Zone Menu Screen

R When the SCU is operating in the All Zones mode, the selection of a
R video segment to display in all zones of the aircraft is done
R manually. All passengers will hear and see the same selection.
R (4) The Manual Screen

R The manual mode operation allows the cabin crew to show different
R videos to different zones, including safety briefings and promotional
R videos.
R (5) The Auto Screen

R The auto mode provides automatic program sequencing. The Auto mode
R runs automatically with little or no intervention from the cabin
R crew. After the city pair or flight number is selected, the auto
R program runs.
R (6) The Install and Offload Screen

R The install and offload screen is located in the maintenance menu.
R This mode is for a download to the SCU from the PC Card.
R (7) The Configuration Screen

R This screen is for the of the SCU, the TU/DU, the Seatmap and for the
R Airschow menu configuration.

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-00

Page 34
Config-2 Aug 01/09

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-33-00-860-002
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System

(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-00-991-002 Fig. 201
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-33-00-991-002-A Fig. 201A

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-33-00

Page 201
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-865-134
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-502,
2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH 24MK D03

2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH 23MK D02
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
2000VU PES - MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
**ON A/C 201-210,
2000VU PES MUSIC FWD 24MK D03

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-502,
2000VU PES-MUSIC-CTL 21MK D01
**ON A/C 301-304,
2000VU PES-MUSIC-AFT-RH 25MK D05

2000VU PES-MUSIC-AFT-LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES MUSIC CTL 21MK D01

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-33-00

Page 202
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,
2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN AFT-RH 25MK D05

2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN AFT-LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN FWD-RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN FWD-LH 23MK D02
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-33-00-991-002)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 23-33-00-991-002-A)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-00-020-051
A. Removal of the Compact Disks
(1) Pull the lever located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out
the disk drive assembly (2).
(2) Push the drive shaft (marked PUSH) and remove the applicable CD
(3).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-33-00

Page 203
Aug 01/09

CES
R Replacement of the Compact Disks
Figure 201/TASK 23-33-00-991-002

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-00

Page 204
Nov 01/08

CES
Replacement of the Compact Disks
Figure 201A/TASK 23-33-00-991-002-A

R

EFF :
501-502,
106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 205
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-00-420-051
B. Installation of the Compact Disks
(1) If not already open, pull the lever located on the face of the
reproducer (1) and pull out the disk-drive assembly (2).
(2) Put the applicable CD (3) with the label side facing outward into the
deck as far as it goes.
NOTE : The full installation of the CD (3) is essential for the

____
proper loading.
(3) Put the disk-drive assembly (2) into the reproducer (1) and push the
lever until you hear a click.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Compact Disks
(1) Push up on the latch located on the face of the reproducer (1) and
pull out the disc-drive assembly (2).
(2) Remove the applicable CD (3) from the central spindle.
Subtask 23-33-00-420-051-A
B. Installation of the Compact Disks
(1) If not already open, push up on the latch located on the face of the
reproducer (1) and pull out the disk-drive assembly (2).
(2) Put the lower edge of the applicable CD (3) in position inside of the
support tabs and engage the CD (3) on the control disk spindle.
(3) Push the disc-drive assembly (2) into the reproducer (1) und lock it.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-33-00

Page 206
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-135
breaker(s):
21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK, 25MK
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051
D. Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK

23-33-00-740-002).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051-A
D. Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK

23-33-00-740-004).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-33-00

Page 207
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
TASK 23-33-00-860-006
Initialization of the Main Multiplexer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-600-023 Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with the

Programmable System Control-Unit
23-33-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Music)
(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-095

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 208
Nov 01/08

CES
(3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Music) is
(4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Vide0) is
Subtask 23-33-00-865-123
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH 24MH C04
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH 22MH C03
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-VCC 21MH C02
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN 20MH C01
Subtask 23-33-00-010-061
C. Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
Subtask 23-33-00-820-051
D. Preparation for Initialization
(1) Make sure that the download process of the configuration of the Main
Multiplexer (8MK) with the Programmable System Control-Unit (11MH) is
completed.(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-023)

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 209
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-096
A. Initialization of the Main Multiplexer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH :

(FAP) 120RH :
- push the Audio softkey. - the Audio softkey highlights with a

color change,
2. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:

10MH:
- push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the VCC MAIN
pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch comes
on.
3. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:

11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - the internal light of the MASTER

pushbutton switch. POWER pushbutton switch comes on,
- all the LED come on while the SCU
11MH does the self test of the
system,
- the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes
on when the self test is completed
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

- the PROGRAMMABLE PSCU page comes into
view.
NOTE : You must stop for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on,
____
before you can continue with the procedure.
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- push the CLEAR membrane switch. - the AUTO MODE selection page comes
into view.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 210
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the SCU 11MH, MODE SELECT On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
area:
- push and hold the membrane - the MAINTENANCE MODE page comes into
switch for 5 seconds. view.
- push the 9 membrane switch - the ENTER ID #:9999 comes into
four times, view,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page
comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,

membrane-switch to move the
cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the CONFIGURATION page comes into
view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to AMUX CONFIG,

cursor to the item AMUX CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the AMUX CONFIG page comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PREDEFINED

membrane-switch to move the CONFIG,
cursor to the item PREDEFINED
CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the AMUX CONFIG/ENTER AMUX

CONFIG#/TABLE CHOICES 1-2 page comes
into view.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 211
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the up or down arrow - the related table number with the
membrane-switch for the title comes into view,
selection of the table number
from the configuration related
table,
- push the ENTER membrane On the AMUX CONFIG page these messages
switch, come into the view:
- AMUX
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XXX% COMPLETED
When the initialization process is

completed:
- on the AMUX CONFIG page these
messages come into the view:
AMUX
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
- push the CLEAR membrane - the AMUX CONFIG/ENTER AMUX

switch. CONFIG#/TABLE CHOICES 1-2 page comes
into view.
12. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:

pushbutton switch. POWER pushbutton switch goes off
13. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch goes
off.
14. On the FAP 120RH : On the FAP 120RH :

color change.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 212
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-33-00-710-082
B. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-862-072
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 213
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R TASK 23-33-00-710-008
R Procedure to prepare the In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) System for operation
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R (CIDS)
R External Power
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-33-00-860-109

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
R energized
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 214
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-203
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08
R 49VU ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT 5RN G07
R 49VU ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS 4RN G06
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05

R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10

R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 215
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499,
R 121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11

R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
R **ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499,
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH 24MH C04

R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH 22MH C03
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-VCC 21MH C02

R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN 20MH C01

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 216
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499,
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH 24MK D03

R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH 23MK D02
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
R 2000VU PES - MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CTL 21MK D01
R **ON A/C 301-304,
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH FWD 24MH C04

R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH FWD 22MH C03
R 2000VU PES MUSIC CTL 21MK D01
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN FWD-RH 24MH C04

R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN FWD-LH 22MH C03
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN FWD-RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN FWD-LH 23MK D02
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R 2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R 4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
R Subtask 23-33-00-710-090-A
R A. Procedure to Prepare the IFE system for Operation
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP), on

R (FAP), on the AUDIO page: the AUDIO page:
R - push the PES ON/OFF softkey. - the PES ON/OFF softkey comes on.
R 2. Make sure that initialization of

R PES music is completed.
R 3. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the VCC MAIN POWER pushbutton
R 10MH: switch:
R - push the VCC MAIN POWER - the ON legend comes on.
R pushbutton switch, if
R installed.
R 4. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the PAX/SYS pushbutton switch:

R 10MH: - the ON legend comes on.
R - push the PAX/SYS pushbutton
R switch, if installed.
R 5. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU:

R 11MH: - the SCU initialization starts
R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the initialization screen shows
R switch. - after the SCU initialization is
R completed, the MAIN MENU screen comes
R on.

EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 218
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R Subtask 23-33-00-710-090
R A. Procedure to Prepare the IFE system for Operation
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP, on the AUDIO page:

R (FAP), on the AUDIO page, - the PES ON/OFF softkey comes on.
R - push the PES ON/OFF softkey.
R 2. Make sure that the initialization

R of the Passenger Entertainment
R System (PES) music is complete.
R 3. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the VCC MAIN POWER pushbutton
R 10MH: switch:
R - push the VCC MAIN POWER - the ON legend comes on.
R pushbutton switch, if
R installed.
R 4. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the PAX/SYS pushbutton switch:

R 10MH: - the ON legend comes on.
R - push the PAX/SYS pushbutton
R switch, if installed.
R 5. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU:

R 11MH: - the SCU initialization starts
R - push the MASTER POWER - all LED come on
R pushbutton switch. After the SCU initialization is
R completed
R - the SYSTEM TEST/PASS LED comes on
R - the PSCU page comes on.

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 219
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 23-33-00-600-001
Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with the Audio Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific configuration CD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-861-053

002).
energized. (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-136
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,
**ON A/C 401-499,

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-970-052-A
A. Configuration of the Main Multiplexer
(1) Make sure that the configuration CD used with the Audio Reproducer
10MK is available.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH:

color change,
2. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, CABIN SETTINGS area: CABIN SETTINGS area:
- push the PES ON/OFF softkey. - the PES ON/OFF softkey highlights
with a color change.
3. On the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK:
- open the cover plate,

- push the TEST switch three
times.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the Audio Reproducer (AR)
10MK:
- push up the latch and pull out

the disc-drive assembly,
- if in slot A is a CD, remove
the CD from the slot A,
- put the configuration CD in the
slot A,
- push the disc-drive assembly
into the AR 10MK and lock it.
5. On the MM 8MK: On the MM 8MK:
- push the TEST switch two times - all LEDs initially flash quickly,
in less than 2sec to download. then flash slowly,
- all LEDs come on when the download is
completed.
At all PCUs:
- during the download the PCU displays
show dl
NOTE : You can do the procedure in step

____
4. up to 3 times before the
message BITE FAIL shows a
failure
10 minutes after the TEST OK LED

comes on, continue with test.
6. On the AR 10MK:
- push up the latch and pull out

the disc-drive assembly,
- remove the configuration CD
from the slot A,
- if you removed a CD, put it
back into the slot A,
- push the disc-drive assembly
into the AR 10MK and lock it.
7. At all PCUs: At all PCUs:

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 501-502, 23-33-00

Page 304
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- conncet a headset, - the selected channel comes into view,
- set the configured channel on the PCU channel display,
numbers - you can hear the related program
sound over the headset.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 23-33-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-33-00-600-023
Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with the Programmable System Control-Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

System (Music)
23-33-00-860-006 Initialization of the Main Multiplexer
(Video)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-860-093

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Music) is

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 306
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
Subtask 23-33-00-865-121
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-VCC-DS/C 21MH C02
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-010-060

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 503-509, 511-526, 23-33-00

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
Subtask 23-33-00-970-078
A. Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with the Programmable System

Control-Unit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

color change,

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

view.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
into view.
area:
four times, view,
comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PC CARD/RSD,

cursor to the item PC CARD/RSD,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the PC CARD/RSD selection page comes
into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PC CARD,

cursor to the item PC CARD,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the PC CARD selection page comes into
view.
9. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to DOWNLOAD PC CARD,


EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 309
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cursor to the item DOWNLOAD PC
CARD
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the DOWNLOAD PC CARD selection page
comes into view.
- insert the PC card in the slot - the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,

of the SCU,
- make sure that the label side
of the PC card points to the
key pad,
- push the up or down arrow
cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,.
- push the ENTER membrane - the DOWNLOAD CONFIG page comes into
switch. view.
- push the ENTER membrane - on the DOWNLOAD CONFIG page these

switch. messages come into view:
WARNING:
DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS. DOING
SO WILL RENDER AUTO
MODE INOPERABLE
XX% COMPLETED
When the download process is completed:

- on the DOWNLOAD CONFIG page these
messages come into view:
DOWNLOAD WAS
SUCCESSFUL
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-00

Page 310
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch, POWER pushbutton switch goes off.
- stop for a minimum of 5
seconds after the SCU
power-off.
- push the EJECT pushbutton - the PC card ejects.

switch,
- remove the PC card.
off.
R **ON A/C 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-970-078-A
A. Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with the Programmable System

Control-Unit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the PSCU 11MH, on the key pad: On the PSCU 11MH, on the monitor:
From the MAINTENANCE MENU push The CONFIGURATION menu comes into the
the up or down arrow membrane view.
switch to highlight
CONFIGURATION. Push the ENTER
membrane switch.
- Push the up or down arrow - The AMUX CONFIG menu comes into the
membrane switch to highlight view.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMUX CONFIG. Push the ENTER
membrane switch.
- Push the up or down arrow - The AMUX CONFIG menu comes into the
membrane switch to highlight view.
PREDEFINED CONFIG. Push the
ENTER membrane switch.
- Push the up or down arrow - The AMUX CONFIG INIZIALIZATION IN

membrane switch to select a PROGRESS screen comes into the view.
table number. (Select Table 2) - If the AMUX initialization was
for this configuration.) Push successful, this message comes into
the ENTER membrane switch. the view.
AMUX CONFIG
AMUX
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
COLUMN A: 10 SEB
COLUMN B: 00 SEB
- If the AMUX initialization was
unsuccessful, this message comes into
the view to let one more try.
AMUX CONFIG
AMUX
INITIALIZATION
FAILED
COLUMN A: 23 SEB
COLUMN B: 23 SEB
- Push the CLEAR membrane switch

to go back to the AMUX CONFIG
menu.
- From the AMUX CONFIG menu, push - The MUX CONFIGURATION screen shows.
the up or down arrow button to

R

EFF :

401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 312
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
highlight MANUAL CONFIG. Push
the ENTER membrane switch.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-860-094
B. Do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-006)
Subtask 23-33-00-710-081
C. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-002).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-410-061
A. Close Access
(1) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 313
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-33-00-600-022
Media Load Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-072

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 314
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-33-00-865-156
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-33-00-860-091
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) is

(2) Make sure that the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) system
boot sequence is completed.
NOTE : A minimum of ten minutes is necessary for this sequence.

____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-600-050
A. Media file upload with a BLU-RAY DVD/CD and the Media Data Loader.
NOTE : If the electrical power stops the upload of the system, the upload
____
will continue when the power starts again.
NOTE : We recommend that you upload:

____
- large media files with the BLU-RAY DVD and the Media Data Loader
- small media files with a USB memory stick and the Media Data
Loader.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 315
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Media Data Loader 18MH: On the Media Data Loader 18MH:
- make sure that the power status - the power status LED and the ethernet
LED and the ethernet status LED status LED are constantly
are on. illuminated.
NOTE : The Media Data-Loader LEDs show

____
different test conditions before
they are constantly illuminated.
2. If necessary, in a USB port of

the Media Data Loader 18MH:
- insert the USB installation

key.
NOTE : The USB installation key

____
is necessary when you
upload encrypted files.
3. In the DVD drive of the Media On the Media Data Loader 18MH:
Data Loader 18MH:
- insert the BLU-RAY DVD. - the orange drive-status LED flashes

- the green ethernet-status LED
flashes, then stays on constantly
- the green load-status LED flashes,
then stays on constantly.
NOTE : When the load status LED:

____
- stays on constantly, the
upload is complete
- goes off, the upload is
unsatisfactory.
4. On the Media Data Loader 18MH: On the Broadcast Digital Server 170MH:
- If necessary, remove the USB - the server automatically uploads.

installation key

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 316
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If the server stops during the
____
upload, it is necessary to start
it again.
- Remove the BLU-RAY DVD.
Subtask 23-33-00-600-051
B. Media file upload with a USB memory stick and the Media Data Loader
NOTE : If the electrical power stops the upload of the system, the upload
____
will continue when the power starts again.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Media Data Loader 18MH: On the Media Data Loader 18MH:
- make sure that the power status - the power status LED and the ethernet
LED and the ethernet status LED status LED are constantly
are on. illuminated.
NOTE : The Media Data-Loader LEDs show

____
different test conditions before
they are constantly illuminated.
2. If necessary, in a USB port of

the Media Data Loader 18MH:
- insert the USB installation

key.
NOTE : The USB installation key

____
is necessary when you
upload encrypted files.
3. In a USB port of the Media Data On the Media Data Loader 18MH:
Loader 18MH:
- insert the USB memory stick. - the green USB-status LED illuminates

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 317
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the green ethernet-status LED
flashes, then stays on constantly
- the green load-status LED flashes,
then stays on constantly.
NOTE : When the load status LED:

____
- stays on constantly, the
upload is complete
- goes off, the upload is
unsatisfactory.
4. On the Media Data Loader 18MH: On the Broadcast Digital Server 170MH:
- Remove the USB memory stick - the server automatically uploads.
NOTE : If the server stops during the

____
upload, it is necessary to start
it again.
- If necessary, remove the USB

installation key.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-092
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 318
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-33-00-740-002
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Programming

and Test Panel (PTP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) operates

correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-050

002).
Subtask 23-33-00-865-141
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
**ON A/C 201-210,
R 2000VU PES MUSIC FWD 24MK D03

R 2000VU PES MUSIC FWD 23MK D02
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH 24MK D03

R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH 23MK D02

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 502
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-152
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-209,

R
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R 49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 210-233, 236-238,
R 49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

R 49VU ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT 5RN G07
R 49VU ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS 4RN G06
**ON A/C 051-061, 201-203,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,


EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 503
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-142
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,


EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 504
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050
A. BITE-Test with the PTP
(1) Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the PTP display 110RH:

(PTP) 110RH:
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS page comes on.

switch.
- push the SYSTEM TEST related - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
membrane switch.
- push the CONT related membrane - the PES MUSIC page comes on.
switch and find the PES MUSIC.
- push the PES MUSIC related - the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE
membrane switch. flashes.
After the end of the BITE test:
- the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes

off.
- the TEST OK message comes on.
- push the RET related membrane - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
switch.

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch. membrane switch goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 23-33-00-740-003
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Multipurpose

Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
Page

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-860-051
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
(3) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on
the MCDU.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-143
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-150
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-209,

**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 210-249, 301-399, 401-499,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499,

R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 23-33-00

Page 510
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 051-061, 201-203,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499,


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 23-33-00

Page 511
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,

2001VU CIDS-DEU A NORM-AFT-RH 174RH C07
2001VU CIDS-DEU A NORM-AFT-LH 173RH C06
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-144
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-210,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053
A. BITE-Test with the MCDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM On the MCDU:

page on the MCDU:
- push the line key CIDS1. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.
- push the line key TEST. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page
comes on.
- push the NEXT PAGE button

frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view.
- push the line key PES MUSIC. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST
menu page comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
- after approximately 5 seconds the
message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
- push the line key RETURN more - the CFDS menu page comes on.
than one time.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch. membrane switch goes off.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-A
A. BITE-Test with the MCDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP:

(FAP) 120RH:
- touch the PES ON/OFF icon. - the PES ON/OFF icon is highlighted
2. On the MCDU, on the SYSTEM On the MCDU:

REPORT/TEST COM page:
- push the line key CIDS1. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page shows.
- push the line key TEST. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page
shows.
- push the NEXT PAGE button

frequently until PES MUSIC
shows.
- push the line key PES MUSIC. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST
menu page shows the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
- after approximately 5 seconds the
message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.

R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 23-33-00

Page 515
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key RETURN more - the CFDS menu page shows.
than one time.
3. On the FAP: On the FAP:
- touch the PES ON/OFF icon. - the PES ON/OFF icon is highlighted
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-052
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 23-33-00-740-004
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Flight

Attendant Panel (FAP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-073

002).
Subtask 23-33-00-865-145
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-151
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-146
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,

**ON A/C 401-499,
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-104
E. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT LH 173RH C07
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT RH 174RH C08
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 LH 175RH C05
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 RH 176RH C06

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-740-054
A. Bite-Test with the FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANEL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH:
NOTE : If the Audio softkey is

____
shown on the system and
function softkey-panel,
continue with step 2.
- touch the backward or the - a new system and function

forward softkey until the Audio softkey-panel is shown.
softkey is shown.
2. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH:

function softkey-panel:
- touch the Audio softkey. - the screen shows the AUDIO page.
3. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the FAP 120RH:

120RH
- touch the PES/ON/OFF softkey. - the PES/ON/OFF softkey highlights

4. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH, system and function
function softkey-panel: softkey-panel:

forward softkey until the softkey-panel is shown.
CIDS/MCDU softkey is shown.


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 522
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the CIDS/MCDU softkey. - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENU/ENTER ACCESS CODE page.
6. On the FAP 120RH, CIDS MCDU On the FAP 120RH:

MENU/ENTER ACCESS CODE page:
- touch the softkey in the - the CIDS MCDU MENU/ENTER ACCESS CODE
sequence that follows: page goes out of view,
3 - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
1 MENU/CFDS ON FAP page.
8
ENTER
7. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU/CFDS On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU:
ON FAP page:
- touch the softkey adjacent to - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
the CIDS icon shown on screen. MENU/CFDSx page.
NOTE : This page shows the CIDS MCDU

____
menus of the active CIDS
director (CIDS1 or CIDS2).
8. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU/CIDSx On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU:
page:
the SYSTEM/TESTS> icon shown on MENU/CFDSx/SYSTEM TESTS/DIRx ACTIVE
screen. page.
9. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU/CFDSx/ On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU:
SYSTEM TESTS/DIRx ACTIVE page:
the IFE MUSIC/SYS TEST> icon MENU/CFDSx/IFE MUSIC SYS TEST/DIRx
shown on screen. ACTIVE page with this message:
IN PROGRESS 180 S
After approximately 3 minutes:

- the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENU/CFDSx/IFE MUSIC SYS TEST/DIRx
ACTIVE page with this message:
TEST OK

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the RETURN softkey again - The CIDSx page comes on.
and again for the selection of
the CIDSx page.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-074

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 23-33-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
23-33-00-860-002 Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger
Entertainment System (PES)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-33-00-860-053

002).
energized(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the pre-recorded audio cassettes are installed in the
audio reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-860-053-A

002).
energized(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the Integrated PRAM-Card is correctly installed.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-147
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-149
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-209,

**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 210-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 051-061, 201-203,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-148
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-B
A. Operational Test of the PES
NOTE : Make sure that in the avionic compartment the Compact Disks (CDs)
____
are installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-
860-002).
NOTE : Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) are available.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:
- push the membrane switches in

the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST
- CONT frequently until PES MUSIC

comes into view
- PES MUSIC - WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,
- wait until TEST OK comes into view.
3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
- connect the headset to the each - the music program is heard from
PCU and select channels 3 to 10 channels 3 to 10 with the headset.
in turn.
- the selected channel comes on, on the

PCU channel display.
- change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
selection.
4. At the PCUs of two selected seat At the selected PCUs:

rows:
- connect a headset to the PCU
- select one channel between 3 - the music program is heard at the

and 10. selected channel with the headset.

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 533
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel

(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.

cradle.
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.

pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset
In the cabin:
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:

- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard at channels
3 to 10 with the headset.

6. At the FWD attendant station: At the forward AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.

switch.
At the selected PCUs:
- the music program is heard at the

selected channel with the headset.

- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane

switch for the boarding music.

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 534
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- select a channel with the - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
membrane switch SEL. the membrane switch comes on.

boarding-music channel display.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is heard from all
loudspeakers.

- the selected music channel is heard.
8. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH,
prerecorded announcement section: prerecorded announcement section:
- press the membrane switch ENTER

frequently until the cursor is
at MEMO 1 position.
- push the membrane switch 1 - the MEMO 1 display shows 001.
and ENTER to set the MEMO 1/
announcement 1.
- the cursor moves to the MEMO 2

display.
- after not many seconds the READY

light comes on.
- push the START ALL membrane In the cabin:

switch. - the prerecorded announcement 1 is
heard from all the passenger and the

- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
heard at all channels with the
headset.


EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 535
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(AIP):

cradle.

into the headset
In the cabin:
cancelled and the announcement from
the FWD attendant station is heard
from all the passenger and the

the FWD attendant station is heard at
all channels with the headset.

10. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:

130RH:
- lift the handset from the

cradle.
- push and hold the PTT - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant station is cancelled and
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the
loudspeakers.

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 536
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 10
with the headset.


130RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
12. At the FWD attendant station: At the AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
switch. the membrane switch goes off.

- the music program is heard from
channels 3 to 10 with the headset.

14. At the selected PCUs:
- disconnect the headsets from

the PCU.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-33-00

Page 537
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-C
A. Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the Compact Discs (CD) are
installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-002).
(2) Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control
Units (PCU) are available.
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

color change,
- connect the headset to each PCU - the music program is heard from
and set the channels 3 to 10 in channels 3 to 10 with the headset,
sequence, - the related channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display,
selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the related PCU:

the zone 1:

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 538
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set one channel between 3 and - the music program of the related
10. channel is heard at the headset.
- the related channel comes on, on the

5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the related PCU:

the zone 2:
- connect a headset to the PCU,
10. channel is heard at the headset.

6. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD Attendant-Indication-Panel

(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on

cradle,
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the # symbol goes off.

- push and hold the PTT
into the handset.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:

the announcement is heard on the
channels 3 to 10 with the headset,
7. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on,

switch,

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 539
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PA/FWD pushbutton - the # symbol goes off,
switch,
- the PA/FWD message comes on.
In the cabin in the FWD zone:
- push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 1

pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
At the PCU in the FWD zone:

At the PCU in the AFT zone:

- the announcement is not heard,
- the music program of the related

channel is heard,
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA/FWD message goes off,

switch,
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on,

switch,
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on,

switch,
- push the PA/AFT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

switch,
- the PA/AFT message comes on.
In the cabin in the AFT zone:


EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 540
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


channel is heard.
9. At the FWD attendant-station At the forward AIP:

door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA/AFT message goes off,

switch,

switch,

switch,
- put the handset back into the - the # symbol goes off.
cradle.
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM BGM/BGM 1 select area:
1 select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a

color change.
On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH, BGM

aircraft symbol:
- the last music channel selection is
shown on the BGM 1 channel display.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 541
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the related music channel is heard.
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO display:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT keypad area:
- touch the 1 softkey, - the announcement number 1 with the
- touch ENTER softkey . related announcement title comes into
display,
- touch ENTER softkey . related announcement title is shown
on the display,
- the announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title comes into
display,
- touch ENTER softkey . related announcement title and the
announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title are shown
on the display,
the announcement number 3 with the
related announcement title
comes into display.
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
- touch the Start/ALL softkey. - the related announcement number with

title is shown on the display.
In the cabin:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

is heard at all the channels with the
headset.

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 542
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.

into the handset.
In the cabin:
is cancelled and the announcement
from the FWD attendant-station is
At the related PCU:

from the FWD attendant-station is
heard at all the channels with the
headset.

130RH:

cradle.
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
into the handset.
In the cabin:
attendant-station is cancelled and
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:


EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 543
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cockpit is heard at all the channels
with the headset.

130RH:
16. At the FWD attendant-station: At the AIP 320RH:

- touch the Stop softkey, before - the announcement stops.

the announcement is completed. - the related announcement number with
title goes out of display.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

120RH, BGM/BGM 1 select area: BGM/BGM 1 select area:

color change.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is cancelled from
loudspeakers.

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 544
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20. At the related PCU:

the PCU.
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052
____
860-002).
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:

the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-210, 301-304, 23-33-00

Page 545
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
comes into view
in turn.

selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the selected PCU:

the zone 1:
- select one channel between 3 to - the music program is heard at the

14. selected channel with the headset.

5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the selected PCU:

the zone 2:



(AIP):

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 546
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.

into the headset
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

and 3 to 14 with the headset.


switch.
- push the PA and 1/FWD - the # symbol goes off.

pushbutton switches
- the PA FWD message comes on.


- the music program of the selected

channel is heard,

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 547
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the announcement is heard on channels

8. At the FWD forward attendant At the forward AIP:

station:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA FWD message goes off.

switch.
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on.

switch.
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.

switch.
- push the PA and 2/AFT - the # symbol goes off.

pushbutton switch.
- the PA AFT message comes on.



channel is heard.



EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 548
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. At the FWD attendant station At the forward AIP:
door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA AFT message goes off.

switch.

switch

switch.
cradle.



In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

prerecorded announcement prerecorded announcement section:
section:
- press the membrane switch

ENTER frequently until the
cursor is at MEMO 1 position.

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 549
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
announcement 1.

display.

light comes on.


headset.

(AIP):

cradle.

into the headset
In the cabin:


EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 550
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


130RH:

cradle.
into the handset.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

with the headset.


130RH:

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 551
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



the PCU.
**ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-A
____
860-002).
____

R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 552
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:

the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST

comes into view
in turn.

selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the selected PCU:

the zone 1:


EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 553
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the selected PCU:

the zone 2:



(AIP):

cradle.

into the headset
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.



switch.
- push the PA and 1/FWD - the # symbol goes off.

pushbutton switches

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 554
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the PA FWD message comes on.



channel is heard,


8. At the FWD forward attendant At the forward AIP:

station:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA FWD message goes off.

switch.

switch.

switch.
- push the PA and 2/AFT - the # symbol goes off.

pushbutton switch.
- the PA AFT message comes on.


EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 555
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

channel is heard.


9. At the FWD attendant station At the forward AIP:

door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA AFT message goes off.

switch.

switch

switch.
cradle.



In the cabin:

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 556
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
loudspeakers.

prerecorded announcement prerecorded announcement section:
section:
- press the membrane switch

ENTER frequently until the
cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
announcement 1.

display.

light comes on.


headset.

(AIP):

cradle.

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 557
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
into the headset
In the cabin:



130RH:

cradle.
into the handset.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

with the headset.

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 558
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

130RH:




the PCU.

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-33-00

Page 559
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-D
A. Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the Compact Disks (CD) are
installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-002).
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

color change,
- connect the headset to each PCU - the music program is heard from the
and set the channels 3 to 10 in channels 3 to 10 with the headset,
sequence, - the related channel comes on, on the
selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the related PCU:

the zone 1:

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 560
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. channel is heard at headset,

5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the related PCU:

the zone 2:
- connect a headset to the PCU,
10. channel is heard at headset,

6. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD Attendant Indication-Panel

(AIP):

cradle,
- push the PA/ALL pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

switch,
into the handset.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on,

switch,

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 561
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PA/FWD pushbutton - the # symbol goes off,
switche,
- the PA/FWD message comes on.




channel is heard at headset.
8. At the FWD attendant-station: At the forward AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA FWD message goes off,

switch,

switch,

switch,
- push the PA/AFT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

switch,
- the PA/AFT message comes on.


R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 562
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


channel is heard.
9. At the FWD attendant-station At the FWD AIP:

door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA AFT message goes off,

switch,

switch,

switch,
cradle.
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM BGM/BGM 1 select area:
1 select area:

color change.

aircraft symbol:
- the last chosen music channel
selection is shown on the BGM 1
channel display.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 563
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the related PCU:
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:
- set an announcement with up - the set announcement highlights with

and down triangle softkeys. colour change.
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MENO area:
- push the left left-pointing - the announcement title with the note
arrow softkey. FOUND is shown in the MEMO area.
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT:
- do the same procedure for - all entered announcements are shown

announcements.
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
- set an announcement with the - the active memo field highlights with
up and down triangle colur a change.
softkeys..
- push the Play Next softkey. - the set announcement title moves into
the display.
In the cabin:

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 564
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the related PCU:
is heard at all the channels with the
headset.


cradle.

into the handset.
In the cabin:
from the FWD attendant station is

from the FWD attendant station is
heard at all the channels with the
headset.

130RH:

cradle.
into the handset.
In the cabin:

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 565
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

cockpit is heard on the channels 3 to
10 with the headset.
- the related channel stay, on the PCU

channel display.

130RH:

ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: area:
- push the Stop softkey, before - the announcement stops.

the announcement is completed. - in the ON ANNOUNCE display the
announced title goes out of view.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 566
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

color change.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
with a color.

the PCU

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-33-00

Page 567
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-E
A. Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES).
(2) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH:

color change,
- connect the headset to the PCU,
- set the channels 1 to 8 in - the music program is heard from

sequence, channels 1 to 8 with the headset,
selection.
4. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD Attendant Indication-Panel

(AIP):

cradle,

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 568
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
into the handset.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA message goes off,

switch,

switch,

switch,
- the RST message comes on,
cradle.
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM 1 BGM/BGM 1 select area:
select area:

color change.

aircraft symbol:
- the last music channel selection is
shown on the BGM 1 channel display.
In the cabin:

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 569
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:


cradle.

into the handset.
In the cabin:
attendant-station is heard from all
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

attendant-station is heard on all the
channels with the headset.

130RH:

cradle.
into the handset.
In the cabin:

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 570
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

cockpit is heard at all the channels
with the headset.

130RH:
switch and put the handset back
into the cradle.
10. At the FWD attendant-station: At the AIP 320RH:

In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:


color change.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-33-00

Page 571
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the PCU.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-054

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-00

Page 572
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 201-210,
TASK 23-33-00-820-001
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-31-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main

Multiplexer (8MK)
23-33-31-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System
Main Multiplexer (8MK)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001).
(2) Remove the screws with the washers and remove the cover from the main
multiplexer.

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 573
May 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050
A. Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(1) Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table
below, adjust them if necessary:
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| DSW 1 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | ON |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | OFF |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| DSW 4 | ON | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| DSW 5 | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | N.E.| N.E.|
-----------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the cover with the screws and washers to the main
multiplexer.
(3) Install the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001).

EFF :

201-210, 23-33-00

Page 574
May 01/09

CES
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-12-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-12-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149,
23-33-12-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12-991-001-A Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
23-33-12-991-001-D Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 301-399, 401-499,
23-33-12-991-001-B Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-C)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-12

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
R Passenger Control Unit
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-C

R

EFF :

106-149, 23-33-12

Page 405
Nov 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-B
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU).
(1) Loosen the screw (2) from the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (1).
(2) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the cable connector (3).
(3) Disconnect the cable connector (3) of the PCU from the cable
connector of the SEB inside the armrest.
(4) Put a blanking cap on the disconnected cable connector that stays
inside the armrest.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Loosen the captive screw (3) from the PCU (1) until the hook (2) is
unlocked.
(2) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical
connector(s) (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (4).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-A

R

EFF :
528-599,
211-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 23-33-12

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-D12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-12

Page 408
Nov 01/08

CES
Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-D22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 23-33-12

Page 409
Nov 01/08

CES
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

301-399, 401-499, 23-33-12

Page 410
May 01/07

CES
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

301-399, 401-499, 23-33-12

Page 411
May 01/07

CES
(4) Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU).
(1) Loosen the screw (2) from the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (1).
(2) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical
connector(s).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(4) Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected elctrical connectors.

R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 23-33-12-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Music) with the Multipurpose Control and Display
Unit (MCDU)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-12-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149,
23-33-12-991-001-C Fig. 401A

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12-991-001-A Fig. 401B
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
23-33-12-991-001-D Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 301-399, 401-499,
23-33-12-991-001-B Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-055
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-33-12

Page 415
Feb 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-B)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-B
A. Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
condition.
(5) Connect the cable connector (3) to the related electrical connector
inside the armrest.
(6) Carefully put the PCU (1) in the correct position.
(7) Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-A
R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (4).
(6) Carefully install the PCU (1) in the seat armrest and make sure that
the notch (5) is correctly engaged.
(7) Carefully turn the captive screw (3) a quarter turn clockwise to
engage the hook (2).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES
(8) Turn the captive screw (3) until the PCU (1) is tightly installed in
the armrest.
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(6) Carefully put the PCU (1) in the correct position.
(7) Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-056
breaker(s):
21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK, 25MK
Subtask 23-33-12-861-050
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-

861-001).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051
D. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149,
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051-A
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051-B
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-12-942-051

002).
items.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-12

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN (8MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-31-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
23-33-31-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-31-010-050
A. Get Access
128.
(2) Open the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002) 824.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 061-099, 103-149, 151-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-31-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Main Multiplexer PES
(1) Loosen the nut (3).
(2) Lower the nut (3).
(3) Pull the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the multiplexer (5) from its rack (2).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
PES Main Multiplexer
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-31-991-001

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-31

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-33-31-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (MCDU)
23-33-00-820-001 Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main
Multiplexer (8MK)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-31-860-050
R (1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-
002).
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 061-099, 103-149, 151-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-304,
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-31-420-050
A. Installation of the PES Main Multiplexer
correct condition.
(5) Install the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nut (3) on the lug (4) and tighten.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 061-099, 103-149, 151-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-31-820-050
R C. Do the configuration procedure of the main multiplexer:

- with the Dual In-line Package (DIP) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-820-001),
and/or
- with the configuration CD, or
- with the Programmable System Control-Unit (23-33-00 P.Block 301).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 23-33-31-740-050
R D. Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-
002).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
R Subtask 23-33-31-740-050-A
R D. Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-003)
R or (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-31-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
CONTROLLER - IFE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 23-33-37-000-001
Removal of the IFE Audio/Video Controller (311MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-37-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-37-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-37

Page 401
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-37-010-050
B. Get Access
128.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-37-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-37-020-050
A. Removal of the IFE audio/video controller
(3) Pull the IFE audio/video controller (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect
the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the IFE audio/video controller (5) from its rack (2).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-37

Page 402
Aug 01/09

CES
IFE Audio/Video Controller
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-37-991-001

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-37

Page 403
Aug 01/09

CES
TASK 23-33-37-400-001
Installation of the IFE Audio/Video Controller (311MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-600-009 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Audio/Video

Controller (AVC)
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-33-37-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-37-860-050
824 in zone 128.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-37

Page 404
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-37-865-055
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-37-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-37-420-050
A. Installation of the IFE Audio/Video Controller
correct condition.
(5) Install the IFE audio/video controller (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the IFE audio/video controller (5) on its rack (2) to connect
Subtask 23-33-37-865-056
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-37

Page 405
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-37-970-050
C. Do the software download (phase 2) to the Audio/Video Controller (AVC)

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-009).
Subtask 23-33-37-740-050
D. Do the operational test of the integrated in-flight entertainment (IFE)

system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-37-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-37

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
SERVER - IFE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 23-33-39-000-001
Removal of the IFE Digital Server Unit (312MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-39-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-39-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-39

Page 401
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-39-010-050
B. Get Access
128.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-39-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-39-020-050
A. Removal of the IFE digital server unit
(3) Pull the IFE digital server unit (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect
(4) Remove the IFE digital server unit (5) from its rack (2).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-39

Page 402
Aug 01/09

CES
IFE Digital Server Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-39-991-001

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-39

Page 403
Aug 01/09

CES
TASK 23-33-39-400-001
Installation of the IFE Digital Server Unit (312MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-600-007 Software Download (Phase 1) to the Digital Server

Unit (DSU)
23-33-00-600-008 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Digital Server
Unit (DSU)
23-33-00-600-011 IP Sequencing and Software Download (Phase 2) to the
Seat Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
23-33-39-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-39-860-050
824 in zone 128.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-39

Page 404
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-39-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-39-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-39-420-050
A. Installation of the IFE digital server unit
correct condition.
(5) Install the IFE digital server unit (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the IFE digital server unit (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
Subtask 23-33-39-865-055
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-39

Page 405
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-33-39-970-050
C. Do the Software Download (Phase 1 and 2) to the Digital Server Unit (DSU)
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-007) and (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-008).
Subtask 23-33-39-970-051
D. Do the IP Sequencing and Software Download (Phase 2) to the Seat

Electronic Boxes (SEBs) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-011), only for the
DSU-AM6/12.
Subtask 23-33-39-740-050
E. Do the Operational test of the IFE (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-39-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-518, 23-33-39

Page 406
Aug 01/09

CES
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-46-000-001
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46-991-001-A Fig. 401A

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-46

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051
A. Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Release the quick release fasteners (5) and remove the protective cap
(6).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect all the electrical
connectors (4).
(4) Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).
NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination plug
connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is removed, remove
the termination plug.
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Release the quick release fasteners (6) and remove the protective cap
(7).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).
NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination plug
connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is removed, remove
the termination plug.
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used on A320.

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 23-33-46-400-001
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (MCDU)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46-991-001-A Fig. 401A

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051
A. Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(3) Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).
NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the termination
plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors
and fasten with the spring latches (2).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051-A
A. Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(3) Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the termination
plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used on A320.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors
(7) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the related SEB SEAT
connector.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-055
breaker(s):
21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK, 25MK
Subtask 23-33-46-860-050
C. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149,
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051-A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051-B
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
items.
(3) Install the protective cap (6) with the quick release fasteners (5).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the protective cap (7) with the quick release fasteners (6).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-46

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-47-000-001
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-47-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
23-33-47-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47-991-001-E Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-304,
23-33-47-991-001-B Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-33-47-991-001-D Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-33-47-991-001-C Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
2000VU PES VIDEO - CTL 21MH C01
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Wall Disconnect Box

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-47

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
Wall Disconnect Box

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-47

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-47

Page 406
Feb 01/08

CES
Wall Disconnect Box

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-33-47

Page 407
Feb 01/08

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-33-47

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-33-47

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-33-47

Page 410
May 01/07

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-33-47

Page 411
May 01/07

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-33-47

Page 412
May 01/07

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-33-47

Page 413
May 01/07

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-33-47

Page 414
May 01/07

CES
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-33-47

Page 415
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

2000VU PES VIDEO VCC 20MH C01
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-010-050
B. Remove the lower sidewall panel in the area of the related WDB (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of
the related WDB (1).
(2) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination
plug(s) (3) if installed.
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
the termination plug(s) (3).
(6) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.
(7) Remove the cable support (10) if installed.
(8) Remove the protective cover (14).
(9) Carefully lift the wall disconnect box and remove the insulation
strip (15).
(10) Carefully remove the WDB (1).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of
the related WDB (1).
(2) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination
plug(s) (3), if installed.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2), the
termination plug(s) (3) and the WDBs (1).
(6) Remove the cable support assembly, if installed:
(a) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8).
(b) Remove the cable support (10).
(c) Remove the spacers (16) and (17).
(7) Remove the protective cover (14).
(8) Carefully lift the WDB (1) and remove the insulation strip (15).
(9) Carefully remove the WDB (1).

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
TASK 23-33-47-400-001
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (MCDU)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-33-47-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
23-33-47-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47-991-001-E Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-304,
23-33-47-991-001-B Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-33-47-991-001-D Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-33-47-991-001-C Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-210-050
A. Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean
and in the correct condition.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
condition.
FOR 50MK5
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J1.
(3) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1
FOR 50MK6
connector J4.
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4
(6) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(7) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(8) Put the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and
install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
FOR 50MK5, 50MK6
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
respective WDB connectors.

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-33-47

Page 425
Nov 01/09

CES
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with
the spring latches (11).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-A
condition.
FOR 50MK5, 50MK6
connector J4.
and fasten the termination plug (3) with the spring latches (11).
(5) Install the WDB (1) with the washer (8) and the screw (7).
(6) Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on
top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten the
electrical connectors (2) with the spring latches (11).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
301-304, 401-499,
23-33-47

Page 426
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-C
condition.
FOR 50MK5, 50MK6
connector J4.
and fasten the termination plug (3) with the spring latches (11).
(5) Install the WDB (1) with the washer(s) (8) and the screw(s) (7).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5
(6) Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on
top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten the
electrical connectors (2) with the spring latches (11).
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-B
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD)

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Do the subsequent steps for these WDBs:
FOR 50MK7, 50MK8
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the
WDB connector J4.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(4) Carefully connect the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4.
(5) Safety the termination plug:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(a) Safety the termination plug (3) with the spring latches (11).
(8) Do the subsequent steps for these WDBs:
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6, 50MK7
(a) Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in
position on top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the
screw (9).
(9) Install the electrical connectors:
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and
the related WDB connectors.
correct condition.
(c) Carefully connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1)

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-33-47

Page 428
Nov 01/09

CES
(d) Safety the electrical connectors:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Safety the electrical connectors (2) with the spring latches
(11).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-055
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK
Subtask 23-33-47-860-050
D. Preparation for the Test
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051
E. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
**ON A/C 106-149,
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051-A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051-B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-33-47-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Install the protective cap (12) with the pins (13).
(4) Install the related lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-
001).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-33-47

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (10MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-52-000-001
Removal of the PES Reproducer (10MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-33-52-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-52-010-050
B. Get Access
128

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-52-020-050
A. Removal of the PES Reproducer
(3) Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the reproducer (5) from the rack (2).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
PES Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-33-52

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-33-52-400-001
Installation of the PES Reproducer (10MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-33-52-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-52-860-050
824 in zone 128.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-52-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210, 401-499,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-304,
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-52-420-050
A. Installation of the PES Reproducer
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-52-865-052
breaker(s):
21MK

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-52-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the PES Reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-33-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
**ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 051-099,
The Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) supplies the passengers with
information on ambient aircraft flight data, times and aircraft position in
the flight plan. The PVIS uses the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) monitors and
other main components of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) to
show the information on screen.
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
The Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) supplies the passengers with
visual information on the video displays during flight. Flight data, airline
logo and an estimate of the flight arrival time is shown to the passengers
on the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video display units.
These video pictures can include:
- real-time details of the flight course
- details of the in-flight services.
**ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190MH DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 88VU 120 824 23-34-34
191MH REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 230 23-34-35

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 2
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190MH DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 88VU 120 824 23-34-34
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 051-099,
The PVIS uses the PES (video) to transmit its output data to the passenger
as visual information.
A. System Integration
The system receives its operational input data from the Aircraft
Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS), the Air
Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) and the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS).
The PVIS is made up of the subsequent main components:
- a Remote Control Unit (RCU)
- a Digital Interface Unit (DIU).
The RCU is installed in the video control center in the most forward of
the LH overhead stowage compartments. It is the input unit on which the
shown information is selected by the use of menus.
The DIU is the system computer. It is installed on the electronics rack

88VU in the rear of the electronics compartment. The DIU stores the
program menus, and it receives the input data from the above named
systems. It processes them for use with the stored menus. It then
transforms the digital data into video signals and sends them to the PES
(video) for their indication on the LCD monitors.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 3
May 01/09

CES
Component Location
Figure 001A

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 4
May 01/09

CES
B. Inputs from other Systems
The DIU receives data from the connected other aircraft system units:
- the Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS
- the Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
- the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
The ADC sends the subsequent data:

- label 203, altitude
- label 204, baro corrected altitude
- label 205, mach number
- label 210, true air speed
- label 213, static air temperature
- label 215, impact pressure
- label 246, corrected static pressure.
The IRS sends the subsequent data:
- label 314, true heading
- label 321, drift angle
- label 322, flight path
- label 333, body normal acceleration
- label 361, intertial altitude.
The FMGC sends the subsequent data:
- label 001, distance to go
- label 002, time to go
- label 012, ground speed
- label 075, aircraft gross weight
R - label 252, remaining descent time to destination
- label 253, remaining time to top of climb
- label 254, remaining time to top of descend
- label 255, next cruise flight
- label 260, date
- label 310, aircraft present position latitude
- label 311, aircraft present position longitude
The CFDIU sends the subsequent data:
- label 040, city pair
- label 125, GMT
- label 126, flight phase
- label 233, flight number
- label 260, date
- label 301, aircraft identification.
C. System Output
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The subsequent information can be selected and shown to the passengers:
- the airline logo or other symbols
- the present aircraft ground speed
- the time required to reach the destination

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 5
Feb 01/09

CES
Flight Information
Figure 002

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 6
May 01/09

CES
Flight Maps
Figure 003

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
- the present flight altitude
- the outside air temperature
- the local time at the destination airport
- the enroute wind conditions
- the aircraft planned flight route on a map
- the flight route already completed on differently scaled maps
- the present aircraft position on differently scaled maps
- special points of interest along the flight path on a map.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
The PVIS uses the PES (video) to transmit its output data to the
passengers as visual information.
A. System Integration
The system receives the operational input data from the Air Traffic
Service Unit (ATSU), the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) and the Flight Management and
Guidance System (FMGS).
The Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH) is the primary component of the
PVIS.
The System Control Unit (SCU) (11MH) of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00)
controls the PVIS . You can make a selection of the available menus with
the SCU. The menu data is then shown on the passenger display units.
The DIU is the primary computer of the PVIS. It is installed on the

electronics rack 88VU in the avionics compartment. The DIU receives the
input data from the SCU and the related systems. It processes the video
signals of the stored menus and the digital input data. Then it transmits
the video signals to the PES (video) for the visual information on the
display units.
B. Inputs from other Systems

The DIU receives data from these aircraft systems:
- the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
- the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS)
- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
- the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).
The Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS sends this data:
- label 203, altitude
- label 204, baro corrected altitude
- label 205, mach number
- label 210, true air speed
- label 213, static air temperature
- label 215, impact pressure

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 8
May 01/09

CES
- label 246, corrected average static pressure.
The Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS sends this data:
- label 314, true heading
- label 321, drift angle
- label 322, flight path
- label 333, body normal acceleration
- label 361, inertial altitude.
The Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) of the FMGS sends this
data:
- label 001, distance to go
- label 002, time to go
- label 012, ground speed
- label 075, aircraft gross weight
- label 252, remaining descent time to destination
- label 253, remaining time to top of climb
- label 254, remaining time to top of descent
- label 255, next cruise flight
- label 260, date
- label 310, aircraft present position latitude
- label 311, aircraft present position longitude.
The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) of the CFDS sends
this data:
- label 040, city pair
- label 125, GMT
- label 126, flight phase
- label 233, flight number
- label 260, date
- label 301, aircraft identification.
The ATSU sends data to the PVIS that the A/C received from a ground
station. This data can contain:
- audio and/or video messages
- real time news information
- real time sports information
- real time weather information
- real time stock information
C. System Output
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)

The passengers can see this information on the PES (video):
- the aircraft ground speed
- the aircraft altitude
- the outside air temperature
- the position latitude
- the position longitude
- the time to destination airport

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 9
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 004)

The PVIS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 602PP. The system
circuit breaker 189MH has the label PES/PVIS and protects the system for a
current up to 5A. It is installed on the circuit breaker panel 2000VU near
the FWD purser station.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)

The PVIS is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
- 20MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
The PVIS is supplied with 115VAC through this circuit breaker:
- 188MH - PES/PFIS/AC
The circuit breakers 188MH and 20MH are installed on the circuit breaker
panel 2000VU near the FWD purser station.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
The junction box 9MH is the interface unit to the PES (video) for the PVIS
output signals and control data. It also supplies the connections for the
power supply of the RCU. The junction box 9MH is a unit of the PES (video)
(Ref. 23-36-00) and is installed in the video control center.
The DIU is connected directly to the related systems through ARINC 429 buses
for its digital input data communication.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 10
May 01/09

CES
Power Supply
Figure 004

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 11
May 01/06
R
CES
Power Supply
Figure 004A

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 12
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
A. The System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is the interface unit to the PES
(video) for the PVIS output signals and control data.
The SCU is a unit of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00) and is installed in
the video control center.
The Digital Interface Unit (DIU) 190MH is connected directly to the PES
(video) SCU unit in the video control center (Ref. 23-36-00).
The system DIU (190MH) is connected by ARINC 429 buses to:
- the ATSU (1TX1)
- the ADIRU2 (1FP2)
- the CFDIU (1TW)
- the FMGC2 (1CA2).
The DIU is mounted on a prewired tray located in the electronics
compartment 88VU.
B. All connections for power and data supply in the A/C are made through
standard interface connectors on the rear of the DIU and SCU.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
6. _____________________
**ON A/C 051-099,
A. The Remote Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The RCU is the input device for the PVIS. Its front plate has four P/BSW
in line under a LCD for control.
The LCD has a matrix of 20 characters on each of the 4 lines for

indication. The colour of the characters is dark blue against a
yellow-green background. The background is backlit.
The 4 P/BSW are membrane switches. The cabin crew uses them for the
selection of the menus in the system. The indicated menu on the LCD helps
to find the the correct sub-menu. The subsequent main menus are
available:
- SET DISPLAY MODE
- SET TIME TO DEST
- SET DESTINATION
- SET LANGUAGES
- SET GMT
- DAY/NIGHT VIEWING

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 13
May 01/09

CES
Remote Control Unit
Figure 005

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 14
May 01/06
R
CES
- SCREEN BLANKING.
In SET DISPLAY MODE the subsequent sub-menus are available:

- AUTO MODE
- MAP MODE
- INFO MODE
- LOGO MODE
- TOTAL ROUTE
- TERMINAL MODE.
In SET TIME TO DEST the time to the destination is set for a countdown.
The remaining time of flight is shown until the destination is reached.
In SET DESTINATION a number of possible destinations are displayed on

subsequent menus for selection of the correct one.
In SET LANGUAGES the language used on the LCD can be changed.
In SET GMT the correct Greenwich mean time must be set. The DIU needs it
to compute the correct local times for the INFO MODE indications.
In DAY/NIGHT VIEWING the brightness of the LCD can be set.
In SCREEN BLANKING the subsequent sub-menus are available:

- DISABLE BLANKING
- ENABLE BLANKING.
B. The Digital Interface Unit

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The DIU is the computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC 404A
1/2 ATR short case. Its front plate holds 2 handle bars, an electrical
connector for a portable data loader and the identifacation plates. The
rear plate holds the electrical connectors for the intersystem
communication and the power supply.
The DIU brings the subsequent digital data into relation:

- the data received from other aircraft systems.
- the control data from the RCU
- the data stored in the DIU memories.
In reaction to the menu selection the DIU calculates the digital output
data and then changes the digital data into video signals. The video
signals are sent to the PES (video) for passenger information.

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 15
May 01/06

CES
Digital Interface Unit
Figure 006

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 16
May 01/06

CES
An ARINC 615 data loader can be connected to the connector on the front
plate of the DIU. A 3.5in. floppy disk can be used with the data loader.
The memory of the DIU can be renewed or updated with the data from the
files on that floppy disk. The floppy disk can hold configuration files,
place name overlays for maps or data bases on airport identifiers, time
zones or other data.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
A. The System Control Unit

(Ref. 23-36-00)
B. The Digital Interface Unit

(Ref. Fig. 006A)
The DIU is the primary computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC
600A 1/2 ATR short case. On the front plate of the DIU, there are a
handle, a cover and a video connector (J7) with a receptacle cap. A
power-on LED indicator and a bite-failure LED indicator are installed on
the top right side of the front plate. The electrical connectors for the
intersystem-communication data transfer and the power supply are on the
rear plate. Behind the connector access cover, there are these service
interface connectors:
- a maintenance bilingual connector (J2)
- a USB connector (J3)
- a modem connector (J4)
- a stereo audio connector (J5)
- a ethernet connector (J6).
The DIU uses these digital data inputs:

- the control data from the SCU (PES (video)
- the data stored in the Hard Disk Drive
- the data received from other aircraft systems.
After the selection of the menu, the DIU processes the digital output
data into video signals. The DIU sends the video signals to the PES
(video) for passenger information.
You can download the data from the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) to the memory
of the DIU. The Hard Disk Drive supplies these flight information:
- the flight route presentation on graphic maps
- the custom graphic images, video clips and movies
- the real-time video and audio details of the countries along the flight
path
- the maps of the arrival/departure terminals
- the real-time flight connection information
- the airline logo.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 17
May 01/09

CES
Figure 006A

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 18
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indication
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 007, 008)

When the aircraft electrical systems are energized the PVIS is supplied by
the normal busbar 602PP with 28VDC through the circuit breaker 189MH.
A. System Start-up
The RCU is electrically connected to the junction box 9MH of the PES
(video) for energy and data transfer.
When the RCU is energized a microprocessor and its circuits on the
controller card perform an initialization procedure and a self test.
After the self test the start menu is indicated on the LCD. The RCU and
the system is ready for input data and menu selection.
On the DIU all cable connections for the power supply, to the other
systems and the RCU are made through the connector on its rear plate.
When the DIU is energized the computer and all other circuit boards
perform an initialization procedure and a self test. After the self test
a signal is generated for the RCU that the system is ready for operation.
B. System Operation
All input data from the use of the P/BSW on the RCU are transfered to the
DIU. The DIU relates this data with its memory contents and transfers
answer data back to the RCU for indication on the LCD.
The indications on the LCD cause the cabin crew to push the P/BSW again
until the necessary actions to complete a menu selection are made.
The DIU relates its memory contents with the input data from the other
connected systems and the menu reqiurements. It then produces the digital
output data for the passengers. This digital output data is transformed
into video signals in the form of pictures or alphanumeric information
and sent to the junction box 9MH of the PES (video). The PES (video)
shows these video signals as maps and/or as written information to the
passengers.
The subsequent main modes of operation can be selected by the use of

menus on the RCU:
- AUTO MODE
The AUTO MODE supplies an automatic cycling of all available pictures.
- MAP MODE
The MAP MODE supplies only maps.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 19
May 01/09

CES
System Block Diagram
Figure 007

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 20
May 01/06

CES
System Block Diagram
Figure 007A

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 21
May 01/09

CES
System Schematic
Figure 008

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 22
May 01/06

CES
- INFO MODE
The INFO MODE supplies only flight information pages.
- LOGO MODE
The LOGO MODE supplies logos or graphics.
- TERM MODE
The TERM MODE supplies airport terminal charts only.
A total of 32 modes of operation are available. The airline may select

their own logos or other graphics to be shown.
(1) Not Applicable
(2) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 007A, 008A)

The electrical power for the PVIS is available when:
- the busbars 212PP and 220XP-B are energized
- the circuit breakers 20MH and 188MH are closed
- the relay 801MH operates
- the PES Video is energized.
A. System Start-up
When the DIU is energized it does an initialization procedure and a
self-test. After the self-test, the SCU receives a signal that the PVIS
system is prepared for operation.
When the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00) initialization procedure is
completed and the PES is prepared for operation, you can make PVIS menu
selections from the SCU.
B. System Operation
You can control the PVIS with the selection of the AIRSHOW MENU on the
SCU of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00).
When you make a selection in the menu and/or sub-menu, the DIU receives a
signal.
The DIU uses the data from the memory, the menu input and the digital
data from the connected systems to make the digital output data. The DIU
then changes the digital output data into video signals. The PES (video)
shows the video signals as maps, as written information and/or as video
clips.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 23
May 01/09

CES
System Schematic
Figure 008A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) The AIRSHOW MENU has these sub-menus:
- SET TIME TO DESTINATION
- SET VIEWING
- SET DESTINATION
- SET DISPLAY MODE
- SET GMT
- SET BLANKING
- SET LANGUAGE
(a) In the sub-menu SET TTD you can set the Time To Destination
(TTD).
(b) In the sub-menu Viewing you can set the brightness of the video
displays. You
(c) In the sub-menu SET DESTINATION you can make a selction to set
the start airport and the destination airport.
(d) The sub-menu DISPLAY MODE has these sub-menus:

- AUTO
- Map
- Info
- Logo
- Active Language.
(e) In the sub-menu SET GMT you can set the Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT).
(f) In the sub-menu BLANKING you can set the video displays to off.
(g) The sub-menu SET LANGUAGE has these sub-menus:

- English
- French
- German
- Spanish.
(2) Each menu and sub-menu page also shows how you can make the next
selection.

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 25
May 01/09

CES
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - SERVICING
________________________________________
TASK 23-34-00-610-001
Procedure to Update the DIU Database Software
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific USB key

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 301
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002).
Subtask 23-34-00-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of

____
departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
location is now.

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 302
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-34-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,

**ON A/C 305-399,
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN AFT-RH 25MH C06

2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN AFT-LH 23MH C05
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN FWD-RH 24MH C04
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN FWD-LH 22MH C03

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 303
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-059
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-502,
2000VU PES-PFIS-AC 188MH C08
**ON A/C 401-499,
2000VU PES-PFIS 188MH C08
**ON A/C 501-502,

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 304
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
Subtask 23-34-00-970-050-A
A. Load the DIU Database Software.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel

2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The Passenger Visual Information System
the tag(s) and close (PVIS) is energized.
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
188MH.
2. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the VCC 10MH:

10MH:
- push the pushbutton switch VCC - the internal light of the pushbutton
MAIN POWER SWITCH. switch VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH comes
on.

11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch - all LEDs come on while the SCU 11MH
MASTER POWER. does the self test of the system,
on when the self test is completed.
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- monitor the display. - after approximately three minutes the

AUTO MODE page comes into view.
5. On the SCU 11MH, in the MODE On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
SELECT area:

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 305
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the membrane switch again - the ALL-ZONE MENU page comes into
and again until the LED ALL view.
ZONES comes on.
6. On the SCU 11MH, in the keypad On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
area:
- push the membrane switch SEL - the AUX7 PRI comes into view,
again and again to make the
selection of AUX7 PRI on the
monitor,
- push the related number - the AIRSHOW page comes into view,
membrane switch to make the
selection of AIRSHOW on the
monitor,
- push the related number

selection of DISPLAY MODE on
the monitor,
- push the membrane switch ENTER, - the DISPLAY MODE page comes into
view,

selection of AUTO or TEST on
the monitor,
- push the membrane switch ENTER. - the DISPLAY MODE SETTING page comes
into view.
- push the membrane switch - the indicators AUX and PRI come on
PREVIEW SELECT again and again and the display shows 7.
to make the selection of AUX, 7
and PRI.
- push the membrane switch MENU - the usual airshow information comes
again and again to make the into view.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 501-502, 23-34-00

Page 306
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
selection of the PREVIEW MODE
on the monitor.
9. On the Digital Interface Unit On the DIU 190MH:

(DIU) 190MH:
- loosen the captive screw on the - the connectors access-door is open.

connectors access-door and open
the door.
10. On the DIU 190MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- connect the USB key to the - the status screen shows the part
connector J3 of the DIU 190MH. numbers of the software components to
install and a countdown timer,
NOTE : The DIU 190MH does a check to

____
make sure that the USB key
contains correct DIU database
software. If the DIU database
software is incorrect, then the
DIU 190MH ignores the USB key.
The status screen will not come
into view.
- after the shown countdown period the

DIU 190MH starts with the download
procedure. A progress bar shows the
status of the download procedure,
NOTE : If you remove the USB key in

____
less than the shown countdown
period, the download procedure
will not start. The usual
airshow information comes into
view.
- when the download procedure is

completed, a new status screen comes
into view. On this screen you get the
message that the copy procedure of
the files is completed
satisfactorily. The subsequent

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 501-502, 23-34-00

Page 307
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
message tells you to remove the USB
key.
- disconnect the USB key from - the DIU 190MH starts the upload
the connector J3 of the DIU procedure of the downloaded files. A
190MH. progress bar shows the status of the
upload procedure,
- when the upload procedure is

into view. The message on this screen
tells you that the result is
satisfactory.
- the DIU 190MH starts the cleanup

procedure of the installed files. A
progress bar shows the status of the
cleanup procedure,
- when the cleanup procedure is

into view. It shows you the message
that the installation is completed,
- the DIU 190MH starts the airshow

programs again. A new status screen
comes into view and shows you the
airshow modes.
12. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- close the connectors - the connectors access-door is closed.

access-door and tighten the
captive screw.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 501-502, 23-34-00

Page 308
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-34-00-280-053-A
B. Do a Check of the loaded new DIU Database Software.
(1) Open and then close the circuit breaker 188MH to do a reset of the
PVIS.
(2) Do this check.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- monitor the display. - a download message comes into view

while the DIU 190MH does the download
of the airshow data,
- when the download of the airshow data
is completed, the usual airshow
information comes into view.
- push the pushbutton switch - the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS goes
MASTER POWER. off,
- the monitor display goes off.
3. On the VCC 10MH: On the VCC 10MH:
MAIN POWER SWITCH. switch VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH goes
off.

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag The PVIS is de-energized.

188MH.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 501-502, 23-34-00

Page 309
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 305-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-34-00-970-050
A. Load the DIU Database Software.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The Passenger Visual Information System
the tag(s) and close (PVIS) is energized.
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS/AC.
2. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the VCC 10MH:

10MH:
MAIN POWER SWITCH. switch VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH comes
on.

11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch - all LEDs come on while the SCU 11MH
- monitor the display. - after approximately 3 minutes the

5. On the SCU 11MH, on the MODE On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
SELECT area:
- push the membrane switch again - the ALL-ZONE MENU page comes into
ZONES comes on.

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 310
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the SCU 11MH, on the keypad On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
area:
- push the membrane switch SEL - the AUX7 PRI comes into view,
again and again to make the
selection of AUX7 PRI on the
monitor,
- push the related number - the AIRSHOW page comes into view,
selection of AIRSHOW on the
monitor,

selection of DISPLAY MODE on
the monitor,
- push the membrane switch ENTER, - the DISPLAY MODE page comes into
view,

selection of AUTO or TEST on
the monitor,
- push the membrane switch ENTER. - the DISPLAY MODE SETTING page comes
into view.
- push the membrane switch - the indicators AUX and PRI come on
PREVIEW SELECT again and again and the display shows 7.
to make the selection of AUX, 7
and PRI.
- push the membrane switch MENU - the airshow information comes into
again and again to make the view.
selection of the PREVIEW MODE
on the monitor.

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 311
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the Digital Interface Unit On the DIU 190MH:
(DIU) 190MH:
- loosen the captive screw on the - the connectors access-door is open.

connectors access-door and open
the door.
- connect the USB key to the - the status screen shows the part
connector J3 of the DIU 190MH. numbers of the software components to
install and a countdown timer,
NOTE : The DIU 190MH does a check to

____
make sure that the USB key
contains correct DIU database
software. If the DIU database
software is incorrect, then the
DIU 190MH ignores the USB key.
The status screen will not come
into view.
- after the shown countdown period the

DIU 190MH starts with the download
procedure. A progress bar shows the
status of the download procedure,
NOTE : If you remove the USB key in

____
less than the shown countdown
period, the download procedure
will not start. The normal
airshow information comes into
view.
- when the download procedure is

into view. On this screen you get the
message that the copy procedure of
the files is completed
satisfactorily. The subsequent
message tells you to remove the USB
key.

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 312
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- disconnect the USB key from - the DIU 190MH starts with the upload
the connector J3 of the DIU procedure of the downloaded files. A
190MH. progress bar shows the status of the
upload procedure,
- when the upload procedure is

into view. The message on this screen
tells you that the result is
satisfactory.
- the DIU 190MH starts with the cleanup

procedure of the installed files. A
progress bar shows the status of the
cleanup procedure,
- when the cleanup procedure is

into view. It shows you the message
that the installation is completed,
- the DIU 190MH starts the airshow

programs again. A new status screen
comes into view and shows you the
airshow modes.
12. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- close the connectors - the connectors access-door is closed.

access-door and tighten the
captive screw.

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 313
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-34-00-280-053
B. Do a Check of the new loaded DIU Database Software.
(1) Open and then close the circuit breaker 188MH to do a reset of the
PVIS.
(2) Do this check.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- monitor the display. - a download message comes into view

while the DIU 190MH does the download
of the airshow data,
- when the download of the airshow data
is completed, the normal airshow
- push the pushbutton switch - the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS goes
MASTER POWER. off,
- the monitor display goes off.
3. On the VCC 10MH: On the VCC 10MH:
- push the pushbutton switch - the internal light of the pushbutton

MASTER POWER SWITCH. switch MASTER POWER SWITCH goes off.

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag The PVIS is de-energized.


R

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 314
Feb 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-00-860-055

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-34-00-410-054
B. Close Access

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 315
Aug 01/09

CES
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________
TASK 23-34-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Passenger Visual Information-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001) and the LCD monitors are
extended.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-052-B

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of

____
departure and a destination (airport identification) are put

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
location is now.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
**ON A/C 051-061,
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21

121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
R **ON A/C 062-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
**ON A/C 051-099,
2000VU PES VIDEO CABIN - RH 23MH C03

2000VU PES VIDEO CABIN - LH 22MH C02

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH C05
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-502,
**ON A/C 401-499,
**ON A/C 501-502,

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-050
A. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (without the data from the Flight Management and
Guidance Computer (FMGC) and the Air Data/Inertial Reference System
(ADIRS)):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS Remote Control
2000VU: Unit (RCU):
- remove the safety clip(s) and - STANDBY is indicated for the
the tag(s) and close initialization and self-test period.
this(these) circuit breaker(s): - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
189MH. after the self-test is complete.
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatrack and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:

- the MENU page comes into view,
- the zone marks are blinking.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the indications in the

following sequence:
CONT,
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION,
PFIS,
- push the PREV pushbutton
switch,
- touch the PFIS indication,
- push the EXEC pushbutton
switch.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU move down out of the

hatrack.
4. On the PVIS RCU: In the cabin on the HMDU:
- push the pushbutton switch SET - no flight information or maps are

again. shown.
- the LOGO available is shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the maps are shown.

or DOWN to set the cursor to
the MAP MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - no maps are shown.

or DOWN to set the cursor to - no flight information is shown.
the INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the LOGO available is shown.

the LOGO MODE.
5. On the circuit breaker panel On the PVIS RCU:

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag - the PVIS with all indications
this(these) circuit breaker(s): switches off.
189MH.

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 507
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051
B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (with the data from the FMGC and the ADIRS):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

121VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and
the tag(s) and close
10CA2
6FP2
4FP2
5FP2
2. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS RCU:

2000VU: - STANDBY is indicated for the
- remove the safety clip(s) and initialization and self-test period.
the tag(s) and close - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
this(these) circuit breaker(s): after the self-test is complete.
189MH.
3. Do the Check of the IR Alignment

Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-
860-004).
4. On the PVIS RCU: On the LCD of the RCU:

- push the pushbutton switch SET. - the cursor moves to the AUTO MODE
menu.
- push the SET again. In the cabin on the HMDU:

- the LOGO available is shown.
- the flight information is shown.
- the maps are shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the maps are shown.

the MAP MODE.

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-00

Page 508
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the flight information is shown.
the INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the LOGO available is shown.

the LOGO MODE.
5. On the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:

- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - all HMDU go off and retract into the
switch. hatracks.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the monitor goes off,
- the intregral light of the SYST PWR
pushbutton switch goes off.
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051-A
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS is energized.

the tag(s) and close

10MH:

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-502,
23-34-00

Page 509
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
on.

11MH:

pushbutton switch. POWER pushbutton switch comes on.
- all LEDs come on while the SCU 11MH
does the self test of the system,
- the message
SELF-TEST ---
comes into view.
- monitor the display. - after approximately 3 minutes the

- push the PREVIEW SELECT - the AUX and PRI indication comes on
membrane switch again and again and the digital display shows 7.
for the selection of AUX and
PRI and the digital display to
show 7.
SELECT area:
- push the MODE SELECT membrane - the MANUAL MODE page comes into view.
switch again and again for the
selection of MANUAL.
7. On the SCU 11MH, in the KEY-PAD On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
area:
- on the KEY-PAD, push the - the AIRSHOW page comes into view,
related membrane switch to set
the AIRSHOW, then push the
ENTER membrane switch,

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 510
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the KEY-PAD, push the - the DISPLAY MODE page comes into
related membrane switch to set view,
the DISPLAY MODE, then push the
- on the KEY-PAD, push the - for a short time the DISPLAY MODE
related membrane switch to set SETTING page comes into view,
the AUTO MODE, then push the
- push the CLEAR membrane switch - the MANUAL MODE page comes into view,
again and again,
- push the membrane switch SEL - the indication AUX 7 and PRI comes
again and again for the into view.
selection of AUX 7 and PRI.
8. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the MONITOR:
- push the PREVIEW SELECT - the airshow information comes into

membrane switch. view.

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag - the PVIS is de-energized and the

this(these) circuit breaker(s): monitor does not show PVIS
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS/AC. information.
10. On the SCU 11MH: ON the SCU 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - the SCU de-energized.

pushbutton switch.
- push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the pushbutton
pushbutton switch. switch VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH goes
off.

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-34-00

Page 511
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051-B
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.
2. On the PES video System Control On the PES video SCU 11MH:
Unit (SCU) 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all LED come on while the SCU 11MH
pushbutton switch. does the self-test of the system,
- the green LED comes on at the end of
the self-test.
SELECT area:
- push the pushbutton switch - the ALL-ZONE MENU comes into view.
again and again until ALL ZONES
comes on.
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the keypad: In the passenger compartment:

- push 1 for Screens On - the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) extend.
- push 2 for Airshow On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

- the AIRSHOW MENU comes into view.
- push 2 for DISPLAY MODE - the SET DISPLAY MODE comes into view.
- push 2 for MAP. In the passenger compartment, on the

HMDUs and the Wall Mounted Display
Units:

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-34-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the airshow
5. On the SCU, on the keypad: On the SCU, on the monitor:

- push CLEAR again and again - the ALL-ZONE MENU comes into view.
until the ALL-ZONE MENU comes
into view.
- push 2 for SCREENS OFF. In the passenger compartment:

- All HMDUs 100MH retract.

pushbutton switch. POWER pushbutton switch goes off.

off.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-053
(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
items.

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-053-B

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-34-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) (190MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-34-34-000-001
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-34-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 401
May 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-502,
**ON A/C 401-499,
**ON A/C 501-502,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-34-34-010-050
B. Get Access
128.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 402
May 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Digital Interface Unit
(3) Pull the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
(4) Remove the Digital Interface Unit (5).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 403
May 01/09

CES
Figure 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 404
May 01/09

CES
TASK 23-34-34-400-001
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-00-610-001 Procedure to Update the DIU Database Software

23-34-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Visual
Information-System
23-34-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-860-050
824 in zone 128.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 405
May 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-34-34-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-502,
**ON A/C 401-499,
**ON A/C 501-502,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Digital Interface Unit

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 406
May 01/09

CES
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Engage the nuts (3) on the studs (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-34-34-865-052
breaker(s):
189MH
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-502,
Subtask 23-34-34-610-050
C. Do the procedure to update the DIU database software (Ref. TASK 23-34-00-
610-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-34-34-710-050
D. Do the operational test of the passenger visual information-system

(Ref. TASK 23-34-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-34-34

Page 407
May 01/09

CES
CONTROL UNIT - REMOTE (191MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-34-35-000-001
Removal of the Remote Control Unit 191MH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-34-35-865-053
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH C05
Subtask 23-34-35-010-050
B. Open the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment to get access to the video control center (VCC).

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-35

Page 401
Feb 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-35-020-050
A. Removal of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
(1) Loosen the captive knurled screws (4) in front of the Remote Control
Unit (RCU) (3).
(2) Pull the RCU (3) forward to get access to the electrical connector
(2).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the RCU (3).
(4) Remove the RCU (3) from the video control center.
(5) Put the blanking cap on the disconnected electrical connector (2).

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-35

Page 402
May 01/05

CES
Remote Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-35

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
TASK 23-34-35-400-001
Installation of the Remote Control Unit 191MH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Visual

Information-System
23-34-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-35-010-051
A. Make sure that the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment (video control center) is open.
R Subtask 23-34-35-865-054
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH C05

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-35

Page 404
Feb 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-35-420-050
A. Installation of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the disconnected electrical connector
(2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector is clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Place the the Remote Control Unit (RCU) (3) in front of its slot in
the video control center.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the RCU (3).
(7) Install the RCU (3).
(8) Tighten the captive knurled screws (4).
R Subtask 23-34-35-865-055
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 189MH
Subtask 23-34-35-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the Passenger Visual Information System

(Ref. TASK 23-34-00-710-001).

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-35

Page 405
Feb 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-35-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment (video control center).

EFF :

051-099, 23-34-35

Page 406
May 01/05

CES
___________________________________________________
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 1. General
_______
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video gives prerecorded video

programs through the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) monitors. The LCD monitors
are installed in the cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDUs) 100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the PES music (Ref. 23-33-00) and the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00). Passengers can hear
the video sound through the Passenger Control Units (PCUs) over the related
headset, which are a part of the PES music. The video sound, heard from the
cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
**ON A/C 151-199,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video provides prerecorded video

programs through the LCD-monitors. These LCD-monitors are installed in the
cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00). The passengers can hear the video sound over the
cabin loudspeakers.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502, 519-526, 528-599,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video provides prerecorded video

programs through the LCD-monitors. These LCD-monitors are installed in the
cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH and as Wall Mounted
Display Units (WMDU) 102MH. Each HMDU can be extended from or retracted into
its hatrack.
The video sound is supplied to the PES music (Ref. 23-33-00) and the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00). Passengers can hear
the video sound through the Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK over the
related headset, which are a part of the PES music. The video sound, which
the passengers hear from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 503-509, 511-518,
The description and operation of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment

(IFE) system is given in the Passenger Entertainment (Music) - Description
and Operation (Ref. 23-33-00).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 1 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
R Figure 001

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 3
May 01/05

CES
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 4
Feb 01/08

CES
R Figure 001B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 5
May 01/05

CES
Video Control Center
Figure 001C

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 001D

R

EFF :

301-304, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 7
Aug 01/09

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 002

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-00

Page 8
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52

R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
Figure 002A

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 10
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 001B, 002B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Figure 002B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001C, 002C, 003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12MH VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT 221 23-36-52
102MH1 WALL MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 221

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (LCD)
Figure 002C

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002D

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002E

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 002F

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES
Tapping Units of the PES Video - Component Location
Figure 003

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 001D, 002D, 003A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 003A

EFF :

301-399, 23-36-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001C, 002E, 003A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12MH VIDEO REPROCUCER UNIT 221 23-36-52

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-36-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 001D, 002F, 003B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 003B

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 24
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________________
System Description
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH installed in the video control
center in the FWD overhead stowage compartment on the LH side of the
cabin,
- two Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH and 13MH installed in the video
control center,
- a prewired mounting plate 10MH together with a cassette storage
installed in the video control center,
- 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
Figure 004

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-00

Page 26
Nov 01/09

CES
- 16 hatrack mounted display units 100MH with retracting mechanism
installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR1 12MH and VTR2 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH. The video
program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES Music Main
Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program sound after selection of channel 3
or 4 on the PCU 200MK with the related headset. The video program sound
which the passengers hear from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the
CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all
HMDUs 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
A. General
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC) compartment on the LH side of the cabin,
- two Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the
VCC,
- a prewired mounting plate together with cassette storage is installed
in the VCC,
- 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 18 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR 12MH and 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 1 or 2
on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound, heard from
the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.

R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 27
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 004A

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 004B)
A. General
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the video control
center in the first FWD overhead stowage compartment on the LH side of
the cabin,
- two Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the
video control center,
- a prewired mounting plate 10MH together with cassette storage(s) is
installed in the video control center,
lateral walls,
The VTRs 12MH and 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the CIDS
directors 101RH and 102RH. Passengers can hear the video program sound
over the passenger adress loudspeakers.
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004C)
A. General
The PES video has these primary units installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC) 10MH:
- A pre-wired mounting plate with a cassette stowage.
- The System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH.
- A Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) 12MH.
- A Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 13MH.
The PES video has these primary units installed in the passenger
compartment:
- 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH, these are installed on the LH and RH walls.
- 16 Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU) 100MH, these are installed in
the LH and RH hatracks.
- Four Wall Mounted Display-Units (WMDU) 102MH.

R

EFF : 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 29
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 004B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 004C

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10

CES
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed in the F/C passenger compartment. One is
installed on the rear wall of the stowage on the RH side and the other
is installed on the rear wall of the stowage on the LH side.
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed on the partition between the B/C and Y/C
passenger compartments. One is installed on the rear wall of the
partition on the RH side and the other is installed on the rear wall of
the partition on the LH side.
The VRU 12MH reproduces the MPEG audio and video data that is stored on
the internal HDD. The VRU makes audio and video signals (audio/video
program) and sends them to the other PES components. The video signal is
sent to the SCU 11MH and then to the HMDUs 100MH. The audio signal is
sent to the SCU and then to the PES Music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and
the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
The VTR 13MH replay pre-recorded video programs. The video program signal
is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDUs 100MH and WMDUs 102MH. The
video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES Music Main
or 2 on the PCU through the related headset. The video program sound
CIDS.
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 004D)
A. General
- the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC) 10MH
- two Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the VCC
10MH
- a prewired mounting plate with the VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH switch and
the cassette storage(s) are installed in the VCC 10MH
lateral walls

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 004D

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 33
Nov 01/09

CES
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH. The video
program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music Main
or 2 on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound which
HMDU 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 004E)
A. General
The PES video has these primary units installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC) 10MH:
- a prewired mounting plate with a MAIN POWER SWITCH switch and a
cassette stowage
- the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH
- one Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) 12MH
- one Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 13MH.
The PES video has these primary units installed in the passenger
compartment:
- 20 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH, these are installed on the LH and RH walls
- 16 Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU) 100MH, these are installed in
the LH and RH hatracks
- four Wall Mounted Display-Units (WMDU) 102MH
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed in the B/C passenger compartment. One is
installed on the rear wall of the galley on the RH side and the other
is installed on the rear wall of the stowage on the LH side.
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed on the partition between the B/C and Y/C
passenger compartments. One is installed on the rear wall of the
partition on the RH side and the other is installed on the rear wall of
the partition on the LH side.
The VRUs 12MH and 13MH replay pre-recorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDUs 100MH and WMDUs
102MH. The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES
Music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
or 2 on the PCU through the related headset. The video program sound
CIDS.

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-36-00

Page 34
Feb 01/10

CES
R Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
R Figure 004E

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 004F)
A. General
The PES video has these primary units:
- The System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH, which is installed in the Video
Control Center (VCC) 10MH
- 2 Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH, which are installed in
the VCC 10MH
- A prewired mounting plate with the VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH switch and
the cassette storage(s), which are installed in the VCC 10MH
- 12 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH, which are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral walls
- 4 Wall Mounted Display Units (WMDU) 102MH, which are installed in the
partitions forward of the passenger-compartment
- 12 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting
mechanism, which are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral
hatracks.
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH and WMDU
102MH. The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES
Music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
or 2 on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound which
SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin decompression occurs, the SCU 11MH retracts
all HMDU 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199,
B. Functions
The PES video is mainly controlled and operated by the SCU through
menu-guided screen indications. Thus a special touch-screen is used. Also
the touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program and to
control the VTR 1 and VTR 2.
C. System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 36
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 004F

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
B. Functions
The PES video is normally controlled and operated by the SCU.
The SCU also controls the operation of the VTR 12MH, the VTR 13MH and the
HMDUs 100MH.
(1) The tapping units supply the HMDUs 100MH directly with electrical
power, control data and video signals.
C. System Test
**ON A/C 201-210,
B. Functions
menu-guided screen indications. The SCU 11MH has a special touch-screen.
This touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program .
The touch-screen also controls the operation of the VTR 12MH, the VTR
13MH and the HMDU 100MH.
(1) The tapping units supply the HMDU 100MH directly with electrical
power, control data and video signals.
C. System Test
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
B. Functions
menu-guided screen indications. The SCU 11MH has a special touch-screen.
This touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program.
The touch-screen also controls the operation of the VRU 12MH, the VTR
13MH, the HMDU 100MH and the WMDU 102MH.
(1) The tapping units supply the HMDU 100MH and the WMDU 102MH directly
with electrical power, control data and video signals.
C. System Test

R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
B. Functions
The PES video is normally controlled and operated by the SCU.
The SCU also controls the operation of the VTR 12MH, the VTR 13MH, the
HMDUs 100MH and WMDUs 102MH.
(1) The tapping units supply the HMDUs 100MH and WMDUs 102MH directly
with electrical power, control data and video signals.
C. System Test
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. ____________
Power Supply
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 005)

The normal busbar 210XP- B supplies 115 V AC to the PES video through the
circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH and 23MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH.
The HMDUs installed on the LH passenger-compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 22MH and the related tapping units. The HMDUs
installed on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the
circuit breaker 23MH and the related tapping units.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 39
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-00

Page 40
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 005A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 41
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 005H)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The PES video is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
The PES video is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
- 21MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
- 22MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
- 24MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH.
**ON A/C 151-199,
**ON A/C 151-158,
(Ref. Fig. 005B)
**ON A/C 159-199,
(Ref. Fig. 005C)
**ON A/C 151-199,
The busbar 210XP-C supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit
breaker 21MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the
PES video through the circuit breaker 22MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar
210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit breaker 24MH
and the relay 800MH.
The busbar 208PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker 20MH to the PES
video. This line operates the relay 800MH.
The circuit breaker 21MH supplies the SCU 11MH and the VTR 12MH and 13MH.
The circuit breaker 22MH supplies the HMDU on the LH passenger compartment
side through the related tapping units .

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005B

R

EFF :

151-158, 23-36-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005C

R

EFF :

159-199, 23-36-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005D

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-36-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005E (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005E (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005F (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 48
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 005F (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 49
Nov 01/09

CES
R Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 005G (SHEET 1)

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10

CES
R Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 005G (SHEET 2)

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005H (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 52
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 005H (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 53
Nov 01/09

CES
The circuit breaker 24MH supplies the HMDU on the RH passenger compartment
side through the related tapping units .
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 005D)

The busbar 210XP-C supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit
breaker 21MH. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES video through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar 210XP-A supplies
115VAC to the PES video through the circuit breaker 24MH and the relay
800MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH. This
line also operates the relay 800MH.
The HMDU installed on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the related tapping units. The HMDU installed
on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 24MH and the related tapping units.
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 005F)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 005G)
**ON A/C 301-399,
The PES video is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
The PES video is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
- 21MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
- 22MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/FWD/LH
- 24MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/FWD/RH
- 23MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/AFT/LH
- 25MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/AFT/RH

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 301-399, 23-36-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
5. _____________________
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 5. _____________________
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
A. System Control Unit (SCU)

(Ref. Fig. 006)
(1) General
(a) The SCU is installed in the video control center in the

passenger-compartment most forward LH lateral hatrack. It permits
the control of the PES video through a special touch-screen and
pushbutton switches found on the front of the unit.
(b) Electrical connections are made through the prewired mounting

plate 10MH to connectors on the back of the unit.
Video and audio input data from the VTR are connected to
connector J1B. CIDS related data such as ARINC 429 data, audio
data and system power are connected to connector J1C. PES music
related data are connected to connector J1C (audio data) and J1A
(video keylines). The cabin decompression is connected to
connector J1A.
(2) Function
The function of the SCU is to control and operate the PES video (Ref.
Para. 6. Operation).
(a) SYST PWR Pushbutton Switch

When you push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch the integral light
and the screen comes on. Also power is sent to the VTR.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10

CES
System Control Unit (SCU).
Figure 006

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 56
Nov 01/09

CES
(b) 5-inch LCD (Touch-Screen)
A 5-inch LCD is installed to preview the selected video program
and shows special touch-screen related indications. The surface
of the LCD has 12 segments of transparent membrane switches
(touch-screen) which are used to select different system
functions and operation procedures (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(c) ENTER EXEC Pushbutton Switch

When you push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch all functions set
through the touch-screen are done.
(d) ENTER PREV Pushbutton Switch

When you push the ENTER PREV pushbutton switch the set video
program is shown on the screen without cabin presentation. The
video program sound is heard over a headset connected to the
MONITOR jack.
(e) ENTER MENU Pushbutton Switch

When you push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch the initial menu
is shown on the screen.
(f) BRIGHT Control Knob

The BRIGHT control knob sets the screen brightness.
(g) PA VOLUME MIN/MAX Control Knob

When the PA function is set the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX control knob
controls the volume from the cabin loudspeakers.
(h) PA CH1/CH2 Switch

When the PA function is set the PA CH1/CH2 switch sets the VTR
audio channels which are sent to the CIDS and are heard from the
cabin loudspeakers.
(i) MONITOR Jacks

The SCU has two types of jacks to connect a stethoscopic or an
electrical headset. The jacks are used to monitor the video
program sound when the preview function is set.

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 57
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. System Control Unit (SCU)

(Ref. Fig. 006A)
(1) General
(a) The SCU is installed in the video control center. The SCU
contains a computer which receives the aircraft zone
configuration from the CIDS director(s). The SCU receives its
commands from the front panel with the aid of:
- A program on a PCMCIA memory card in a slot (changes of the
program are possible)
- The special membrane switches.
(b) Electrical connections are made through connectors on the back of

the SCU.
- The connector for the video input data from the VTR(s) is
connected to connector J1.
- Video output data and control data are sent through connector
J2 to the LH and RH tapping unit lines.
- The connector for the audio input/output data are connected to
the connector J3.
- The connector for the system power and the control data are
connected to the connector J4.
- The connector for the RS485 serial data is connected to the
connector J5.

The SCU has the subsequent operation controls:
(a) A MASTER POWER pushbutton switch with integral light comes on

when the SCU is energized.
(b) A SYSTEM TEST/PASS LED comes on when the self test is completed.
(c) A SYSTEM TEST/FAIL LED comes on when a self test error occurs.
(d) An audio jack for the control of the PES Video sound.
(e) A PREVIEW monitor section.
1
_ A four inch color LCD.
2
_ A MENU pushbutton switch to set the preview mode, the
video/audio control mode or the airshow/PRAM control mode.

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 58
Feb 01/10

CES
System Control Unit (SCU)
Figure 006A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 59
Feb 01/10

CES
3
_ A PREVIEW SELECT pushbutton switch - sets the video source to
preview on the monitor and the associated audio channel.
4
_ A VTR indicator comes on when the VTR is selected.
5
_ A PRI indicator comes on when the PRI is selected.
6
_ A SEC indicator comes on when the SEC is selected.
7
_ A digital display shows the video source.
(f) MODE SELECT section.
1
_ A MODE SELECT membrane switch sets the AUTO mode, the MANUAL
mode or the ALL ZONES mode.
2
_ An AUTO LED comes on when the AUTO mode is selected.
3
_ A MANUAL LED comes on when the MANUAL mode is selected.
4
_ An ALL ZONES LED comes on when the ALL ZONES mode is selected.
(g) AUTO PROGRAM section.
1
_ A START membrane switch starts the AUTO PROGRAM mode.
2
_ A STOP membrane switch stops the AUTO PROGRAM mode.
3
_ A START LED comes on when the AUTO PROGRAM mode is selected.
4
_ A STOP LED comes on when the AUTO PROGRAM mode is selected.
(h) A key pad operates the screen menu.
(i) MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL ZONES.
1
_ An ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch to turn on all video displays.
2
_ A PWR LED comes on during the power up of the ON/OFF/PWR
membrane switch.
3
_ A SOURCE/SEL membrane switch sets the video source to be
displayed on all the video monitors and the associated audio
channel.
4
_ A VTR indicator comes on when VTR is selected.

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 60
Feb 01/10

CES
5
_ A PRI indicator comes on when PRI is selected.
6
_ A SEC indicator comes on when SEC is selected.
7
_ A digital display shows the video source.
8
_ An ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch turns the PA for all zones on.
9
_ A PA LED comes on when the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch is
selected.
(j) MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR CONTROL.

The VTR can be controlled from the SCU.
1
_ A SEL membrane switch when selected, controls the related VTR
in the STOP, REW, PLAY or FF mode.
2
_ A digital display shows the selected VTR.
3
_ A STOP membrane switch stops the tape cassette.
4
_ A STOP LED comes on when the VTR stops.
5
_ A REW membrane switch rewinds the tape cassette.
6
_ A REW LED comes on when the VTR rewinds.
7
_ A PLAY membrane switch starts the tape cassette playing.
8
_ A PLAY LED comes on when the VTR plays.
9
_ A FF membrane switch runs the tape cassette fast forward.
10
__ A FF LED comes on when the VTR runs fast forward.
(k) ETI meter

The ETI meter is a multi digit Elapse Time Indicator which can
not be reset. It shows the total time of operation for the video
system.
(3) Not Applicable

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 61
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-36-00

Page 62
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
B. Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

(Ref. Fig. 007)
Two identical VTR, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be
used to reproduce the contents of a video. Therefore the subsequent
paragraph describes the functions of only one VTR.
(1) General
(a) A compact, lightweight, front-loading cassette reproducer with

six audio outputs is installed in the video control center.
(b) Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear

of the unit. All input/output data from/to the SCU are connected
through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connector J1.
(a) On the front panel of the VTR are:

- the mementary - action push switches STOP, REW (rewind), PLAY,
FF (fast forward), and EJECT,
- the indicator lights POWER, TAPE IN and STANDBY
(b) The SCU touch-screen permits control of the VTR functions REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP.
(3) Description
(a) The VTR uses a rotary playback system with three pairs of heads
and has a forward speed of 23,39 mm/sec in PAL mode or 33,35
mm/ses in NTSC mode. An automatic rewind is provided.
(b) A high density, 1/2 in. width VHS/S-VHS cassette tape is used to
provide approximately 120 minutes of prerecorded video program.
For video-program sound distribution two magnetic audio
sound-tracks for dual language or stereo programming are used.
(c) The subsequent video signal color formats are automatically set.
- PAL
- NTSC

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 63
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
Figure 007

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 64
Aug 01/09

CES
(4) Random-Access Tape Operation
When a programmed tape is used the VTR reads the data recorded at the
start of the tape. These data contain information about the
programmed tape segments. When these data are read by the VTR, the
operator can set the program segments through a special procedure on
the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(5) Loading/Unloading
To load the VTR, insert the video cassette into the access door with
the labeled side up and the lid on the lefthand side. To unload the
VTR, push the STOP switch to stop the movement of the cassettes. To
remove the cassette, push the EJECT switch.
(6) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
B. Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
Two identical VTRs, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be
used to reproduce the contents of a video. Therefore the subsequent
paragraph describes the function of only one VTR.
(1) General
(a) The VTR is a hi-band video 8 unit with front loading, random
access, segment auto-stop or repeat functions.
(b) Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear

of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and all input/output data from/to the
SCU are connected through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to
connector J1.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
23-36-00

Page 65
Aug 01/09

CES
Figure 007A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 66
Aug 01/09

CES
Figure 007B

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 67
Feb 01/10

CES
- the control membrane switches REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast

forward) and STOP,
- the cassette access door and the EJECT membrane switch,
- the random access function pad with 10 numeric keys, PROG
(program), CLR (clear), ENTR (enter), VERI (verify), PROG STOP
(program stop), READY and START pushbutton switches,
- the selector switch for the RANDOM ACCESS or the MOVIE
positions,
- the selector switch for the REPEAT, the SEGMENT or the NORMAL
positions,
- the OPERATING MODE SELECT display,
- the tape counter (segment/program order) display and the
COUNTER indicator,
- the RESET pushbutton switch,
- green POWER ON, PLAY and CASSETTE IN indicator lights,
- amber FF, REW, EJECT, STOP, PAUSE and PROG STOP indicator
lights.
- orange FAIL and WAIT indicator lights.
(3) Description
(a) The VTR uses a rotary twin-head helical playback system. The
cassette can be wound fast forward. An automatic rewind is
provided.
(b) A normal 8mm SP mode tape or a Hi-8 SP mode tape can be used to
For video-program sound an AFM monoaural or a PCM 2 channel
option can be used.
(c) The video signal is the NTSC color standard.
(a) To load the VTR insert the cassette cartridge into the access
door with the arrow pointing towards the VTR.
To unload the VTR push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the
movement of the cassette. To remove the cassette push the EJECT
pushbutton switch.
(5) Not Applicable
(6) Not Applicable

R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 23-36-00

Page 68
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
B. Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) and Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

(Ref. Fig. 007B, 008)
(1) General
The VRU 12MH is installed in the VCC 10MH and is a digital video-file
server. The VRU has these primary functions:
- Reproduction of MPEG video data that is downloaded onto the Hard
Disk Drive (HDD) from a removable 60GB HDD.
- Playback of two stereo audio channels during the reproducing of the
MPEG data video-stream.
- 60 GB of MPEG video data-storage
- Color LCD screen
- Preview of the playback images on the LCD screen
- Front panel with local control function of the unit
- Automatic serial interface between RS-485 and RS232C
- BITE function with results shown on the LCD screen or by serial
communication interface.
(2) Description
There are eight buttons and an LCD Monitor on the front panel. The
buttons control the unit with the indicators on the LCD Monitor. The
LCD monitor can show the MAIN screen for normal operation or the MENU
screen for all other operations. You can see the video output on the
LCD monitor behind the indicators. With the monitor button, you can
toggle the button indicators to on and off. When power is on, or if
power is on and the download of the data to the VRU hard drive is
complete, the LCD screen comes on with the indicators that agree with
the eight white buttons.
(a) MAIN screen

From the MAIN screen you can set these system functions:
- START
- PLAY
- PAUSE
- STOP
- SKIP R
- SKIP F
- MONITOR
- MENU.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 69
Feb 01/10

CES
Video Reproducer Unit (VRU)
Figure 008

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 70
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) MENU screen
From the MENU screen you can set these system functions:
- FLIGHT
- PLAY MODE
- STATUS
- MAINTENANCE
- MAIN.
(3) The VTR is a hi-band video 8 unit with front loading, random access,
segment auto-stop or repeat functions.
(a) Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear

of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and all input/output data from/to the
SCU are connected through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to
connector J1.
- The control membrane switches REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast

forward) and STOP
- The cassette access door and the EJECT membrane switch
- The random access function pad with 10 numeric keys, PROG
(program), CLR (clear), ENTR (enter), VERI (verify), PROG STOP
(program stop), READY and START pushbutton switches
- The selector switch for the RANDOM ACCESS or the MOVIE
positions
- The selector switch for the REPEAT, the SEGMENT or the NORMAL
positions
- The OPERATING MODE SELECT display
- The tape counter (segment/program order) display and the
COUNTER indicator
- The RESET pushbutton switch
- Green POWER ON, PLAY and CASSETTE IN indicator lights
- Amber FF, REW, EJECT, STOP, PAUSE and PROG STOP indicator
lights
- Orange FAIL and WAIT indicator lights.
(5) Description
(a) The VTR uses a rotary twin-head helical playback system. The
cassette can be wound fast forward. An automatic rewind is
provided.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 71
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) A normal 8mm SP mode tape or a Hi-8 SP mode tape can be used to
For video-program sound an AFM monoaural or a PCM 2 channel
option can be used.
(c) The video signal is the NTSC color standard.
(a) To load the VTR insert the cassette cartridge into the access
door with the arrow pointing towards the VTR.
To unload the VTR push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the
movement of the cassette. To remove the cassette push the EJECT
pushbutton switch.
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) General
(a) 16 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the

passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 009)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 72
Feb 01/10

CES
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
Figure 009

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 73
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(1) General

(2) Description
The HMDU are switched ON or OFF individually through the SCU.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
C. Hatrack and Wall Mounted Display-Unit

(Ref. Fig. 009B)
(1) General
The HMDUs are installed in the LH and RH hatracks in the passenger
compartment.
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed in the F/C passenger compartment. One
is installed on the rear wall of the stowage on the RH side and the
other is installed on the rear wall of the stowage on the LH side.
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed on the partition between the F/C and
Y/C passenger compartments. One is installed on the rear wall of the
partition on the RH side and the other is installed on the rear wall
of the partition on the LH side.
The electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. The control data and the 115VAC and 28VDC power supplies
are connected to connector J1. The video signal is connected to the
connector J2.

R

EFF :
528-599,
106-149, 201-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 74
Feb 01/10

CES
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
Figure 009A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 75
Aug 01/09

CES
Wall and Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (WMDU and HMDU)
Figure 009B

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 76
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Description
The HMDUs have a color LCD and a retraction mechanism. The retraction
mechanism lets the LCD section of the HMDU extend and retract from
the hatrack.
The operation and properties of the WMDUs are the same as the HMDUs
but the WMDUs do not move.
The HMDUs and WMDUs are set to ON and OFF independently. The SCU
controls the operation of the HMDUs and WMDUs.
**ON A/C 301-304,

(Ref. Fig. 009B)
(1) General

(2) Description
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
**ON A/C 305-399,
C. Hatrack and Wall Mounted Display-Unit

(Ref. Fig. 009B)
(1) General
The HMDUs are installed in the LH and RH hatracks in the passenger
compartment.
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed in the B/C passenger compartment. One
is installed on the rear wall of the galley on the RH side and the
other is installed on the rear wall of the stowage on the LH side.
Two WMDUs 102MH are installed on the partition between the B/C and
Y/C passenger compartments. One is installed on the rear wall of the
partition on the RH side and the other is installed on the rear wall
of the partition on the LH side.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 77
Feb 01/10

CES
R The electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
R of the unit. The control data and the 115VAC and 28VDC power supplies
R are connected to connector J1. The video signal is connected to the
R connector J2.
R (2) Description
R The HMDUs have a color LCD and a retraction mechanism. The retraction
R mechanism lets the LCD section of the HMDU extend and retract from
R the hatrack.
R The operation and properties of the WMDUs are the same as the HMDUs
R but the WMDUs do not move.
R The HMDUs and WMDUs are set to ON and OFF independently. The SCU
R controls the operation of the HMDUs and WMDUs.
**ON A/C 401-499,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU) and Wall Mounted Display Unit (WMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009B)
(1) General

(b) 4 WMDU are installed on the forward partition of the

passenger-compartment.
(c) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to the
connector J1. The video signal is connected to the connector J2.
(2) Description
The HMDU have a color LCD-section and a retraction mechanism. The
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section.
The WMDU are permanent in their position on the partitions on each
side of the cabin. Their LCD-sections cannot be retracted. Their
faces point aft into the passenger-compartment. Their remaining
functions are the same as for the HMDU.
The HMDU and WMDU are set to ON or OFF independently from each other.
This is controlled through the SCU.

R

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 78
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010)
(1) General
(a) 7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment

lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface for a maximum of
2 HMDU.
(b) Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first

tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and control
data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector J2. The same
data is connected through connector J3 to the next tapping unit
input-connector J2. The last tapping unit ends with a termination
plug connected to connector J3.
(2) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related
display unit through the tapping units. Each tapping unit has an
8-bit internal DIP-switch to give a unique address to the unit. This
enables the SCU to control each HMDU individually.
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
D. Tapping Unit
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 010B)

R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 79
Nov 01/09

CES
Tapping Unit
Figure 010

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-00

Page 80
Aug 01/09

CES
Tapping Unit
Figure 010A

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 81
Feb 01/10

CES
Tapping Unit
Figure 010B

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 82
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(1) General

lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface with a maximum
of 2 HMDUs.

data sent from the SCU and 115 V AC through connector J2. The
same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent
tapping unit input-connector J2. The last tapping unit ends with
a termination plug connected to connector J3.
(2) Function
display unit through the tapping units.
**ON A/C 151-199,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010B)
(1) General

of 2 HMDUs.

(2) Function

R

EFF :

106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 83
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
(1) General
(a) There are seven tapping units installed on the LH and RH walls in
the passenger compartment. Each tapping unit can be connected
with a maximum of two HMDUs or two WMDUs or one HMDU and one
WMDU.
(b) The electrical connections are made through four connectors. The
first tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and
control data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector J2.
The same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent
(2) Function
**ON A/C 301-304,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
(1) General

of 2 HMDUs.

data sent from the SCU through connector J2. The same data is
connected through connector J3 to the adjacent tapping unit
input-connector J2. The first and the fifth tapping unit are
supplied with 115VAC. These inputs are then connected to the next
four tapping units. The last tapping unit ends with a termination
plug connected to connector J3.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 84
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Function
**ON A/C 305-399,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
(1) General
(a) There are 20 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH installed on the LH and RH
walls in the passenger compartment. Each tapping unit can be
connected with a maximum of two HMDUs or two WMDUs or one HMDU
and one WMDU.
(b) The electrical connections are made through four connectors. The
first tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and
control data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through the connector
J2. The same data is connected through the connector J3 to the
adjacent tapping unit input-connector J2. The last tapping unit
ends with a termination plug connected to the connector J3.
(2) Function
**ON A/C 401-499,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
(1) General

lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface that can be
connected with a maximum of 2 HMDU, WMDU or a combination
thereof.

(2) Function

EFF :

301-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 85
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
6. Operation
_________
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 6. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(1) Power for the PES video is available when the busbar 210XPB is
energized and the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH and 23MH are closed.
(2) The SCU and the VTRs are energized when the SYST PWR pushbutton
switch on the SCU is pushed. Then the initial menu is shown on the
SCU touch-screen.
(3) The HMDUs are energized through the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para.
6.C.).
B. Video Program Preview Function

(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set
video program on the SCU screen without cabin presentation.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTRs the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen. To set
the preview function, push the PREV pushbutton switch. Now all
operational procedures are guided through special information and
indications on the SCU touch-screen.
(b) To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1 indication,
to preview the VTR 2 video program, touch the VIDEO 2 indication.
The screen changes and the operational symbols of the VTRs (REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You can control the VTR2 through
these touch-screen symbols. To start the VTR, touch the PLAY
symbol. The VTR then starts to operate and the video program plus
the operational symbols are shown on the SCU-screen. The video

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 86
Feb 01/10

CES
SCU Power-on and Initial Menu
Figure 011

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 87
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Video Program Preview Function - Activation
Figure 012

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 88
Nov 01/09

CES
program sound is heard over a headset connected to the MONITOR
jack.
(c) To stop the preview function, touch the STOP symbol on the SCU
screen. To get the initial menu, push the MENU pushbutton switch
on the SCU.
C. Normal System Operation

(Ref. Fig. 013)
(1) General
During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for
cabin presentation with or without audio sound distribution through
the cabin loudspeakers. You can control the VTRs with the SCU
touch-screen.
(2) Activation
of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen. The
initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and
the PA indication.
(b) To show the VTR video program in the cabin with video sound
distribution through the cabin loudspeakers, touch the aircraft
symbol, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and the PA indications on the SCU
touch-screen in sequence.
(c) To do these settings push the EXEC pushbutton switch on the SCU.
The selected VTR starts to operate and the HMDUs move down out of
the hatracks and show the set video program. The video sound is
heard over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2
is selected and from the cabin loudspeakers.
(d) The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set
with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX control knob on the SCU.
(e) To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF indication on the
SCU touch-screen. The VTR stops and rewinds to the start
position. The video presentation on the WMDU ant the HMDU stops
and the HMDUs move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows
the initial menu.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-00

Page 89
Nov 01/09

CES
Normal Operation - Menu Selection
Figure 013

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 90
Aug 01/09

CES
D. Special System Operation
(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)
(1) General
(a) The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a

video cassette is used which contains programmed video-segment
data at the start of the tape. These data are automatically read
by the VTR when a programmed cassette is inserted in one of the
VTR.
(b) The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the
tape (location and duration). Each tape segment has a unique
number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special
menu-guided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is

inserted into one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU
screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1,
VIDEO 2 and the PA indication.
(b) To use the random-access tape operation-function, touch the

aircraft symbol and the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 indication on the
touch-screen. All the subsequent settings are menu-guided and
self-explained. They are shown in Fig. Random-Access Tape
Operation - Example. This figure shows an example how to preset
tape segment #1 with sound distribution in the cabin and
subsequently tape segment #3 without sound distribution in the
cabin.
E. Decompressurization
If a rapid cabin decompression occurs a ground signal from the cabin
decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls the
retraction of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
(1) Not Applicable

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-00

Page 91
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2)
Figure 014

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 92
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 015

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 93
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 016A)
(1) The PES video is supplied with power, when:

- The busbars are energized.
- The circuit breakers are closed.
(2) The SCU, VTR1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are energized when:
- The MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed (the light
in the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch is on).
- The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
(3) When the system is energized, the green PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST
is on and the cassettes are inserted into the VTRs. Open the door of
the MANUAL CONTROL on the SCU (downto the right). You control and
operate all functions of the system from the SCU.
B. Video-Program Preview Function
(1) General
(2) Activation
(a) To preview the VTR 1 12MH video program, push repeatedly the MENU
membrane switch for the selection of the PREVIEW mode.
Push the PREVIEV SELECT membranen switch until the PREVIEV SELECT
display shows 1 and connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO
connector on the SCU.
In the VTR CONTROL area push the SEL membrane switch until the
SEL/VTR display shows 1 and push the PLAY membrane switch. The
VTR 1 12MH video program is shown on the SCU monitor.
(b) To stop the preview, push the STOP membrane switch in the VTR
CONTROL area.
(c) To preview the VTR 2 13MH video program, push repeatedly the
PREVIEV SELECT membranen switch until the PREVIEV SELECT display
shows 2.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 94
Nov 01/09

CES
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
Figure 016

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 95
Aug 01/09

CES
Figure 016A

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 23-36-00

Page 96
Aug 01/09

CES
(d) To stop the preview function, push the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch.
(1) General
cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the cabin
loudspeakers.
(2) Activation
(a) To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane
switch in the ALL ZONES area until the VTR/AUX/SOURCE display
shows 1.
SEL/VTR display shows 1 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
(b) To show the VTR video program in the cabin, push the PWR/ON/OFF
membrane switch in the ALL ZONES area. The HMDUs move down out of
the hatracks and show the VTR 1 video program. The video sound
comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2
is selected.
(c) To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane
switch in the in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display
shows 2 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
Push the SEL membrane switch in the ALL ZONES area until the
VTR/AUX/SOURCE display shows 2. The HMDUs show the VTR 2 video
program.
(d) To hear the video sound in the cabin via the cabin loudspeakers,
push the PA/ON/OFF membrane switch.
(e) To change the video sound level from the cabin loudspeakers, push
the arrow up membrane switche or arrow down membrane switche in
the key pad section.
(f) To cancel the video sound in the cabin loudspeakers, push the
PA/ON/OFF membrane switch.
(g) To stop the video presentation, push the the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch. The HMDUs move back into the hatracks.

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 97
Nov 01/09
R
CES
D. Zone Control Function
(1) General
The cabin can be divided in up to two zones.
(2) Activation
(a) To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source in zone 1, push
repeatedly the SEL membrane switch in the VTR CONTROL area until
the SEL/VTR display shows 1 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
(b) To show the VTR 1 video program in the zone 1, select following
configuration via the on screen menu with the arrow up and arrow
down, and the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 1
SRC:VTR 1
PA: 0
PWR:ON
The HMDU in zone 1 move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR
1 video program. The video sound comes over the headset connected
to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected.
(c) To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source in zone 2, push
(d) To show the VTR 2 video program in the zone 2, select following
down, the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 2
SRC:VTR 2
PA: 0
PWR:ON
E. Rapid Decompression
(1) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the
cabin decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls
the retraction of all the retractable HMDUs. The video program heard
over cabin loudspeakers is cancelled until the emergency announcement
is finished.

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 98
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(1) The electrical power for the PES video is available when:
- The busbars 210XP-A, 210XP-B and 210XP-C are energized
- The circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, and 24MH are closed
- The relay 800MH operates.
SCU touch-screen.
(3) The HMDU are energized through the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para.
6.C.).

(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) General
(2) Activation
jack.
on the SCU.

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 99
Nov 01/09

CES
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(1) General
touch-screen.
(2) Activation
the PA indication.
heard over the cabin loudspeakers.
position. The video presentation on the HMDU stops and the HMDU
move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows the initial
menu.

(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)
(1) General

VTR.

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page A0
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(2) Activation


cabin.
retraction of all HMDU and the PES video is de-energized.
(1) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 201-210,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(1) The electrical power for the PES video is available when:
- The busbars 210XP-A, 210XP-B and 210XP-C are energized
- The circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, and 24MH are closed
- The relay 800MH operates.
SCU touch-screen.
(3) The HMDU are energized through the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para.
6.C.).

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page A1
Nov 01/09

CES
(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) General
(2) Activation
jack.
on the SCU.

(Ref. Fig. 013)
(1) General
touch-screen.
(2) Activation
the PA indication.

EFF :

201-210, 23-36-00

Page A2
Nov 01/09
R
CES
heard over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2
is selected and from the cabin loudspeakers.
position. The video presentation on the HMDU stops and the HMDU
move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows the initial
menu.

(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)
(1) General

VTR.
(2) Activation



EFF :

201-210, 23-36-00

Page A3
Nov 01/09
R
CES
cabin.
retraction of all HMDU and the PES video is de-energized.
(1) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 016B)

- The VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH is set to on.
(2) The SCU 11MH, the VRU 12MH and the VTR 13MH are energized, when:
- The SCU does not receive a cabin decompression signal.
- You push and release the SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU.
This does a system reset. Then the light in the SYST PWR pushbutton
switch comes on and the initial menu is shown on the SCU
touch-screen.
B. Normal System Operation
(1) General
During normal system operation, the VRU and the VTR video program can
be set for cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the
cabin loudspeakers. You can control the VRU and the VTR with the SCU.
C. Video-Program Preview Function
(1) At the SCU:
(a) Connect the electrical headset to the MONITOR jack.
(b) Push the SEL membrane switch again and again and make the
selection VTR, 1 and PRI audio channel:
- The VTR legend comes on red.
- The source indicator shows 1.

R

EFF : 201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page A4
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 016B

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page A5
Feb 01/10

CES
- The PRI legend comes on red.
NOTE : When you make the selection VTR 1, this will set the VRU
____
12MH as the video source.
(2) Push the button adjacent to the PLAY icon shown on the VRU main
screen:
- The SCU preview monitor shows the video from the VRU (the set video
source)
- You can hear the channel PRI of the VRU video-program from the
headset.
D. Normal System Operation
(1) Push the ALL ZONES membrane switch:

- The ALL ZONES LED comes on.
- The ZONES indicator shows A.
(2) Push the button adjacent to the PLAY icon shown on the VRU main
screen:
- The SCU preview monitor shows the video from the VRU (the set video
source).
(3) Push the SOURCE SEL/SEL membrane switch again and again and make the
selection VTR, 1 and PRI audio channel:
- The SOURCE SEL indicator shows 1.
- The SOURCE SEL/VTR legend comes on red.
NOTE : When you make the selection VTR 1, this will set the VRU as
____
the video source.
(4) Push the POWER/ON membrane switch:

- The POWER/OFF LED goes off.
- The POWER/ON LED comes on.
- All the HMDUs 100MH extend.
(5) Push the PA/SEL membrane switch again and again and make the
selection PRI audio channel:
- The PRI legend comes on red.
(6) Push the PA/VOL up-arrow membrane switch to set 1:

- The PA KEY LED comes on.
- The PA/VOL indicator shows 1.
- You hear the audio from the VRU at a low volume level from the
loudspeakers.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page A6
Feb 01/10

CES
(7) You hear the audio of the video program from the headset connected to
the applicable PCU. The table below shows the
PCU-channel/video-program sound channel relationship for the VRU.
PCU- | VRU | VIDEO-PROGRAM

CHANNEL | | SOUND CHANNEL
--------+-----+--------------
11 | 1 | 1
12 | 1 | 2
(8) To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane
switch in the in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows
2 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
VTR/AUX/SOURCE display shows 2. The HMDU show the VTR 2 video
program.
(a) To hear the video sound in the cabin via the cabin loudspeakers,
(b) To change the video sound level from the cabin loudspeakers, push
the arrow up membrane switch or arrow down membrane switch in the
key pad section.
(c) To cancel the video sound in the cabin loudspeakers, push the
(d) To stop the video presentation, push the SYST PWR pushbutton
switch on the SCU. The HMDU move back into the hatracks.
(1) If a rapid cabin decompression occurs, the cabin decompression signal

transmits a ground signal to the SCU. The SCU then controls the
retraction of all the HMDUs. The video program audio that you hear
from the headsets and the loudspeakers stops.
**ON A/C 301-304,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 016A)

- the busbars are energized
- the circuit breakers are closed.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page A7
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) The SCU, VTR1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are energized when:
- the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH switch is set to ON
- the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU is set to ON (and the
light in the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch is on)
- the SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
(3) When the system is energized, the green PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST
is on and the cassettes are inserted into the VTR. Open the door of
the MANUAL CONTROL on the SCU (down to the right). You control and
operate all functions of the system from the SCU.
(1) General
(2) Activation
(a) To preview the VTR 1 12MH video program, push repeatedly the MENU
Push the PREVIEV SELECT membranen switch until the PREVIEV SELECT
display shows 1 and connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO
connector on the SCU.
(b) To stop the preview, push the STOP membrane switch in the VTR
CONTROL area.
(c) To preview the VTR 2 13MH video program, push repeatedly the
PREVIEV SELECT membranen switch until the PREVIEV SELECT display
shows 2.
(d) To stop the preview function, push the the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch.
(1) General
cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the cabin
loudspeakers.

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page A8
Nov 01/09

CES
(2) Activation
(a) To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane
switch in the ALL ZONES area until the VTR/AUX/SOURCE display
shows 1.
SEL/VTR display shows 1 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
(b) To show the VTR video program in the cabin, push the PWR/ON/OFF
membrane switch in the ALL ZONES area. The HMDU move down out of
the hatracks and show the VTR 1 video program. The video sound
comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2
is selected.
(c) To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane
switch in the in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display
shows 2 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
VTR/AUX/SOURCE display shows 2. The HMDU show the VTR 2 video
program.
(d) To hear the video sound in the cabin via the cabin loudspeakers,
(e) To change the video sound level from the cabin loudspeakers, push
the arrow up membrane switche or arrow down membrane switche in
the key pad section.
(f) To cancel the video sound in the cabin loudspeakers, push the
(g) To stop the video presentation, push the the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch. The HMDU move back into the hatracks.
D. Zone Control Function
(1) General
The cabin can be divided in up to two zones.
(2) Activation
(a) To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source in zone 1, push

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page A9
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(b) To show the VTR 1 video program in the zone 1, select following
down, and the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 1
SRC:VTR 1
PA: 0
PWR:ON
(c) To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source in zone 2, push
(d) To show the VTR 2 video program in the zone 2, select following
down, the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 2
SRC:VTR 2
PA: 0
PWR:ON
the retraction of all the retractable HMDU. The video program heard
over cabin loudspeakers is cancelled until the emergency announcement
is finished.
**ON A/C 401-499,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 016C)

- The circuit breakers are closed.

R

EFF :

301-304, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page A10
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 016C

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page A11
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(2) The SCU, the VTR 1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are energized when:
- The VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH switch is in the ON position
- The MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed (the light
in the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch is on),
- The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
(1) To supply power to the system, push the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch on the SCU. To monitor the video program on the SCU only, the
PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST section on the SCU must be on.
(2) To start the video program preview function, use the MENU pushbutton
Push the PREVIEV SELECT pusbutton switch to set a video source and
connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the PREVIEW
MONITOR section of the SCU.
Insert the cassettes in the VTRs and push the related PLAY membrane
switches. The VTRs operate and the selected video programmes are
shown on the SCU monitor.
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU to supply power to
the system. The PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST section on the SCU must
be on.
(2) To set one of the VTRs as the source, push the SOURCE/SEL membrane
switch until the SOURCE/VTR AUX indicator identifies the VTR.
(3) To supply power to the HMDUs, push the MODE SELECT membrane switch
until the ALL ZONES LED comes on. Push the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch
in the ALL ZONE section. The LED of the related ON/OFF/PWR membrane
switch light comes on. All the HMDUs in the cabin extend.
(4) To supply video sound use the arrow up or arrow down membrane
switches in the key pad section.
(5) Insert the cassettes into the VTRs and push the related PLAY membrane
switches. All the HMDUs and WMDUs show the selected video program in
the colored mode.

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page A12
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(6) The video program is heard through the PCUs with a connected headset.
The table below shows the PCU-channel/video-program sound channel
relationship for both VTRs.
PCU- | VTR | VIDEO-PROGRAM

CHANNEL | | SOUND CHANNEL
--------+-----+--------------
1 1 1
2 1 2
1 2 1
2 2 2
(7) The PCU-channel selection operates independently from the set video
source on the SCU. But the PCU-channel selection has no effect to the
shown video program in the cabin.
D. Airshow System Operation
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU to supply power to
the system. The PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST section on the SCU must
be on.
(2) To supply power to the HMDUs, push the MODE SELECT membrane switch
until the ALL ZONES LED comes on. Push the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch
in the ALL ZONE section. The LED of the related ON/OFF/PWR membrane
switch light comes on. All the HMDUs in the cabin extend.
(3) To start the airshow function, push the MENU pushbutton switch until
the BSC/AIRSHOW/PRAM page comes into the SCU monitor:
- Use the arrow up or arrow down membrane switches key pad section
for the selection of the line AIRSHOW. Push the ENTER membrane
switch.
- Use the arrow up or arrow down membrane switches for the selection
of the line SET DISPLAY MODE. Push the ENTER membrane switch.
- Use the arrow up or arrow down membrane switches for the selection
of the line AUTO. Push the ENTER membrane switch.
- Push the PREVIEV SELECT pushbutton switch until the indicators of
AUX and PRI come on and the digital display shows 7.
- Push the SOURCE/SEL membrane switch until the indicators of AUX and
PRI come on and the digital display shows 7. All the HMDUs, WMDUs
and the SCU monitor show the flight information.

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page A13
Nov 01/09
R
CES
the retraction of all the retractable HMDUs. The video program heard
over the PCU headsets is cancelled until the emergency announcement
is finished.

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page A14
Aug 01/09

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-100-002
Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cleaning tape
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-053

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-00-865-077
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN LH 22MH C03
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH AFT 25MH C06

2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH AFT 23MH C05
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH FWD 24MH C04

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH FWD 22MH C03
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-010-054
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069-A
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then
____
continue with the procedure.

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.
____
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069-B
(1) Push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH switch.
R (2) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU, if installed.
____
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-160-051
A. Clean the Video Head
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A CLEANING TAPE FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS. LONGER
_______
OPERATION OF THE CLEANING TAPE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VIDEO
HEAD.
(1) Remove any installed video tape from the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR).
(2) Put the cleaning tape into the VTR and push the STOP membrane switch
immediately.
(3) Push the PLAY membrane switch.

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) After 15 seconds push the STOP membrane switch and the EJECT membrane
switch.
(5) Remove the cleaning tape from the VTR.
(6) If you have removed a video tape, put it back into the related VTR.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-410-056
A. Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070-A
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.

002).
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.

002).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070-B
R (1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU, if installed.
(2) Push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH switch.

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
002).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-100-001
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific absorbent surgical cotton wadding

No specific sterile gauze pad
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-020

VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Get an absorbent surgical cotton wadding or a sterile gauze pad and
moisten with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-020).
(2) Lightly rub the surface of the screen one time only.
(3) Get a new piece of wadding or gauze soaked with the anti-static
cleaner. Rub the surface of the screen again to remove all the marks.
NOTE : Use a new piece of wadding (or gauze) each time, because dust
____
on the wadding (or gauze) can cause scratches on the screen.
Dry the screen with a clean wadding (or gauze). Rub the screen
one time only with each new piece of wadding (or gauze).
NOTE : Always make the pad moist, not the screen.

____
Rub the screen lightly. We recommend you mist the surface of
the screen before you rub it with the wadding (or gauze). This
prevents scratches.
The more frequently you replace the wadding (or gauze) the
faster and better is the cleaning.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-00-600-002
Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable

System Control Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-36-00-860-067
B. Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-078
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499,

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,


EFF :

106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 304
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050
A. Configuration of the Quantity from the Tapping Units
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11MH:

system,

view.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue
____
with the procedure.
- the AUTO MODE selection page comes

into view.
area:
four times, view,

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ENTER the membrane - the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page
switch. comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the CONFIGURATION selection page

comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to SVDU/MONITOR

cursor to the item SVDU/MONITOR
CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG selection

- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to SVDU CONFIG,

cursor to the item SVDU CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the SVDU CONFIG selection page comes
into view.

CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the SVDU CONFIG/ENTER SYDU TABLE
#/(1-50) page comes into view.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 306
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the up or down arrow - the item SVDU TABLE # 14 comes into
membrane-switch for the view,
selection of the table 14,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. This message comes into view:
- SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XXX% COMPLETED

completed:
- on the SVDU CONFIG page these
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
CHAIN A:07 SVDU

CHAIN B:07 SVDU
- push the CLEAR membrane switch - the AUTO MODE selection page comes
again and again until the AUTO into view.
MODE selection page comes into
view.

NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 10 seconds after the SCU power-off, then
____
continue with the configuration.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 307
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050-D
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

- all the LEDs come on while the SCU
system,

- the PSCU page comes into view.
____
with the test.
NOTE : If Airshow is installed, continue with step 4.

____
- push the CLEAR membrane switch. - a new page comes into view.
area:
- push the membrane switch again - the AUTO page comes into view.
and again until the LED AUTO
comes on.

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
area:
four times, view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to TU/MONITOR

cursor to the item TU/MONITOR
CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the TU/MONITOR CONFIG selection page
comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to TU CONFIG,

cursor to the item TU CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the TU CONFIG selection page comes
into view.

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 309
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane - the TU CONFIG/ENTER TU TABLE # page

- push the ENTER membrane - these messages come into view:

switch. SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XX% COMPLETED

completed:
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
CHAIN A:07 TU
CHAIN B:07 TU
view.


R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 310
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 10 seconds
____
after the SCU power-off, then
**ON A/C 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.
2. On the Programmable System On the PSCU 11MH:

Control Unit (PSCU) 11MH:

system,
On the PSCU 11MH, on the monitor:

view.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the PSCU power-on, then
____

into view.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. On the PSCU 11MH, MODE SELECT On the PSCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R area:
R 4. On the PSCU 11MH, on the key pad: On the PSCU 11MH, on the monitor:
four times, view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to SVDU/MONITOR

cursor to the item SVDU/MONITOR
CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG selection

- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to SVDU CONFIG,

cursor to the item SVDU CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the SVDU CONFIG selection page comes
into view.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 312
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the SVDU CONFIG/ENTER SYDU TABLE
#/(1-50) page comes into view.
- SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XXX% COMPLETED

completed:
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
CHAIN A:10 SVDU

CHAIN B:10 SVDU
R 10. On the PSCU 11MH, on the key On the PSCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R pad:
view.
R 11. On the PSCU 11MH: On the PSCU 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - the integral light of the MASTER


EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 313
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050-C
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

____
with the test.

____

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-36-00

Page 314
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
area:
comes on.
area:
four times, view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.

CONFIG,
comes into view.

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-00

Page 315
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
into view.

CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane - the TU CONFIG/ENTER TU TABLE # page

- push the ENTER membrane - these messages come into view:

switch. SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XX% COMPLETED

completed:
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
CHAIN A:10 TU
CHAIN B:10 TU

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-00

Page 316
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
view.

NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 10 seconds

____
after the SCU power-off, then
**ON A/C 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050-B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

R

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 317
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
view.
____
with the procedure.

into view.
area:
four times, view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.

CONFIG,
comes into view.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 318
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
into view.

CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the TU CONFIG/ENTER TU TABLE # /TABLE

CHOICES: 1 -26 page comes into view.
- SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XX% COMPLETED

completed:
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
CHAIN A:06 TU
CHAIN B:06 TU

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-00

Page 319
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
view.

____
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-051
B. Configuration of the Programmable System Control-Unit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11MH:

system,

view.
____
with the procedure.

into view.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 320
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
area:
four times, view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PSCU CONFIG,

cursor to the item PSCU CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch, - the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes
into view with this message:
VTR1/BCS1 YES or VTR1/BCS1 NO
NOTE : If the VTR1/BCS1 YES

____
message comes into view,
continue at step 7.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to NO,

cursor to the item NO,

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 321
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch, - NO is replaced with YES,
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to VTR1/BCS1.

cursor to the item VTR1/BCS1.
- push the SEL membrane switch. - the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes

____
continue at step 9.


VTR3/BCS3 NO or VTR3/BCS3 YES
NOTE : If the VTR3/BCS3 NO

____
continue at step 11.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to YES,

cursor to the item YES,

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 322
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch, - YES is replaced with NO,


____


AMUX NO or AMUX YES
NOTE : If the AMUX NO message

____
comes into view, continue
at step 15.


R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 323
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to AMUX.

cursor to the item AMUX.
- push the SEL membrane switch. - the PSCU CONFIG page comes into view
with this message:
PRAM YES or PRAM NO
NOTE : If the PRAM YES message

____
at step 17.

- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PRAM.

cursor to the item PRAM.
with this message:
AIRSHOW NO or AIRSHOW YES.
NOTE : If the AIRSHOW NO message

____
at step 19.


R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 324
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to AIRSHOW.

cursor to the item AIRSHOW.
- push the ENTER membrane - on the PSCU CONFIG page these

switch. messages come into the view:
COMPLETED
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-051-C
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch - the internal light of the MASTER

MASTER POWER. POWER pushbutton switch comes on,

R

EFF :
528-599,
106-149, 211-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 325
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
system,

____
with the procedure.

____
area:
comes on.
area:
four times. view,
comes into view.


R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 326
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.

- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes
into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to LRU CONFIG,

cursor to the item LRU CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the LRU CONFIG selection page comes

____



R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 327
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch. - the LRU CONFIG selection page comes

____



____



R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 328
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

____


AMUX NO or AMUX YES

____
at step 19.



R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 329
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch. - the LRU CONFIG page comes into view
with this message:
PRAM YES or PRAM NO

____
at step 21.


with this message:
AIRSHOW YES or AIRSHOW NO
NOTE : If the AIRSHOW YES

____



R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 330
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ENTER membrane - on the LRU CONFIG page these messages
switch. come into the view:
COMPLETED
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

off.
**ON A/C 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-051-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 331
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

view.
____
with the procedure.

into view.
area:
four times, view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.


EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 332
May 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

____
continue at step 8.


VTR2/BCS2 YES or VTR2/BCS2 NO.

____



R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 333
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

____



____



R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 334
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMUX NO or AMUX YES

____
at step 16.


with this message:
PRAM YES or PRAM NO

____
at step 18.



R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 335
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
with this message:
AIRSHOW NO or AIRSHOW YES

____
at step 20.


- push the ENTER membrane - on the PSCU CONFIG page theses

switch. messages come into the view:
COMPLETED
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

on.

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 336
May 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 305-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-051-B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

view.
____
with the procedure.

into view.
area:

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 337
May 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
four times. view,
comes into view.

cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

comes into view.

into view.
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to LRU CONFIG,

cursor to the item LRU CONFIG,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the LRU CONFIG selection page comes

____
continue at step 9.


EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 338
May 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


____



____


EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 339
May 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


____


AMUX NO or AMUX YES

____
at step 17.


EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 340
May 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

with this message:
PRAM YES or PRAM NO
NOTE : If the PRAM NO message

____
at step 19.


with this message:
AIRSHOW YES or AIRSHOW NO

____
at step 21.


EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 341
May 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- push the ENTER membrane - on the LRU CONFIG page these messages
switch. come into the view:
COMPLETED
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

off.

R

EFF :

305-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 342
May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-052
C. Downloading from the Personal-Computer-Memory-Card

International-Association (PCMCIA) card
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11MH:

system,

view.
____
with the procedure.
into view.
area:
four times, view,

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 343
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
comes into view.

into view.

view.

CARD,
comes into view.
- insert the PC card in the slot

of the SCU,
- push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to FLIGHT

membrane-switch to move the INFORMATION,
cursor to the item FLIGHT
INFORMATION,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page comes
into view.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 344
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page
these messages come into view:
WARNING:
DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS. DOING
SO WILL RENDER AUTO
MODE INOPERABLE
10% COMPLETED

- on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page
DOWNLOAD WAS
SUCCESSFUL
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER
- push the MASTER POWER - the integral light of the MASTER

- wait for a minimum of 5
power-off.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 345
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-052-B
C. Downloading from the Personal-Computer-Memory-Card

International-Association (PCMCIA) card
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

view.
____
with the procedure.
into view.
area:

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 346
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
four times, view,
comes into view.

into view.

view.

CARD
comes into view.
- insert the PC card in the slot - the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,

of the SCU,
cursor to the item
CONFIGURATION,

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 347
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ENTER membrane switch, - the DOWNLOAD CONFIG page comes into
view.
- push the ENTER membrane - on the DOWNLOAD CONFIG page these

switch. messages come into view:
WARNING:
DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS. DOING
SO WILL RENDER AUTO
MODE INOPERABLE
XX% COMPLETED

- on the DOWNLOAD CONFIG page these
DOWNLOAD WAS
SUCCESSFUL
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

power-off.
off.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 348
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 301-304,
R Subtask 23-36-00-970-052-A
R C. Downloading from the Personal-Computer-Memory Card

R International-Association (PCMCIA) card
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:

R 10MH:
R - push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the VCC MAIN
R pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch comes
R on.
R 2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:

R 11MH:
R - push the MASTER POWER - the internal light of the MASTER

R pushbutton switch. POWER pushbutton switch comes on,
R - all the LED come on while the SCU
R 11MH does the self test of the
R system,
R - the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes
R on when the self test is completed.
R On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

R - the PROGRAMMABLE PSCU page comes into
R view.
R NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue
____
R with the procedure.
R 3. On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - push the CLEAR membrane switch. - the AUTO MODE selection page comes
R into view.
R 4. On the SCU 11MH, MODE SELECT On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R area:
R - push and hold the membrane - the MAINTENANCE MODE page comes into
R switch for 5 seconds. view.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 349
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the 9 membrane switch - the ENTER ID #:9999 comes into
R four times, view,
R - push the ENTER membrane switch. - the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page
R comes into view.
R - push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PC CARD/RSD,

R membrane-switch to move the
R cursor to the item PC CARD/RSD,
R - push the ENTER membrane switch. - the PC CARD/RSD selection page comes
R into view.
R - push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to PC CARD,

R cursor to the item PC CARD,
R - push the ENTER membrane switch. - the PC CARD selection page comes into
R view.
R 8. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to DOWNLOAD PC CARD,

R cursor to the item DOWNLOAD PC
R CARD
R - push the ENTER membrane switch. - the DOWNLOAD PC CARD selection page
R comes into view.
R - insert the PC card in the slot

R of the SCU,
R - push the up or down arrow - the cursor moves to FLIGHT

R membrane-switch to move the INFORMATION,

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 350
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cursor to the item FLIGHT
INFORMATION,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page comes
into view.
- push the ENTER membrane - on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page

switch. these messages come into view:
WARNING:
DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS. DOING
SO WILL RENDER AUTO
MODE INOPERABLE
XX% COMPLETED

- on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page
DOWNLOAD WAS
SUCCESSFUL
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER

power-off.
off.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 351
Nov 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-410-055
A. Close Access
Subtask 23-36-00-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 352
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-00-600-004
Removal/Installation of the Removable Memory Module and the Download of Data to

the Video Reproducer Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
23-36-00-991-002 Fig. 301

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 353
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 23-36-00-991-002)
Subtask 23-36-00-865-089
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-306,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 354
Feb 01/10

CES
Removal/Installation of the Removable Memory Module
Figure 301/TASK 23-36-00-991-002

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 355
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-010-057
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door of the Video Control Center (VCC).
(2) Get access to the Removable-Memory-Module (RMM) compartment of the

Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) 12MH (1):
(a) Push the button (3) of the latch mechanism to release the front
panel (2), then open the front panel.
(b) Fully loosen the captive fasteners (4) and open the access door
(5).
(c) Move the lever (7) of the eject mechanism from the retracted
position to the extended position. Make sure that the lever
points to you.
Subtask 23-36-00-020-050
C. Remove the Removable Memory Module
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD)

_______
DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS:
- STAY ON A CONDUCTIVE SURFACE THAT IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED.
- USE A CONDUCTIVE WRIST-STRAP THAT IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED.
(CONNECTED TO A BONDING-POINT NEAR THE WORK AREA).
- BEFORE YOU USE THE TOOLS, MOMENTARILY HOLD THEM AGAINST AN
ELECTRICAL GROUND TO RELEASE STATIC ELECTRICITY.
NOTE : Only do the subsequent procedure if there is an RMM installed in

____
the VRU. If there is not an RMM installed in the VRU 12MH,
continue this procedure at Para. 4. A.
(1) Push the lever (7) to eject the RMM (6). Then carefully remove the
RMM from the RMM compartment of the VRU 12MH (1).
NOTE : When you push the lever, the RMM will eject approximately one
____
inch from its installed position.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 356
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 23-36-00-991-002)
Subtask 23-36-00-420-050
A. Install the Removable Memory Module

_______
condition.
(4) Hold the RMM (6) with the electrical connector at the bottom on the
rear side. Make sure that the electrical connector points away from
you.
(5) Put the RMM (6) in position in the RMM compartment of the VRU 12MH
(1). Make sure that the electrical connectors of the RMM and the VRU
12MH are correctly aligned.
(6) Carefully push the RMM (6) into the VRU 12MH (1) until the RMM is
correctly installed.
(7) Move the lever (7) of the eject mechanism from the extended position
to the retracted position.
(8) Close the access door (5), then fully tighten the captive fasteners
(4).
(9) Close the front panel (2). Make sure that the hooks (8) fully engage
the latches (9) of the latch mechanism.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 357
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-00-860-080

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK

23-73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-00-865-090
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-054
D. Download of Data to the Video Reproducer Unit (URU) 12MH
(1) Energize the passenger entertainment (video) system:
(a) In the Video Control Center (VCC) 10MH, push the VCC MAIN POWER
SWITCH pushbutton switch.
(b) The internal light of the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch
comes on.
(c) At the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH, push the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch.
(d) The internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch comes
on.
(e) Wait for a minimum of three minutes after the SCU 11MH power-on
before you continue this procedure.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 358
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the VRU 12MH, on the front At the VRU 12MH, on the front panel:
panel:
- Do a check of the preview - If the icons are not shown on the

display. main screen, continue this procedure
at Para. 2.
- If the icons are shown on the main

screen, continue this procedure at
Para. 3.
panel:
- Push one of the buttons on the - The preview display shows the main
left or right side of the screen and its icons.
preview display.
panel:
- Push the button adjacent to the - The preview display shows the menu
MENU icon shown on the main screen and its icons.
screen.
panel:
- Push the button adjacent to the - The preview display shows the
MAINTENANCE icon shown on the maintenance screen and its icons.
menu screen.
panel:
DOWNLOAD icon shown on the download screen.
maintenance screen.

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 359
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The VRU 12MH samples the data from
the Removable Memory Module (RMM) and
if the data is new, the automatic
download starts.
NOTE : The automatic download will not

____
start if the RMM data:
- Has a date before that of the
data loaded.
- Is the same as the data
loaded.
NOTE : The data is loaded to the

____
internal hard disk that is not
accessed by the VRU.
NOTE : Some minutes are necessary to

____
complete the download. The data
transfer rate is 10MB per
second.
- When the message DOWNLOAD COMPLETE

shows on the download screen,
continue with this procedure.
panel:
- Push the button adjacent to the - The preview display shows the main
MAIN icon shown on the download screen.
screen.
panel:
MENU icon shown on the main screen.
screen
8. At the VRU 12MH, on the front At the VRU 12MH:

panel:

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 360
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Make a selection from the
FLIGHT, PLAY MODE and STATUS
icons shown on the menu screen.
- As necessary push the buttons

adjacent to the applicable
icons.
- Use the icons and data shown on - The necessary playback function of
the preview screen to get the VRU 12MH is set.
access to and set the playback
function of the VRU 12MH.
panel:
MAIN icon on the screen shown screen.
on the preview display.
(3) If you must keep the RMM installed, continue this procedure with the
operational test at Para. 4. (J).
If you must remove the RMM, continue with this procedure.
(4) De-energize the passenger entertainment (video) system:
(a) At the SCU 11MH, push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.
(b) The internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch goes
off.
(c) In the VCC 10MH ,push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH pushbutton
switch.
(d) The internal light of the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch
goes off.

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 361
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 305-306,
Subtask 23-36-00-970-054-A
D. Download of Data to the Video Reproducer Unit
(1) Energize the passenger entertainment (video) system:
(a) At the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH, push the MASTER POWER
P/BSW.
(b) The internal light of the MASTER POWER P/BSW comes on.
(c) Wait for a minimum of three minutes after the SCU 11MH power-on
before you continue this procedure.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
panel:
- Do a check of the preview - If the icons are not shown on the

at Para. 2.
- If the icons are shown on the main

Para. 3.
panel:
- Push one of the buttons on the - The preview display shows the main
preview display.
panel:
MENU icon shown on the main screen and its icons.
screen.

EFF :

305-306, 23-36-00

Page 362
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
panel:
MAINTENANCE icon shown on the maintenance screen and its icons.
menu screen.
panel:
DOWNLOAD icon shown on the download screen.
maintenance screen.
- The VRU 12MH samples the data from

the RMM and if the data is new, the
automatic download starts.
NOTE : The automatic download will not

____
start if the RMM data:
- Has a date before that of the
data loaded.
- Is the same as the data
loaded.
NOTE : The data is loaded to the

____
internal harddisk that is not
accessed by the VRU.
NOTE : Some minutes are necessary to

____
complete the download. The data
transfer rate is 10MB per
second.
- When the message DOWNLOAD COMPLETE

shows on the download screen,
continue with this procedure.
panel:
MAIN icon shown on the download screen.
screen.

EFF :

305-306, 23-36-00

Page 363
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
panel:
MENU icon shown on the main screen.
screen
8. At the VRU 12MH, on the front At the VRU 12MH:

panel:
- Make a selection from the

FLIGHT, PLAY MODE and STATUS
icons shown on the menu screen.
- As necessary push the buttons

adjacent to the applicable
icons.
- Use the icons and data shown on - The necessary playback function of
the preview screen to get the VRU 12MH is set.
access to and set the playback
function of the VRU 12MH.
panel:
MAIN icon on the screen shown screen.
on the preview display.
(3) If you must keep the RMM installed, continue this procedure with the
operational test at Para. 4. J.
If you must remove the RMM, continue with this procedure.
(4) De-energize the passenger entertainment (video) system:
(a) At the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH, push the MASTER POWER
P/BSW.
(b) The internal light of the MASTER POWER P/BSW goes off.

R

EFF :

305-306, 23-36-00

Page 364
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-091
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
Subtask 23-36-00-020-051
F. Remove the Removable Memory Module

_______
NOTE : Only do the subsequent procedure if you must remove the RMM from
____
the VRU 12MH.
(1) Push the button (3) of the latch mechanism to release the front panel
(2), then open the front panel.
(2) Fully loosen the captive fasteners (4) and open the access door (5).
(3) Move the lever (7) of the eject mechanism from the retracted position
to the extended position. Make sure that the lever points to you.
(4) Push the lever (7) to eject the RMM (6). Then carefully remove the
RMM from the RMM compartment of the VRU 12MH (1).
NOTE : When you push the lever, the RMM will eject approximately one
____
inch from its installed position.
(6) Move the lever (7) of the eject mechanism from the extended position
to the retracted position.
(7) Close the access door (5), then fully tighten the captive fasteners
(4).
(8) Close the front panel (2). Make sure that the hooks (8) fully engage
the latches (9) of the latch mechanism.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 365
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-00-865-092
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
Subtask 23-36-00-710-063
H. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) system

(Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-860-081

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-36-00-410-059
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door of the VCC between FR63 and FR64.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 366
Feb 01/10

CES
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific electrical headset

No specific headset
No specific video cassette
No specific Hi-band 8mm video cassette
No specific Hi-band 8mm video cassettes
No specific 8mm NTSC video cassettes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-36-00-600-004 Removal/Installation of the Removable Memory Module
and the Download of Data to the Video Reproducer Unit
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
23-36-00-991-001 Fig. 501
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050

002).
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is

NOTE : The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which

____
includes the CAM seat layout transfer.
(4) Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn
them to the TEST position.
(5) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-A

002).
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) On all the emergency oxygen containers push the left hand side of the
test lever on the door assembly, until the over-center spring keeps
the lever at 90 degrees to the door surface.
NOTE : The test lever should stay in this position until manually
____
set.
(4) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-C
(1) Make sure that the Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) 12MH has data loaded
in it. If the VRU 12MH does not have data loaded or the data is not
correct, download the data (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-600-004).

002).
23-73-00-861-001).

NOTE : The maximum initialization time is 10 minutes which includes

____
the CAM seat layout transfer.

R

EFF : 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 305-306,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) On all the emergency oxygen containers, push the left side of the
test lever on the door assembly until the over-center spring keeps
NOTE : The test lever must stay in this position until you push it
____
again.
**ON A/C 301-304, 307-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-B

002).
23-73-00-861-001).


____
(4) On all the emergency oxygen containers, push the left side of the
test lever on the door assembly until the over-center spring keeps
NOTE : The test lever must stay in this position until you push it
____
again.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-076
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 051-099,

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-158, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
NOTE : Make sure that two 8mm NTSC video cassettes used with the VTR 1
____
12MH and VTR 2 13MH are available.
NOTE : Make sure that an electrical headset used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) 200MK and 201MK or the System Control Unit
(SCU) 11MH is available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11MH:
switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
In the cabin:
hatrack and subsequently move back up
into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH:

- after not many seconds the subsequent
menu is shown on the screen:
A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES
System Control Unit - Menus
Figure 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 508
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.
NOTE : The CONT. indication flashes.

____
On the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH

and 13MH :
- the integral light of the POWER
pushbutton switch comes on.
- if necessary turn the BRIGHT - the screen brightness changes.

control knob to adjust the
brightness.
NOTE : Make sure that the label sides of the cassettes are upside and the
____
arrow mark point towards the VTR 12MH and 13MH.
2. On the VTR 12MH and 13MH: On the VTR 12MH and 13MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN

_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassettes. - the integral light of the EJECT


- touch the CONT. indication on - the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch
the screen. integral light comes on.
- the initial menu is shown on the
screen (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, screen 1).
- touch the aircraft symbol on On the SCU 11MH:

the screen. - the aircraft symbol background stops
to flash and comes on white.
- touch the VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2 - the aircraft symbol background

indication on the screen. changes to lila.
After 5 seconds:

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 509
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the subsequent menu is shown on the
screen:
A. TO PLAY:
. . . PRESS EXEC BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM SEGMENTS OR

. .PREVIEW:
. . . PRESS PREV BUTTON BELOW
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the ENTER PREV pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER MENU
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
- the integral light of the ENTER PREV
- the VIDEO indication and the message
PRESS VIDEO TO BE PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED
are shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, screen 2).
- touch the VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2 - the VIDEO indication goes off.

indication on the screen. - the operation symbols of the VTR 1 or
VTR 2 are shown on the screen.
NOTE : The STOP symbol flashes.

____
- touch the PLAY symbol on the - the STOP symbol stops to flash.
screen. - the PLAY symbol flashes.
- the VTR 1 or VTR 2 video program is
shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, screen 5).
On the VTR :
- the integral light of the STOP
- the integral light of the PLAY
On the headset:

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 510
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- connect the electrical headset - the VTR video program sound is heard.
to the MONITOR jack.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER PREV
- the integral light of the ENTER EXEC
- the subsequent indications are shown
on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2
OFF
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)

, screen 4).
In the cabin:
- the HMDUs move down out of the
hatrack and show the VTR video
program.
4. In the cabin, at one Passenger At the related PCU 200MK or 201MK:

Control Unit (PCU) 200MK or
201MK:
- connect the electrical headset.
- set the channel 1. - the VTR video program sound is heard

over the headset.
- set the channel 2. - the VTR video program sound is heard

over the headset.

- turn the PA VOLUME control knob
to a position between MIN and
MAX.
- push the ENTER MENU pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER MENU
screen for approx. 5 seconds (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 511
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
, screen 1).
NOTE : Do the subsequent test step in less than 5 seconds or push the ENTER
____
MENU pushbutton switch again.
- touch the PA indication on the

screen.
- set the PA CH1/CH2 switch to
the CH1 position.
- push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton - the subsequent indications are shown
switch. on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2
OFF
PA
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, Screen 4.
- the integral light of the ENTER MENU
In the cabin.
- the video program sound is heard from
the loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:

- the video program sound is heard over
the headset.
- turn the VOLUME control knob - the volume of the video program sound
from the MIN to the MAX changes in relation of the VOLUME
position and back to an control knob position.
intermediate position.
- disconnect the electrical

headset.

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 512
Nov 01/07
R
CES
R
R Subtask 23-36-00-710-051
R B. Do the priority test of the Video/Audio and Announcement.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cabin, on the emergency

R oxygen containers:
R - pull the door stops down and
R turn them 90 degrees to the
R test position.
R 2. On the FWD attendant station LH: On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
R (AIP) 320RH:
R - lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
R cradle.
R - push the PA ALL pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

R switch. - the PA ALL message comes on.
R At the VTR 12MH e. g. 13MH:

R - The VTR goes into PAUSE mode.
R In the cabin:
R - push the PTT pushbutton switch - the HMDU show no video program, the
R and speak into the handset. screen is dark.
R - the video program sound heard from
R the loudspeakers is cancelled and the
R announcement is heard.
R In the lavatories and at the aft

R attendant station:
R - the announcement is heard from the
R loudspeakers.
R At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:

R - the video program sound heard over
R the headset is cancelled and the
R At the FWD AIP 320RH:

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 513
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL message goes off.
R switch and put the handset back
R into the cradle.

R - The VTR goes back to PLAY mode.
R In the cabin:
R - the HMDU show the video program
R again.
R - the video program sound is heard from
R the loudspeakers.

R - the video program sound is heard over
R the headset.
R 3. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:

R (FAP) 120RH, music section:
R - push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
R switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on.
R - the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
R channel display.
R In the cabin:
R the loudspeakers.
R At the related PCU 200MK, channel 1 or

R 2:
R - the video program sound is heard over
R the headset.
R 4. At the FAP 120RH, music section: At the FAP 120RH:

R switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.
R NOTE : Before you do the next test step make sure that all emergency-oxygen
____
R container door-stops are in the test position.
R 5. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

R - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE
_______ comes on.
R MASK MAN ON

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 514
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
R FOR MORE THAN 5
R SECONDS.
R - lift the guard and push the

R MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch.
R In the cabin:
R - all emergency oxygen container-doors
R open to the maximum travel permitted
R by the door stops.
R - all HMDUs 100MH go off and move back
R up into the hatracks.
R emergency announcement is heard.

R - the video program sound heard over
R the headset is cancelled and the
R On the SCU 11MH:

R - the information shown on the screen
R goes off.
R - the integral lights of all the
R pushbutton switches go off.
R At the VTR 1 12MH or VTR 2 13MH:

R - the VTR stops to operate.
R - the integral lights e. g. the
R indication lights of all the

R - push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
R pushbutton switch. goes off.
R On the SCU 11MH:

R
R - the integral light of the SYST PWR
R pushbutton switch comes on.
R - the message
R PROCEEDING

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 515
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SELF TEST ---
R is shown on the screen.
R In the cabin:
R - all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
R (HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
R hatrack and subsequently move back up
R into the hatrack.
R On the SCU 11MH:

R - after not many seconds the subsequent
R menu is shown on the screen:
R A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
R B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
R C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED
R (PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.
R NOTE : The CONT. indication flashes.

____
R On the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 1 12MH

R or VTR 2 13MH:
R - the integral light of the POWER
R 7. At VTR 1 or VTR 2:
R - push the EJECT pushbutton
R switch and remove the cassette.
R 8. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:

R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
R switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R - the screen goes off.

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 516
Nov 01/06

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-B
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video):
NOTE : Make sure that a Hi-band 8mm video cassette used with the VTR 1
____
12MH or VTR 2 13MH is available.
NOTE : Make sure that a electrical headset used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) and the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is
available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit (SCU) 11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch - all LED come on while the SCU 11MH
on when the self test is complete.

- the AUTO MODE page comes into view.
____
with the test.
area:
- push the membrane switch again - the ALL ZONES MODE page comes into
ZONES comes on.
3. On the Video Tape Reproducer 1

(VTR 1 ) 12MH :

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 517
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassette,
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow

____
on the upper side of the
cassette points in the
direction of the VTR 1
12MH.
- push the REW pushbutton switch, On the VTR 1 12MH:

- the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
comes on,
- the cassette rewinds,
- the cassette stops automatically at
the end,
goes off,
- the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
comes on,
- push the PLAY pushbutton - the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
switch. goes off,
- the LED on the PLAY pushbutton switch
comes on.
4. On the SCU 11MH:

- connect the headset to the
headset jack.

- push the MENU switch again and - the PREVIEW MODE page comes on,
again for the selection of the
PREVIEW MODE,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - the VTR and the PRI indicators come
again and again for the on and the display shows 1,
selection of the VTR, 1 and - the monitor shows the VTR 1 video
PRI, program,
With the headset:

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 518
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you hear the VTR 1 video-program
sound of the PRI channel,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - you hear the VTR 1 video program
again and again for the sound of the SEC channel.
selection of the VTR, 1 and
SEC.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the VTR and the SEC indicators come
on and the display shows 1,
- the monitor shows the VTR 1 video
program.
6. On the SCU 11MH, ALL ZONES area: On the SCU 11MH, ALL ZONES area:
- push the SEL membrane switch - the VTR and the PRI indicators come
PRI,
- push the PWR ON/OFF membrane - the LED of the related PWR membrane
At the same time in the cabin:

- all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
position,
- all HMDU show the same VTR 1 video
program.
7. In the cabin, at a Passenger At the related PCU:

Control Unit (PCU):
- connect the electrical headset,
- select the channel 1, - the sound 1 of the VTR 1 video

program is heard over the headset,
- select the channel 2. - the sound 2 of the VTR 1 video

program is heard over the headset.
8. On the VTR 1 12MH: On the VTR 1 12MH:

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 519
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the STOP pushbutton - the LED on the PLAY pushbutton switch
switch, goes off,
comes on,
- the cassette stops,
At the same time on the SCU:

- the video program and the video sound
is cancelled.

is cancelled.
- push the EJECT pushbutton - the cassette comes out.

switch,
- remove the cassette.
10. On the VTR 2 13MH :

_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow

____
on the upper side of the
cassette points in the
direction of the VTR 2
13MH.
- push the REW pushbutton On the VTR 2 13MH:

switch, - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
comes on,
the end,
goes off,

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 520
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
comes on,
switch. goes off,
comes on.
selection of the VTR, 2 and - the monitor shows the VTR 2 video
PRI, program,
With the headset:

- you hear the VTR 2 video program
sound of the PRI channel,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - you hear the VTR 2 video program
again and again for the sound of the SEC channel.
SEC.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the monitor shows the VTR 2 video
program.
- push the SEL membrane switch - the VTR and the PRI indicators come
again and again for the on and the display shows 2.
PRI.

- all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
position,
- all HMDU show the same VTR 2 video
program.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 521
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. In the cabin, at a Passenger At the related PCU:
Control Unit (PCU):

- select the channel 2. - the sound 2 of the VTR 2 video

14. On the SCU 11MH, VTR CONTROL On the SCU 11MH, VTR CONTROL area:
area:
- push the SEL membrane switch - the VTR display shows 2,

again and again for the - the LED of the related PLAY membrane
selection of VTR 2, switch comes on,
- push the STOP membrane switch. - the LED of the related PLAY membrane
switch goes off,
- the LED of the related STOP membrane
switch comes on.
At the same time on the SCU:

is cancelled.

is cancelled.
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-B
B. Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
NOTE : The Boarding Music (BGM) has a lower priority than the video.
____
Therefore the video sound must be switched off during the
following test.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 522
Feb 01/08

CES
(1) Do the test first for the VTR 2 13MH and then for the VTR 1 12MH.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:

(FAP) 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on,
- the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
channel display.

- the BGM is heard from the
loudspeakers.
2. On the SCU 11MH, MANUAL CONTROL On the SCU 11MH, MANUAL CONTROL board:
board:
- push the PA ON/OFF membrane - the LED of the related PA ON/OFF

3. On the SCU 11MH, VTR CONTROL On the SCU 11MH, VTR CONTROL area:
area:
- push the PLAY membrane switch. - the LED of the related STOP membrane
switch goes off,
- the LED of the related PLAY membrane
switch comes on .
On the VTR 2 13MH:

- the LED in the STOP membrane switch
goes off,
- the LED in the PLAY membrane switch
comes on.

- the BGM is cancelled,
- the VTR 2 / track 1 sound is heard
from the loudspeakers,
- all HMDU 100MH show the VTR 2 video
program.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 523
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch - the VTR and the SEC indicators come
again and again for the on and the display shows 2.
SEC.

- the VTR 2 / track 2 sound is heard
from the loudspeakers.
5. On the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:
- push the arrow up or arrow down - the volume of the VTR 2 program sound
membrane switches. changes.
6. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED In the cabin:

ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the 1 membrane switch,

- push the ENTER membrane switch,
- push the START ALL membrane
switch.
- the VTR 2 / track 2 video sound is

cancelled,
- you hear the prerecorded
announcements from the loudspeakers
and from all PCU on all channels.
At the same time the VTR 1 12MH goes in

PAUSE MODE:
7. On the FWD attendant station LH: On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on,

cradle,
- push the PTT pushbutton switch, - the # symbol goes off.

- make an announcement.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 524
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled and your PA-announcement is
heard from the loudspeakers and from
all PCU on all channels.
At the same time in the lavatories and

at the AFT attendant station:
- your PA-announcement is heard from
the loudspeakers.
8. On the FWD attendant station LH: On the forward AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL message goes off.

into the cradle.

- the prerecorded announcements are
heard again from the loudspeakers and
from all PCU on all channels.
9. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED

ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the STOP membrane switch.
On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section: On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.

cancelled and the video sound from
VTR 2 / track 2 is heard from the
loudspeakers.
10. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

_______
MASK MAN ON
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 525
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- lift the switch guard and push - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
the MASK MAN ON 14WR comes on.
pushbutton switch.
NOTE : Make sure that all the

____
emergency-oxygen
container door-stops are
in the test position
before you push the MASK
MAN ON 14WR pushbutton
switch.

- all emergency oxygen container-doors
open to the maximum travel range
permitted by the door stops,
- all HMDU 100MH go off,
- the HMDU 100MH move back up into the
hatracks,
- the VTR system goes in STANDBY MODE,
- the VTR video program sound is
cancelled,
- an emergency announcement is audible
from the loudspeakers and from all
PCU on all channels.
At the same time on the VTR 2 13MH:

- the cassette stops,
- the VTR goes off.
At the same time on the SCU 11MH:

- the monitor goes off.
In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
pushbutton switch. goes off.
- push the EJECT pushbutton - the cassette comes out.

switch,

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 526
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. On the SCU 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - the Video system goes off.

pushbutton switch.
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-A

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
NOTE : Make sure that two 8mm NTSC video cassettes used with the Video
____
Tape Reproducers (VTRs) 12MH and 13MH are available.
NOTE : Make sure that an electrical headset used with the System Control
____
Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11MH:
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
In the cabin:

hatrack and subsequently move back up
into the hatrack.

R

EFF :

106-149, 151-199, 211-233, 236-238, 23-36-00

Page 527
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the SCU 11MH:
- after not many seconds the subsequent

menu is shown on the screen:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.

____
On the Video Tape Reproducers (VTRs)

12MH and 13MH :
- the integral lights of the POWER

pushbutton switches come on.
- if necessary turn the BRIGHT - the screen brightness changes.

control knob to adjust the
brightness.
NOTE : Make sure that the label sides of the cassettes are upside and the
____
arrow mark point towards the VTR 12MH and 13MH.
2. On the VTR 12MH and 13MH: On the VTR 12MH and 13MH:

_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassettes. - the integral lights of the EJECT

- touch the CONT. indication on - the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch

the screen, integral light comes on,
screen (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, screen 1),

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 528
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the SCU 11MH:
- touch the aircraft symbol on - the aircraft symbol background stops

the screen, to flash and comes on white,
- touch the VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2 - the aircraft symbol background

indication on the screen, changes to lila,
After 5 seconds:
- the subsequent menu is shown on the

screen:
A. TO PLAY:
. . . PRESS EXEC BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM SEGMENTS OR

. .PREVIEW:
. . . PRESS PREV BUTTON BELOW
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the ENTER PREV pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER MENU
switch, pushbutton switch goes off,
- the integral light of the ENTER PREV
pushbutton switch comes on,
- the VIDEO indication and the message
PRESS VIDEO TO BE PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED
are shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, screen 2),
- touch the VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2 - the VIDEO indication goes off,

indication on the screen, - the operation symbols of the VTR 1 or
VTR 2 are shown on the screen,
NOTE : The STOP symbol flashes.

____
- touch the PLAY symbol on the - the STOP symbol stops to flash,
screen, - the PLAY symbol flashes,
- the VTR 1 or VTR 2 video program is
shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, screen 5).

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 529
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the VTR :
- the integral light of the STOP

pushbutton switch goes off,
- the integral light of the PLAY
On the headset:
- connect the electrical headset - the VTR video program sound is heard.
to the MONITOR jack.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER PREV
switch. pushbutton switch goes off,
- the integral light of the ENTER EXEC
pushbutton switch comes on,
- the subsequent indications are shown
on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2
OFF
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)

, screen 4).
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH move down out of the

hatrack and show the VTR video
program.
- turn the PA VOLUME control knob

to a position between MIN and
MAX,
- push the ENTER MENU pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER MENU
switch, pushbutton switch comes on,
screen for approx. 5 seconds (
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 530
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
, screen 1),
NOTE : Do the subsequent test step in less than 5 seconds or push the ENTER
____
MENU pushbutton switch again.
- touch the PA indication on the

screen,
- set the PA CH1/CH2 switch to
the CH1 position,
- push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton - the subsequent indications are shown
switch, on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2
OFF
PA
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-36-00-991-001)
, Screen 4.
- the integral light of the ENTER MENU
In the cabin.
- the video program sound is heard from

the loudspeakers,
- turn the VOLUME control knob - the volume of the video program sound
from the MIN to the MAX changes in relation of the VOLUME
position and back to an control knob position.
intermediate position.
- disconnect the electrical

headset.

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 531
Nov 01/06

CES
R
R Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-A
R B. Do the priority test of the Video/Audio and Announcement.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the FWD attendant station LH: On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
R (AIP) 320RH:
R - lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.

R cradle.
R - push the PA ALL pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

R switch. - the PA ALL message comes on.
R - The VTR goes into PAUSE mode.
R In the cabin:
R - push the PTT pushbutton switch - all HMDU 100MH show no video program,
R and speak into the handset. the screen is dark.
R In the lavatories and at the aft

R attendant station:
R - the announcement is heard from the

R loudspeakers.
R At the FWD AIP 320RH:
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL message goes off.

R switch and put the handset back
R into the cradle.
R - The VTR goes back to PLAY mode.

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 532
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R In the cabin:
R - all HMDU 100MH show the video program

R again.
R the loudspeakers.
R 2. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:

R (FAP) 120RH, music section:
R switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on.
R - the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
R channel display.
R In the cabin:

R the loudspeakers.
R 3. At the FAP 120RH, music section: At the FAP 120RH:
R switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.
R NOTE : Before you do the next test step make sure that all emergency-oxygen
____
R container door-stops are in the test position.
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE

_______
R MASK MAN ON
R PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
R FOR MORE THAN 5
R SECONDS.
R - lift the guard and push the - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
R MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch. comes on.
R In the cabin:
R - all emergency oxygen container-doors

R open to the maximum travel permitted
R by the door stops.

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 533
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - all HMDU 100MH go off and move back
R up into the hatracks,
R On the SCU 11MH:
R - the information shown on the screen

R goes off,
R - the integral lights of all the
R At the VTR 1 12MH or VTR 2 13MH:
R - the VTR stops to operate,

R - the integral lights e. g. the
R indication lights of all the
R - push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
R pushbutton switch. goes off.
R On the SCU 11MH:
R - the integral light of the SYST PWR

R - the message
R PROCEEDING
R SELF TEST ---
R is shown on the screen.
R In the cabin:
R - all HMDU 100MH move down out of the

R hatrack and subsequently move back up
R into the hatrack.
R On the SCU 11MH:
R - after not many seconds the subsequent

R menu is shown on the screen:

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-00

Page 534
Nov 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.

____
On the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 1 12MH

and VTR 2 13MH:
- the integral light of the POWER

6. At VTR 1 and VTR 2:
- push the EJECT pushbutton

switches and remove the
cassettes.
switch. pushbutton switch goes off,
- the screen goes off.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-E
(1) Make sure that the Hi-band 8mm video cassette used with the Video
Tape Reproducer (VTR) 13MH is available.
(2) Make sure that an electrical headset used with the Passenger Control
Unit (PCU) and the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.

R

EFF :
501-502,
151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 23-36-00

Page 535
Aug 01/09

CES
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

____
NOTE : If Airshow is installed, you must continue with step 4.

____
3. On the SCU 11MH, on the keypad: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
area:
- push the membrane switch again - the MANUAL MENU page comes into view.
and again until the LED MANUAL
comes on.
5. On the Video Reproducer Unit On the VRU 12MH, on the front panel:
(VRU) 12MH, on the front panel:

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 536
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- do a check of the preview - if the icons are not shown on the
at Para. 6,
- if the icons are shown on the main

Para. 7.
6. On the VRU 12MH, on the front On the VRU 12MH, on the front panel:
panel:
- push one of the buttons on the - the preview display shows the main
preview display.
- the STOP icon is highlighted.
7. On the VRU 12MH, on the front On the VRU 12MH, on the front panel:
panel:
- push the button adjacent to the - the STOP icon is not highlighted.
PLAY icon shown on the main
screen. - the PLAY icon is highlighted.
8. On the VTR 13MH:

_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 13MH:
- put the video cassette into the

VTR 13MH,
- make sure that the arrow on the
upper side of the cassette
points in the direction of the
VTR 13MH,
- push the REW pushbutton switch, - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
comes on,
the end,

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 537
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
goes off,
comes on,
switch. goes off,
comes on.
- push the MENU switch again and - the PREVIEW MODE page comes into
again for the selection of the view,
PREVIEW MODE,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - the VTR and the PRI indicator come on
again and again for the and the display shows 1,
selection of VTR, 1 and PRI. - the monitor shows the VRU 12MH
video-program.
10. On the SCU 11MH: With the headset:
- connect the headset to the - you hear the channel PRI of the VRU
headset jack, 12MH video-program,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - you hear the channel SEC of the VRU
again and again for the 12MH video-program.
selection of VTR, 1 and SEC.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the VTR and the SEC indicator come on
and the display shows 1,
- the monitor shows the VRU 12MH
video-program.
11. On the SCU 11MH, keypad area: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- push the related number - the ZONE OPERATION page comes into
membrane switch to set the view.
ZONE OPERATION page.
12. On the SCU 11MH, keypad area: At the same time in the cabin, in zone
1:

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 538
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the 1 membrane switch - all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
to set ZN:1, hatracks,
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs show the VRU 12MH
again and again to set SOURCE: video-program,
VTR, 1 and PRI, - all the WMDUs show the VRU 12MH
- push the 4 membrane switch video-program.
to set SCREEN:ON.
13. In the cabin zone 1, at a At the related PCU:

Passenger Control Unit (PCU):
- connect the electrical

headset,
- set the channel 1. - you hear the channel 1 of the VRU

12MH video-program from the headset.
PREVIEW MODE,
selection of the VTR, 2 and - the monitor shows the VTR 13MH
PRI, video-program.
With the headset:

- you hear the channel PRI of the VTR
13MH video-program,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - you hear the channel SEC of the VTR
SEC.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the monitor shows the VTR 13MH
video-program.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 539
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2:
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs show the VTR 13MH
VTR, 2 and SEC, - all the WMDUs show the VTR 13MH
to set SCREEN:ON.
17. In the cabin in Zone 2, at a At the related PCU:

PCU:

headset,
- set the channel 2. - you hear the channel 2 of the VTR

Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-F
B. Do the Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
____
Thus, the video sound must be disconnected during the test that
follows.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

____

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 540
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the rearward or the - a new system and function
softkey is shown.

- touch the Audio softkey. - the Audio softkey highlights with a

color change,
3. On the FAP 120RH, CABIN SETTINGS

area:
- make sure that the PES/ON/OFF
softkey is in the ON
position.
select area:
- touch the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a

color change.

aircraft symbol:
- the last music channel selection
shows on the BGM 1 channel display.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
1:
- push the 1 membrane switch to - all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
set ZN:1, hatracks,
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 13MH
again and again to set video-program,
SOURCE:VTR, 2 and PRI, - all the WMDUs 102MH show the VTR 13MH
- push the 4 membrane switch to video-program.
set SCREEN:ON.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 541
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1:
- push the up or down triangle - the BGM is cancelled,

membrane switch to set PA:ON. - you hear the channel PRI of the VTR
13MH from the loudspeakers.
2:
set ZN:2, hatracks,
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs 100MH show the VRU 12MH
VTR, 1 and PRI, - all the WMDUs 102MH show the VRU 12MH
- push the 4 membrane switch to video-program.
set SCREEN:ON.
2:

membrane switch to set PA:ON. - you hear the channel PRI of the VRU
9. On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad: At the same time in the cabin, in zone
2:
- push the arrow up or arrow down - the volume of the VRU 12MH
membrane switches. video-program changes.
- set an announcement with the - the set announcement highlights with

up and down triangle softkey. a color change.
- push the left-pointing arrow - the announcement title with the note
softkey. FOUND is shown in the MEMO area.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 542
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

announcements.
up and down triangle softkeys. a color change.
- touch the Play Next softkey. - the set announcement title moves into
the display.
At the same time in the cabin, in zone

1:
- the sound of the VTR 13MH
video-program and the VTR 13MH
video-program are cancelled,
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement from all the passenger
and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:

announcement on all the channels with
the headset.

2:
- the sound of the VRU 12MH
video-program and the VRU 12MH

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 543
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the related PCU:
the headset.
15. On the forward attendant station On the forward Attendant

LH: Indication-Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes into view,
cradle,
- push the PA or PA All - the # symbol goes out of view.

pushbutton switch,
- push the PTT pushbutton
switch,

1 and zone 2:
cancelled,
- you hear your PA-announcement from
the loudspeakers and from the PCU on
all channels.
16. On the forward attendant station On the forward AIP 320RH:

LH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA or PA ALL message goes out of

switch and put the handset view.

1 and zone 2:
announcements again from the
loudspeakers and from the PCU on all
channels.
17. In the cockpit: In the cockpit:
- do the test step 15 again. - the results agree with the test step
15.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 544
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the Stop softkey again - the ON ANNOUNCE display shows no

and again until the ON number.
ANNOUNCE display shows no
number.
At the same time in the cabin, in the

zone 1:
cancelled,
- all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 13MH
video program,
- all the WMDUs 102MH show the VTR 13MH
video-program,
- you hear the sound of the VTR 13MH
video-program from the loudspeakers.

zone 2:
cancelled,
- all the HMDUs 100MH show the VRU 12MH
video-program,
- all the WMDUs 102MH show the VRU 12MH
video-program,
- you hear the sound of the VRU 12MH

color change.
20. In the cockpit, on panel the

21VU:

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 545
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______
MASK MAN ON
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
In the cockpit, on the panel 21VU:
- make sure that all

emergency-oxygen container
door-stops are in the test
position before you push the
MASK MAN ON 14WR pushbutton
switch,
pushbutton switch.

1 and zone 2:
- all the emergency oxygen
container-doors open to the maximum
travel range permitted by the door
stops,
- all the WMDUs 102MH go off,
- all the HMDUs 100MH go off,
- all the HMDUs 100MH retract into the
hatracks,
- you can hear an emergency
announcement from the loudspeakers
and from the PCU at all channels,
- the sounds of the VRU 12MH and VTR
13MH video-programs are cancelled,
- the video system goes in STANDBY
MODE.
At the same time on the VRU 12MH and

VTR 13MH:
- the cassettes stop,
- the VRU 12MH and the VTR 13MH go off.


R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 546
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the panel 21VU:
50VU:
22. On the VTR 13MH: On the VTR 13MH:
- push the EJECT membrane - the LED on the EJECT membrane switch
switch. flashes while the cassette ejects,
- the cassette ejects.
23. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH

ON the VRU 12MH:

- the VRU 12MH is set to off.
off.
**ON A/C 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-C
(1) Make sure that the Hi-band 8mm video cassettes used with the VTR 1

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 301-306, 501-502, 23-36-00

Page 547
Aug 01/09

CES
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

NOTE : After a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, you can continue
____
the test.

____
area:
comes on.

(VTR 1 ) 12MH:

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 548
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 1 12MH:

VTR 1 12MH.
comes on,
the end,
goes off,
comes on,
switch. goes off,
comes on.
6. On the VTR 2 13MH:

_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 2 13MH:

VTR 2 13MH.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 549
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
comes on,
the end,
goes off,
comes on,
switch. goes off,
comes on.
7. On the SCU 11MH:

headset jack.
PREVIEW MODE,
selection of the VTR, 1 and - the monitor shows the VTR 1 12MH
PRI, video-program.
With the headset:

- you hear the channel PRI of the VTR 1
12MH video-program.
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - the VTR and the SEC indicators come
SEC. video-program.
With the headset:

- you hear the channel SEC of the VTR 1
12MH video-program.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 550
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. On the SCU 11MH, keypad area: At the same time, in the cabin zone 1:
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs show the VTR 1 12MH
again and again to set SOURCE: video-program.
VTR, 1 and PRI,
- push the 4 membrane switch
to set SCREEN:ON.


headset,
- set the channel 1. - you hear the channel 1 of the VTR 1

PREVIEW MODE,
PRI, video-program.
With the headset:

13MH video-program,
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - you hear the channel SEC of the VTR 2
SEC.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 551
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the SCU 11MH:
- the monitor shows the VTR 2 13MH
video-program.
again and again to set SOURCE: video-program.
VTR, 2 and SEC,
- push the 4 membrane switch
to set SCREEN:ON.

PCU:

headset,

Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-C
____
Thus, the video sound must be disconnected during the following
test.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 552
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

color change,
select area:

color change.

aircraft symbol:
In the cabin:
- the BGM is heard from all the
loudspeakers.
- push the 1 membrane switch to

set ZN:1,
- push the SEL membrane switch
again and again to set
SOURCE:VTR, 2 and PRI.
set SCREEN:ON,
- push the up or down triangle
membrane switch to set PA:ON,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - all the HMDU 100MH extend from the
hatracks,
- all the HMDU show the VTR 2 13MH
video-program.
- you hear the channel PRI of the the
VTR 2 13MH from the loudspeakers.

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 553
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the SCU 11MH, keypad area: At the same time in the cabin zone 2:

set ZN:2,
- push the SEL membrane switch
again and again to set SOURCE:
VTR, 1 and PRI,
set SCREEN:ON,
- push the up or down triangle
membrane switch to set PA:ON,
- push the ENTER membrane switch. - all the HMDU 100MH extend from the
hatracks,
- all the HMDU show the VTR 1 12MH
video program.
- you hear the channel PRI of the the
VTR 1 12MH from the loudspeakers.
- push the ENTER membrane switch.
5. On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad: In the cabin, zone 2:
- push the arrow up or arrow down - the volume of the VTR 1 12MH
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO display:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT keypad area:
- touch the 1 softkey to set - the announcement number 1 with a
the first prerecorded related announcement title comes into
announcement, view,
- touch ENTER softkey,
- touch the 2 softkey to set a - the announcement number 1 with the
second prerecorded related announcement title shows on
announcement, the display,
- touch ENTER softkey, - the announcement number 2 with the
view,
- touch the 3 softkey to set a - the announcement number 1 with the
third prerecorded announcement. related announcement title and the

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 554
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch ENTER softkey. announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title show on
the display.
- the announcement number 3 with the
view.
- touch the Start/ALL softkey. - the display shows the related

announcement number with title.
At the same time, in the zone 1:

- the sound of the VTR 2 13MH
video-program and the VTR 2 13MH
At the related PCU:

is heard on all the channels with the
headset.

At the related PCU:

is heard on all the channels with the
headset.
8. On the FWD attendant-station LH: On the FWD Attendant Indication-Panel

(AIP) 320RH:

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 555
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on,
cradle,
- push the PA or PA All - the # symbol goes off,

pushbutton switch,
- push the PTT pushbutton switch,
At the same time, in the zone 1 and

zone 2:
cancelled and your PA-announcement is
heard from the loudspeakers and from
the PCU on all channels.
9. On the FWD attendant-station LH: On the FWD AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL message goes off.

into the cradle.

from the PCU on all channels.

from the PCU on all channels.
8.

color change.
12. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 556
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______
MASK MAN ON
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

switch,
the MASK MAN ON 14WR comes on,
pushbutton switch.
At the same time ,in the zone 1 and

zone 2:
stops,
- all the HMDU 100MH go off,
- all the HMDU 100MH retract into the
hatracks,
- the sounds of the VTR 1 12MH and VTR2
MODE.
At the same time on the VTR 1 12 and

VTR 2 13MH:
- the VTR 1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH go
off.
At the same time ,on the SCU 11MH:


EFF :

301-304, 23-36-00

Page 557
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
switch. flash during ejecting,
switch. flash during ejecting,
16. On the SCU 11MH: - the video system goes off.

- push the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch.
off,
R **ON A/C 307-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-D
(1) Make sure that the Hi-band 8mm video cassettes used with the VTR 1

R

EFF :

301-304, 307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 558
Aug 01/09

CES
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10MH:
on.

11MH:

system,

NOTE : After a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, you can continue
____
the test.

____
area:
comes on.

(VTR 1 ) 12MH:

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 559
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 1 12MH:

VTR 1 12MH,
comes on,
the end,
goes off,
comes on,
switch. goes off,
comes on.
6. On the VTR 2 13MH:

_______
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 2 13MH:

VTR 2 13MH,

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 560
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
comes on,
the end,
goes off,
comes on,
switch. goes off,
comes on.
7. On the SCU 11MH:

headset jack.
PREVIEW MODE,
PRI. video-program.
With the headset:

12MH video-program.
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - the VTR and the SEC indicators come
SEC. video-program.
With the headset:

- you hear the channel SEC of the VTR 1
12MH video-program.

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 561
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1:
VTR, 1 and PRI, - all the WMDUs show the VTR 1 12MH
to set SCREEN:ON.


headset,

PREVIEW MODE,
PRI, video-program.
With the headset:

13MH video-program,

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 562
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PREVIEW SELECT switch - you hear the channel SEC of the VTR 2
SEC.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the monitor shows the VTR 2 13MH
video program.
2:
VTR, 2 and SEC, - all the WMDUs show the VTR 2 13MH
to set SCREEN:ON.

PCU:

headset,

Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-E
____
follows.

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 563
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

____

softkey is shown.

- touch the Audio softkey, - the Audio softkey highlights with a

color change,

area:
position.
select area:

color change.

aircraft symbol:
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 564
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1:
set ZN:1, hatracks,
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 2
again and again to set 13MH video-program,
SOURCE:VTR, 2 and PRI, - all the WMDUs 102MH show the VTR 2
- push the 4 membrane switch to 13MH video-program.
set SCREEN:ON.
1:

membrane switch to set PA:ON. - you hear the channel PRI of the VTR 2
2:
set ZN:2, hatracks,
- push the SEL membrane switch - all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 1
again and again to set SOURCE: 12MH video program,
VTR, 1 and PRI, - all the WMDUs 102MH show the VTR 1
- push the 4 membrane switch to 12MH video-program.
set SCREEN:ON.
2:

membrane switch to set PA:ON. - you hear the channel PRI of the VTR 1
9. On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad: At the same time in the cabin, in zone
2:
- push the arrow up or arrow down - the volume of the VTR 1 12MH

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 565
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


announcements.
the display.

1:

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 566
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the related PCU:
the headset.

2:
At the related PCU:

the headset.

cradle,

pushbutton switch,
switch,

1 and zone 2:
cancelled,
all channels.

LH:

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 567
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 and zone 2:
channels.
15.

number.

zone 1:
cancelled,
- all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 2
13MH video program,
- all the WMDUs 102MH show the VTR 2
13MH video-program,
- you hear the sound of the VTR 2 13MH

2:
cancelled,
12MH video program,
12MH video-program,

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 568
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you hear the sound of the VTR 1 12MH

color change.

21VU:

_______
MASK MAN ON
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.

switch,
pushbutton switch.

1 and zone 2:
stops,
hatracks,

R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 569
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the sounds of the VTR 1 12MH and VTR2
MODE.
At the same time on the VTR 1 12MH and

VTR 2 13MH:
- the VTR 1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH go
off.

50VU:


R

EFF :

307-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 570
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
off.
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-F
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit (SCU) 11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch - all LED come on while the SCU 11MH
- the green LED PASS comes on when the
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3
____ self test is complete.
minutes after the SCU
power-on, then continue
with the test.

- the AUTO MODE page comes into view.
SELECT area:
- push the pushbutton switch - the ALL ZONES MENU page comes into
again and again until the LED view.
ALL ZONES comes on.
- push 0 for SELECT VIDEO - the SELECT TITLE screen comes on.
- push 1 for Video Title 1 On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- the ALL-ZONE MENU screen comes on.

R

EFF :
528-599,
307-399, 401-499, 503-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 571
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the keypad: In the cabin:
- push 1 for SCREENS ON - all monitors retract.
5. On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL
CONTROL board, VTR CONTROL: board, VTR CONTROL:
- push the SEL switch again and - the display shows 1,
again for the selection of the - the LED of the related STOP membrane
VTR 1, switch goes off,
- push the PLAY membrane switch. - the LED of the related PLAY membrane
switch comes on.
6. In the cabin: - you hear the VTR 1 video program

- all monitors show the selected sound of the SEC channel.
video program.
7. On the SCU 11MH, on keypad: On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL
- push 1 for SCREENS OFF board, VTR CONTROL:
switch goes off,
switch comes on,
On the SCU 11MH:

- the VTR sound and the video program
are cancelled.
8. On the SCU 11MH, on the MODE

SELECT area:
- push the pushbutton switch

again and again until the LED
MANUAL comes on.

- push the MENU switch. - the MANUAL MODE page comes into view.
- push 1 for ZONE OPERATION - the ZONE OPERATION page comes into
view.
- push 1 for ZONE1 OPERATION - the ZONE1 OPERATION page comes into
view.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 572
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. On the SCU 11MH, on the keypad: On the ZONE 1 OPERATION screen:
- push the SEL pushbutton again - the VTR 1 PRI STOP comes on.
and again until the VTR1 PRI
comes on.
push 0for SELECT VIDEO - the SELECT TITLE screen comes on.
- the ZONE1 OPERATION screen comes on.
switch comes on.
15. In the cabin, in the zone 1:

- all monitors show the selected
video program.


headset,

17. On the SCU 11MH, on keypad: On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL
- push 1 for SCREENS OFF board, VTR CONTROL:
switch goes off,
switch comes on,
On the SCU 11MH:

- the VTR sound and the video program
are cancelled.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 573
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECT area:

MANUAL comes on.

view.
view.
comes on.
switch comes on.
25. In the cabin, in the zone 2:

- all monitors retract,
- all monitors show the selected
video program.
26. In the cabin in zone 2, at a At the related PCU:


R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 574
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
headset,

Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-G
____
follows.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(FAP) 120RH :

____
- touch the rearward or the - a new system and function

softkey is shown.

- touch the Audio softkey. - the Audio softkey highlights with a

color change,

area:
position.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 575
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
select area:

color change.

aircraft symbol:
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.

SELECT area:

MANUAL comes on.

view.
view.

comes on.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 576
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch comes on.

1:
- all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
hatracks,
video-program,
video-program,
- you hear the video sound of the VTR1
- push CLEAR again and again - the ZONE OPERATION page comes into
until the Zone OPERATION menu view.
come into view.
view.
14. On the SCU 11MH, on the keypad: On the ZONE2 OPERATION screen:
comes on.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 577
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch comes on.

2:
- all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
hatracks,
video-program,
video-program,
- you hear the video sound of the VTR2


announcements.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 578
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the display.

1:
- the sound of the VTR 1 video-program
and the VTR 1 video-program are
cancelled,
At the related PCU:

the headset.

2:
- the sound of the VTR 2 video-program
and the VTR 2 video-program are
cancelled,
At the related PCU:

the headset.

cradle,

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 579
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch,
switch,

1 and zone 2:
cancelled,
all channels.

LH:


1 and zone 2:
channels.
15.

number.

zone 1:

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 580
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cancelled,
video program,
video-program,
- you hear the sound of the VTR 1

zone 2:
cancelled,
- all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 2MH
video-program,
- all the WMDUs 102MH show the VTR 2MH
video-program,
- you hear the sound of the VTR 2

color change.

21VU:

_______
MASK MAN ON
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.

switch,

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 581
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch.

1 and zone 2:
stops,
hatracks,
- the sounds of the VTR 2 and VTR 1
video-programs are cancelled,
MODE.

50VU:

off.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-00

Page 582
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door(s) of the LH FWD overhead stowage

compartment(s) between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Close the front door of the LH FWD overhead stowage compartment.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-B
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the headsets from the SCU and the PCUs.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 583
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the headsets from the SCU.
(2) Close the VCC compartment.
(4) On the emergency oxygen containers push the test lever back to the
normal position and let them retract into their containers.
NOTE : Spring tension retracts the door stops automatically when they
____
are in the normal position.
(5) Make sure that the switch guard is in position on the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-E
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door(s) of the LH AFT overhead stowage compartment
between FR62 and FR63.
(2) Close the front door of the LH AFT overhead stowage compartment.

R

EFF : 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 584
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-C
A. Close Access
(2) Slide the door to close the MANUAL CONTROL board.
**ON A/C 305-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-D
A. Close Access
(4) On the emergency oxygen containers push the test lever back to the
normal position and let them retract into their containers.
NOTE : Spring tension retracts the door stops automatically when they
____
are in the normal position.
(5) Make sure that the switch guard is in position on the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch.

R

EFF :

301-399, 401-499, 23-36-00

Page 585
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-051

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 586
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
TASK 23-36-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 587
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-052-A

002).
23-73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-052

002).
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Do a BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).

____

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 588
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-158,

R **ON A/C 151-199,
R **ON A/C 201-210,
R 2000VU PES VIDEO CABIN - RH 24MH C04

R 2000VU PES VIDEO CABIN - LH 22MH C03
R 2000VU PES VIDEO - CTL 21MH C02
R 2000VU PES VIDEO VCC 20MH C01
R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 589
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,

**ON A/C 201-210,
**ON A/C 151-199,


EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 590
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-203,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 204-210,
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-081
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 591
May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-054
E. Initialization of the PES Music System
NOTE : Make sure that initialization of the PES music system is finished.
____
(1) On the FWD Attendant Panel (FAP), push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch
and make sure that the integral light comes on.
Subtask 23-36-00-865-082
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-158,

R **ON A/C 151-199,
R **ON A/C 201-210,

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 592
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-210,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-740-051
A. BITE Test of the Video System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11MH:
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST
comes into the view.
In the cabin:

hatracks and 5s subsequently move
back up into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH, monitor
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,

- after the SELF TEST the MAIN MENU
PAGE comes into the view.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP): (PTP):

the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 593
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- CONT frequently until VIDEO
comes into view
- VIDEO - WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view
- TEST OK comes into view (after some

time).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-860-053

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-36-00

Page 594
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-00-710-007
Operational Check of IFES Power Shutdown Function by using VCC Master Switch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-056

002).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 595
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-00-865-079
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-304,


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 596
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,

**ON A/C 401-499,
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF :
528-599,
305-399, 401-499, 503-509, 511-526, 23-36-00

Page 597
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-710-060-A
A. Operational check of the IFE Power Shutdown Function with the VCC MAIN
POWER SWITCH.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the VCC 10MH: At the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the integral light of the VCC MAIN
on.
Unit (SCU) 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all LEDs come on while the SCU 11MH
pushbutton switch. does the self test of the system. The
green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes on
when the self test is complete.
off.
On the PES video SCU 11MH:
- all the LEDs of the SCU 11MH go off.
NOTE : After approximately two minutes

____
do the subsequent step.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 598
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
on.
On the PES video SCU 11MH:
- all LEDs come on while the SCU 11MH

does the self test of the system, the
green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes on
when the self test is complete.
Unit (SCU) 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all LEDs of the SCU 11MH goes off.
pushbutton switch.
off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-860-079

002).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-00

Page 599
Feb 01/10

CES
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER ( VCC ) (10MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-11-000-001
Removal of the Video Control Center (VCC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-34-000-001 Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)

23-36-45-000-001 Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) installed in
the Video Control Center (VCC)
23-36-52-000-001 Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
Power
23-36-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-11-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the overhead stowage compartment to get access to
the Video Control Center (VCC).
(2) Remove the equipment installed in the VCC as follows:
(a) Remove the System Control Unit (SCU) (11MH) (Ref. TASK 23-36-34-
000-001).
(b) If a Seat Electronic Box (SEB) (42MH) is installed, remove it

(Ref. TASK 23-36-45-000-001).
(c) If a Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) (12MH and/or 13MH) is installed,

remove it (Ref. TASK 23-36-52-000-001).
(d) Where necessary, remove the VCC cover plates and the disk storage
unit to get internal VCC access.
Subtask 23-36-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 501-502,

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Video Control Center

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-11-991-001)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connections as follows:
(a) Identify the electrical connectors (5), (6) and the bonding
cables (9) for the subsequent installation procedure.
(b) Loosen the thumb screws (4) and remove the electrical connectors
(5) from the sockets (3).
(c) Remove the electrical connector (6) from the socket (7).
R (d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(e) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (10) and the bonding cables
(9).
(f) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the harness clamp (15),
from the stud (14).
(2) Remove the screws (1) and carefully remove the VCC (2) from the
overhead stowage compartment.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-11-991-001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-36-11-400-001
Installation of the Video Control Center (VCC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-36-34-400-001 Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
23-36-45-400-001 Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
installed in the Video Control Center (VCC)
23-36-52-400-001 Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(CIDS)
the External Power
23-36-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-11-860-050
(2) Make sure that the access doors to the Video Control Center are open.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-11-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 501-502,
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-11-210-050

area.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-11-420-050
B. Installation of the Video Control Center (VCC)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-11-991-001)
(2) Carefully put the VCC (2) in position in the overhead stowage
compartment.
(3) Install the VCC (2) with the screws (1).
(4) Connect the electrical connections as follows:
R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
correct condition.
(c) Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the sockets (3) as they
were removed (refer to the applied identification).
(d) Tighten the thumb screws (4).
(e) Connect the electrical connector (6) to the socket (7).
(f) Install the bonding cables (9), the washers (10), and the nuts
(11) to the studs(8), refer to the applied identification.
(5) Assemble the electrical harnesses, the nut (12), the washer (13) and
the harness clamp (15).
(6) Put the harness assembly in position on the stud (14).
CAUTION : DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMPS UNTIL YOU CONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL
_______
CONNECTORS AND THE HARNESS IS IN THE CORRECT POSITION. IF
YOU DO NOT DO THIS, DAMAGE TO THE HARNESS CAN OCCUR.
(a) Tighten the nut (12).
Subtask 23-36-11-865-052
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-11-410-050
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the doors of the overhead stowage compartment are
open.
(2) Install the equipment removed from the VCC as follows:
(a) Install the System Control Unit (SCU) (11MH) (Ref. TASK 23-36-34-
400-001).
(b) If a Seat Electronic Box (SEB) (42MH) was removed, install it

(Ref. TASK 23-36-45-400-001).
(c) If a Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) (12MH and/or 13MH) was removed,
install it (Ref. TASK 23-36-52-400-001).
(d) If necessary, install the removed VCC cover plates and/or the
disk storage unit.
items.
(4) Close the the applicable stowage compartment doors.
Subtask 23-36-11-860-051
E. Preparation for the Test
Subtask 23-36-11-710-050
F. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)

system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-11-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 23-36-22-000-001
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger

Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
**ON A/C 051-099,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 151-199,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 301-304,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-22-991-001-E Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401F
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
R Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-36-22

Page 403
May 01/05

CES
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-36-22

Page 404
Feb 01/08

CES
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-22

Page 405
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-22

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-36-22

Page 408
May 01/07

CES
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-22

Page 409
May 01/07

CES
R Figure 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-22

Page 410
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-010-052
B. Get access to the related LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower these parts forward and aft of the related HMDU
(3) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001):
- the inboard side of the blank filler panel(s)
- and/or the inboard side of the Passenger Service/Information
Unit(s) (PSIU).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
(1) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(6) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3) and
remove the HMDU (2).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-A
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to remove all the HMDUs is the same. The procedure
____
to remove one HMDU is given here.
(1) Push the outboard sides of the covers (5) up to get access.
(2) Hold the covers (5) in the open position.
(3) Loosen the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(4) Remove the section-hose (2) from the inboard mounting rail (6).
(5) Disengage the RH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the inboard
mounting rail (6) and lower it.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
(8) Remove the section-hose (2) from the outboard mounting rail (1).
(9) Disengage the LH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the outboard
mounting rail (1) and remove the HMDU (3).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-22-400-001
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-600-002 Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)

with the Programmable System Control Unit
(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
**ON A/C 051-099,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 151-199,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 301-304,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-22-991-001-E Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401F
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-070
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,
**ON A/C 201-210,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-860-061
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable blank filler panels and/or the
Passenger Service Information Panels (PSIUs) are removed/lowered,
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053
A. Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES
(6) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to outboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-A
A. Installation of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to install all the HMDUs is the same. The procedure
____
to install one HMDU is given here.
(4) Lift the HMDU (3) in position and engage the LH rail unit (4) of the
HMDU (3) with the outboard mounting rail (1).
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the HMDU (3).
(8) Lift the HMDU (3) and engage the RH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3)
with the inboard mounting rail (6).
(9) With the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) install the
section-hoses (2) in the mounting rails (1) and (6).
(10) Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley
assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(13) Tighten the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES
(14) Release the covers (5) of the HMDU (3).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-071
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH
Subtask 23-36-22-861-052
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-970-050
D. Do the configuration of the passenger-entertainment (Video) programmable

system control-unit (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-600-002).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001) System.
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Lift and engage these parts forward and aft of the related HMDU (3)
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001):
Unit(s) (PSIU).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-22-000-002
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 051-099,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401A

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 301-304,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-22-991-001-E Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401F
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-010-053
B. Get access to the related RH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower these parts forward and aft of the related HMDU
(3) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001):
Unit(s) (PSIU).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
(1) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Lower the outboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(6) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3) and
remove the HMDU (2).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-A
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to remove all the HMDUs is the same. The procedure
____
to remove one HMDU is given here.
(3) Loosen the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(4) Remove the section-hose (2) from the inboard mounting rail (6).
(5) Disengage the LH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the inboard
mounting rail (6) and lower it.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES
(8) Remove the section-hose (2) from the outboard mounting rail (1).
(9) Disengage the RH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the outboard
mounting rail (1) and remove the HMDU (3).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-22-400-002
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
**ON A/C 051-099,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 151-199,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 301-304,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-22-991-001-E Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401F
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-073
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-860-063
(1) Make sure that the applicable blank filler panels and/or the
Passenger Service Information Panels (PSIUs) are removed/lowered,
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(6) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to inboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-A
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to install all the HMDUs is the same. The procedure
____
to install one HMDU is given here.
(4) Lift the HMDU (3) in position and engage the RH rail unit (4) of the
HMDU (3) with the outboard mounting rail (1).
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the HMDU (3).
(8) Lift the HMDU (3) and engage the LH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3)
with the inboard mounting rail (6).
(9) With the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) install the
section-hoses (2) in the mounting rails (1) and (6).
(10) Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley
assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(13) Tighten the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(14) Release the covers (5) of the HMDU (3).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-074
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 24MH, 25MH
Subtask 23-36-22-861-053
73-00-861-001).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-970-051
D. Do the configuration of the passenger-entertainment (Video) programmable

system control-unit (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-600-002).
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-051
E. Operational Test
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the

Passenger Entertainment System
(Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-
001).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-055
F. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001) System.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Lift and engage these parts forward and aft of the related HMDU (3)
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001):
Unit(s) (PSIU).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-36-22-000-006
Removal of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22-991-006 Fig. 402
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-22-991-006-A Fig. 402A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-22-865-078
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-22-991-006)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-36-22-991-006-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-060
A. Removal of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit (WMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to remove all the WMDUs is the same. The procedure
____
to remove one WMDU is given here.
(1) Push a punch into the holes (8). Carefully pull the cover (9) to
release the cover (9) from the locking devices (2).
(2) Remove the cover (9) from the mounting plate (1).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5),(6) and (7).
(5) Hold the monitor (10) in position and remove the screws (4) and the
washers (3) from the mounting plate (1).
(6) Remove the monitor (10) from the mounting plate (1).
(7) Hold the mounting plate (1) in position and remove the screws (12)
and the washers (11).
(8) Remove the mounting plate (1).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES
Wall Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 402/TASK 23-36-22-991-006

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES
Wall Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 402A/TASK 23-36-22-991-006-A

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-22

Page 446
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-36-22-400-006
Installation of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22-991-006 Fig. 402
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-22-991-006-A Fig. 402A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-22-865-079
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 448
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-22-991-006)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-36-22-991-006-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-060
A. Installation of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit (WMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to install all the WMDUs is the same. The procedure
____
to install one WMDU is given here.
(4) Put the mounting plate (1) in position and install the washers (11)
and the screws (12).
(5) Put the monitor (10) in position at the mounting plate (1).
(6) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connectors (5),(6) and (7).
(10) Carefully put the cover (9) in position on the mounting plate (1).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES
(11) Push the cover (9) to engage the locking devices (2).
Subtask 23-36-22-865-080
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
Subtask 23-36-22-861-056
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-

73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-22-710-056
D. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001)System.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-22-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-22

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO (11MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-34-000-001
Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
23-36-34-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,
23-36-34-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34-991-001-B Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-34-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
System Control Unit.
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-34

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
System Control Unit
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-A

R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-399, 23-36-34

Page 405
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment for access to the video control center.
(2) Loosen the knurled nuts (2) of the SCU 11MH and lower the fasteners.
(3) Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the rack.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-A
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the doors of the left forward stowage compartment between FR20
and FR23.
(2) Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment for access to the video control center.
(3) Remove the cover (5) to get access to the electrical connectors (6).
(5) Loosen the knurled screws (2).
(6) Carefully remove the SCU (3) together with the adaptor plate (4) out
of the rack (1).
(7) Loosen the screws (7) and remove the SCU (3) from the adaptor plate
(4).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
System Control Unit
Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-B

R

EFF :
528-599,
234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-34

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-36-34-400-001
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
23-36-34-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,
23-36-34-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34-991-001-B Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-34-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-A)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050
A. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
condition.
(5) Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack. Make sure that the SCU
is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (2) until the SCU (1)
is correctly attached.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-A
A. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(3) Install the SCU (3) on the adaptor plate (4) with the screws (7).
(4) Carefully lift the adaptor plate (4) together with the SCU (3) into
the overhead stowage compartment in front of the the video control
center and move the adaptor plate (4) together with the SCU (3) into
the rack (1).
(5) Tighten the knurled screws (2).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
condition.
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (6) to the SCU (3).
(9) Install the cover (5).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-058
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-970-050
C. Do the configuration of the passenger entertainment (Video) programmable

system control unit. (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-600-002)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-860-050
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050

23-36-00-710-001)System.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050-A

23-36-00-710-001)System.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the door of the left forward stowage compartment between FR20
and FR23.
(4) Close the flap on the front end of the forward stowage compartment.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-34

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
MEDIA DATA - LOADER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 23-36-36-000-001
Removal of the Media Data-Loader
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
23-36-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-36-861-050
R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-36

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-36-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-36-36-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the doors of the left forward stowage-compartment between FR20
and FR23.
(2) Open the flap on the front-end of the left stowage compartment to
access the Video Control Center (VCC).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-36-020-050
A. Removal of the Media Data Loader

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-36-991-001)
(1) Loosen the knurled screws (7) and remove the closeout panel assembly
(6).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors at the back of the media data
loader (8).
(3) Loosen the knurled screws (4) that attach the adapter plate (3).
(4) Carefully remove the media data-loader assembly (8) and (3) away from
its mount (2).
(5) Remove the screws (5) that attach the media data loader (8) to the
adapter plate (3).
(6) Keep the removed screws (5) for the subsequent installation
procedure.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-36

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Media Data-Loader
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-36-991-001

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-36

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-36-36-400-001
Installation of the Media Data-Loader
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
Power
the External Power
23-36-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-36-861-051
R A. Energize the Electrical Network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-36-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-36

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-36-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the doors of the left forward stowage-compartment are
open between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Make sure that the flap on the front-end of the left stowage
compartment is open to access the Video Control Center (VCC).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-36-420-050
A. Installation of the Media Data Loader

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-36-991-001)
condition.
(4) Attach the media data loader (8) to the adapter plate (3) with the
screws (5), kept from the removal procedure.
(5) Install the media data-loader assembly (8) and (3) into the mount (2)
on top of the VCC pallet (1).
(6) Attach the media data-loader assembly (8) and (3) in position with
the knurled screws (4).
(7) Connect the electrical connectors to the back of the media data
loader (8).
(8) Attach the closeout panel assembly (6) to the VCC pallet (1) with the
knurled screws (7).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-36

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 23-36-36-865-052
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH 24MH C04
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH 22MH C03
R Subtask 23-36-36-860-050
R C. Preparation for Test
R (1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-36-710-050
R D. Operational test of the Media Data Loader
(1) Do the procedure: Operational Test of the Integrated In-Flight

Entertainment (IFE) System (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-36-410-050
R A. Close Access
(1) Close the doors of the left-forward stowage compartment between FR20
and FR23.
(2) Close the flap on the forward-end of the left stowage compartment.
R (3) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R
Subtask 23-36-36-862-050
R B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-36

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
TAPPING UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 23-36-44-000-001
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-36-44-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44-991-001-B Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 151-199,
23-36-44-991-001-A Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
23-36-44-991-001-C Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-36-44-991-001-D Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-44-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-010-050
B. Remove the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-020-051
A. Removal of the Tapping Unit
NOTE : The removal of each TU is the same.

____
(1) Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-36-44

Page 405
Aug 01/07

CES
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-B

R

EFF :
528-599,
106-149, 211-249, 501-509, 511-526, 23-36-44

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Tapping Unit (TU)
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-36-44

Page 407
May 01/05

CES
R Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-36-44

Page 408
Nov 01/06

CES
R Tapping Unit
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-D

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-36-44

Page 409
Feb 01/06

CES
(3) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the tapping unit (4).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit ends
____
with a termination plug connected to the tapping unit
connector J3. If a related tapping unit is removed, remove the
termination plug.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-36-44-400-001
Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
23-36-44-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44-991-001-B Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 151-199,
23-36-44-991-001-A Fig. 401B
**ON A/C 301-399,
23-36-44-991-001-C Fig. 401C

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 401-499,
23-36-44-991-001-D Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-44-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-158,
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

R **ON A/C 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-158, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-860-050
(1) Make sure that the applicable cove light panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(3) Do an Inspection of the Insulation Mats
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INSULATION MATS ARE NOT DAMAGED. DAMAGED
_______
INSULATION MATS CAN CAUSE WATER TO GO INTO THE TAPPING
UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
(a) Make sure that the insulation mats adjacent to the tapping unit
are clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) On the top of the tapping unit (4), put each micro switch to its
required position.
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end
____
with a termination plug. If a related tapping unit is
installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit
connector J3.
(2) Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
condition.
(5) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a

____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and
safety with the spring latches (3).

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 401-499, 23-36-44

Page 415
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end
____
with a termination plug. If a related tapping unit is
installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit
connector J3.
condition.
(4) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a

____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and
safety with the spring latches (3).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-055
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
Subtask 23-36-44-860-051
73-00-861-001).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-970-051
D. Do the configuration of the quantity of the tapping units (Ref. TASK 23-
36-00-600-002).
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-44-710-050
E. Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the

Passenger Entertainment System
(Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001)
(Video).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-36-44-710-051
F. Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001) system.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-44-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-36-44

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT (12MH,13MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-52-000-001
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
23-36-52-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
23-36-52-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
23-36-52-991-001-B Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 401
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-52-991-001-C Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 402
May 01/09

CES
Video Tape Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 23-36-52

Page 403
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 23-36-52

Page 404
May 01/09

CES

R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 23-36-52

Page 405
May 01/09

CES
Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 406
May 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-36-52

Page 407
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-52

Page 408
Nov 01/08

CES
Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-52

Page 409
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 151-158,

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-210,

R **ON A/C 301-304,
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH AFT 25MH C06

R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH AFT 23MH C05
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-RH FWD 24MH C04
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN-LH FWD 22MH C03
R **ON A/C 305-399,
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN AFT-RH 25MH C06

R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CABIN AFT-LH 23MH C05
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050
B. Open the access door of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Open the front door of the left overhead stowage compartment.

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 411
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050-B
B. Get access to the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(1) Open the Video Control Center (VCC) access door (1).
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 12MH and VTR 13MH
NOTE : The removal of both VTRs (1) is the same.

____
(1) Loosen the screws (2).

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 412
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(2) Carefully remove the VTR (1) from the rack.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH
(1) Removal of the VTR 12MH
(a) Remove the cover (2) to get access to special rack (8).
(b) Loosen the knurled nuts (5) and lower them from the lugs (6).
(c) Carefully push the VTR (3) until the lugs (4) come free from the
brackets (1).
(d) Pull and remove the VTR (3) from the special rack (8).
R (e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(2) Removal of the VTR 13MH
(a) Loosen the knurled nuts (12) and lower them from the lugs (11).
(b) Pull and remove the VTR 13MH (10) from the rack (14).
R (c) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-B
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 13MH
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (3) from the VTR (5) and lower them from the
lugs (4).
(2) Carefully pull and remove the VTR (5) from the rack (1).

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-304, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-C
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (3).
(2) Release the knurled nuts (3) from the VTR (4) and lower the knurled
nuts.
(3) Carefully remove the VTR (4) from the rack (2).

EFF :

305-399, 23-36-52

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
TASK 23-36-52-400-001
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
23-36-52-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
23-36-52-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
23-36-52-991-001-B Fig. 401B

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 415
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 305-399,
23-36-52-991-001-C Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 416
May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,

R
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 401-499, 501-502,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-158, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
**ON A/C 151-158,

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 417
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-210,

**ON A/C 301-304,

**ON A/C 305-399,

**ON A/C 305-399, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-860-052
B. Preperation for the Installation
(1) Make sure that the VCC access door (1) is open.
(a) If necessary open the VCC access door (1).
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 418
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 12MH and VTR 13MH
NOTE : The installation of both VTRs (1) is the same.

____
condition.
(5) Carefully install the VTR (1) into the rack. Make sure that the VTR
is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Tighten the screws (2).

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 419
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH
condition.
(5) Installation of the VTR 12MH
(a) Put the VTR 12MH (3) in position in the special rack (8).
(b) Push the VTR 12MH (3) on the spring pins (7).
(c) Lift the knurled nuts (5) and engage them on the lugs (6).
(d) Tighten the knurled nuts (5) until the lugs (4) are engaged in
the brackets (1).
(e) Install the cover (2).
(6) Installation of the VTR 13MH
(a) Put the VTR 13MH (10) in position in the rack (14).
(b) Push the VTR 13MH (10) on the pins (13).
(c) Lift the knurled nuts (12) and engage them on the lugs (11).
(d) Tighten the knurled nuts (12).

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 23-36-52

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-B
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 13MH
condition.
(5) Put the VTR (5) in position in the rack (1).
(6) Make sure that the VTR (5) is correctly aligned to prevent damage to
the electrical connectors.
(7) Carefully push the VTR (5) into its correct position on the spring
pins (2).
(8) Lift the knurled nuts (3) and engage them with the lugs (4) of the
VTR (5).
(9) Tighten the knurled nuts (3).
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-C
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
condition.
(5) Carefully install the VTR (4) into the rack (2) and engage the
electrical connectors.

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES
(6) Make sure that you align the VTR correctly to prevent damage to the
electrical connectors.
(7) Lift the knurled nuts (3) and engage them with the VTR (4).
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-061
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH
Subtask 23-36-52-860-050
73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-52-710-050
R D. Do this Test
R (1) Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment (video)

R (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001) system.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 211-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-710-051

23-36-00-710-001) System.

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-710-051-A
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)

system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the door(s) of the forward overhead stowage compartment.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(4) Close the front door of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
23-36-52

Page 423
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 401-499, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-B
A. Close Access
items.
**ON A/C 305-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-C
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the VCC access door (1).

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 23-36-52

Page 424
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,
TASK 23-36-52-000-003
Removal of the Video Reproducer Unit (VRU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-52-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,

R
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,


R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 305-306,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-052
B. Open the access door of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-52-020-053
A. Removal of the Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) 12MH
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (2) and remove them from the lugs (3).
(2) Pull and remove the VRU (4) from the rack (1).

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-36-52-400-003
Installation of the Video Reproducer Unit (VRU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-52-865-066
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,

R
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,


R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 305-306,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-52-420-053
A. Installation of the Video Reproducer Unit (VRU) 12MH
condition.
(5) Put the VRU (4) in position in the rack (1). Make sure that the VRU
(4) correctly aligns to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Push the VRU (4) into its correct position on the spring pins (5).
(7) Lift the knurled nuts (2) and engage them with the lugs (3) of the
VRU (4).
Subtask 23-36-52-865-067
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH, 25MH

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-52-860-056
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-

73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-52-710-053
D. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001) System.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-52-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES
Video Reproducer Unit
Figure 402/TASK 23-36-52-991-003

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 305-306, 501-502, 23-36-52

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES
MEDIA SERVER (170MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 23-36-62-000-001
Removal of the Media Server (170MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-36-62-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-62-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-62

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-62-010-050
B. Get Access
128.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-62-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-62-020-050
A. Removal of the Media Server
(3) Pull the media server (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
(4) Remove the media server (5) from its rack (2).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-62

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Illustration of the media server
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-62-991-001

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-62

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-36-62-400-001
Installation of the Media Server (170MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-600-005 Media Files Download to the Media Server 170MH

23-36-62-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-62-860-050
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-
002).

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-62

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-62-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-62-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-62-420-050
A. Installation of the Media Server
correct condition.
(5) Install the media server (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the media server (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
Subtask 23-36-62-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-62

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-36-62-970-050
C. Do the media files download to the media server 170MH (Ref. TASK 23-36-
00-600-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-62-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-36-62

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The ground crew call system enables crew member-to-ground mechanic or ground
R mechanic-to-crew member calls.
R It has also an aural warning function when the aircraft is powered by
R batteries for the systems given below :
R - APU fire
R - ADIRS powered by batteries
R - Equipment ventilation faulty.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1WC P/BSW-CALLS/MECH 21VU 211
10WC P/BSW-COCKPIT CALL 108VU 120
12WC P/BSW-RESET 108VU 120
14WC IND LT-COCKPIT CALL 108VU 120
15WC HORN-MECH CALL 124 23-42-21
3. System
__________________
Description
The ground crew call system consists of :
- a CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch 1WC located on the overhead panel 21VU in
the cockpit. It is associated with the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU of the ground power receptacle.
- a mechanic call horn 15WC located in the nose gear well. The horn sounds
to warn the mechanic of a call.
- a COCKPIT CALL indicator light 14WC located on the panel 108VU. This
indicator light comes on to warn the mechanic of a call.
- a COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC located on the panel 108VU. This
pushbutton switch enables the ground mechanic to call the crew members via
the circuit WW for the audio function and circuit RN for the visual
indication.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The ground crew call system is supplied with 28VDC power from the 28VDC HOT
BUS 702PP. The system is protected by the circuit breaker 2WC located on the
panel 121VU.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
R Ground Crew Call System - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 2
Feb 01/06

CES
5. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The system operates on the ground only, with the left and right main landing
gear shock absorbers compressed. However, in flight or A/C on jacks , if the
LGCIU is not energized, the ground crew call is activated following pilots
action.
A. Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member Call

When pressing the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC, a ground signal is
applied to the FWCs (31-52) triggering the buzzer circuit which feeds the
aural warning signal to the loud speakers. This ground signal is applied
to the circuit RN for the illumination of the MECH legend on the ACPs.
B. Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic Call

During all the time the pilot presses the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch
1WC located on the overhead panel, the mechanic call horn sounds. The
blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light comes on.
When the pilot releases the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch, the mechanic
call horn stops but the indicator light remains on. This indicator light
goes off when the mecanic presses the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU.
In addition, warnings are generated for the following systems :
- 26-13 APU FIRE on ground
- 21-26 BLOWERS LO FLOW on ground with engines shut down
- 34-14 ADIRS ON BAT on ground with engines shut down.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 3
Feb 01/06
R
CES
Ground Crew Call System - Schematic
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 4
Feb 01/06
R
CES
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-42-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Mechanic Call
_______
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS IN A RADIUS OF 5 M MIN. AROUND
_______
R THE NOSE LANDING GEAR. WHEN THE MECHANIC CALL HORN OPERATES, THE
R SOUND LEVEL IS MORE THAN 110 DB.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do the call test between the cockpit and the ground.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 501
May 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-42-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10

R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL

121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-42-00-710-050
A. Cockpit to Ground Crew Call
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 21VU : - On the external power panel 108VU,

- Push and release the CALLS/MECH the COCKPIT CALL indicator light
pushbutton switch. comes on and stays on.
- The horn in the nose landing-gear
well must operate when you push the
CALLS/MECH pushbutton swith.
2. On the external power panel On the panel 108VU:

108VU:
- Push and release the RESET - The blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light
Subtask 23-42-00-710-051
B. Ground Crew-to-Cockpit Call
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the external power panel

108VU:
- Push the COCKPIT CALL - On the ACPs, the amber MECH

pushbutton switch. annunciator light flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer in the
audio-warning loudspeakers
(the buzzer operates as long as you
push the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton
switch).
2. On the ACP :
- Push the RESET pushbutton - On the ACPs, the amber MECH

switch. annunciator light goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 503
May 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : You must push the RESET
____
pushbutton switch less than one
minute after the call. If not,
the MECH annunciator lights go
off automatically.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-42-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 504
May 01/09

CES
HORN - MECHANIC CALL (15WC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-42-21-000-001
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn (15WC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening

R ESPM 204825
ASM 23-42/01
R AWM 23-42-02
23-42-21-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-050
A. Make sure that you put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the landing gear.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 401
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-42-21-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position under the nose landing gear well.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001)
Subtask 23-42-21-020-050
A. Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn
(1) Loosen the quarter turn fasteners (1).
(2) Slowly open the cover of the box.
(3) Disconnect the power supply wires (3) at the splice with the
R applicable tool (Ref. ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. ESPM 204825) (Ref. AWM 23-
R 42-02).
(4) Remove the screws (2) and (4).
(5) Remove the call horn (5) from its support.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 402
Aug 01/09

CES
Mechanic Call Horn
Figure 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-42-21-400-001
Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn (15WC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-42-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Mechanic Call

32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
R ESPM 204825
ASM 23-42/01
R AWM 23-42-02
23-42-21-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-051
(1) Make sure that you put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the landing gear.
(2) Make sure that the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear
well (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) are open.
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position under the nose
landing gear well.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 404
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-42-21-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001)
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE MOBILE PART OF THE HORN. TOO
_______
MUCH PRESSURE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HORN (WILL DECREASE THE
CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE MOBILE AND FIXED PARTS).
Subtask 23-42-21-420-050
A. Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn
(3) Install the horn (5) on its support.
(4) Tighten the nut (4).
(5) Put the support on the cover.
(6) Tighten the nut (2).
R (7) Connect the power supply wires (3) using the applicable tool (Ref.
R ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. AWM 23-42-02) (Ref. ESPM 204825).
(8) Close the cover of the box.
(9) Hold the cover of the box and tighten the quick release fasteners (1)
by a quarter turn.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-052
breaker(s):
2WC

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 405
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-42-21-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the mechanic call (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call

only) (Ref. TASK 23-42-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-42-21-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(4) Close the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 406
Feb 01/09
R
CES
R FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The cabin and flight crew interphone-system, circuit RH is described in the
R Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). (Ref. 23-73-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 1
Nov 01/99

CES
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 23-43-00-700-001
Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure the cabin and flight crew interphone system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-710-003 Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew

R Interphone System
R 23-73-00-710-021 Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew
R Interphone System
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-43-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 501
Feb 01/07

CES
Subtask 23-43-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,


EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 301-399,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-43-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-43-00-710-050
A. Operational test of the cabin and flight crew interphone system is

included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) test
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-003).
R **ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-43-00-710-050-A
A. Operational test of the cabin and flight crew interphone system is

included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) test
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-021).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-43-00-862-050
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The service interphone system provides the telephone communication on the
ground between the flight crew, the cabin crew and the ground service
personnel.
Eight service interphone jacks are installed at different locations on the
aircraft. The service personnel use them to speak to each other, the cockpit
and the attendant stations through handsets.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, FWD 121 811 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
2RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, R 126 822 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
3RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, AFT 63VU 128 824 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
11RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 2025VU 141 23-44-00
13RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
15RJ P/BSW-SERVICE INTERPHONE OVRD 50VU 212 831 23-44-00
4000RJ1 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 1 410 23-44-41

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08

CES
Service Interphone System - Component Location

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-44-00

Page 2
Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-44-00

Page 3
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, FWD 121 811 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
2RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, R 126 822 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
3RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, AFT 63VU 128 824 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
4RJ1 ISOLATION UNIT 126 23-44-42
4RJ2 ISOLATION UNIT 87VU 127 23-44-42
4RJ3 ISOLATION UNIT 132 132PW 23-44-42
4RJ4 ISOLATION UNIT 138 132PW 23-44-42
4RJ5 ISOLATION UNIT 312 312AR 23-44-42
11RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 2025VU 141 23-44-00
15RJ P/BSW-SERVICE INTERPHONE OVRD 50VU 212 831 23-44-00
**ON A/C ALL
3. Description
___________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002)

The service interphone system has:
- Eight maintenance interphone jacks
- A service-interphone OVERRIDE pushbutton-switch, with an integral
indicator light.
The audio lines from the maintenance interphone jacks are routed to the
amplifiers in both Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directors.
The system gets signals for the operation and the control light from:
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) 5GA1 and 5GA2
- The SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ
- The annunciator-light test and interface board 1LP
- The CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)

The service interphone system has:
- Eight maintenance interphone jacks
- Five isolation units
- A service-interphone OVERRIDE pushbutton-switch, with an integral
indicator light.
The audio lines from the maintenance interphone jacks are routed to the
amplifiers in both Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directors.
The system gets signals for the operation and the control light from:
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) 5GA1 and 5GA2
- The SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ
- The annunciator-light test and interface board 1LP
- The CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
If there is a short-circuit condition in a maintenance-interphone

jack-socket, the isolation unit will keep the effects of the failure on the
service interphone system to a minimum.
**ON A/C ALL
4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indication
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
**ON A/C ALL
The service interphone system operates automatically when the aircraft is on

the ground (nose landing gear compressed) with/without the external power is
available. In this case both LGCIUs give ground signals to the CIDS
directors.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-44-00

Page 8
Feb 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-44-00

Page 9
May 01/04

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
When on the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the
landing gear is not compressed (flight condition) both LGCIUs give no ground
signals to the CIDS directors. The service interphone system operates, when
you push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ to the ON position. The
integral indicator light in the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes
on.
The system is off when:

- On the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the landing
gear is not compressed, and the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ is
off.
A. Operation from the Cockpit

The acoustic equipment in the cockpit sends the audio signals to the
Audio Management Unit (AMU). The AMU sends the audio signals through the
audio lines to the CIDS directors.
R The active CIDS director sends the audio signals to:
- The attendant stations through the mid bus lines
- The maintenance interphone jacks through the audio lines.
B. Operation from the Cabin Attendant Stations

The operation starts when you push the service interphone key on the
attendant handset.
The cabin attendant stations send the audio signals through the mid bus
lines to the CIDS directors.
- The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
C. Operation from a Service Interphone Jack with a connected Boomset

The boomset sends the audio signals through the audio lines to the CIDS
directors.
- The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
- The attendant stations through the mid bus lines

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 12
May 01/04

CES
R CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-00-860-001
Operation of the Service Interphone System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohms boomsets
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
23-73-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 201
May 01/00

CES
Subtask 23-44-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-053
A. Operation of the Service Interphone System
(1) Connect the 600 ohms boomsets to the related connectors.
(2) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 50VU push the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch 15RJ.
NOTE : It is only necessary to push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton

____
switch when the nose landing gear is not compressed (e.g.:
nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the A/C is
jacked).
(3) Put the INT/RAD switches of all Audio Control Panels (ACPs) in the
center position.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Push the CAB pushbutton switch of the related ACP (integral light
on).
(5) Push to release and turn the CAB knob of the related ACP fully
clockwise.
(6) The service interphone system operates.
NOTE : On the related ACP put and hold the INT/RAD switch in the RAD
____
position while you speak.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-054
(1) On the ACP push the CAB knob.
(2) In the cockpit push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch to off.
(3) Disconnect the boomsets.
(4) De-energize the CIDS-System (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 203
Aug 01/08
R
CES
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________
TASK 23-44-00-700-001
Operational Test of the Service Interphone
_______
WARNING : YOU MUST BE IN THE ENTRY CORRIDOR (SAFETY AREA) TO DO THIS PROCEDURE.
_______
THIS IS TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY THE BLAST OR SUCTION FROM THE
ENGINES.
FOR SAFETY, YOU MUST NOT USE THE MOBILE EQUIPMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific two 600 ohms boomsets
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
R 23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 501
May 01/00

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-865-050
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 23-44-00-860-050

002).
23-73-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in ground condition (landing gear
compressed).
(4) Make sure that the INT/RAD selector switches of the Audio Control
Panels (ACPs) are in the center position.
(5) On the captain jack panel, connect the first of the two 600 ohms
boomsets to the related connector.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-44-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Service Interphone
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the captains In the cockpit, on the captains ACP

Audio-Control-Panel (ACP) 2RN1: 2RN1:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the green internal light of the CAB
- push the CAB rotary switch and - the internal light of the CAB rotary
turn it fully clockwise. switch comes on.
2. In the forward electronics In the cabin, at all Attendant

compartment: Indication Panels (AIP) 320RH:
- connect the second service - all AIP 320RH show the message
interphone boomset to the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE on the
service interphone jack 1RJ. lower row.
NOTE : With some service interphone boomsets, it is necessary to key the

____
microphone manually.
3. In the cockpit, on the captains In the forward electronics compartment

ACP 2RN1: and in the cockpit:
- set and hold the INT/RAD

selector switch in the RAD
position.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 503
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- speak into the cockpit boomset - the announcement through the related
and the service interphone boomsets is correct and clear.
boomset in the forward - make sure that you do not hear a
electronics compartment. 400Hz interference.
NOTE : You must

____ hold the INT/RAD NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is
____
selector switch in the RAD permitted.
position when you speak
into the cockpit boomset.
- release the INT/RAD selector

switch.
4. At the forward attendant station, In the cabin, at the forward attendant

zone 221: AIP 320RH, the AIP shows the subsequent
messages:
- lift the handset from the - upper row: #

cradle. - lower row: SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE.

messages:
- push the SVCE INTPH pushbutton - upper row: SERV INT

switch. - lower row: SERV INT IN USE
6. At the forward attendant station, In the forward electronics compartment

zone 221: and at the forward attendant station,
zone 221:
- push the PTT switch and speak - the announcement through the boomset
into the handset. and the handset is correct and clear.
- make sure that you do not hear a
400Hz interference.
NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is

____
permitted.
NOTE : You must complete the test steps 7. thru 12. in less than 30 seconds.
____

121VU:

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-44-00

Page 504
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- open the circuit breakers 2GA
and 52GA.
8. On the circuit breaker panel In the forward electronics compartment

49VU: and at the forward attendant station,
zone 221:
- open the circuit breaker 1GA. - you cannot speak from the forward
electronics compartment to a person
at the forward attendant station,
zone 221,
- the person at the forward attendant
station, zone 221 cannot speak to you
at the forward electronics
compartment.

50VU:
- push the SVCE INT OVRD - the internal light of the SVCE INT
pushbutton switch 15RJ. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes on.


position.

____
permitted.

switch.
11. On the circuit breaker panel In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
121VU:

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-44-00

Page 505
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- close the circuit breakers 2GA - the internal light of the SVCE INT
and 52GA. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ goes off.

49VU:
- close the circuit breaker 1GA.
13. Do the test steps 3. and 4. The same results as in the test steps
again for all other service 3. and 4. for the related service
interphone jacks. interphone jacks.
ACP 2RN1: 2RN1:
- push the CAB pushbutton - the internal light of the CAB

turn it fully switch goes off.
counterclockwise.
15. At the related service In the cabin at all AIP 320RH:

interphone jack:
- disconnect the service - the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE message

interphone boomset. goes out of view.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-44-00

Page 506
Nov 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-44-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the Service Interphone
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Audio-Control-Panel (ACP) 2RN1: 2RN1:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the green internal light of the CAB
turn it fully clockwise. switch comes on.
2. In the forward electronics In the cabin, at all Attendant

compartment: Indication Panels (AIP) 320RH:
- connect the second service - all AIP 320RH show the message SVCE
interphone boomset to the INTPH AVAIL on the lower row.
service interphone jack 1RJ.
NOTE : With some service interphone boomsets, it is necessary to key the

____
microphone manually.


position.
NOTE : You must

____ hold the INT/RAD NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is
____
selector switch in the RAD permitted.
position when you speak
into the cockpit boomset.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch.

messages:
- lift the handset from the - upper row: #

cradle. - lower row: SVCE INTPH AVAIL.

messages:
- push the INTPH pushbutton two - upper row: SVCE INTPH

times. - lower row: #
6. At the forward attendant station, In the forward electronics compartment

zone 221: and at the forward attendant station,
zone 221:
- push the PTT switch and speak - the announcement through the boomset
into the handset. and the handset is correct and clear.
- make sure that you do not hear a
400Hz interference.

____
permitted.
NOTE : You must complete the test steps 7. thru 12. in less than 30 seconds.
____

121VU:
- open the circuit breakers 2GA

and 52GA.
8. On the circuit breaker panel In the forward electronics compartment

49VU: and at the forward attendant station,
zone 221:
- open the circuit breaker 1GA. - you cannot speak from the forward
electronics compartment to a person

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
at the forward attendant station,
zone 221,
- the person at the forward attendant
station, zone 221 cannot speak to you
at the forward electronics
compartment.

50VU:
- push the SVCE INT OVRD - the internal light of the SVCE INT
pushbutton switch 15RJ. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes on.


position.

____
permitted.

switch.
11. On the circuit breaker panel In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
121VU:
- close the circuit breakers 2GA - the internal light of the SVCE INT
and 52GA. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ goes off.

49VU:
- close the circuit breaker 1GA.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Do the test steps 3. and 4. The same results as in the test steps
again for all other service 3. and 4. for the related service
interphone jacks. interphone jacks.
ACP 2RN1: 2RN1:
- push the CAB pushbutton - the internal light of the CAB

turn it fully switch goes off.
counterclockwise.
15. At the related service In the cabin at all AIP 320RH:

interphone jack:
- disconnect the service - the SVCE INTPH AVAIL message goes out
interphone boomset. of view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-051

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 510
Aug 01/08
R
CES
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-41-000-003
Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401

23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 401
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR1 ESS 15WH C05
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/1 17WH T17

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 402
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499,
FOR 102RH
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 403
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 23-44-41-860-050
(1) On the panel 115VU:

- Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.

- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
- Install a warning notice.
Subtask 23-44-41-941-050
C. Put the access platform in position to give access to the air intake
cowl.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 404
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
Subtask 23-44-41-020-051
A. Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack

BEFORE SPIB CFM02189MW1
(1) Remove the screws (55) that attach the cover (60) to the air intake
cowl.
(2) Pull the cover (60) and attached interphone jack-assembly from the
air intake cowl.
(3) Remove the screws (50) that hold the mounting plate (35), the shell
(25), and the retainer (20) to the cover (60).
AFTER SPIB CFM02189MW1
(4) Remove the screws (105) and (110) that attach the anti-ice vent panel
to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(5) Remove the anti-ice vent panel.
(6) Remove the screws (50) that hold the mounting plate (35), the shell
(25), and the retainer (20) to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(7) Get acces to the interphone jack-assembly through the anti-ice vent
opening.
END SPIB CFM02189MW1
(8) Loosen the coupling nut (5) and remove it from the shell (25).
(9) Move the coupling nut (5), the two pressure plates (10) and the gland
(15) to the rear away from the phone jack.
(10) Remove the nut (45) and the lockwasher (40) that hold the phone jack
to the mounting plate (35).
(11) Remove the screws (80), the washers (75), the lockwashers (70), and
the nuts (65) that connect the electrrical wires to the interphone
jack (30).
(12) Disconnect the electrical wires from the interphone jack (30).
(13) Remove the interphone jack (30) from the wire harness.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 405
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Air Intake Cowl Interphone Jack
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 406
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Air Intake Cowl Interphone Jack
Figure 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 407
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(14) Install protective covers on the interphone jack (30), and isolate
the wires.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 408
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 23-44-41-000-004
Removal of the Ground Jack from the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401

23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 409
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 23-44-41-860-058

minutes.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 410
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-44-41-941-051
C. Put the access platform in position to give access to the air intake
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-41-020-053
A. Removal of the ground jack

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
(1) Remove the screws (55) which attach the cover (60) to the air intake
cowl. Pull the cover and attached interphone jack assembly from the
air intake cowl.
(2) Remove the nut (85) and the washers (90) that attach the ground jack
(100) to the air intake cowl structure.
(3) Remove the srerws (105) and (110) that attach the anti-ice vent panel
to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(4) Remove the anti-ice vent panel.
(5) Remove the screws (115) that attach the support plate (120) to the
air intake cowl outer barrel.
(6) Get access to the ground jack through the anti-ice vent opening.
(7) Remove the nut (85) and the washers (90) that attach the ground jack
(100) to the support plate (120).
(8) Remove the ground wire (95) from the ground jack (100).
(9) Remove the ground jack (100) from air intake cowl.
(10) Put a protective cover on the ground jack (100) and an insulation on
the ground wire (95).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 411
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 23-44-41-400-003
Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP 2656 *

Mag-Chem Skysol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP1039 *
Acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 70-30-00)
Stoddard solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
LOCKTITE 242 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Ardox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Turco IND 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Mag-Chem Tecksol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Degreasol 99 R (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 412
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone

23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401
23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-051

- Make sure that the warning notice to tell persons not to start the
engine 1(2) is in position.
minutes.

- Make sure that the warning notice is installed.
Subtask 23-44-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 413
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
FOR 102RH
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 414
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 415
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-051
A. Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(3) Remove the protective covers from the interphone jack (30) and the
insulations from the wires.
(4) Connect the electrical wires to the interphone jack (30). Attach the
wires with the screws (80), the washers (75), the lockwashers (70),
and the nuts (65).
(5) Torque the nuts (65) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and 20.35
lbf.in).
NOTE : The RED wire goes to the RING. The YELLOW wire goes to the
____
TIP. The BLUE wire goes to the SLEEVE.
(6) Prepare the interphone jack, its mounting nut, the coupling nut and
the shell for installation.
(a) Clean the threads of the coupling nut (5), the shell (25), the
interphone jack (30), and the nut (45) with ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
(Material No. CP1041) or Acetone (Material No. CP1039) or
Stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or Ardox 552 (Material No.
CP2559) or Turco IND 79 (Material No. CP2560) or Mag-Chem Tecksol
(Material No. CP2566) or Degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or
Mag-Chem Skysol (Material No. CP 2656) .
(b) Wipe the threads with clean lint free cloth before the alcohol
becomes a gaz.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 416
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(c) Put one drop of thread locker LOCKTITE 242 (Material No. CP2269)
on the threads of the coupling nut (5) and the nut (45).
NOTE : Make sure the slot in the shell (25) and the slot in the
____
mounting plate (35) are aligned with the drain hole in the
access plate (60) so the water can drain.
(7) Attach the interphone jack (30) to the mounting plate (35) with the
washer (40) and the nut (45).
(8) Torque the nut (45) to between 0.34 and 0.40 m.daN (30.08 and 35.39
lbf.in)
(9) Move the shell (25) along the jack (30) until the shell touches the
mounting plate (35).
(10) Put the retainer assembly (20) on the shell (25).
(11) Move the two pressure plates (10) and the gland (15) until they touch
the shell (25).
(12) Move the coupling nut (5) along the harness until it touches the
shell (25). Tighten the coupling nut (5) by hand plus one-eighth
turn.
NOTE : Make sure that the electrical wires are tight and do not
____
become twisted when the coupling nut is tightened.
NOTE : Make sure the slot in the shell (25) and the slot in the
____
mounting plate (35) are aligned with the drain hole in the
access plate (60) so the water can drain.
(13) Put the shell (25) and the mounting plate (20) into position on the
cover (60) and install the screws (50).
(14) Torque the screws (50) to between 0.14 and 0.17 m.daN (12.38 and
15.04 lbf.in).
(15) Put the cover (60) in position on the air intake cowl and attach it
with the screws (55).
24.77 lbf.in).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 417
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(17) Install the screws (50) that hold the shell (25), the mounting plate
(35), and the retainer (20) to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
15.04 lbf.in)
(19) Install the screws (105) and (110) that attach the anti-ice vent
panel to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
Subtask 23-44-41-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 418
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
FOR 102RH
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 419
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 23-44-41-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-
44-00-700-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-860-052
items.
(3) Remove the warning notices.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 420
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 23-44-41-400-004
Installation of the Ground Jack on the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Stoddard solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Locktite 242 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Ardox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Turco IND 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Mag-Chem Tecksol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Degreasol 99 R (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 421
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mag-Chem Skysol (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401
23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-865-056
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 422
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 23-44-41-860-061

minutes.

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-053
A. Installation of the ground jack
(1) Remove the protective covers from the ground jack (100) and the
insulation from the wire (95).
(2) Clean the threads of the ground jack (100) and the nut (85) with
Isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or Acetone (Material No.
CP1039) or Stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or Ardox 552
(Material No. CP2559) or Turco IND 79 (Material No. CP2560) or Mag-
Chem Tecksol (Material No. CP2566) or Degreasol 99 R (Material No.
CP2584) or Mag-Chem Skysol (Material No. CP2656) .
(3) Wipe the threads with a clean lint free cloth before the alcohol
becomes a gas.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 423
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(4) Put one drop of thread locker Locktite 242 (Material No. CP2269) on
the threads of the nut (85).
(5) Put the ground wire (95) on the ground jack (100).
(6) Put the ground jack (100) in position on the air intake cowl
structure. Attach the ground jack with the washers (90) and the nut
(85).
(7) TORQUE the nut (85) to between 30 and 35 lbf.in (0.33 and 0.39
m.daN).
(8) Install the cover (60) on the air intake cowl with the screws (55).
(9) TORQUE the screws (55) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN).
(10) Put the ground jack (100) in position on the support plate (120).
Attach the ground jack with the washers (90) and the nut (85).
(11) Torque the nut (85) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28 m.daN)
(12) Install the support plate (120) on the air intake cowl with the
screws (115).
(13) Torque the screws (115) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 424
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-44-41-865-055
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 23-44-41-710-053
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-
44-00-700-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 425
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-860-060
items.
(3) Remove the warning notices.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
23-44-41

Page 426
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-41-000-002
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers/caps/plugs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-053

minutes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 401
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR pushbutton
switch is off.
Subtask 23-44-41-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150)
Subtask 23-44-41-010-050
A. Remove the anti-ice access panel (7).
(1) Remove the bolts (8).
(2) Remove the access panel (7).
Subtask 23-44-41-020-052
B. Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(2) Put covers/caps/plugs on the electrical connector and the electrical

receptacle.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 402
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 403
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Remove the interphone harness (6).
(a) Remove the bolts (4).
(b) Remove the screws (1).
(c) Remove the harness (6) from the air intake cowl.
(4) Remove all the clips (3) from the harness and keep them for the
installation of the replacement harness.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 404
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-44-41-400-002
Installation of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors
23-44-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-054

minutes.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 405
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-44-41-865-064
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-052
A. Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Install the clips, from the removed harness, to the replacement
harness.
(2) Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connector and the
electrical receptacle.
(3) Make sure that the anti-ice access panel has no damage.
(4) Install the interphone harness.
(a) Put the harness (6) in the air intake cowl and attach the
maintenance interphone jack (2) with the screws (1).
(b) Attach the harness clips (3) to the cowl with the bolts (4).
(c) Torque the bolts (4) to the approved torque value.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 406
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-44-41-410-050
B. Install the anti-ice access panel.
(1) Put the access panel (7) on the air intake cowl.
(2) Attach the access panel with the bolts (8).
Subtask 23-44-41-865-065
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
Subtask 23-44-41-710-052
D. Do the test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-700-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-942-050
A. Remove the warning notices.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-44-41

Page 407
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
____________________________________________________________________
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS (4RJ1,4RJ2,4RJ3,4RJ4,4RJ5)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 23-44-42-000-001
Removal of the Isolation Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 4RJ1
FOR FIN 4RJ2
FOR FIN 4RJ3
FOR FIN 4RJ4
FOR FIN 4RJ5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-42-991-001 Fig. 401

23-44-42-991-002 Fig. 402
23-44-42-991-003 Fig. 403
23-44-42-991-004 Fig. 404
23-44-42-991-005 Fig. 405
FOR FIN 4RJ3
25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 4RJ4

25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR34
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Put the access platform in position below the access door 822.
(b) Open the access door 822 to get access to the battery
compartment.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.
(b) Open the access door 824 to get access to the avionics
compartment.
(3) FOR 4RJ3
(a) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Put the access platform in position below the opened FWD cargo
compartment door.
(c) Remove the ceiling panel 131CC of the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
(4) FOR 4RJ4
(a) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Put the access platform in position below the opened FWD cargo
compartment door.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Remove the partition 132PW at FR34 of the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001).
(5) FOR 4RJ5
(a) Put the access platform in position below the access door 321AR.
(b) Open the access door 312AR.
Subtask 23-44-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-42-991-001, 402/TASK 23-44-42-991-002, 403/TASK

23-44-42-991-003, 404/TASK 23-44-42-991-004, 405/TASK 23-44-42-991-005)
Subtask 23-44-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Isolation Units
(1) Disconnect the wires of the cable harness (1) from the connector of
the PC-board (2).
(2) Cut and remove the lockwire from the clamp screw (7).
(3) Loosen the clamp screw (7) and remove the end clamp (8) from the
mounting rail (3).
(4) Remove the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) from
the mounting rail (3).
(5) If required, remove the nuts (4) and the washers (5) to disassemble
the PC-board (2) from the PC-board bracket (6).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
Isolation Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-42-991-001

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
Isolation Unit
Figure 402/TASK 23-44-42-991-002

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Isolation Unit
Figure 403/TASK 23-44-42-991-003

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Isolation Unit
Figure 404/TASK 23-44-42-991-004

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
Isolation Unit
Figure 405/TASK 23-44-42-991-005

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-44-42-400-001
Installation of the Isolation Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific red blanking plugs

FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
FOR FIN 4RJ5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.63mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 4RJ2
FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
FOR FIN 4RJ3
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 4RJ4

25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition
FR34
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-860-050
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Make sure that the access door 822 is opened.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Make sure that the access door 824 is opened.
(3) FOR 4RJ3, 4RJ4
(a) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and
safetied it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
(b) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
opened FWD cargo-compartment door.
(c) Make sure that the partition 132PW at FR34 is removed
(4) FOR 4RJ5
(a) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
access door 321AR.
(b) Open the access door 312AR.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-44-42-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-42-420-050
A. Installation of the Isolation Unit
(1) If required, assemble the PC-board (2) to the PC-board bracket (6)
and attach it with the nuts (4) and the washers (5).
(2) Put the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) in
position to the mounting rail (3).
(3) Put the end-clamp (8) in position to the mounting rail (3) and
tighten the clamp screw (7).
(4) Safety the clamp screw (7) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel,
dia 0.63mm on the PC-board (2).
(5) Connect the wires of the cable harness (1) to the terminals of the
PC-board (2).
NOTE : For the correct connection refer to the table Wire Connection
____
to Connector 4RJ of the applicable illustration.
(6) Make sure that the contacts, which are not used, are covered with red
blanking plugs.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-44-42-865-051
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-44-42-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-

700-001).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Close the access door 822.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) FOR 4RJ3
(a) Install the ceiling panel 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
(b) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD
cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(4) FOR 4RJ4
(a) Install the partition 132PW at FR34 (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001).
(b) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD
cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(5) FOR 4RJ5
(a) Close the access door 312AR.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-44-42

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. General
_______
A. The audio management system provides the means for using:
(1) All the radio communication and radio navigation facilities installed
on the aircraft:
- In transmission mode: it collects the microphone inputs of the
various crew stations and directs them to the communication
systems.
- In reception mode : it collects the audio outputs of the
communication systems and the navigation receivers and directs them
to the various crew stations.
(2) The flight interphone system:

- Telephone links between the various crew stations in the cockpit.
- Telephone links between the cockpit and the ground crew from the
external power receptacle.
(3) The SELCAL (Selective Calling) system:

- Visual and aural indication of calls from ground stations equipped
with a coding device used by the aircraft installation.
(4) Certain calls:

- Visual and aural indication of the ground crew and the Cabin
Attendants calls.
2. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The system comprises:

- 1 AMU
- 2 hand microphone receptacles (CAPT and F/O)
- 2 loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- 2 radio PTT switches
- 1 jack for the ground crew
- 1 AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch
- 1 SELCAL code panel.
- 3 ACPs
- 1 headset jack (Fourth Occupant)
- 3 oxygen mask stowage boxes
- 3 jack panels
NOTE : In addition, the system uses :

____
- 2 loud speakers which are part of the central warning system
(Flight Warning Computer, ATA 31-53-00, Circuit WW)
- 3 oxygen mask microphones which are part of the oxygen system (OXYGEN-ATA
35-00-00, Circuit HM)
- 2 relay boxes which are part of the DMC system (Display Management
Computer-ATA 31-63-00, Circuit WT)
- FLIGHT/GROUND information from the LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00, Circuit GA).
3. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 2
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 3/4
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-51-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/07

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 6
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 7
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 8
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
Figure 002

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 9
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Figure 002A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 10
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 11
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
Figure 004

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 12
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
Figure 004A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 13
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RN AMU 81VU 127 824 23-51-34
2RN1 ACP-CAPT 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN2 ACP-F/O 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN3 ACP-3RD OCCPNT 20VU 211 831 23-51-12
3RN SELCAL CODE PNL 80VU 128 824 23-51-13
10RN1 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, CAPT 211 831 35-12-41
10RN2 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, F/O 212 831 35-12-41
10RN3 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 3RD OCCPNT 212 831 35-12-41
16RN SEL SW-AUDIO SWITCHING 48VU 211 831 23-51-00
11RN SW-RAD PTT, CAPT 191VU 211 831 23-51-17
12RN SW-RAD PTT, F/O 180VU 212 831 23-51-17
14RN JACK-FLT INTPH 108VU 120 824 23-51-00
15RN1 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, CAPT 301VU 211 831 23-51-00
15RN2 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, F/O 500VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN1 RCPT-BOOMSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
17RN2 RCPT-BOOMSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN3 RCPT-BOOMSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN1 JACK-HEADSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
18RN2 JACK-HEADSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN3 JACK-HEADSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN5 JACK-HEADSET, SUPPLEMENTARY 15VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN1 RCPT-HAND MIC, CAPT 17VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN2 RCPT-HAND MIC, F/O 16VU 212 831 23-51-00
19RN3 RCPT-HAND MIC, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
7WW LOUD SPEAKER-CAPT 2VU 211 31-53-21
8WW LOUD SPEAKER-F/O 6VU 212 831 31-53-21
A. Audio Management System
(1) The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics
compartment in the aft electronics rack 80VU on shelf 81VU.
(2) The three Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as
follows:
- 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
- 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
- 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 14
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management - Component Location (4th Occupant Station)
Figure 005

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 15
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics Compartment)
Figure 006

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 16
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(3) These receptacles and jacks panels are identified and located as
follows:
- 17RN1 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN1 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 61VU, Captain side,
panel 60VU, First Officer side,
- 17RN3 (boomset receptacle), 18RN3 (headset jack) and 19RN3 (hand
mic receptacle) on panel 62VU on the right rear wall in the
cockpit.
(4) The supplementary headset jack 18RN5 is located on the left rear
console, panel 15VU.
These receptacles and jack panels are identified and located as
follows:
(5) The two hand mic receptacles are identified and located as follows:
- 19RN1 on left console, panel 17VU, Captain side,
- 19RN2 on right console, panel 16VU, First Officer side.
(6) The two loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches are
identified and located as follows:
- 15RN1 on instrument panel, Captain side, panel 301VU,
- 15RN2 on instrument panel, First Officer side, panel 500VU.
(7) The two radio PTT switches are identified and located as follows:
- 11RN on side stick hand-grip, Captain side, 191VU
- 12RN on side stick hand-grip, First Officer side, 180VU.
(8) The three oxygen-mask stowage-boxes are identified and located as

follows:
- 10RN1 on left side console 101VU, Captain side,
- 10RN2 on right side console 700VU, First Officer side,
- 10RN3 on right side console 700VU beside the First Officer oxygen
mask.
(9) The flight interphone jack for the ground crew 14RN is located on the
external power panel 108VU.
(10) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch 16RN is located on the overhead
panel 48VU.
(11) The SELCAL code panel 3RN is located in the avionics compartment,
above the aft electronics rack 80VU.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 17
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The system components are supplied with 28VDC from busbar 1PP and essential
busbar 4PP via 2 sub-busbars 101PP and 401PP respectively.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the calls card in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 8RN.
B. Busbar 401PP
- Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1 and its associated electronic circuit
located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 4RN.
- Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 5RN.
- Supply of the Flight-Interphone Electronic Card located in the AMU via
3A circuit breaker 9RN.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the Avionics Compartment ACP 2RN4 and its associated
electronic circuit (if installed) via 3A circuit breaker 7RN.
- Supply of the 4th Occupant ACP 2RN5 and its associated electronic
circuit (if installed) via 3A circuit breaker 20RN.
- Circuit breaker 8RN is unused.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 18
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
Figure 007

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 19
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
Figure 007A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 20
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
B. Busbar 401PP
- Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1, of the audio board A (capt + bay) and
of the SELCAL board via 3A circuit breaker 4RN.
- Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2, of the audio boardB (F/O - 3
occpnt) and of the BITE board via 3A circuit breaker 5RN.
- Circuit breaker 9RN is unused.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Circuit breakers 4RN, 5RN and 9RN are located on the overhead panel 49VU.
Circuit breakers 6RN and 8RN are located on the rear wall, on panel
121VU.
5. _____________________
A. Audio Control Panel
(1) Function
The ACP supplies the means:
- To use the various radio communication and radio navigation
facilities installed on the aircraft for transmission and reception
of the audio signals.
- To display the various calls (SELCAL, ground crew call and calls
from the Cabin Attendants).
The ACP serves only for control and indication.
(2) Mechanical description
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 21
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Control Panel - Front Face
Figure 008

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 22
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Control Panel - Front Face
Figure 008A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 23
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The front face comprises:

- 7 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches for selection of the
transmission channels. They also display the SELCAL, ground crew
and Cabin Attendant calls,
- 1 rectangular electronic pushbutton switch separated from the other
7 pushbutton switches. This pushbutton switch selects the
transmission channel for passenger address (PA) announcements
- 15 round pushbutton switches with associated potentiometers for
selection and adjustment of the audio level on the reception
channels
- 1 INT/RAD selector switch which selects the radio and flight
interphone functions. It is a three-position switch : stable in INT
and middle position, unstable in RAD position.
- 1 rectangular VOICE pushbutton switch which connects a filter into
the audio circuits of the VOR and ADF navigation systems.
- 1 RESET rectangular electronic pushbutton switch which is used to
cancel the lighted calls.
The ACP is connected to the AMU and to the various aircraft circuits
by means of a round 19-pin connector.
(3) Functional description
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(a) Transmission channel selection
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 009)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 24
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Figure 009

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 25
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Figure 009A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 26
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(B)
To connect the microphones and the PTT command to the selected
transmitter, push one of the 8 rectangular transmission
pushbutton switches (VHF1- VHF2- VHF3- HF1- HF2- INT- CAB- PA).
The three green bars on the transmission pushbutton switch, which
indicate that selection has been accepted, come on.
An electronic device inhibits simultaneous selection of several
transmitters and therefore several transmission pushbutton
switches cannot be selected at the same time.
When a new transmission function is selected, the green bars of
the selected pushbutton switch come on and the function is
selected. At the same time, the previously selected pushbutton
switch is disabled and its green bars go off.
If you push a pushbutton switch which is already selected, the
function is disabled.
The green bars which indicate transmission go off and no
transmission function is selected on the ACP.
The rectangular PA pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. it must be
held pressed during the complete transmission time. This avoids
unwanted transmission on the PA circuit. This unstable operation
can be inhibited by the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation -
Pin Program).
(b) Selection of reception
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(B)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 27
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and

adjust the audio levels.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-403,

adjust the audio levels. The round reception pushbutton switch
associated with HF2 is not used.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
They are of the push-push type: when you push a pushbutton switch
(initial position), it moves in then fully out to a level above
that of the unselected pushbutton switches. A white skirt on the
reception pushbutton switch appears and the selected receiver is
connected.
Rotate this pushbutton switch to adjust the reception level.
You can select several reception pushbutton switches
simultaneously.
When you push the reception pushbutton switch again, it engages
in its initial position: the receiver is disconnected.
(c) Call indication
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(C, D and E)
During a ground crew or Cabin Attendant or SELCAL call, a legend
flashes amber under the green bars of the transmission pushbutton
switch concerned.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 28
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is

selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3-HF1-HF2 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-403,

selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3-HF1 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
- MECH : INT pushbutton switch (ground crew call)

- ATT : CAB pushbutton switch (Cabin Attendant call)
To switch off the amber legends, push the RESET pushbutton
switch.
NOTE : The MECH and ATT legends which flash amber go off
____
automatically. This occurs after 60 seconds of operation
if the call is not cancelled by the RESET pushbutton
switch (This automatic function can be inhibited by the
AMU pin-program (Ref. para. Operation - Pin Program).
(d) VOICE selection
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(F)
When you push the VOICE pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on
green. This indicates that a filter has been connected into the
audio circuits of the ADF and the VOR navigation systems.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 29
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
When you push this pushbutton switch again, the green ON legend
goes off: the filter is no longer in service.
(e) INT/RAD switch

This switch is used for the transmission function when the
boomset or the oxygen mask is in service: it acts as the PTT
switch for this equipment which unlike the hand microphone is not
equipped with this type of control.
1
_ Middle position
The radio transceiver receives no switchover information. It
remains in reception function.
2
_ RAD position
The radio transceiver receives (via the AMU) a switchover
information.
It switches from reception to transmission function.
3
_ INT position
This position enables direct use of the flight interphone.
There are two utilization procedures for the flight
interphone.
- Normal mode The user pushes the INT transmission pushbutton
switch and uses it like an ordinary radio channel (he places
and holds the INT/RAD switch in RAD position).
- Direct mode If user has selected a radio channel (VHF1, VHF2
etc.), he can, if he so wishes, use the flight interphone.
To do this he does not have to release the transmission
pushbutton switch. He shall simply place the INT/RAD switch
in INT position.
NOTE : When this switch is set to RAD, it performs the same

____
function as the radio switches located on the
side-stick hand-grips. If conflicting orders are given
by the side-stick switch (RAD position), and the
corresponding ACP switch (INT position), the radio
function takes priority over the interphone function.
(f) Lighting
The ACP comprises 2 lighting circuits:
- The selection accepted (green) and the call (amber) indications
can be adjusted by the DIM/BRIGHT circuit (6 V/4.5 VDC) (Ref.
ATA 33-14-00-LP).
- The integral lighting is adjusted by the pedestal integral
lighting potentiometer (5 V-0 VAC) (Ref. ATA 33-13-00-LF).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 30
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
The reception selection pushbutton switches are side-lit by the
integral lighting lamps. They are therefore also controlled by
the pedestal integral lighting potentiometer.
(4) Operation
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ACP is essentially a telecontrol panel.
The internal electronic circuit is structured around a
microprocessor. It constantly scans the status of the face
controls and transforms them into logic data. It generates serial
words from this logic data. These words telecontrol the
associated audio card in the AMU after transmission of messages
on an ARINC 429 bus line.
An ARINC 429 reception bus line enables the ACP to process the
information from the AMU. These information are relevant to the
different parameters to be displayed : detected calls, selected
transmission channels, selection of the voice filter on. These
parameters will be displayed once they have been taken into
account by the AMU and acknowledged in return. The system is
therefore looped.
(b) Operation
The data is managed and processed by a microcomputer.
There are five separate functions:
- Reception volume control.
- Reception selection.
- Processing of the discrete commands:
* Selection of transmission channel
* VOICE filter on/off command
* RAD/INT command
- Parameter display management
- ARINC 429 interfaces
1
_ Reception volume control
This is achieved by the potent iometers accessible on the
front face. The position of each potentiometer is defined by
an analog voltage on the slider. The potentiometers are
supplied with a reference voltage.
An analog-digital converter makes the 8-bit words correspond
to the slider voltages.
The slider voltages are read consecutively. Thus, the digital
codes which correspond to the angular positions of the
potentiometers are obtained.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 31
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram
Figure 010

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 32
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
2
_ Reception selection
The potentiometer must be pushes to select a channel. The
information is transmitted in the form of a word. This
information is taken into account consecutively when the
reception volume controls are scanned.
3
_ Processing of discrete commands
The selection information of the RAD/INT command is constantly
available on the switch. It can, therefore, be directly used
by the microcomputer.
The transmission selection information (fugitive contacts) is
memorized and is therefore available for use by the
microcomputer.
The same applies to the VOICE filter control.
4
_ Parameter display management
The AMU return information is processed in order to make sure
that the transmission is correct.
After this check, the display can be performed :
- The green bars associated with the selected transmission
channel comes on
- The light associated with the VOICE filter comes on
- The CALL legends go off
A word transmitted by the relevant AMU causes the call lights
to come on.
5
_ ARINC 429 interfaces
The messages are transmitted in conformity with the ARINC 429
standard and at a low frequency (12 kHz).
6
_ Information exchange protocole between the ACP and the AMU
The ACP transmits 2 types of words :
1st type of word designated word 0 or status request word
2nd type of word designated volume control word.
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated status
word
- Word 0
b b b b b
32 31 29 28 11
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P | ID.FIG. | ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER |
| | | 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 33
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
b b b b
10 9 8 1
---------------------------------------------------------------
| SDI | LABEL 300 |
| | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label 300 : Byte which defines the type of data

sent
b9 to b10 : SDI : Bits at logic 0
b11 to b28 : Error : Gives the result of a self-test and
a failure diagnosis
b29 to b31 : ACP identification bits
b32 : Parity bit (odd).
- Volume control word
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|| | | | | | | |
| | | | | |R | ||ON | | | | | | |
| |ER|ER|ER|ER|E |V || | D D D D D D D D |I |R | E E E E |S DI | See label |
|P | | | | |S | || / | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|N |A | 3 2 1 0| | table |
| |21|20|19|18|E |O || | |T |D | | | |
| | | | | |T | ||OFF| | | | | | |
|--------------------|| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of

transmitted data
b9 to b10 : SDI : Station identification bits
b11 to b14 : Status of the transmission keyboard as per the truth
table below:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
------------------------------------
| BIT | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| NONE | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF2 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF3 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| HF1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| HF2 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| INT | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| CAB | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| PA | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
------------------------------------
b15 : Radio PTT switch (active at 1)

b16 : Interphone PTT switch (active at 1)
b17 to b24 : Byte which defines the volume contro
channel defined by the label and the
b25 : Bit which defines ON or OFF status o
channel (active at 1)
b26 : Bit which sets VOICE filter into ser
b27 : Call reset (active at 1)
b28 to b31 : Error : Bits which give a
b32 : Parity bit.
- Status word
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated : status
word.
Its structure is as follows :

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 35
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|P |0 |0 | | | | | | |
| | | | A A A A A | | A A | E E E E | 0 0 | Label 301 |
| | | | 4 3 2 1 0| | 6 5| 3 2 1 0| | |
| | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label 301 : Byte which defines the type of data

sent
b9 to b10 : SDI : Set to 0
b11 to b14 : Return of transmission keyboard status for check in ACP
(the truth table is the same as the one used in the
volume control word).
b15 : Status of ground crew call (active at 1).
b16 : Status of Cabin Attendant call (active at 1).
b17 to b24 : Byte which sends the pin-program information to the
ACPs.
b17 VHF3
b18 HF1
b19 HF2
b20 ADF2
b21 MLS
b22 Lock PA
b23 Spare
b24 Spare
b25 to b29 : Status of the calls VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1 and HF2
(active at 1)
b25 : VHF1
b26 : VHF2
b27 : VHF3
b28 : HF1
b29 : HF2
b30 : Status of the filter (active at 1)
b31 : Set to O
b32 : Parity bit
- Protocol for data exchange between the ACP and the AMU
(Ref. Fig. 011)
After transmission of a word, and in accordance with its
label, the ACP receives the status word or collects data. The
status word is delivered by the AMU. The collected data is the
data present on the ACP face.
After reception of a word, and in accordance with its label,
the AMU transmits the status word or uses the data transmitted
by the ACP.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 36
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram
Figure 011

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 37
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- Determination of the transmitted word
The system transmits a word every 10 ms on the ARINC line.
The following considerations give the type of word
transmitted (VHF1, HF2, status request word, etc):
In the basic transmission function a word is sent every 10
ms in the following order:
Word 00: Status request word
Word 01: VHF1 volume control word
Word 04: HF1 volume control word
Word 05: HF2 volume control word
Word 06: INT volume control word
Word 07: CAB volume control word
Word 08: PA volume control word
Word 09: VOR1 volume control word
Word 10: VOR2 volume control word
Word 11: MKR volume control word
Word 12: ILS volume control word
Word 13: spare volume control word
Word 14: ADF1 volume control word
Word 15: ADF2 volume control word
This cyclic transmission continues provided that no volume
control modification or any other data modification appears.
As soon as a modification is detected at any data level, the
system emits the concerned word every 10 ms until this data is
fixed (end of modifications).
However, a complete basic cycle is emitted after 160 ms to
up-date, if applicable, other data.
Moreover, the status request word will be emitted
systematically every 160 ms irrespective of the data
modifications in progress
- AMU data reception
During reception, the system reads the word delivered by the
associated AMU on the ARINC reception line. This word
arrives every 160 ms and gives the SELCAL call status,
transmission channel return and pin-programming status.
A set of checks is made each time a word is received:
Counting of the number of received words:
Check of the label
Check of the SDI, Sign Status, Matrix
Recalculation of the parity and verification.
- Displays
The system updates the parameter displays every 10 ms. The
VOICE status is directly displayed. The status of the
transmissions is displayed only after acknowledgement by the
AMU.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 38
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- Internal test
This test checks the check-sum of the ROM.
The RAM is checked at each energization.
During operation, the microprocessor must cyclically check
its peripherals.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 39
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- Label table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | BINARY | | |
| | OCTAL | b b b b b b b b | HEX | SDI |
| | | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Status request word | 300 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 | 03 | 00 |
| Status word from AMU | 301 | 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 | 83 | 00 |
| Volume control word VHF1 | 210 | 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 11 | 01 |
| Volume control word HF1 | 211 | 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 91 | 01 |
| Volume control word HF2 | 211 | 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 91 | 10 |
| Volume control word INT | 215 | 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 | B1 | 01 |
| Volume control word CAB | 215 | 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 | B1 | 10 |
| Volume control word PA | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 11 |
| Volume control word VOR1 | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 01 |
| Volume control word VOR2 | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 10 |
| Volume control word MKR | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 11 |
| Volume control word ILS | 217 | 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 | F1 | 00 |
| Volume control word spare| 220 | 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 | 09 | 00 |
| Volume control word ADF1 | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 01 |
| Volume control word ADF2 | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 10 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 40
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
B. SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Purpose
The SELCAL code panel is used to program the SELCAL code assigned to
the aircraft.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 012)
This panel is a rectangular box in compliance with ARINC 714.
The front face features:
- 4 knurled knobs for selection of a code made up of 4 letters from
amongst the following:
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - J - K - L - M- N - P - Q - R - S.
- A plexiglass cover over the knurled knobs which protects the
displayed code. The operator can read the code through the cover.
The rear face is equipped with a round connector for connection to
the aircraft electrical network.
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
In accordance with the BCD code, each of the knurled knobs opens the
various circuits or connects the various circuits to the ground. This
selects the different frequency filters assigned to the considered
codes.
- The Operating Diagram shows the control logic.
- When this circuit is connected to the ground or supplied with a
voltage of +3.5 V a logic 0 is obtained. This corresponds to
circuit operation.
- When the circuit is open or has a resistance greater than 50000
ohms a logic 1 is obtained. This corresponds to non operation of
the circuit.
- The letter-frequency assignment table gives the letter-frequency
assignments.
Letter Frequency Assignment Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATION | FREQUENCY | BCD CODE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | 8 4 2 1 |
| A | 312.6 | 0 0 0 1 |
| B | 346.7 | 0 0 1 0 |
| C | 384.6 | 0 0 1 1 |
| D | 426.6 | 0 1 0 0 |
| E | 473.2 | 0 1 0 1 |
| F | 524.8 | 0 1 1 0 |
| G | 582.1 | 0 1 1 1 |
| H | 645.7 | 1 0 0 0 |

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 41
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face
Figure 012

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 42
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs
Figure 013

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 43
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram
Figure 014

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 44
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| J | 716.1 | 1 0 0 1 |
| K | 794.3 | 1 0 1 0 |
| L | 881 | 1 0 1 1 |
| M | 977.2 | 1 1 0 0 |
| P | 1083.9 | 1 1 0 1 |
| Q | 1202.3 | 1 1 1 0 |
| R | 1333.5 | 1 1 1 1 |
| S | 1479.1 | 0 0 0 0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The SELCAL code panel does not require an electrical power supply.
C. Audio Management Unit
(1) Purpose
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) ensures the interface between the
user (jack panel and ACP) and the various radio communication and
radio navigation systems. The AMU ensures the following functions:
- Transmission
- Reception
- SELCAL and display of ground crew and Cabin Attendant calls
- Flight interphone
- Emergency function for the Captain and First Officer stations
It also serves to record communications and is equipped with a TEST
circuit (BITE). This TEST circuit enables the AMU to be connected to
the CFDIU.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The AMU is in the form of a 4MCU size box in compliance with ARINC
600 Specifications.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 45
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management Unit - External Unit
Figure 015

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 46
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
6. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 016)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 016A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
The AMU comprises 3 independent channels associated with the 3 ACPs.

Each channel comprises :
- Its reception function
- Its transmission function
- Its logic processing function
- Its power supply.
The SELCAL, BITE and Flight Interphone sections are connected to the
different channels.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
The basic AMU comprises 4 channels: CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT and avionics bay
station (requires activation of a dedicated pin-programming).
It can receive one additional channel for a 4th cockpit occupant.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Transmission Function
(1) General
The transmission function:
- Sets into service and supplies the various microphones used
(boomset, hand microphone, oxygen mask microphone)
- Selects the transmitter selected by the operator by means of the
ACP
- Ensures the emergency function (for transmission section)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 47
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
Figure 016

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 48
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Figure 016A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 49
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
- Ensures the CAA recording function.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
There is an independent transmission channel for each user of the

audio integrating system.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(2) Composition of circuit

A transmission channel comprises :
- The various microphone inputs with their power supplies
- A unit gain amplifier
- An output transformer
- A transmitter selection system
- A module for CAA recording
- A switching system for emergency function
- A switching system for use of hand microphone.
(3) Transmission with boomset

(Ref. Fig. 017)
The analog signals of the boomset microphone are connected to the OdB
gain amplifier, then sent to the output transformer.
At the transformer output, the switching module switches these
signals to the transmitter selected by the ACP in accordance with
information received from the logic processing function.
(4) Transmission with oxygen mask microphone

(Ref. Fig. 018)
In normal flight configuration, the oxygen mask microphone is not
connected to the microphone circuit.
Operation is as follows in flight configuration with use of oxygen
mask. This system sets a control switch contained in the stowage box
of the oxygen mask to the ground. This activates the relay which sets
the oxygen mask into service. The pressurization of the oxygen
circuit when masks fall out automatically activates this control
switch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 50
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter Circuit
Figure 017

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 51
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Transmission Circuit
Figure 017A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 52
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Figure 018

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 53
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(3) Transmission with various microphones

(Ref. Fig. 017A)
For transmission, each crew member can use either a hand microphone,
a boomset or an oxygen mask. The analog signals of these three
microphones are adapted and filtered on the adaptation board of the
AMU, which also receives the hand microphone PTT and oxygen mask
control discretes.
The microphone selection is done by a dedicated circuit according to
the following logic:
-----------------------------------------------------
| OXYGEN MASK CONTROL DISCRETE |
|---------------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 |
---------------------|------------------------|--------------------------|
| | 0 | Boomset signal valid | Boomset and oxygen mask |
| HANDMIKE | | | signals valid |
| PTT |-------|---------------------------------------------------|
| | 1 | Handmike signal valid |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Input 6 microphone is valid when PTT6 is activated.

____
Ground Mech microphone is valid when air/ground discrete is
set to GND.
The selected microphone signal is then sent to an output transformer.

At the transformer output, this signal is switched to the transmitter
selected by the operator on the ACP, in accordance with information
received from the DSP.
This discrete information is consolidated with both hardware and
software processings, to avoid permanent transmission.
(4) Not Applicable

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 54
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(5) Transmission with hand microphone

(Ref. Fig. 019)
The hand microphone can be used in two ways:
- 1st case: Radio transmission
The logic processing card associated with relay K1 delivers a
command. This command supplies relay K1 (AND function between the
PTT switch of the hand microphone and the selected radio
transmission, except for INT). Relay K1 directly connects the hand
microphone to the tranmission selection circuit. The station
selected in transmission mode then supplies the hand microphone.
- 2nd case: Flight Interphone transmission
When INT transmission is selected, relay K1 is not supplied; the
logic processing card associated with relay K2 delivers a command.
This command supplies relay K2 (AND function between the PTT switch
of the hand microphone and the INT transmission selection).
Relay K2 connects the power supply of the boomset microphone to the
hand microphone. This system applies the analog signals of the hand
microphone to the OdB amplifier, then to the INT channel via the
transmission line. This removes the microphone power supply from
the interphone amplifier.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(6) Transmission on passenger address channel

Transmissions can be made on the passenger address channels
in 2 ways:
(a) In normal configuration, use the handset installed aft of the

center pedestal to make the PA announcements. This handset is
part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. ATA
23-73-00, Circuit RH).
(b) In RADIO configuration, use the rectangular PA pushbutton switch

located on each ACP to make the passenger address announcements.
This pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. hold it pushed to make
the announcements: this avoids unwanted transmissions. The
electronic processing of this channel is identical to that of the
other transmission channels.
The operation of this pushbutton switch can be made identical to
that of the other transmission channels (stable operation) : to
achieve this, modify the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation -
Pin Program).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 55
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Figure 019

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 56
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
(7) Muting circuit
(a) Purpose
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The feedback produced by the loud speaker-microphone acoustic
coupling when the microphones are used (acoustic feedback) is
eliminated by a muting circuit. To achieve this, the muting
circuit reduces the gain and/or the frequency range of the loud
speakers.
This attenuating circuit is controlled by the PTT switch of any
of the radio communication microphones.
The attenuating circuit is an integral part of the loud speakers.
(b) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 021)
The logic processing channel receives PTT switch type
information.
From this information it activates the muting module. A ground is
sent to the loud speaker units which set the direct muting
function into service.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
B. Reception Function
(1) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the reception
channels. The operator selects and adjusts these channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio integrating system has a separate associated
reception-channel.
It ensures the various supplementary functions of the circuit:
- VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching
- VOICE/ON function
- Emergency function (for reception section).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
B. Reception Function
(1) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the reception
channels. The operator selects and adjusts these channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio integrating system has a separate associated
reception-channel.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 57
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Muting Circuit - Block Diagram
Figure 020

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 58
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
Figure 021

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 59
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- VOR/DME/LS switching
- VOICE/ON function
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(2) Composition of the circuit

(Ref. Fig. 022)
The audio circuit comprises:
- An interface card common to all the audio cards
- A volume control module assembly
- A stop-band filter
- An adder amplifier
- An emergency switching circuit
- An output transformer.
(3) Reception mode operation

The audio signals delivered by the various communication and
navigation units are connected to the interface card.
This card ensures the adaptation and the connection of the receivers.
This card is a common point to the system and no active components
are used (it is mainly comprised of resistors).
The input impedance of a channel is 600 ohms.
The maximum input level is 50 mW/600 ohms (The nominal value is 10
mW/600 ohms).
At the output of the interface card, the signals are applied to the
volume control modules.
An analog switch is installed at the input of each volume control.
This switch disconnects the audio inputs when :
- their reception is not selected (information from ACP)
- their reception level selected on the ACP is at minimum (this
condition does not apply to VHF and HF communication channels. A
minimum reception level is ensured on the channels even when the
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum).
When the levels are adjusted in accordance with the information from
the logic processing function, the analog signals are sent to an
amplifier, then to an output transformer.
The audio signals are available on the secondary of the output
transformer. Separate windings send these signals either to the
boomset, the loud speaker or the CVR circuit.
Output signal characteristics: 50 mW/600 ohms (the nomimal value is
10 mW/600 ohms).
NOTE : A potentiometer outside the AMU is connected in series between

____
the AMU and the loud speakers. It adjusts the loud speaker
audio output level.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 60
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Circuit - Block Diagram
Figure 022

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 61
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(3) Reception function

(Ref. Fig. 022A)
The audio signals from the various communication and navigation units
are first connected to analog/digital converters, and then to the DSP
located on the audio boards.
Dedicated inputs exist on the DSP for filtered signal (ADF and VOR).
The DSP is also connected to a control module which provides
information computed from the ACP (potentiometers position, Voice
filter selection) and from the FCU (DME coupling to VOR or LS). After
digital processing inside the DSP, the resultant signal is converted
into analog and sent to the output transformer.
NOTE : A minimum VHF and HF reception level is ensured when the

____
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum. The minimum
reception level is deleted when the potentiometers are set to
OFF.
Minimum reception level is -32 dB with reference to maximum
level.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(4) VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching

(Ref. Fig. 023)
(a) Purpose
In normal configuration, the DME reception is coupled with the
VOR reception.
However, in certain ILS or MLS approach conditions, the DME used
must be aurally identified. The DME reception must therefore be
coupled with the ILS or MLS reception.
(b) Operation
The ND (Navigation Display) mode selector switch or the ILS
pushbutton switch is used for switching control (REF ATA 31 - DMC
circuit (WT)).
Action on one of these commands sends a ground to the switching
relays which connect the DME receptions to the ILS or MLS
receptions.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 62
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Reception Circuit
Figure 022A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 63
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 023

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 64
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(4) DME/VOR/LS switching
(a) Function
VOR reception.
However, in certain landing system approach conditions, the DME
used must be aurally identified. The DME reception must therefore
be coupled with the MMR reception.
(b) Operation
The LS pushbutton switch is used for switching control (Ref. ATA
31 - DMC circuit (WT)).
Action on this command sends a ground to the AMU which couples
the DME receptions to the MMR receptions.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(5) VOICE/ON function

(Ref. Fig. 024)
(a) Reason
The VOR, ADF navigation ground stations transmit a morse code
which is used to identify them. However, certain stations, in
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information. This
information informs the crew of subjects such as : latest weather
information, state or special information concerning terrains
etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
In order not to hinder the reception of this information, the
VOICE/ON function greatly reduces the morse code reception. It is
attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while this
information is being transmitted.
(b) Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes is
1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment receive a 1020 Hz
frequency-modulated signal and at the same time transmit this
signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal is
generated by their synthetizer (the aeronautical standards
specify that the ADF ground stations must be modulated at a
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minor 50Hz).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 65
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 024

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 66
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Furthermore, the DME reception is coupled to the VOR reception
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code is
transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The filtering
circuit of the navigation channels therefore comprises an
attenuater filter for the reception bands of the ADF and VOR
systems.
This filter attenuates the 1000, 1020 and 1350 Hz frequencies by
more than 32 dB.
A compensation amplifier is provided to compensate for the
insertion losses of this filter.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP
switches the attenuation filter into or out of service.
(c) Released position: VOICE/ON legend off

The filter is not used, the operator simultaneously receives the
marker identification and the voice transmission.
(d) Pressed in position: VOICE/ON legend on

A command from the CPU sets the filter into service. The 1000 -
1020 - 1350 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated. Only the voice
transmissions are audible.
NOTE : The audio outputs of the communication channel and the

____
ILS, MLS, MKR navigation do not transit via the filtering
module.
C. Emergency Function
(Ref. Fig. 025, 026)
(1) Purpose
The emergency function is used in case of loss of communications on
the Captain or the First Officer channels. This function switches the
Captain or First Officer communications to the 3rd Occupant station.
In this case, the Captain (or the First Officer) uses the ACP located
on the overhead panel to make his microphone or audio selections.
(2) Operation
The AUDIO SWITCHING selector-switch 16RN located on the overhead
panel is used to switch to emergency configuration.
Turning this switch, sends a ground to the Captain (or First Officer)
and 3rd Occupant switching relays. The various microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs are connected to the microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs of the 3rd Occupant. This switchover is
indicated on the upper ECAM display unit (REF ATA 31-54-SDAC).

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 67
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Microphone Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 025

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 68
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 026

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 69
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
NOTE : When the emergency function is activated, the various audio
____
inputs and outputs at the 3rd Occupant station are no longer
connected to their circuit. Therefore, the 3rd Occupant cannot
use his audio integrating circuits.
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(5) VOICE/ON function
(a) Function
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information. This
information informs the crew of subjects such as: latest weather
information, state or special information concerning terrains
etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
VOICE/IDENT function greatly reduces the morse code reception. It
is attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while this
information is being transmitted.
(b) Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes is
1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment (COLLINS ADF) receive a 1020
Hz frequency-modulated signal and at same time transmit this
signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal is
generated by their synthesizer (the aeronautical standards
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minus 50 Hz).
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code is
transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The filtering
circuit of the navigation channels therefore comprises an
attenuation filter for the reception bands of the ADF and VOR
systems.
This digital filter attenuates the 1000 and 1020 Hz frequencies
by more than 32 dB.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP has the
following effects:
- Released position, VOICE/ON off
The filters are not used, the operator simultaneously receives
the marker identification and the voice transmission.
- Pressed in position, VOICE/ON on

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 70
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
The DSP directly processes the filtered signals. The 1000 -
1020 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated, the DME identified
is cut off (1350 Hz). Only the voice transmissions are audible.

____
MMR, MKR navigation do not transit via digital filters.
C. Emergency Function
(Ref. Fig. 026A)
(1) Purpose
The emergency function is used in case of loss of communications on
the Captain or the First Officer channels. This function switches the
Captain or First Officer communications to the 3rd Occupant station.
In this case, the Captain (or the First Officer) uses the ACP located
on the overhead panel to make his microphone or audio selections.
The AUDIO SWITCHING selector-switch 16RN located on the overhead
panel is used to switch to emergency configuration.
This switchover is indicated on the upper ECAM display unit (REF ATA
31-54-SDAC).
(2) Pilot emergency function

In case of a failure on the Audio Board A, the pilots microphones
and audio signals are switched through relays in parallel to the 3rd
occupants microphone inputs and audio outputs.
The PTT commands from the pilots microphones are active.
The pilots ACP is no longer active.
(3) Copilot In case of a failure on the Audio Board B, the copilots

microphones and audio signals are switched through relays to the
Avionics Bay microphone inputs and audio outputs, which are no longer
active.
The PTT commands from the copilots microphones are active.
The copilots ACP is no longer active.
In addition, the 3rd occupants micro and audio signals are switched
in parallelto the Avionics Bay micro and audio signals, and the 3rd
ACP ARINC bus is switched to the AVIONICS bAY acp arinc input/output.
The Avionics Bay ACP ARINC line is cut.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 71
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Emergency Function - Microphone/Reception
Figure 026A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 72
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
D. FAA/CAA Recording Function
(1) Reason
The Aeronautics Authorities for Federal Navigation request that the
communications made onboard the aircraft are recorded on the CVR
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - REF ATA 23-71-RK).
To meet this requirement, the CVR is equipped with 4 recording
tracks:
- 3 tracks for recording the Captain, First Officer, 3rd Occupant
communications
- The 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in the
cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made in the
cockpit.
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications are
recorded in accordance with the requirements laid down by the FAA
(Federal Aviation Authority) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(2) CAA recording

(Ref. Fig. 027)
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or
the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at the same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various
equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the
reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and boomset
outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard
in the cockpit (CVR). The CAA recording principle requires that the
noises picked up by the boomset microphones be recorded even when
these microphones are not active i.e. when the push-to-talk switches
on the side-sticks or on the ACPs are not activated. This in order to
reinforce the sounds picked-up by the area microphone.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU to
activate the CAA recording (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
(3) FAA recording

(Ref. Fig. 028)
equipment.

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 73
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
Figure 027

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 74
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Communications - CVR Circuit
Figure 027A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 75
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
FAA Certification - Block Diagram
Figure 028

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 76
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the
reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and boomset
outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard
in the cockpit (CVR).
(4) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
D. FAA/CAA Recording Function

(Ref. Fig. 027A)
(1) Reason
The Aeronautics Authorities for Federal Navigation request that the
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - REF ATA 23-71-RK).
tracks:
communications
- The 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in the
cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made in the
cockpit.
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications are
(Federal Aviation Authority) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(2) FAA recording

equipment.
The A/C is basically designed in accordance with this specification.
(3) CAA recording

The principle of CAA recording requires (in addition to the FAA
recording principle) that the noises picked up by the boomset
microphones be recorded even when these microphones are not active
i.e. when the push-to-talk switches on the side-sticks or on the ACPs
are not activated. This in order to reinforce the sounds picked-up by
the area microphone. This configuration is named hot-mike.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU to
activate the CAA recording (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 77
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) DFDR/CVR Synchronization
The two recorders (CVR and DFDR) are synchronized:
- The DFDR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU,
- Also, the CVR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU. This signal is
sent to the CVR via the AMU where it is mixed with the 3rd occupant
audio signals.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(5) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 029)
Following the AMU pin-program modification, the SELCAL-CALL card
generates an information message. This message is sent to the
different audio cards and therefore to the various channels of the
logic processing function.
This information is taken into account, then the logic processing
channel sets the CAA certification module into service. The LF
signals are picked-up by the boomset or oxygen mask microphone (when
in use) at the output of the 0db gain amplifier. They are sent to the
CAA Certification Module and, from there, to the CVR output.
E. Flight Interphone Function

(Ref. Fig. 030)
(1) General
The flight interphone enables:
- Telephone conversations between the various stations in the cockpit
- Telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew via
the external power panel.
(2) Composition of the circuit

The flight interphone circuit comprises a summing amplifier equipped
with:
- 7 microphone inputs
input impedance : 150 ohms
input level : 0.250 V.
- 3 audio outputs
impedance : 600 ohms - Power 35 mW plus or minus 5 mW for ground
crew reception
output impedance : 600 ohms - Power 10 mW for AMU external
reception, output 6
internal output impedance : 2.2 kohms for AMU internal reception
relevant to the various cards.
This circuit also comprises :
- 1 power supply for microphones of channels 6 and 7.
- 1 interface and current detection circuit for channel 6.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 78
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
Figure 029

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 79
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
Figure 030

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 80
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
- 1 cut-off circuit for channel 7.
(3) Operation
The input signal from the various microphones used in the aircraft
(hand microphone, boomset, mask microphone) is applied to inputs 1 to
7. A specific power supply circuit is provided for the microphones of
inputs 6 and 7 (they have no transmission card to supply them). A
current detection circuit on channel 6 and a cut-off relay on channel
7 insulates the channels when they are not used. The L/G relay
controls this cut-off relay.
The amplified LF output signal is then available on the 3 windings of
the secondary of the output transformer:
- 600 ohm output for ground crew.
- 600 ohm output for audio output No. 6.
- 2.2 Kohm output for the various AMU audio cards.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
E. Flight Interphone Function

(Ref. Fig. 030A)
(1) General
- Telephone conversations between the various stations in the cockpit
- Telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew via
the external power panel.
(2) Operation
The flight interphone comprises the following functions:
- microphone inputs
- amplification and summation
- audio output.
(a) Microphone inputs

There are two types of microphone inputs:
- normal inputs: inputs from the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT , Avionics
Bay (and optionally 5th OCCPNT)
- protected inputs: they comprise the mechanic input and the
Reserve input (input 6).
(b) Protected inputs

The mechanic input is disconnected from the interphone amplifier
when the flight/ground information from the LGCIU is present
(flight configuration).
The input 6 is disconnected from the interphone amplifier when
the PTT input 6 is not activated.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 81
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
Figure 030A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 82
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Architecture
The adaptation board perfoms the summing of all the modulation
signals. As a security precaution, there are two independent
summation circuits.
The output of the first summation circuit is transmitted to the
master audio board (board A).
The output of the second summation circuit is transmitted to the
slave audio board (board B).
NOTE : The ouputs of the first summation circuit is also

____
transmitted to the MECH and Audio 6 outputs.
(3) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(4) Logic Processing Function

(Ref. Fig. 031)
(a) Purpose
Each user of the audio integrating system has an associated
logic-processing channel.
The logic processing function manages the processing channel at
AMU level and enables the use of the system.
In particular:
- It dialogs with the associated ACP, with the BITE circuit or
the SELCAL-CALL circuit.
- It manages the various inputs/outputs of the processing
channel.
(b) Composition
The logic processing channel comprises:
- A computer
- An interface circuit to ARINC 429 standard
- A serial interface circuit
- A control interface circuit.
1
_ Computer
It comprises the peripherals required for the operation of the
microprocessor, clock, monitoring circuit (watchdog),
memories, address decoder, etc.
2
_ ARINC 429 interface
This circuit ensures the interface with the ACP and comprises:
a transmission interface, a reception interface, a
microprocessor interface.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 83
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Logic Processing - Block Diagram
Figure 031

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 84
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
- Transmission interface
The transmission interface conditions the electrical levels
in compliance with ARINC 429 standard.
- Reception interface
The reception interface enables the galvanic insulation of
the link between the ACP and the AMU. It also reconstitutes
the transmission clock and the information.
- Microprocessor interface
Transmission: this interface receives data in byte form from
the microprocessor. This data is required to transmit the
messages and to condition them in compliance with ARINC 429
standard.
Reception: this interface receives the transmission clock
and the data in ARINC message form. It transmits this data
to the microprocessor in byte form.
3
_ Serial interfaces
These interfaces enable data exchange between the logic
processing function and the BITE and SELCAL-CALL functions.
These interfaces are mainly comprised of 2 ACIAs (Asynchronous
Communication Interface Adaptors).
4
_ Command interface
This interface comprises PIAs (Peripherals Interface Adaptors)
or buffer registers. The microprocessor uses them to acquire
discrete information (e.g. PTT switches) or to generate
commands. These commands are sent to the various functions
(e.g. transmission selection command, setting into service of
VOICE/ON filter).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
F. SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call - Cabin Attendant Call
(1) Purpose
The SELCAL-CALL system of the audio management system gives :
- A visual and aural indication of the calls from the ground stations
equipped with a coding device which can be used by the aircraft
installation (SELCAL system - Selective Calling). The calls are
sent on the radio frequencies which link the aircraft to the
ground. The communication channels used are : VHF1 - VH2 and VHF3,
HF1, HF2 if installed.
- A visual indication of the calls from the ground crew or from the
Cabin Attendants.
NOTE : The ground crew call system is described in chapter 23-42-00:

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 85
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (circuit WC).
The Cabin Attendant call system is part of chapter 23-73-00:
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (circuit RH).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(2) SELCAL
(a) Ground system

(Ref. Fig. 032)
The ground system transmits, via VHF or HF transmitters, a
selective call code. This code comprises 2 consecutive pulses
each containing a mixture of the 2 frequencies. This enables the
calls to be differentiated.
The call comprises a single-code transmission without repeat.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(2) SELCAL
(a) Ground system

(Ref. Fig. 032)
The ground system transmits, via VHF or HF transmitters, a
selective call code. This code comprises 2 consecutive pulses
each containing a mixture of the 2 frequencies. According to the
ARINC 714 specification, this enables the calls to be
differentiated.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(b) Aircraft system
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 033)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 033A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 86
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
SELCAL System - Ground System
Figure 032

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 87
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
Figure 033

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 88
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
Figure 033A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 89
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
The aircraft receivers detect and capture the call signals

transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once detected,
the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL card.
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
correspond to the various communication facilities on the
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 in accordance with
aircraft definition).
The SELCAL decoder permanently scans the 5 inputs on which the
calls may be present. It analyzes the received signals to check
if they comprise the frequencies relevant to aircraft code. The
operator programs this code on the SELCAL code panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the warning
system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the system which received the call (VHF1 - VHF2 -
VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP to reset the
aural and lighted call.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once detected,
the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL board.
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 in accordance with
aircraft definition).
The SELCAL function continuously monitors the digital data of the
five radio communication channels. It analyzes the received
signals to check if they comprise the frequencies relevant to
aircraft code. The operator programs this code on the SELCAL code
panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the warning
system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the system which received the call (VHF1 - VHF2 -
VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP to reset the
aural and lighted call.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 90
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(c) Associated peripheral assemblies

The SELCAL system is associated with:
- The radio communication systems VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2
(in accordance with aircraft definition).
- The Flight Warning Computer (FWC) system.
(d) Operation of the system
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 034)
1
_ Operation
The SELCAL signal issued by the various communication
assemblies is applied, depending on its source, to one of the
5 input channels (VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1, HF2).
An input compressor-filter first processes this signal:
- The input compressor (comprises a high gain amplifier and a
deviation detector amplifier) delivers an LF signal with
constant amplitude irrespective of input signal level
- The filter eliminates all frequencies above 3 Khz to enable
further processing of the signals by digital filtering.
At output of the 5 filters, the signals are sent to an
analog-digital converter. This converter has 2 functions:
- It constantly scans the 5 analog inputs under the control of
the calculating unit.
- It selects the channel on which a call is transmitted
(multiplexing function).
- It converts the analog signals into 8-bit digital signals so
that they can be used by the calculating unit.
At the output of the converter, an 8-bit data bus transmits
the digital signals to the calculation unit.
The calculating unit:
- Recognizes if the code of the signals received corresponds
to the code given by the SELCAL code panel
- Interprets and manages the various information received from
the input circuits: ground crew call, Cabin Attendant call,
pin-program information, test request, etc.
- Generates the various messages transmitted to the output
circuits.
When the system operates correctly, this enables the
indication of calls, the link with the BITE circuit, etc.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 91
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
SELCAL System - Block Diagram
Figure 034

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 92
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
The calculating unit checks the concordance between the code
selected on the SELCAL code panel and the received code. It
then generates a digital message. This message is sent via the
output stages to the various audio cards. The audio cards
transmit the information to the various ACPs via their
connecting bus in order to switch on the associated lights.
Likewise, data is sent to the FWC system.
This enables audio indication of the call.
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch on one of
the ACPs, data is sent to the associated audio card. This data
is transmitted via the input stages to the calculating unit.
This calculating unit re-initializes the system.
2
_ Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system
(Ref. Fig. 035)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
1
_ Operation
- Recognizes if the code of the signals received corresponds
- Interprets and manages the various information received from
the input circuits: ground crew call, Cabin Attendant call.
- Generates the various messages transmitted to the output
circuits.
then generates a digital message. This message is sent to the
audio boards which transmit the information to the various
ACPs via their connecting bus in order to switch on the
associated lights.
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch on one of
the ACPs, data is sent to the associated audio card. This data
is transmitted via the input stages to the calculating unit.
This calculating unit re-initializes the system.
2
_ Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system
(Ref. Fig. 033A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 93
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
Figure 035

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 94
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
- Operation of ground crew call

This circuit displays the call from the ground crew in the
cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-42 (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call System -

____
Circuit WC) gives the operation of the ground crew call
circuit.
- Operation
When pushbutton switch 10WC (located on external
power panel 108VU) is pushed, it sends ground
information to the calculating unit via the input
stages.
The information is processed then a message is sent
via the output stages to the various audio cards and
then to the ACPs.
This causes the MECH legend to flash (coupled with
INT transmission pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds.
After 60 seconds, or when the RESET pushbutton switch
is pressed, like the SELCAL system, the circuit is
re-initialized.
- Operation of Cabin Attendant Call
This circuit displays calls made from the cabin by
the Cabin Attendants in the cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-73 (Cabin Intercommunication Data System

____
- Circuit RH) gives the operation of the call circuit.
- Operation
When a call is made from the Cabin Attendant station,
the CIDS generates ground information. This
information is sent to the calculating unit via the
input stages.
The information is processed then sent via the output
stages to the various audio cards and then to the
ACPs. On the ACPs, this causes ATT legend to flash
(coupled with CAB pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds.
After 60 seconds or when the RESET pushbutton switch
is pushed, like the SELCAL system, the calculating
unit re-initializes the circuit.
It also sends information to the CIDS for
re-initialization via the output stages.
NOTE : It is possible to inhibit the automatic function which

____
causes the MECH and ATT flashing call legends to stop.
(Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 95
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
3
_ Other functions
- Pin-program
The calculating unit collects the information given by the
pin-program. It processes this information then sends it:
.to the various audio cards and then to the ACPs.
.to the BITE circuit to enable this circuit to generate a
data message which is sent to the CFDIU system.
- BITE circuit
The BITE system sends a test request message to the
SELCAL-CALL card via the input stages.
A test unit comprised of an LF-signal generator circuit,
output status-check circuits and input forcing circuits is
integrated into this card.
The calculating unit processes the messages then triggers
the test program.
The result is sent in message form to the BITE circuit.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
G. Pin-Program
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 036)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 036A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
In a simple way, the pin-program adapts the AMU to suit the various
configurations of the audio system.
The pin-programm:
- Inhibits the function selection annunciators located on the face of the
ACP which correspond to the uninstalled optional equipment (VHF3, HF1,
HF2)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 96
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
Figure 036

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 97
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
Figure 036A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 98
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
- Sends, after processing in the AMU, installation information relevant
to the previous equipment and information relevant to the optional
navigation equipment (ADF2 - MLS). It sends this information to the
CFDIU via an output bus.
- Inhibits the automatic reset function after the Cabin Attendant and
ground crew calls have operated for 60 seconds.
- Enables change from FAA certification to CAA certification.
- Enables the PA transmission pushbutton switch located on each ACP to be
given stable operation (i.e. same as the other transmission pushbutton
switches).
Operation
It is possible to modify the programming of these functions by installing
specific shunts. This generates a message which (after it has been
processed) is sent to the various ACPs, to the CFDIU or to the management
microprocessor.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
H. Electrical Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 037)
Seven separate power-supply networks supply the AMU:
- One +28 V input for each processing channel (5 in maximum
configuration)
- One +28 V input which supplies the flight interphone function.
- One +28 V input which supplies the SELCAL-CALL and BITE function.
Each network is equipped with its own protection, filter and regulation
systems.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
J. Additional cockpit occupant function (optional)

On AMU 4031SB, all the audio circuits and interfaces for the optional 5th
Occupant (located in cockpit) are implemented on the BITE board :
- power supply interface
- microphone supply interface
- selection and input of audio signals from the 5th Occupant microphones
- digital to analog conversion of reception signals
- amplification and impedance matching of audio output interface
- radio PTT selection interface
- discrete interface
- ARINC 429 interface with the 5th Occupant ACP
NOTE : For the other crew members, these circuits and interfaces are
____
located on the audio boards and adaptation board.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 99
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram
Figure 037

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page A0
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
7. _________
BITE Test
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
A. Purpose
The audio system BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) serves as an aid for line
maintenance in workshop and Service Department.
It is used when faulty units are to be detected, replaced or repaired.
It limits the number of unwanted removals of the system components.
The BITE:
- Constantly transmits the actual status of the system
(availability-unavailability).
- Memorizes any failures which occurred during the 63 previous flight
segments or up to memory capacity.
- Monitors the data exchanges between the system components.
- Centralizes the triggered tests or self-test results.
- Dialogs with the CFDIU by means of menus.
- An additional function is the transmission of the pin-program and a
message which serve to identify the system.
(1) Normal mode

This mode cyclically interrogates the AMU cards in order to know
their status and the status of the associated ACP. It transmits this
information to the CFDIU and if a failure is detected, records this
information in the failure memory.
It interrogates the cards one after each other every 13 ms. The
processing card generates information with respect to the self-test
of this card and the data from the associated ACP. This information
is sent to the BITE. This information is sent to CFDIU cyclically
every 200 ms under label 356.
(2) Menu mode

This mode is used only on the ground. It enables dialog between the
AMU and an operator via the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
(MCDU).
An air-ground discrete gives the ground-flight information.
The LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00 -
Circuit GA) delivers the air-ground discrete.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A1
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
A. Purpose
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) is equipped with a Type 1 BITE circuit.
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
C. Functional description
(Ref. Fig. 038)
The operator uses the 2 MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 installed on the center
pedestal to manage the BITE sytem (REF ATA 22-82-00).
For the various operations to be performed and the displays obtained,
Ref.following figures
(Ref. Fig. 039, 040, 041, 042, 043)
D. Not Applicable
E. Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
C. BITE Description
(Ref. Fig. 038A)
The two AUDIO boards, the SELCAL board, the BITE board and the ACPs are
the elements monitored by the AMU BITE.
D. Function
The main purpose of the AUDIO system BITE is to supply maintenance
assistance. The integrated maintenance function has two levels :
- a real time maintenance, which is active during the operation of the
unit
- a ground maintenance, which brings into operation tests that cannot be
performed during the flight.
The BITE board manages the dialogue with the CFDIU. It dates and stores
in an EPROM memory all the faults detected in the system during the
previous 63 flight legs.
The BITE board transmits to the CFDIU the data and information that
follow :
- functional status of the system (AMU and ACPs)
- results of the Built-in tests and of the CFDIU-requested tests
- unit ATA identifier code - part number and serial number of the unit
- part number of the ACPs

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A2
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
MCDU - Location
Figure 038

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page A3
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Integrating System - BITE Description
Figure 038A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A4
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - Functional Description
Figure 039

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A5
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 040

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page A6
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 040A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A7
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 041

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page A8
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 041A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A9
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 042

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page A10
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 042A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A11
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 043

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page A12
Config-1 May 01/07

CES
- pin programming, which is a constant data stored in the EPROM memory.
E. Operation
(1) Normal mode

The normal mode of operation consists in monitoring cyclically the
status of the AMU cards and the status of the associated ACP,
transmitting data to the CFDIU and, if any failure is detected,
storing it in the fault memory.
(2) Menu mode

The menu mode of operation is only activated on the ground and it
consists in a dialogue between the AMU and the operator through one
of the three MCDUs. Flight/ground data is given by the CFDIU and when
there is no data from a ground circuit (flight/ground discrete), it
is given by the LGCIU.
For the Audio Integrating System (AIS), the menu mode consists of the
following:
(Ref. Fig. 039)
- a LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 040A)
- a PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 041A)
- a LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 042A)
- a TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 044)
- a GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 045)
- a TEST
(Ref. Fig. 043A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(3) Other functions

The AMU BITE circuit ensures two additional functions
- It transmits the status of the pin-program
- It transmits an identification message.
(a) Transmission of PIN-PROGRAM*

- The BITE circuit generates a message giving the installation
status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 - MLS).
This message is generated from the information sent by the
SELCAL card which receives the pin-program. It is sent to the
CFDIU.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A13
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST
Figure 043A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A14
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 044

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A15
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - GROUND REPORT
Figure 045

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page A16
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
- The CFDIU system requires this information in order to transmit
this information to the relevant circuits such as the RMPs
(Radio Management Panels) and the SDAC (System Data Acquisition
Concentrator).
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in
compliance with ARINC 429 with label 350.
Word structure is as follows:
b32 b31 b30 b23 b16 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |M |A |H |H |V | | | |
P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| L | D | F | F | H | 0 | 0|LABEL|
| | | S| F | 2| 1| F | | | 350 |
| | | | 2| | | 3| | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0: the equipment is not installed

- Bit at logic 1: the equipment is installed
(b) Transmission of identification message

Every component connected to the maintenance centralized system
transmits an identification message to facilitate and shorten the
test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is 6A.
This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
with ARINC 429 with label 377.
b31 b30 b29 b19 b18 b15 b14 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | |
| P | 0 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(3) Other functions

The AMU BITE circuit ensures two additional functions
- It transmits the status of the pin-program
- It transmits an identification message.
(a) Transmission of PIN-PROGRAM*

- The BITE circuit generates a message giving the installation
status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 - MLS). It
is sent to the CFDIU.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A17
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
- The CFDIU system requires this information in order to transmit
this information to the relevant circuits such as the RMPs
(Radio Management Panels) and the SDAC (System Data Acquisition
Concentrator).
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in
compliance with ARINC 429 with label 350.
b32 b31 b30 b23 b16 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |M |A |H |H |V | | | |
P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| L | D | F | F | H | 0 | 0|LABEL|
| | | S| F | 2| 1| F | | | 350 |
| | | | 2| | | 3| | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0: the equipment is not installed

- Bit at logic 1: the equipment is installed
(b) Transmission of identification message

test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is 6A.
b31 b30 b29 b19 b18 b15 b14 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | |
| P | 0 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-403, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
F. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization

- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration:
. Whatever the A/C configuration on ground

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A18
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) Progress of power-up tests
- Duration: 1 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- None
(3) Results of power-up tests (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of

tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
. None
- Tests failed:
. None

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-403, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page A19
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Post SB 23-1347 For A/C 401-403,
R AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

____________________________________________
1. General
_______
A. Functions
The audio management system provides the means for using:
(1) All the radio communication, SATCOM and radio navigation facilities
installed on the aircraft:
- In transmission mode: it collects the microphone inputs of the
various crew stations and directs them to the communication
systems.
- In reception mode : it collects the audio outputs of the
communication systems and the navigation receivers and directs them
to the various crew stations.
(2) The flight interphone system:

- Telephone links between the various crew stations in the cockpit.
- Telephone links between the cockpit and the ground crew from the
external power receptacle.
(3) The SELCAL (Selective Calling) system:

- Visual and aural indication of calls from ground stations equipped
with a coding device used by the aircraft installation.
(4) Certain calls:

- Visual indication of the ground crew and the Cabin Attendants
calls.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The system comprises:
- 1 AMU
- 2 hand microphone receptacles (CAPT and F/O)
- 2 loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches
- 2 radio PTT switches
- 1 jack for the ground crew
- 1 AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch
- 1 SELCAL code panel.
NOTE : In addition, the system uses :

____
- 2 loud speakers which are part of the central warning system
(Flight Warning Computer, ATA 31-53-00, Circuit WW)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 1
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating - Block Diagram

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 2
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 3
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 4
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
- 3 oxygen mask microphones which are part of the oxygen system
(OXYGEN-ATA 35-00-00, Circuit HM)
- 2 relay boxes which are part of the DMC system (Display Management
Computer-ATA 31-63-00, Circuit WT)
- FLIGHT/GROUND information from the LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00, Circuit GA).
NOTE : System provision are provided for the installation of an audio

____
control panel in the avionics compartment.
System provision includes:
- a jack panel
- a blanking place
- a circuit breaker.
3. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RN AMU 81VU 127 824 23-51-34
2RN1 ACP-CAPT 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN2 ACP-F/O 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN3 ACP-3RD OCCPNT 20VU 211 831 23-51-12
3RN SELCAL CODE PNL 80VU 128 824 23-51-13
10RN1 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, CAPT 211 831 35-12-41
10RN2 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, F/O 212 831 35-12-41
10RN3 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 3RD OCCPNT 212 831 35-12-41
16RN SEL SW-AUDIO SWITCHING 48VU 211 831 23-51-00
11RN SW-RAD PTT, CAPT 191VU 211 831 23-51-17
12RN SW-RAD PTT, F/O 180VU 212 831 23-51-17
14RN JACK-FLT INTPH 108VU 120 824 23-51-00
15RN1 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, CAPT 301VU 211 831 23-51-00
15RN2 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, F/O 500VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN1 RCPT-BOOMSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
17RN2 RCPT-BOOMSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN3 RCPT-BOOMSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN1 JACK-HEADSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
18RN2 JACK-HEADSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN3 JACK-HEADSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN5 JACK-HEADSET, SUPPLEMENTARY 15VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN1 RCPT-HAND MIC, CAPT 17VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN2 RCPT-HAND MIC, F/O 16VU 212 831 23-51-00
19RN3 RCPT-HAND MIC, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
7WW LOUD SPEAKER-CAPT 6VU 211 831 31-53-21
8WW LOUD SPEAKER-F/O 6VU 212 831 31-53-21

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 5
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management - Component Location Audio Management

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 6
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 7
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 8
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 9
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
A. Audio Management System
(1) The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics
compartment in the aft electronics rack 80VU on shelf 81VU.
(2) The three Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as
follows:
- 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
- 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
- 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU.
(3) These receptacles and jacks panels are identified and located as
follows:
panel 61VU, Captain side,
panel 60VU, First Officer side,
- 17RN3 (boomset receptacle), 18RN3 (headset jack) and 19RN3 (hand
mic receptacle) on panel 62VU on the right rear wall in the
cockpit.
(4) The supplementary headset jack 18RN5 is located on the left rear
console, panel 15VU.
(5) The two hand mic receptacles are identified and located as follows:
- 19RN1 on left console, panel 17VU, Captain side,
- 19RN2 on right console, panel 16VU, First Officer side.
(6) The two loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches are
identified and located as follows:
- 15RN1 on instrument panel, Captain side, panel 301VU,
- 15RN2 on instrument panel, First Officer side, panel 500VU.
(7) The two radio PTT switches are identified and located as follows:
- 11RN on side stick hand-grip, Captain side, 191VU
- 12RN on side stick hand-grip, First Officer side, 180VU.
(8) The three oxygen-mask stowage-boxes are identified and located as

follows:
- 10RN1 on left side console 101VU, Captain side,
- 10RN2 on right side console 700VU, First Officer side,
- 10RN3 on right side console 700VU beside the First Officer oxygen
mask.
(9) The flight interphone jack for the ground crew 14RN is located on the
external power panel 108VU.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 10
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(10) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch 16RN is located on the overhead
panel 48VU.
(11) The SELCAL code panel 3RN is located in the avionics compartment,
above the aft electronics rack 80VU.
NOTE : Full provision is made for the installation of an audio

____
control panel in the avionics compartment comprising the
following equipment:
- 17RN4 (boomset receptacle), 18RN4 (headset jack) and 19RN4
(hand mic receptacle) located on the panel 63VU in the
avionics compartment above the rack 80VU.
Remark: This panel also comprises a connector 3RJ for
connecting a boomset to the service interphone circuit,
circuit RJ, ATA 23-44.
- the blanking plate is located on the panel 63VU in the
avionics compartment above the electronics rack 80VU.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The system components are supplied with 28VDC from busbar 1PP and essential
busbar 4PP via 2 sub-busbars 101PP and 401PP respectively.
A. 28VDC BUS 1 101PP

- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP (2RN3) through the AMU.
- Supply of the optional 5th Occupant and Avionics Bay ACPs (2RN5, 2RN4)
through the AMU.
B. VDC ESS BUSPP

- Supply of the Captain ACP (2RN1), of the audio board A (Captain and
Avionics Bay) and of the SELCAL board.
- Supply of the 1st Officer ACP (2RN2), of the audio board (F/O and 3rd
Occupant) and of the BITE board.
5. Interface
_________
A. ACP/AMU Interface
(1) Structure of message

The messages exchanged between the AMU and the ACP are transmitted in
compliance with ARINC Specification No. 429 at a low frequency (12
KHz).
(Ref. Fig. 005)

Item A.
For a transmission rate of 12 KHz, the elementary bit time is:
1/12 KHz = 83.3 microseconds.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 11
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply
Figure 003

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 12
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management -Circuit Breakers location
Figure 004

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 13
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management - Word Messages
Figure 005

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 14
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
As a word comprises 32 bits:
t1 = 32 X 83.3 microseconds = 2.67 ms
and as a word is transmitted every 10 ms:
t2 = 10 ms.
The time between 2 words is:

t2 - t1 = 7.33 ms.
(2) Protocol for data exchange between AMU and ACP

A dialog exists between the ACP and the AMU in order to establish a
looped circuit.
The ACP transmits three types of words:
- 1st type of word designated word O or status request word.
- 2nd type of word designated volume control word.
- 3rd type of word designated coded data of ACP P/N.
The AMU transmits two words designated status words.
Structure of dialog
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Item B
(a) ACP-to-AMU connection

The ACP transmits a word every 10 ms in the following order:
. Status request word Word 0
. VHF1 volume control word Word 1
. HF1 volume control word Word 4
. HF2 volume control word Word 5
. INT volume control word Word 6
. CAB volume control word Word 7
. PA volume control word Word 8
. VOR1 volume control word Word 9
. VOR2 volume control word Word 10
. MKR volume control word Word 11
. LS volume control word Word 12
. SATCOM 1 volume control word Word 13
. SATCOM 2 volume control word Word 14
. ADF1 volume control word Word 15
. ADF2 volume control word Word 16
. PART NUMBER part 1 word Word 17
. PART NUMBER part 2 word Word 18
- This cyclic transmission continues provided that no volume
control modification or any other data modification appears.
- As soon as a modification is detected at any data level, the
system emits the concerned word every 10 ms until this data is
fixed (end of modifications).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 15
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
- However, a complete basic cycle is emitted after 210 ms to
up-date, if applicable, other data.
- Moreover, the status request word will be emitted
systematically every 210 ms irrespective of the data
modifications in progress.
(b) AMU-to-ACP connection

These words arrive every 210 ms (word 2 arrives 10 ms after word
1) and give the SELCAL call status, transmission channel return
and pin-programming status.
(3) Types of word
(a) Words from ACP
1
_ First type of words
(designated word 0 or status request word)
b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 28 27 12 11 10 9 8 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P | Reseved | ER ER | R | SDI | LABEL |
| | | 15-----------------------------------0 | T | | 300 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Program identification
- b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of data sent.
Label 300 is assigned to word 0.
- b9 : SDI : Bit sets to 1.
- b10 : SDI : Bit sets to 0.
- b11 : Status of ACP test ( in progress : 1, not in progress : 0)
- b12 to b27 : Error : Gives the result of a self-test and a fault
diagnosis.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 16
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------
| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| ERROR |
|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|12| |
|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|-----------------|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| RAM |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | MICROPROCESSOR |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | CHECKSUM |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | CONVERSION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | ARINC RECEPTION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | RECEPTION ERROR |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | COLUMN 1 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | COLUMN 2 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | COLUMN 3 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | COLUMN 4 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | LINE |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | PIN-PROGRAMMING |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | VOICE |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | | EMISSION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | CONVERSION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | KEYBOARD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
- b28 to b31 : Reserved (set to 0)

- b32 : Parity bit (odd).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 17
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
2
_ Second type of word
(designated volume control word or word n)
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 28 27 26 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |R | | | | | | | | |
| | ER ER ER ER |E |V |ON/|D D D D D D D D|I |R | E E E E | | |
|P | |S | | | |N |A | | SDI | LABEL |
| | 20 19 18 17 |E |O |OFF|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|T |D | 3 2 1 0 | | |
| | |T | | | | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Program Identification
- b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of data sent
(Ref. label table)
- b9 to b10 : SDI : Bits which identify the relevant system
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | LABEL CODE | SDI BITS |
| |----------------------|-----------|
| | ARINC | BYTE IN | b10 | b9 |
| | STANDARD |HEXADECIMAL| | |
--------------------------------------------------------------
|Status request word | 300 | 0 3 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VHF1 volume control word | 210 | 1 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
|HF1 volume control word | 211 | 9 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|HF2 volume control word | 211 | 9 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|INT volume control word | 215 | B 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|CAB volume control word | 215 | B 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|PA volume control word | 212 | 5 1 | 1 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VOR1 volume control word | 213 | D 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VOR2 volume control word | 213 | D 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|MKR volume control word | 213 | D 1 | 1 | 1 |
| | | | | |

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 18
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | LABEL CODE | SDI BITS |
| |----------------------|-----------|
| | ARINC | BYTE IN | b10 | b9 |
| | STANDARD |HEXADECIMAL| | |
--------------------------------------------------------------
|ILS volume control word | 217 | F 1 | 0 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|SATCOM 1 volume ctl word | 220 | 0 9 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|SATCOM 2 volume ctl word | 220 | 0 9 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|ADF1 volume control word | 212 | 5 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|ADF2 volume control word | 212 | 5 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|PART NUMBER part 1 word | 302 | 4 3 | 0 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|PART NUMBER part 2 word | 302 | 4 3 | 0 | 1 |
--------------------------------------------------------------
- b11 to b14 : Status of transmission keyboard (Ref.

transmission selection table) ACP transmission selection-table
---------------------------------------------------------
| b14 | b13 | b12 | b11 | |
--------------------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | No channel selected |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | VHF1 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | VHF2 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | VHF3 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | HF1 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | HF2 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | INT |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | CAB |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | PA |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | SATCOM 1 |
| | | | | |

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 19
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
---------------------------------------------------------
| b14 | b13 | b12 | b11 | |
--------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | SATCOM 2 |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 1 | 1 | SATCOM 1 DEACTIVATED |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | SATCOM 2 DEACTIVATED |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | INVALID |
---------------------------------------------------------
- b15 : Radio PTT switch (active at 1)

- b16 : Interphone PTT switch (active at 1)
- b17 to b24 : Byte which defines the volume control value of the
channel defined by the label and the SDI
- b25 : Bit which defines the ON or OFF status of the
reception channel (1 for ON)
- b26 : Bit which sets the VOICE filter into service
(active at 1)
- b27 : Call reset (active at 1)
- b28 to b31 : Error : Bits which give a fault diagnosis
(Ref. Error bits Table)
Signification of error bits
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| b31 | b30 | b29 | b28 | |
|-------|-------|-------|-------|------------------------------------------|
| | | | 1 | Volume control deviation > 70 in HEX |
| | | | | |
| | | 1 | | Transmission pushbutton switch inhibited |
| | | | | |
| | 1 | | | VOICE pushbutton switch inhibited |
| | | | | |
| 1 | | | | RESET pushbutton switch inhibited |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- b32 : Parity bit.
3
_ Third type of word: Words 17 and 18
(designated coded data of ACP P/N)
The words 17 and 18 comprise coded data that identify ACP P/N.
This P/N is made up of two numerical parts (Part 1 and Part 2)
separated from each other by two letters.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 20
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
- Example: ACP P/N 2788 AF 01
2788 ............. : Part 1
01 ............. : Part 2
A ............. : First letter
F ............. : Second letter .
a
_ Word composition
- Word 17
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO 5 BCD BCD BCD
1st Letter THOUSANDS HUNDREDS TENS RESERVED
PART 1 PART 1 PART 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Word 18
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO 5 BCD BCD BCD
2nd Letter TENS UNITS UNITS RESERVED
PART 1 PART 1 PART 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Example: ACP P/N 2788 AF 01
- Word 17
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
A 2 7 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Word 18

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 21
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
F 8 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Word from AMU (status word)

The AMU transmits two words designated status words.
These two words are called word 1 and word 2.
1
_ Word 1
Its structure is as follows:
32 31 30 29 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|P |0 |0 | | | | | | |
| | | |A A A A A| | A A| E E E E | 0 0 | LABEL |
| | | |4 3 2 1 0| | 6 5| 3 2 1 0 | | 301 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 301 is assigned to the status word.

- b1 to b8 : Label 301 : Byte which defines the type of data sent
- b9 : Status of SATCOM 1 call (ON = 1)
- b10 : Status of SATCOM 2 call (ON = 1)
- b11 to b14 : Return of transmission keyboard status for check in
ACP (the truth table is the same as the one used in
the volume control word)
- b15 : Status of MECH call (ON = 1)
- b16 : Status of ATT call (ON = 1)
- b17 to b22 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING
------------------------------------------------------------------
| b22 | b21 | b20 | b19 | b18 | b17 | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | | 1 | VHF3 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | 1 | | HF1 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | 1 | | | HF2 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | | 1 | | | | ADF2 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | 1 | | | | | MLS (unused) |
| | | | | | | |
| 1 | | | | | | Lock PA |

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 22
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
------------------------------------------------------------------
| b22 | b21 | b20 | b19 | b18 | b17 | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------|
------------------------------------------------------------------
- b23 : ACP test requested by the BITE
- b24 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING SATCOM 1 (ON = 1)
- b25 to b29 : Status of calls
---------------------------------------------------------
| b29 | b28 | b27 | b26 | b25 | |
--------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | 1 |VHF1 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | 1 | |VHF2 |
| | | | | | |
| | | 1 | | |VHF3 |
| | | | | | |
| | 1 | | | | HF1 |
| | | | | | |
| 1 | | | | | HF2 |
---------------------------------------------------------
- b30 : Status of VOICE (ON = 1)
- b31 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING SATCOM 2 (ON = 1)
- b32 : Parity bit.
2
_Word 2
Its structure is as follows:
32 31 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|P | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | LABEL |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 303 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 303 is assigned to word 2.

- b1 to b8 : Label 303 : Byte which defines the type of data sent
- b9 to b15 : Reserved
- b16 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING SATCOM FUNCTION (ON = 1)
- b17 to b18 : Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 1 transmission pushbutton
switch

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 23
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
---------------------------------------------------------------
| b18 | b17 | Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 1 |
| | | transmission pushbutton switch |
|-------|-------|---------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | OFF |
| | | |
| 0 | 1 | flashes 1 cycle/s (HOLD function) |
| | | |
| 1 | 0 | flashes 2 cycles/s (AIR/GROUND call) |
| | | |
| 1 | 1 | ON |
---------------------------------------------------------------
- b19 to b20 : Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 2 transmission pu
switch
---------------------------------------------------------------
| b20 | b19 | Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 2 |
| | | transmission pushbutton switch |
|-------|-------|---------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | OFF |
| | | |
| 0 | 1 | flashes 1 cycle/s (HOLD function) |
| | | |
| 1 | 0 | flashes 2 cycles/s (AIR/GROUND call) |
| | | |
| 1 | 1 | ON |
---------------------------------------------------------------
- b21 : Status of SATCOM 1 discrete No. 1 (0 = ground, 1 = open)
- b25 to 31 : Reserved
- b32 : Parity bit.
B. AMU/ CFDIU Interface

The input and output connection with the CFDIU is a Type 1 System.
The system is capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU.
The AMU transmits labels 350, 356 and 377 on the output bus (labels 350
and 377 have additional functions).
Besides the maintenance function the AMU BITE circuit ensures two
additional functions:
- it transmits the status of the pin-program
- it transmits an identification message.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 24
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(1) Transmission of pin program
- Every 120 ms the BITE circuit generates a message which gives the
installation status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 -
MLS (unused) - SATCOM).
This message is generated from the information sent by the SELCAL
card which receives the pin-program. It is sent to the CFDIU.
- The CFDS requires this information in order to transmit this
information to the relevant circuits such as the Radio Management
Panels (RMP) and the SDAC.
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 23 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |M |S |S | A |H |H |V | | | |
|P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 |L |A |A | D |F |F |H | 0 |0 | LABEL |
| | | |S |T |T | F 2 |2 |1 |F | | | 350 |
| | | | |C |C | | | |3 | | | |
| | | | |O |O | | | | | | | |
| | | | |M |M | | | | | | | |
| | | | |2 |1 | | | | | | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0 : the equipment is not installed
- Bit at logic 1 : the equipment is installed.
(2) Transmission of identification message

test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is: 6A.
b b b b b b b b b b b b
31 30 29 19 18 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 25
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
C. Output Discretes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALTERNATE PTT CABIN GND/O.C CIDS 1/2 XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT HF 1 GND/O.C HF 1 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT HF 2 GND/O.C HF 2 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT PA GND/O.C CIDS 1/2 XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT VHF 1 GND/O.C VHF 1 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ACTIVATED = GND
ACTIVATED = GND
SELCAL INTMT BUZZER CTL GND/O.C FWC BUZZER ACTIVATED
= GND
ATTND RESET OUTPUT GND/O.C CIDS 1/2 SC RESET
ACTIVATED = GND
D. Output Analog Signals
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CABIN MIKE 0/0.250 V CIDS Modulation
CVR AUDIO 3rd OCCPNT 0/5.5 V CVR Modulation
CVR AUDIO CAPTAIN 0/5.5 V CVR Modulation
CVR AUDIO F/0 0/5.5 V CVR Modulation
HF 1 MIKE 0/0.250 V HF 1 XCVR Modulation
HF 2 MIKE 0/0.250 V HF 2 XCVR Modulation
PASSENGER ADDRESS MIKE 0/0.250 V CIDS Modulation
VHF 1 MIKE 0/0.250 V VHF 1 XCVR Modulation

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 26
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
6. _____________________
A. Audio Control Panel
(1) Function
The ACP supplies the means:
- to use the various radio communication and radio navigation
facilities installed on the aircraft for transmission and reception
of the audio signals
- to display the various calls (SELCAL, ground crew call and calls
from the Cabin Attendants).
The ACP only serves for control and indicating.

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The face comprises:
- 7 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches for selection of the
transmission channels. They also indicate the SELCAL, ground crew
and Cabin Attendant calls.
- 3 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches separated from the 7
other pushbutton switches. One of this pushbutton switch selects
the transmission channel for Passenger Address (PA) announcements,
the 2 others are used for the selection of the SATCOM channels
(they also indicate the call on these channels).
- 15 round pushbutton switches with associated potentiometers for
selection and adjustment of the audio level on the reception
channels.
- 1 INT/RAD selector switch which selects the radio and flight
interphone functions. It is a three-position switch: stable in INT
and center position, unstable in RAD position.
- 1 rectangular VOICE pushbutton switch which connects a filter into
the audio circuits of the VOR and ADF navigation systems.
- 1 RESET rectangular electronic pushbutton switch which is used to
cancel the lighted calls.
The ACP is connected to the AMU and to the various aircraft circuits
by means of a round 19-pin connector.
(3) Functional description

(Ref. Fig. 007)
NOTE : With the SATCOM system, communications are managed by the

____
audio system, and subscribers telephone number is initialized
by the MCDU (Ref. ATA 23-82) and managed by the SDU (Ref. ATA
23-28).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 27
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Control Panel - Face
Figure 006

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 28
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-51-00

Page 29
Config-2 May 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 30
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 31
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(a) Transmission channel selection
To connect the microphones and the PTT command to the selected
transmitter, push one of the 10 rectangular pushbutton switches:
VHF1- VHF2- VHF3- HF1- HF2- INT- CAB- PA- SATCOM 1- SATCOM 2.
The three green bars on the pushbutton switch, which indicate
that selection has been accepted, come on.
An electronic device inhibits simultaneous selection of several
transmitters and therefore several transmission pushbutton
switches cannot be selected at the same time.
When a new transmission function is selected, the light of the
selected pushbutton switch comes on and the function is selected.
At the same time, the previously selected pushbutton switch is
disabled and its three green bars go off.
To interrupt a communication, push the transmission pushbutton
switch which is already selected: the function is disabled. The
indicator light which indicates transmission goes off and no
transmission function is selected on the ACP.
For SATCOM communications only, the HOLD function can be used.
The aim of this function is to hold the current SATCOM
communication temporarily while using another communication means
(e.g VHF). Thus, a SATCOM call being established (green bars on),
action on another transmission pushbutton switch causes the three
green bars of the concerned transmission channel to come on and
stay on (normal ACP operation). Then, the green bars of the
SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch start to flash (flashing
rate: 1 on/off cycle per second). If the SATCOM channel is
selected again or if the concerned transmission pushbutton switch
is pushed a second time, the corresponding channel is no longer
selected and the green bars of the SATCOM transmission pushbutton
switch come on and stay on.
To interrupt a SATCOM communication, the selected transmission
pushbutton switch must be also pushed (in this case, the SATCOM
transmission pushbutton switch). In the same way, the indicator
light goes off, but the communication remains possible for three
seconds. When the SATCOM transmitter operates in HOLD function,
it is necessary to return to the SATCOM transmission and to push
the SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch again.
When the call termination request comes from the ground, the
green bars go off.
The rectangular PA pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. it must be
held pushed during the complete transmission time. This avoids
unwanted transmission on the PA circuit. This unstable operation
can be inhibited by the AMU pin-program.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 32
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Selection of reception
adjust the audio levels.
When an audio channel is selected, the related reception
They are of the push-push type: when you push a pushbutton switch
(initial position), it moves in then out to a level above that of
the unselected pushbutton switches. A white skirt on the
pushbutton switch appears, the pushbutton switch comes on and the
selected receiver is connected.
Rotate this pushbutton switch to adjust the reception level.
You can select several reception pushbutton switches
simultaneously.
When you push the pushbutton switch again, it engages in its
initial position: the receiver is disconnected.
(c) Call indication

During a ground crew, Cabin Attendant or SELCAL call, a legend
flashes amber under the green lines of the transmission
pushbutton switch concerned.
selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3-HF1-HF2-SATCOM 1-SATCOM 2 pushbutton
switches (SELCAL call)
- MECH: INT pushbutton switch (ground crew call)
- ATT: CAB pushbutton switch (Cabin Attendant call).
To switch off the amber legends, push the RESET pushbutton
switch, or push transmission pushbutton switch of related
channel.
NOTE : The MECH and ATT legends which flash amber go off
____
automatically. This occurs after 60 seconds of operation
if the call is not cancelled by the RESET pushbutton
switch. This automatic function can be inhibited by the
AMU pin-program.
In the case of a SATCOM air-to-ground call, when the
SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch located on the ACP
is pushed , the AMU initiates a call. This causes the
three green bars of the SATCOM transmission pushbutton
switch to flash (flashing rate: 2 on/off cycles/second).
Once the call is established, the three green bars stay
on.
(d) VOICE selection

When you push the VOICE pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on
green. This indicates that a filter has been connected into the
audio circuits of the ADF and the VOR navigation systems.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 33
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
When you push this pushbutton switch again, the green ON legend
goes off: the filter is no longer in service.
(e) INT/RAD switch

This switch is used for the transmission function when the
boomset or the oxygen mask is in service: it acts as the PTT
switch for this equipment which unlike the hand microphone is not
equipped with this type of control. This switch also sends a
pulse to the transmitter selection logic of the AMU.
1
_ Center position
The radio transceiver receives no switchover information. It
remains in reception function.
2
_ RAD position
The radio transceiver receives (via the AMU) a switchover
information.
It switches from reception to transmission function.
3
_ INT position
This position enables direct use of the flight interphone.
There are two utilization procedures for the flight
interphone.
- Normal mode
The user pushes the INT transmission pushbutton switch and
uses it like an ordinary radio channel (he places and holds
the INT/RAD switch in RAD position).
- Direct mode
If user has selected a radio channel (VHF1, VHF2 etc.), he
can, if he so wishes, use the flight interphone. To do this
he does not have to release the transmission pushbutton
switch. He shall simply place the INT/RAD switch in INT
position.
NOTE : When this switch is set to RAD, it performs the same

____
function as the radio switches located on the
side-stick hand-grips. If conflicting orders are given
by the side-stick switch (RAD position), and the
corresponding ACP switch (INT position), the radio
function takes priority over the interphone function.
(f) Lighting
The ACP comprises 2 lighting circuits :
- The selection accepted (green) and the call (amber) indications
can be adjusted by the DIM/BRIGHT circuit (6 V/4.5 V) (Ref. ATA
33-14-00-circuit LP).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 34
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
- The integral lighting is adjusted by the pedestal integral
lighting potentiometer (5 V-0 V) (Ref. ATA 33-13-00-circuit
LF).
The reception selection pushbutton switches are side-lit by the
integral lighting lamps. They are therefore also controlled by
the pedestal integral lighting potentiometer.
(1) Function
The SELCAL code panel is used to program the SELCAL code assigned to
the aircraft.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 008)
This panel is a rectangular box in compliance with ARINC 714.
The face features:
- 4 thumbwheels for selection of a code made up of 4 letters from
amongst the following:
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - J - K - L - M- N - P - Q - R - S.
- A plexiglass cover over the thumbwheels which protects the
displayed code. The operator can read the code through the cover.
- The rear is equipped with a round connector for connection to the
aircraft electrical network.
C. Audio Management Unit
(1) Functions
The AMU is a computer which ensures the interface between the user
and the various radio communication and radio navigation systems.
The AMU manages receptions (volume control and selection) and
transmissions (selections) independently for each user:
- Captain
- First Officer
- 3rd Occupant.
Options: 4th and 5th Occupants.
The AMU also decodes coded calls on radio communication (SELCAL)
channels, and ensures the BITE and flight interphone functions.

(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The AMU is in the form of a 4MCU size box in compliance with ARINC
600 Specification.
The AMU comprises:
(Ref. Fig. 011)
- Rear panel assembly
This includes the mother board and the rear panel

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 35
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
SELCAL Code Panel - Face
Figure 008

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 36
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management Unit - Face
Figure 009

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 37
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management Unit - Back
Figure 010

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 38
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management Unit - Card Layout
Figure 011

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 39
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
- Audio-SELCAL assembly
This includes the audio board A (dedicated to CAPT and Avionics bay
station) and the SELCAL board.
The two boards are attached together through spacers, and connected
together through connectors.
- Audio-BITE assembly This includes the audio board B (identical to
audio board A and dedicated to F/O and 3rd OCCPNT) and the BITE
board.
* On the AMU 4031LB, the functions related to 5th OCCPNT
(additional cockpit station) are implemented on the BITE board.
- Adaptation board
- Front panel assembly, which contains the cockpit amplifier board
and the heatsink.
7. Operation
_________
A. Audio Control Panel (ACP)

(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) General
The ACP is essentially a telecontrol panel.
The internal electronic circuit is structured around a
microprocessor.
It constantly scans the status of the face controls and transforms
them into logic data. It generates serial words from this logic data.
These words telecontrol the associated audio card in the AMU after
transmission of messages on an ARINC 429 bus line.
An ARINC 429 reception bus line enables the ACP to process the
information from the AMU. These information are relevant to the
different parameters to be displayed: detected calls, selected
transmission channels, selection of the voice filter on. These
parameters will be displayed once they have been taken into account
by the AMU and acknowledged in return.
The system is therefore looped.
(2) Operation
The data are managed and processed by a microcomputer.
There are five separate functions:
- reception volume control
- reception selection
- processing of the discrete commands:
. selection of transmission channel
. VOICE filter on/off command
. RAD/INT command
- Parameter display management
- ARINC 429 interfaces.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 40
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Control Panel - Synoptic Diagram
Figure 012

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 41
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(a) Reception volume control
This is achieved by the potentiometers accessible on the face.
The position of each potentiometer is defined by an analog
voltage on the slider. The potentiometers are supplied with a
reference voltage.
An analog-digital converter makes the 8-bit words correspond to
the slider voltages.
The slider voltages are read consecutively. Thus, the numerical
codes which correspond to the angular positions of the
potentiometers are obtained.
(b) Reception selection

The potentiometer must be pushed to select a channel. The
information is transmitted in the form of a word. This
information is taken into account consecutively when the
reception volume controls are scanned.
(c) Processing of discrete commands

The selection information of the RAD/INT command is constantly
available on the switch. It can, therefore, be directly used by
the microcomputer.
The transmission selection information (fugitive contacts) is
memorized and is therefore available for use by the
microcomputer.
The same applies to the VOICE filter control.
(d) Parameter display management

The AMU return information is processed in order to make sure
that the transmission is correct.
After this check, the display can be performed:
- the light associated with the selected transmission channel
comes on
- the light associated with the VOICE filter comes on
- the call lights come on.

(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
(1) Operation
In accordance with the BCD code, each of the thumbwheels opens the
various circuits or connects the various circuits to the ground. This
selects the different frequency filters assigned to the considered
codes.
- The Operating Diagram shows the control logic.
- When this circuit is connected to the ground or supplied with a
voltage of +3.5 V a logic 0 is obtained. This corresponds to
circuit operation.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 42
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation Diagram
Figure 013

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 43
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of thumbwheels
Figure 014

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 44
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
- When the circuit is open or has a resistance greater than 50000
ohms a logic 1 is obtained. This corresponds to non operation of
the circuit.
- The letter-frequency assignment table gives the letter-frequency
assignments.
Letter Frequency Assignment Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | 8 4 2 1 |
| A | 312.6 | 0 0 0 1 |
| B | 346.7 | 0 0 1 0 |
| C | 384.6 | 0 0 1 1 |
| D | 426.6 | 0 1 0 0 |
| E | 473.2 | 0 1 0 1 |
| F | 524.8 | 0 1 1 0 |
| G | 582.1 | 0 1 1 1 |
| H | 645.7 | 1 0 0 0 |
| J | 716.1 | 1 0 0 1 |
| K | 794.3 | 1 0 1 0 |
| L | 881 | 1 0 1 1 |
| M | 977.2 | 1 1 0 0 |
| P | 1083.9 | 1 1 0 1 |
| Q | 1202.3 | 1 1 1 0 |
| R | 1333.5 | 1 1 1 1 |
| S | 1479.1 | 0 0 0 0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The SELCAL code panel does not require an electrical power supply.
C. Audio Management Unit (AMU)

(Ref. Fig. 015)
(1) Transmission function

(Ref. Fig. 016)
(a) General
The transmission function:
- sets into service and supplies the various microphones used
(boomset, hand microphone, oxygen mask microphone)
- selects the transmitter selected by the operator by means of
the ACP.
There is an independent transmission channel for each user of the
audio management system.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 45
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Figure 015

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 46
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Transmission Circuit
Figure 016

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 47
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Transmission with various microphones
For transmission, each crew member can use either a hand
microphone, a boomset or an oxygen mask. The analog signals of
these three microphones are adapted and filtered on the
adaptation board of the AMU, which also receives the hand
microphone PTT and oxygen mask control discretes.
The microphone selection is done by a dedicated circuit according
to the following logic:
-----------------------------------------------------
| OXYGEN MASK CONTROL DISCRETE |
|---------------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 |
---------------------|------------------------|--------------------------|
| | 0 | Boomset signal valid | Boomset and oxygen mask |
| HANDMIKE | | | signals valid |
| PTT |-------|---------------------------------------------------|
| | 1 | Handmike signal valid |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Input 6 microphone is valid when PTT6 is activated.

____
Ground Mech microphone is valid when air/ground discrete
is set to GND.
The selected microphone signal is then sent to an output

transformer.
At the transformer output, this signal is switched to the
transmitter selected by the operator on the ACP, in accordance
with information received from the DSP.
This discrete information is consolidated with both hardware and
software processings, to avoid permanent transmission.
(c) Transmission on passenger address channel (PA)

Transmissions can be made on the passenger address channels in 2
ways:
- in normal configuration, use the handset installed aft of the
center pedestal to make the PA announcements. This handset is
part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73-00 Circuit RH).
- in RADIO configuration, use the PA pushbutton switch located on
each ACP to make the passenger address announcements. This
pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. hold it pushed to make the
announcements: this avoids unwanted transmissions. The
electronic processing of this channel is identical to that of
the other transmission channels.
The operation of this pushbutton switch can be made identical
to that of the other transmission channels (stable operation):
to achieve this, modify the AMU pin-program.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 48
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(2) Reception function
R (Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C 404-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C 401-499,
(a) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the
reception channels. The operator selects and adjusts these
channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio management system has a separate
associated reception-channel.
- VOR/DME/ILS switching
- VOICE/IDENT function.
(b) Reception function

The audio signals from the various communication and navigation
units are first connected to analog/digital converters, and then
to the DSP located on the audio boards.
Dedicated inputs exist on the DSP for filtered signal (ADF and
VOR).
The DSP is also connected to a control module which provides
information computed from the ACP (potentiometers position, Voice
filter selection) and from the FCU (DME coupling to VOR or LS).
After digital processing inside the DSP, the resultant signal is
converted into analog and sent to the output transformer.
NOTE : A minimum VHF and HF reception level is ensured when the

____
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum. The minimum
reception level is deleted when the potentiometers are set
to OFF.
Minimum reception level is -32 dB with reference to
maximum level.
(c) DME/VOR/LS switching
R **ON A/C 404-499,
(Ref. Fig. 018)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 49
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Reception Circuit
Figure 017

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 50
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Management Unit - Detail of Volumes Control Function
Figure 018

EFF :

404-499, 23-51-00

Page 51
Config-2 May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 401-499,
1
_ Function
VOR reception.
However, in certain landing system approach conditions, the
DME used must be aurally identified. The DME reception must
therefore be coupled with the MMR reception.
2
_ Operation
The LS pushbutton switch is used for switching control (Ref.
ATA 31 - DMC circuit (WT)).
Action on this command sends a ground to the AMU which couples
the DME receptions to the MMR receptions.
(d) VOICE/ON function
R **ON A/C 404-499,
(Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C 401-499,
1
_ Function
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information.
This information informs the crew of subjects such as: latest
weather information, state or special information concerning
terrains etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
VOICE/IDENT function greatly reduces the morse code reception.
It is attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while
this information is being transmitted.
2
_ Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes
is 1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment (COLLINS ADF) receive a
1020 Hz frequency-modulated signal and at same time transmit
this signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal
is generated by their synthesizer (the aeronautical standards
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minus 50 Hz).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 52
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code
is transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The
filtering circuit of the navigation channels therefore
comprises an attenuation filter for the reception bands of the
ADF and VOR systems.
This digital filter attenuates the 1000 and 1020 Hz
frequencies by more than 32 dB.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP has
the following effects:
- Released position, VOICE/ON off
The filters are not used, the operator simultaneously
receives the marker identification and the voice
transmission.
- Pressed in position, VOICE/ON on
The DSP directly processes the filtered signals. The 1000 -
1020 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated, the DME
identified is cut off (1350 Hz). Only the voice
transmissions are audible.

____
MMR, MKR navigation do not transit via digital filters.
(3) Emergency function

(Ref. Fig. 019)
(a) General
The emergency function is used in case of a failure on one audio
board.
Pilots can activate it through a three-position selector switch
located on the center pedestal.
(b) Pilot emergency function

In case of a failure on the audio board A, the pilots
microphones and audio signals are switched through relays in
parallel to the 3rd Occupants microphone inputs and audio
outputs.
The PTT commands from the pilots microphones are active.
The pilots ACP is no longer active.
(c) Copilot
In case of a failure on the audio board B, the copilots
microphones and audio signals are switched through relays to the
Avionics Bay microphone inputs and audio outputs, which are no
longer active.
The PTT commands from the copilots microphones are active.
The copilots ACP is no longer active.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 53
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Emergency Function - Microphone/Reception
Figure 019

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 54
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
In addition, the 3rd Occupants micro and audio signals are
switched in parallel to the Avionics Bay micro and audio signals,
and the 3rd ACP ARINC bus is switched to the Avionics Bay ACP
ARINC input/output.
The Avionics Bay ACP ARINC line is cut.
(4) CAA/FAA recording

(Ref. Fig. 020)
(a) Function
The Aeronautics Authorities for Civil Navigation request that the
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - Ref. ATA 23-71-RK).
tracks.
communications
- the 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in
the cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made
in the cockpit.
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications can be
(Federal Aviation Administration) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(b) FAA recording

All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer
or the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at same time, to
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the
various equipment.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU
to activate the FAA recording (TP - 9C).
(c) CAA recording

This configuration is named Hot-mike.
The principle of CAA recording requires (in addition to the FAA
recording principle) that the noises picked up by the boomset
microphones be recorded even when these microphones are not
active i.e. when the push-to-talk switches on the side-sticks or
on the ACPs are not activated. This in order to reinforce the
sounds picked-up by the area microphone.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 55
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Communications - CVR Circuit
Figure 020

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 56
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(d) DFDR/CVR Synchronization
The two recorders (CVR and DFDR) are synchronized:
- The DFDR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU,
- Also, the CVR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU. This
signal is sent to the CVR via the AMU where it is mixed with
the 3rd Occupant audio signals.
(5) Flight interphone function

(Ref. Fig. 021)
(a) Function
- telephone conversations between the various stations in the
cockpit
- telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew
via the external power panel
- telephone conversations with a supplementary station (input 6).
(b) Operation
The flight interphone comprises the following functions:
- microphone inputs
- amplification and summation
- audio output.
1
_ Microphone inputs
There are two types of microphone inputs:
- normal inputs: inputs from the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT ,
Avionics Bay (and optionally 4th OCCPNT)
- protected inputs: they comprise the mechanic input and the
Reserve input (input 6).
2
_ Protected inputs
The mechanic input is disconnected from the interphone
amplifier when the flight/ground information from the LGCIU is
present (flight configuration).
The input 6 is disconnected from the interphone amplifier when
the PTT input 6 is not activated.
3
_ Architecture
The adaptation board perfoms the summing of all the modulation
signals. As a security precaution, there are two independent
summation circuits.
The output of the first summation circuit is transmitted to
the master audio board (board A).
The output of the second summation circuit is transmitted to
the slave audio board (board B).

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 57
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Communication - Interphone Function
Figure 021

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 58
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
NOTE : The ouputs of the first summation circuit is also
____
transmitted to the MECH and Audio 6 outputs.
(6) Muting circuit

(Ref. Fig. 022)
The conditions associated with appearance of the acoustic feedback
are linked to the coupling of a microphone and a loud speaker. These
conditions have two different aspects. One is linked to the
microphone and loud speaker proximity (distance), the other to the
electrical characteristics of the signals.
The coupling linked to microphone and loud speaker proximity cannot
be avoided by the processing functions performed in the AMU.
In order to limit the accoustic feedback phenomene a circuit of
muting is installed in the circuit amplifier.
The muting circuit does not affect the warning signals.
Two actions are defined in order to limit appearance of the acoustic

feedback:
NOTE : Amplitude reduction of the loud speaker output signal

____
This attenuating circuit is controlled by the PTT switch of
any of the radio communication microphones.
The attenuating circuit is an integral part of the loud
speakers and is therefore described in 31-52-00 (WW).
NOTE : Level reduction of the channel selected in transmit mode,

____
i.e. during activation of the transmit mode, in:

- a reduction of the bandwidth from 300 Hz - 6000 Hz to 300 Hz
- 1800 Hz
- a - 6 dB reduction of general level with respect to the
input level
- an additional - 3 dB reduction of level specific to the
channel activated in transmit mode.
(7) SELCAL function - Mechanic call - Cabin attendant call
(a) Function
The SELCAL-CALL system of the audio management system gives:
- A visual and aural indication of the calls from the ground
stations (equipped with a coding device) or from the satellite
(for satellite communications) which can be used by the
aircraft installation. The calls are sent on the radio
frequencies or on the satellite channels which link the
aircraft to the ground. The communication channels used are :
VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2- SATCOM 1 and SATCOM 2.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 59
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
Figure 022

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 60
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
NOTE : For SATCOM 1 and SATCOM 2 communications, the AMU detects
____
a SELCAL call according to the status of discretes No. 1
and 2.
- A visual indication of the calls from the ground crew or
from the Cabin Attendants.
NOTE : The ground crew call system is described in chapter

____
23-42-00:
Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (circuit WC).
The Cabin Attendant call system is part of chapter

23-73-00: Cabin Intercommunication Data System (circuit
RH).
(b) SELCAL
1
_ Ground system
(Ref. Fig. 023)
As far as communications other than SATCOM communications are
concerned the ground system transmits, via VHF or HF
transmitters, a selective call code. This code comprises 2
consecutive pulses each containing a mixture of the 2
frequencies. This enables the calls to be differentiated.
For the satellite communications, the GES (Ground Earth
Station),which is connected to the telecommunications
international network, sends a digital message via the
INMARSAT satellites to the aircraft.
2
_ Aircraft system
(Ref. Fig. 024)
a
_ VHF and HF communications
transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once
detected, the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL board.
This SELCAL board is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2).
The SELCAL function continuously monitors the digital data
of the five radio communication channels. It analyzes the
received signals to check if they comprise the frequencies
relevant to aircraft code. The operator programs this code
on the SELCAL code panel.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 61
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
SELCAL System - Ground System
Figure 023

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 62
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
SELCAL System - Aircraft Systems
Figure 024

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 63
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the
warning system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend
on each ACP associated to the system which received the
call (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP, or
push the related transmission pushbutton switch, to reset
the aural and lighted call.
b
_ SATCOM communications
For the satellite communication, when the SELCAL decoder
detects a call, as for VHF - HF the warning system
transmits an aural signal and the CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the channel which received the CALL (SATCOM 1
- SATCOM 2).
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP, or
push the related transmission pushbutton switch, to reset
the aural and lighted call.
3
_ Associated peripheral assemblies
The SELCAL system is associated with:
- the radio communication systems VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 -
HF2
- the FWC system.
4
_ Operation of the system
- Electrical characteristics
Number of inputs: 5
Input impedance: 10,000 ohms
Input signal level: 0.07 V to 3.2 V
(c) Operation
1
_ VHF and HF communications
- recognizes if the code of the signals received corresponds
- interprets and manages the various information received from
the input circuits: ground crew call, Cabin Attendant call,
pin-program information, test request, etc.
- generates the various messages transmitted to the output
circuits.
then generates a digital message. This message is sent to the

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 64
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
audio boards which transmit the information to the various
ACPs via their connecting bus in order to switch on the
associated lights.
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch , or the
related transmission pushbutton switch, on one of the ACPs,
data is sent to the calculating unit via the associated audio
board. This calculating unit re-initializes the system.
2
_ SATCOM communications
As regards satellite communications, the SELCAL board manages
the Captain and Avionics bay stations (First Officer and 3rd
Occupant functions are implemented on the BITE board). The
SELCAL board analyses and compares the status of discretes No.
1 and 2 (if a call is being made, discrete No. 2 is activated)
and determines if it is a call. In this case, as for the other
calls, the SELCAL board generates a digital message sent to
the audio boards for the ACPs and then a data is sent to the
FWC systems.
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch (or the
related transmission pushbutton switch) on one of the ACPs,
data is sent to the associated audio board. This data is
transmitted to the calculating unit which re-initializes the
system.
(d) Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system

(Ref. Fig. 024)
- Operation of ground crew call
This circuit displays the call from the ground crew in the
cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-42 (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call System -

____
Circuit WC) gives the operation of the ground crew call
circuit.
When an operator pushes the pushbutton switch 5WC (located
on the external power panel 925VU) this sends ground
information to the calculating unit.
The information is processed then a message is sent via
the output stages to the audio boards and then to the
ACPs.
This causes the MECH pushbutton switch to flash (coupled
with the INT transmission pushbutton switch) for 60
seconds. After 60 seconds, or when an operator pushes the
RESET pushbutton switch, like the SELCAL system, the
circuit is re-initialized.
- Operation of Cabin Attendant call

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 65
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
This circuit displays calls made from the cabin by the
Cabin Attendants in the cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-73 (Cabin Intercommunication Data System -

____
Circuit RH) gives the operation of the call circuit.
When a call is made from the Cabin Attendant station, the
CIDS generates ground information. This information is
sent to the calculating unit.
The information is processed then sent to the ACPs through
the audio boards. On the ACPs, this causes the ATT
pushbutton switch to flash (coupled with the CAB
pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds. After 60 seconds or
when you push the RESET pushbutton switch, like the SELCAL
system, the calculating unit re-initializes the circuit.
It also sends information to the CIDS for
re-initialization.
NOTE : It is possible to inhibit the automatic function which

____
causes the MECH and ATT flashing call pushbutton switches
to stop. To do this, modify the AMU pin-program.
(8) SATCOM operation (AMU/SDU interface)

(Ref. Fig. 025)
(a) Air-to-ground calls

Once SATCOM is selected on the ACP, discrete No. 1 (ground) is
sent to the Satellite Data Unit (SDU) which sends a call request
to the satellite. On the ACP, the green bars of corresponding
transmission pushbutton switch flash.
When a communication between the satellite and the SDU is
established, the SDU sends discrete No. 2 (ground) back to the
AMU. On the ACP, the green bars of corresponding transmission
pushbutton switch stay on.
(b) Ground-to-air calls

When a ground station wants to call the aircraft through
satellite and initiates a call, the SDU sends discrete No. 2. On
the ACP, CALL legend of transmission pushbutton switch flashes.
Warning data is sent to the FWC, as for a SELCAL call.
On the ACP, when the RESET pushbutton switch is pushed or when
applicable transmission channel is selected, SELCAL warning
generated by the FWC is interrupted and the CALL legend on the
ACP goes off.
When the pilot selects concerned SATCOM channel, the AMU connects
discrete No. 1 to ground, green bars on SATCOM transmission
pushbutton switch stay on and the call can go through.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 66
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
AMU/SDU Interface
Figure 025

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 67
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
(c) Established communication
The AMU sends a ground on discrete No. 1 and the SDU sends a
ground on discrete No. 2.
(d) Call termination

- Ground-originated call termination
Discrete No. 2 sent by the SDU changes status (open circuit).
The green bars of SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch go off.
- Air-originated call termination
When SATCOM channel is deselected, the green bars of SATCOM
transmission pushbutton switch go off immediately but discrete
No. 1 changes status (open circuit) only after a time delay of
three seconds. During this time delay, if the flight crew wants
to take up the call again, they must push the SATCOM
transmission pushbutton switch (the green bars on this
pushbutton switch will come on and stay on).
8. BITE
_________
Test
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) is equipped with a Type 1 BITE circuit.
A. BITE Description
(Ref. Fig. 026)
The two AUDIO boards, the SELCAL board, the BITE board and the ACPs are
the elements monitored by the AMU BITE.
B. Function
(1) Maintenance
The main purpose of the AUDIO system BITE is to supply maintenance
assistance. The integrated maintenance function has two levels :
- a real time maintenance, which is active during the operation of
the unit
- a ground maintenance, which brings into operation tests that cannot
be performed during the flight.
The BITE board manages the dialogue with the CFDIU. It dates and
stores in an EPROM memory all the faults detected in the system
during the previous 63 flight legs.
The BITE board transmits to the CFDIU the data and information that
follow :
- functional status of the system (AMU and ACPs)
- results of the Built-in tests and of the CFDIU-requested tests
- unit ATA identifier code - part number and serial number of the
unit
- part number of the ACPs
- pin programming, which is a constant data stored in the EPROM
memory.

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 68
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - BITE Description
Figure 026

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 69
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 404-499,
(2) Other functions
(a) Pin-program
(Ref. Fig. 027)
The BITE board collects the information given by the pin-program.
It processes this information, then sends it to:
- the two audio boards and then to the ACPs.
- the BITE circuit to enable this circuit to generate a data
message which is sent to the CFDS.
In a simple way, the pin-program adapts the AMU to suit the
various configurations of the audio system.
The pin-programm:
- activates the function selection and CALL annunciators located
on the front face of the ACP which correspond to the installed
equipment (VHF3, HF1, HF2)
- activates the selection for ADF2 and MLS functions
- inhibits the automatic reset function after the Cabin Attendant
and ground crew calls have operated for 60 seconds.
- enables change from CAA certification to FAA certification
- enables the PA transmission pushbutton switch located on each
ACP to be given stable operation (i.e. same as the other
transmission pushbutton switches).
- gives the informations necessary to the message sent to the CMC
(Label 350 see chapter AMU - CFDIU interface).
Operation
It is possible to modify the programming of the calculating unit.
To do this, install specific shunts. This generates a message
which (after it has been processed) is sent to the various ACPs,
to the CMS or to the management microprocessor.
(b) Additional cockpit occupant function (optional)

On AMU 4031LB, all the audio circuits and interfaces for the
optional 4th Occupant (located in cockpit) are implemented on the
BITE board :
- power supply interface
- microphone supply interface
- selection and input of audio signals from the 4th Occupant
microphones
- digital to analog conversion of reception signals
- amplification and impedance matching of audio output interface
- radio PTT selection interface
- discrete interface
- ARINC 429 interface with the 4th Occupant ACP

EFF :

404-499, 23-51-00

Page 70
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
AMU - Pin Program
Figure 027

EFF :

404-499, 23-51-00

Page 71
Config-2 Nov 01/08
R
CES
NOTE : For the other crew members, these circuits and interfaces
____
are located on the audio boards and adaptation board.
(c) Satcom function

The BITE board provides the interface between the First Officer
and 3rd Occupant ACPs and the Satcom transceivers (SDU).
For these occupants, the processing is similar to the Satcom
function processing of the Captain and Avionics bay occupants
(managed on the Selcal board).
R **ON A/C 401-499,
C. Operation
(1) Normal mode

The normal mode of operation consists in monitoring cyclically the
status of the AMU boards and the status of the associated ACP,
transmitting data to the CFDIU and, if any failure is detected,
storing it in the fault memory.
(2) Menu mode

The menu mode of operation is only activated on the ground and it
consists in a dialogue between the AMU and the operator through one
of the three MCDUs. Flight/ground data is given by the CFDIU and when
there is no data from a ground circuit (flight/ground discrete), it
is given by the LGCIU.
For the Audio Integrating System (AIS), the menu mode consists of the
following:
(Ref. Fig. 026)
- a LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 028)
- a PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- a LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 030)
- a TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 031)
- a GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 032)
- a TEST
(Ref. Fig. 033)

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 72
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 028

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 73
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 029

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 74
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 030

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 75
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 031

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 76
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - GROUND REPORT
Figure 032

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 77
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
Audio Integrating System - TEST
Figure 033

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-51-00

Page 78
Config-2 Nov 01/08

CES
R AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
____________________________________________
TASK 23-51-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-08

Communications
Side Stick Radio selector
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific end caps
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-96-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 401
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems

after Operation of the PTU
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
ESPM 204213
23-51-00-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11RN
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
FOR 12RN
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-010-050
A. Disengagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-00-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (1).
(2) Remove the cover plate (2).
(3) Remove the blanking plug (11), the nut (10), the washer (9) and the
trigger (8).
(4) Remove the nut (7), the washer (6), the switch (4) with the washer
(3).
Subtask 23-51-00-040-050
B. Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(1) Cut the power supply wires (5)
(2) Install end caps at the end of each wire (Ref. ESPM 204213).
Subtask 23-51-00-410-051
C. Engagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
(1) Install the lock plate (3) in the switch (4).
(2) Install the switch (4) in the handle.
(3) Make sure that the stop of the lock plate (3) is in its housing.
(4) Install the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten it.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Side Stick Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 404
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(5) Install the trigger (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10).
(6) TORQUE the nut (10) to 0.035 m.daN (3.09 lbf.in).
(7) Install the blanking plug (11).
(8) Install the cover plate (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-056
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11RN
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL
FOR 12RN
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-00-860-058

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the overhead panel 23VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).
(5) On the overhead panel 24VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the
OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(6) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the warnings that
follow do not show:
- HF1 (2) EMITTING
- VHF1 (2) (3) EMITTING
- ELAC 1 FAULT
- ELAC 2 FAULT
NOTE : If one of these warnings shows, do the trouble shooting

____
procedure related to the maintenance message.
(7) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).
(8) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key
(On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
Subtask 23-51-00-710-058
F. Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Priority (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-
710-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 406
Nov 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-059
(1) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) Put a warning notice on the cover panel of the side stick assembly to
tell the crew that the radio PTT switch is deactivated.
(4) Make an entry in the logbook.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 407
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 23-51-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
Side Stick Radio selector
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-92-41-000-010 Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
27-92-41-400-010 Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-060

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(1) Do the Installation of a new Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 408
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-51-00-810-053
B. Do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance message.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-061

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 409
Aug 01/08

CES
R AUDIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 23-51-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Audio Management
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the audio management system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
No specific 150 ohms microphone
No specific 600 ohms headset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 501
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-050

002).
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:

- The RAD/INT selector switch is in the center position
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
(4) On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the
AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) Set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers on the panels 301VU and 501VU to
the middle position.
(6) Boomset connection.

- At each crew station, connect a boomset to the jack panel.
- On the panel 108VU, connect a boomset.
(7) Microphone and headset connection:

- At each crew station, connect a 150 ohms microphone to the HAND MIC
connection.
Connect a 600 ohms headset to the HEADSET connector.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,


EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 502
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-051
A. Do the operational test:
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At each crew station, on the ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT

on.
- Push and release the INT - The reception pushbutton switch moves
then turn it to the middle
position.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the ACP of the station where
you do the maintenance:
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch

to RAD and hold it in this
position (You can do this
operation on the PTT switch of
the side stick controller at
the CAPT or F/O station).
- Speak in the boomset At the Captains and First Officers

microphone. stations:
- Make sure that the loudspeakers
operate.
At each crew station and at the ground

mechanic station:
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the INT reception At the station where you do the
pushbutton switch clockwise. maintenance:
- The reception you can hear must
change smoothly without interference
in the boomset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and
F/O stations, the volume in the
related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
- Turn the INT pushbutton switch

to the middle position.
3. At the Captains and First

Officiers stations:
- Smoothly turn the loudspeaker - The reception you can hear must
potentiometer clockwise. change smoothly without interference
in the loudspeaker.


EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 504
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the INT/RAD selector - The INT/RAD selector switch goes back
switch (or the PTT switch on to the middle position.
the side stick controller at
the CAPT or F/O station)

to INT.
6. At the ground mechanic station: At each crew station :
- Speak in the boomset - Make sure that the reception in the

microphone. boomset is correct.

to the middle position.

pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
8. On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton


that transmits.

this, push the transfer the left ACTIVE display window.
windows.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 505
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the ACP of the station on
which you do the maintenance:
- Push the VHF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1

on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch At the station where you do the
to INT and speak in the boomset maintenance:
microphone. - Make sure that you receive the VHF1
station and the interphone at the
same time.
At the other crew station:

- Make sure that you can hear the
communications only from the station
where you do the maintenance.

to the center position.
- Push the VHF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1

off.
- Push the VHF1 reception - This pushbutton switch moves in (to

pushbutton switch. the initial position) and the
annunciator light goes off.
10. At each crew station, on the

ACP:
- Push the INT reception - This pushbutton switch moves in (to

pushbutton switch. the initial position) and the
annunciator light goes off.
11. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch

to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 506
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-51-00-710-053
B. Do the operational test:
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

on.
2. At the station where you do the At the Captains and First Officers
maintenance: stations:
- Push the PTT switch of the hand - Make sure that the loudspeakers
microphone and speak in the operate.
microphone.
At each crew station:

headset is correct.
At the ground mechanics station:

boomset is correct.

- Smoothly turn the INT reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference
in the headset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and
F/O stations, the volume in the
related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
4. At the crew station under

maintenance:

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 507
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the PTT switch of the
hand microphone.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-051
(1) At each crew station, on the ACP, push the INT transmission and
reception pushbutton switches.
(2) Disconnect the microphone and the headset for all the crew stations.
(3) Disconnect the boomset on the panel 108VU.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 508
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 23-51-00-710-002
Operational Test of the SELCAL System
_______

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the SELCAL code panel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-052

002).

- The INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 509
Feb 01/98

CES
(3) On the Captains station, connect a boomset to the jack panel.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
**ON A/C ALL

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
_______
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.
____
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2, VHF3 and HF2
systems. The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2, VHF3
and HF2 systems, refer to information between parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF3) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
comes on (only for the VHF3 system).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in VHF.

windows.
2. On the RMP2, set the frequencies

related to the VHF2 system. Do
the procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
come on.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT

sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the

aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2, VHF3) system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) pushbutton
switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-51-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch - The green LED on the VHF1 (VHF3)
- The green LED on the HF1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light comes on.

ground station can use in HF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view, in

windows.
6. On the RMP2:
- Push the HF2 pushbutton switch - The green LED on the VHF2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light comes on.


windows.
7. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the HF1 (HF2) transmission - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
go off.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-51-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The green bars on the HF1 (HF2)
transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
(VHF2, VHF3) reception the initial position) and the
pushbutton switch. annunciator light goes off.
- Push and release the HF1 (HF2) - The reception pusbutton switch moves
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT - During the tuning (which continues
sidestick controller. for approximately 5 seconds), the
reception stops and you can hear a
signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
- Tell the ground station to make

a SELCAL call on the HF1 (HF2)
system.
CAPT sidestick controller. the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton
switch flashes.
RESET pushbutton switch and the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton
release it. switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-A
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
_______
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.
____
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems.
The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2 and VHF3
systems, refer to information between parentheses.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-51-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton


ground station can use in VHF.

this, push the tranfer the ACTIVE display window.
windows.
2. On the RMP2 and RMP3, set the

frequencies related to the VHF2
and VHF3 systems. Do the
procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
come on.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT

sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the

aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2, VHF3) system.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-51-00

Page 515
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch flashes.
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch The SEL indicator light (amber LED)
comes on.
On the RMP1:
- The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
switch goes off.
switch comes on.


windows.
6. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
go off.
- The green bars on the HF1
transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
(VHF2, VHF3) reception the initial position) and the
pushbutton switch. annunciator light goes off.

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-51-00

Page 516
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pusbutton switch moves
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT - During the tuning (which continues
sidestick controller. for approximately 5 seconds), the
reception stops and you can hear a
signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
- Tell the ground station to make

a SELCAL call on the HF1
system.
CAPT sidestick controller. the HF1 transmission pushbutton
switch flashes.
RESET pushbutton switch and the HF1 transmission pushbutton
release it. switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053
(2) On the ACP, push the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton switch and the
HF1 (HF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499,
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053-A
(2) On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1
reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.

002).

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 401-499, 23-51-00

Page 518
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-51-00-710-003
Operational Test of the CAPT and F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd OCCUPANT ACP
_______
NOTE : You can do this test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the 3rd Occupant station operates correctly in the standby
mode for the Captain and First Officer stations. For this, use the AUDIO
SWITCHING selector switch (panel 48VU).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 519
Aug 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-054

002).
(2) On the ACPs of the Captain, the First Officer and the 3rd Occupant
stations, make sure that:
- The RAD/INT selector switch is in the middle position,
(5) On the panels 301VU and 501VU, set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers to
MAX.
(6) At the Captain and First Officer Occupant stations:

- Connect a boomset to the jack panel.
(7) At the Captain and First Officer stations, connect a 150 ohms
microphone to the HAND MIC receptacle.
(8) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 520
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-51-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-055
A. Operational test
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the Captain Station. It is the

____
same for the First Officer station. Refer to the data between
parentheses.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ACP of the Captain (First

Officer) and the 3rd Occupant:

on.
position.
2. On the overhead control and On the upper ECAM DU.

indicating panel 48VU:
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING - The AUDIO 3XFRD indication comes into
selector switch to CAPT 3 (F/O view in green.
3).
NOTE: To get the MEMO, push the CLR
pushbutton switch on the ECAM control
panel until the indication comes into
view.
3. On the CAPT (F/O) station:
- On the ACP, push the INT - The green bars on the INT
transmission pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone is clearly audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
4. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:

off.

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 522
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that the reception stops:
Officer).
(First Officer).

on.
- Smoothly turn clockwise the INT - Make sure that the reception volume
pushbutton switch for reception changes smoothly and that there is no
and speak into the CAPT (F/O) interference:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
(First Officer).
7. On the CAPT (F/O) ACP:

on.
pushbutton switch for reception does not change:
and speak into the microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
(First Officer).
- On the ACP, set the INT/RAD

switch to RAD and hold it in
this position.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that the reception stops:
Officer).
(First Officer).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 523
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - The RAD/INT switch moves to the
middle position.
- On the CAPT (F/O) side stick

controller push the PTT switch.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone. microphone is clearly audible:
Officer).
(First Officer).
- Release the PTT switch on the

CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller.
- Set the RAD/INT switch to RAD

and hold it in this position.
- Speak into the microphone of - Make sure that what is said in the
the CAPT (F/O) boomset. microphone is clearly audible:
Officer).
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - the RAD/INT switch moves to the

middle position.
10. On the overhead control and

- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING

selector switch to NORM.

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-51-00

Page 524
Aug 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-055-A
A. Operational test
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the Captain Station. It is the

____
same for the First Officer station. Refer to the data in
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ACP of the Captain (First

Officer) and the 3rd Occupant:

on.
position.
2. On the overhead control and On the upper ECAM DU:

- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING - The AUDIO 3XFRD indication comes into
selector switch to CAPT 3 (F/O view in green.
3).
NOTE: To get the MEMO, push the CLR
pushbutton switch on the ECAM control
panel until the indication comes into
view.
On the ACP of the Captain (F/O):

- The green bars on the INT
transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
3. At the CAPT (F/O) station:
- push the PTT switch on the - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone and at the same microphone ic clearly audible:

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
time, speak into it. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
(First Officer).

off.
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that the reception stops:
Officer).
(First Officer).

on.
pushbutton switch for reception changes smoothly and that there is no
and speak into the CAPT (F/O) interference:
Officer).
(First Officer).
- On the ACP, set the INT/RAD

switch to RAD and hold it in
this position.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that the reception stops:
Officer).
(First Officer).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
middle position.
- On the CAPT (F/O) side stick

controller, push the PTT
switch.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone. microphone is clearly audible:
Officer).
(First Officer).
- Release the PTT switch on the

CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller.
- Set the RAD/INT switch to RAD

and hold it in this position.
- Speak into the microphone of - Make sure that what is said in the
the CAPT (F/O) boomset. microphone is clearly audible:
Officer).
(First Officer).

middle position.

- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING

selector switch to NORM.

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-51-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-055
(1) On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton
switches.
(2) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY potentiometer to
OFF.
(3) At the Captain and First Officer stations, disconnect the microphone
and the boomset.

002).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 528
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 23-51-00-710-004
Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Oxygen Mask Microphone
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
35-12-41-400-002 Installation of the Full-Face/Quick-donning
Oxygen-Mask
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-067
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002)

- the INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position
- all the transmission pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(4) On the overhead control panel 48VU, make sure that the AUDIO
SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) At the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT stations, connect a headset to the
jack panel.
(6) On the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and
INT reception pushbutton switches.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 529
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-51-00-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
49VU OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY 1HT HA01
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-064
A. Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
NOTE : You must do the test at each crew station (refer to the data in
____
parentheses).
NOTE : Do not put oxygen mask fully against your face so that you do not
____
use oxygen.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the L overhead control panel On the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton

21VU: switch:
- push the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY - the OFF legend goes off.
pushbutton switch.
2. At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT) You can hear the oxygen flow rate.
station:
- remove the mask from the
stowage box
3. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT)

ACP:
- set the INT/RAD selector switch
to RAD and hold it in this
position.
4. Speak into the oxygen mask Make sure that the reception is
microphone of the CAPT (F/O, 3rd correct:
OCCPNT) station. - in the headset at the CAPT, F/O and
3rd OCCPNT stations
- in the CAPT and F/O loud speakers (on
the CAPT and F/O LOUD SPEAKER control
panels 500VU and 301VU, the LOUD
SPEAKER potentiometers are set to
MAX).
5. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:
ACP: - the INT/RAD selector switch moves to
- release the INT/RAD selector the center position.
switch.
6. At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT)

station:
- put the oxygen mask into the
stowage box and close the
doors. (Ref. TASK 35-12-41-400-
002)

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 531
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-068
(1) On the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCUPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and INT
reception pushbutton switches.
(2) At the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT stations, disconnect the headset.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 532
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 23-51-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Audio System
_______
NOTE : You can do the test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the AMU and the ACPs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-056

002).

- The RAD/INT switch is in the middle position,
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out,

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 533
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 23-51-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-056
A. On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-51-00-740-050-A
B. Do the BITE test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to
the AMU indication.
Two configuration are possible:
First configuration: On the MCDU:

- the AIS page comes into view (go to
step 2).
Second configuration: On the MCDU:

- the AUDIO page comes into view (go to
step 3).
2. On the AIS page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The TEST IN PROGRESS XX s comes into
the TEST indication. view.
- The TEST OK page comes into view.
3. On the AUDIO page:
- Push the line key adjacent to This message comes into view :
the TEST AMU ACP AUDIO
indication. NO FAULT ACP1
NO FAULT ACP2
NO FAULT ACP3
NO FAULT AMU
4. On the MCDU:

the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-862-053

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 535
Aug 01/08
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-052,
TASK 23-51-00-740-003
BITE Test of the SELCAL-CALL Part of the AMU
_______
NOTE : You can do the test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the SELCAL-CALL part of the AMU operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-057

002).

- The RAD/INT switch is in the middle position,

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 23-51-00

Page 536
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 23-51-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-057
A. On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-003).
Subtask 23-51-00-740-051-A
B. Do the BITE test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The AUDIO page comes into view.
the AMU indication.
2. On the AUDIO page: - The TEST IN PROGRESS page comes into

- Push the line key adjacent to view (in some cases, during the test,
the TEST AMU SELCAL CALL the CALL lights flash two times on
indication. the ACPs).
- After some seconds, this message

comes into view on the MCDU:
TEST
SELCAL-CALL

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 23-51-00

Page 537
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART OF AMU
NO FAULT SELCAL
NO FAULT CALL
3. On the MCDU:

the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-862-054

002).

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 23-51-00

Page 538
Nov 01/07

CES
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) (2RN1,2RN2,2RN3,2RN4,2RN5) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-12-000-001
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-12-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 401
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
49VU LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS 29LP H03
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL

122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT INV 28LP X03
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-12-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Control Panel
NOTE : This removal procedure is applicable to each audio control panel.

____
(1) Loosen the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
(2) Pull the audio control panel (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4) Remove the audio control panel (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle
(3).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 403
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Audio Control Panel (ACP)
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 404
Nov 01/08
R
CES
TASK 23-51-12-400-001
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Audio System

23-51-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-12-420-050
A. Installation of the Audio Control Panel
NOTE : This installation procedure is applicable to each audio control

____
panel.
(3) Remove blanking caps from the electrical connector (4) and the
receptacle (3).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle (3)
are in the correct condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6) Install the audio control panel (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 406
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 23-51-12-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 23-51-12-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-12-410-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 408
Nov 01/08

CES
CODE PANEL - SELCAL (3RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-13-000-001
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel (3RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in the
zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-13-020-050
A. Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Write the code which is in view on the SELCAL code panel (3).
(2) Loosen the fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(3) Pull the SELCAL code panel (3) from its housing.
(4) Disconnect the connector (4) from the receptacle (1).
(5) Remove the SELCAL code panel (3).
(6) Put blanking caps on the connector (4) and on the receptacle (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
SELCAL Code Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-51-13-400-001
Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel (3RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of the SELCAL System

23-51-00-740-003 BITE Test of the SELCAL-CALL Part of the AMU
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-860-050
824 in zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 404
Feb 01/02

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-13-420-050
A. Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the connector (4) and the receptacle
(1).
(4) Make sure that the connector (4) and the receptacle (1) are in the
correct condition.
(5) Connect the connector (4) to the receptacle (1).
(6) Put the SELCAL code panel (3) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the QAD fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(8) Make sure that the code on the SELCAL code panel is the same as that
written at the panel removal.
Subtask 23-51-13-740-050
B. Do the BITE test of the AMU-SELCAL CALL (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-003).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-13-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 405
Feb 01/02

CES
SWITCH - RADIO PTT (11RN,12RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-17-000-001
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-92-41-000-010 Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-000-010).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-17

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-51-17-400-001
Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-92-41-400-010 Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-17-420-050
A. Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-17

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) (1RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-34-000-001
Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 401
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 23-51-34-010-050
B. Get Access
128.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Management Unit
(3) Pull the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the AMU (5) from its rack (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Audio Management Unit (AMU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-51-34-400-001
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Audio Management

23-51-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Audio System
23-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-860-050
824 in zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 404
Feb 01/02

CES
Subtask 23-51-34-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU)
correct condition.
(5) Install the AMU (5) in its rack (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
(6) Push the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors
(1).
Subtask 23-51-34-865-053
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 23-51-34-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002).

____

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 407
Aug 01/08

CES
STATIC DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. General
_______
During flight, the aircraft becomes charged with static electricity. If the
discharge of the static electricity is not controlled, it causes
interference in the communications and navigation systems.
To decrease the effect of this interference, static dischargers are

installed.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION QUANTITY ZONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wing Tip Fence 4 534(634)
Elevator Tip 1 335(345)
Horizontal Stabilizer Tip 1 332(342)
Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 324
Rudder Tip 1 326
Wing Fixed Trailing Edge 1 534(634)
Aileron Trailing Edge 4 590(690)
Elevator Trailing Edge 3 335(345)
Rudder Trailing Edge 3 326
No.2 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 531(631)
Engine Pylon Rear Fairing 1 470(480)

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08

CES
R Static Dischargers - Location
Figure 001

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-60-00

Page 2
Aug 01/09

CES
R Static Dischargers - Location
R Figure 001A

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 3
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION QUANTITY ZONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wing Tip Fence 4 534(634)

Elevator Tip 1 335(345)
Horizontal Stabilizer Tip 1 332(342)
Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 324
Rudder Tip 1 326
Wing Fixed Trailing Edge 1 534(634)
Aileron Trailing Edge 4 590(690)
Elevator Trailing Edge 3 335(345)
Rudder Trailing Edge 3 326
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The
retainer is attached to the structure by rivets. The static discharger is
attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:

- the wing-tip fence
- the horizontal stabilizer
- the vertical stabilizer
- the elevators
- the rudder
and on the trailing edges of:
- the wing fixed structure
- the ailerons
- the elevators
- the rudder
- the flap-track movable-fairings
- the engine-pylon rear-fairings.

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 4
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The
retainer is attached to the structure by rivets. The static discharger is
attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:

- the wing-tip fence
- the horizontal stabilizer
- the vertical stabilizer
- the elevators
- the rudder
and on the trailing edges of:
- the wing fixed structure
- the ailerons
- the elevators
- the rudder
- the flap-track movable-fairings
**ON A/C ALL
Two types of retainer are installed:

- a flat retainer at the trailing edges
- an angular retainer at the tips.
Two types of static discharger are installed:

- one with a straight mounting, installed at the trailing edges
- one with a 30-degree angle mounting, installed at the tips.
The two types are not interchangeable.
4. Power
____________
Supply
Not Applicable.
5. _________
Interface
Not Applicable.
6. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
The static dischargers:
- decrease the voltage level necessary to start corona discharge
- make regions of very low radio-frequency field-strength and thus cause the
discharge to occur in these regions
- discharge the static electricity charge.

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 5
Feb 01/08

CES
The effect is to decrease the interference in the communications and
navigation systems.

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 6
Aug 01/06

CES
STATIC DISCHARGER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. General
_______
The full description and operation of the static dischargers is given in

(Ref. 23-60-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
STATIC DISCHARGER - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 23-61-00-200-001
- Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding of Retainer to Structure
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers

No specific Megohmmeter 500 Mohms - 500 VDC,1 mA max
No specific adjustable access platform 11.75 m (38 ft. 7 in.)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 601
Aug 01/06
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
23-61-00-991-001 Fig. 601
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
23-61-00-991-001-A Fig. 601A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 602
Feb 01/08

CES
Static Dischargers.
Figure 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-00

Page 603
Feb 01/08

CES
R Static Dischargers
R Figure 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 604
Aug 01/06

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the applicable
zone.
(3) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-210-050
A. Inspection of the Static Dischargers
(1) Examine the static dischargers to make sure that:

- there is no distortion
- there is no damage to the covers
- there is no corrosion of the bases
- there is no damage to the tips
- the screws are tight and serviceable
- they are correctly attached.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 605
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-61-00-750-051
R B. Bonding Resistance
(1) Static Discharger Retainer to Aircraft Structure.
R (a) Make sure that the electrical bonding is correct (Ref. TASK 20-
R 28-00-912-004).
R (b) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-002).
(2) Static Discharger Tip to Static Discharger Retainer.
(a) Use a Megohmmeter 500 Mohms - 500 VDC,1 mA max to measure the
resistance between the tip of the static discharger and the
static discharger retainer as follows:
- connect one probe to the tip of the applicable static
discharger
- put the other probe against the side of the applicable static
discharger retainer.
NOTE : With one lead attached to the retainer, clip the other
____
lead to a piece of WET sponge or fine wire wool (used to
touch the tip of the discharger).
(b) Measure the resistance values that follow:

- for type A, between 6 and 120 Megohms
- for type B, between 6 and 200 Megohms.
NOTE : The resistance value for all type B retainers is the
____
same.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-00-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
items.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 606
Aug 01/06

CES

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 607
Aug 01/06

CES
DISCHARGER - STATIC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 23-61-41-000-001
Removal of the Static Discharger
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 401
Aug 01/06
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
23-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
23-61-41-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-941-050
(2) Put the adjustable access platform adjacent to the applicable static
discharger.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 402
Feb 01/08

CES
Static Discharger - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-41

Page 403
Feb 01/08

CES
R Static Discharger - Location and Detail
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 404
Aug 01/06

CES
Subtask 23-61-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Static Discharger
(1) Loosen the grub screw (2) and remove the static discharger (1) from
the static discharger retainer (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 405
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-61-41-400-001
Installation of the Static Discharger
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
GEAR.
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 406
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-00-200-001 - Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding

of Retainer to Structure
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
23-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
23-61-41-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-41-941-051
(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.
Subtask 23-61-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 407
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-61-41-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-399,

R 401-403,
Subtask 23-61-41-420-051
R A. Preparation for Installation
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 408
Nov 01/09

CES
(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-306,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-61-41-420-051-A
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Static Discharger
(1) Install the static discharger (1) in the static discharger retainer
(3) and torque the grub screw (2) to between 0.06 and 0.01 m.daN
(5.30 and 0.88 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-61-41-750-050
C. Test
(1) Do a resistance test between the static discharger (1) and the static
discharger retainer (3) (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-200-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-41-865-051
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 23-61-41-942-050
B. Remove the Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 410
Nov 01/09
R
CES
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-61-42-000-001
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger

23-61-42-991-002 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
23-61-42-991-003 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
23-61-42-991-003-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
23-61-42-991-004 Fig. 403

23-61-42-991-005 Fig. 404
23-61-42-991-006 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004, 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005, 405/TASK

23-61-42-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 402
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-61-42-941-050
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
Subtask 23-61-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-61-42-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform adjacent to the applicable static
discharger.
(2) Remove the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 403
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 405
Feb 01/98

CES
R Static Discharger Retainers - Engine Pylon and Flap Track Fairings

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-42

Page 406
May 01/08

CES
R Static Discharger Retainers - Engine Pylon and Flap Track Fairings

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-42

Page 407
May 01/08

CES
R Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings
Figure 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 408
May 01/08

CES
Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons
Figure 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 409
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
Figure 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 410
Aug 01/06
R
CES
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences
Figure 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 411
Aug 01/06
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-61-42-020-051
A. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers zone 324 (Tailplane), 326

(Rudder), 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (1) with a drill, so that you do not make
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (2).
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger (4).
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (6).
(4) Carefully remove the rivets (23) with a drill, so that you do not
make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (24).
(5) Carefully remove the rivets (25) and (26) with a drill, so that you
do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(27).
R (7) Carefully remove the rivets (30) and rivets (32) with a drill, so
R that you do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger
R retainer (31), then remove the shim (33).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-052
B. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470 (480) (Engine Pylon),
531 (631), 532 (632) and 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(17).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 412
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-052-A
B. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532 (632) and
533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
(17).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-020-053
C. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (7) and (8) with a drill, so that you do
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(10), then remove and discard the washer (9).
(14), then remove and discard the washers (13).
Subtask 23-61-42-020-054
D. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (2),
then remove and discard the filling piece (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 413
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-61-42-020-055
E. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip

Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (4).
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger (7).
(10).
(4) Carefully remove the rivets (14),(15) and (16) with a drill, so that
you do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger
retainer (13).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 414
Aug 01/06
R
CES
TASK 23-61-42-400-001
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-002 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS B

FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFID(NO LONGER AVAILABLE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 415
Aug 01/06
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 rivets 23-61-04 01 -060

3 rivets 23-61-04 01 -080
3 rivets 23-61-05 02B-015A
4 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
5 rivets 23-61-04 01 -040
5 rivets 23-61-05 03B-030
5 rivets 23-61-05 03B-030A
R 5 rivets 23-61-05 03C-030
6 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
R 6 rivets 23-61-05 03C-010
7 rivets 23-61-05 01 -010
8 rivet 23-61-05 01 -020
8 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
9 washer 23-61-05 01 -065
9 washer 23-61-05 01 -065A
9 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
R 9 rivets 23-61-05 03C-010
11 rivets 23-61-05 01 -050
11 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
12 rivets 23-61-05 01 -060
12 rivets 23-61-05 03B-040
12 rivets 23-61-05 03B-040A
R 12 rivets 23-61-05 03C-040
13 washers 23-61-05 01 -065
13 washers 23-61-05 01 -065A
14 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
R 14 rivets 23-61-05 03C-010
15 rivet 23-61-05 03B-020
15 rivets 23-61-05 04 -060
15 rivets 23-61-05 04 -060A
16 rivets 23-61-05 04 -050
16 rivets 23-61-05 04 -050A
22 rivets 54-55-11 02D-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02E-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02F-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02G-445
23 rivets 23-61-07 01 -051A
25 rivets 23-61-07 01 -070A
26 rivets 23-61-07 01 -060A
28 rivets 23-61-07 01 -050A
30 rivets and the (2 off) <<EXPD 23-61-07 01 -040
rivets/32/23610701083>> rivets.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 416
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-00-200-001 - Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding

of Retainer to Structure
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger
23-61-41-400-001 Installation of the Static Discharger
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
23-61-42-991-002 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
23-61-42-991-003 Fig. 402
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-305,401-403,
23-61-42-991-003-A Fig. 402A

23-61-42-991-004 Fig. 403
23-61-42-991-005 Fig. 404
23-61-42-991-006 Fig. 405
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-42-941-052
(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 417
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-61-42-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-61-42-860-051
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable static discharge retainer.
(2) Make sure that the applicable static discharger is removed (Ref. TASK
23-61-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

R 401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones

324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 418
Feb 01/08

CES
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
(2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone

330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27) or (29)
R in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

R retainer (24), (27) or (29). Make sure that the holes align with
R the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (c) Put the shim (33) in the correct position on the aircraft
R structure.
R (d) Use a drill to make holes in the shim (33). Make sure the holes
R align with the related holes in the structure.
R (e) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R (f) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (31).
R Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
R structure.

470 (480) (Engine Pylon).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (21) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.

retainer (21). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.

531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-42

Page 419
Feb 01/09

CES

590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
(6) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone

534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure (5).
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
structure.
(c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (5).
(d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
aircraft structure.

534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or
(13) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-42

Page 420
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-305,401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-A
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones

324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the

330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27) or (29)
R in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

R retainer (24), (27) or (29). Make sure that the holes align with
R the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (c) Put the shim (33) in the correct position on the aircraft
R structure.
R (d) Use a drill to make holes in the shim (33). Make sure the holes
R align with the related holes in the structure.
R (e) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R (f) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (31).
R Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
R structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 421
Feb 01/09

CES
531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)


590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the

534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure (5).
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
structure.
(c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (5).
(d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
aircraft structure.

534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or
(13) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 422
Feb 01/09
R
CES
retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-053
B. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324

(Tailplane), 326 (Rudder) and 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of

the applicable static discharger retainer.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 423
Feb 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,
401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-054
C. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470

(480) (Engine Pylon) and 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track
Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

the applicable static discharger retainer. Do not apply sealant to
the static discharger retainers (21) on the composite engine-pylon
fairing zone 470 (480). The correct bonding resistance is only
possible when the retainer (21) touches the engine-pylon fairing.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-305, 401-403,
23-61-42

Page 424
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-305,401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-054-A
C. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531

(631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.


EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 425
Feb 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-055
D. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590

(690) (Aileron)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

Subtask 23-61-42-420-056
E. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer Zone 534

(634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 426
Feb 01/09
R
CES

Subtask 23-61-42-420-057
F. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534

(634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.


EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 427
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-61-42-420-058
G. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324 (Tailplane), 326

(Rudder) and 330 (340) Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (1).
with the (2 off) rivets (25) and the (2 off) rivets (26).
R (7) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in position with the shim
R (33), and install it with the (2 off) rivets and the (2 off) EXPD
R rivets/32/23610701083 rivets. (30)
(8) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-305,

401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-059
H. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470 (480) (Engine

Pylon), 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(1) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (21) in position and
install it with the (6 off) rivets (22).
install it with the (4 off) rivets (15) and the (2 off) rivets (16).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 428
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-305,401-403,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-059-A
H. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532

(632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
install it with the (4 off) rivets (15) and the (2 off) rivets (16).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-060
J. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (10) and the new washer (9) in
position and install them with the (4 off) rivets (7) and the (1 off)
rivet (8).
(2) Put the static discharger retainer (14) and the new washers (13) in
position and install them with the (4 off) rivets (11) and the (2
off) rivets (12).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 429
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-61-42-420-061
K. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position with the filling
piece (4), and install it with the (2 off) rivets (1) and the (4 off)
rivets (3).
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted
sealant from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-062
L. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip

Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
with the (5 off) rivets (14) and the (1 off) rivet (15).
with the (4 off) rivets (12) and the (2 off) rivets (11) .
with the (4 off) rivets (9) and the (2 off) rivets (8).
with the (2 off) rivets (6), the (2 off) rivets (5), and the (2 off)
rivets (4).
Subtask 23-61-42-760-050
M. Test
(1) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-
200-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 430
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-61-42-420-052
N. Continue the Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
(1) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the

same as the adjacent structure.
(2) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger

retainer.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
Subtask 23-61-42-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 23-61-42-942-050
C. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 431
Feb 01/09

CES
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
The Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) is designed to record crew
conversations and communications into memory block unit in flight and on
ground, when at least one engine is running or up to five minutes after the
last engine is shut down irrespective of which engine is shut down first.
The system can also operate in manual mode on the ground. The recorder is a
four-track system and all tracks are recorded simultaneously.
The SSCVR provides storage for 2 hours of consecutive recording for each of
the four audio input channels.
When the memory block unit is fully recorded, the system progressively
erases recordings made in the previous 2 hours and simultaneously records
new information; thus only information recorded in the last 2 hours of
operation is retained. The recorded information can be intentionally erased
when the aircraft is on the ground with the parking brake on, locked and
electrically powered. Bulk erasure is also possible during manual operation
of the system.
**ON A/C 051-061,
The Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) is designed to record crew
conversations and communications into Crash Survivable Memory Unit (CSMU) in
flight and on ground, when at least one engine is running or up to five
minutes after the last engine is shut down irrespective of which engine is
shut down first. The system can also operate in manual mode on the ground.
The recorder is a four-track system and all tracks are recorded
simultaneously.
The SSCVR provides storage for 30 minutes of consecutive recording for each
of the four audio input channels.
When the CSMU is fully recorded, the system progressively erases recordings
made in the previous 30 minutes and simultaneously records new information;
thus only information recorded in the last 30 minutes of operation is
retained. The recorded information can be intentionally erased when the
aircraft is on the ground with the parking brake on, locked and electrically
powered. Bulk erasure is also possible during manual operation of the
system.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Recording of conversations and communications must comply with standards

specified by the CAA (Ref. ATA 23-51, Audio Management, para. CAA Recording
Function).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS| ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RK CVR 312 312AR 23-71-35
3RK P/BSW-RCDR/CVR ERASE 21VU 211
5RK P/BSW-RCDR/CVR TEST 21VU 211
16RK MIC-CVR 20VU 210 23-71-13
18RK AMPLIFIER-CVR MIC 212 23-71-14
11TU P/BSW-RCDR/GND CTL 21VU 211
22RK JACK-CVR/HEAD SET 50VU 210
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. The cockpit voice recorder system consists of:
(1) Remote CVR microphone 16RK for monitoring direct conversations

between crew members and aural warnings in the cockpit.
(2) Amplifier 18RK which amplifies the microphone signal.
(3) Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder 1RK which records:
(a) Communications received and transmitted by radio.
(b) Intercom conversations between crew members.
(c) Announcements transmitted over the passenger address system.
(d) Direct conversations between crew members in the cockpit and all
aural warnings.
(4) Circuit breaker 2RK supplying the CVR with 115VAC power via the
contacts of the relays 6RK and 8RK.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 2
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 3
Nov 01/02
R
CES
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 4
Nov 01/02
R
CES
(5) RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK which provides complete erasure
of the recorder data from the CSMU.
(6) RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch 5RK which provides recorder test.
(7) Two relays 6RK and 8RK which automatically energize and de-energize
the CVR under specific conditions.
(8) Time-delay relay 10RK enabling the CVR to operate for 5 minutes after
last engine shut-down, or up to 5 minutes after initially energizing
the aircraft electrical network when the recorder is automatically
switched on.
(9) Relay 14RK controlling intentional erasure of the recorder data from
CSMU and the test signal when the aircraft is on the ground with
parking brake applied.
(10) Relays 12TU and 13TU and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
providing manual control of the CVR when the aircraft is on the
ground. On this pushbutton switch, the blues ON legend comes on to
indicate that the recorder is operating.
(11) Relay 20RK controlling the test signal and ensuring transmission of
the TCAS signal (TCAS see 3443).
R
(12) CVR/HEAD SET jack 22RK connected in parallel with the socket on the
CVR to facilitate maintenance operations (Ref. para. Component
Description - Cockpit Voice Recorder).
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R
A. Automatic Power Supply

The CVR is automatically supplied with 115VAC when the aircraft is in one
of the configurations given below:
- In flight with engines running or stopped
- On the ground with at least one engine running
- On the ground during the first five minutes following energization of
the aircraft electrical network
- On the ground up to five minutes after second engine shutdown.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 5
Aug 01/09

CES
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic
Figure 003

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 6
Aug 01/09

CES
(1) Aircraft in flight
The LGCIU1 5GA1 provides a ground signal to the relay 6RK.
The relay 6RK is supplied directly with 28VDC from the bus bar 801PP
via the circuit breaker 4RK. The CVR is supplied with 115VAC via the
normally-open contacts of the relay 6RK from the bus bar 801XP
through the circuit breaker 2RK.
The normally-closed contacts of the relay 8RK provide a parallel path
with the normally-open contacts of the relay 6RK for the supply of
115VAC to the CVR.
(2) Aircraft on ground
(a) With one or both engines running, no ground signal is fed to the
relay 10RK. Since the relay 10RK controls the energized or
de-energized state of relay 8RK, the relay 8RK remains
de-energized.
The 115VAC is connected from the bus bar 801XP via the circuit
breaker 2RK through the normally-closed contacts of the relay 8RK
to the CVR.
(b) During the first five minutes of energization of the aircraft

electrical network, with both engines shut down, a ground signal
is fed to the time-delay relay 10RK.
The relay 10RK is supplied with 28VDC from the bus bar 801PP via
the circuit breaker 4RK. When energized this relay starts its
timing function. During this timing function, the relay 8RK
remains de-energized and the CVR is supplied with 115VAC.
After 5 minutes, a ground signal is sent via the normally-open
contacts of the time-delay relay 10RK to energize the relay 8RK
which cuts off the supply of 115VAC to the CVR.
(c) Up to five minutes after second engine shutdown, a ground signal

is sent to the time-delay relay 10RK.
The relay 10RK is supplied with 28VDC from the busbar 801PP via
the circuit breaker 4RK. When energized, this relay starts its
timing function.
During this timing function, the relay 8RK remains de-energized
and the CVR is supplied with 115VAC.
After 5 minutes, a ground signal is sent via the relay 10RK to
energize the relay 8RK which cuts off the supply of 115VAC to the
CVR.
NOTE : In the cases described in Para. 2 (b) and (c) above, the
____
relay 6RK is de-energized (A/C on the ground) and the
recording function stops.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 7
Aug 01/09

CES
B. Manual Power Supply
Manual selection of power supply to the SSCVR allows the functions given
below with the aircraft on the ground and both engines shut down:
- To test the SSCVR for correct operation
- To record the beginning of the check list before the first engine
starts running
- To erase CSMU information if required.
With both engines shut down, a ground signal is sent to the relay 12TU.
Pushing the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU supplies the 28VDC to the
relay 12TU via the normally-open contacts of the pushbutton switch 11TU
and the normally-closed contacts of the relay 13 TU.
The relay 12TU is energized. A ground signal is sent to the blue ON
legend which comes on.
A ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK which energizes and
supplies the SSCVR with 115VAC power.
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is released, the 28VDC is applied
via relay 12TU and pushbutton switch 11TU to the relay 13TU which is
energized.
If one engine is started, the ground signal to relay 12TU is removed and
the relay 12TU is de-energized.
Thus the blue ON legend goes off and the relay 6RK is de-energized.
5. _________
Interface
Ref. Para. System Description
6. __________________
Component Location
R
A. CVR Microphone Amplifier 18RK
**ON A/C 062-099,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C ALL
The CVR Microphone amplifier is attached behind the overhead panel.

Two electrical connectors are provided at the back for connection with
the CVR and the remote microphone.
Inside is the microphone pre-amplifier which is supplied with 18VDC from
the Cockpit Voice Recorder.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 8
Aug 01/09

CES
Cockpit Voice recorder - Microphone Amplifier
Figure 004

R

EFF :

062-099, 23-71-00

Page 9
Aug 01/09

CES
B. CVR Microphone 16RK
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C ALL
The remote microphone is installed at the bottom of the overhead panel.

It is a condenser type microphone.
C. Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
**ON A/C 051-061,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C ALL
The SSCVR is located in the aft section of the aircraft.

It is attached to a shockmount by means of two locking tabs.
(1) On the face:

(Ref. Fig. 007)
(a) An Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) is mounted on a bracket

attached to the recorder. The ULB is a battery-operated device
which radiates a pulsed acoustic signal into the surrounding
water upon activation of its water-sensitive switch. It consists
of a self-contained battery, an electronic module and a
transducer. The battery is shock-mounted and separated from the
electronic module by a bulkhead built into the case; it is
accessible by removal of the end cover which is sealed with an
O-ring. Located on the opposite end of the ULB is a
teflon-insulated water-sensitive switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Area Microphone
Figure 005

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 214-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-71-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
SSCVR - Component Description
Figure 006

R

EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-71-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
CVR - Component Description
Figure 006A

R

EFF :

051-061, 23-71-00

Page 13
Aug 01/09

CES
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
Figure 007

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 14
Aug 01/09

CES
(b) A BITE indicator provides an indication of the health of the
SSCVR. If the SSCVR detects a fault which requires removal of the
unit from the aircraft installation, the BITE indicator will
activate and will remain activated until repair is accomplished.
The BITE indicator remains inactive in all other cases.
(2) Inside the recorder:
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
**ON A/C 051-061,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 008)
(a) The SSCVR consists of three Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) (not
including the basic system chassis):
- Controller Board A1 (interface and Control)
The interface and Control board is a single circuit card which
controls all states and modes of the system performing the
record, erase and test functions of the system. The interface
and control board provides all functional interfaces to
external systems.
- Crash Survivable Memory Unit (CSMU)
The CSMU is a solid state, nonvolatile mass storage device
enclosed in a protective case. The crash survivable memory unit
provides storage for all input data.
- Power supply converts either 115VAC 400Hz or 28VDC aircraft
power into secondary power for Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs)
and provides power on reset and power failure monitoring.
7. Operation
_________
A. Recording
(Ref. Fig. 008)

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
Figure 008

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 16
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
B. Recording Channels
The recording system consists of four recording channels which
simultaneously record audio as follows:
Channels 1, 2 and 3 have a narrow band and allow the recording of signals
from the Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant via the Audio Management
Unit 1RN.
Channel 4 has a wide band and allows the recording of the ambient noises
picked up by the area microphone and fed via a pre-amplifier to the input
transformer for channel 4.
The three narrow band channels are recorded separately during the first
30 min. and are mixed together from 30 min. to 120 min.
The recordings are made on the crash protected memory which provides a
120 min. maximum record interval of continuous operation.
The main function of the SSCVR is to record audio digital communications
data and Timing data into the CSMU.
NOTE : The SSCVR is synchronized with the 2nd aircraft recorder (SSFDR)
____
by means of an audio signal corresponding to the GMT sent by the
FDIU to the audio system and received by the SSCVR on the third
occupant channel.
**ON A/C 051-061,
B. Recording Channels
The recording system consists of four recording channels which
simultaneously record audio as follows:
Channels 1, 2 and 3 have a narrow band and allow the recording of signals
from the Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant via the Audio Management
Unit 1RN.
Channel 4 has a wide band and allows the recording of the ambient noises
picked up by the area microphone and fed via a pre-amplifier to the input
transformer for channel 4.
Each channel feeds data to separate solid state memory.
The recordings are made on the crash protected memory which provides a 30
min. maximum record interval of continuous operation.
The main function of the SSCVR is to record audio digital communications
data and Timing data into the CSMU.
NOTE : The SSCVR is synchronized with the 2nd aircraft recorder (SSFDR)
____
by means of an audio signal corresponding to the GMT sent by the
FDIU to the audio system and received by the SSCVR on the third
occupant channel.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-71-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Monitoring
Simultaneous monitoring of all 4 channels is possible by connecting a
headset to the headset jack on the face of the CVR 1RK or to the
CVR/HEAD SET jack on the maintenance panel 50VU. The jacks are fed
directly from the output of the AF amplifier. The monitor head is a
single full-width head and therefore only simultaneous monitoring of
all 4 channels is possible. Its output is connected to the input of
the AF amplifier.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(a) Relay 6RK

In FLIGHT configuration, a ground signal energizes the relay 6RK
which supplies the CVR with 115VAC power through its
normally-open contacts.
In GROUND configuration, the relay 6RK is normally de-energized.
However it can be energized through the relays 12TU, 13TU and the
RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU for test facility and manual
operation.
(b) Relay 8RK

It is normally de-energized when at least one engine is running.
Energizing of this relay is controlled by the time-delay relay
10RK.
(c) Relay 10RK

It is a time-delay relay which energizes after 5 minutes
continuous application of a ground signal. Since the function of
this relay is to control the relay 8RK, the power supply to the
CVR will remain ON for 5 minutes after the second engine is shut
down.
(d) Relay 14RK

This relay is energized when the parking brake is applied. Its
normally-open contacts are used to control the erasure of the
recorder data from the CSMU and the transition of the test signal
towards the loud speakers.
(e) Relays 12TU and 13TU, and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
They control the manual function of the CVR.
The system can only be operated manually when the aircraft is on
the ground and both engines are shut down.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU is pushed, the ON
legend comes on blue indicating that the CVR is operating.
This manual selection is automatically de-activated when one
engine is started, and the CVR continues to operate in the
automatic mode. It is also de-activated when the power supply is
cut off and when the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is pushed
again.
In all cases the ON legend goes off.
NOTE : There is no indication of CVR function when operating in

____
the automatic mode.
(f) Relay 20RK

This relay is energized as long as the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton
switch is pushed. Its contacts are used to control the transition
of the test signal towards the loud speakers.
**ON A/C 062-099,
(a) Relay 6RK

In FLIGHT configuration, a ground signal energizes the relay 6RK
which supplies the CVR with 115VAC power through its
normally-open contacts.
In GROUND configuration, the relay 6RK is normally de-energized.
However it can be energized through the relays 12TU, 13TU and the
RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU for test facility and manual
operation.
(b) Relay 8RK

It is normally de-energized when at least one engine is running.
Energizing of this relay is controlled by the time-delay relay
10RK.
(c) Relay 10RK

It is a time-delay relay which energizes after 5 minutes
continuous application of a ground signal. Since the function of
this relay is to control the relay 8RK, the power supply to the
CVR will remain ON for 5 minutes after the second engine is shut
down.
(d) Relay 14RK

This relay is energized when the parking brake is applied. Its
normally-open contacts are used to control the erasure of the
recorder data from the FCSSU and the transition of the test
signal towards the loud speakers.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-71-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) Relays 12TU and 13TU, and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
They control the manual function of the CVR.
The system can only be operated manually when the aircraft is on
the ground and both engines are shut down.
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU is pushed, the ON
legend comes on blue indicating that the CVR is operating.
This manual selection is automatically de-activated when one
engine is started, and the CVR continues to operate in the
automatic mode. It is also de-activated when the power supply is
cut off and when the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is pushed
again.
In all cases the ON legend goes off.
NOTE : There is no indication of CVR function when operating in

____
the automatic mode.
(f) Relay 20RK

This relay is energized as long as the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton
switch is pushed. Its contacts are used to control the transition
of the test signal towards the loud speakers. When this relay is
de-energized, it ensures transmission of the TCAS signal (Ref.
34-43, TCAS) to the loud speakers.
**ON A/C ALL
C. Erasure
(1) Manual erasure

The push to erase function is activated using a discrete input of the
SSCVR (activated using the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK and
when the parking brake and landing gear relays are closed). This
discrete must be activated for a minimum of one-half second to
activate this function. Once activated, this function disables the
ability to download the previously recorded data from the CSMU using
the normal download function. A 400 Hz tone is sent through the audio
monitor to indicate a successful erase.
NOTE : The SSCVR is energized for 5 minutes after the last engine is
____
shutdown.
Erasure is possible only if the SSCVR is powered (Ref.para.4).
The erase signal generated by the bulk erase timing assembly,
is applied to the Bulk Erase through:
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of SYS 2 L/G position relay
12GB
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay 14RK, this relay
being energized when parking brake is ON

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 20
Nov 01/09
R
CES
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of the RCDR/CVR ERASE
pushbutton switch.
The Bulk Erase function generates a digital signal for the
CPU which erases the CSMU information.
NOTE : The timing circuit in the Solid States cockpit voice recorder
____
activates the Bulk Erase for 5 seconds (minimum). This ensures
that the complete CSMU information is erased.
(2) Automatic erasure

The erase function erases the previously recorded information on all
4 channels simultaneously before a new recording is made.
8. Test
____
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
The Push-To-Test function is activated using a discrete input of the SSCVR

(activated using a pushbutton RCDR/CVR TEST switch 5RK located on the
overhead panel). The discrete must be activated for a minimum of one-half
second to activate this function. Once activated, this function performs an
extensive set of functional tests to determine the integrity of the system.
A successful self-test results in the status discrete output being activated
once.This results in one activation of the status LED (whichever is present)
on the SSCVR. In addition to the visual indication, an aural indication is
provided through the audio monitor output received at the CVR/HEAD SET JACK
(on the maintenance panel 50VU) or at the two loud speakers an 800 Hz tone
is sent to indicate successful self-test. There is one pulse.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,

overhead panel). The discrete must be activated for a minimum of five
seconds to activate this function. Once activated, this function performs an
extensive set of functional tests to determine the integrity of the system.
A successful self-test results in the status discrete output being activated
once.This results in one activation of the status LED (whichever is present)
on the SSCVR. In addition to the visual indication, an aural indication is
provided through the audio monitor output received at the CVR/HEAD SET JACK
(on the maintenance panel 50VU) or at the two loud speakers an 600 Hz tone
is sent to indicate successful self-test.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 21
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 515-526, 528-599,

overhead panel). Once activated, this function performs an extensive set of
functional tests to determine the integrity of the system. A successful
self-test results in the status discrete output being activated once.This
results in one activation of the status LED (whichever is present) on the
SSCVR. In addition to the visual indication, a short tone is provided
through the audio monitor output to :
- The two loudspeakers
- The CVR/HEAD SET JACK (on the maintenance panel 50VU) if the headset is
connected.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
A 800Hz tone is sent to the headset jack and to the loud speakers for aural
indication.
**ON A/C 062-099,
The tone is amplified to the two loudspeakers (to the HEADSET jack on the
CVR and to the CVR/HEAD SET jack on the maintenance panel 50VU) for aural
indication.
R **ON A/C 515-526, 528-599,
A short tone is sent to the headset jack and to the loud speakers for aural
indication.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-71-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 23-71-00-710-001
Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel Recording
_______
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.

____
R NOTE : For this procedure, the parking brake must be locked (ACCU PRESS POINTER
____
R ON THE TRIPLE INDICATOR IN THE GREEN RANGE).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the operation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR).
To do a check of the recording of the communications from the CAPT, F/O and
3rd Occupant stations and the CVR microphone.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 501
Feb 01/05

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
Subtask 23-71-00-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
(4) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a 600 ohms headset to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(6) Connect a 150 ohms microphone to the HAND MIC connectors of the CAPT,
F/O and 3rd Occupant stations.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-71-00-860-051-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(5) Connect a 150 ohms microphone to the HAND MIC connectors of the CAPT,
F/O and 3rd Occupant stations.
(6) On the overhead control panel 50VU : connect a 600 ohms headset to
the HEADSET jack.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-71-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
Subtask 23-71-00-710-050
A. Test of the CVR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:

21VU: - The blue ON legend comes on.
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL
pushbutton switch.
2. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
from the CVR microphone in the headset.
3. On the overhead control panel At the CAPT and F/O stations:

21VU: - Check that a continuous tone is
- Push and hold the RCDR/CVR TEST audible into the loudspeakers for
pushbutton switch. approximately two seconds.
- Check that the Frequency Shift Keying
(FSK) signal (a beep every 4 seconds)
is heard on the loudspeakers.
NOTE : The signal will be 600 Hz for

____
some CVR PNs, and 800 Hz for
others.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 503
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : There can be an acoustic
____
feedback during the test, but
this does not make it necessary
to remove the CVR.
4. On the overhead control panel - You cannot hear the signal.

21VU:
- Release the RCDR/CVR TEST
pushbutton switch.
5. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton swtich:

21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
- Release the RCDR/GND CTL
pushbutton switch.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-71-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the CVR
NOTE : This procedure is applicable to the CAPT station. It is the same

____
for the F/O station. Refer to the data between parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:

21VU: - The blue ON legend comes on.
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL
pushbutton switch.
2. On the overhead control panel At the CAPT (F/O) station, a short tone
21VU: is heard through the loudspeakers.
- Push and hold the RCDR/CVR TEST
pushbutton switch. NOTE : There can be an acoustic
____
feedback during the test, but
this does not make it necessary
to remove the CVR.
3. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
through the loudspeakers.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-71-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the overhead control panel - You cannot hear the signal.
21VU:
- Release the RCDR/CVR TEST
pushbutton switch.
5. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton swtich:

21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
- Release the RCDR/GND CTL
pushbutton switch.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 23-71-00-710-055-A
R B. Test of the CVR Channel Recording with Hot-Mike Function

R
R NOTE : This procedure is correct for the CAPT station. It is the same for
____
R the F/O and 3rd Occupant stations. Refer to the data between
R parentheses.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:

R 21VU: - The blue ON legend comes on.
R - Push the RCDR/GND CTL
R pushbutton switch.
R 2. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
R from the CVR microphone in the 600 ohms
R headset.
R 3. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant) On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant) ACP:
R ACP :
R - Set INT/RAD selector switch to
R INT stable position.
R - Activate INT pushbutton in - The reception pushbutton switch moves

R reception mode with the volume fully out.
R at its maximum position.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. Put covers on the CVR microphone:
R - Speak in the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Make sure that you can hear your voice
R Occupant) microphone. from the CVR microphone in the headset.
R 5. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:

R 21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
R - Release the RCDR/GND CTL
R pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-050
(1) Disconnect the headset and microphones from the CAPT, F/O and 3rd
Occupant stations.
(2) On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton
switches.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-71-00-710-002
Operational Test of the CVR Recording Logic Including Time Delay Relay
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR.
To do a check of the CVR power supply through the engines.
To make sure that the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY 10RK operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chronometer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 507
May 01/02

CES
R (5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a 600 ohms headset to the
R CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-710-052
A. Test of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Make sure that you cannot hear On the panel 21VU:

the audio input in the headset.

- Push the RCDR/GND CTL - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

pushbutton switch. legend comes on.
Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone
in the headset.
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL On the panel 21VU:

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 508
Nov 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch. - On the pushbutton switch, the ON
legend goes off.
In the headset, make sure that you
cannot hear the audio input.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-053
B. Test of the Power Supply of the CVR through the engines
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS FOLLOWS:
_______
R - 1JH, 2JH2 AND 3JH2 BEFORE 2KS2.
R IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK OF
R ELECTROCUTION. THIS IS BECAUSE YOU WILL START CONTINUOUS
R IGNITION IF YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS2 FIRST.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Make sure that you cannot hear

the audio input in the headset.
2. On the panel 121VU:

- Open the circuit breakers 2JH1,
3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.

- Open the circuit breaker 1JH
then circuit breakers 2KS1 and
2KS2.
- Open the circuit breakers 4KS1 In the headset, make sure that you can
and 4KS2. hear the conversations from the CVR
microphone.
- Close the circuit breakers

2KS1, 2KS2, 4KS1 and 4KS2, and
then close the circuit breakers
1JH, 2JH1, 3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Start the chronometer. Make sure that you can hear the
in the headset for 5 minutes. Then the
audio input stops.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-054
C. Test of the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY (10RK).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Open the circuit breaker 4RK.

- Close the circuit breaker 4RK.
- Start the chronometer. Make sure that you can hear the
in the headset for 5 minutes. Then the
audio input stops.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-052
(1) Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 510
Feb 01/01
R
CES
TASK 23-71-00-720-001
Operational Test of the Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB)
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT MARKINGS OR LABELS ON THE ULB (ONLY THE BATTERY
_______
REPLACEMENT LABEL IS PERMITTED). THEY CAN DECREASE THE PROPAGATION.
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the CVR and the SSCVR.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Operational check of the ULB.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific stopwatch
42A12C 1 TEST SET-ULTRASONIC
R 42A12D 1 ULTRASONIC TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-005

TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO ETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-35-920-001 Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locating

Beacon (ULB) and Battery

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 511
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-054
(1) Put the access platform in position at the zone 312.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
NOTE : For this procedure you can use all ULTRASONIC TEST SETs with
____
the P/N 42A12(). If you use the PINGLITE TEST SET, it is not
necessary to do the steps (4) thru (7).
(3) On the ULB, look at the date on the battery replacement label. If the
date is expired, replace the battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
(4) If you use an TEST SET-ULTRASONIC (42A12C):

- Set the INPUT switch to INT
- Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position.
R (5) If you use an ULTRASONIC TEST SET (42A12D):

- Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position.
(6) With an electrical lead, make a short circuit between the ULB water
switch and the battery body.
(7) Put the microphone of the ultrasonic test set as near as possible to
the ULB. Tune the ultrasonic test set to get the best signal.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 512
Aug 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-720-051
R A. Operational test of the ULB with the ULTRASONIC TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. With a stopwatch, count the

number of pulses from the ULB
during a cycle of 10 seconds.
2. Calculate the pulse rate: The pulse rate must be approximately

- Divide the number of pulses one pulse per second.
during the cycle by the number
of seconds (10 seconds).
NOTE : For this test:

____
- If the pulse rate increases, you must replace the battery.
After you replace the battery, if the ULB does not operate
correctly, you must replace the ULB.
R Subtask 23-71-00-720-056
R B. Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL3)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. Put the Pinglite tester PL3 in

R position and push and hold it
R against the ULB water switch.
R 2. Remove the tester from the ULB.
R NOTE : The ULB is not in the water. Following functions are different:
____
R - the pulse duration will be longer
R - the pulse rate will be slower than the pulse rate from the
R manufacturers test (in water).
R If the pulse rate increases or is much faster, you must replace the
R battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
R If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of the
R battery, you must replace the ULB (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 513
Aug 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the Pinglite tester PL3: the LED
R flashes with each outout pulse. You can
R hear a pulse sound.
R Subtask 23-71-00-720-057
R C. Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL1)
R (1) On the Pinglite tester PL1:

R - make a temporary short circuit between the center pin of the device
R water switch and the case.
R NOTE : Use a piece of metal braid or flexible conductor.

____
R (2) Test with the Pinglite test set PL1
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the Pinglite test set PL1:

R - put the end of the test set
R against the ULB approximately 1
R inch (25.4mm) from the water
R switch end.
R 2. Push and hold the OPERATION - a light flash shows that the test set
R pushbutton on the test set. operates.
R - the BEACON indicator lamp on the test
R set flashes with each output pulse
R from the ULB.
R Release the OPERATION pushbutton. All the indicators go off.
R NOTE : No light flash on the test set shows a dead battery or damaged
____
R ULB. But ifthe pulse repetition rate is much faster or
R increases, replace the battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
R If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of
R the battery, replace the beacon (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 514
Aug 01/06

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-055
(1) On the ultrasonic test set:

- Set the TUNING potentiometer to zero
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to OFF.
(2) Disconnect the electrical lead that connects the water switch to the
body of the battery (short circuit).
(3) Make sure that there is no grease on the support of the ULB and the
water switch.
If you find grease, clean it off with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-005).
(4) Close the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 515
Aug 01/06
R
CES
TASK 23-71-00-720-002
Functional Test of the bulk-erase function and bulk-erase inhibition-logic of

the CVR
_______
NOTE : This procedure is applicable to the CVR and the SSCVR.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the CVR will erase only when the aircraft is on the ground
with the parking brake set.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
32-69-00-860-001 Simulation of Flight, with the Aircraft on the Ground

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 516
Aug 01/06
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-057

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the engine shutdown occured not less than 5 minutes
before you do the procedure.
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a 600 ohms headset to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-720-050
A. Do the functional test with the parking brake locked and the aircraft in
the ground configuration:
(1) Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(a) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the Parking Brake Control
Switch (73GG) is in the ON position.
(b) Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear
compressed).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 517
Aug 01/06
R
CES
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and On the panel 21VU:

- Push the RCDR/GND CTL - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

pushbutton switch. legend comes on.
In the headset:
- Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR
microphone.
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE In the headset:

pushbutton switch for not less - Make sure that you can hear the 400Hz
than 2 seconds and release it. tone signal.
After approximately 3 seconds Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-054
B. Do the functional test with the parking brake unlocked:
(a) On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG)
in the OFF position.
(b) Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear
compressed).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and In the headset:

indicating panel 21VU: - Make sure that you cannot hear the
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE 400Hz tone signal.
pushbutton switch for not less
than 2 seconds and release it.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 518
Aug 01/06

CES
Subtask 23-71-00-720-055
C. Do the functional test with the aircraft in the flight configuration:
(a) On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG)
in the ON position.
(b) Put the aircraft in the flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-
860-001).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and In the headset:

indicating panel 21VU: - Make sure that you cannot hear the
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE 400Hz tone signal.
pushbutton switch for not less
than 2 seconds and release it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-056
R (1) Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
R (2) Put the aircraft in the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-
001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES
MICROPHONE - CVR (16RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 23-71-13-000-001
Removal of the CVR Microphone (16RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-13-020-050
A. Removal of the CVR Microphone
(1) Loosen the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.
(2) Pull the unit 25VU (11) from its housing. Do not disconnect the
connectors.
(3) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the washers (6) and (7), and the wire
clamp (14).
(4) Disconnect the connector (8) from the receptacle (9).
(5) Put blanking caps on the connector (8) and the receptacle (9).
(6) Loosen the screws (12) and remove the washers (13).
(7) Remove the CVR microphone (2) with its support (3).
(8) Loosen the screws (1) and remove the washers (4).
(9) Remove the CVR microphone from its support (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
CVR Microphone
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-71-13-400-001
Installation of the CVR Microphone (16RK)
CAUTION : DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CVR MICROPHONE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
PASSAGE HOLE IN THE LEFT FRONT LINING PANEL IS CONCENTRIC WITH THE
MICROPHONE HEAD. THIS WILL MAKE SURE THAT THE MICROPHONE HEAD NEVER
TOUCHES THE PANEL EDGES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-710-001 Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel

Recording
23-71-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-13-420-050
A. Installation of the CVR Microphone
(3) Put the CVR microphone (2) on its support (3).
(4) Install the washers (4) and the screws (1), and tighten the screws.
(5) Put the support (3) with the CVR microphone (2) in position.
(6) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12). Tighten the screws.
(7) Make sure that the wire clamp (14) is in the correct condition.
Replace the wire clamp (14) if necessary.
Put the wire clamp (14) on the wire of the CVR microphone (2).
(8) Put the wire clamp (14) in position and install the washers (6) and
(7), and the screws (5). Tighten the screws.
(9) Remove the blanking caps from the connector (8) and the receptacle
(9).
(10) Make sure that the connector (8) and the receptacle (9) are in the
correct condition.
(11) Connect the connector (8) to the receptacle (9).
(12) Put the unit 25VU (11) in its housing.
(13) Tighten the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 405
May 01/06
R
CES
Subtask 23-71-13-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
R 49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-13-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-13-860-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 406
May 01/06

CES
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE (18RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-71-14-000-001
Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier (18RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-14-020-050
A. Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
(1) Remove the screws (4) and loosen the fasteners (6) of the lining
panel (5) and remove the lining panel.
(2) Remove the screws (1) and loosen the fasteners (3) of the dome light
cover (2) and remove the cover.
(3) Disconnect the connectors (7) from the receptacles (9).
(4) Put blanking caps on the connectors (7) and on the receptacles (9).
(6) Remove the CVR microphone amplifier (12) from the support (8).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
CVR Microphone Amplifier
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 23-71-14-400-001
Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier (18RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Recording
23-71-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-14-420-050
A. Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
(3) Put the CVR microphone amplifier (12) in position on its support (8).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
(4) Install the washers (11) and the screws (10). Tighten the screws.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (7) and the receptacles
(9).
(6) Make sure that the connectors (7) and the receptacles (9) are in the
correct condition.
(7) Connect the connectors (7) to the receptacles (9).
(8) Put the dome light cover (2) in position. Install the screws (1) and
tighten the screws (1) and the fasteners (3).
(9) Put the lining panel (5) in position. Install the screws (4) and
tighten the screws (4) and the fasteners (6).
Subtask 23-71-14-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
R 49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-14-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-14-860-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 405
May 01/06

CES
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) (1RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-71-35-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
23-71-35-991-001 Fig. 401
R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid
____
State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-71-35-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 312.
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001)
R
Subtask 23-71-35-020-050
A. Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (4) and lower the fasteners.
(2) Carefully remove the CVR (1) from the rack (2).
NOTE : Make sure that you do not damage the electrical connector
____
pins.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 402
Nov 01/09

CES
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 403
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-71-35-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Recording
R
23-71-35-991-001 Fig. 401
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid
____
State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 404
Nov 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001)
R
Subtask 23-71-35-420-050
A. Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (3).
(4) Carefully install the CVR (1) into the rack (2). Make sure that the
CVR is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical
connection.
(5) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (4) until the CVR (1)
is correctly attached.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-054
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-71-35-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-35-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 406
Nov 01/09
R
CES
R TASK 23-71-35-000-002
R Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-71-35-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 23-71-35-991-006 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-71-35-860-050
R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 23-71-35-010-052
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position at zone 312.
R (2) Open the access door 312AR.
R (3) If necessary, remove the Cockpit Voice Recorder (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-
R 000-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 407
Nov 01/09

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-006)
R Subtask 23-71-35-020-053
R A. Removal of the Cockpit-Voice-Recorder (CVR) Rack
R (1) Remove the nuts (11), the screws (9) and the washers (10) and release
R the electrical connector (6).
R (2) Remove the screws (8) and the CVR-Rack (5).
R (3) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3) and the screws (2).
R (4) Remove the dampers (1) and the bonding straps (7).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 408
Nov 01/09

CES
R Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
R Figure 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 409
Nov 01/09

CES
R TASK 23-71-35-400-002
R Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

R 23-71-35-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
R 23-71-35-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 23-71-35-991-006 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-71-35-860-051
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R (2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 312.
R (3) Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
R (4) Make sure that the Cockpit Voice Recorder is removed (Ref. TASK 23-
R 71-35-000-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-006)
R Subtask 23-71-35-420-052
R A. Installation of the Cockpit-Voice-Recorder (CVR) Rack
R NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
R 21-11-911-001).
R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Put the bonding straps (7) and the dampers (1) in position and
R install the screws (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
R (4) Put the bonding straps (7) and the CVR-Rack (5) in position and
R install the screws (8).
R (5) Put the electrical connector (6) in position and install the washers
R (10), the screws (9) and the nuts (11).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-71-35-410-053
R A. Close Access
R (1) Install the Cockpit Voice Recorder (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-400-001).
R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Close the access door 312AR.
R (4) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 411
Nov 01/09

CES
R Subtask 23-71-35-860-052
R (1) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 412
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 23-71-35-920-001
Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB) and Battery
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-720-001 Operational Test of the Underwater Locating Beacon

(ULB)
R
CMMV 237044
R 23-71-35-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : Make sure that a new ULB is available for ULB replacement.
____
Subtask 23-71-35-010-051
A. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 413
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-71-35-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-35-020-051
A. Removal of the ULB from the CVR

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-71-35-991-005)
R
(1) Remove the screws (1) from the clamps (2).
(2) Remove the ULB (3) from the mounting cradle (4).
NOTE : If the ULB Type DK 100 is installed, send the ULB to the
____
related vendor to replace the battery.
Subtask 23-71-35-960-050
B. In the Workshop
(1) Discard and replace the ULB Battery (Ref. CMMV 237044).
R
Subtask 23-71-35-420-051
C. Installation of the ULB on the CVR

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-71-35-991-005)
R
(1) Install the ULB (3) to the clamps (2).
(2) Install the screws (1) to the mounting cradle (4).
NOTE : Install the ULB with the water-sensitive switch outboard and
____
make sure that the switch is clean.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 414
Nov 01/09

CES
Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)
R Figure 403/TASK 23-71-35-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 415
Nov 01/09

CES
NOTE : Rotate the ULB until the battery replacement date is readable.
____
Subtask 23-71-35-720-050
D. Do the operational test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-720-001).
NOTE : This operational test is not necessary, if you have done a test of
____
the ULB in the workshop immediately before installation. The test
in the workshop must obey the vendor instructions.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-059
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RK, 4RK
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-35-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Remove the access platform.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 416
Nov 01/09

CES
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
1. _______
General
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) uses cameras in the cockpit
entrance, and left and right door 1 areas. They let the flight crew monitor
the door 1 area and identify persons who request access to the cockpit.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12RA CAMERA-COCKPIT DOOR 210 23-72-51
13RA CAMERA-DR 1, LH 224 23-72-51
14RA CAMERA-DR 1, RH 223 23-72-51
3. __________________
System Description
R
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. The Cockpit Door Surveillance System has the following components:

- 3 Cameras
- 1 LCD (with a system controller)
- 1 CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch
- 1 VIDEO pushbutton.
(1) Cameras
The three cameras are installed in the ceiling panels in the cockpit
entrance and the door 1 area:
- Camera 1 is installed above the cockpit door. It gives images of
the area directly in front of the cockpit door.
- Camera 2 is installed in the ceiling of the right door 1 area. It
gives images of the area directly below camera 2 in the right door
1 area
- Camera 3 is installed in the ceiling of the left door 1 area. It
gives images of the area directly below camera 3 in the left door 1
area.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 1
Nov 01/08

CES
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
Figure 001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 2
Aug 01/08

CES
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
Figure 002

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 3
Aug 01/08

CES
(2) LCD (10RA)
The LCD is installed on the aft wall of the cockpit. It lets the
flight crew see the picture from the cameras.
The image from camera 1 is shown as a full screen on the LCD and the
image from camera 2 and 3 are shown as a split screen. The image from
camera 2 is shown on the left side of the LCD screen and the image
from camera 3 is shown on the right side. If the LCD is programmed
for the not-installed fourth camera a third screen is shown, which
is black.
If the system is programmed for the automatic sleep mode, the LCD
automatically shows a blank screen if there is no signal from the
VIDEO push button (16RA) or the ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD (Ref. 52-51-00)
for one minute.
If the system is programmed for the pilot-activated-sleep-mode, when
the pilot pushes and holds the VIDEO push button (16RA) for two
seconds the LCD screen goes black.
If the system gets no signal from the VIDEO push button (16RA) or the
ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD (Ref. 52-51-00) for five minutes the LCD
automatically goes into the standby/power save mode.
If the screen is in the standby mode and entry is requested with the
keypad, the screen automatically comes on and shows the image from
camera 1. If entry is requested again before 30 seconds after the
last-entry-request the signals are inhibited. This is to let the
pilot use the VIDEO pushbutton to set and see the images from camera
1 or cameras 2 and 3.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed during the first two minutes of the
standby/power save mode, the last shown image comes on.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed after the first two minutes of the
standby/power save mode, the image from camera 1 comes on.
(3) CKPT DOOR VIDEO Switch (17RA)

The CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch is installed on the overhead panel 27VU.
It sets the CDSS on or off. The switch has an OFF legend which is on
when the system is off and off when the system is on.
(4) VIDEO Pushbutton (16RA)

The VIDEO pushbutton is installed on the pedestal, on panel 119VU. It
lets the flight crew change between the images from camera 1, cameras
2 and 3 and from the not-installed fourth camera (black screen). If
the system is programmed for pilot-activated-sleep-mode, it lets the
flight crew set the LCD screen into sleep mode (black screen).
R
4. Power
____________
Supply
The CDSS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 101PP. The related
circuit breaker 15RA (3amp) is installed on the circuit breaker panel 122VU
in the cockpit.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 4
Nov 01/08

CES
5. _________
Interface
The CDSS has interfaces with this system:
- Entry Request Control Unit (52-51-00)
6. _____________________
A. Cameras
Camera 1 has a 105 degree lens and cameras 2 and 3 can have a 70, 90 or
120 degree lenses (as required).
B. LCD
On the front of the LCD there is one green and one white LED, and two
rotary knobs.
The two rotary knobs are used to manually set/adjust the screen
brightness and contrast.
The green LED shows the status of the LCD:
- Green LED is on, shows that the system is on
- Green LED is off, shows that the system is off
- Green LED is flashing, shows that a failure has occurred in the system.
The white LED is a light sensor which automatically controls the
brightness of the pictures on the LCD screen.
7. ________________________________
R
Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch (17RA) on the overhead panel 27VU to start
the CDSS. The images from camera 1 show on the LCD screen (full screen).
On the pedestal-panel 119VU, push the VIDEO pushbutton (16RA) to change the
image on the LCD from camera 1 to cameras 2 and 3 (split screen). If the
VIDEO pushbutton is pushed again the screen changes from cameras 2 and 3 to
the not-installed fourth camera (black screen).
R

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 5
Nov 01/08

CES
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-72-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 501
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-72-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-403,
122VU DOORS/PAX/MONG 1MQ T13
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,

Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
301-306,401-403,
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-223, 225-235, 237-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 11-1047 For A/C 106-149,221-223,225-233,237-238,301-304,401-403,
122VU DOORS CKPT LOCK 1MQ T13

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

R 301-306,401-403,
R Subtask 23-72-00-710-051-A
R A. Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:
R - Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - The OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
R pushbutton. pushbutton goes off.
R In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
R - The green LED comes on.

R - The image from camera 1 is shown on
R the LCD monitor.
R - The image from camera 1 is good.
R 2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

R 119VU:
R - Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 2 is shown on
R time. the left half of the
R LCD-monitor-screen.
R the right half of the
R LCD-monitor-screen.
R - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
R good.

R 119VU:
R - Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The screen is black.

R time.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 503
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : The black screen is only shown
____
R if the LCD monitor has been
R programmed for the
R not-installed fourth camera.

R 119VU:
R - Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 1 is shown.
R time.
R 5. In the cockpit, on the LCD In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

R monitor:
R - Turn the LCD-monitor - The image becomes brighter or dimmer

R brightness-knob clockwise and in relation to the position of the
R counterclockwise. brightness-knob.
R - The image is good.
R 6. In the cockpit, on the LCD In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

R monitor:
R - Turn the LCD-monitor - The contrast of the image changes in

R contrast-knob clockwise and relation to the position of the
R counterclockwise. contrast-knob.
R - The image is good.

R 119VU:
R time. the left half of the screen.
R the right half of the screen.
R - After five minutes the images go off
R (power-down-mode).
R - The green LED stays on.
R NOTE : If the LCD monitor is not

____
R power-down-mode then the images
R stay on.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 504
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : If the LCD monitor has been
____
R not-installed fourth camera
R (black screen), the images go
R off after one minute.

R 119VU:
R - Less than four minutes after - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
R the images on the LCD monitor shown (split screen).
R go off, push the VIDEO
R pushbutton one time.
R 9. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:

R the CDLS keypad:
R - Enter the code to request entry - The horn is heard.

R to the cockpit.
R - The image from camera 1 is shown.
R NOTE : The next two steps must be

____
R done in less than 30
R seconds after this step.
R 119VU:
R - Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
R time. shown (split screen).
R 11. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:

R the CDLS keypad:
R - Enter the code to request - On the LCD monitor, the images from
R entry to the cockpit. cameras 2 and 3 stay on.
R 119VU:

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 505
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - After 30 seconds, push the - The image from camera 1 is shown.
R VIDEO pushbutton one time.
R 119VU:
R time. the left half of the screen.
R the right half of the screen.
R 119VU:
R - Push the VIDEO pushbutton and - The image changes to camera 1 and
R hold for two seconds. then goes off.
R NOTE : If the LCD monitor is not

____
R pilot-sleep-mode then the LCD
R monitor displays camera 1.
R 119VU:
R - Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 1 is shown.
R time. - After 5 minutes the image goes off
R (power-down-mode).
R 119VU:
R - Less than 30 seconds after the - The image from the last selected view
R images on the LCD monitor go (camera 1) is displayed.
R off, push the VIDEO pushbutton
R one time.
R 17. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:
R - Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - The OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
R pushbutton one time. pushbutton comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 506
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - The green LED goes off.
R - The screen goes off.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 507
May 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 508
May 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-72-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,

Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
301-306,401-403,
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit:

27VU: - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch goes off.
pushswitch.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:

- the green LED comes on (continuously)
- the picture from camera 1 shows.
2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD:

119VU: - the failure history page shows for 60
- push and hold the VIDEO seconds.
pushbutton for 10 seconds.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 509
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. In the cockpit, on the panel On the panel 27VU:
27VU: - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch comes on.
pushswitch one time.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:

- the green LED goes off
- the screen goes off.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 510
May 01/09

CES
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (10RA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-72-22-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
23-72-22-991-002 Fig. 401

23-72-22-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 401
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-22-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-72-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
R
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 402
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-22-710-051
A. Removal of the Monitor or the Hinge Assembly:
(1) If you want remove the Monitor only:

- Do the paragraph B.
(2) If you want remove the Hinge Assembly:

- Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-020-051
B. Removal of the Monitor

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002)
(1) Remove the screws (3) from the hinge assembly (2).
(2) Disconnect the monitor (1).
(3) Put blanking caps on the connector of the monitor (1).
Subtask 23-72-22-020-052
C. Removal of the Hinge Assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2).
(3) Remove the screws (5) and washers (4) from the mounting plate (3).
(4) Remove the hinge assembly (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 403
Nov 01/08

CES
Monitor
Figure 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 404
Aug 01/08

CES
Monitor
Figure 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 405
Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-22-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack

External Power
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
23-72-22-991-002 Fig. 401

23-72-22-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-22-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-72-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
R
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 407
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-22-710-052
A. Installation of the Monitor or Hinge Assembly:
(1) If you want install the Monitor only:

- Do the paragraph B.
(2) If you want install the Hinge Assembly:

- Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-420-053
B. Installation of the Monitor

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002)

area.
condition.
(5) Install the Monitor (1) with the screws (3) to the hinge assembly (2)
and TORQUE the screws (3) to 0.300 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in).
Subtask 23-72-22-420-054
C. Installation of the Hinge Assembly:

area.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 408
Nov 01/08

CES
(3) Install the Hinge Assembly (1) with the washers (4) and the screws
(5) to the mounting plate (3).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the elevtrical connectors.
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (2).
Subtask 23-72-22-865-052
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 23-72-22-710-050
E. Do the Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-System (Ref. TASK 23-

72-00-710-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-22-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 23-72-22-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 409
Nov 01/08

CES
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM (12RA,13RA,14RA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-72-51-000-001
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
23-72-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 401
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
R
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 402
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Cameras

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only one
____
procedure is given.
(1) Remove the caps (4).
(2) Hold the camera (3) in position.
(4) Carefully remove the camera (3) until you can disconnect the
electrical connector (1).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and remove the camera (3).
(6) If you cannot get access to disconnect the electrical connector (1),
do the subsequent steps:
(a) Loosely attach the camera (3) to the ceiling panel with the
screws (5).
(b) Remove the ceiling panel and move it until you can get access to
the electrical connector (1) (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the camera (3).
(d) Remove the three screws (5) and remove the camera (3) from the
ceiling panel.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 403
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Cameras
Figure 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 404
Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-51-400-001
Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack
23-72-51-820-001 Adjustment of the Cameras
Power
the External Power
25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
Area
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
23-72-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
R
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-210-050
(1) Make sure that all the placards of the retained/new components are in
the correct position and in good condition.
(2) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 23-72-51-560-050
B. Preparation of Component Replacement

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : Do the subsequent steps if you install a new camera.

____
(1) On the old camera (3):
(a) Make a note of the position of the adapter plate (2).
(b) Carefully remove the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in
position.
(c) Remove the adapter plate (2).
(2) On the new camera (3):
(a) Put the adapter plate (2) in position as noted in step (1).
(b) Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on
the camera (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 407
Aug 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 23-72-51-420-051
C. Installation of the Cameras

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only
____
one procedure is given.
(1) If you install a new camera (3), do the subsequent steps:
(a) On the old camera (3), carefully remove the clip which keeps the
adapter plate (2) in position.
(b) Remove the adapter plate (2) from the camera (3).
(c) Put the adapter plate (2) in position on the new camera (3),
(d) Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on
the camera (3).
condition.
(6) If the ceiling panel was removed during the removal procedure, do the
subsequent steps:
(a) Put the camera (3) in the correct position on the ceiling panel.
(b) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(c) Install the caps (4).
(d) Put the ceiling panel, with the camera (3), in position until you
can connect the electrical connector (1).
(e) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the camera (3).
(f) Install the ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 408
Aug 01/08

CES
(7) If the ceiling panel was not removed during the removal procedure, do
the subsequent steps:
(a) Put the camera (3) in position until you can connect the
electrical connector (1).
(b) Connect the electrical connector (1).
(c) Hold the camera (3) in the installed position.
(d) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(e) Install the caps (4).
items.
Subtask 23-72-51-865-052
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 23-72-51-820-051
E. Make sure that the camera(s) are adjusted correctly (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-
820-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-710-050
F. Do the operational test of the cameras (Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 409
Aug 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-51-820-001
Adjustment of the Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R BTR41914 1 TOOL-ADJ,CDSS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-72-51-000-001 Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras

23-72-51-400-001 Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 410
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 23-72-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1372 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,

Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
301-306,401-403,
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,

301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Cameras
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton-switch. Make sure that:
- The OFF legend in the pushbutton-switch goes off.
- The green LED on the related LCD comes on.
- The image from camera 1 shows.
(2) Get a person to stay directly in front of the cockpit door.
(3) Make sure that the bottom of the image shows the feet of the person,
who stays in front of the cockpit door.
(4) Make sure that the top of the image shows the head of the person, who
stays in front of the cockpit door.
(5) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area which is 1 m
(3.28 ft.) in front of the cockpit door.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 411
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(6) If the image from camera 1 is correct, continue with step (8).
(7) If the image from camera 1 is not correct do these steps:
(a) Remove the cover from the camera 1.
R (b) Connect the camera adjustment-tool TOOL-ADJ,CDSS to the camera 1,

R as follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the unlock
position.
2
_ Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the camera 1.
3
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock
position.
(c) Slowly turn the camera 1 clockwise or counterclockwise until the

image from camera 1 is correct.
NOTE : You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees,

____
hard-stops on the camera prevent more movement.
(d) If you cannot adjust the camera correctly replace the camera 1,
(Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-001).
(e) Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1, as

follows:
1
position.
2
_ Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1 housing.
(f) Install the cover on the camera 1.
(8) In the cockpit, on the panel 119VU, push the pushbutton-switch 16RA
one time, make sure that:
- In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor, the images from cameras 2 and 3
show as a split screen.
(9) Make sure that the image from camera 2 is on the left side of the LCD
screen.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 412
Aug 01/09

CES
(10) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area 1.2 m (3.93
ft.) in front of the right door and in the middle of the forward and
aft walls.
(11) Make sure that the image from camera 3 is on the right side of the
LCD screen.
(12) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area 1.2 m (3.93
ft.) in front of the left door and in the middle of the forward and
aft walls.
(13) If the image from camera 2 or 3 is correct, continue with step (15).
(14) If the image from camera 2 or 3 is not correct do these steps:
(a) Remove the cover from the applicable camera.
(b) Connect the camera adjustment tool to the applicable camera, as

follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool into the unlock
position.
2
_ Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the applicable
camera.
3
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock
position.
(c) Slowly turn the applicable camera clockwise or counterclockwise

until the image from the camera is correct.
NOTE : You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees,

____
hard-stops on the camera prevent more movement.
(d) If you cannot adjust the camera correctly replace the applicable
camera, (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-
001).
(e) Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera,

as follows:
1
position.
2
_ Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera
housing.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 413
Aug 01/08

CES
(f) Install the cover on the applicable camera.
(15) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton-switch and make sure that:
- The green LED on the related LCD goes off.
- The OFF legend in the pushswitch comes on.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
R
R Post SB 23-1373 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-149,151-199,201-233,236-238,
R 301-306,401-403,
Subtask 23-72-51-860-052
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 414
Nov 01/08

CES
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Cabin Intercommunications Data System (CIDS) is used to operate,
control, monitor and test various cabin functions. The functions are managed
by CIDS dependent on the configuration of the aircraft and the CIDS
software.
The basic CIDS manages these cabin functions:
- the Passenger Address (PA),
- the Cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the Passenger Call system,
- the Passenger lighted signs,
- the General illumination,
- the Lavatory smoke system,
- the Service interphone,
- the Extended emergency lighting equipment.
- the Escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
- the Evacuation signaling equipment,
In addition to the above, the basic CIDS installation also has the
capability to operate, functionally control, monitor and test any optional
systems (passenger entertainment (video), advanced passenger services etc.).
The system permits different cabin configurations without the need for
complex and costly hardware changes. The existing cabin equipment
(loudspeakers, lighting units etc.) is retained and the cabin configuration
is accomplished with software changes in the CIDS.
The main components of the CIDS are:
- two CIDS directors,
- a series of Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU),
- a Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
- the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP),
- the Aft Attendant Panel (AAP),
- the Attendant Indicating Panels (AIP).
With the exception of the ACPs, the above units have a Built-in Test
Equipment (BITE) facility. The BITE detects faults in the systems connected
to the CIDS and in the CIDS units. (The CIDS also uses the flight
compartment handset and the passenger compartment handsets).
The CIDS directors are the central control components of the CIDS. Each
director receives inputs from various aircraft systems and from the other
components in the CIDS. Inputs and outputs to and from the CIDS directors
are either connected directly to the directors or through the
Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU). Two types of DEUs are installed, a type A and a
type B.
The type A DEUs interface between the CIDS directors and:
- the Cabin loudspeakers,
- the Lighting units,
- the Passenger call buttons and signs.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Depending on the aircraft configuration, the type B DEUs interface between
the CIDS directors and:
- the Attendant handsets,
- the Attendant indication panels,
- the Area call panels,
- the Information signs,
- the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
- the Attendant panels,
- the Pressure sensors of the emergency slide bottles,
- the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
Communication between the type A DEUs and the CIDS directors is on two
separate data bus lines installed along each side of the aircraft. The type
B DEUs are connected to the CIDS directors on a second set of data bus
lines. All other aircraft systems used by the CIDS are connected directly to
the CIDS directors.
These different types of input signals are converted by the CIDS directors
into low level digital data. The CIDS software program controls this digital
data. For changes in aircraft configuration or CIDS upgrades only the
software program is required to be changed. Two replaceable modules are used
to accomplish these changes. To upgrade the CIDS software program, On-board
Replaceable Modules (OBRM) are used. These removable memory modules are
installed in the front face of the CIDS directors. To facilitate changes in
aircraft configuration and system properties a second memory module, the
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM), is installed in the Programming and Test
Panel (PTP).
Controls for the cabin systems are centrally located at the attendant
panels. The attendant handsets are used for interphone communications and
for PA announcements. An associated Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) is used
for PA/Interphone dialing and cabin call information. The AIP is also used
for displaying CIDS warnings. Different colored lights in the Area Call
Panels (ACP) give long range visual indications of CIDS information.
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 2
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page 3
Config-1 May 01/05

CES
Figure 001A

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/04

CES
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 007)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 5
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 001B

R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 6
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component Location
Figure 002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 7
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
MCDU - Component Location
Figure 003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 8
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

23-73-00

Page 9
Config-1 May 01/04

CES
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 10
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 11
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 12
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 13
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 14
Config-1 May 01/04

CES

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 15
Config-1 May 01/04

CES
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 16
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006A

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 17
Config-1 May 01/04

CES
Figure 007

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 18
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00
320RH1 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 221 831 23-73-00
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 19
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
**ON A/C 151-199,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 20
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511RH POWER UNIT, RL 2041VU 200 23-73-38
512RH POWER UNIT, RL 2040VU 200 23-73-38

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 21
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
(1) The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a microprocessor

based system. It operates, controls, monitors and tests these cabin
functions:
- the passenger address,

- the passenger call,
- the passenger lighted signs,
- the general cabin illumination control,
- the cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the lavatory smoke detection,
- the service interphone (partially intergrated into the CIDS),
- the extended emergency lighting test,
- the work light test,
- the passenger reading lights (control and test),
- the boarding music and pre-recorded announcements,
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
- the passenger entertainment system,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
- the emergency evacuation signaling,

- the escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
- the monitor video system sound control.
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
- the monitor video system sound control.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 22
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(2) Because of the need for flexibility, the CIDS uses software to define
any parts of its operation. The software program is dependant on
individual aircraft layouts and optional system functions. The
software is stored on two replaceable modules.
(3) The CIDS hardware is provisioned with enough spare inputs, outputs
and circuits to allow connection of new and additional equipment
without having to make changes to the CIDS hardware. The appropriate
memory module can be reprogrammed aboard the aircraft. The CIDS
programming and test panel 110RH is provided for this. It is also
possible to replace the memory module with a new pre-programmed unit
for cabin layout changes.
(4) A scheduled maintenance of the CIDS is unnecessary as the CIDS

automatically does a self-check. It also monitors the performance of
certain connected equipment. Several levels of system and component
failure are defined for which CIDS gives immediate warning to the
cabin and flight crew. Information on all faults is permanently
stored in the CIDS. This information is also sent to the CFDS. (Ref.
31-30-00). A failure in the controlling CIDS director causes the
system to switch control to the other CIDS director. In the case of
failures on both CIDS directors, control of the system is given to
the CIDS director with the less serious fault.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
B. General
The CIDS uses these components:
- 26 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
- 4 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
- the forward attendant panel 120RH,
- the programming and test panel 110RH,
- the cabin assignment module 115RH,
- the aft attendant panel 126RH,
- the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
- the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors.
The CIDS director 101RH is used as the active director. The CIDS director
102RH is used as the standby director.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 23
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
B. General
The CIDS uses these components:
- 24 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
- 4 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
- the forward attendant panel 120RH,
- the programming and test panel 110RH,
- the cabin assignment module 115RH,
- the aft attendant panel 126RH,
- the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
- the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors.
The CIDS director 101RH is used as the active director. The CIDS director
102RH is used as the standby director.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(1) CIDS Directors 101RH (102RH)

The function of the standby CIDS director 102RH is identical to the
function of the active CIDS director 101RH. In normal system
operation the outputs from the standby CIDS director are disabled.
Inputs and outputs to and from the two CIDS directors are connected
in parallel except for:
- the power supply,
- the special relay,
- the director BITE-monitoring connections,
- certain outputs to other equipment or systems.
For more information refer to the block diagram, component
descriptions and power supply description. Each director contains an
OBRM module 101RH1 (102RH1).Inputs and outputs to and from the cabin
equipment to the CIDS directors are made via the Decoder Encoder
Units (DEU). ARINC links and discrete lines connect the director to
individual controls, cockpit equipment and other systems.
(2) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type A 200RH

The DEUs A 200RH are installed along each side of the passenger
cabin. Up to 3 passenger service units (PSU) and 3 passenger
information units can be connected to each DEU A. The DEUs A are
connected to the directors via a top-line twisted pair data bus. The
physical form of this top-line bus are two twisted pairs along each
side of the cabin. They are connected to every second DEU. This means
that a break in one top-line twisted pair would disable only every
second DEU A along one side of the cabin. A resistor terminates each
top-line data bus for impedance matching. The DEUs type A are

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 24
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
identical. The DEU mount 2010VU or 2014VU include coding switches.
This gives each DEU location a different address.
(3) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type B 300RH

The DEUs B 300RH are installed in their DEU-mounts 2011VU or 2015VU
in the door areas. In the door area where no DEU B is installed,
empty wired-in mounts 2011VU with full provisions are installed. The
DEUs B are connected to the flight attendant stations and safety
equipment.
The DEUs B are connected with discrete lines to:
- the area call panels,
- the attendant handsets,
- the slide-bottle and door-bottle pressure-sensors,
- the EVAC switches and lamps,
- the emergency power supply units,
The aft attendant panel receives and transmits serial data via a
RS232 link, it is also connected to the DEU type B with discrete
lines. A serial RS232 link also transmits data to each AIP. Discrete
connections provide AIP power and reception of AIP BITE status. The
DEUs type B connect to the directors via a middle-line twisted pair
data bus. One twisted pair cable on each aircraft side connects to
all DEUs type B on that side. A resistor 310RH terminates each
middle-line data bus cable for cable impedance matching.
The DEUs type B are identical. Coding switches in each DEU mount are
used to define a different address for each DEU B location.
(4) Forward Attendant Panel 120RH

The forward attendant panel 120RH transmits data to the directors via
a serial ARINC 429 link which are connected to both directors in
parallel. For transmission of data from the directors to the forward
attendant panel, two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each
director. Separate discrete lines from the panel connect to the power
supply units of reading lights, the attendant work lights and
lavatory lights. Discrete lines also connect to an adjacent DEU B for
EVAC control.
(5) Programming and Test Panel 110RH

The programming and test panel 110RH transmits data to the director
via a serial ARINC 429 link which is connected to both directors in
parallel. For transmission of data from the director to the panel,
two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each director. The
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH plugs directly into the front
face of the panel. Interaction between director and CAM is via the
programming and test panel ARINC links.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 25
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
4. ____________
Power Supply
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 011)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 26
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Figure 008

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 27
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Figure 008A

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 28
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Figure 009

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 29
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Figure 009A

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 30
Config-1 May 01/04

CES
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 010

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 31
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 010A

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 32
Config-1 May 01/04

CES
Power Supply - Middle Line
Figure 011

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 33
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
The service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP supply electrical power to
the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
In the normal mode the CIDS uses 28 V DC supplied from the service bus
601PP.
The DIR 2 is in standby.
B. Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP supplies 28VDC to the
CIDS. The emergency system is used if there is a failure of the
service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP is available.
The power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The standby DIR 2, the PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with these minimum functions:
- the PA system,
- the Cabin Interphone,
- the EVAC (if installed).
(2) Power transfer switching

(Ref. Fig. 008)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP supplies the DIR 1. If the DIR 1 fails, the power
transfer relay 105RH switches the essential power supply to DIR 2.
(3) Top-Line cut-off switching

(Ref. Fig. 010)
essential bus 401PP supplies the Top-Lines only when an audio signal
is present. If there is no audio signal the respective director
operates the Top-Line cut-off relay 106RH to stop the essential power
supply to the Top-Lines.

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
The service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP supply electrical
power to the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
In the normal mode the CIDS uses 28VDC supplied from the service bus
601PP.
B. Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP supplies 28VDC to the
CIDS. The emergency system is used if there is a failure of the
service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP is available.
The power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with these minimum functions:
- the PA system,
- the Cabin Interphone,
- the EVAC (if installed).
(2) Power transfer switching

(Ref. Fig. 010A)
essential bus 401PP supplies the top-lines only when an audio signal
is present. If there is no audio signal the respective director
operates the top-line cut-off relay 106RH to stop the essential power
supply to the top-lines.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
5. Interface
_________
A. CIDS Equipment Connections
(1) The CIDS Director 101RH (102RH) is connected to:

- the Audio management unit 1RN (81VU) (235134),
- the Cabin pressure controller 1 11HL (91VU) (213134),
- the Cabin pressure controller 2 12HL (96VU) (213134),
- the PASS INFO relay 19WR (103VU) (352300),
- the Centralized fault display interface unit 1TW (87VU) (313234),
- the Cockpit door switch 310LG (332100),
- the EVAC horn 5WP (48VU) (256300),
- the EVAC SIGNAL switch 2WP (21VU) (256300),

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 35
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP (21VU) (256300),
- the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton 7WP (21VU) (256300),
- the CTL PWR SPLY relay 8WL (335100),
- the Flight warning computer 1 1WW1 (85VU) (315334),
- the Flight warning computer 2 1WW2 (86VU) (315334),
- the Board-ann LT test & interface 1LP (70VU) (331433),
- the Board-ann LT test & interface 9LP (70VU) (331433),
- the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA1 (93VU)
(323171),
- the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA2 (94VU)
(323171),
- the Oil pressure warning system (103VU) (732500),
- the Service interphone ovrd switch 15RJ (50VU) and jack sockets
(234400),
- the Slats and flaps control computer 1 21CV (85VU) (275134),
- the Slats and flaps control computer 2 22CV (86VU) (275134),
- the Smoke detection control unit 10WQ (94VU) (261734),
- the System data acquisition concentrator 1 1WV1 (85VU) (315534),
- the System data acquisition concentrator 2 1WV2 (86VU) (315534).
(2) The DEU type A (200RH) is connected to:

- the General illumination ballast units (LG).
- the Reading light power unit for test function (LW).
(3) The DEU Type B (300RH) is connected to:

- the Escape slide bottle pressure sensors (360RH).
(4) The Forward Attendant Panel (120RH) is connected to:

- the Attendant work light relay (2LZ),
- the Lavatory lighting power supply (LQ),
- the Emergency lighting system (WL),
- the Reading light power supply relay.
(5) The Programming and Test Panel (110RH) is connected to:

- Emergency lighting system (WL).
6. _____________________
A. CIDS Director
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 012)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 013)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 36
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS Director .
Figure 012

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 37
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
Figure 013

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 38
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)
(a) General
The director is a 3-Modular-Concept-Unit (3MCU) sized unit. It is
installed in the pressurized avionics compartment. The internal
construction is modular, which allows straightforward upgrades
and improved maintenance feasibility. A memory module called the
Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM) plugs into the front face of
the director. Software, basic to the directors internal function,
is stored in a nonvolatile memory inside the director. System
related software which is likely to be changed or upgraded when
options are installed is stored in the OBRM.
(b) Function
The CIDS director is the central control and interface component
of the CIDS.
The CIDS director does these functions:
- Control of data bus lines,
- control of CIDS units,
- interface between flight compartment and avionics compartment.
1
_ Handling of three data bus lines:
- the transmission of digitized audio signals via data bus,
- the transmission of control data and commands via data bus,
- the adaption of received DEU data.
2
_ Control of other CIDS functional units:
- the forward attendant panel,
- the aft attendant panel (via DEU B),
- the programming and test panel,
- the data transfer to second director,
- the area call panel (via DEU B),
- the attendant indication panel (via DEU B).
- Interface of flight compartment and avionics compartment
for:
- the handling of cabin systems-related inputs/outputs,
- the control of interfaces to other systems in the flight
compartment and avionics compartment.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 39
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
Figure 013A

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 40
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
CIDS Director - Block Diagram
Figure 014

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 41
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 015

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,

23-73-00 Page 42
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
3
_ Realization of the system function of connected cabin systems.
4
_ Realization of the programming function:
- the current cabin layout and properties of layout-related
equipment are stored in the director, dependent on the
contents of the memory module.
5
_ Realization of the test function:
- all connected cabin systems and the CIDS itself are
separately tested.
6
_ Activation of emergency mode with minimum power consumption.
(c) Architecture
All inputs to the director are converted into a low-level digital
format. The director transmits signals which are buffered and
converted internally into different formats. The director
circuits are divided into functional modules as follows:
- the audio input module,
- the audio output module,
- the digital input/output module,
- the CIDS bus-interface,
- the power supply,
- the microcomputer.
The modules provide sufficient inputs/outputs for expansion of
the basic CIDS functions.
1
_ Audio Input and Output modules.
The audio input and output modules handels these signals:
- the flight compartment PA,
- the service interphone,
- the boomset microphones,
- the entertainment equipment,
- any other audio sources are separately buffered and the
audio input module shapes them where necessary.
The signals are then multiplexed into PA-zones and DEU audio
channels together with the outputs of programmable chime,
telephone tone and evacuation tone-generators. Under control
of the processing module, the input module transfers the audio
signal to the bus interface module for transmission to the
DEUs.
It also routes audio signals to the audio output module. The
audio outputs from the input module are designed to drive a
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)- Multiplexer with three
zones of audio. Digitally-encoded audio signals are sent from
the audio input module and from the CIDS bus interface to the
audio output module. The audio signals to the CIDS bus

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 43
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
interface are sent from the DEU type B on the middle line bus.
The four PA amplifiers connect to the service interphone
system, Audio Management Unit (AMU) (interphone output and PA
output) and cockpit PA handset.
2
_ Digital Input/Output Module
The digital I/O module contains the circuitry necessary for
the director to handle ARINC 429 and RS232C links, and
discrete inputs/outputs. The ARINC 429 serial interface is
programmable in speed of operation. It is the interface
between:
- the directors internal, parallel, low-level digital
environment,
- the serial, higher-level, digital environment of ARINC 429
communication.
Shielded twisted pair cables make the connections. The RS232
interface is provided for test-purposes and is not used for
regular CIDS operation. As with the ARINC 429 interface (but
with a different protocol and signal-level) the RS232 module
interfaces serial data communications equipment to the
directors internal parallel data bus. The director gets inputs
from:
- the sensors,
- the switches,
- the other equipment in two basic states.
The two basic states are open-circuit and active ground, or
open-circuit and 28 V DC. Similarily, connected equipment
requires either presence of an active ground or 28 V DC, or an
open-circuit for their function. The discrete interface
provides the necessary isolation and buffers the
inputs/outputs, and interfaces them to the directors
microcomputer.
3
_ CIDS Bus Interface
The CIDS bus interface handles all communication between the
director and DEUs. Top-line data busses used for DEUs A, and
middle-line data busses for DEUs B. Four top lines and two
middle lines are provided. One bus protocol is defined for
each line type, for example one protocol for the top lines and
another for the middle lines. Each protocol allows the
director to transmit data to the connected DEUs and to receive
data from the DEUs. The respective bus protocol handles all
digitized audio signals, control data and commands to the
DEUs. Coded addresses are also included which permit the
director to address the DEUs individually. The contents of
data depends on the respective inputs and outputs and on a

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 44
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
zoning table stored in the director. The bus interfaces tests
each connected bus line for breaks.
4
_ Power Supply
The power unit derives all necessary internal supply voltages
from the 28 V DC essential and service bus inputs.
5
_ Microcomputer and OBRM
Under control of its high-performance microprocessor, the
microcomputer performs these functions:
- the collection of discrete CIDS data bus information,
- the generation of discrete information to be transferred via
the CIDS data bus,
- the monitoring of CIDS data bus connection,
- the c ontrol of chime, telephone tone and evacuation
tone-generators,
- the collection and processing of discrete input information,
- the control of discrete output information,
- the communication with equipment connected via the serial
interfaces,
- the built-in test function check,
- the BITE operation.
Fundamental director control software and data tables,
including back-up layout and system properties information,
are permanently stored in the processing module. It allows a
basic, limited operation of CIDS in the absence of the CAM.
The Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM) compliments this
permanently stored data. The OBRM is a solid-state memory
module and plugs into the front of the director.
The software routines which makes the CIDS (and some parts of
the director-control software) function, are stored in the
OBRM. Installation of a different OBRM updates these software
routines. The details of the aircraft cabin layout and of the
system properties (chimes used, etc.) are permanently stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). This plugs into the
front of the programming and test panel. The director copies
the CAM data into a semi-permanent (electrically-erasable)
memory during system initialization. It is termed the zoning
table. Once copied, the zoning table remains in the
processing module memory until the next copy from the CAM is
loaded . A similar type of director memory is assigned as the
CIDS BITE memory. CIDS components and connected system
faults are stored in the BITE memory for reporting to the
aircraft CFDS when requested.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 45
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
In addition to providing the regular CIDS system functions,
the processing module implements monitoring of:
- the director operation,
- the operation of connected systems and components,
- the data bus performance,
- the BITE status of the other director.
(2) Operation
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 016)
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 016A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 017B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(a) Initialization
Two identical directors 101RH and 102RH are installed in the
avionics compartment. An identical OBRM, 101RH1 and 102RH1
respectively, plugs into each director. Each director has a
dedicated ARINC transmission link to the other, for cross
checking of each others BITE status. With the exception of the
dedicated ARINC links, they are connected in parallel as shown
below:
- most of the ARINC 429 links,
- the power supply lines,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 46
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- all inputs and outputs of the two directors.
The power connections are arranged such that director 1 is
normally fully active and in control of the CIDS. Director 2 is
normally partially active, in a hot-standby mode. The two units
basically run in parallel with exactly the same system-status
information at any given moment. Director 2 has its outputs
deactivated. On CIDS energization or reset:
- all director interfaces are disabled,
- all Random Access Memory (RAM) is cleared,
- the system software flags are present,
- the directors are initialized.
A failure in the initialized process in CIDS director 101RH
causes:
- the CIDS CAUTION lamp on the FWD ATTND panel to come on,
- display of CIDS CAUTION message at the ECAM,
- a deactivation of the CIDS director 101RH hardware,
- a switchover of control to CIDS director 102RH,
- the CIDS director 101RH software execution halt.
Once the directors have been initialized, the data contained in
the CAM is copied into their zoning tables. In the absence of the
CAM, the directors own back up data is used. The directors now
hold the data necessary for the active unit to configure and
initialize the:
- cabin system functions,
- director interface modules,
- DEUs and connected equipment and components.
For each PA amplifier in each DEU A, the gain, the frequency
characteristic, and the channel-assignment is programmed.
- FWD ATTND panel,
- programming and test panel.
When this has been completed, the CIDS is fully operational.
(b) BITE Operation

The built-in test equipment of the director detects at least 95 %
of the failures that could occur in the director. These detected
failures are isolated with a confidence level of better than 85
%. The director performs a self-test each time it is initially
switched on or reset. The self-test checks for correct operation
of the whole director and of its individual parts.
The self-test is repeated periodically. The director periodically
loads each CIDS data bus line with a DC current. When a current
flow occurs the line is known to be serviceable.
The equipment shown below have their own BITE functions, and
signal their BITE status to the director:
- each DEU,
- the FWD ATTND panel,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 47
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS Director - Connections

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page 48
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page 49
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 50
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 51
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page 52
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 017A

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page 53
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 017B

R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 54
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- the connected equipment such as PES and PSS.
The DEUs are able to test the cabin equipment to which they are
connected.
All BITE results are stored in the director BITE-dedicated
memory. Failures are shown on:
- the CIDS CAUTION light,
- the ECAM status page,
- the ECAM warning,
- the respective Multifunction Control & Display Unit (MCDU)
pages,
- the programming and test panel.
Certain failures or combinations of failures cause immediate
indications at the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
(ECAM) and the programming and test panel, as follows:
1
_ CIDS INOP on ECAM
The director output CIDS OPERATION STATUS to the SDAC is at
active ground when the CIDS is operative. A change in this
state causes to display CIDS 1+2 FAULT on upper ECAM and
CIDS INOP on lower ECAM when:
- both directors fail,
- more than 50 % of all DEU A or 20 % of adjacent DEU A
(zonewise) fail or
- more than 50 % of all NS-FSB Signs and PA inoperative (resp.
DEU A) fail (the CIDS CAUTION light also comes on),
- all DEU B with connected handset fail (the CIDS CAUTION
light also comes on).
2
_ CIDS CAUTION on ECAM
The directors output CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC is at active
ground when there are no failures in the CIDS. A change in
this state results in CIDS CAUTION CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 at
the ECAM when:
- one director there is fail,
- there is no data from the other director via crosslink.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC
until the fault is corrected.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC
until the fault is corrected.
3
_ CIDS CAUTION light activated at the Forward Attendant Panel
(FAP)
The director sends a signal to the FAP via the ARINC link to
activate the CIDS CAUTION light when:
- one director fails,
- two directors fail,
- all DEU B with connected handsets fail,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 55
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- more than 50% of all DEU A or 20% of adjacent DEU A zonewise
fail,
- no data from SDCU channel 1 and 2,
- the drainmast system fails,
- the emergency slide bottle pressure is low,
- the slide bottle pressure is low,
- the door bottle pressure is low,
- the lavatory smoke detection fails,
- one DEU A fails,
- one DEU B fails,
- the CIDS top bus fails,
- the CIDS mid bus fails,
- the FAP fails,
- the PTP fails,
- the CAM fails,
- no data from FAP,
- no data from CAM,
- no data from PTP.
The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on
again on the ground (landing gear down and locked). The light
cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
respective failure message is displayed on the programming and
test panel. The director will perform, or cause a CIDS
component test to be done, when commanded from the programming
and test panel. This is described under System Testing and
Programming.
The function of the director with respect to these systems is
described in the System Operation section:
- the passenger adress system,
- the interphone system,
- the lighted signs,
- the passenger call.
For other systems, refer to the appropriate system chapters.
There remains, however, other aspects to the directors
operation, and these are described in the text shown below.
(Ref. Fig. 010).
(c) Emergency Mode Activation

For reduction of power consumption, the director has the
capability to activate an emergency mode. The emergency mode
causes all sections of the director which are not permanently in
use to switch off. The sections of the director and the cabin
systems control circuits which are not switched off are:
- the power supply,
- the microcomputer,
- the CIDS data bus driver,
- the PA system,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 56
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- the interphone,
- the EVAC.
The power supply for top lines is also disconnected. This is done
when no power is detected at the normal power sensing input and
no PA announcement is made. The director then applies a 28 V DC
output to the Top Line Cut-off Relay 106RH output.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(d) Power Sensing

As long as power is available at power input one, it supplies the
director. In the event of a power failure at this input, the
director automatically switches over to supply input two. If
power is detected at the Normal Power Sensing input (and the
director is operative), then the output Power Transfer Relay is
switched to active ground. The connected relay 105RH is held in
the energized state. Failure in the output deenergizes the relay.
This connects essential power and transfers control of the
top-line cut-off relay 106RH to the other director.
**ON A/C 151-199,
(d) Power Sensing

As long as power is available at power input one (NORM), it
supplies the director. In the event of a power failure at this
input, the director automatically switches over to supply input
two (ESS).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(e) External Test Equipment Connection

An RS232C 7-wire bus is provided on the main director connector.
External test equipment is connected to this connector.
(f) Bus Protocol Line A

(Ref. Fig. 018)
Data is transmitted via the data bus in frames of constant
length. The director signals the start of a frame with a unique
SYNC-sequence. The director then continues with the transmission
of Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) data of six audio channels.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 57
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CIDS Data Bus Protocols
Figure 018

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 58
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
After this the director addresses one DEU and transmits discrete
data or a command. It then pauses and the previously addressed
DEU can then transmit one data word, which terminates the frame.
The timeslot for transmission of the DEU is called a window and
is long enough to cope with transients and propagation times.
In case of collision, the protocol ensures correct
synchronisation of the next frame. For discrete data
transmission, the director addresses all DEUs in a sequence, one
per frame. For audio transmission, all audio data is provided in
each frame (six channels). A command in an initial sequence
programs each DEU to receive up to two channels. This is
dependent on the seat layout of the cabin. This may be altered
with a new program of the directors zoning table contained in
the CAM.
All data words on the data bus have a length of twelve bits.
The data transfer on the top data line contains data for these
cabin system components:
- the passenger lighted signs,
- the reading lights,
- the general cabin illumination,
- the passenger address loudspeaker,
- the call switch and call light.
(g) Bus Protocol Line B

(Ref. Fig. 018)
Data is transmitted via the data bus in frames of constant
length. The director signals the start of a frame with a unique
SYNC-sequence. Next, the director addresses one DEU and transmits
discrete data or a command in this sequence:
- the broadcast interphone channel,
- the captain audio channel.
Then come ten windows for audio transmission from the DEUs. The
director allocates a DEU to a certain window with a respective
command. Normally not all windows are used. In case of collision,
the protocol ensures correct synchronisation of the next frame.
At the end of a frame the DEU addressed at the beginning of the
frame has the opportunity to transmit discrete information to the
director. All data words on the data bus have a length of twelve
bits. The data transfer on the middle data line contains data for
these cabin system and components:
- the passenger address,
- the cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the attendant indication panel,
- the area call panel,
- the evacuation signaling,
- the lavatory smoke detection,
- the aft attendant panel.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 59
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(h) Audio Signal Handling
These inputs are provided in the director for connection of audio
signals from:
- the AMU (PA and interphone),
- the flight compartment handset (PA) service interphone,
- the pre-recorded announcement sources.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
- the PES tape reproducer.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Additionally, interphone audio arrives via the middle line data

bus. There are also internally generated chimes, EVAC horn sound
and telephone tones.
1
_ Balanced PA Inputs
Each balanced PA input has a software programmable filter. It
is adjusted according to the zoning table in nine bass-range
steps and nine treble-range steps.
2
_ Unbalanced PA Inputs
The Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuits control the level of
each unbalanced microphone input and middle line inputs.
Furthermore, each microphone input is high pass filtered
according to the zoning table.
3
_ Chime Generation
The director contains three independant programmable chime
generators. The zoning table data controls the sequences and
combinations of each chime. The table also specifies when
chimes are generated.
4
_ Channeling
When the director has processed the audio inputs, (and
generated any sounds), it digitizes them and multiplies them
according to its zoning table. The director assigns audio to
software-defined combinations (of six middle-line data bus
audio channels) for up to three passenger and three attendant
zones in the cabin.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 60
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
B. Decoder Encoder Units (DEU)
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 019)
(a) General
Two types of DEUs are used, type A 200RH and type B 300RH. The
director transmits address coded data to all DEUs of one type,
but only one DEU A responds. The addressed DEU serves as an
interface between the encoded bus data and the connected cabin
systems and components.
(b) Common Functions

Each DEU has specialized functions appropriate to the connected
systems. Certain functions, however, are common to both types of
DEU, as follows:
- the adaption of received data bus signals,
- the comparison of received addresses with wired DEU addresses,
- the processing of addressed commands and controls,
- the commands control the cabin system interface,
- the conversion of processed control data for initiation of the
interface circuitry,
- the adaption of cabin system interface signals,
- the processing of inputs from cabin systems,
- the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data
bus,
- the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in
case of DEU failure,
- the fail passive for system interface in case of DEU failure,
- the transmission of status results to director,
- the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs,
- the activation of emergency mode with minimum power
consumption,
- the conversion of preselected audio channel.
(c) DEU Type A Functions

The DEU A interfaces with these systems and components:
- the Passenger address loudspeakers,
- the Passenger call switches and lamps,
- the Cabin illumination ballast units,
- the Passenger reading lights.
The DEU A has these specialized functions:
- a test of lamp current,
- a test of connected loudspeaker impedance and level,
- a frequency filtering according to bus commands.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 61
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU - Physical Appearance
Figure 019

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 62
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(d) DEU B Functions
The DEU B interface with these components:
- the Attendant handset,
- the Attendant indication panels (AIP),
- the Area call panels (ACP),
- the Emergency slide bottle pressure sensors,
- the Information signs,
- the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
- the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
- the Aft attendant panel (AAP).
(e) DEU Architecture

(Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
The circuitry of the two types of DEU consists of:
- the Bus interface circuits,
- the Power supply circuits,
- the System interface circuits,
- the Gate array and oscillator.
(f) CIDS Data Bus Interface

Discrete input data from the cabin systems, (DEU BITE status, and
DEU B audio input data) is passed to the interface via the
internal bus. The interface serializes the parallel data and
transmits it along the CIDS data-bus according to the CIDS
data-bus protocol. Each DEU data-bus interface-module contains
time-out circuitry. This time-out circuitry prevents extended bus
transmission when there is a faulty DEU. The data-bus interface
buffering ensures that a faulty DEU cannot degrade the CIDS
data-bus performance. A through-connection (in the DEU
mounting-bracket) provides for the connection of the next length
of data bus shielded twisted pair cable.
(g) Power Supply Module

The DEU power-supply module derives the internal supply voltages
from the 28V DC service and essential busses. The essential bus
supplies circuitry necessary for passenger address operation,
interphone operation, and emergency evacuation signaling and
control. Service bus-power supplies all remaining circuitry. In
an aircraft emergency, the service bus disconnects and removes
the load due to passenger lighted signs and seat row numbering
lights. When the director detects an aircraft emergency, it
deactivates the topline cut-off relay 106RH as long as no PA
announcements are made. This disconnects all DEUs A from the
essential bus.
In the absence of essential power, the DEUs automatically switch
over to total service-bus operation. The power supply module
safeguards the connected power lines against DEU failure.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 63
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU A - Block Diagram

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 64
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU A - Block Diagram

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 65
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU B - Block Diagram

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 66
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU B - Block Diagram

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 67
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(h) System Interface Circuitry
The system interface circuits are under the control of the gate
array. They provide the interfacing between the low-level
parallel data and the connected equipments. The DEU internally
use low-level parallel data. BITE circuitry is incorporated where
necessary for monitoring the current in order to detect open and
short-circuit fault conditions.
1
_ Discrete Inputs and Outputs
Each DEU discrete input includes opto-coupled input-protection
to avoid damage to the DEU if there is a faulty connected
unit. Each input has its own defined characteristics according
to the equipment it is interfaced. With each input is
converted into Transistor Transistor Logic (TTL) levels and
then connected to the gate array, where it is monitored.
Opto couplers buffer TTL-Level outputs from the gate array to
provide AC ground outputs.
Further TTL-Level outputs from the gate array connect to 28 V
DC drivers to give twenty open/28 V DC type
short-circuit-protected outputs. Each driver is monitored for
driver failure or output short circuit. If either occurs it is
signalled to the gate array. The current-measurement-circuit
for lamp-testing purposes measures the total current of these
open/28 V DC outputs. This is also signalled to the gate
array. The DEU can individually activate outputs and verify
that the current drain is within given limits. It determines
the high/normal/low resistance status of the connected load.
Service bus 28 V DC is supplied from the power supply module
to the discrete input/output circuits.
2
_ DEU A Audio Outputs
Six audio channels are defined for the top line bus. One DEU A
can accept two from these audio channels. The gate array
directs these audio input signals to the respective channel 1
or channel 2 Digital to Analog (D/A) converter in the audio
circuitry. It also connects the respective volume signal from
the gate array to each D/A converter. Each D/A converter
volume is controlled separately with commands from the bus.
Each level controlled analog audio signal connects to a
programmable filter. This is under control of gate array,
which in turn receives filter control commands from the
director.
Separate power amplifiers amplify these signals for driving
the loudspeakers. Each power amplifier is linked to the
current measurement circuit. This measures the impedance of
each loudspeaker separately. The result is sent via the gate
array and bus driver to the director.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 68
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
3
_ DEU B Inputs and Outputs
A DEU B receives digitized audio signals. The gate array
transfers these signals to the D/A converter circuit. The
analog signals are then filtered and pre-amplified and send to
the handset. Audio signals (including dial tone) from the
handset connect to a Dual Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF)
decoder and to a filter/amplifier A/D converter. The gate
array transfers the data from the decoder to the director for
dialling purposes. The digitized audio also connects to the
gate array.
An audio Input/Output (I/O) circuit test can be made. The
audio output is switched through to a summer which adds the
signal to the audio input. This is done via a command line
from the gate array. An off-hook serving circuit also connects
to the handset and has a connection to the gate array.
4
_ Miscellaneous Inputs and Outputs (DEU B)
A serial RS232 interface is used to communicate between the
gate array, the attendant indication panel and the aft
attendant panel.
A serial interface is also provided for separate testing of
the emergency lighting power supply units.
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 022, 023, 024)
(a) CIDS Power-Up

When the CIDS is powered-up or reset, the director follows a
power-up routine. This includes the initialization and testing of
each DEU and connected equipment. Each of the two DEU A PA
amplifiers are assigned to one of the six topline audio channels.
The gain and frequency response of each amplifier is set. The
test results are transmitted to the director which compares them
with its programmed data to decide on their OK/NOT OK status.
(b) DEU A Power-Up Tests

These are tested at this stage
1
_ Discrete outputs
- All discrete outputs are switched to the passive state. Then
each output is activated separately and looped back to the
DEU gate array and measured. All the discrete outputs are
then switched to the active state. The director checks that
all the DEU current-sensing bits are activated. There is no
test available for the opto-coupled outputs.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 69
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address Coding
Figure 022

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 70
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 71
Config-1 May 01/05

CES
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 72
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 73
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 74
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 75
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
2
_ Discrete inputs
- The director checks that no discrete inputs are active. Some
input circuit failures cannot be detected by the director.
These failures are only apparent when the appropriate input
is activated. It is also possible that a fault in equipments
connected to the director to mistaken for a faulty input
circuit.
3
_ PA amplifier volume control, frequency control and audio
output
- The director generates a test signal, and the DEU audio
outputs are monitored for correct action of the respective
circuits. These tests are only done if a loudspeaker is
connected.
4
_ No smoking, fasten seat belt, return to seat and passenger
call lamps (not applicable for LED NS/FSB signs)
- All lamp-outputs are set to OFF. The director controls the
DEUs current-limit threshold for the lamp drivers. It also
commands the DEU to turn on one lamp at a time. In this way,
any open-circuit lamps are detected. This test also detects
a failed current-detector.
5
_ The DEU A power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE
status are also checked.
- The major DEU tests are continuously done for the whole time
that the CIDS is switched on. In normal operation the
director transmits information continuously to the DEUs.
When a DEU is addressed, it must respond with a parity
bit-coded message. If this response message is absent (or
the parity bit is wrong for a minimum of 4 transmissions),
then the DEU is declared to be unserviceable.
(c) DEU B Power-Up Tests

These are tested at this stage
1
_ Discrete outputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph
6.B.(2)(b)-1.
2
_ Discrete inputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph
6.B.(2)(b)-2.
3
_ Audio Input/Output. The DEU B is commanded to perform a
loop-back operation, where the handset output is
electronically connected to the handset input. The director
transmits a test signal to the DEU B. After all the audio
circuitry of the DEU B have processed this signal, it is

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 76
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
transmitted back to the director. The director can analyse the
signal for frequency response and audio level. The test is
also automatically performed, when a handset is unhooked.
Signal-to-noise ratio, total distortion, and handset supply
are not tested.
4
_ Serial Input/Output. Under control of the director, several
types of tests are performed to check for faulty operation:
- the register read/write test,
- the timing test,
- the status bit test,
- the parity bit test,
- the data loopback test (in conjuction with the connected
hardware).
The results of the loopback test assume the connected device
is operational.
5
_ EVAC indicator lamp. As for discrete outputs described in
paragraph 6.8.(2)(b)-1.
6
_ Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) testing. The DEU checks the
status of the AIP BITE.
7
_ The DEU B power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE
status are also checked. The procedure is as for DEU A,
described in paragraph 6.B(2)(b)-6. This is continuously done
while the CIDS is switched on.
(d) Interfacing and control of cabin equipment sub-sections:
1
_ General Cabin Illumination Control
This director addresses each of the four connected
illumination units on command from:
- the FWD ATTND panel,
- the Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
- the response to certain discrete inputs.
The DEU responds and switches each of the three outputs to the
addressed ballast unit to open-circuit (logic O) or to 28 V
DC (logic 1). The table below shows the illumination level
versus logic levels:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 77
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
CONNECTOR PIN 1, 4, 2,5, 3,6,
9,12, 10,13 11,14
OPERATION MODE S I G N A L
-------------- ---------------------------
bright 0 0 0
dim 1 (50 %) 1 0 0
dim 2 (10 %) 0 1 0
off 0 0 1
DEU or CIDS failure results in no 28 V DC outputs. This gives
a 100 % illumination fail-state situation.
2
_ Flashing of Audio Control Panel and Lighted Sign Lamps
The DEU responds to lamp ON or OFF control commands. It
latches the respective outputs at 28 V DC or at open circuit.
The director causes the flashing of any of these lamps by
repeatedly transmitting ON commands followed by OFF commands.
3
_ Emergency Lighting Test (DEU B)
When activated at the programming and test panel, Emergency
Power Supply Units (EPSUs), connected to the DEU, are
interrogated for their status. Fault situations in the EPSU
are held in coded form. The code number corresponds to the
fault type. A DEU B reads this failure number:
The serial clock output pulses to the ON-state. The EPSU then
replies and transmits an ON pulse to the DEUs Serial In
input, interpreted as a logic one. The process is repeated
until there is a logic zero response from the EPSU. The number
of received logic ones corresponds to the EPSU failure number.
4
_ Reading Lights (DEU A)
All connections to the reading lights system are opto-coupled
to maintain isolation of the DEUs DC ground from the reading
lights AC ground. The director receives activation commands
for lights via the PSS. It then signals to the respective DEU
A to turn on the requested light. The DEU A then provides a
connection between the respective reading light connection and
the AC ground connection (from the reading light unit).
The lights and lights Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) are tested
on command from the director. The R/L TEST output is
activated. The DEU reads the logic level present on the R/L
LAMP FAIL and R/L PCB FAIL inputs. It transmits the
information to the director. This test is done via the
programming and test panel.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 78
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
5
_ Attendant Handsets (DEU B)
Up to two handsets may be connected in parallel to each DEU B.
The DEU performs hook-off sensing, and decodes the dial
information which arrives on the handset microphone line.
6
_ Area Call Panels (ACP) (DEU B)
Two sets of ACP outputs are provided. Each set can drive up to
two ACPs in parallel.
7
_ Attendant Indication Panels (AIP) (DEU B)
The director operates the AIPs via DEU B. A serial link from
the DEU B can be connected to two AIPs in parallel. Separate
service bus 28 V DC outputs and AIP BITE inputs are provided
for each AIP.
8
_ EVAC Equipment (DEU B)
The DEU B has two essential 28 V DC outputs to drive EVAC
indicator lights. It also has three inputs for EVAC pushbutton
connection. The input detection circuitry is on the essential
bus and remains functional in an aircraft emergency.
9
_ Additional Attendant Panel (DEU B)
The DEU B has a serial input, output and normal 28 V DC for
connection of an additional attendant panel.
(e) Emergency Mode Activation

In an aircraft emergency, the DEU operates in emergency mode. All
impermanently used parts of the DEU switch off. The DEU A PA
circuits and DEU B interphone and EVAC circuits remain energized.
(f) Fail Safe States

When a failure of the data bus interface, the director, or the
data bus occurs the DEU maintains the current status of the
discrete cabin systems outputs for approximately 3 minutes. After
this delay the outputs switch into their pre-defined fail safe
states. All audio input/outputs are immediately switched off.
(g) DEU Addressing

The coding switch in the DEU mount gives each DEU a different
address. This method lets you remove, interchange and replace
DEUs without the need to consider the address.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 79
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
C. Forward Attendant Panel
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 025)
(a) General
The forward attendant panel 120RH is installed in the forward
entrance area of the aircraft. The attendant controls the
different cabin systems from the attendant panel.
(b) The forward attendant panel performs these functions:

- adaption of signals received on the ARINC data bus links from
each CIDS director,
- processing of addressed commands and controls,
- processing of inputs from cabin systems,
- processing of inputs from the membrane switches on the front
face of the FWD ATTND panel,
- transmission of data at assigned intervals via the ARINC data
bus between the panel and both directors,
- fail-passive for data bus transmission and reception in the
event of FWD ATTND panel failure,
- short-circuit protection of all discrete outputs,
- BITE functions for detection and location of faults which occur
in the panel.
(c) Architecture
The forward attendant panel is in modular form with a master
circuit board and sub-panels which connect to the master board.
The visible part of the panel consists of colored membrane
switches and indicator lights in a common grid pattern. Blank
face-plates replace unused sub-panels.
(d) Master Board

The master board contains all parts which are common to all
configurations of the FWD ATTND panel. This includes the power
supply, ARINC 429 transmitter and ARINC 429 receiver.
(e) Light Module
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 026)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 80
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
Figure 025

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 81
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Light Module
Figure 026

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page 82
Config-1 May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 026A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 026B)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 026C)
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 026D)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
1
_ MAIN OFF
The MAIN OFF membrane switch, switches off the following
systems:
- general illumination in the cabin and the entrance areas,
- reading lights,
- attendant work light,
- lavatory light,
The function MAIN OFF is disabled in flight.
2
_ MAIN ON
The MAIN ON membrane switch, switches on the general
illumination in the cabin and entrance areas with a brightness
of 100%. The integral light in the membrane switches BRT, WDO,
and CLG comes on. If a membrane switch for the cabin or entry
area is already pressed the MAIN ON membrane switch has no
effect for the respective area.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 83
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Light Module
Figure 026A

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page 84
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Light Module
Figure 026B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 85
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Light Module
Figure 026C

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page 86
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Light Module
Figure 026D

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 87
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-210,
3
_ ENTRY BRT
The ENTRY BRT membrane switch, switches on the general
illumination in all entrance areas with a brightness of 100%.
The integral light in the membrane switch comes on. Pushing
the membrane switch a second time, switches off the general
illumination in all entrance areas and the integral light.
4
_ ENTRY DIM 1
The ENTRY DIM 1 membrane switch, switches on the general
illumination in all entrance areas with a brightness of
approx. 50%. The integral light in the membrane switch comes
on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time, switches off
the general illumination in all entrance areas and the
integral light.
5
_ ENTRY DIM 2
The ENTRY DIM 2 membrane switch, switches on the general
illumination in all entrance areas with a brightness of
approx. 10%. The integral light in the membrane switch comes
on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time, switches off
the general illumination in all entrance areas and the
integral light.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 151-199, 211-233, 236-238,
3
_ ENTRY FWD BRT/ENTRY AFT BRT
The ENTRY FWD BRT or ENTRY AFT BRT membrane switches, switch
on the general illumination in the respective entrance area
with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the membrane
switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time,
switches off the general illumination of the respective
entrance areas and the integral lights.
4
_ ENTRY FWD DIM 1/ENTRY AFT DIM 1
The ENTRY FWD DIM 1 or ENTRY AFT DIM 1 membrane switches,
switch on the general illumination in the respective entrance
areas with a brightness of approx 50%. The integral lights in
the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a
second time, switches off the general illumination in the
respective areas and the integral lights.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 88
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
5
_ ENTRY FWD DIM 2/ENTRY AFT DIM 2
The ENTRY FWD DIM 2 or ENTRY AFT DIM 2 membrane switches,
switch on the general illumination in the respective entrance
areas with a brightness of approx. 10%. The integral lights in
the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a
second time, switches off the general illumination in the
respective entrance areas and the integral lights.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
6
_ CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
The CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the
cabin, have the same function as the ENTRY/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
membrane switches, for the entrance area.
**ON A/C 151-199,
6
_ CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
The CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the
cabin, have the same function as the ENTRY/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
membrane switches, for the entrance area.
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
6
_ CABIN LIGHTING/BC/YC/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
The CABIN LIGHTING/BC/YC/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
for the cabin area, have the same function as the
ENTRY/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the entrance
area.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
7
_ CABIN LIGHTING WDO
When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on,
the CABIN LIGHTING WDO membrane switch integral light comes
on. Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
illumination at the windows left and right and the integral
light. Pushing the membrane switch a second time, switches on
the general illumination at the windows and the membrane
switch integral light comes on.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 89
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
8
_ CABIN LIGHTING CLG
When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on,
the CABIN LIGHTING CLG membrane switch integral light goes on.
Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
illumination in the ceiling and the integral light. Pushing
the membrane switch a second time switches on the general
illumination in the ceiling and the membrane switch integral
light comes on.
9
_ POWER READ
The POWER READ membrane switch, switches on the power supply
for the reading lights. The integral light in the membrane
switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the power supply and the membrane switch integral
light goes off.
10
__ POWER ATTN
The POWER ATTN membrane switch, switches on the power supply
for the attendant work lights. The integral light in the
membrane switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second
time switches off the power supply and the membrane switch
integral light goes off.
11
__ POWER LAV
The POWER LAV membrane switch, switches on the power supply
for the lavatory lights to a brightness of approx. 50%. The
integral light of the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the
membrane switch a second time switches off the power supply
and the membrane switch integral light goes off.
(f) Audio Module

(Ref. Fig. 027)
The Audio Module gives centralized control over boarding music
and prerecorded announcements.
1
_ MUSIC ON/OFF
The MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the boarding
music. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
boarding music and the integral light goes off.
2
_ MUSIC SEL
The MUSIC SEL membrane switch, switches the boarding music to
the next channel. The selected channel is shown on the
numerical display.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 90
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Audio Module
Figure 027

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 91
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
3
_ MUSIC+/MUSIC-
Pushing the MUSIC+/MUSIC- membrane switch increases/decreases
the loudness of the boarding music. The loudness is indicated
on a 10 step rectangular LED row.
4
_ PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
This area on the front face of the audio module includes a
display for the selected announcements and a keyboard and
function keys.
To start prerecorded announcement push the related key and
then the ENTER membrane switch. When the recorder has found
the correct announcement the READY indicator comes on. Pushing
the START NEXT membrane switch starts the announcement and the
READY indicator goes off. If more than one announcement is
selected, the START ALL membrane switch activates all
announcements. If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed the
selected announcement will be accepted after a delay of
approx. 5 s.
An LED in front of each MEMO display indicates which memory is
selected for modification.
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
5
_ PES ON/OFF
Pushing the PES ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the
passenger entertainment system. The membrane switch integral
light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the passenger entertainment system and the
membrane switch integral light goes off.
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
5
_ PES ON/OFF
Pushing the PES ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the
passenger entertainment system. The membrane switch integral
light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the passenger entertainment system and the
membrane switch integral light goes off.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 92
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(g) MISCELLANEOUS MODULE

(Ref. Fig. 028)
1
_ LIGHT EMER
The LIGHT EMER pushbutton switch, switches on the emergency
lighting system. The integral light in the pushbutton switch
comes on. Pushing the pushbutton switch a second time switches
off the emergency lighting system and the integral light. The
function of the pushbutton is independent from the CIDS power
supply.
2
_ CIDS PNL LIGHT TEST
The CIDS PNL LIGHT TEST membrane switch, switches on all the
lights in the panel and the membrane switch integral light as
long as the membrane switch is pressed.
3
_ EVAC
The indicator light EVAC is controlled by a discrete input.
4
_ EVAC CMD
The EVAC CMD membrane switch, switches on the evacuation
system. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
evacuation system and the integral light. The membrane switch
switches a discrete input to ground.
5
_ RESET
The RESET membrane switch, switches off the warning horn, if
the evacuation system is activated. It also switches off the
lavatory smoke warning if the warning is activated. The
membrane switch switches a discrete input to ground.
6
_ CIDS CAUTION
The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on
again on the ground (landing gear down and locked). The light
cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
respective failure message is displayed on the programming and
test panel.
7
_ SMOKE LAV
The SMOKE LAV indicator light comes on when a signal from the
smoke detector is received.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 93
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Miscellaneous Module
Figure 028

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 94
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
8
_ WATER QTY
The WATER QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
water tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
9
_ WASTE QTY
The WASTE QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
waste tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
9
_ WASTE QTY
The WASTE QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
waste tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
10
__ IND ON
The IND ON membrane switch, switches on the water and waste
indicating system.
11
__ SYSTEM INOP, LAV INOP
The SYSTEM INOP indicator light comes on, if the vacuum waste
system fails.
D. Aft Attendant Panel
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 029)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 029A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 029B)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 95
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 029

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page 96
Config-1 Aug 01/06

CES
Figure 029A

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page 97
Config-1 Aug 01/06

CES
Figure 029B

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 98
Config-1 Aug 01/06

CES
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 029C)
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 029D)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 030)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Aft Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH is installed in the aft
entrance area of the aircraft. It enables the aft attendant to
control different cabin systems.
(b) Function
The Aft attendant panel performs these functions:
- the adaptation of received data bus signals,
- the processing of addressed commands and controls,
- the processing of inputs from cabin systems,
- the processing of inputs from membrane switches on AFT
attendant panel,
- the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data
bus,
- the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in
case of AFT attendant panel failure,
- the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs.
(c) Architecture
The aft attendant panel contains these principle components:
- the power supply,
- the RS 232 data bus receiver and transmitter,
- the processing module,
- the I/O circuitry.
1
_ Power Supply
The power supply derives from the service busbar 601PP for all
the necessary internal voltages from a 28 V DC input.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 99
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 029C

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page A0
Config-1 Aug 01/06

CES
Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 029D

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A1
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 030

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A2
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
2
_ RS 232 Interface
The RS 232 interface receives serial data from the DEU B and
converts it into the parallel data format. The RS 232
interface also takes parallel data from the processing module,
serializes it and transmits it to the DEU B. Separate lines
are used for transmission and reception of data.
3
_ Processing Module
The processing module carries out all internal operations of
the aft attendant panel. It interfaces the membrane switches
and indicators to the RS 232 interface. The processing module
also does BITE functions and control of any discrete inputs or
outputs (e.g. for EVAC controls and the water system). Where
no discrete output is provided, a membrane switch reports its
operation to the DEU. The DEU reports it to the director. The
director performs the actions associated with pressing a
membrane switch.
4
_ Output Circuitry
All outputs of the Aft Attendant Panel are short-circuit
protected.
(d) Description
The Aft Attendant Panel comprises of:
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
- the RESET membrane switch,

- the EVAC indicator.
**ON A/C 051-099,
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,

- the EVAC indicator,
**ON A/C 151-199,

- the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the EVAC indicator,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A3
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 201-210,
- the YC/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switch,

R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,

- the YC BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
E. Programming and Test Panel
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 031)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH is installed in the
rear wall of lavatory A. It is located at the FWD attendant
station, behind a hinged access door next to the installed FWD
attendant panel. For correct CIDS operation, the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM) must be installed in the socked. This is provided on
the panel front face. The PTP enables the forward attendant and
other personnel to extensively test and re-program the CIDS.
(b) Function and Layout

The functions of the PTP are as follows:
- To program the CIDS properties and cabin layout information
into the CIDS directors, which are copied from the CAM.
- To manually down-load the alternative CAM layout into the
directors and cause this layout to be down-loaded automatically
in subsequent CIDS start-ups.
To onboard re-program:
- CAM data,
- activation of the provisioned CIDS extra functions,
- change cabin layout,
- implement cabin zoning.
- To monitor the failure status of the CIDS and some of the
connected systems.
- To examine the fault data held in the director BITE memory.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A4
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Programming and Test Panel
Figure 031

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A5
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- To activate CIDS component tests and the readout of the
results.
The PTP has an alphanumeric display with four rows of twenty

characters. The display is used to present messages, test
results and selection menus. At either end of each display row
are blank keys. They are labelled on the display with < or
> characters. A conventional keypad is provided for entry of
numerical data. One membrane switch switches the display on and
two membrane switches test the emergency lights. Three
indicator lamps are provided for emergency lighting
system/testing indications. The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
115RH plugs into a socket on the front face of the panel.
(c) Architecture
An ARINC 429 interface handles all communications between the PTP
and the directors. A single output is connected to both
directors. Two separate buffered inputs are provided, one for
each director. The PTP power supply derives all the internal
voltages from one 28 V DC input.
The display is automatically switched off after ten minutes of
panel nonoperation (i.e. no key pressed).
The CAM is interfaced within the PTP to allow the panel to read,
and also to modify the CAM data. The PTP is able to transfer any
of the CAMs internal layouts to the director.
BITE is incorporated into all the circuits of the PTP.
(d) Cabin Assignment Module

The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH defines all of the
modifiable system properties and layout information for the CIDS.
It contains the possibility for four cabin layouts, (LAYOUT 1 - 3
and LAYOUT M.
--------------
| LAYOUT 1 | ------ Marker
--------------
| LAYOUT 2 | ------
--------------
| LAYOUT 3 | ------
--------------
| LAYOUT M | ------
--------------
All cabin layouts are programmed according to the airlines

requests. You can modified these layouts via the PTP.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A6
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
At the end of the modification procedure the new layout is
automatically stored as layout M.
(2) Mandatory Layout

For security reasons, there is a mandatory layout laid down in the
directors to ensure the operation of the system in all conditions.
The mandatory layout is used in following conditions:
- if normal power is not available,
- if the CAM is inoperativ,
- if the PTP is inoperativ.
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 032)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH transmits data to both
CIDS directors via a single ARINC 429 bus. It receives data via
two ARINC 429 busses, one from each director.
Four discrete connections are provided to the emergency lighting
system. A DC ground and 28 V DC line connect to the PTP for BAT
indication and for switch-over functions. +28 V DC is fed to the
PTP from service busbar 601PP circuit breaker 161RH.
After CIDS power-up the panel display stays on for approx. 10

minutes, then the DSPL ON membrane switch must be pressed to
activate the panel display. The first selection menu then appears
and shows the modes available. The various modes are explained
under the separate section. System Testing and Programming in
this chapter (Ref. paragraph 8).
The selection of displayed RET function returns to the previous

menu when the display labelled key is pushed. When the DSPL ON
key is pushed, it always returns the user to the first menu. When
numerical data is to be entered, one of the blank keys displays
ENTER. The word ENTER is displayed on the blank keys when a data
input is required. A sign flashes to show the correct position
for the data input. When the data is entered, the sign does not
flash. The digits of the data input replace the sign. The sign
will flash in the next row which now requires an input. Pushing
the CLR membrane switch deletes all the digits so far entered.
Pushing the menu-labelled ENTER key enters the complete number
and the PTP can then use it.
For correct CIDS operation, the CAM must be plugged in. There is
no possibility of programming the CIDS while the CAM is missing.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A7
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Programming and Test Panel-System Connections
Figure 032

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A8
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(b) CAM LAYOUT Marking
The four CAM layout memories are nonvolatile, and one of them is
always electronically marked as the current layout. When the CIDS
is powered-up, the marked layout is automatically down loaded via
the PTP ARINC 429 link to the memories of both directors. The
sub-menu listing the layouts displays the marked layout in
flashing mode.
When any change of parameters via the PTP is done, the resulting
modified layout is stored in the CAM layout M. The marker is
automatically set to layout M. Each time a modified layout is
transfered to the Layout M, a CAM internal software count is
incremented for documentation purposes.
(c) Emergency Lighting Test Activation

There are two emergency lighting tests activated from the PTP:
- the battery test,
- the system test.
These tests are described in the System Testing and Programming
section (Ref. para. 8)
F. Attendant Indication Panel
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 033)
(a) General
An Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH is installed at each
attendant station. The panel lights are visible from at least ten
meters away. They provide an attendant far call function, and its
alphanumeric display is readable from about two meters distance.
The display provides system-related information. It is divided
into two rows of sixteen characters each.
(b) Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 034)
The AIP comprises of these modules:
- a display panel with two lines, each with sixteen characters,
- a display controller which includes a character generator,
- a display driver,
- an single chip microcomputer which includes a serial interface,
- a RAM and READ Only Memory (ROM) as program memory,
- an erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), as a memory
for the indicated texts, alternatively the EPROM can be part of
the single chip microcomputer and can also be used as a program
memory,
- a line receiver,
- a power supply circuit,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A9
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Attendant Indication Panel
Figure 033

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A10
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram .
Figure 034

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A11
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- an additional circuits to provide an optimized visual range and
a far reaching call function,
- a one pink indicator light,
- a one green indicator light.
The microcomputer coordinates the operation of all the AIP
modules and running of the software contained in the ROM. 14 to
32 V DC powers the AIP with a voltage regulator which derives the
necessary internally used voltages. The line receiver/serial
interface is for RS232 reception. One output is provided and is
used to signal the BITE status of the AIP (see the BITE
description in the Operation section (Ref. paragraph
6.F.(2)(f). All messages for alphanumeric display are stored in
the EPROM. They are selected and transferred to the display
according to commands received from the RS232 interface. The
parallel interface connects to the two lamps. These can be
switched on in either continuous or flashing mode (1Hz) according
to the commands received.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-207, 210-210,
G. Area Call Panel

(Ref. Fig. 035)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the
passenger compartment to the left and right of center in the
ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields, each
contains two parallel connected lamps. The lights are visible
from the front or rear of the ACP. They are colored in one of two
available cover lenses. The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = pink,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They
are used as a far-call facility to warn cabin attendants of
PAX-call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A12
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Area Call Panel
Figure 035

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 23-73-00

Page A13
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 159-199, 208-209, 211-233, 236-238,
G. Area Call Panel
**ON A/C 208-209,
(Ref. Fig. 035)
R **ON A/C 159-199, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 035A)
R **ON A/C 159-199, 208-209, 211-233, 236-238,
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the
passenger compartment to the left and right of center in the
ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields. Each
contains parallel connected colored LEDs. The ACP is covered by a
milk-colored cover. The illuminated lights are visible from the
front or rear of the ACP.
The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = pink,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or flashing. They
are used as a far-call facility to inform cabin attendants of
PAX-call, interphone call and lavatory smoke.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(2) Operation
(a) General
Five discrete connections connect each ACP to a DEU B. One for
each field and one for a common connection. The DEU B switches
the fields separatly. Any field or combinations of fields can be
OFF, steady ON or flashing ON. For flashing the DEU B repeatedly
switches the field(s) on and off.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A14
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Area Call Panel
Figure 035A

R

EFF :

159-199, 211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A15
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(b) Call Functions
The ACP performs call functions which are described fully under
the appropriate System Operation section of this chapter (Ref.
paragraph 7.). For lavatory smoke, the respective chapter must be
refered to.
(c) Built-In Test Equipment

No BITE is provided.
H. Interphone Handsets
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 036)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 036A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 036B)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 036C)
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 036D)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(1) Description
(a) General
Each attendant station is equipped with a handset 330RH for PA
and interphone dialling and communication. The flight compartment
is equipped with a handset 130RH for PA use only. Handset 330RH
rests in a cradle 332RH, and handset 130RH in a cradle 132RH.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A16
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Cabin Handset
Figure 036

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page A17
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Cabin Handset
Figure 036A

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page A18
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Cabin Handset
Figure 036B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page A19
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Cabin Handset
Figure 036C

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page A20
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Cabin Handset
Figure 036D

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A21
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(b) Function
The handsets and cradles provide these functions:
- the hook-off sensing,
- the Press-To-Talk (PTT) switching,
- the PA announcements,
- the single-key call-activation via integral keypad,
- telephone conversation (cabin handset 330RH only).
**ON A/C 151-199,
(b) Function
The handsets and cradles provide these functions:
- the hook-off sensing,
- the Press-To-Talk (PTT) switching,
- the single-and double key call-activation via integral keypad,
- telephone conversation (cabin handset 330RH only).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(c) Architecture
Both handset types contain:
- the microphone unit which includes a pre-amplifier,
- the earphone,
- the push-to-talk switch,
- the handset support bracket including a permanent magnet.
The cabin handset 330RH also contains:
- a keyboard with 12 touch keys,
- a tone dialling interface circuit.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard

The handset has 9 keys arranged on a 3 x 3 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Emergency call: push the EMER CALL pushbutton switch
- Flight compartment call: push the CPT pushbutton switch
- All attnd call: push the ALL ATTND pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the FWD ATTND pushbutton switch
- AFT LH attnd call: push the AFT L ATTND pushbutton switch
- AFT RH attnd call: push the AFT R ATTND pushbutton switch

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A22
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- PA ALL: push PA ALL pushbutton switch
- Service Int: push the SVCE pushbutton switch
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
**ON A/C 051-099,

used for:
- PA FWD: push PA FWD pushbutton switch
**ON A/C 151-199,

used for:
- Cockpit call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- Conference call: push the INTPH and the ALL pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the INTPH and the FWD pushbutton switch
- AFT attnd call: push the INTPH and the AFT pushbutton switch
- PA ALL: push PA and PTT pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
**ON A/C 201-210,

The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, 11 keys are
used for:

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page A23
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
- PA AFT: push PA AFT pushbutton switch
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,

The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, 11 keys are
used for:
- Flight compartment call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- PA AFT: push PA AFT pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(e) Cabin Handset Interface Circuit

The interface circuit decodes the keyboard matrix and generates
Dual Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) coded dial signals. The
interface normally routes the speech signal through to its
output. When a key is pressed, it disconnects the speech and
supplies the DTMF signals to the output.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
J. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
- the broadcast of boarding music,
- the attendant call chimes,
- the evacuation tone signalling.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A24
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume
and frequency characteristics for each loudspeaker is possible. This
is done according to CAM data. All necessary BITE is contained in the
DEUs A. The CIDS test facilities locate any failed loudspeaker.
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
J. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
- the broadcast of video sound,
is done according to CAM data.
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
J. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
- the broadcast of video sound,
is done according to CAM data.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A25
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
7. ________________________________
A. CIDS Energization
The CIDS is designed to operate whenever the essential busbar 401PP and
service busbar 601PP are energized. It has no ON/OFF switches. Circuit
breakers protect the CIDS components and will remain normally closed,
except for tests or current overload.
All the CIDS units are supplied with 28 VDC.
When electrical power is supplied to the CIDS, a power-up test is done.
B. Passenger Address System
(1) PA System Architecture
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 037)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 037A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are
related to the PA system are as follows:
(a) Flight Compartment

- the audio selector panels,
- the flight compartment boomset,
- the hand microphones,
- the oxygen mask microphones,
- the flight compartment handset located at the center pedestal.
(b) Avionics Compartment

- the audio management unit,
- the link to CFDS,
- the two CIDS directors,
- the oil pressure switch,
- the flight compartment pressure controller,
- the link to the prerecorded announcement reproducer,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A26
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
PA System Architecture
Figure 037

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page A27
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
PA System Architecture
Figure 037A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A28
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
- the link to PES multiplexer,

- the link to PES tape reproducer.
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
- the link to video control unit.
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
- the link to video control unit.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(c) Cabin
- the cabin Loudspeakers,
- the CIDS DEU A, with two independant amplifiers,
- the attendant handset with integrated keyboard,
- the attendant indication panels,
- the CIDS DEU B, with two handset interfaces,
- the forward attendant panel.
(2) System Description
(a) General
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various PA
sources in the aircraft. It assigns priorities to each source. It
transmits the signal in digital form via the four top line data
busses to the DEUs A. These send it to the cabin loudspeakers for
broadcasting. The passenger adress system has different
annoncement modes. Each mode uses a different PA function. These
functions are assigned with the CAM software.
You can perform PA announcements from different sound sources.

The director can route the broadcasts to any combination of six
audio channels. A separate amplifier drives each cabin
loudspeaker. It is programmed on the CIDS initialization for the
gain, the frequency characteristic and the assignment to one of
the six audio channels. Three channels are reserved for attendant
broadcasts, and three for passenger announcements. This lets you
assign each cabin loudspeaker to one of up to three zones. A PA

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A29
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
chime capability is also given. The PA system remains available
during aircraft emergency conditions. It is powered down as long
as no PA announcements are in progress.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority

An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels
whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g. PA IN USE). The sound
sources are divided into these priorities:
- the 1st priority: Flight compartment station - AMU
- the 2nd priority: Flight compartment station - Handset
- the 3rd priority: Cabin attendant stations
- the 4th priority: PRAM
- the 5th priority: Boarding music.
**ON A/C 051-099,

- the 3rd priority: Cabin attendant stations
- the 5th priority: Video
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,

- the 3rd priority: Forward attendant station
- the 4th priority: Cabin attendant stations
- the 6th priority: Video

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A30
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(c) Volume Control

When an engine is running, the PA volume is increased
automatically by +6 dB. The PA volume is also increased by +4 dB
in the event of cabin depressurization.
PA loudspeakers are installed on the RH and the LH side of the
cabin in the Passenger Information Units (PIUs). Separate audio
amplifiers in the CIDS DEUs A drive each loudspeaker
independently. The output level range of this amplifier is -20 dB
up to +10 dB in 2 dB steps. The CIDS director software controls
the output level. 0 dB represents an output level of 500 mW
continuous power. The peak power is limited to 5 W.
The level control is divided into two sections. Section one is
the master audio level adjustment with a level range of 0 to -12
dB. This means that all audio amplifiers in DEU A will alter
their respective output level over this range.
Section two is the local audio level adjustment with a level
range of +/-6 dB. This means that only the respective DEU A audio
amplifier will alter its output level. Each loudspeaker is
adapted to the respective ambient noise conditions.
The passenger address level is also selectable via PTP (only on
ground and landing gear compressed) for:
- three cabin segments,
- four attendant areas,
- increased by oil pressure high,
- increased by cabin pressure low.
The passenger address audio settings are stored in the CAM for
all installed layouts.
(d) Frequency Control

The PA system is equipped with several frequency control
facilities:
The input frequency controls are different:
- for balanced audio inputs in the CIDS director (for example
boarding music),
- for unbalanced audio inputs in the director and DEU B (e.g. PA
announcements via cabin handset).
Each input bus has its own filter which is independently
programmable. The unbalanced PA inputs circuits are equipped with
Automatic Gain Control (AGC) . Additionally the DEU A audio is
equipped with a bass filter for special ambient noise
equalization. The director frequency controls are the main
frequency controls. The DEU A output filters are independently
programmable for each output. The different frequency control

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A31
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
ranges are shown in the DEU and the director component
descriptions in this chapter (Ref. paragraph 6.).
(3) Operation of the PA System
(a) Energization
Energization of the PA System is as for CIDS Energization.
(b) PA Announcements from Flight Compartment Handset

The handset is mounted at the flight compartment center pedestal
and contains an integral PTT switch. Pressing the PTT switch to
key the PA system. It overrides lower priority PA sources, and
broadcasts the speech over all PA loudspeakers. Sidetone is heard
over the handset earpiece. A PA IN USE indication at all
attendant indication panels accompanies these announcements.
(c) PA Announcements from other flight compartment audio equipment

Any of these flight compartment audio equipment may be selected
to make a PA announcement:
- the boomset microphone,
- the hand microphone (with internal PTT switch),
- the oxygen mask integral microphone.
Three audio selector panels are available on the left and right
sides of the center pedestal, and on the flight compartment
overhead panel respectively. They provide identical facilities.
To select the PA system, the rectangular PA button is pressed. It
lights up green and connects the microphone audio to the PA
system. The integral PTT switch in the hand microphone is pressed
to key the PA system. When the boomset or oxygen mask is used,
pushing the combined PA volume control/PA sidetone switch,
switches the sidetone audio to the boomset or headset earpieces.
The switch illuminates yellow. The knob adjusts the sidetone
volume. Pushing the respective PA green and yellow switches a
second time, disconnects the flight compartment audio source and
flight compartment earpieces respectively from the PA system. You
can monitor the PA sidetone at any time when you only select the
volume/sidetone switch.
When the PA (green) selector switch is activated, PA ALL IN USE
is displayed at all attendant indication panels. PA announcements
from the selected flight compartment audio equipment are
broadcast over all PA loudspeakers. They immediately override PA
audio from any other source.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A32
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
(d) PA Announcements from Attendant Handsets

(Ref. Fig. 038)
An attendant handset is mounted at each attendant station. An AIP
is installed near to each handset for display of PA-use
information. When the handset is lifted a 440 Hz tone is heard.
The top line of the AIP displays a number symbol.
When the PA ALL key is pressed a confirmation message is
displayed on the AIP. If the PA call is impossible due to the
priority of a call already in progress, then the word BUSY
appears on the AIP display.
To press the keypad RESET key always clears any handset operation
and lets you make a new key selection.
**ON A/C 151-199,
(d) PA Announcements from Attendant Handsets

(Ref. Fig. 038)
An attendant handset is mounted at each attendant station. An AIP
is installed near to each handset for display of PA-use
information. When the handset is lifted a 400 Hz tone is heard.
The top line of the AIP displays a number symbol.
When the PTT key is pressed (direct PA function) or the PA and
ALL pushbutton and PTT keys are pressed a confirmation message
is displayed on the AIP. If the PA call is impossible due to the
priority of a call already in progress, then the word BUSY
appears on the AIP display.
To press the keypad RESET key always clears any handset operation
and new key selection.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
The numbers of all selectable PA zones, for example 3, and the

respective keypad keys, are stored in the CAM. The CAM also
contains a priority list which is divided into priority levels.
It starts with:
- the flight compartment as the highest priority,
- the attendant stations,
- the prerecorded announcement system,
- the entertainment PA sources.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A33
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages
Figure 038

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A34
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Once a PA call is established, the bottom line of all AIPs
displays the respective PA IN USE message. Flight compartment PA
IN USE indicator is provided as an option. Pressing the PTT
switch keys the PA system. Sidetone audio is fed to the handset
earpiece. When the PA announcement is over, you can disconnect
the handset from the PA system as follows:
- put the handset into the cradle or
- press the RESET button.
C. Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
(1) Interphone System Architecture

(Ref. Fig. 039)
related to the interphone are as follows:

The main interphone components are:
- the audio control panels,
- the flight compartment boomset,
- the oxygen mask microphones,
- the call panel with the call-buttons and integrated emergency
call indicator,
- the crew call buzzer for audible call indications (through
FWC),
- the flight compartment handset.
The audio control panels, the flight compartment boomset and the
oxygen mask microphones interface with the director through the
Audio Management Unit (AMU). The call panel is connected directly
to the directors. The crew call buzzer has an interface with the
directors through the Flight Warning Computer (FWC).

The main interphone components are:
- the audio management unit,
- the link to CFDS,
- the two CIDS directors.
Additional signal sources are:
- the oil pressure switch,
- the cabin pressure switch.
(c) Cabin
Each attendant station is connected to one DEU B. It interfaces
with the CIDS director through one of two middle line data buses.
The loudspeakers are connected to the DEUs A.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A35
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Interphone System Architecture .
Figure 039

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A36
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various interphone
sources in the aircraft and assigns priorities to each source. The
director performs telephone exchange switching and call functions
from flight compartment call switch settings or the attendant handset
keypad entries. All this is done with reference to the parameters
defined in the CAM. Chimes are transmitted via the top line data bus
and the PA loudspeakers. In the flight compartment, integral lamps in
the call switches annunciate interphone calls. In the cabin, the ACPs
and AIPs are used for annunciation.
(3) Interphone Modes
(a) General
The cabin and flight crew interphone system offers different
communication modes. Each mode can lead to different call
activations which are assigned in the CAM.
The assigned visual and aural indications are listed below:
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | CHIME | ALL CABIN + | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 3x HIGH-LOW | ATTND LS | TEXT ON, | PINK FLASH |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | FLASH | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | CHIME | ALL CABIN + | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 3x HIGH-LOW | ATTND LS | TEXT FLASH, | PINK FLASH |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | FLASH | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A37
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | RESP ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | ALL ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ALL ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | EMER CALL IND:|
| ATTND - CAPT | 3x | | TEXT FLASH | FLASH |
| | | | | ATT IND: |
| | | | | FLASH |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A38
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-210,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | ATT IND: |
| ATTND - CAPT | 1x | | TEXT ON | FLASH |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| ATTND - | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| ALL ATTND | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 151-199, 211-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | ATT IND: |
| ATTND - CAPT | 1x | | TEXT ON | FLASH |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| ATTND - | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| ALL ATTND | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | RESP ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| ATTND - ATTND | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A39
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| ATTND - ATTND | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(b) Definition of Priorities

All communication modes are handled with respect to the
predefined priorities listed below:
1
_ Emergency Call
2
_ An call from flight compartment which includes:
- an all call from flight compartment,
- a normal call from flight compartment.
3
_ An all call from cabin station
4
_ A normal call from cabin station
Additionally, all interphone sources have interrelated
priorities, as assigned in the CAM. There are eight priorities
(1A, 1B to 4A, 4B) which can be individually assigned to the
different interphone sources.
If more than one interphone source requests the same
communication mode, the source with the higher priority will
have precedence.
If they have the same priority, the interphone source which
was dialled first will be given preference.
When an interphone source requests a station which is engaged
in another communication link:
- a busy indication at the AIP appears,
- a busy tone via the sidetone output will be transmitted.
if this interphone source has equal priority to, or lower
priority than the existing link. If this interphone source

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A40
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
has a higher priority, a then following action will be
executed.
The existing communication link will be interrupted and the
new link will be established. The audible and visual calls
will be activated as assigned for this communication mode. An
OVER indication will be displayed at the AIP of the station.
(4) Operation of the Interphone System

(Ref. Fig. 039)
(a) Energization
Energization of the Interphone System is as for CIDS
Energization.
(b) Interphone Operation

Each application of the cabin and flight crew interphone system
starts with a dial procedure. In the flight compartment, special
keys are available for dialling the desired interphone function.
The interphone equipment (for example flight compartment boomset)
must be connected to the interphone system. The interphone
function at the audio control panel must be selected.
Indicator lights give visual feedback, which are also activated
when an attendant station calls the flight compartment. A call
indicator is activated at the audio control panel when an
attendant calls the flight compartment. This indicator is
integrated into the transmit button on the audio control panel.
It must be switched if communication is to be established after a
call has arrived (or has been activated) from the flight
compartment.
You can reset the indicator lights with the reset pushbutton on
the audio control panel.
(c) Interphone Operation from Attendant Station

The interphone system is a telephone call-system that has a
handset at each attendant station. With the keyboard on the
handset you can start a call function.
If an attendant station is called:
1. the AIP of the called station gives a visual indication,
2. a chime is heard at the attendant station and/or in the cabin.
With the reset-key on the handset you can quickly start a new
call function.
(d) Interphone Operation from Cockpit

A call from the cockpit is started with the call keys on the
cockpit call panel. It is possible to call one or more stations.
The related audio signal is mixed to the AMU audio input/output.
If a call between the cockpit and the cabin is made, it is

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A41
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
possible to activate another call. The selected stations are
mixed to the current audio link if the related handsets are off
the cradles. The audio signals which are received from the
related handsets are switched to the output of the AMU as soon as
the handset is off the cradle. The cockpit audio signals are
switched to the cabin handset when the RAD/INT switch on the
Audio Control Panel is in the INT position.
The communication ends when one handset is on the cradle or when
the RAD/INT switch is in the INT position for approx. 1
minute.
D. Passenger Lighted Signs
(1) Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 040)
related to the passenger lighted signs system are as follows:

- the NO SMOKING switch,
- the FASTEN SEAT BELT switch.

- the link to CFDS,
- the link to SDAC 1 and SDAC 2,
- the link to Emergency Lighting System (EMLS),
- the cabin pressure controller,
- the link to Landing Gear control Interface Unit (LGCIU).
(c) Cabin
- the cabin loudspeakers,
- the CIDS DEU A (PA amplifiers and signs lamp drivers),
- the PTP including CAM.

Input signals to the director control these signs:
- the NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT lighted signs in the cabin,
- the RETURN TO SEAT signs in the lavatories,
- the EXIT signs.
Manual commands are received from the cockpit NS and FSB switches.
These are grounded inputs NO SMOKING COMMAND or NO SMOKING AUTO, and
grounded input FASTEN SEAT BELT COMMAND respectively. The director
interprets open circuited NS inputs and open circuited FSB input as
NS OFF and FSB OFF commands respectively. Director software uses data
from the CAM to activate signs which opened on:
- the cockpit commands,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A42
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.
Figure 040

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A43
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- the discrete inputs LANDING GEAR DOWN LOCKED,
- an EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE.
- the NS AUTO input,
The director also provides NS AUTO input for the optional NS AUTO
flight compartment commands.
The interface to the EXIT signs is via a connection from the director
to the emergency lighting system. DEUs type A drive and interface all
other signs. The director addresses each sign independently via DEU
A. Switching on of any signs is signalled to the SDAC via the
respective director output NO SMOKING. Switching on of any NS sign is
also signalled to the EMLS.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indications |
| ------------------------------------------------------
| Action | Aural | Visual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | SIGNS: |
| NO SMOKING, | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL NS |
| ON | | | ECAM: |
| | | | MESSAGE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | |
| NO SMOKING, | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | |
| OFF | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FASTEN SEAT BELT/ | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL FSB + RTS |
| RETURN TO SEAT, | | | ECAM: |
| ON | | | MESSAGE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | |
| FASTEN SEAT BELT/ | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | |
| RETURN TO SEAT, | | | |
| OFF | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A44
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indications |
| ----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| NO SMOKING, | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL NS |
| ON | | | ECAM: |
| | | | MESSAGE |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FASTEN SEAT BELT/ | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL FSB + RTS |
| RETURN TO SEAT, | | | ECAM: |
| ON | | | MESSAGE |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indications |
| ------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| NO SMOKING, | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL NS - |
| ON | | | (FLASH 5 SEC) |
| | | | ECAM: |
| | | | MESSAGE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FASTEN SEAT BELT/ | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL FSB |
| RETURN TO SEAT, | | | (FLASH 5 SEC) |
| ON | | | ALL RTS |
| | | | ECAM: |
| | | | MESSAGE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A45
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(3) Operation of Passenger Lighted Signs
(a) Energization
Energization of the lighted signs system is as for CIDS
Energization .
(b) Operation of NO SMOKING/EXIT Signs

All NS and EXIT signs are switched on under any of these
conditions:
- Flight compartment NO SMOKING switch in overhead panel is
switched to ON.
- Excessive aircraft decompression, irrespective of the NS switch
position.
- Landing gear down and locked when the flight compartment NS
switch is in the AUTO position.
(c) Operation of FASTEN SEAT BELT/RETURN TO SEAT Signs

The FSB and RTS lighted signs in the cabin and lavatories
respectively are all switched on under any of these conditions:
- The flight compartment FASTEN SEAT BELT switch in overhead
panel is switched on,
- The FSB signs are also activated in the event of excessive
aircraft decompression, when the FSB switch is in AUTO or OFF
position. The RTS signs are not illuminated during this event.
(d) General Operation Information

The PAX lighted signs are deactivated in the event of an aircraft
emergency.
(4) Lighted Signs System Testing and Programming (testing is not

applicable for LED cabin signs)
The fault status of the lighted signs is stored in the director BITE
memory and is examined with the PTP. The CAM data which define the
lighted signs system characteristics can be changed. Also additional
functions which use the panel can be activated.
E. Passenger Call System
(1) Architecture
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 041)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A46
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Passenger Call System - Architecture .
Figure 041

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page A47
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 041A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
related to the passenger call system are as follows:
(a) Avionics Compartment

- the link to SDAC,
- the link to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU).
(b) Cabin
- the DEUs A,
- the PA loudspeakers,
- the passenger call pushbutton,
- the DEUs B,
- the ACPs,
- the PTP.
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
- the AIPs
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
- the AIPs
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

The equipment interface to the directors via DEUs A as follows:
- one passenger call pushbutton and the seat row numbering light at
each passenger seat row,
- one passenger call pushbutton with an integral lamp in each
lavatory.
Each DEU A interfaces up to three passenger call pushbuttons and
lights. Each pushbutton and light is separately addressable. The CAM
data assigns each pushbutton and light to a LH or RH cabin zone.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A48
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Passenger Call System - Architecture
Figure 041A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A49
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
First activation of a passenger or lavatory pushbutton activates a
chime. Visual indications come on. A second activation of a passenger
or lavatory pushbutton reset the visual indications.
(3) Operation of the Passenger Call System
(a) Energization
Energization of the passenger call system is as for CIDS
energization .
On energization of the CIDS, the passenger call function of the
CIDS becomes fully operational. The cabin is divided up into
forward and aft zones according to the CAM data. All seat row
numbering lights are switched on for boarding purposes.
(b) Call to Attendants from Passenger Seat

If a passenger call pushbutton switch is pressed:
- the related seat row identification comes on,
- a single high chime is heard at the attendant stations,
- the blue light comes on in the respective ACP.
If a passenger call pushbutton is pressed a second time the
associated indications are reset.
**ON A/C 051-099,
- the seat row number with a LH/RH reference as well as the

location of the related lavatory is shown on the AIPs. The AIPs
are related to the passenger call zones. If more than one Pax
call is initiated at the same time, only the first Pax call is
indicated on the related AIP. The respective indication
dissapears when the call has been reset and the second calling
Pax is indicated.
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
- the seat row number with a LH/RH reference as well as the

location of the related lavatory is shown on the AIPs. The AIPs
are related to the passenger call zones. If more than one Pax
call is initiated at the same time, only the first Pax call is
indicated on the related AIP. The respective indication
dissapears when the call has been reset and the second calling
Pax is indicated.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A50
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(c) General Operating Information

The passenger call system is not available during an aircraft
emergency.
(4) Passenger Call System Testing and Programming

The BITE status in the DEUs A signals defective passenger call lamps
to the director. Faults may be examined via the PTP.
8. Test
_________
Bite
When the CIDS is energized, the directors perform a comprehensive hardware
and software self-test. The CIDS top and middle line data busses, the PTP
with the CAM, the FAP and the DEUs with the connected loads are tested.
A. Programming and Test Modes
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 042)
**ON A/C 051-099, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 042A)
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 042B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
The first menu is the main menu. It shows the three main modes of the
PTP:
- the SYSTEM STATUS mode,
- the SYSTEM TEST mode,
- the PROGRAMMING mode.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A51
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
PTP Menu Guided Structure
Figure 042

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page A52
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 042A

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-210, 23-73-00

Page A53
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Figure 042B

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A54
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(1) Access Regulation
The SYSTEM STATUS, the SYSTEM TEST and the ZONING (part of the
PROGRAMMING mode) are entered without access code.
For the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode an access code must be entered. This
protects the CABIN PROGRAMMING (part of the PROGRAMMING mode) against
unauthorized access.
The A/C is delivered with the access code 333 for CAM LAYOUT
SELECTION and 333 123 for PA LEVEL ADJUSTMENT.
(2) Access Code Entering

For the access to the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode it is necessary to
enter:
- a 3 digit code (level 1) CAM LAYOUT SELECTION
- a 6 digit code (level 2) PA LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
- a 9 digit code (level 3) SINGLE PARAMETER
The 9 digit code (level 3) is only be used by the A/C manufacteur.
A * symbol appears on the display after the input of each digit. The
complete access code will be accepted by selecting the displayed
ENTER function via the labelled key.
Entering an incorrect access code initiates the PTP display message
USER AUTHORIZATION FAILURE.
A new entry can be made after activation of the displayed RET

function.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
B. System Status Mode

(Ref. Fig. 043)
(1) System Status

The SYSTEM STATUS mode monitors the current status of the CIDS. This
includes the directors, the DEUs, the data buses, the CAM, the FWD
ATTND PANEL, the PTP and the interfaces to other systems. For
detailed failure description the mode MAINTENANCE, which is part of
the SYSTEM STATUS mode, can be selected.
For support of the maintenance/cabin crew, the status of the

following systems is also monitored:
- Lavatory Smoke Detection,
- Slides Bottle Pressure.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A55
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
SYSTEM STATUS - Example

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page A56
Config-1 May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page A57
Config-1 May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
B. System Status Mode

(Ref. Fig. 043A)
(1) System Status

The SYSTEM STATUS mode monitors the current status of the CIDS. This
includes the Directors, the DEUs, the data buses, the CAM, the FAP,
the PTP and the interfaces to other systems.
The DOOR STS menu displays the status of the A/C doors (close or
open).
The SLIDES STS menu displays the status of the A/C slides (armed or
disarmed).
For detailed failure description, select the MAINTENANCE mode.
For use by the maintenance/cabin crew, the status of the following

systems is also monitored:
- Lavatory Smoke Detection
- Slides Bottle Pressure
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
- Drainmasts
After selection of SYSTEM STATUS mode, when there are no failures,
the following messages are displayed on the PTP:
- CIDS OK
- LAV SMOKE DATA OK
- SLIDES PRESS OK
- DRAINMASTS OK
A failure in one of these systems causes an annunciation. (Ref. Para.
9E).
The SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed automatically on the PTP, except
when the PTP is in the MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST or the
PROGRAMMING mode. The sequence of the messages in this case is
variable, the last received failure is indicated first. Any change of
the status (e.g. a failure disappears) initiates a return to the
first SYSTEM STATUS menu except when the MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST
or the PROGRAMMING mode is selected.
In case of failure the respective following messages are:

- <CIDS FAIL or <CIDS DEGRADATION
- <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL
- <SLIDES PRESS LOW
- <DRAINMASTS FAIL

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A58
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
For detailed information about the failure, push the related membrane
switch.
(2) Detailed Messages

(Ref. Fig. 044, 045)
(a) Messages in case of <CIDS FAIL:

- CHECK CIDS FUNCTIONS
AT ATTND STATIONS
Priority
The first CIDS FAIL message has priority over the second, which
has priority over the CIDS DEGRADATION messages. Higher
priority messages inhibit the display of lower priority
messages.
(b) Messages in case of <CIDS DEGRADATION:

LAV X (example, the respective lavatory is shown)
ATT FWD L (example, the respective attendant station is shown)
SR 02 L (example, the respective seatrow is shown)
- CHECK FWD ATTND PANEL
- CHECK PROG & TEST PANEL
- DONT USE PROGRAMMING MODE
(c) Messages in case of <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL:

- SMOKE DET FAIL
LAV X (example, the respective lavatory is shown)
- NO DATA AVAILABLE
(d) Messages in case of <SLIDES PRESS LOW:

- CHECK SLIDES PRESS
FWD L (example, the location of the respective slide is shown)
(e) Messages in case of <DRAINMASTS FAIL:

- CHECK WASTE WATER OVERFLOW FWD (example, the respective
location is shown)
- MAINTENANCE
CHECK AFT CARGO DRAINAGE

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A59
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A60
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A61
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Status - Failure Examples 1

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A62
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A63
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A64
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A65
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(f) The DOORS-CLOSED/SLIDES-ARMED status indication

(Ref. Fig. 046, 047)
The doors-closed/slides-armed status is received from the SDAC
and indicated on the PTP in the SYSTEM STATUS mode. The SLIDES
STATUS and DOORS STATUS page must be selected manually. The
displayed status is updated automatically. It will not be
disturbed or interrupted by other incoming system status
information. A respective OPEN or DISARMED indication is
flashing. A CLOSED or ARMED indication is a steady on.
Messages in case of SLIDES STATUS:
- ALL ARMED
- ALL DISARMED
- FWD: L=ARMED; R=DISA. (example, the respective location is
shown)
- NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE
Messages in case of DOORS STATUS:

- ALL CLOSED
- FWD: L=OPEN; R=CLOS. (example, the respective location is
shown)
- NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(3) MAINTENANCE MODE

(Ref. Fig. 048)
(a) A MAINTENANCE mode for detailed CIDS failure description is part

of the SYSTEM STATUS mode.
Failures are written into the directors BITE ground/flight memory
and can be read via this mode and via the CFDS in the flight
compartment. The last occured failure is the first shown. For
failures of continuously monitored systems the BITE ground memory
will be updated when the failure has been cancelled.
No entries into the BITE memory are made in case of emergency

conditions (normal power is not available or the CIDS is working
with the mandatory layout).
No subsequent related failures will be entered into the memory

after the original failure has been entered:
Examples:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A66
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
SLIDES STATUS indication - Example
Figure 046

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A67
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
DOORS STATUS indication - Example
Figure 047

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A68
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Status - Example
Figure 048

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A69
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
- If one DEU A fails, no further entries into memory are made for
the associated components.
- If one DEU B fails, no further entries into memory are made for
the associated slides bottle pressure, but the system status on
the PTP displays SLIDES PRESS LOW.
(b) The following items from the directors BITE memory are
selectable:
1
_ LAST LEG REPORT
In flight, this report is called CURRENT LEG REPORT.
It is the only displayed and accessable item within the
MAINTENANCE mode in flight.
The LAST/CURRENT LEG REPORT contains class 2 + 1 failures

(Ref. Para. 8F) of the last/current flight leg.
The report includes the date, the time and the ATA chapter for
each failure. There are no entries for flight legs without
failures but the flight leg counts are incremented.
2
_ PREV LEGS REPORT
The PREV LEGS REPORT contains 1 + 2 failures of the last 64
flight legs.
The PREV LEGS REPORT has all data, which are stored in the
LAST LEG REPORT.
3
_ LRU INDENTIFICATION
Messages for LRU IDENTIFICATIONS (examples):
DIRECTOR
1: Z010H0004114
DIRECTOR
2: Z010H0004114
CAM M-COUNT=030
Z050H0000343 (1) (example, the active layout is shown)
PROG AND TEST PNL

Z020H0001112
NOTE : M-COUNT = modification count, incremented after any programming/saving

to Layout M.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A70
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
4
_ FAULT DATA
The FAULT DATA mode includes the flight leg, the date, the
time (UTC), the number of occurences (max 4 counts, for
intermittent failures) and coded trouble shooting data for
internal director and DEU failures.
Present failures on ground are marked with GND (Ref. Para.
8.B.(3)(b)5 GND SCAN), failures of the last leg with LEG -00,
(Ref. Para. 8.B.(3)(b)1 LAST LEG REPORT) and failures of the
previous legs with -01, -02 and up (Ref.Para. 8.B.(3)(b)2 PREV
LEGS REPORT).
a
_ CIDS Trouble Shooting Data Table
These tables show the meaning of the last 6 digits
appearing in the FAULT DATA mode (PTP) and TROUBLE SHOOTING
DATA mode (MCDU) for each class 1 and 2 failure.
DIRECTOR FAILURES:
a a: 0 1 = Director 101RH
0 2 = Director 102RH
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 0 0 0 a a | no data from other compter (a a) |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 1 0 0 a a | power supply |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 0 a a | microcomputer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 2 a a | timer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 3 a a | memory |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 4 a a | OBRM |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 0 0 a a | bus interface total |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 1 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 1R |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 2 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 1L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 3 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 2R |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 4 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 2L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 5 a a | bus driver or MID LINE L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A71
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 6 a a | bus driver or MID LINE R |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 6 0 0 a a | audio output |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 0 a a | audio input total |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 1 a a | audio input signal conditioning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 2 a a | audio input multiplexer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 4 a a | audio input gain control |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 6 a a | EVAC tone generator |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 7 a a | chime generator |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 8 a a | telephone tone generator |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEU A FAILURES:
b b = DEU-A FIN (HEX-code)

b b: b b:
0 1 = 200RH01 0 D = 200RH13
0 2 = 200RH02 0 E = 200RH14
0 3 = 200RH03 1 1 = 200RH17
0 4 = 200RH04 1 2 = 200RH18
0 5 = 200RH05 1 3 = 200RH19
0 6 = 200RH06 1 4 = 200RH20
0 7 = 200RH07 1 5 = 200RH21
0 8 = 200RH08 1 6 = 200RH22
0 9 = 200RH09 1 7 = 200RH23
0 A = 200RH10 1 8 = 200RH24
0 B = 200RH11 1 9 = 200RH25
0 C = 200RH12 1 A = 200RH26

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A72
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 1 0 0 b b | DEU A power supply |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 0 b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-14 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 A b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-02 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 B b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-01 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 C b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-18 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 D b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-17 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 E b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-16 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 F b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-11 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A73
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 1 A b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-13 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEU B, FAP and PTP FAILURES:
c c = DEU-B FIN (HEX-code)

c c:
0 1 = 300RH01
0 2 = 300RH02
0 3 = 300RH03
0 4 = 300RH04
0 5 = 300RH05
0 6 = 300RH06
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 1 0 0 c c | DEU B power supply |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 0 c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-12 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A74
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 A c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-45 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 B c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-42 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 C c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-09 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4 0 0 0 0 1 | Programming and Test Panel |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5 0 0 0 0 1 | FWD Attendant Panel |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
5
_ CLASS 3 FAULTS
Some CLASS 3 FAULTS are only detected and written into the
BITE memory at director power on or after a manual test
activation via the PTP. On the ground, after cancelling a
class 3 fault, it is removed from the memory after the next
director power on or after a new test activation.
Some CLASS 3 FAULTS are detected and written into the BITE
memory due to continuous monitoring. Such a class 3 fault is
removed from the memory when the failure no longer occurs.
Messages for CLASS 3 FAULTS: (Ref. Para. 8F)
6
_ GND SCAN
The GND SCAN indicates all class 1 and 2 failures which are
present on the ground. For the continuously monitored systems,
the ground memory is updated when the failure is cancelled.
For other systems, the ground memory is updated after a
director power on or after a test activation via PTP.
(4) MAINTENANCE via CFDS-MCDU

(Ref. Fig. 049)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 050)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A75
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A76
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A77
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Report/Test - TEST - Example

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page A78
Config-1 May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page A79
Config-1 May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 050A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 050B)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 050C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 051)
(a) The CIDS maintenance mode is available via the CFDS-MCDU in the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST mode. All failures, which are written in the
CIDS director BITE ground/flight memory can be read via this
mode. The maintenance menu in the CFDS-MCDU follows the same
procedure as the maintenance menu via the PTP. A test procedure
is selectable via the MCDU. A CIDS director 2 (passive) test is
also available, the Emergency Light Battery/System tests are not
available.
C. System Test Mode
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 052)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 052A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 052B)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A80
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 052C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 053)
(1) The SYSTEM TEST mode initiates the test except:

- when the aircraft is in flight,
- normal power is not available (PTP not powered),
- the mandatory layout is in use.
These devices are tested:

- Director 1 (the currently active director is marked, example DIR1
(ACT), the passive director can only be tested via the MCDU)
- Director 2 (see Director 1)
- CIDS BUS
- DEUs A
- DEUs B
- Programming and Test Panel (membrane switches are not checked)
- CAM
- FWD ATTND Panel (the pushbutton and membrane switches are not
checked)
- Additional ATTND Panels (membrane switches are not checked)
- ATTND Indication Panels
- Loudspeakers (only operational test)
- Sign Lamps (not applicable for LED NS/FSB signs)
- Passenger Call Lamps
- Area Call Panels (only operational test)
- Reading/Work Lights
- Emergency Lighting Battery
- Drainmasts
R **ON A/C 051-099, 211-233, 236-238,
- PES Music
**ON A/C 151-199,
- VIDEO

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A81
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

051-099, 211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A82
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

051-099, 211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A83
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page A84
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page A85
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page A86
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page A87
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
System Report/Test - Leg Reports - LRU ident. - Trouble Shooting Data - Example
Figure 051

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A88
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Test - Example
Figure 052

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page A89
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 052A

R

EFF :

051-099, 211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page A90
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 052B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page A91
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 052C

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page A92
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
System Test - AIP - Example
Figure 053

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A93
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 201-210,
- PES Music
- VIDEO
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
There is a RESET function. It initiates a general CIDS power-on reset

including the power-on test of the complete system. If failures still
exist, these can be read from the automatically displayed SYSTEM
STATUS/MAINTENANCE mode on the PTP. The complete power on test is
only performed if one or more cabin doors are open (same as for CIDS
power on).
(2) Initiation of System Tests

When the related membrane switch is pushed, the test of this device
is activated. The flashing message -WAIT FOR RESPONSE appears on the
display.
When the test is finished, the ATA chapter and the message TEST OK
comes on. An old failure message in the directors BITE ground memory
is cancelled.
In case of a failure, the respective result is written into the

directors BITE memory and the failure message appears on the PTP
display.
The TEST mode is not available in flight.
(3) Operational Test for ACPs and Loudspeakers

(Ref. Fig. 054)
When the ACP or Loudspeaker Test related membrane switch is pushed,
the related submenu comes on. In the submenu for the loudspeaker test
a tone for all cabin loudspeakers can be switched on/off. Via the ACP
test submenu you can switch on/off all ACPs for a visuable check.
NOTE : After selecting the Loudspeaker Test submenu at some seatrows

____
the passenger call/ seatrow numbering lamps can go off. A
reset is done by activating a passenger call Lamp test at the
end of the loudspeaker test.
(4) Reading/Work Lights Test

(Ref. Fig. 055)
The test of the reading lights includes the test of the attendant
work lights and the related printed circuit boards. Each PCB can
drive 3 separate lights.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A94
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Operational Test - ACP/Loudspeaker - Example
Figure 054

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A95
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System Test - Reading/Work Light Test - Example
Figure 055

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A96
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Push the power ATTND and power READ membrane switches before you
activate the test. If not, the - SWITCH ON POWER message comes on.
After activation of the test, the flashing message - WAIT FOR
RESPONSE comes on. When the test is finished the message TEST OK
comes on. Any related old failure message in the directors BITE
ground memory is cancelled.
In case of failure, the respective result is written into the
directors BITE ground memory. The failure message appears on the PTP
display.
(5) Emergency Lighting System Test

(Ref. Fig. 056)
The emergency lighting system is tested with the battery test and
with the system test. For these tests the EMER EXIT LT and the NO
SMOKING switch must be in the OFF position.
(a) Battery Test - Access Code 3351

To prevent unauthorized access, it is necessary to enter a code
for the battery test. The aircraft is delivered with access code
3351. After input of the access code the PTP message - PUSH BAT
KEY comes on.
After pushing the BAT membrane switch, the integral light of the
membrane switch comes on and the test is activated. With the
start of the test an internal time counting is started in the
director. This time is readable in the EMER BATTERY TEST menu and
is refreshed every minute.
During the test, it is possible to use the PTP for other

functions. Pushing the SYS key, which normally activates the
system test, results in the -WAIT FOR END OF BATTERY TEST
message and the display of the time counting.
The duration of the test is up to 2 hours.
The CIDS will initiate a time-out if there is no result from the
emergency lighting system after approx. 3 hours.
If the test is o.k., the BAT OK light on the PTP comes on.
An previous failure message in the directors ground memory is
cancelled.
The result message is displayed on the PTP. To read the performed
test result, it is necessary to enter the EMER BATTERY TEST menu
again.It is not necessary to enter the access code again. When
you push the BAT TEST RESET related membrane switch the BAT OK
light and the integral light in the BAT membrane switch go off.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A97
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
System TEST - Emergency Lighting - Example
Figure 056

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A98
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
In case of a failure, the respective result is written into the
directors BITE ground memory. This can be read via the GND SCAN
mode.
(b) System Test

The system test is activated with the SYS membrane switch on the
PTP. (push the membrane switch more than 1 sec).
If the test is O.K., the SYS OK light and the result message on
the PTP come on.
An previous failure message in the directors ground memory is
cancelled.
D. Programming Mode
The programming mode is divided into:
- the zoning (needs no access code),
- the cabin programming (needs a 3 digit access code, A/C delivered with
access code 333).
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
(1) Zoning - not access code protected

(Ref. Fig. 057)
(a) For NS zone programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.
Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS zone.
(b) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 057A)
(a) For Cabin Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.
The adjacent zone and all system functions adapt automatically
(e.g. cabin illumination, passenger call, loudspeaker
assignment).
(b) The NS Zone starts in accordance with the programmed Cabin Zone.
Each Cabin Zone starts with a NS Zone.
For NS Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page A99
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Programming - Zoning - Example
Figure 057

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page B0
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 057A

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page B1
Config-1 Aug 01/05

CES
Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS Zone in the related Cabin
Zone.
If the layout of the Cabin Zone changes, the layout of the NS
Zone changes automatically. The number of seat rows of each NS
Zone remains constant, except when the Cabin Zone is smaller than
the NS Zone. If the Cabin Zone extends, the previous NS Zone
length is realized.
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 057B)
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 057C)
R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
(a) For Cabin Zone programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.
The adjacent zone and all system functions adapt automatically
(e.g. cabin illumination, passenger call, loudspeaker
assignment).
(b) The NS Zone starts in accordance with the programmed Cabin Zone.
Each Cabin Zone starts with a NS Zone.
For NS Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.
Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS Zone in the related Cabin
Zone.
If the layout of the Cabin Zone changes, the layout of the NS
Zone changes automatically. The number of seat rows of each NS
Zone remains constant, except when the Cabin Zone is smaller than
the NS Zone. If the Cabin Zone extends, the previous NS Zone
length is realized.

R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page B2
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 057B

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page B3
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 057C

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page B4
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
(c) The class divider separates the cabin zones.

The CLASS DIVIDER programming is only used for BITE related
current sensing reasons:
- installing a passive divider (without sign lamps) instead of an
active divider (with sign lamps) or the reverse.
- removing an active divider (the layout of the cabin zones are
not changed).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(2) Cabin Programming

(Ref. Fig. 058)
(a) Cabin Programming - access code protected

When you enter the 3 digit access code (level 1) and select the
CAM layout selection mode, the respective menu comes on. The
programmed layouts are marked with a < or > sign. The number of
the active layout flashes.
You can select a new layout when you push the related membrane
switch. After selection, a new layout is marked and down loaded
into the director. The system is updated automatically and CIDS
works with this layout until a new one is selected and loaded.
(b) PA level adjustment - access code protected

(Ref. Fig. 059)
When you enter the 6 digit access code (level 2) the PA LEVEL ADJ
item appears additionally on the display.
The following menus allow to adjust the basic loudness levels for
3 cabin segments and for the seperat attendant areas. These
segments/areas are fixed and independent of the cabin zones. The
defination is laid down in the CAM.
Additionally the automatic increase levels for the cases
engines running (flight) and cabin depressurization
(emergency) can be adjusted.
The acoustic loudness in the cabin for these auto increase cases
is always according to the basic loudness level plus the auto
increase level.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B5
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Programming - CAM Layout Selection - Example
Figure 058

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B6
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Programming - PA Level Adjustment - Example
Figure 059

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B7
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
After selection of a segment/area/auto increase case at the right
side of the respective menu, the related currently active
loudness value is flashing. It can be adjusted in +/- 2 dB steps
by pushing the related +/- key at the left side of the menu. The
respective loudness level in the cabin is updated immidiately
(for the auto increase cases only if the cases are currently
activ).
The following table shows the default values and the possible
range:
range
| default I from I to
---------------------I-----------I----------I----------
segments/areas | 0 dB I -6 dB I +4 dB
---------------------I-----------I----------I----------
engines running | +6 dB I +4 dB I +8 dB
---------------------I-----------I----------I----------
cabin decompr. | +4 dB I +4 dB I +6 dB
If the max. or the min. limit of the range is reached, the

respective promt < in front of the + or - disappears. A
further pushing shows no reaction. For each page a RES (reset)
function is selectable. If a segment/area/auto increase case has
been selected this flashing value becomes the default value after
pushing the RES.
If non has been selected before pushing the RES (no flashing),
all values of the page becomes default values.
E. Failure Detection and Transmission

There are 3 types of test available in the CIDS for failure detection:
- the power on test (activated after every power connection to the CIDS),
- the continuous test (automatic periodical system test),
- the manually activated test (via PTP, CFDS ...).
The status is transmitted to the CFDS (via ARINC 429) and ECAM (via
discret outputs to the SDAC). The failure indication is possible on:
- the FAP (CIDS caution light),
- the PTP,
- the CFDS/MCDU display,
- the ECAM displays.
In flight, it is possible to reset the illuminated caution light on the

FAP. After landing, if the failure still exists, the light comes on again
and the SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B8
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
The failures are divided into 4 failure classes, 1, 1CAB (cabin), 2 and
3. The relation of failure classes and the transmission to the indicators
are shown on the Failure Transmission list.
(Ref. Fig. 060, 061, 062)
(Ref. Fig. 063, 064)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
(Ref. Fig. 065)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 211-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 065A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 065B)
**ON A/C 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 065C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
(Ref. Fig. 066, 067, 068)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
F. CIDS Power-Up Test
(1) Conditions of Power-Up Test initialization
(a) A/C configuration:

A- A/C on ground with all cabin doors closed
B- A/C on ground with all engines stopped and at least one cabin
door open

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B9
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Failure Transmission List
Figure 060

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B10
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 061

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B11
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 062

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B12
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 063

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B13
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 064

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B14
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 065

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page B15
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 065A

R

EFF :

051-099, 211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page B16
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 065B

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page B17
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 065C

R

EFF :

201-210, 23-73-00

Page B18
Config-1 Aug 01/07

CES
Figure 066

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B19
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 067

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B20
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 068

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B21
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(b) The computer must be de-energized for a time of:
- A/C in config. A-: 10 sec
- A/C in config. B-: 10 sec
(2) Progress of Power-Up Test
(a) Duration:
- A/C in config. A-: approx. 60 sec
- A/C in config. B-: approx. 180 sec
(b) Flight compartment repercussions (ECAM warning, audio warning,

pushbutton flashing..if any..):
A/C in config. A- or B-.
1
_ ECAM maintenance status:
CIDS 1 and/or CIDS 2 come on and go off after completion
either:
- at the same time or,
- seperately or,
- approx. 30 sec after completion of the power-up test.
2
_ Audio Control Panel:
- ATT light flashes for approx. 60 sec
NOTE : The following repercussions can be observed in the

____
cabin:
A/C in config. A-:
- after approx. 25 sec cabin lights go off for approx.
2 sec
- two chimes are heard 30 sec after power-up test
initialization
A/C in config. B-:
- after approx. 25 sec, cabin lights go off for approx.
2 sec
- after approx. 35 sec, call/seatrow numbering lights
and signs flash for approx. 10/15 sec (boardind
config.)
- two chimes are heard approx. 120 sec after power-up
test initialization
(3) Results of Power-Up Tests

Flight compartment repercussions (if any) in case of test pass/test
failed.
(a) Test pass :

- none

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page B22
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
(b) Test failed :
1
_ In case of CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 failure:
- ECAM maintenance status
CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 white indication
2
_ In case of CIDS 1 and CIDS 2 failure:
- Master caution light comes on
- ECAM warning:
COM CIDS 1 + 2 FAULT
CIDS (INOP system)
**ON A/C 151-199,
F. CIDS Power-Up Test
(1) Conditions of Power-Up Test initialization
(a) A/C configuration:

A- Landing gear not compressed
B- Landing gear compressed and all doors closed
C- Emergency mode (only essential power available)
D- Landing gear commpressed and with a minimum of one door open
(b) The computer must be de-energized for a time of:

- A/C in config. A-: 10 sec
- A/C in config. B-: 10 sec
- A/C in config. C-: 10 sec
- A/C in config. D-: 10 sec
(2) Progress of Power-Up Test

The time durations below are only valid if the CAM has been already
loaded before the power-on was performed. The CAM loading requires
approx. 15 sec.
(a) Duration:
- A/C in config. A-:
approx. 35 sec until the system is operational, approx. 60 sec
until the end of the test
- A/C in config. B-:
approx. 40 sec until the system is operational, approx. 70 sec
until the end of the test
- A/C in config. C-:
approx. 10 sec until the system is operational
- A/C in config. D-:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page B23
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
approx. 170 sec until the system is operational, approx. 200
sec until the end of the test
NOTE : The stated values are typical values and may be increased
____
under certain conditions.
(b) Flight compartment repercussions (ECAM warning, audio warning,

pushbutton flashing..if any..):
A/C in config. A-, B-,C- or D-.
1
_ ECAM maintenance status:
CIDS 1 and/or CIDS 2 come on and go off after completion
either:
- at the same time or,
- seperately or,
- approx. 30 sec after completion of the power-up test.
2
_ Audio Control Panel:
- ATT light flashes for approx. 60 sec
NOTE : The following repercussions can be observed in the

____
cabin:
A/C in config. A-:
- after approx. 30 sec cabin lights go off for approx.
2 sec
- chime(s) is(are) heard 40 sec after power-up test
initialization
A/C in config. B-:
- after approx. 30 sec, the cabin lights go off for
approx. 2 sec
- after approx. 35 sec, the signs flash for approx. 1
sec
- and chime(s) is(are) heard approx. 35 sec after
power-up test initialization
A/C in config. C-:
- no observations
A/C in config. D-:
- after approx. 30 sec, the cabin lights go off for
approx. 2 sec
- after approx. 35 sec, the call/seatrow numbering
lights and the signs flash for approx. 80 sec
- chime(s) is(are) heard approx. 170 sec after power-up
test initialization

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page B24
Config-1 Aug 01/07
R
CES
(3) Results of Power-Up Tests
Flight compartment repercussions (if any) in case of test pass/test
failed.
(a) Test pass :

- none
(b) Test failed :
1
_ In case of CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 failure:
- ECAM maintenance status:
CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 white indication
2
_ In case of CIDS 1 and CIDS 2 failure:
- Master caution light comes on and 1 single chime
- ECAM warning:
COM CIDS 1 + 2 FAULT
CIDS (INOP system)
G. CIDS Director switchover

In case of Director 1 failure the activity is switched to the stby
Director 2.
(1) A/C configuration:

A- Landing gear not compressed
B- Landing gear compressed and all doors closed
C- Emergency mode (only essential power available)
D- Landing gear commpressed and with a minimum of one door open
(2) Duration:
The time mesurement has been started with the Director 1 power-off.
Before the switchover simulation, the CAM has been already loaded.
- A/C in config. A-:
approx. 25 sec until the system is operational and the end of the
test
- A/C in config. B-:
test
- A/C in config. C-:
approx. 5 sec until the system is operational
- A/C in config. D-:
test
NOTE : The stated values are typical values and may be increased
____
under certain conditions.

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page B25
Config-1 Aug 01/07
R
CES
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a microprocessor-based
system. It operates, controls and monitors the main cabin systems and can do
different system and unit tests. The connected systems are:
- Air conditioning,
- Communications,
- Fire protection,
- Escape facilities,
- Ice protection,
- Lights,
- Water/Waste.
If the cabin layout is changed, it is not necessary to make a complex and

time-consuming hardware change of CIDS components. Only the software
database has to be changed to adapt e.g. the new cabin zoning.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
**ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 503-509, 511-514,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 515-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS Components in the Avionic Compartment - Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 002

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 002A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 4
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 003

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
23-73-00

Page 5
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 003A

R

EFF :

515-526, 528-599, 23-73-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) - Component Location
Figure 004

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-73-00

Page 7
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) with integrated PRAM - Component Location
Figure 004A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 503-509, 511-514,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 515-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 005B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009, 010, 011)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 23-73-19
116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 23-73-00
126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 23-73-00
320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00

R

EFF :
528-599,
106-149, 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 23-73-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 005

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
23-73-00

Page 10
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 11
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
R Figure 005A (SHEET 1)

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 12
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
R Figure 005A (SHEET 2)

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 13
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 005B

R

EFF :

515-526, 528-599, 23-73-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Area Call Panel (ACP) - Component Location
Figure 006

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Area Call Panel (ACP) - Component Location
Figure 006A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 16
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Passenger Service Unit (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 007

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-306, 401-403, 23-73-00

Page 17
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Passenger Service Unit (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 007A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 307-399,
404-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Loudspeaker and cabin signs - Component Location
Figure 008

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
DEU type A with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location (Sheet 1)
Figure 009

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 009A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 21
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 009B

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page 22
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 010

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
DEU type B with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location
Figure 011

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
332RH1 SUPPORT BRACKET 221 23-73-44
340RH1 AREA CALL PNL 223 23-73-11
340RH2 AREA CALL PNL 3700VU 224 23-73-11
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004A, 005, 006)
**ON A/C 401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 404-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 009B)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 010)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 011)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 011B)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
117RH I-PRAM; CF-CARD 221 23-32-36
126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
340RH1 AREA CALL PNL 223 23-73-11

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 401-499, 501-502, 23-73-00

Page 26
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 011A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 27
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 011B

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page 28
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002A, 003, 004, 005A, 006A, 007, 008, 009A, 010, 011A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
322RH INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 2044VU 252 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
330RH8 HANDSET 252 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
330RH14 HANDSET 242 23-73-00

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-73-00

Page 29
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 305-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002A, 003, 004A, 005A, 006A)
**ON A/C 305-306,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 307-399,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009A, 010, 011A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
117RH I-PRAM; CF-CARD 221 23-32-36
126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
322RH INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 2044VU 252 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
330RH8 HANDSET 252 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
330RH14 HANDSET 242 23-73-00

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-73-00

Page 30
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
200RH1 DEU-A 231 221BC 23-73-46

200RH2 DEU-A 232 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231JW 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 241 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 242 232WW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 251 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 252 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
208RH1 DEU CONNECTION BOX 231 23-73-00
209RH1 DEU TERMINATION BOX 251 23-73-00
300RH1 DEU-B 223 222BC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 252 23-73-47
300RH7 DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 263 23-73-47
300RH8 DEU-B 263 23-73-47

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
200RH1 DEU-A 231 221BC 23-73-46

200RH2 DEU-A 232 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231JW 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 241 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 242 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 251 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 252 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 222BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 252 23-73-47
300RH7 DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 263 23-73-47
300RH8 DEU-B 263 23-73-47

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 32
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-306, 401-403,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
601RH PSU PCB SWITCH PANEL 200 23-73-00
602RH PSU PISA 200 23-73-41
603RH LIGHT-READING, PSU LED 200 23-73-00
606RH PSU INFO SIGN 200 23-73-00
607RH PSU LOUDSPEAKER 200 23-73-00
621RH PSU 200 23-73-00
622RH PSU 200 23-73-00
623RH PNL, 3LIGHTS, NS/FSB L 200 23-73-00
623RH PNL, 3LIGHTS, NS/FSB R 200 23-73-00
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 307-399, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
611RH PSU FWD EXIT 200 23-73-00

651RH PSU 200 23-73-00
652RH PSU 200 23-73-00
653RH PSU 200 23-73-00

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 33
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________________
System Description
A. System Philosophy
To make it easy to change the cabin layout, the CIDS hardware has spare
inputs, outputs and circuits. These allow the connection of new and
additional equipment without a hardware change of CIDS components.
Furthermore the software of the CIDS defines all operations. If any
equipment is changed, only the CIDS software database must be modified.
To change the configuration refer to options, cabin reconfiguration or
CIDS expansion it is only necessary to do a software database change.
This decreases the time that the aircraft is out-of-service.
CIDS is also designed to sense faults in CIDS components and in the
connected equipment by itself. Thus scheduled maintenance is unnecessary.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
The system philosophy is based on:
- A microprocessor-controlled data bus system,

- The connection of cabin systems via data bus cables,
- Four data bus lines (two top lines for PAX related systems and the
cabin illumination and two middle lines for crew related systems),
- Two functional units for the data bus control, the CIDS directors 1 and
2,
- One director in active mode and the second one in hot-standby,
- Immediate switchover to the second director if a failure of the first
one occurs,
- A Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) to program, to control and to indicate
the status of the CIDS and related cabin systems and to emulate CFDS
reports,
- Provisions for additional Flight Attendant Panels (FAP),
- Addressable Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) for the interface
between top line data buses and cabin related systems,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA) for the interface
between Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) and some cabin
related systems/units,
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (StA PISA) for the
interface between Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) and
equipment/ indications installed near the forward and aft cabin
attendant stations (Ref. 33-27-00),
- Addressable Decoder/Encoder Units type B (DEU type B) for the interface
between middle line data buses and crew related systems,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 34
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Configuration of cabin zones and other system properties in address
tables which are stored in a software database, the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM),
- Easy exchange of the CAM which is plugged into the FAP,
- One On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM) which is plugged into the FAP
and where the whole system software is stored,
- A Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF) to control and indicate the
status of the vacuum toilet system,
- Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) to make scheduled maintenance
unnecessary,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
The system philosophy is based on:
- A microprocessor-controlled data bus system,

- The connection of cabin systems via data bus cables,
- Four data bus lines (two top lines for PAX related systems and the
cabin illumination and two middle lines for crew related systems),
- Two functional units for the data bus control, the CIDS directors 1 and
2,
- One director in active mode and the second one in hot-standby,
- Immediate switchover to the second director if a failure of the first
one occurs,
- A Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) to program, to control and to indicate
the status of the CIDS and related cabin systems and to emulate CFDS
reports,
- Provisions for additional Flight Attendant Panels (FAP),
- Addressable Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) for the interface
between top line data buses and cabin related systems,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA) for the interface
between Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) and some cabin
related systems/units,
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (StA PISA) for the
interface between Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) and
attendant stations (Ref. 33-27-00),
- Addressable Decoder/Encoder Units type B (DEU type B) for the interface
between middle line data buses and crew related systems,
- Configuration of cabin zones and other system properties in address
tables which are stored in a software database, the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM),
- Easy exchange of the CAM which is plugged into the FAP,
- One On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM) which is plugged into the FAP
and where the whole system software is stored,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 35
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- One Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) audio database
plugged into the FAP. This memory card contains the boarding music and
the PRAM audio files,
- A Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF) to control and indicate the
status of the vacuum toilet system,
- Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) to make scheduled maintenance
unnecessary,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
- A Smoke Detection Function (SDF) to give a warning of smoke in the

lavatories and in the cargo compartment.
**ON A/C 106-149,
B. System Architecture
The CIDS consists of these components:
- Director,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA),
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (StA PISA),
- Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
- Cabin Assignment Module (CAM),
- On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM),
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Area Call Panel (ACP),
- Handsets,
- Loudspeaker,
- Passenger call/reset pushbutton,
- Passenger call light,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
- Director,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 36
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Integrated Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM),
- Handsets,
- Loudspeaker,
**ON A/C 301-304,
- Director,
- Handsets,
- Loudspeaker,
- Switch panel (2064VU),
**ON A/C 305-399,
- Director,
- Integrated Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM),

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 37
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Handsets,
- Loudspeaker,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs.

All components of the CIDS are connected to two identical directors. The
connections are realized by data bus interfaces, audio interfaces and
discrete interfaces.
Furthermore, CIDS has interfaces to other systems. The interfaces to
these systems are realized as described above. The systems are connected
to the CIDS components.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(1) CIDS directors
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 012)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 012B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 013)

The two directors are the central control components of the CIDS. One
director is in active mode, the other one is in hot standby mode.
(a) The CIDS directors have a data bus interface to the:

- DEU type A,
- DEU type B,
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator 1+2 (SDAC),
- Flight Warning Computer 1+2 (FWC),

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 38
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS Director Interfaces - Block Diagram (Sheet 1)
Figure 012

R

EFF :

106-149, 23-73-00

Page 39
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 012A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 40
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 012B

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-73-00

Page 41
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 012C

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-73-00

Page 42
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 013

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 43
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS),
- Air Conditioning Zone Controller (ZC).
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE),
- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(1) CIDS directors
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 012A)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 012C)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 013)

The two directors are the central control components of the CIDS. One
director is in active mode, the other one is in hot standby mode.
(a) The CIDS directors have a data bus interface to the:

- DEU type A,
- DEU type B,
- Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS),
- Air Conditioning System Controller (ACSC).
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(b) The CIDS directors have a discrete interface to the:

- Slat Flap Control Computer 1+2 (SFCC),
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1+2 (LGCIU),
- Cabin Pressure Controller 1+2 (CPC),
- Cabin pressure relay,
- Indicator Light Control Box (ILCB),
- Cockpit call panel,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 44
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Service interphone override switch,
- Exit signs relay,
- Cockpit door switch,
- Top lines cut off relay,
- Engine Interface Unit (EIU),
- Motor start relay vacuum generator,
- EVAC panel,
- EVAC horn,
- NS/FSB panel.
(c) The CIDS directors have audio and discrete interfaces to the:
- Audio Management Unit (AMU),

- Cockpit handset,
- Service interphone boomsets.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM),

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 014)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 014A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 45
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line Left and Right
Figure 014

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 46
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line Left and Right
Figure 014A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 47
Config-2 May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 015)

Each DEU type A is controlled by the active director. The DEUs type A
are connected to one of the two data bus top lines via connection
boxes. One top line is installed along each A/C side.
Every DEU type A on one A/C side is connected to the same top line.
Every connection box includes coding switches which give each DEU
type A its own address. The last connection box, connected to a top
line, includes also a termination resistor for impedance matching and
is therefore called a termination box.
(a) The DEU type A has direct interfaces to the:

- Director,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA),
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (StA PISA),
- Ballast units,
- Loudspeakers,
(b) The DEU type A has interfaces via PISA or StA PISA to the:
- Loudspeakers,
- Reading lights,
- Attendant work lights,
- Seat row identifiers,
- Passenger call/reset pushbuttons,
- Passenger call lights,
(3) Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 016)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 016A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 017)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 48
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
DEU type A Interfaces - Block Diagram
Figure 015

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 49
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 016

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 50
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 016A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 51
Config-2 May 01/09

CES
DEU type B Interfaces - Block Diagram
Figure 017

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 52
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 017B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Each DEU type B is controlled by the active director. The DEUs type B
are connected to one of the two data bus middle lines through
connection boxes. The middle lines are installed along each A/C side.
The middle line at one A/C side (left and right) connects every DEU
type B on the same side of the A/C.
Every connection box includes coding switches which give each DEU
type B its own address. The last connection box connected to a middle
line includes also a termination resistor for impedance matching and
is therefore called termination box.
(a) The DEU type B has data bus interfaces to the:

- Director,
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU),
- Lavatory smoke detector.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(b) The DEU type B has discrete interfaces to the:

- Slide pressure sensor,
- Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
- Waste service panel,
- Vacuum generator,
- Fan phase off relay,
- Water service panel,
- Vacuum power control relay,
- Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
- Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
- Flush Control Unit (FCU).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 53
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 017A

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-73-00

Page 54
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
R Figure 017B

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-73-00

Page 55
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,

- Door pressure sensor,
- Vacuum generator,
- Prime level indicator (Precharge),
**ON A/C 305-399,

- Vacuum generator,
- Prime level indicator (Precharge),
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(c) The DEU type B has audio and discrete interfaces to the:
- Handsets.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 56
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 018A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The FAP is used to control different cabin systems and the CIDS, to
indicate the status of different systems and for on-board changes of
the CAM data (e.g. cabin layout and no smoking zones). It can also be
used for emulation of CFDS reports when the aircraft is in the ground
status.
(a) The FAP has data bus interfaces to the:

- Director 1,
- Director 2,
(b) The FAP has discrete interfaces to the:

- Director 1,
- Director 2,
- Emergency lighting system.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(c) Integrated memory cards

In the front face of the FAP two memory cards are integrated.
These cards are the:
1
_ On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
The OBRM is a removable memory card which contains the system
software. Major changes of the CIDS software are done by a
replacement of the OBRM.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 57
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP Interfaces - Block Diagram
Figure 018

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-73-00

Page 58
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
FAP Interfaces - Block Diagram
Figure 018A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 59
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
2
_ Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
The CAM is the second plug-in memory card which defines many
of the system properties and all cabin layout and zoning
information (e.g. if chimes accompany a PA announcement and if
a loudspeaker is for an attendant or for a PAX announcement).
Minor CAM data are changed by on-board programming, major CAM
data are changed by replacement of the CAM with a reprogrammed
CAM.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(c) Integrated memory cards

In the front face of the FAP three memory cards are integrated.
These cards are the:
1
_ On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
The OBRM is a removable memory card which contains the system
software. Major changes of the CIDS software are done by a
replacement of the OBRM.
2
_ Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
The CAM is the second plug-in memory card which defines many
of the system properties and all cabin layout and zoning
information (e.g. if chimes accompany a PA announcement and if
a loudspeaker is for an attendant or for a PAX announcement).
Minor CAM data are changed by on-board programming, major CAM
data are changed by replacement of the CAM with a reprogrammed
CAM.
3
_ Integrated Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM)
The third removable memory card is the integrated PRAM which
stores prerecorded announcement and boarding music audio data.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(5) Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)

The CIDS is designed to continuously monitor its own performance and
that of the connected equipment.
The CIDS Directors (DIR), Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), Passenger
Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA), Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
Additional Attendant Panels (AAP) and Attendant Indication Panels
(AIP) contain comprehensive BITE circuitry. This allows the CIDS to
detect faults in the connected systems and in the CIDS units.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 60
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
The DIRs store the detected faults and send them to the Warning and
Maintenance System (WMS) and/or FAP. In the event of a major fault,
related information is additionally sent to the
- ECAM status page or
- ECAM warning page.
(6) Interfaces
The CIDS components are connected to each other and to the other
systems by these types of interfaces:
(a) Discretes
The discrete interface is an unidirectional interface which
transmits a 28VDC or ground signal.
(b) Audio
The audio interface is an unidirectional interface. It transmits
signals between 50Hz - 11kHz if connected to a DEU type A and
200Hz - 5.5kHz if connected to a DEU type B.
(c) Data bus

The data bus interface is an unidirectional or bidirectional
interface:
1
_ Unidirectional interfaces
CIDS uses three different unidirectional interfaces for
data-transmission:
a
_ ARINC 429
This data bus transmits 32-bit data words. The bus operates
as a lowspeed (12KB/sec) or highspeed interface
(100KB/sec).
b
_ RS 232
This data bus transmits 8-bit data words with 9600B/sec.
c
_ CAN
This data bus operates as a highspeed interface with a
speed of 83.33KB/sec. It has a CAN bus terminator
installed.
2
_ Bidirectional interfaces
CIDS uses the CIDS buses (Top Line and Middle Line) and the
Ethernet for bidirectional transmissions.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 61
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
a
_ Top Line and Middle Line
These buses transmit data between director and all
Decoder/Encoder Units (DEUs). The busses transmit 14 bit
data words with 4MB/sec.
b
_ Ethernet
This bus transmits data words with 10MB/sec.
C. System Functions
The CIDS provides these system functions:
(1) Passenger Address System (PA)

The passenger address system does the distribution of announcements
from the cockpit and each attendant station through all assigned PAX
loudspeakers.
(2) Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System

The cabin interphone system permits the telephone communication
between all attendant stations and between the attendant stations and
the cockpit.
(3) Service Interphone System

The service interphone system permits the telephone communication
between groundcrew, cockpit crew and cabin crew when the A/C is on
the ground.
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(4) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) System

The CIDS transmits the prerecorded announcements and the boarding
music to all passenger related loudspeakers.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(5) In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE)

The IFE transmits audio programs and video sound to the passengers
and shows video programs through video display units in the passenger
compartment. The passengers can hear the audio programs and the video
sound through the headsets and the loudspeakers. In addition, the
director transmits PA announcements to the IFE. The IFE transmits the
PA announcements to the headsets.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 62
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(6) Passenger Lighted Signs

The system for the passenger lighted signs controls the No Smoking
(NS), Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return To Seat (RTS) and Exit signs.
(7) Passenger Call

The passenger call system controls the illumination of the passenger
call light and the activation of the call chime.
(8) Cabin Illumination

The cabin illumination system controls the illumination in the
different cabin areas independently.
(9) Reading Lights

The reading light system controls the passenger reading lights and
attendant work lights in the cabin.
(10) Lavatory Smoke Detection

The smoke detection system controls the visual and acoustic
indications in the cabin, if smoke is sensed by the Lavatory Smoke
Detectors.
(11) Cargo Smoke Detection

As part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF), the cargo
smoke detectors sense smoke in the cargo compartment.
(12) Cargo Fire Extinguisher Monitoring

As part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF), the Cargo
Fire Extinguisher Monitoring function controls and monitors these
fire-extinguisher parts:
- Bottle-reservoir pressure,
- Squib condition.
(13) Air Conditioning

The CIDS can select different temperatures for all defined zones. It
is possible to do a fine adjustment of the preselected temperature
for different cabin zones at the FAP. The temperatures which are in
the different cabin zones are shown on the FAP.
(14) Emergency Evacuation Signaling (EVAC)

The EVAC system controls the evacuation signaling in all cabin areas
and the cockpit. It can be operated from the cockpit, FAP or AAP
during an emergency.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 63
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(15) Potable Water Indication
The potable water indication system shows the quantity of water,
which is in the tank, on the FAP.
(16) Waste Indication

The waste indication system shows the quantity of waste water, which
is in the tank, on the FAP. Also, unserviceable lavatories that do
not operate are shown on the FAP and related messages come on.
(17) Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF)

The VSCF controls and monitors the Vacuum Toilet System. The system
identifies each toilet assembly and starts the necessary actions of
the related system components.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(18) Doors and Escape Slides Pressure Monitoring

The doors and escape slide control system monitors the
bottle-pressure reservoir of the escape slides at the passenger doors
and the emergency exits. It also monitors the status of the doors
(open/closed) and escape slides (armed/disarmed). The status shows on
the FAP.
**ON A/C 301-399,
(18) Doors and Escape Slides Monitoring

The doors and escape slide control system monitors the status of the
doors (open/closed) and escape slides (armed/disarmed). The status
shows on the FAP.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(19) Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU)

The CIDS director initiates the BITE test of the EPSU, if a related
command is given by the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). The
director also transmits the results to the CFDS.
(20) Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU)

The CIDS directors monitor a test of the DMCU, if a related command
is given by the CFDS. A detected fault causes a related message and
the caution light on the FAP to come on. Also, the results are
transmitted to the CFDS.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 64
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(21) CFDS Emulation on FAP
This function provides the possibility to emulate reports from the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) on the FAP, like it is
possible on the Multi Purpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) in the
cockpit.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The service bus and the essential bus supply electrical power to the CIDS
(inclusive the SDF board of the CIDS director).
Depending on the available bus the CIDS operates in the:
- Normal mode or
- Emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
(Ref. Fig. 019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 020)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 021)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 021A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
In the normal mode the service bus supplies 28VDC to the CIDS. All
functions of the system operate fully.
The BITE test function is only active if the essential busbar is also
available.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 65
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply - CIDS Director and FAP
Figure 019

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 66
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Middle Line
Figure 020

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 67
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Middle Line
Figure 020A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 68
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 021

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 69
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 021A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 70
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
B. Emergency Mode
(Ref. Fig. 019)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 020)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 021)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 021A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
In the emergency mode, only the essential bus supplies 28VDC to the CIDS.
(1) The essential bus supplies power to the CIDS, if the service bus is
not available.
(2) The system operates with minimum functions. The ACPs and the AIPs do
not operate. The remaining functions are:
- Passenger address,
- Cabin interphone,
- EVAC,
- Smoke detection.
(3) The DEUs type A, which are connected to the top lines, are only
supplied with power when there is an audio signal. If there is no
audio signal, the director operates the Top Line cut-off relay to
stop the power supply to the DEUs.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 71
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
C. Power Consumption
The power consumption of the CIDS components and the supplied cabin
systems depends on the installed equipment. During normal operation all
installed components are supplied with electrical power.
If the service bus is not available and the CIDS is in emergency mode,
the power consumption is reduced to a minimum. Only the components which
are needed for the minimum functions are supplied with electrical power.
D. Power Interruption
If a power interruption is longer than 5 sec., the CIDS software is reset
and all components of the system are set to the predefined status.
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
A. CIDS system interfaces (external)
(1) Director
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 012)
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 012B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(a) The director has a data bus interface to the:

- Air Conditioning Zone Controller (ZC),
- Centralized Fault Display System 1+2 (CFDS),

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 72
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
A. CIDS system interfaces (external)
(1) Director
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 012A)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 012C)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(a) The director has a data bus interface to the:

- Air Conditioning System Controller (ACSC),
- Centralized Fault Display System 1+2 (CFDS),
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(b) The director has a discrete interface to the:

- Slat Flap Control Computer 1+2 (SFCC),
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1+2 (LGCIU),
- Cabin Pressure Controller 1+2 (CPC),
- Cabin pressure relay,
- Indicator Light Control Box (ILCB),
- Service interphone override switch,
- Exit signs relay,
- Cockpit door switch,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 73
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Engine Interface Unit (EIU),
- Motor start relay vacuum generator,
(c) The director has audio and discrete interfaces to the:

- Audio Management Unit (AMU).
- Service interphone boomsets.
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) DEU type A

(Ref. Fig. 015)
(a) The DEU type A has direct interfaces to the:

- Ballast units,
- Loudspeakers,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs,
(b) The DEU type A has interfaces via PISA or StA PISA to the:
- Reading lights,
- Seat row identifier,
- Passenger call lights,
- Loudspeakers,
(3) DEU type B
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 017)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 74
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 017B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(a) The DEU type B has data bus interfaces to the:

- Lavatory smoke detector,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

- Flush Control Unit (FCU),
- Water and waste service panel,
- Vacuum Generator,
**ON A/C 301-304,

- Slide and door pressure sensor,
- Water and waste service panel,
- Vacuum generator,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 75
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(4) Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 018A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(a) The FAP has data bus interfaces to the:

**ON A/C 106-149,

- Emergency lighting system,
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

- Emergency lighting system,
- In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
6. _____________________
A. General
The CIDS has these main components:
- Director,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 76
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Handset,
- Loudspeaker,
B. Director
(1) General
For redundancy, the system has two identical directors. One director
is in hot-standby mode and has the same inputs and outputs as the
active director. Both directors are connected in parallel except for:
- The power supply connection,
- Certain outputs to other equipment and systems.
The CIDS directors are installed in the pressurized area of the
electronic compartment.
The CIDS directors give an interface to:
- Components in the cockpit,
- Components in the electronic compartment,
- The Decoder/Encoder Units via the CIDS data busses,
- The Flight Attendant Panel (FAP).
The connections to the equipment and other systems are realized with
discrete, audio and data bus interfaces.
(2) Architecture
The director has the following modules and circuits:
- Processing module
- Bus interface circuits
- Digital/analogue (audio) circuits
- Discrete input/output circuits
- Serial input/output (ARINC/Ethernet) circuits
- Mandatory layout memory (non-volatile)
- Cabin assignment data memory (non-volatile) and working memory
(volatile)
- Data transfer interface to second director
- Smoke detection function module
- BITE/WATCHDOG circuits
- Power supply circuits

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 77
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Functions
(a) Processing module

This module has supervisory functions, controls the CIDS data bus
interface and all other interfaces. It can download software from
the FAP. The directors BITE function is partly incorporated in
the module.
(b) Bus interface circuits

The bus interface circuits do the synchronization of the CIDS
data bus, transmit data packets from the director and buffer all
incoming data from the DEUs.
(c) Digital/analogue (audio) circuits

These circuits convert incoming audio signals to a digital format
and convert these digital signals back to analogue audio signals
for output.
(d) Discrete input/output circuits

These circuits convert discrete input levels to digital levels
and these digital levels back to discrete output levels.
(e) Serial input/output (ARINC/Ethernet) circuits

Serial interfaces support connection of conventionally connected
terminals (e.g. FAP, SDAC, CFDS).
(f) Mandatory layout memory (non-volatile)

This memory stores mandatory cabin layout information. The
On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM), which is located in the FAP,
can modify this memory.
(g) Cabin assignment data memory (non-volatile)

This memory stores cabin assignment data and system properties
information. This memory is modified through the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM), which is located in the FAP, or through programming
on the FAP.
(h) Data transfer interface to second director

This interface provides facilities to transfer data and failure
information between the two CIDS directors.
(i) Smoke detection function module

This module processes the control and indication functions of the
smoke detectors in the cargo compartment.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 78
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(j) BITE/WATCHDOG circuits
The BITE circuits enable tests of the internal modules and
inputs/outputs. The WATCHDOG circuits control the uninterrupted
function of the processing module.
(k) Power supply circuits

These circuits provide the necessary electrical power.
C. Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A
(1) General
The DEU type A provides an interface between the CIDS DATA BUS (top
line) and different cabin systems. The information from the bus is
transformed by the DEU type A into control signals which are sent to
the respective cabin systems. The information from the cabin systems
is transformed into data bus information and transmitted to the
director.
The DEUs type A are installed in the cabin.
An interface is provided to this equipment:
- Ballast units,
- PISAs,
- StA PISAs,
- Reading lights,
- Loudspeakers,
(2) Architecture
The DEU type A has the following modules and circuits:
- Bus interface circuits,
- Processing module,
- System interface circuits,
- Power supply circuits.
(3) Functions
(a) Bus interface circuits

The bus interface buffers all incoming data bus information and
sends selected data to the processing module. Data packets from
the processing module and system interface are transmitted to the
data bus.
(b) Processing module

This module decodes the data packets and activates the related
outputs of the system interface. Inputs from the system interface
are coded into data packets. Control commands and audio signals

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 79
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
from the director are decoded and transmitted to the related
connected equipment.
The DEU BITE function is incorporated in the processing module.
(c) System interface circuits

The system interface adapts to the physical properties of the
connected cabin systems.
(d) Power supply circuits

This unit provides all necessary power to the DEU circuits and to
the outputs.
D. Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA)
(1) General
The PISA is the interface between the DEU type A and components of
the Passenger Service Unit (PSU).
The PISAs are installed in each PSU in the pressurized area of the
cabin.
The PISA has interfaces to the following equipment:
- Reading-light switches and reading lights,
- Passenger-call button and passenger-call lights,
- Loudspeakers,
(2) Architecture
The PISA has two boards:
- Main board,
- Audio board.
(3) Functions
(a) Main board

The main board can operate independently. It contains the
functions for:
- Reading light control,
- Reading light switch monitoring,
- Passenger call button monitoring and seat row indication.
The main board also receives the necessary power for both
boards and all outputs.
(b) Audio board

The audio board can only operate with the main board. It contains
the functions for audio output and control of the NS, FSB and RTS
signs.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 80
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
E. Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (StA PISA)
(1) General
The StA PISA is the interface between the DEU type A and the
attendant stations.
The StA PISA has interfaces to:

- Attendant work light switches,
For further information refer to 33-27-00.
F. Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B
(1) General
The DEU type B provides an interface between the CIDS DATA BUS
(middle line) and certain attendant related systems. The information
from the bus is transformed by the DEU type B into control signals
which are sent to the respective attendant systems. The information
from the attendant systems is transformed into data bus information
and transmitted to the director.
The DEUs type B are installed in the pressurized area of the cabin.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
An interface is provided to the following equipment:

- Area Call Panels (ACP),
- Handsets,
- Slide pressure sensors,
- Smoke sensors,
- Waste and water service panel,
- Vacuum generator,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 81
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,

- Handsets,
- Slide and door pressure sensors,
- Smoke sensors,
- Vacuum generator,
**ON A/C 305-399,

- Handsets,
- Slide pressure sensors,
- Smoke sensors,
- Vacuum generator,

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 82
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) Architecture
The DEU type B consists of the following modules and circuits:
- Bus interface circuits,
- System interface circuits,
- Power supply circuits.
(3) Functions
The functions of the different components are the same as described
for the DEU type A.
G. Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
(1) General
The FAP enables the cabin crew to control certain cabin systems and
CIDS, to indicate the status of several cabin systems and to provide
cabin programming. It can also be used to emulate CFDS reports when
the aircraft is in the ground status.
The FAP is installed in the pressurized area of the cabin.
(2) Architecture
The FAP has the following modules:
- Display unit,
- Sub-panel.
(3) Functions
(a) Display unit

The display unit has these parts:
- Ethernet bus interface
This interface buffers all incoming information and transfers
selected data to the processing module. It also receives data
from the processing module and transmits this information on
the ethernet bus.
- Processing module
This module decodes the incoming data packets and activates the
graphic module, which is part of the processing module. It also
activates the respective hardkeys of the sub-panel. Inputs from
the touch screen or the sub-panel are coded into data packets
and sent to the ethernet bus interface.
In case of emergency mode the processing module switches the
FAP to minimum power consumption.
The FAP BITE function is incorporated into the processing
module.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 83
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Touch screen panel
This panel indicates all information. It is used to select
functions (e.g. cabin illumination) and for the cabin
programming.
- System interface
This unit gives an interface to certain connected cabin
systems.
- Power supply circuits
These supply all necessary power to the FAP circuits.
(b) Sub panel

The sub-panel contains hardkeys and some interfaces (e.g. USB).
H. On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)

This module is the storage device for system software (e.g. director,
forward attendant panel). It is installed in the sub-panel of the FAP.
J. Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)

In this module the CIDS configuration data base is stored. It is
installed in the sub-panel of the FAP and includes the cabin definition,
e.g. for:
- Cabin zoning,
- Seat relation to loudspeakers and passenger lighted signs,
- Chime sequences,
- Audio levels.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
K. Integrated Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM)

This module stores the prerecorded announcement and boarding music audio
data. It is installed in the sub-panel of the FAP.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
L. Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)
**ON A/C 106-149, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 022)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 022A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 84
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Additional Attendant Panel - 126RH
Figure 022

R

EFF :

106-149, 401-499, 23-73-00

Page 85
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Additional Attendant Panel - 126RH
Figure 022A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 86
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(1) General
The AAP enables the attendants to control certain cabin systems.
(2) Architecture
The AAP has these modules and circuits:
- RS232 data bus receiver and transmitter,
- Power supply circuits,
- Output circuitry.
(3) Functions
(a) RS232 data bus receiver and transmitter

The RS232 data bus receiver and transmitter receives data from
the DEU type B and sends it to the processing module. It also
receives data from the processing module and transmits this
information to the DEU type B.
(b) Processing module

This module carries out all internal operations of the AAP. It
connects the membrane switches and indicators to the RS232 data
bus receiver and transmitter. The AAP BITE function is
incorporated into the processing module.
(c) Power supply circuits

This unit provides all necessary power to the AAP circuits.
(d) Output circuitry

All outputs of the AAP are short-circuit protected.
**ON A/C 301-399,
M. Switch panel (2064VU)
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 023)
(a) General
The switch panel is installed adjacent to the mid RH and exit RH
attendant station.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 87
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Switch panel - 2064VU
Figure 023

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 88
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Function
The switch panel performs these functions:
- Indication of the EVAC alert,
- Reset of the acoustic and visual EVAC alert indications,
related to the respective attendant station,
- Reset of all acoustic and visual lavatory smoke warnings.
(c) Architecture
The switch panel comprises:
- The EVAC alert indication light,
- The RESET membrane switch.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
N. Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
(1) General
The AIP (320RH) provides an attendant far call function. Its display
shows dial and call information from the PA/Interphone system and
other system-related information (e.g. Lav Smoke Location/PAX Calls).
The AIPs are installed adjacent to the cabin attendant stations.
(2) Architecture
The AIP has these modules and circuits:
- Display,
- Display controller,
- Display driver,
- Single chip microcomputer,
- RAM and Read Only Memory (ROM),
- Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM),
- Line receiver/transmitter,
- Power supply circuits,
- Two indicator lights.
(3) Functions
(a) Display
The display has two rows where all messages are displayed.
(b) Display controller

This unit generates all characters which are shown on the
display.
(c) Display driver

This unit drives the display according to the commands received
from the line receiver.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 89
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Single chip microcomputer
This unit coordinates the operation of the different modules and
the operation of the software.
(e) RAM and Read Only Memory (ROM)

This unit contains the AIP software program.
(f) Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM)

All messages for the display are stored in the EPROM as
alphanumeric text data.
(g) Line receiver/transmitter

This unit receives and sends information from and to the DEU type
B via a RS-232 data bus.
(h) Power supply circuits

This unit supplies all necessary power to the AIP circuits and to
the outputs. The unit switches the AIP into a standby mode with
lowest power consumption while indications are displayed.
(i) Two indicator lights

One red and one green indicator light are installed. They are
used to show the attendant the importance of the related message
over a distance.
P. Area Call Panel (ACP)
(1) General
The ACP (340RH) gives a long-range visual indication related to
system information (e.g. Lav Smoke Location/PAX Calls).
(2) Architecture
The ACP has four separately controlled fields. Each field contains
colored LEDs. They are visible from the front and the rear of the
ACP.
(3) Functions
The four fields are separately activated to show the different system
information. The LEDs flash or come on steady. They are used as a
far-call facility to inform cabin attendants of passenger call,
interphone call, lavatory smoke and EVAC signals.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 90
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-514,
Q. Cabin handsets
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-514,
(Ref. Fig. 024)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 024A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 024B)
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

511-514,
(1) General
The attendants use the cabin handsets for the Cabin and Flight Crew
Interphone functions and for PA announcements. An integrated keyboard
is used to make different types of calls/announcements.
(2) Architecture
The handset has these components:
- Integrated keyboard,
- Push To Talk button,
- Microphone,
- Earphone,
- Tone dialling interface circuit,
- Reed contact,
(3) Functions
(a) Integrated keyboard

With the integrated keyboard the related functions are selected
and establish a communication link.
(b) Push To Talk button

This button activates the microphone in the handset. In special
cases this button establishes also a communication link.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
23-73-00

Page 91
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cabin handset
Figure 024

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-514,
23-73-00

Page 92
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Cabin handset
R Figure 024A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 93
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
Cabin handset
R Figure 024B

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page 94
Config-2 Nov 01/09

CES
(c) Microphone
The microphone changes the voice into the related signals.
(d) Earphone
The earphone changes the related signals into the voice.
(e) Tone dialling interface circuit

The interface decodes the keyboard signals and generates Dual
Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) coded dial signals. Voice signals
are routed through to the outputs of the interface.
(f) Reed contact

When the handset is not in its cradle, the reed contact connects
electrical power to the handset.
R. Cockpit handset
(Ref. Fig. 025)
(1) General
The cockpit crew uses the handset for PA announcements and interphone
communication.
(2) Architecture
- Push To Talk button,
- Microphone,
- Earphone,
- Reed contact,
R **ON A/C 515-526, 528-599,
Q. Cabin handsets
(Ref. Fig. 024C)
(1) General
The attendants use the cabin handsets for the Cabin and Flight Crew
Interphone functions and for PA announcements. An integrated keyboard
is used to make different types of calls/announcements.
The cabin handsets are installed in a vertical position near the
attendant stations in the pressurized area of the cabin.
(2) Architecture
- Integrated keyboard,
- Push To Talk pushbutton,
- Microphone unit with a pre-amplifier,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 95
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cabin handset
Figure 024C

R

EFF :

515-526, 528-599, 23-73-00

Page 96
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cockpit handset
Figure 025

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
23-73-00

Page 97
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Earphone,
- Tone dialling interface circuit,
- Hall-effect switch.
(3) Functions
(a) Integrated keyboard

With the integrated keyboard the related functions are selected
and establish a communication link. The keys give a tactile
feedback when you push them.
(b) Push To Talk (PTT) pushbutton

This pushbutton activates the microphone in the handset. In
special cases this button establishes also a communication link.
(c) Microphone unit with a pre-amplifier

The microphone changes the voice into the related signals. The
pre-amplifier provides a stable output power in all environmental
conditions.
(d) Earphone
The earphone changes the related signals into the voice.
(e) Tone dialling interface circuit

The interface decodes the keyboard signals and generates Dual
Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) coded dial signals. Voice signals
are routed through to the outputs of the interface.
(f) Hall-effect switch

When the handset is in its cradle, the hall-effect switch senses
the field of a permanent magnet in the handset cradle. The
hall-effect switch then transmits an internal command to set the
handset into a standby mode with minimized power consumption.
When the handset is not in its cradle, the hall-effect switch
connects electrical power to the handset.
R. Cockpit handset
(Ref. Fig. 026)
(1) General
The cockpit crew uses the handset for PA announcements and interphone
communication.

R

EFF :

515-526, 528-599, 23-73-00

Page 98
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cockpit handset
Figure 026

R

EFF :

515-526, 528-599, 23-73-00

Page 99
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Architecture
- Push To Talk pushbutton,
- Microphone unit with a pre-amplifier,
- Earphone,
- Hall-effect switch,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(3) Functions
The functions of the different components are the same as those of
the components of the cabin handsets.
7. ________________________________
A. CIDS energization
The CIDS is energized when the essential busbars or the service busbars
are energized and the CIDS-related circuit breakers are closed.
(1) Service busbars

When the service busbars supply 28VDC to the CIDS, the system
operates with full capability.
The BITE test function is only active if the essential busbar is also
available.
To energize all CIDS components, the 601PP service busbar has to be
energized.
For the CIDS-SDF, the 204PP (Ref. 26-16-00) service busbar has to be
energized.
(2) Essential busbars

The essential busbars supply power to the CIDS if the service busbars
are not available.
When only essential power is available, the system is in emergency
mode and operates with the minimum functions. These functions are:
- Passenger Address,
- Cabin Interphone,
- Smoke detection and indication (except cabin indications).
- EVAC,
To supply all CIDS components with essential electrical power the
401PP essential busbar has to be energized.
For the CIDS-SDF, the 801PP (Ref. 26-16-00) busbar has to be
energized.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A0
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Power Supply
To supply power to the CIDS components these circuit breakers have to
be closed:
(a) Director power

- 150RH DIR 1 ESS,
- 157RH DIR 2 ESS,
- 151RH DIR 1 NORM,
- 156RH DIR 2 NORM.
(b) FAP power

- 171RH FAP 1 ESS,
- 170RH FAP 1 NORM.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(c) DEUs type A power

- 158RH DEU A ESS FWD R,
- 159RH DEU A ESS FWD L,
- 172RH DEU A ESS AFT R,
- 179RH DEU A ESS AFT L,
- 163RH DEU A NORM FWD L,
- 164RH DEU A NORM FWD R,
- 167RH DEU A NORM AFT L,
- 168RH DEU A NORM AFT R.
(d) DEUs type B power

- 153RH DEU B ESS,
- 162RH DEU B NORM.
**ON A/C 301-399,
(c) DEUs type A power

- 158RH DEU A ESS FWD R,
- 159RH DEU A ESS FWD L,
- 196RH DEU A ESS MID R,
- 195RH DEU A ESS MID L,
- 172RH DEU A ESS AFT R,
- 179RH DEU A ESS AFT L,
- 164RH DEU A NORM FWD R,
- 163RH DEU A NORM FWD L,
- 198RH DEU A NORM MID R,
- 197RH DEU A NORM MID L,
- 174RH DEU A NORM AFT R,
- 173RH DEU A NORM AFT L.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A1
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(d) DEUs type B power
- 153RH DEU B ESS,
- 193RH DEU B NORM FWD,
- 194RH DEU B NORM AFT.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
B. Handling of Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
(1) General
(Ref. Fig. 027)
The FAP is divided into two main areas, the touchscreen and the sub
panel.
(a) Touchscreen
The touchscreen has these components:
- a Heading row,
- a Display area,
- System and function keys,
1
_ Heading row
The heading row shows the title of every selected page.
2
_ Display area
The display area shows every selected page.
3
_ System and function keys
The system and function keys are used to select system pages.
(b) Sub panel

The sub-panel is used for major functions operate independently
from the FAP touchscreen.
**ON A/C 106-149,
These hardkeys are installed on the sub panel:

- LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF,
- LAV MAINT,
- SCREEN 30 sec LOCK,
- EVAC CMD,
- EVAC RESET,
- SMOKE RESET.
These switches are installed on the sub panel:
- EMER (light).
These interfaces are installed on the sub panel:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A2
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Overview
Figure 027

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A3
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- USB plug,
- Headphone plug.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
These hardkeys are installed on the sub panel:

- PED POWER,
- LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF,
- LAV MAINT,
- SCREEN 30 sec LOCK,
- EVAC CMD,
- EVAC RESET,
- SMOKE RESET.
These switches are installed on the sub panel:
- EMER (light).
These interfaces are installed on the sub panel:
- USB plug,
- Headphone plug.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(2) Operation
(a) Selection of system pages
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 028B)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 028C)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A4
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Cabin Status Page - Example
Figure 028

R

EFF :

106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 23-73-00

Page A5
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 028A

R

EFF :

251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599, 23-73-00

Page A6
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 028B

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A7
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 028C

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page A8
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 028D)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
You can use the function keys to select a system page (e.g. cabin
illumination). There are different sets of system and function
keys. A set has of a max. of nine keys. You can go to the next or
the previous set with the forward or the backward button.
To select a system page push the related key. Then the selected
page is shown in the display area.
To select the CABIN STATUS page push the button in the lower
right corner of the touchscreen. The CABIN STATUS page gives an
overview of these pages:
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
- AUDIO,
- CABIN LIGHTING,
- DOORS/SLIDES,
- CABIN TEMPERATURE,
- WATER/WASTE,
- SEAT SETTINGS.
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
- CABIN LIGHTING,
- DOORS/SLIDES,
- CABIN TEMPERATURE,
- WATER/WASTE,
- SEAT SETTINGS.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
On the CABIN STATUS page you can select one of the shown system
pages also by pushing on the related A/C symbol.
(b) Automatic activation of system pages

If CIDS receives an important message the related system page
shows automatically. The automatically activated pages are shown
until the page is closed manually or automatically.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A9
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 028D

R

EFF :

501-502, 23-73-00

Page A10
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
A smoke alert automatically calls up the SMOKE DETECTION page and
overrides any other page.
(c) Caution handling
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 028B)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 028C)
**ON A/C 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 028D)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The CAUT button is always shown in the upper left corner of the
touchscreen.
If CIDS receives a message which cannot be shown immediately, the
CAUT button turns amber and flashes. After displaying the pages
related to the messages or after pushing the CAUT button, the
CAUT button comes on steady. The CAUT illumination goes off, if
CIDS does not receive any further messages. A information text
shows in the heading row of the touchscreen as long as the
respective page is not shown on the touchscreen.
(d) Status indication

(Ref. Fig. 029)
The SYSTEM INFO page on the FAP shows the status of several cabin
systems.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A11
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - System Info Page - Example
Figure 029

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A12
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
1
_ Operation
After selection of the SYSTEM INFO page, an indicator light
next to the respective system button comes up in amber, if
there is a fault message on another page. To display the
faults of the different systems, push the related button on
the SYSTEM INFO page.
2
_ Indication
The faults of these systems are indicated on the SYSTEM INFO
page:
- CIDS INTERNALS
- ICE PROTECTION
**ON A/C 106-149,
(e) Screen off function

(Ref. Fig. 028)
The SCREEN OFF button is in the lower left corner of the
touchscreen. If you push this button, it switches off the screen.
The screen is also switched off, if no input is made for more
than 10 minutes. The screen is switched on again, if you touch
the screen or if there is an auto event.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(e) Screen off function
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 028B)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A13
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 028C)
**ON A/C 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 028D)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
The SCREEN OFF button is in the lower left corner of the

touchscreen. If you push this button, it switches off the screen.
If no input is made for more than 10 minutes, a customized
screensaver is shown. The screen is switched on again, if you
touch the screen or if there is an auto event.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(f) Screensaver
A customized screensaver is shown, if the screen is switched off
with the SCREEN OFF button on the related FAP page. The
screensaver also automatically is shown if no input is made for
more than 10 minutes.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
These system pages are protected by a password:
- SOFTWARE LOADING,
- LAYOUT SELECTION,
- CABIN PROGRAMMING,
- LEVEL ADJUSTMENT,
- CIDS MCDU MENU.
C. System Functions
The CIDS provides these system functions:
- Passenger Address,
- Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone,
- Service Interphone,
- Passenger Lighted Signs,
- Passenger Call,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A14
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Cabin Illumination (control),
- Reading Lights (control/test),
- Lavatory Smoke Detection (cabin signalling),
- Vacuum System Control,
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (interface),

- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (control),
R **ON A/C 251-299, 503-509, 511-526, 528-599,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (interface),
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
- Air Conditioning (temperature indication and control),

- Emergency Evacuation Signaling (EVAC),
- Potable Water Indication,
- Waste Indication,
- Doors and Escape Slides Bottle Pressure Monitoring,
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (test),
- Drain Mast Control Unit (test/signalling).
(1) Passenger Address system (PA)
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 030)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(a) General
The passenger address system distributes the PA related
announcements from the cockpit, the attendant stations, the PRAM
and the In-Flight Entertainment system (IFE) to all assigned
passenger loudspeakers.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A15
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Address - Block Diagram
Figure 030

R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 23-73-00

Page A16
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) PA announcement from cockpit
From the cockpit a PA announcement is initiated with the handset
or with the equipment connected to the Audio Management Unit
(boomset, microphone and oxygen mask). The audio signal is
transmitted from the handset directly or from the equipment
connected to the AMU via AMU to the director.
From the director the signals are transmitted to the DEU type A,
which sends the signals either directly or via PISA to the
loudspeakers.
For a detailed description, how to use the AMU, see Audio
Management (Ref. 23-51-00).
The signal is also transmitted from the director to the In-Flight
Entertainment system (IFE).
On the Audio Control Panel (ACP) in the cockpit these functions
can be selected:
- PA from AMU:
If you push the PA button, it starts a link between the
equipment connected to the AMU and all loudspeakers.
(c) PA announcement from attendant handset

During a PA announcement from the attendant handset, the audio
signal is transmitted through the DEU type B to the director.
From the director the signal is transmitted on the same way as
described for the cockpit equipment.
These functions are available with the handset:
- DIRECT PA:
If you push the PTT button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers.
- PA ALL:
If you push the PA ALL button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers in the cabin area.
- PA 1:
If you push the PA FWD button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers in the forward cabin area.
- PA 2:
If you push the PA AFT button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers in the aft cabin area.
(d) Functional priorities

The PA functions have different priorities. The PA function with
the higher priority overrides the function with lower priority.
The function priority levels are given in this table:
- 1. DIRECT PA and PA from AMU,
- 2. all remaining PA functions,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A17
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(e) Source priorities
The PA sources have different priorities. A source with higher PA
priority interrupts a PA announcement from a source with lower
priority. Only the announcement from the source with the higher
priority is heard. Only if an announcement with higher functional
priority is done, from the source with the lower priority, it
interrupts the source with higher PA priority.
The sources have the following priorities:
- 1. AMU,
- 2. Cockpit handset,
- 3. Forward Attendant handset,
- 4. Cabin Attendant handsets,
- 5. PRAM,
- 6. EVAC,
- 7. Video,
- 8. Boarding Music.
(f) PA monitoring
If the cockpit handset is removed from the cradle, the PA
monitoring function is activated. The PA announcement with the
highest priority, which is done by another source, is heard in
the handset.
The cockpit crew can monitor the PA announcements through the AMU
as long as no other function is selected on the AMU and the PA
rotary switch is activated and turned clockwise on the ACP.
(g) Reset of selected PA functions

If the PA function is initiated by the handset functional keys,
the function is cancelled after you put the handset back on the
cradle or you pushed the reset button on the handset.
If the function is initiated with the PTT button, release of the
PTT button cancels the function.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(h) Attention chimes

A PA attention chime (Lo-Hi-Lo) sounds through the loudspeakers
in the related cabin and attendant area when a PA call is
selected at:
AMU (Audio Management Unit)
Cockpit Handset
Attendant Handset

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A18
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
(i) PA indications
Dial and status information related to PA system functions is
displayed on the related Attendant Indication Panel (AIP).
(j) Gain adjustment

If low cabin-pressure occurs or engine operate (high
oil-pressure) the volume of a PA announcement is increased. The
volume is also increased if a data bus failure (top line) occurs.
If during a PA the cockpit door is open, the volume of the PA in
the cockpit door area decreases. This will prevent acoustic
feedback.
(2) Cabin and flight crew interphone system

(Ref. Fig. 031)
(a) General
The cabin and flight crew interphone system allows the telephone
communication between all attendant stations and the cockpit. One
or more links can be started at the same time. In conference mode
the communication is possible between more than two interphone
stations.
(b) Interphone functions from cockpit

From the cockpit an interphone communication is started with the
Cockpit Call Panel or with the equipment connected to the Audio
Management Unit (boomset, microphone and oxygen mask). The audio
signal is transmitted from the Cockpit Call Panel directly to the
director. The audio signal from the equipment connected to the
AMU is transmitted through the AMU to the director.
The audio signal is transmitted from the director to the handset
of the selected attendant station through the related DEU type B.
For a detailed description of the AMU handling see Audio
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
These functions are available on the call panel by function keys:

- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and all attendant stations in the cabin.
- All attendant call:
If you push the ALL button, it starts an interphone connection

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A19
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone - Block Diagram
Figure 031

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A20
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Forward attendant call:
If you push the FWD button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the fwd attendant station in the cabin.
- Aft attendant call:
If you push the AFT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the aft attendant station in the cabin.
**ON A/C 301-399,
These functions are available on the call panel by function keys:

- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER button, it starts an interphone connection
If you push the ALL button, it starts an interphone connection
If you push the FWD button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the fwd attendant station in the cabin.
- Mid attendant call:
If you push the MID button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the mid attendant station in the cabin.
- Exit attendant call:
If you push the EXIT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the exit attendant station in the
cabin.
If you push the AFT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the aft attendant station in the cabin.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(c) Interphone functions from cabin

During an interphone connection the audio signals are transmitted
from the cabin handset through the DEU type B to the director.
The connection is started by the keypad on the handset.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
These functions are available on the cabin handset by function

keys:
- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER CALL button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the cockpit.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A21
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- Cockpit call:
If you push the CAPT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the calling station and the cockpit.
If you push the ALL ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between all attendant stations in the cabin.
If you push the FWD ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the FWD attendant
station in the cabin.
If you push the AFT L ATTND button, is starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the AFT LH attendant
If you push the AFT R ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the AFT RH attendant
**ON A/C 301-399,
These functions are available on the cabin handset by function

keys:
- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER CALL button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the cockpit.
- Cockpit call:
If you push the CAPT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the calling station and the cockpit.
If you push the ALL ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between all attendant stations in the cabin.
If you push the FWD ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the FWD attendant
- Mid attendant call:
If you push the MID ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the MID attendant
- Exit attendant call:
If you push the EXIT ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the EXIT attendant

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A22
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
If you push the AFT ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the AFT attendant
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(d) Functional priorities

The functions have different priorities. Every function will
override a function with a lower priority:
- 1. EMERGENCY CALL
- 2. CALLS FROM COCKPIT
- 3. ALL ATTENDANT CALL
- 4. NORMAL CALL
(e) Source priorities

The interphone sources have different priorities. A source with
higher priority interrupts a link to an interphone station with a
lower priority. A source with lower priority that selects a
function with higher priority also interrupts an existing link.
The sources have these priorities:
- 1. AMU (cockpit)
- 2. cockpit handset
- 3. attendant handsets
(f) Reset of selected interphone functions

A call started from the Call Panel in the cockpit is cancelled,
when all requested handsets reset the function. The function is
automatically cancelled, after 2 minutes, when the interphone
function was not activated. It is also automatically cancelled
after approx. 5 minutes, when the interphone function was
activated but no requested handset has accept the call.
An interphone function is reset when you put the handset back on
the cradle or after you push the reset button on the handset.
(g) Call chime

When an attendant call comes to the cockpit, the Flight Warning
Computer (FWC) generates a buzzer sound which comes from the
cockpit loudspeakers. The FWC receives the related signal from
the active CIDS director.
(h) Indications
For visual call indication, a message shows on the AIP and the
related ACP light segment comes on.
In the cockpit, the related call indicator on the Cockpit Call
Panel and the AMU come on.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A23
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Service Interphone System
(Ref. Fig. 032)
(a) General
The service interphone system allows the telephone communication
between ground crew, cockpit crew and cabin crew.
(Ref. 23-44-00)
(b) Activation of the Service Interphone link

The CIDS enables the communication between the service interphone
jacks and the communication equipment in the cockpit and in the
cabin.
When the landing gear is extended and compressed for more than 10
seconds a link is automatically made from the director to the
service interphone jacks.
If the link is not automatically made (e.g. A/C on jacks), you
can set the link manually, when you press the service interphone
override switch. In case of manual set of the link, the status is
indicated by a service interphone indicator light in the cockpit.
(c) Service interphone from interphone jacks

When the link is made, the audio signals are transmitted from the
interphone jacks to the director. The director sends the signals
to the cockpit handset, to the AMU and through DEU type B to the
cabin handsets. The AMU sends the signals to the cockpit boomset.
(d) Service interphone from cockpit equipment

The service interphone function from cockpit boomset is activated
at the Audio Control Panel (ACP).
The audio signals are transmitted from the cockpit boomset
through AMU to the director. The director sends the signals to
the interphone jacks, to the cockpit handset and through DEU type
B to the cabin handsets.
For a detailed description of the AMU and ACP handling see Audio
(e) Service interphone from handsets

After dialling the related code on the cabin handset, the audio
signals are transmitted via DEU type B to the director. The
director sends the signals to the service interphone jacks, via
AMU to the cockpit boomset and via DEU type B to the cabin
handsets.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A24
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Service Interphone - Block Diagram
Figure 032

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A25
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(f) Reset of service interphone link
The link between ground-crew boomsets and handsets is cancelled
when the handset is put back on the cradle.
The link between ground-crew boomsets and director is cancelled
when the service interphone system becomes inactive.
(g) Service interphone indications

As long as a ground-crew boomset is connected to the system, you
see the messageSERVICE INTPH AVAIL on all assigned AIPs.
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(4) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) System
**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 033)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 033A)
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
(a) General
The CIDS transmits the prerecorded announcements and the boarding
music to all passenger related loudspeakers.
(Ref. 23-32-00)
(b) Selection of prerecorded announcement and boarding music
**ON A/C 106-149,
(Ref. Fig. 034)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 501-502,
(Ref. Fig. 034A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A26
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music with external PRAM - Block Diagram
Figure 033

R

EFF :

106-149, 301-304, 23-73-00

Page A27
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music with external PRAM - Block Diagram
Figure 033A

R

EFF :
501-502,
234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499, 23-73-00

Page A28
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Audio Page (only PRAM related buttons labeled) - Example
Figure 034

R

EFF :

106-149, 23-73-00

Page A29
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 034A

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 501-502, 23-73-00

Page A30
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 034B)
**ON A/C 305-399,
(Ref. Fig. 034C)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 034D)
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-502,
From the AUDIO page of the FAP the prerecorded announcement

function and the boarding music function can be remotely
controlled.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(c) Sources and signal transmission

The source for the prerecorded announcements and the boarding
music is the PRAM.
The audio signals are transmitted from the sources via the
director to the DEU type A. The DEU type A sends the audio signal
either directly or via PISA to the loudspeakers.
(d) Gain adjustment

In case of low cabin-pressure or engine on (high oil-pressure)
the volume of prerecorded announcement is increased.
(5) In-Flight Entertainment system (IFE)

(Ref. Fig. 035)
(a) General
The CIDS director transmits system information and PA related
announcements from and to the IFE system.
(Ref. 23-33-00),
(Ref. 23-36-00).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A31
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 034B

R

EFF :

301-304, 23-73-00

Page A32
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 034C

R

EFF :

305-399, 23-73-00

Page A33
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 034D

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page A34
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Entertainment System - Block Diagram
Figure 035

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A35
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Signal transmission
The IFE interface receives system information and PA related
audio signals from the CIDS director. The IFE additionally sends
system information to the director.
CIDS transmits the following system information to the IFE:
- Activation/deactivation of PAX calls,
- Activation/deactivation of NS/PED, FSB and RTS signs,
- Layout data,
- Illumination data,
- Landing gear down and compressed,
- Landing gear down and locked,
- Oil pressure low,
- Cabin pressure low,
- Excessive altitude,
- Slats out,
- Flaps out,
- All doors closed.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
CIDS receives the following system information from the IFE

system:
- Activation/Deactivation of passenger calls,
- Activation/Deactivation of reading lights,
- Activation/Deactivation of video in use.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The IFE transmits the audio signals to the CIDS director. From
the director the signals are transmitted via the DEU type A
directly or via PISA to the loudspeakers.
(c) Gain adjustment

In case of low cabin-pressure or engine on (high oil-pressure),
the volume of the audio programs or video sound is automatically
increased.
(6) Passenger Lighted Signs

(Ref. Fig. 036)
(a) General
The passenger lighted signs system controls the No Smoking (NS),
Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return To Seat (RTS) and Exit Signs. The
control switches for the signs are located in the cockpit.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A36
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Lighted Signs - Block Diagram - Example
Figure 036

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A37
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Operation of passenger lighted signs
The NS and FSB/RTS signs are operated in the following control
modes:
- ON,
- AUTO, (NS signs only)
- OFF.
1
_ FSB switch in ON position
The FSB control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
ON position sets a director discrete to ground and the
director sends a signal to the DEU type A. The DEU switches on
all FSB signs and the RTS signs directly or via PISA.
Additionally the FSB sign status is transferred to the PRAM
and via the SDAC a FASTEN SEAT BELT message is indicated on
the ECAM display.
2
_ NS switch in ON position
The NS control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
ON position sets a director discrete to ground and the
director sends a signal to the DEU type A. The DEU switches on
all NS signs directly or via PISA.
Additionally the NS sign status is transferred to the PRAM and
via the SDAC a NO SMOKING message is indicated on the ECAM
display.
The EXIT signs are switched on via the exit sign relay.
3
_ NS switch in AUTO position
The NS control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
AUTO position sets a director discrete to ground to activate
the NS and EXIT signs in case off:
- Landing gear down and locked (LGCIU).
Additionally the NS sign status is transferred to the PRAM
and via the SDAC a NO SMOKING message is indicated on the
ECAM display.
4
_ FSB switch in OFF position
If the FSB switch on the cockpit overhead panel is in the
OFF position, all FSB and RTS signs are switched off.
5
_ NS switch in OFF position
If the NS switch on the cockpit overhead panel is in the OFF
position, all NS and Exit signs are switched off.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A38
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(c) NON SMOKER A/C
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 037)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 037A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 037B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
On the FAP, on the CABIN PROGRAMMING page you can activate the
NON SMOKER A/C function. All No Smoking signs in the cabin are
switched on, regardless of the position of the cockpit switch.
(d) Cabin decompression

In case of cabin decompression all NS and FSB signs are switched
on and a signal is sent to the PRAM, regardless of the position
of the cockpit switches. The RTS signs are switched off.
(e) Sign flash

After activation of the NS and/or FSB/RTS signs, the signs flash
for a predefined time with a predefined frequency and then stay
on continuously.
(f) Attention chime

Activating the NS and/or FSB/RTS signs causes a passenger
attention chime in the respective cabin area and lavatory.
(g) Signs dimming

The signs are dimmed with the general illumination.
(7) Passenger Call

(Ref. Fig. 038)
(a) General
The passenger call system controls the passenger call activation
and the illumination of passenger call lights.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A39
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Cabin Programming Page (only Cabin Programming related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 037

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A40
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 037A

R EFF :

301-399,

23-73-00 Page A41
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 037B

R EFF :

401-499,

23-73-00 Page A42
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Passenger Call - Block Diagram
Figure 038

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A43
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Initialization
A passenger call is started by pushing the passenger call button
which is installed at each seat row and in each lavatory.
(c) Signal transmission

A passenger call initiated from the Passenger Service Unit (PSU)
sends a signal from the PISA via DEU type A to the director. The
director transmits a signal via the DEU type A to the respective
PISA and the related call light comes on.
If the call is started from a lavatory, a signal is sent via DEU
type A to the director. The director transmits a signal to the
DEU type A and the related call light comes on.
(d) Indication
After call activation the director switches on the respective ACP
light segment and a message on the AIP shows the location of the
call. The ACPs and AIPs are connected to a DEU type B.
It is possible to suppress the chime activation if a predefined
number of calls is active in one zone.
(e) Call inhibition
R **ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 039)
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 039A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
After pushing the CHIME INHIBIT key on the SEAT SETTINGS page
of the FAP the passenger call chime is inhibit. All visual
indications remain. This function is only available for calls
from the seat rows.
(f) Call reset
R **ON A/C 106-149, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 039)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A44
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Seat Settings Page
Figure 039

R

EFF : 106-149, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A45
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Seat Settings Page
Figure 039A

R

EFF :

234-235, 239-249, 301-304, 23-73-00

Page A46
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 039A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Pushing the call button a second time resets the call

indications. The related call light goes off and the AIP
indications for this call go off. The assigned ACP goes off, if
no other call assigned to this ACP is active.
Pushing the CALL RESET key on the SEAT SETTINGS page of the FAP
resets the related call. The reset command includes the reset of
all indications.
(8) Cabin Illumination

(Ref. Fig. 040)
(a) General
The cabin illumination system controls the illumination in the
different areas.
(Ref. 33-21-00)
(Ref. 33-24-00)
(b) General settings

When the CIDS is not active all CIDS controlled lights are on
with full brightness. After CIDS activation the lavatory lights
are dimmed, all other lights stay on with full brightness.
(c) Operation
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 041)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 041A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 041B)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A47
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cabin Illumination - Block Diagram
Figure 040

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A48
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Cabin Lighting related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 041

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A49
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 041A

R EFF :

301-399,

23-73-00 Page A50
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 041B

R EFF :

401-499,

23-73-00 Page A51
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
On the CABIN LIGHTING page of the FAP it is possible to set the

lights to a predefined intensity (BTR, DIM1, DIM2) or turn them
off in certain areas.
Via the MAINT button on the FAP the light in the lavatories can
be controlled. As long as the MAINT button is not activated, the
light in the lavatories is dimmed. The light switches to bright,
when the MAINT button is pushed.
Additionally the light control is available on the AAP.
(d) Signal transmission

The settings initiated on the FAP are sent directly to the CIDS
director, whereas the AAP settings are sent via the respective
DEU type B to the CIDS director. The director sends commands via
the top lines to the DEUs type A. The DEUs type A control with
help of these commands the light intensity of the general
illumination ballast units.
(e) Automatic activation

With one or more engines running (oil pressure high), the light
intensity is dimmed automatically in the FWD entrance area if the
cockpit door is open.
In case of low cabin-pressure all lights are switched on with
full brightness independently from all other light volume
settings.
(9) Reading Lights

(Ref. Fig. 042)
(a) General
The reading light system controls the passenger reading lights
and attendant work lights in the cabin.
(Ref. 33-25-00)
(b) Operation
The reading lights are controlled by the pushbuttons on the
overhead Passenger Service Unit (PSU). The attendant work lights
are controlled by pushbuttons in the attendant area.

If the reading lights are switched on/off from the PSUs, a signal
is sent directly to the PISA or reading light.
If the attendant work lights are switched on/off from the
attendant work stations, a signal is sent directly to the StA
PISA.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A52
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Reading Lights - Block Diagram
Figure 042

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A53
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
When the signal is sent to the reading light, the reading light
is switched on/off directly. When the PISAs or StA PISAs receive
the signal, they switch on/off the reading lights and attendant
work lights.
(d) Reset function
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 043)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 043A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 043B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
It is possible to reset all reading lights from a pushbutton on

the FAP. This function is only available with the landing gear
down and compressed (LGCIU).
(e) All reading lights on

It is possible to switch on all reading lights via FAP. This
function is only available with the landing gear down and
compressed (LGCIU).
(10) Lavatory smoke detection
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 044)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 044A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A54
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Reading Lights related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 043

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A55
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 043A

R EFF :

301-399,

23-73-00 Page A56
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 043B

R EFF :

401-499,

23-73-00 Page A57
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Lavatory Smoke Detection - Block Diagram
Figure 044

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A58
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Lavatory Smoke Detection - Block Diagram
Figure 044A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A59
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 045)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 045A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 045B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(a) General
The lavatory smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke
Detection Function (CIDS-SDF). The CIDS does the visual and
acoustic indications in the cabin, if a lavatory smoke alert is
detected by the CIDS-SDF.
(Ref. 26-17-00)

The lavatory smoke detectors are connected via a CAN bus to a DEU
type B and linked via the CIDS middle line bus to the CIDS
directors. They communicate internally with the respective
CIDS-SDF channels. The director sends a signal to the FAP where
the SMOKE DETECTION page comes up automatically. On the SMOKE
DETECTION page the location of the smoke alert is displayed.
(c) Indication
A smoke alert from the lavatory makes the respective ACP light
segment come on in the flashing mode. The related message is
shown on the assigned AIP. Also, the respective lavatory
call-light comes on in the flashing mode.
(d) Chimes
In case of a smoke alert the director transmits a signal to the
DEU type A. The DEU type A activates directly or via PISA a chime
sequence emitted through the loudspeaker.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A60
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Smoke Detection Page (only Smoke Detection related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 045

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A61
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 045A

EFF :

301-399,

23-73-00 Page A62
Config-2 Feb 01/10
R
CES
Example
Figure 045B

R EFF :

401-499,

23-73-00 Page A63
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(e) Reset
If there is no more smoke detected, the CIDS-SDF resets all
visual and acoustic indications automatically.
To reset the visual and acoustic indication in the cabin manually
you have to push the SMOKE RESET button either on the SMOKE
DETECTION page on the FAP touchscreen, the FAP subpanel or on the
AAP. This affects only the cabin indications. The indications on
the FAP stay as long as the smoke is detected.
**ON A/C 301-399,
(e) Reset
If there is no more smoke detected, the CIDS-SDF resets all
visual and acoustic indications automatically.
To reset the visual and acoustic indications in the cabin
manually you have to push the SMOKE RESET button either on the
SMOKE DETECTION page on the FAP touchscreen, the FAP subpanel or
on the AAP. This affects only the cabin indications. The
indications on the FAP stay as long as the smoke is detected.
The EVAC/SMOKE RESET button (2064VU) in the mid and exit
attendant area also resets the visual and acoustic indications in
the cabin.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(11) Cargo smoke detection

(Ref. Fig. 046)
(a) General
The cargo smoke detection is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection
Function (CIDS-SDF). The CIDS-SDF detects smoke alerts in certain
cargo compartments.
(Ref. 26-16-00)

The cargo smoke detectors are connected via a CAN bus to the
CIDS-SDF channels of both CIDS directors. The CIDS-SDF channel
transmits the smoke alert via a discrete signal directly to the
cockpit indicator and via an ARINC 429 bus to the FWCs.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A64
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Cargo Smoke Detection - Block Diagram
Figure 046

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A65
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Indication
A fault or an off-condition of the detector are indicated on the
CFDS.
(12) Cargo fire-extinguisher monitoring
(a) General
The cargo fire-extinguisher monitoring is part of the CIDS Smoke
Detection Function (CIDS-SDF). The CIDS-SDF controls and monitors
the fire-extinguisher bottle-pressure reservoir and squib
condition in certain cargo compartments.
(Ref. 26-23-00)

The fire-extinguisher bottle pressure sensor and the discharge
cartridge conditions are transmitted via the Cargo Smoke panel
with discrete outputs to CIDS-SDF. The CIDS-SDF has an ARINC 429
bus interface to the FWC and to the CFDS.
(c) Indication
A low pressure of the fire extinguishing bottles and a fault
condition of the discharge cartridges (SQUIB) are indicated on
the CFDS.
(13) Air Conditioning

(Ref. Fig. 047)
(a) General
The CIDS has the capability to do a fine adjustment of the
temperature in the separate cabin zones.
(Ref. 21-63-00)
(b) Operation
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 048)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 048A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A66
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Air Conditioning - Block Diagram
Figure 047

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A67
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Cabin Temperature Page (only Cabin Temperature related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 048

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A68
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 048A

R EFF :

301-399,

23-73-00 Page A69
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 048B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
On the CABIN TEMPERATURE page of the FAP the actual temperature

in the separate cabin zones is indicated in relation to the
seatrows. For a fine adjustment push the button next to the
related cabin zone. Then the cockpit selected temperature for
this cabin area is indicated in a new window, where the new
target temperature can be selected.

The actual temperature data are transmitted from the Air
Conditioning System Controller (ACSC) to the director. The
director sends these signals to the FAP where the temperature is
indicated. If a new target temperature is selected the signals
are sent from the FAP via the director to the ACSC.
(14) Emergency Evacuation Signaling (EVAC)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 049)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 049A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(a) General
The Emergency-Evacuation Signaling (EVAC) system controls the
evacuation signaling in all cabin areas and the cockpit. It is
activated from the cockpit or the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
during an emergency evacuation.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A70
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Example
Figure 048B

R EFF :

401-499,

23-73-00 Page A71
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Emergency EVAC Signaling - Block Diagram
Figure 049

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A72
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Emergency EVAC Signaling - Block Diagram
Figure 049A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A73
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(b) Cockpit operation

Push the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit to activate the EVAC
function.
The indicator light of the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit
flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP hardkey
panel flashes.
The EVAC indicator light of the AAP flashes.
The EVAC signaling tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
On all AIPs the message EVACUATION ALERT shows and the pink
indicator light flashes.
(c) Cabin operation
1
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT+PURS position
Push the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey panel to activate
the EVAC function.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey
panel comes on.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP
hardkey panel flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC button on the AAP flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button in the cockpit
flashes.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through the EVAC horn in the
cockpit.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
A discrete output goes to the FWC.
2
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT position
the EVAC request function.
panel comes on.
flashes.
cockpit for three seconds.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A74
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
After EVAC activation from the cockpit or FAP a signal goes to
the director.
The director transmits signals to the EVAC horn in the cockpit
and via DEU type B to the assigned AIPs.
A signal also goes to the DEU type A. The DEU sends a signal
directly or via PISA to the attendant stations where the
attendants hear an EVAC tone through the loudspeakers.
(e) EVAC reset
1
_ Reset from cockpit
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cockpit, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC COMMAND button in
the cockpit a second time. If the EVAC signaling is activated
from the cabin the function is reset, after pushing the EVAC
COMMAND button in the cockpit two times.
2
_ Reset from cabin
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cabin, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC CMD button on the
related attendant panel a second time. Pushing the
EVAC/RESET button on the FAP hardkey panel or AAP of another
attendant station causes that all visual and acoustic
indications in the related cabin zone are cancelled. The
EVAC/RESET button is illuminated until the initial station
cancels the EVAC command.
**ON A/C 301-399,
(b) Cockpit operation

Push the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit to activate the EVAC
function.
The indicator light of the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit
flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP hardkey
panel flashes.
The EVAC indicator light of the AAP flashes.
The EVAC indicator light of the switch panel (2064VU) flashes.
The EVAC signaling tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A75
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Cabin operation
1
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT+PURS position
the EVAC function.
panel comes on.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP
hardkey panel flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC button on the AAP flashes.
The indicator light of the switch panel (2064VU) flashes.
flashes.
cockpit.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
On all AIPs the message EVACUTATION ALERT shows and the pink
2
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT position
the EVAC request function.
panel comes on.
flashes.
cockpit for three seconds.

After EVAC activation from the cockpit or FAP a signal is sent to
the director.
The director transmits signals to the EVAC horn in the cockpit
and via DEU type B to the assigned AIPs and to the switch panel
2064VU at the related attendant stations.
Furthermore a signal is sent to the DEU type A. The DEU sends a
signal directly or via PISA to the loudspeakers where an EVAC
tone is emitted.
(e) EVAC reset
1
_ Reset from cockpit
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cockpit, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC COMMAND button in

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A76
Config-2 Feb 01/10
R
CES
the cockpit a second time. If the EVAC signaling is activated
from the cabin the function is reset, after pushing the EVAC
COMMAND button in the cockpit two times.
2
_ Reset from cabin
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cabin, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC CMD button on the
related attendant panel a second time. Pushing the
EVAC/RESET button on the FAP hardkey panel or AAP of another
attendant station causes that all visual and acoustic
indications in the related attendant area are cancelled. The
EVAC/RESET button is illuminated until the initial station
cancels the EVAC command.
Pushing the RESET button on the switch panel 2064VU at the
mid or exit attendant station causes that the AIP indications
and the EVAC signalling tone in the related attendant area are
cancelled. The EVAC indicator light on the switch panel 2064VU
flashes until the initial station cancels the EVAC command.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(f) Horn shut off

Pushing the HORN SHUT OFF button in the cockpit cancels the chime
in the cockpit.
(15) Potable Water Indication

(Ref. Fig. 050)
(a) General
The potable water indication system shows the filling level of
the water tank on the FAP.
(b) Operation
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 051)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 051A)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A77
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Potable Water Indication - Block Diagram
Figure 050

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A78
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Water/Waste Page (only Water/Waste related buttons labeled) - Example
Figure 051

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A79
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 051A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A80
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 051B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
The indication is done on the WATER/WASTE page of the FAP.

(Ref. 38-13-00)

The water quantity is transmitted from the Liquid Level
Transmitter (LLT) via DEU type B to the director. The director
sends the signal to the FAP where the actual quantity is
indicated.
(16) Waste quantity indication

(Ref. Fig. 052)
(a) General
The waste quantity indication system shows the filling level of
the waste tanks on the FAP. Additionally fault, system and
inoperative messages for the vacuum lavatories are indicated on
the FAP.
(b) Operation
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 051)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 051A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 051B)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A81
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 051B

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page A82
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Waste Indication - Block Diagram
Figure 052

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A83
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
The operation and indication is performed via the WATER/WASTE

page of the FAP.
(Ref. 38-30-00)

The water quantity is transmitted from the Liquid Level Sensor
(LLS) and the Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT) via DEU type B to
the director. The director sends the signal to the FAP where the
actual quantity is indicated.
If the Liquid Level Sensor (LLS) indicates a failure, the
respective signal is sent via DEU type B to the director. The
director transmits the signal to the FAP where a related message
indicates the faulty lavatory. The WATER/WASTE page comes up
automatically, if a new failure occurs and no other system page
is displayed.
(d) Visual and acoustic indication

In case of a rinse valve failure the director sends signals to
the DEU type B and to the DEU type A. The DEU type B switches on
the respective ACP light segment and the related message is shown
on the AIP. The DEU type A activates a chime directly or via PISA
in the cabin and the respective lavatory call light comes on.
(17) Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF)

(Ref. Fig. 053)
(a) General
The Vacuum System Control Function is an extension of the CIDS
operation software. It monitors and controls the Vacuum Toilet
System (Ref. 38-31-00).
This includes the following functions:
- Control of toilet assemblies
- Monitoring of waste tank level
- Control of vacuum generator
- Servicing procedure
- Communication with other systems
- BITE-monitoring of vacuum system components
- C/B monitoring

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A84
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Vacuum System Control Function - Block Diagram
Figure 053

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A85
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Operation
The VSCF receives signals from several components of the Vacuum
Toilet System that report the current status of the Vacuum Toilet
System. The VSCF examines these signals and then starts the
necessary actions. Detected faults are either sent to the FAP and
displayed there or they are sent to the CFDS for display on the
MCDU. It depends on the quality of the fault on which system the
fault is displayed.

Most of the signals monitored by the VSCF are transmitted from
the related components via DEU type B to the director. When the
signals have been processed, the director sends a signal to the
FAP, where the related messages are displayed. The director also
sends a signal to the CFDS to show failure messages on the MCDU.
Also, the director sends signals to the related components of the
Vacuum Toilet System to start the necessary actions.
(d) BITE test initialization

The CFDS transmits respective signals via the director and DEU
type B to the components of the Vacuum Toilet System, if a BITE
test is initiated via the MCDU. The results of the test are
transmitted via DEU type B to the director, which sends the
results to the CFDS. The results are indicated on the MCDU.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(18) Doors and Escape Slides Pressure Monitoring

(Ref. Fig. 054)
(a) General
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 055)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 055B)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A86
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Doors and Escape-Slides Pressure Monitoring - Block Diagram
Figure 054

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A87
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Doors and Escape-Slides Pressure Monitoring - Block Diagram
Figure 054A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A88
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Doors/Slides Page (only Doors/Slides related buttons labeled) - Example
Figure 055

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A89
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 055A

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page A90
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 055B

R

EFF :

401-499, 23-73-00

Page A91
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
The DOORS/SLIDES page of the FAP shows the status of each door
(open/closed) and slide (armed/disarmed) and the status of each
door bottle and slide bottle (pressure).
(Ref. 25-62-00)
(Ref. 52-71-00).

The pressure sensors send the signals via the related DEU type B
to the director. The status of the slides is transmitted from the
System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) to the director. The
director transmits the signals to the FAP where all information
is indicated on the DOORS/SLIDES page.
**ON A/C 301-399,
(18) Doors and Escape Slides Monitoring

(Ref. Fig. 054A)
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 055A)
The DOORS/SLIDES page of the FAP shows the status of each door
(open/closed) and slide (armed/disarmed).
(Ref. 25-62-00)
(Ref. 52-71-00).

The status of the slides is transmitted from the System Data
Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) to the director. The director
transmits the signals to the FAP where all information is
indicated on the DOORS/SLIDES page.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(19) Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU)

(Ref. Fig. 056)
(a) General
The EPSU supplies electrical power to the emergency lighting
system.
(Ref. 33-51-00)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A92
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Emergency Power Supply - Block Diagram
Figure 056

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A93
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(b) BITE test initialization
The Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) transmits respective
signals via director and DEU type B to the EPSU, if one of the
following BITE test is initiated via the MCDU:
- System test,
- Battery capacity test.
The EPSU does the test. When the test is finished, the results
are transmitted via DEU type B to the director which sends the
results to the CFDS. The test results are indicated on the MCDU.
(20) Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU)

(Ref. Fig. 057)
(a) General
The DMCUs monitor and control the drainmast heaters. There is a
separate DMCU for every heater.

The drainmast system status is transmitted from the DMCU via DEU
type B to the director. In case of a failure, the director sends
the signal to the FAP and to the CFDS. On the FAP the CIDS Info
light comes on to indicate that there is a new failure message.
Via the CFDS the failure message shows on the MCDU.
(c) Internal test

Via a test button located at the front of the DMCU an internal
drainmast-system test can be started. This test does not have any
effect on the monitoring function done by CIDS.
(d) BITE test initialization

The Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) transmits respective
signals via director and DEU type B to the DMCU, if the following
BITE test is initiated via the MCDU:
- System test.
The DMCU does the test. When the test is finished the results are
transmitted via DEU type B to the director, which sends the
results to the CFDS. The results are indicated on the MCDU.
D. Programming
The CIDS can do an on-board programming of cabin zones and change the
complete layout information by a CAM layout change or by a CAM
replacement. The changed contents of the CAM can be downloaded into the
memories of both directors via commands from the FAP. Modifications of
the cabin zones of a CAM layout can be done via the FAP.
It is also possible to do an adjustment of the announcement and chime
volume via the FAP.
Furthermore it is possible to change FAP set-up information.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A94
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Drain Mast Control - Block Diagram
Figure 057

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A95
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Programming of cabin zones
(a) General
The CIDS gives the possibility to relocate the cabin zone
boundaries and the no smoking zone boundaries. This programming
function is possible on ground and in flight.
(b) Operation
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 037)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 037A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 037B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
To relocate the boundaries of cabin zones or no smoking zones,

select the CABIN PROGRAMMING page.
1
_ Relocation of cabin zone boundaries
To relocate the boundary between two cabin zones, push the
CABIN ZONES button. The CABIN ZONES programming panel comes
on. Push the UP/DOWN buttons to relocate the boundary. Each
cabin zone has to contain a minimum of one seat row.
2
_ Relocation of no smoking zone boundaries
To relocate the boundary of a no smoking zone in a certain
cabin zone, push the related SMOKE PROG. button. The NON
SMOKER AREAS programming panel comes on. Push the UP/DOWN
buttons to relocate the boundary.
3
_ Activation of non smoker a/c mode
To activate/deactivate this mode push the NON SMOKING A/C
ON/OFF button.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A96
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
4
_ Save changes
To save the changes push the SAVE button. Without saving the
new entries the previous settings stay valid after leaving the
CABIN PROGRAMMING page.
(2) CAM layout change
(a) General
The CIDS gives the possibility to select different layouts which
are stored in the CAM. The CAM can contain up to three
pre-programmed cabin layouts. For additional modifications done
in the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode, the CAM can store up to three
modified layouts.
(b) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 058)
To activate a new layout select the LAYOUT SELECTION page on the
FAP. This page is protected by an access code and is only
available on ground. It shows on the FAP when the correct access
code has been entered and lists all available layouts. The active
layout is indicated by a textbox.
To select a new layout push the UP/DOWN buttons on the FAP. The
selected layout is highlighted by a colored bar. The selected
layout is activated after pushing the LOAD button.
(3) Volume adjustment
(a) General
The CIDS gives the possibility to change the volume of chimes and
announcements in all defined cabin areas independently.
(b) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 059)
To change the settings in one area, select the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
page on the FAP. Push the related ADJUST button on the LEVEL
ADJUSTMENT page to open the related VOLUME ADJUSTMENT subpanel.
To select the respective location push the UP/DOWN buttons on the
VOLUME ADJUSTMENT subpanel. The selected location is highlighted
by a colored bar.
1
_ Volume change
The volume of announcements and chimes is increased/decreased
by pushing the related PLUS/MINUS button on the subpanel.
2
_ Default values
Push the DEFAULT button on the subpanel to reset all
modifications to the CAM default values.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page A97
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Layout Selection Page (only Layout Selection related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 058

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A98
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Level Adjustment Page (only Level Adjustment related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 059

R EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-73-00 Page A99
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
3
_ Save changes
To save the changes push the SAVE button. Without saving the
new entries, the previous settings stay valid after leaving
the page.
(4) Change of FAP Set-Up information
(a) General
The CIDS makes it possible to change the brightness of the screen
and to change the volume settings for the FAP related loudspeaker
and headphone.
It is also possible to replace the three memory cards (I-PRAM,
CAM and OBRM) directly on the FAP, when the system is energized.
(b) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 060)
To change the settings, select the FAP SET-UP page on the FAP.
1
_ Brightness change
To increase/decrease the brightness of the FAP, touch the
related PLUS/MINUS button.
2
_ Headphone volume
To increase/decrease the volume of the headphone connected to
the FAP, touch the related PLUS/MINUS button.
3
_ Acoustic activation
To activate/deactivate the key click which is emitted when you
touch a button on the FAP, touch the TOUCHSCREEN CLICK ON/OFF
button.
4
_ Loudspeaker volume for key click
To increase/decrease the volume of the loudspeaker that is
integrated in the FAP, touch the related PLUS/MINUS button.
5
_ Default values
Touch the DEFAULT button to reset the changes to the CAM
default values.
6
_ Save changes
To save the changes touch the SAVE button. If you do not save
the new entries, the previous settings will stay valid after
you leave the page.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B0
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - FAP Set-Up Page (only FAP Set-Up related buttons labeled) - Example
Figure 060

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B1
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
7
_ Replace memory card
To replace one of the memory cards, touch the related REMOVE
button. If the replacement of the memory card was successful,
the respective part number of the installed memory card shows.
The replacement works independently for each memory card but
the procedure is the same.
For the CAM and the OBRM, the part number reflects only the
installed memory card and not the active one. To set the
memory card active, change to the SOFTWARE LOADING page.
NOTE : The status indication of I-PRAM is optional and depends

____
on the respective CAM configuration.
8. _________
Test Bite
A. General
The CIDS has an extensive self-monitoring capability. When all electrical
power (normal and essential power at director inputs) is connected to the
CIDS, a power-up test of the system is started. The progress of the test
is shown with a bar graph on the FAP.
The BITE finds at least 95% of the failures and isolates at least 85%.
These failures are written into the BITE memory of the directors and are
sent to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) in normal and
interactive mode. The display units of the CFDS are called MCDUs. There
are two MCDUs in the cockpit.
The indication of the failures depends on their importance.
Example:
- The CIDS caution light comes on (flashing),
- The messages are shown on the FAP and/or on the ECAM in the cockpit
(the ECAM is activated via SDAC).
The CIDS also memorizes failures which are reported from the connected
systems and sends the failure messages to the CFDS.
Parts of the failure messages (ATA references, FINs and locations) are
stored in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
The failure handling/memorization is done in relation to the flight
phases. The commands are sent from the CFDS to the CIDS. The failures are
classified as class 1, 2 or 3 and as internal or external failures.
B. Normal Mode
In the normal mode only failures (class 1 and 2) which are detected
during the current/last flight are sent continuously to the CFDS. It is
started when the system is supplied with power. If a failure is detected
during a flight, the related failure message is stored in the BITE memory
and transmitted continuously to the CFDS until the start of the next
flight. A disappearance of the failure has no effect, the failure is
still in the BITE memory.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B2
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
C. Interactive Mode
In the interactive mode a dialogue between the CIDS and the CFDS happens.
On request from the MCDU, the CIDS sends menu pages related to the MCDU
keys.
The interactive mode is not related to the flight phases or to the
landing gear status. Instead, the interactive mode is operated by
commands. This means for example that when a DC1 or DC2 command is
received, the interactive mode is stopped.
The interactive mode also stops and the normal mode comes on, when the
RETURN command is pushed on the MAIN MCDU page.
Each A/C has a printer. The print function is available on every MCDU
page except for the MAIN page.
For additional information about:
MCDU (Ref. 22-82-00)
Printer (Ref. 31-35-00)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B3
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
D. Fault annunciations in the cockpit and in the cabin
(1) Status of fault messages on the upper and lower ECAM, CFDS/MCDU and
FAP
.---------------------------------------------------------------------------.
| 1) COCKPIT: amber caution, level 2 |
| --> on upper ECAM: CIDS 1+2 FAULT |
| on lower ECAM: CIDS 1+2 (INOP SYS) |
| single chime |
| - for related class 1 fault |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 2) COCKPIT: maintenance status |
| --> on lower ECAM: CIDS1 or CIDS2 |
| - for class 2 faults |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 3) COCKPIT: maintenance messages |
| --> on CFDS/MCDU |
| - for related class 1, 2 and 3 faults |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 4) CABIN: CIDS Caution Light and FAP Auto page or Info Row message |
| --> on FAP |
| - for related class 1 faults |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 5) CABIN: specific messages |
| --> on FAP |
| for related class 1 faults |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B4
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Test Types to confirm or locate faults
.-------------------.-------------------------------------------------------.
| Test Types: | 1. Power-Up Test |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 2. continuous test, monitoring, |
| | GROUND SCANNING (via CFDS/MCDU) |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 3. test that can be started manually |
| | INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST (via CFDS(MCDU) |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 4. test that can be started manually (via CFDS/MCDU) |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 5. audible/visual test, |
| | OP Test (via CFDS/MCDU) no BITE messages |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. Fig. 061, 062, 063, 064, 065, 066, 067, 068, 069, 070, 071,
072, 073, 074, 075, 076, 077, 078, 079)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B5
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 061

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B6
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 062

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B7
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 063

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B8
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 064

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B9
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 065

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B10
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 066

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B11
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 067

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B12
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 068

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B13
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 069

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B14
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 070

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B15
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 071

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B16
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 072

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B17
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 073

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B18
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 074

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B19
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 075

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B20
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 076

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B21
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 077

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B22
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 078

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B23
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 079

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B24
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
E. SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
(Ref. Fig. 080)
The system report/test is a part of the main maintenance menu and gives a
dialogue between the MCDU and each system connected to the CFDS. This is
only possible when the A/C is in the ground configuration. When you are
on the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST menu, push the up or down arrow keys on the
MCDU keyboard until you get to the item <COM.
To get to the CIDS main page, push <COM then <CIDS 1 or CIDS 2>.
(1) CIDS Main Page

The CIDS Main page shows the subsequent selectable pages:
- <LAST LEG REPORT
- <PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- <LRU IDENT
- <GND SCANNING
- <TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS>
- SYSTEM TESTS>
- EPSU BAT CAP TEST> (Ref. 33-51-00)
- OP TESTS>
- GROUND REPORT>
- SYSTEM CONFIG>
- <RETURN (when you push this line select key you go back to the CIDS
Main page).
NOTE : The <RETURN legend shows on all pages of the CIDS menu but not
____
on the TEST IN PROGRESS pages.
Only if the FAP LAYOUT SELECTION or MAINTENANCE mode is active, the

following message shows in the centre of the CIDS Main page:
INTERACTIVE MODE CURRENTLY DISABLED -LAYOUT SELECTION MODE OR
MAINTENANCE MODE ACTIVE ON FAP
(2) LAST LEG REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 081)
When you push the <LAST LEG REPORT line select key, the LAST LEG
REPORT page comes on. This page shows the failure messages that came
on during the last flight and it shows the subsequent data:
- The date of the last flight,
- The time when the failure occurred,
- The ATA reference,
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU,
- The class of the failure (1 or 2).
This page can show a maximum of two failures. If there are more
failures, you must push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard. If
there are no failures found during the last flight, the message NO
FAULT DETECTED is shown in the centre of the screen.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B25
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS System Report/Test
Figure 080

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B26
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Last Leg Report
Figure 081

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B27
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 082)
When you push the <PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT line select key, the PREVIOUS
LEGS REPORT page comes on.
This page is a sum of the LAST LEG REPORTS and shows the failure
messages that came on during the 63 flights before.
This page shows the subsequent data:
- The aircraft identification,
NOTE : CIDS monitors the aircraft ident parameter and updates it for
____
all new records. This is necessary if a director is changed
from one aircraft to another. In this case there may be two
idents on a page. The related aircraft ident is shown above
the related failure message.
- The leg number (1-63),

- The date of the flight when the failure occurred,
- The class of the failure (1 or 2),
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU.
there are no failures found during the last 63 flights, the message
NO FAULT DETECTED is shown in the centre of the screen.
(4) LRU IDENT

(Ref. Fig. 083)
When you push the <LRU IDENT line select key, the LRU IDENTIFICATION
page comes on. This page shows the identity of all electronic LRUs
which can report their part number and serial number.
(5) CLASS 3 FAULTS

(Ref. Fig. 084)
When you push the CLASS 3 FAULTS> line select key, the LAST LEG CLASS
3 FAULTS page comes on. This page shows each class 3 failure message
that came on during the last flight and shows:
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU.
there are no class 3 failures found during the last flight, the
message NO FAULT DETECTED is shown in the centre of the screen.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B28
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Previous Legs Report
Figure 082

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B29
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS LRU Identification
Figure 083

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B30
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Class 3 Faults
Figure 084

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B31
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(6) SYSTEM TESTS
(Ref. Fig. 085)
When you push the SYSTEM TESTS> line select key, the SYSTEM TEST menu
page comes on.
This page shows the subsequent legends:
- DIR STATUS,
- INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST,
- ILLUMINATION TEST (Ref. 33-21-00),
- EPSU SYS TEST (Ref. 33-51-00),
- DRAINMAST SYS TEST (REF. 30-73-00),
(a) INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST if active director is selected

(Ref. Fig. 086)
When you push the <INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST line select key, the
INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST page with the messages DIRx ACTIVE and
TEST IN PROGRESS 6 MIN comes on.
The CIDS does a power-up test of certain CIDS components and
starts the internal BITE of the associated systems. It can last
up to 6 minutes. If there is a failure, the subsequent data about
this failure come on:
- The ACTIVE DIR,
- The class of the failure (1, 2 or 3) with a prompt > (if
applicable) to get access to the trouble shooting data or to
the submenus for the class 3 failures.
failures you must push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard. If
there are no failures found during the test, the message TEST OK
is shown in the centre of the screen.
(b) INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST if passive director is selected

(Ref. Fig. 087)
When you push the <INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST line select key, the
INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST page with the messages DIRx PASS., DIR
TEST ONLY and TEST IN PROGRESS 30 S comes on.
The passive director tests only itself, checks all power related
conditions, all FAP/CAM/Dir. interlink and ARINC/ETHERNET items.
(7) OP TEST
(Ref. Fig. 088)
When you push the OP TEST> line select key, the OP TEST menu page
comes on.
This page shows the subsequent legends:
- <LOUDSPEAKERS ACTIVATION
- <READING LT + ACP + PAX CALL + SIGN LAMPS ACTIVATION

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B32
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS System Tests
Figure 085

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B33
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Interface + Power-Up Test (act. Director)
Figure 086

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B34
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Interface + Power-Up Test (pas. Director)
Figure 087

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B35
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Operational Tests
Figure 088

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B36
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(a) When you push the <LOUDSPEAKERS ACTIVATION line select key, all
CIDS loudspeakers are supplied with a test tone until you push
the <RETURN line select key.
(b) When you push the LAMPS ACTIVATION line select key, all lamps in
the READING LTs, ACPs, PAX CALLs and SIGNS are illuminated until
you push the <RETURN line select key.
NOTE : There is no CAM relation, all DEU outputs are activated.

____
NOTE : After the test (when you push the <RETURN line select key)
____
the system performs a reset.
(8) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

(Ref. Fig. 089)
When you push the <TROUBLE SHOOT DATA line select key, the TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA page comes on.
This page shows:
- The date and the time of the message in clear language,
- Snapshot data at the moment of the fault (e.g. aircraft
configuration etc.) shown in hexadecimal code.
NOTE : The TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA Report contains data of system

____
faults which occurred in flight.
(9) GROUND SCANNING

(Ref. Fig. 090)
When you push the <GROUND SCANNING line select key, the GROUND
SCANNING page comes on. The GND SCANNING does an analysis of the CIDS
status at this time and in case of a failure all existing internal
and external failures are shown.
This page shows:
- The date and the time at which the failure occurred,
- The class of the failure (1, 2 or 3) with a prompt > to get access
to the trouble shooting data.
failures, you have to push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard.
Each failure which is detected during the monitoring mode is written
at the end of the report. The page counter is updated automatically.
If there is no fault detected, the message NO FAULT DETECTED is
shown. When you push the <RETURN line select key, the memory of the
GND SCANNING is reset.
After activating the GND SCANNING mode it is necessary to wait
approx. 3 min. to make sure that all failures are detected.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B37
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 089

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B38
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Ground Scanning
Figure 090

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B39
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(10) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 091)
The characteristics of this page are identical to those of the LAST
LEG REPORT. This page shows the internal failure messages that come
on when the aircraft is in ground configuration. Failures detected
during the last flight which are still valid are not shown in the
GROUND REPORT.
(11) SYSTEM CONFIG

(Ref. Fig. 092)
The SYSTEM CONFIGURATION page shows:
- The current date,
- The UTC,
- The aircraft ident,
- The ACTIVE DIR,
- The CAM P/N,
- The ACTIVE LAYOUT,
- The LAST CAM MODIFICATION,
- Informative text,
- <LSP VOLUME REPORT.
(a) When you push the <LSP VOLUME REPORT line key, the system shows
pages where the CAM defined loudspeaker volume is shown.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B40
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS Ground Report
Figure 091

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B41
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
MCDU - CIDS System Configuration
Figure 092

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B42
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FAP - Access Code - Example
Figure 093

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page B43
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-861-001
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To prevent failure messages, it is necessary to energize CIDS in the correct

sequence.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-063

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-101
A. Energize CIDS
(1) Close the circuit breakers in the correct sequence.
NOTE : If you close all circuit breakers in the correct sequence,

____
CIDS does a power-up test.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 201
May 01/07
R
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-228
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU CIDS-DEU B-NORM-AFT 194RH C08
2001VU CIDS-DEU A NORM-MID-RH 198RH C05
2001VU CIDS-DEU A NORM-MID-LH 197RH C04
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-104
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 202
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 301-399,

121VU COM / CIDS / DEU B / NORM FWD 193RH M09

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-73-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-105
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/AFT R 172RH HA12
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/AFT L 179RH HA11
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/FWD R 158RH HA10
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/FWD L 159RH HA09
**ON A/C 301-399,
49VU COM / CIDS / DEU A ESS / MID R 196RH G05

49VU COM / CIDS / DEU A ESS / MID L 195RH G04

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-177
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-178
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-106
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,

**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-107
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-861-064
R A. Not Applicable
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 207
Feb 01/07

CES
TASK 23-73-00-862-001
De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To prevent failure messages, it is necessary to de-energize CIDS in the

R correct sequence.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-102
R A. De-energize CIDS
R (1) Open the circuit breakers in the correct sequence.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 208
Feb 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-110
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-111
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-179
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 210
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-180
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-112
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C ALL
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 211
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-113
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 212
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 23-73-00-865-229
G. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-862-061

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 213
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-860-002
Cabin Layout Selection
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00-991-001-A Fig. 201A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-135

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 214
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-135-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in ground condition (landing gear down
and compressed).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-147
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C ALL

49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 215
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 216
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-199,


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,

**ON A/C ALL
122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/2 2HL Y22
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-230
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 218
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-063
A. Selection of the cabin layout

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-73-00-991-001)
(1) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, push the DSPL ON
pushbutton.
- the CIDS menu page shows.
(2) Push the <PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

- the PROGRAMMING menu page shows.
(3) Push the <CABIN PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

- the ENTER ACCESS CODE page shows.
(4) Enter the access code 333 to the scratchpad field and push the
<ENTER related membrane switch.
- the CAM LAYOUT SELECT page shows.
(5) Push the <CAM LAYOUT SELECT membrane switch.

- the CAM LAYOUT SELECTION menu page shows.
(6) Push the related LAYOUT membrane switch.

- the message LAYOUT X LOADED shows.
NOTE : The last selected layout is marked with a flashing < or >.
____
(7) Push the <RET related membrane switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 219
Feb 01/08

CES
Cabin Layout Selection - Example
Figure 201/TASK 23-73-00-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 220
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-063-A
A. Selection of the cabin layout

(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 23-73-00-991-001-A)
(1) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the LAYOUT SELECT
key.
- the LAYOUT SELECTION page with the ENTER ACCESS CODE window shows.
(2) On the numeric keyboard, enter the access code 318 and push the
ENTER key.
- the ENTER ACCESS CODE window disappears.
NOTE : On the LAYOUT SELECTION page, the active layout is marked by

____
an ACTIVE textbox.
(3) On the LAYOUT SELECTION page, push the Up or Down key to select a
new layout.
- the selected layout is highlighted by a coloured bar.
(4) On the LAYOUT SELECTION page, push the LOAD key.

- a message box LOADING IN PROGRESS / SYSTEM OPERATION BLOCKED
shows.
- after some seconds the message changes to LAYOUT: CAM X IS
LOADED.
(5) On the message box, push the OK key.

- the message box disappears.
- the LAYOUT SELECTION page shows.
- the new cabin layout is marked by the coloured bar.
(6) On the FAP, push the CABIN STATUS key.

- the CABIN STATUS page shows.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 221
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 222
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 223
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-064
A. Push the DSPL ON pushbutton.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-064-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 224
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-860-003
Cabin Zones Programming
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-002 Fig. 202
23-73-00-991-003 Fig. 203
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
23-73-00-991-004 Fig. 204
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-136

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 225
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-149
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 226
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-065
A. Programming of cabin zones

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 23-73-00-991-002)
(1) On the PTP 110RH push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

- the CIDS menu page comes on.

- the PROGRAMMING menu page comes on.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 227
Feb 01/08

CES
Example
Figure 202/TASK 23-73-00-991-002

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,

23-73-00 Page 228
Feb 01/08

CES
(3) Push the <ZONING related membrane switch.
- the ZONING menu page comes on.
(4) Push the <CABIN ZONES related membrane switch.

- the CABIN ZONES menu page comes on.
(5) Enter the number of the seatrow number to the scratchpad field.
(6) Push the related membrane switch to push the scratchpad field to the
selected data field.
(7) Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new config to
layout M.
(8) The message PARAMETER SAVING flashes a few seconds and the menu
PARAMETER SAVED with the modification number comes on.
Subtask 23-73-00-869-066
B. Programming of No Smoking Zones

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 23-73-00-991-003)



(4) Push the <NS ZONES related membrane switch.

- the NS END ZONES menu page comes on.
NOTE : If a NON SMOKER A/C is programmed, the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER

____
A/C SELECTED page comes on. To program a smoker area push the
NORMAL> related membrane switch.
(5) Enter the number of the seatrow number to the scratchpad field.
(6) Push the related membrane switch to push the scratchpad field to the
selected data field.
(7) Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new config to
layout M.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 229
Feb 01/08

CES
No Smoking Zones Programming
Example
Figure 203/TASK 23-73-00-991-003

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,

23-73-00 Page 230
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-067
C. Activation - Deactivation of the Active Class Divider

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 23-73-00-991-004)



(4) Push the DIV> related membrane switch.

- the CLASS DIVIDER menu page comes on.
(5) Push for change the related membrane switch.
NOTE : Pushing the membrane switch changes the active class divider
____
to passive and the passive to the active condition.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-068
A. Push the DSPL On pushbutton switch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 231
Feb 01/08

CES
Class Divider Activation - Deactivation
Example
Figure 204/TASK 23-73-00-991-004

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,

23-73-00 Page 232
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-860-006
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-009 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-144

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-164
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 233
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 234
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-073
A. Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 23-73-00-991-009)
(1) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, push the DSPL ON
membrane switch.
- the CIDS menu page shows.

- the PROGRAMMING menu page shows.

- the ZONING menu page shows.
(4) Push the NS SIGNS> related membrane switch.

- the NS SIGNS / NORMAL SIGNS MODE menu page shows.
NOTE : If the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED page shows, a NON
____
SMOKER A/C is already programmed.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 235
Feb 01/08

CES
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C
Figure 205/TASK 23-73-00-991-009

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 236
Feb 01/08

CES
(5) Push the NON SMKR A/C> related membrane switch.
- the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED status shows.
- in the cabin, all NS SIGNS come on.
- in the cabin, you hear a single LO chime.
(6) Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new configuration
to layout M.
- the message PARAMETER SAVING flashes a few seconds and the menu
PARAMETER SAVED with the modification number shows.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-075
A. Push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 237
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-73-00-860-008
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
23-73-00-991-011 Fig. 206
**ON A/C 301-399,
23-73-00-991-011-A Fig. 206A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
23-73-00-991-012 Fig. 207
**ON A/C 301-399,
23-73-00-991-012-A Fig. 207A

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 238
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
23-73-00-991-013 Fig. 208
**ON A/C 301-399,
23-73-00-991-013-A Fig. 208A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-162

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-174
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 239
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 240
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-209
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 241
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-076
A. Programming of the cabin zones
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 23-73-00-991-011)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 206A/TASK 23-73-00-991-011-A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(1) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the CABIN PROG key.
- the CABIN PROGRAMMING page with an activated ENTER ACCESS CODE
window shows.
ENTER key.
(3) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page, push the related CABIN ZONES key.
- the related CABIN ZONES window shows.
NOTE : It is possible to select in addition to the cabin zone

____
programming the non-smoker area programming, if a NON-SMOKER
A/C is not selected.
(4) On the CABIN ZONES window, push the related Up or Down key to
change the end of the cabin zone.
- the selected seat row numbers are indicated online.
NOTE : A minimum of one seat row must remain in each cabin zone. A
____
cabin zone can not be deleted.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 242
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page, push the activated CABIN ZONES key.
- the CABIN ZONES window disappears.
NOTE : If required, select the next cabin zone or non-smoker area for
____
programming before saving the data.
(6) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page, push the SAVE key.

- a message box with information about the target layout, the date
and the new count shows.

- a message box SAVING IN PROGRESS / FAP BLOCKED shows.
- after some seconds the message changes to SAVING COMPLETED with
layout, count and date information.

- the CABIN PROGRAMMING page shows.

Subtask 23-73-00-869-077
B. Programming of Non-Smoker Areas
NOTE : The programming of Non-Smoker Areas is disabled when the A/C is in

____
the NON-SMOKER A/C configuration.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 23-73-00-991-012)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 207A/TASK 23-73-00-991-012-A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(1) On the FAP push the CABIN PROG key.

- the CABIN PROG key is illuminated.
window comes on.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 243
Feb 01/10

CES
Cabin Zones Programming - Example

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 244
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 245
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 246
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 247
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 248
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 249
Nov 01/07

CES

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 250
Nov 01/07
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 251
Nov 01/07

CES
No Smoker Areas Programming - Example

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 252
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 253
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 254
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 255
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 256
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 257
Nov 01/07

CES

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 258
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(2) On the numeric keyboard of the ENTER ACCESS CODE window enter the
access code 318 and push the ENTER key.
(3) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page push the related SMOKE PROG. key.
- the SMOKE PROG. key is illuminated.
- the related NON SMOKER AREAS window comes on.
NOTE : It is possible to select in addition to the non smoker area

____
programming the cabin zone programming. (Refer to the Cabin
Zones programming)
(4) On the NON SMOKER AREAS window push the related Up or Down key to
change the end of non smoker areas in the related cabin zone.
- the selected seatrow numbers are indicated online.
(5) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page push the activated SMOKE PROG. key.
- the NON SMOKER AREAS window disappears.
- the SMOKE PROG. key is not illuminated anymore.
NOTE : If required, select the next cabin zone or non smoker area for
____
programming before saving the data.
(6) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page push the SAVE key.

and the new count comes on.
(7) On the message box push the OK key.

- a message box SAVING IN PROGRESS / FAP BLOCKED comes on.

- the CABIN PROGRAMMING page is shown.
(9) On the FAP push the CABIN STATUS key.

- the CABIN STATUS page comes on.
Subtask 23-73-00-869-078
C. Programming of Non-Smoker Aircraft Configuration
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 23-73-00-991-013)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 259
Feb 01/10

CES
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C - Example

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 260
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 261
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 208A/TASK 23-73-00-991-013-A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(1) On the FAP push the CABIN PROG key.

- the CABIN PROG key is illuminated.
window comes on.
(2) On the numeric keybord of the ENTER ACCESS CODE window enter the
access code 318 and push the ENTER key.
(3) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page push the NON SMOKER A/C - ON/OFF key.
- the NON SMOKER A/C - ON/OFF key is illuminated.
- the SMOKE PROG. switches are disabled.
(4) On the CABIN PROGRAMMING page push the SAVE key.

and the new count comes on.

- a message box SAVING IN PROGRESS / FAP BLOCKED comes on.

- the CABIN PROGRAMMING page is shown.
(7) On the FAP push the CABIN STATUS key.

- the CABIN STATUS page comes on.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-079

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 262
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 263
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 264
Nov 01/07

CES

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 265
Nov 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-860-004
Passenger Address (PA) Level Adjustment via PTP
R NOTE : This task is only valid if the DIRECTOR OBRM minimum standard 117 is
____
R installed.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-860-005 Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS

External Power
23-73-00-991-006 Fig. 209
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-140

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-157
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 266
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 267
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-069
A. PA level adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 23-73-00-991-006)
(1) On the PTP 110RH push the DSPL ON pushbutton switch.


(3) Push the <CABIN PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

- the ENTER ACCESS CODE page comes on.
(4) Enter the access code 333 123 to the scratchpad field and push the
<ENTER related membrane switch.
- the next page with the <PA LEVEL ADJ message comes on.
(5) Push the <PA LEVEL ADJ related membrane switch.

- the PA LEVEL ADJ page comes on.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 268
Feb 01/08

CES
PA Level Adjustment
Example
Figure 209/TASK 23-73-00-991-006

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,

23-73-00 Page 269
Feb 01/08

CES
(6) push the <CABIN IN DETAIL related membrane switch.
- the CABIN SEG page comes on.
NOTE : The cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin zones. The
____
locations of the cabin segments are shown in the CFDS PA LEVEL
REPORT (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-005).
(7) Push the related SEG membrane switch to select the cabin segment.
- the respective segment value flashes.
- the <+ (DB) and <- (DB) prompts appear.
(8) Push the + or - related membrane switches to change the PA level

value.
NOTE : The values are adjustable in 2 dB steps. The respective PA

____
level in the cabin is updated immediately.
(9) Select the next cabin segment for updating or push the CONT> related
membrane switch to get access to the ATTND page.
(10) After the update of all PA levels push the <RET related membrane
switch to save the new PA levels.
NOTE : If a reset to the default PA level is necessary, select the

____
related cabin segment or attendant station and push the <RES
related membrane switch. Pushing the <RES related membrane
switch, without selection of a cabin segment or an attendant
station, resets all to the default values.
(11) For an update of the auto increase of the PA level select the <AUTO
INCREASE membrane switch on the PA LEVEL ADJ page. The procedure is
the same as for the cabin segment and attendant station PA level
adjustment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-070
A. Push the DSPL On pushbutton switch.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 270
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-73-00-860-005
Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00-991-007 Fig. 210
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-141

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 271
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-159
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C ALL

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 272
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 273
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 301-399,

**ON A/C ALL
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-238
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 274
Nov 01/07
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-071
A. PA level interrogation
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 23-73-00-991-007)
(1) On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.

- the MCDU MENU page shows.
(2) Push the <CFDS related line select key.

- the CFDS page shows.
(3) Push the <SYSTEM REPORT/TEST related line select key.

- the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.
(4) Push the <COM related line select key.

- the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page shows.
(5) Push the <CIDS1 related line select key.

- the CIDS1 (ACT.) page shows.
(6) Push the PA LEVEL REPORT> related line select key.

- the CIDS1 (ACT.) PA LEVEL REPORT shows.
NOTE : The indicated cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin
____
zones.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-869-071-A
A. PA level interrogation
(1) On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.

- the MCDU MENU page shows.
(2) Push the <CFDS related line select key.

- the CFDS page shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 275
Feb 01/10

CES
PA Level Interrogation
Example
Figure 210/TASK 23-73-00-991-007

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,

23-73-00 Page 276
Feb 01/08

CES
(3) Push the <SYSTEM REPORT/TEST related line select key.
- the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.
(4) Push the <COM related line select key.

- the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page shows.
(5) Push the <CIDS 1 related line select key.

- the CIDS1 page shows.
(6) Push the SYSTEM CONFIG> related line select key.

- the CIDS 1 / SYSTEM CONFIGURATION page shows.
(7) Push the <LSP VOLUME REPORT related line select key.
- the CIDS 1 /LSP VOLUME REPORT shows.
NOTE : The indicated cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin
____
zones.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-072
A. On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 277
Nov 01/07
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-73-00-860-009
Loudspeaker Volume Adjustments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-014 Fig. 211
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-163

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 278
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-184
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 279
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 280
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-210
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-080
A. Adjustment of the loudspeaker volume

(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 23-73-00-991-014)
NOTE : The adjustment of the loudspeaker volume is described only for the
____
cabin zones. All other locations follow the same procedure.
(1) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the LEVEL ADJUST key.
- the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT page with an activated ENTER ACCESS CODE
window shows.
(2) On the numeric keybord, enter the access code 318 and push the
ENTER key.
(3) On the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT page, push the related CABIN ZONES - ADJUST
key.
- the VOLUME ADJUSTMENT - CABIN ZONES window shows.
(4) On the VOLUME ADJUSTMENT - CABIN ZONES window, push the Up or
Down key to select the required cabin segment (SEG).
- the selected cabin SEG is highlighted.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 281
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 282
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 283
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 284
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) On the VOLUME ADJUSTMENT - CABIN ZONES window, push the ANNOUNC.
VOLUME and/or CHIME VOLUME +/- key to change the volume.
- the selected loudspeaker volumes are indicated online.
NOTE : Pushing the DEFAULT key sets all adjustments back to the basic
____
volume levels.
(6) On the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT page, push the CABIN ZONES - ADJUST key.
- the VOLUME ADJUSTMENT - CABIN ZONES window disappears.
NOTE : If required, select the next location for new volume level
____
settings before saving the data.
(7) On the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT page, push the SAVE key.

and the new count shows.

- the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT page shows.

- the Cabin Status page shows.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-081

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 285
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-869-001
OBRM - Download Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Loading or reloading of software to the CIDS director.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-015 Fig. 212
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-164

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the correct OBRM is installed in the FAP.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-185
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 286
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 287
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-211
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 288
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-970-050
A. Loading of the OBRM-software

(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 23-73-00-991-015)
(1) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the SW LOAD key.
- the SOFTWARE LOADING page with an activated message box WAIT UNTIL
ALL CIDS COMPONENTS HAVE SENT THEIR CONFIGURATION shows.
- after some time the message box disappears.
NOTE : Make sure that data is shown in the IN SLOT column. If dashes
____
are shown, wait for up to 5 minutes until data replaces the
dashes.
(2) On the SOFTWARE LOADING page, push the LOAD SW key.

- the ENTER ACCESS CODE window shows.
- enter the access code 813 and push the ENTER key.
- the ENTER ACCESS CODE window disappears and the message box
SOFTWARE LOADING MAY LAST 5 MINUTES and additional information
show.
NOTE : Ignore the message CHANGE CAM NOW IF NECESSARY.

____
(3) On the message box, push the OK key to start the software loading
procedure.
- a message box WAIT UNTIL SOFTWARE LOADING IS COMPLETED and
additional information show.
- a loading bar shows the progress of the loading procedure.
- after the loading is completed the message box disappears and the
system does an auto restart.
- after the reboot, a message box SOFTWARE LOADING COMPLETED
SUCCESSFULLY shows.

- the SOFTWARE LOADING page shows.
NOTE : Make sure that the data in all fields of the SOFTWARE LOADING
____
page are shown in green color.


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 289
Feb 01/10

CES
OBRM - Software Loading

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 290
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 291
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 292
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-082

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 293
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-860-010
CIDS MCDU ACCESS via FAP
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-017 Fig. 213
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-214

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in ground condition (landing gear down
and compressed).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 294
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-251
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 295
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 296
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-083
A. Get access to the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) of the
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 23-73-00-991-017)
(1) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the CIDS MCDU key.
- the CIDS MCDU page with the ENTER ACCESS CODE window shows.
ENTER key.
(3) On the CIDS MCDU page, push the line select key related to the CIDS.
- the CIDS MCDU MENU page of the CIDS1 (ACT.) shows.
NOTE : The interface and power-up test is not available via the CIDS
____
MCDU page.
NOTE : The mode of operation is the same as for the MCDU located in
____
the cockpit.
(4) Refer to chapter 31-32-00 for details.

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-084

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 297
Feb 01/10

CES
CIDS MCDU ACCESS via FAP
Figure 213/TASK 23-73-00-991-017

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 298
Feb 01/10

CES
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - SERVICING
_______________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-600-001
Cleaning of the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 AIR SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-020

VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 301
May 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-070

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Forward Attendant Panel
_______
(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(2) Carefully clean the display unit and the hard-key panel with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-020) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED

_______
AIR. DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : COMPRESSED AIR USED FOR CLEANING OR DRYING MUST NOT EXCEED
_______
30 PSIG (206.8 KPA). IF YOU EXCEED THIS PRESSURE, INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(3) Carefully dry the display unit and the hard-key panel with an AIR
SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 302
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-160-050-A
A. Cleaning of the Flight Attendant Panel
_______
(1) On the FAP push the SCREEN 30 sec. LOCK button to prevent operations
on the FAP.
(2) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(3) If necessary push the SCREEN 30 sec. LOCK button on the FAP again.
(4) Carefully clean the display unit and the hard-key panel with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-020) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED

_______
AIR. DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : COMPRESSED AIR USED FOR CLEANING OR DRYING MUST NOT EXCEED
_______
30 PSIG (206.8 KPA). IF YOU EXCEED THIS PRESSURE, INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(5) Carefully dry the display unit and the hard-key panel with an AIR
SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-862-064

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 304
May 01/09

CES
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_______________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-040-001
Deactivation of the CIDS Director (101RH/102RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CIDS
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-740-005 BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R (CIDS) through the CFDS
23-73-34-000-001 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-146

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Get access to the Avionics Compartment
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-146-B

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) Make sure that a minimum of one cabin door is open.
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-146-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-222
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH, 102RH
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-223
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
FOR 102RH

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-050
C. Procedure
(1) Remove the related CIDS director 1 (2).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)
(2) Close these circuit breakers: 151RH, 150RH.
(3) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

- Make sure that the SYS STATUS page shows the message CIDS OK.
(4) Make an entry in the log book.
(5) Close Access

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
23-73-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-050-B
C. Procedure
(1) In the cockpit, on the MCDU:

- Do the Interface and Power-Up test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
- Make sure that only DIR 1 (2) related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:

- Lift the handset from the cradle.
- Push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and make an announcement.
(3) In the cabin:

- Make sure that you hear the announcement.
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-050-A
C. Procedure
(1) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

- Make sure that the SYS STATUS page shows the message CIDS OK.

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-73-00-440-001
Reactivation of the CIDS Director (101RH/102RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CIDS
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 23-73-00-810-879 Director - Fault in Director 1 and Director 2
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-147

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Get access to the Avionics Compartment

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 406
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-147-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-440-050
A. Trouble shooting
(1) Do the trouble shooting for the defective CIDS director 1 (2).
(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-879)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-148
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-040-002
Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 408
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-187

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-216
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 409
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-051
B. Procedure

- Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
- Make sure that only FAP-related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:

(3) In the cabin:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 410
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-440-002
Reactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 23-73-00-810-838 FAP - Fault in the Forward Attendant Panel
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-188

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-052
A. Trouble shooting
(1) Do the trouble shooting for the defective FAP.

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-838)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 411
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-189
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 412
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-73-00-040-003
Deactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
(With Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-192

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-217
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-054
B. Procedure

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(2) In the cockpit:


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) In the cabin:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-440-003
Reactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(With Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-190

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-053
A. Trouble shooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-838)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-191
items.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-040-004
Deactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH) - Slide Bottle Pressure

Indication, Emergency Exits
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-08-6)b)

Communications
(With Mod 30354)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (On FAP)
Emergency Exits
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-62-00-040-005 Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on
FAP) - Pressure Check
Page

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-193

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-218
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-055
B. Procedure
(1) In the aft cargo compartment:

- Do the visual check of the slide bottle pressure indication.
(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-040-005)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) In the cockpit:
(4) In the cabin:


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-440-004
Reactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH) - Slide Bottle Pressure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(With Mod 30354)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (On FAP)
Emergency Exits
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-194

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-056
A. Trouble shooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-838)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-195
items.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-040-005
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 423
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-196

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-219
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-057
B. Procedure

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
- Make sure that only PTP-related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 424
Feb 01/08

CES
(3) In the cabin:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 425
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-440-005
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 23-73-00-810-856 PTP - Fault in the Programming and Test Panel
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-199

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-060
A. Trouble shooting
(1) Do the trouble shooting for the defective PTP.

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-856)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 426
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-200
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 427
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-040-006
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide Bottle Pressure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (On PTP)
Emergency Exits
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-62-00-040-001 Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on
PTP) - Pressure Check
Page

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 428
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-197

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-220
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-058
B. Procedure
(1) In the aft cargo compartment:

- Do the visual check of the slide bottle pressure indication.
(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-040-001)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 429
Feb 01/08

CES
(3) In the cockpit:
(4) In the cabin:

- Make sure that you hear the announcement in all cabin areas.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 430
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-440-006
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide Bottle Pressure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (On PTP)
Emergency Exits
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-201

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-061
A. Trouble shooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-856)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 431
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-202
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 432
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-040-007
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency System Test,
Cabin Emergency Lighting System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07-1)

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
SYS EMER LIGHT TEST
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
33-51-00-040-001 Deactivation of the EMER SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin
Emergency Lighting System

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 433
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-198

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-221
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-040-059
B. Procedure
(1) In the cockpit:

- Do the check of the cabin emergency lighting system.
(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-040-001)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 434
Feb 01/08

CES
(3) In the cockpit:
(4) In the cabin:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 435
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 23-73-00-440-007
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency System Test,
Cabin Emergency Lighting System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07-1)

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
SYS EMER LIGHT TEST
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-203

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-062
A. Trouble shooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-856)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 436
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-204
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 437
Feb 01/08

CES
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-740-003
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the PTP
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Reset and BITE-test of the CIDS
NOTE : For each LED cabin sign: If the test is not deactivated in the CAM,
____
Class 3 fault messages will be recorded.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-36-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
External Power
Page

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 501
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-083

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) Make sure that at least one cabin door is open.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-083-C

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

energized
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 502
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-083-B

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
R (3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Video) is

R energized
R (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-740-002)
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-083-A

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
R (3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is

R energized
R (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002)
R (4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Video) is

R energized
R (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-740-002)

R

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-73-00

Page 503
Aug 01/06

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-740-051
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel

49VU:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH.
2. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
121VU: 120RH:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM - the CIDS CAUT light comes on.
151RH.
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

110RH:
- the message CIDS DEGRADATION shows.
In the cockpit, on the upper ECAM

display:
- the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT shows.
NOTE : To show all of the

____ In the cockpit:
message, you have to clear - you hear a single chime.
all other ECAM warnings.
To clear all other ECAM
warnings push the CLR
pushbutton on the ECAM
Control Panel (ECP), until
all of the COM message
shows.
3. In the cockpit, on the ECP:

- push the STS pushbutton.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cockpit, on the lower ECAM
display:
- the message INOP SYS CIDS shows.

121VU:
- after 10 seconds, close the C/B
DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.
5. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel - the CIDS CAUT light goes off.
49VU:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS
150RH.
NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you

____ - after 5 minutes, the CIDS CAUT light
start the next test step. stays off.
In the cockpit, on the upper and lower

ECAM display:
- all the CIDS FAULT messages are off.
6. On the PTP: On the PTP:
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page shows.

switch.
- push the SYSTEM STATUS membrane - the SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
switch. message OK.
- push the CONT membrane switch - the next system status related pages
until the message < MAINTENANCE with the message OK shows.
shows.
- push the MAINTENANCE membrane - the MAINTENANCE page shows.

switch.
- push the CONT membrane switch

until the message < GND SCAN
shows.
- push the GND SCAN membrane - the GND SCAN page with the message NO
switch. FAILURE shows.
- push the RET membrane switch - the SYSTEM STATUS page shows.
until the SYSTEM STATUS page
shows.

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the CONT related membrane
switch until the < MAINTENANCE
message shows.
- push the MAINTENANCE membrane - the MAINTENANCE page shows.

switch.
- push the CONT membrane switch. - the < CLASS 3 FAULTS message shows.
- push the < CLASS 3 FAULTS - the CLASS 3 FAULT page with the
membrane switch. message NO FAILURE shows.
NOTE : An erroneous CLASS 3 FAULT

____
message will be recorded
for each LED (without
bulbs) cabin sign, if the
test of the related signs
is not deactivated in the
CAM.
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page shows.

switch.
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-740-051-A
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the C/B panel 49VU:
- open the C/Bs DIR ESS/1 and DIR

ESS/2 150RH and 157RH.
2. On the C/B panel 121VU: On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

120RH:
- open the C/Bs DIR NORM/1 and - the CIDS CAUT light comes on.
DIR NORM/2 151RH and 156RH.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 508
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the PTP 110RH:
- the message CIDS DEGRADATION comes
on.
In the cockpit on the UPPER ECAM

DISPLAY:
- the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT comes
on.
NOTE : To show all of the message, you

____
have to clear all other ECAM
warnings. To clear all other
ECAM warnings push the CLR
Control-Panel (ECP), until all
of the COM message appears.
Through the cockpit loudspeaker:

- a single chime is heard.
3. On the ECAM Control-Panel (ECP): On the LOWER ECAM DISPLAY:

- push the STS pushbutton. - the message INOP SYS CIDS comes on.

- after approx. 10 s close the
C/Bs DIR NORM/1 and DIR NORM/2
151RH and 156RH:
- close the C/Bs DIR ESS/1 and - the CIDS CAUT light goes off.
DIR ESS/2 150RH and 157RH:
NOTE : Wait approx. 5 min before you start the next test step.
____
- after approx. 5 min the CIDS CAUT

light is still off.
In the cockpit on the UPPER and LOWER

ECAM DISPLAY:
- all CIDS FAULT messages are off.
6. On the Programming and Test Panel On the PTP 110RH:

(PTP) 110RH:

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 509
Aug 01/06
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page comes on.
switch.
- push the SYSTEM STATUS related - the SYSTEM STATUS page comes on with
membrane switch. system OK messages.
- push the CONT related membrane - the next system status related pages
switch until the < MAINTENANCE with system OK messages come on.
message comes on.
- push the MAINTENANCE related - the MAINTENANCE page comes on.

membrane switch.

switch until the < GND SCAN
message comes on.
- push the GND SCAN related - the GND SCAN page with the NO FAILURE
membrane switch. message comes on.
- push the RET related membrane - the SYSTEM STATUS page comes on.
switch until the SYSTEM STATUS
page comes on.

switch until the < MAINTENANCE
message comes on.
- push the MAINTENANCE related - the MAINTENANCE page comes on.

membrane switch.
- push the CONT related membrane - the < CLASS 3 FAULTS message comes
switch. on.
- push the < CLASS 3 FAULTS - the CLASS 3 FAULT page with NO
related membrane switch. FAILURE messages comes on.
NOTE : An erroneous class 3 fault message will be recorded for each LED
____
(without bulbs) Cabin Sign; if the test of the related signs is not
deactivated in the CAM.
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page comes on.
switch.

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 510
Aug 01/06

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056, 101-101,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-084

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(2) De-energize the CFDS.

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 057-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Post SB 23-1121 For A/C 001-049,101-101,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-084-A
NOTE : If some reading lights are inoperational after the test:

____
- switch off the reading lights on the FAP for approx. 10 seconds
and than switch on the reading lights again.
NOTE : If the NS signs in a Non Smoker A/C configuration do not come on:
____
- set the NS switch to the AUTO or ON position and than back
again.

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(2) De-energize the CFDS.

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 511
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-740-005
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Reset and BITE-test of the CIDS
NOTE : For each LED cabin sign: If the test is not deactivated in the CAM,
____
Class 3 fault messages will be recorded.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 512
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-086

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-086-C

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
(4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System is energized.

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 513
Feb 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-086-B

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
R (3) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R (4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment (Video) System is

R energized.
R (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-740-002)
**ON A/C 201-210,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-086-A

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
R (3) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R (4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System is energized.

R (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002)
R (5) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment (Video) System is

R energized.
R (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-740-002)

EFF :

151-199, 201-210, 23-73-00

Page 514
Aug 01/06

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 515
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 516
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-740-053
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49VU:

150RH.
121VU: 120RH:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM - the CIDS CAUT light comes on.
151RH.

110RH:

display:

appears.

On the lower ECAM display:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 517
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

121VU:
- after 10 seconds, close the C/B
DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.
5. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel On the FAP:

49VU:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS - the CIDS CAUT light goes off.
150RH.
NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you

start the next test step. stays off.
In the cockpit, on the upper and lower

ECAM display:
On the PTP:
- the SYSTEM STATUS page and the
message CIDS OK shows.
- push the MCDU MENU pushbutton. - the MCDU MENU page shows.
- push the CFDS pushbutton. - the CFDS page shows.
- push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.

pushbutton.
- push the COM pushbutton. - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page

shows.
- push the CIDS1 pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
- push the CLASS 3 FAULTS - the CIDS1 (ACT) CLASS 3 FAULTS page
pushbutton. with the message NO FAILURE shows.

____
for each LED (without

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 518
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bulbs) cabin sign, if the
test of the related signs
is not deactivated in the
CAM.
- push the RETURN pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
- push the GND SCAN pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) GROUND SCANNING page
with the message NO FAILURE shows.
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-740-053-A
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49VU:
- open the C/Bs DIR ESS/1 and DIR

ESS/2 150RH and 157RH.
121VU: 120RH:
- open the C/Bs DIR NORM/1 and - the CIDS CAUT light comes on.

110RH:

display:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 519
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shows.

R In the cockpit, on the lower ECAM

R display:
R 4. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel

R 121VU:
R - after 10 seconds, close the
R C/Bs DIR NORM/1 and DIR NORM/2
R 151RH and 156RH.
R 5. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel

R 49VU:
- close the C/Bs DIR ESS/1 and - the CIDS CAUT light goes off.
DIR ESS/2 150RH and 157RH.
R NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you

R start the next test step. stays off.
R In the cockpit, on the upper and lower

R ECAM display:
On the PTP:
- the SYSTEM STATUS page and the
message CIDS OK shows.

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 520
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the CFDS pushbutton. - the CFDS page shows.

pushbutton.
- push the COM pushbutton. - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page

shows.
- push the CIDS1 pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
- push the CLASS 3 FAULTS - the CIDS1 (ACT) CLASS 3 FAULTS page
pushbutton. with the message NO FAILURE shows.

____
for each LED cabin sign;
if the test of the related
signs is not deactivated
in the CAM.
- push the RETURN pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
- push the GND SCAN pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) GROUND SCANNING page
with the message NO FAILURE shows.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-056, 101-101,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-088

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 521
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 057-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
Post SB 23-1121 For A/C 001-049,101-101,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-088-A
NOTE : If some reading lights do not operate after the test, switch off
____
the reading lights at the FAP for approx. 10 sec. and than on
again.
NOTE : If the NS signs in a Non Smoker A/C configuration do not come on,
____
set the NS switch 190RH to the AUTO or ON position and than back
again.

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 057-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 522
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A
Interface and Power-Up test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
through the CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (MCDU)
External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 305-399, 401-499,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-211-B

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

R **ON A/C 251-299, 301-304, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-860-211-C

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

(5) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Video) is


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-241
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-242
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-740-061
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the CFDS related line - the CFDS page shows.

select key.

line select key.
- push the COM related line - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page
select key. shows.
- push the CIDS1 related line - the CIDS1 page shows.

select key.
- push the SYSTEM TESTS related - the CIDS1 SYSTEM TESTS DIR1 ACTIVE
line select key. page shows.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the INTERFACE + POWER-UP - the CIDS1 INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST,
TEST line select key. DIR1 ACTIVE page with the message
TEST IN PROGRESS 6 MIN shows.
- if the Interface and Power-Up test is

complete, the message TEST OK
shows.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-213

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 23-73-00-740-012
Ground Scanning of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-207

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST item

COM
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-239
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-240
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-740-060
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit on the MCDU: In the cockpit on the MCDU:

- push the CIDS1 line select key. - the CIDS1 main page comes on.

- push the GND SCANNING select - the GND SCANNING menu page comes on,
key,
- wait approx. 3 minutes. - after approx. 3 min. the message NO
FAULT DETECTED is shown.
3. On the MCDU:
- push the RETURN line select key
until the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
COM menu page comes on.
4. In the cockpit on the MCDU: In the cockpit on the MCDU:

- push the CIDS2 line select key. - the CIDS2 main page comes on.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the GND SCANNING select - the GND SCANNING menu page comes on,
key,
- wait 3 minutes. - after 3 min. the message NO FAULT
DETECTED is shown.
6. On the MCDU:
- push the RETURN line select key
until the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
COM menu page comes on.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-208

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-710-002
Operational test of the DEU, the secondary power supply and the DEU-A cut-off
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To verify the operation of the CIDS with normal or essential power supply.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-069

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 534
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
**ON A/C 151-199,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 535
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-051
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49VU:

150RH.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cabin:

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch - all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come
(191RH) to the ON position. on.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 536
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU:

150RH.

121VU:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.

121VU:
- open the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH - all FSB signs go off.
to 168RH.
6. At the forward attendant station: In the cabin:

cradle.
- push the PA ALL pushbutton.
- push and hold the PTT and make - you hear the announcement.
an announcement.
7. At the forward attendant station:
- release the PTT.
- put the handset back in the

cradle.
8. In the cockpit, on the overhead

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch to

the OFF position.

121VU:

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 537
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- close the C/Bs DEU A NORM 163RH
to 168RH.
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.
**ON A/C 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-051-A
A. Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the C/B Panel 121VU:
- open the C/Bs DIR NORM/1 and

- open the C/B DIR ESS/2 157RH.
3. On the Overhead Panel 25VU: In the cabin:
- set the SIGN SEAT BELT switch - all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come
191RH to the ON position. on.
- close the C/B DIR ESS/2 157RH,
- open the C/Bs DEU A NORM 163RH - all FSB signs go off.
to 168RH.
6. In the cabin at the FWD ATTND In the cabin and the lavatories:
Station:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 538
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- remove the handset from the
cradle,
- push the PA ALL pushbutton,
- push the PTT and do an - the announcement is heard through the

announcement. loudspeakers.
7. At the FWD ATTND Station:
- release the PTT,
- put the handset back into its

cradle.
- close the C/B DIR ESS/1 150RH,
9. In the cabin at the FWD ATTND

Station:
- remove the handset from the

cradle,
- push the PA ALL pushbutton,
- push the PTT and do an - the announcement is heard through the

announcement. loudspeakers.
10. At the FWD ATTND Station:
- release the PTT,
- put the handset back into its

cradle.
11. In the cockpit on the Overhead

Panel 25VU:
- set the SIGN SEAT BELT switch

191RH to the OFF position.

R

EFF :

151-199, 23-73-00

Page 539
Aug 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. In the cockpit on the C/B Panel
121VU:
- close the C/B DIR NORM/1 and

DIR NORM/2 151RH and 156RH,
- close the C/Bs DEU A NORM

163RH to 168RH.
- close the C/B DIR ESS/2 157RH.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
23-73-00

Page 540
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-73-00-710-038
Operational test of the DEU, the essential power supply and the DEU-A cut-off
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To verify the operation of the CIDS with normal or essential power supply.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-171

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 541
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-189
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 542
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 301-399,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-865-204
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-309
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the CFDS-MCDU, on the SYSTEM On the CFDS-MCDU:

REPORT/COM page:

select key.
2. In the cockpit, on the circuit

breaker panel 49VU:
- open the C/Bs:
- DEU A ESS/FWD R 158RH
- DEU A ESS/FWD L 159RH
- DEU A ESS/AFT R 172RH
- DEU A ESS/AFT L 179RH
- DEU B ESS 153RH.
3. On the CFDS-MCDU: On the CFDS-MCDU:
- push the GND SCANNING line - the CIDS1 GROUND SCANNING page with
select key. the message IN PROGRESS 180S shows.
- after approximately 3 minutes the

message NO FAULT DETECTED shows.
- push the RETURN line select - the CIDS1 page shows.

key.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. From the FWD attendant station in Through all loudspeakers in the cabin
the cabin: and in the lavatories:
- do an announcement through the - you hear the announcement.

handset (push the PTT button
only).

breaker panel 121VU:
- open the C/Bs:
- DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH
- DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH
- DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH
- DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH
- DEU B NORM 162RH.

DEU-A/B, CIDS TOP BUS XX / DIR 1
(101RH), CIDS MID BUS X / DIR 1
(101RH) failure message shows.

key.
- do an announcement through the - you do not hear the announcement.

only).

breaker panel 49VU:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 545
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- close the C/Bs:
- DEU B ESS 153RH.

(101RH) message is off.
10. From the FWD attendant station Through all loudspeakers in the cabin
in the cabin: and in the lavatories:

only).

- open the C/Bs:
- DIR NORM/1 151RH
- DIR NORM/2 156RH

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 546
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIR1 (101RH) 28VDC2 SPLY failure
message shows.

only).

- close the C/Bs:
- DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH
- DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH
- DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH
- DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH
- DEU B NORM 162RH
- DIR NORM/1 151RH
- DIR NORM/2 156RH
- after approximately 3 minutes the DEU


only).

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 547
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-309-C
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the CFDS-MCDU, on the SYSTEM On the CFDS-MCDU:

REPORT/COM page:

select key.

breaker panel 49VU:
- open the C/Bs:
- DEU A ESS/MID R 196RH
- DEU A ESS/MID L 195RH
- DEU B ESS 153RH.


key.

R

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 548
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

only).

- open the C/Bs:
- DEU A NORM/FWD L 163RH
- DEU A NORM/FWD R 164RH
- DEU B NORM/FWD 193RH.
6. In the aft cabin, on the circuit

- open the C/Bs:
- DEU A NORM/MID L 197RH
- DEU A NORM/MID R 198RH
- DEU A NORM/AFT L 173RH
- DEU A NORM/AFT R 174RH
- DEU B NORM/AFT 194RH.

(101RH) failure message shows.

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 549
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
key.
- do an announcement through the - you do not hear the announcement.

only).

breaker panel 49VU:
- close the C/Bs:
- DEU A ESS/MID R 196RH
- DEU A ESS/MID L 195RH
- DEU B ESS 153RH.

(101RH) message is off.

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 550
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
only).

- open the C/Bs:
- DIR NORM/1 151RH
- DIR NORM/2 156RH.

DIR1 (101RH) 28VDC2 SPLY failure
message shows.

only).

- close the C/Bs:
- DEU A NORM/FWD L 163RH
- DEU A NORM/FWD R 164RH
- DEU B NORM/FWD 193RH
- DIR NORM/1 151RH
- DIR NORM/2 156RH.

EFF :

301-399, 23-73-00

Page 551
Nov 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. In the aft cabin, on the circuit
- close the C/Bs:
- DEU A NORM/MID L 197RH
- DEU A NORM/MID R 198RH
- DEU A NORM/AFT L 173RH
- DEU A NORM/AFT R 174RH
- DEU B NORM/AFT 194RH.
- after approximately 3 minutes the DEU


only).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-172

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 552
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
TASK 23-73-00-710-015
Operational test of the power-transfer function
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-34-000-001 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)

23-73-34-400-001 Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-067

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Get access to the CIDS Director DIR 1 (101RH).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 553
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 23-73-00-865-089
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 554
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-220
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

121VU:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cabin:

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH - all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come
to the ON position. on.

121VU:
- open the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH - all FSB signs go off.
to 168RH.

panel 25VU:

the OFF position.

49VU:

150RH.
6. In the avionics compartment, on

the rack 87VU:
- remove the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH).

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 555
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU:

150RH.
- wait until DIR 2 finishes the

power-up.

panel 25VU:

the ON position.

121VU:
- close the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH - all FSB signs come on.
to 168RH.

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch to - all FSB signs go off.

the OFF position.

49VU:

150RH.
12. In the avionics compartment, on

the rack 87VU:
- install the CIDS DIR 1

(101RH).

121VU:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 556
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel In the cabin, on the Programming and
49VU: Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS - after the power-up test (approx. 2-3
150RH. min.), the SYSTEM STATUS page shows
the message OK.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-068
(1) Make sure that the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH) is correct installed.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-001)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 23-73-00

Page 557
Nov 01/08
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 23-73-00-710-003
Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the cabin interphone system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohm boomset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
33-14-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lights
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-072

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Energize the annunciator light test and dimming system

R (Ref. TASK 33-14-00-710-001).
(3) Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panels (ACP)
is in the center position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 558
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(4) Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on the
pedestal panel 111VU is in the BRT position.
(5) Connect a 600 ohm boomset to the captain jack panel 61VU.
R NOTE : The announciation indication and the communication is

____
R cancelled, if there are more than 60 sec. between the test
R procedure steps.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-156, 201-209,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 559
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 106-149, 157-199, 210-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-233, 236-238,

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 560
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 062-099, 204-233, 236-238,
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
**ON A/C 151-199,

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 561
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
R NOTE : The interphone link initiated from the cockpit call panel is
____
R cancelled, if one of the following conditions occurs:
R - All called stations have reset the function.
R - The AMU INT ON signal from the ACP is not activated after approx. 2
R minutes.
R - The call has not been accepted by an attendant handset approx. 5
R minutes after the last activation of the respective call.
R NOTE : The flashing of the ATT light on the audio control panel is related
____
R to the
R
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) director standard. For
this test, the light can flash or stay on continuously.
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052-A
A. Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

panel 21VU: 21VU:
- push the EMER pushbutton - the CALL ON indicator light in the

switch. EMER pushbutton switch flashes.
In the cabin and at all attendant

stations:
- you hear a HI-LO chime three times.
On all Area Call Panels (ACP) 340RH:
- the pink indicator lights flash.
On all Attendant Indication Panels

(AIP) 320RH:
- the pink indicator light flashes.
- EMERGENCY CALL flashes.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 562
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cockpit, on the audio control
panel:
- the ATT indication flashes.
2. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

control panel: 21VU:
- push the RESET button. - the CALL ON indicator light in the

EMER pushbutton switch goes off.

panel:
- the ATT indication goes off.
3. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the audio control

control panel: panel:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the integral light of the CAB
- push the CAB rotary knob. - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob comes on.
- turn the CAB rotary knob fully

cw.
- push and hold the INT/RAD

switch to the RAD position.
4. At all attendant stations:

cradle.
Through all attendant station Through all attendant station handsets

handsets and the cockpit boomset: and the cockpit boomset:
- make an announcement. - you hear the announcement.
On all ACPs:
- the pink indicator lights go off.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 23-73-00

Page 563
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. At all attendant stations: On all AIPs:
- put the handset back in the - the pink indicator light goes off.
cradle.
- EMERGENCY CALL goes off.

- release the INT/RAD switch.
- push to release the CAB rotary - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob. knob goes off.
- push to release the CAB - the integral light of the CAB

**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 21VU: 21VU:


stations:

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page 564
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(AIP) 320RH:

panel:

- push the RESET pushbutton. - the CALL ON indicator light in the


panel:

knob comes on.

cw.


cradle.

R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page 565
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On all ACPs:
cradle.



R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page 566
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052-C
R A. Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 21VU: 21VU:


stations:
R - you hear three HI-LO chimes.

(AIP) 320RH:
- CALL EMERGENCY flashes.

panel:



panel:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 567
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. At the forward attendant station: On the forward left AIP:
- lift the handset from the - > EMERGENCY shows.

cradle.
- the pink indicator light goes off.

knob comes on.

cw.

R 5. Through the forward Through the forward attendant-station

R attendant-station handset and the handset and the cockpit boomset:
R cockpit boomset:
R 6. At the aft left attendant On the aft left AIP:

R station:

cradle.
R 7. Through the forward and aft left Through the forward and aft left
R attendant-station handset and the attendant-station handset and the
R cockpit boomset: cockpit boomset:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 568
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 8. At the forward attendant station: On the forward left AIP:
- put the handset back in the - > EMERGENCY goes off.

cradle.
R 9. Through the aft left Through the aft left attendant-station

R cockpit boomset:
R 10. At the aft right attendant On the aft right AIP:

R station:

cradle.
R 11. Through the aft Through the aft attendant-station

R attendant-station handsets and handsets and the cockpit boomset:
R the cockpit boomset:

R station:

cradle.
R 13. Through the aft right Through the aft right attendant-station
R attendant-station handset and handset and the cockpit boomset:
R the cockpit boomset:
R 14. At the aft right attendant On the aft right AIP:

R station:

cradle.
On all ACPs:

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 569
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the RAD/INT switch.

**ON A/C 211-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052-B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 21VU: 21VU:


stations:

(AIP) 320RH:

panel:

R

EFF : 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 570
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



panel:

knob comes on.

cw.


cradle.

On all ACPs:

R

EFF :

211-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 571
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.


**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-073
B. Do the test of the ALL attendant call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the FWD LH and the AFT ACPs 340RH:
panel 21VU:
- push the CALLS FWD and AFT - the pink lights come on.
pushbutton switches one after
the other.
On all AIPs 320RH:
- the green light comes on.
- the CALL CAPTAIN message comes on.
From the FWD and AFT attendant

loudspeakers:
- a single HI-LO chime sounds.

R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 211-233, 23-73-00

Page 572
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the CAB pushbutton switch integral
light comes on.
- push the CAB rotary knob. - the CAB rotary knob integral light
comes on.

cw.

3. At all attendant stations: On the respective ACPs 340RH:
- lift the handset from the - the pink lights go off.

cradle.
On all AIPs 320RH:
- the green light goes off.
- the CALL CAPTAIN message changes to

CAPTAIN.
In the cockpit and at all attendant

stations:
- speak into the handset and - the message and the reply are correct
listen for the reply. and clear.
4. At all attendant stations: On all AIPs 320RH:
- put the handset back to the - the CAPTAIN message goes off.
cradle.


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 23-73-00

Page 573
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push to release the CAB rotary - the CAB rotary knob integral light
knob. goes off.
- push to release the CAB - the CAB pushbutton switch integral

pushbutton switch. light goes off.
**ON A/C 106-149,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-073-B
NOTE : The test has the same procedure for all attendant stations.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

knob comes on.

cw.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead At all attendant stations:

panel 21VU:
- push the ALL pushbutton. - you hear a single HI-LO chime.
On the forward LH and aft Area Call

Panels (ACP):
- the pink indicators come on.

(AIP):

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 23-73-00

Page 574
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the message CALL ALL ATTND shows.
- the green indicator comes on.
3. At the forward attendant station: On the forward AIP:
- lift the handset from the - the message > ALL ATTND shows.
cradle.
- the green indicator goes off.
4. In the cockpit, on the audio

control panel:
switch in the RAD position.
5. Through the forward attendant Through the forward attendant station

station handset and the cockpit handset and the cockpit boomset:
boomset:
6. At the aft LH attendant station: On the aft LH AIP:
cradle.
7. Through the forward and aft LH Through the forward and aft LH
attendant station handset and the attendant station handset and the
cockpit boomset: cockpit boomset:
- put the handset back in the - the message > ALL ATTND goes off.
cradle.
9. Through the aft LH attendant Through the aft LH attendant station

station handset and the cockpit handset and the cockpit boomset:
boomset:

R

EFF :

106-149, 23-73-00

Page 575
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. At the aft LH attendant station: On the aft LH AIP:
cradle.
On the respective ACPs:
- the pink indicators go off.
- release the INT/RAD switch. - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob goes off.
- push to release the CAB rotary
knob.

**ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-073-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the forward LH and the aft LH/RH
panel 21VU: Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:
- push the ALL pushbutton. - the pink indicator comes on.

(AIP) 320RH:
- the message CAPTAIN CALL shows.

R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 576
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At all attendant stations:
- you hear a single HI-LO chime.

knob comes on.

cw.

3. At all attendant stations: On the forward LH and the aft LH/RH

ACP:
- lift the handset from the - the pink indicator goes off.
cradle.
On all AIPs:
Through the forward and aft Through the forward and aft attendant
attendant station handsets and station handsets and the cockpit
the cockpit boomset: boomset:
- put the handset back in the - the message CAPTAIN CALL goes off.
cradle.


R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 577
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-073-C
NOTE : The test has the same procedure for all attendant stations.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

knob comes on.

cw.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead At all attendant stations:

panel 21VU:
R - push the ALL pushbutton. - you hear a HI-LO chime.
R On the forward left and aft Area Call

R Panels (ACP):

(AIP):

R

EFF : 201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 578
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the message CALL ALL ATTND shows.
cradle.
4. In the cockpit, on the audio

control panel:

R cockpit boomset:

R station:
cradle.
R 7. Through the forward and aft left Through the forward and aft left
R attendant station-handset and the attendant station-handset and the
R cockpit boomset: cockpit boomset:
cradle.
R 9. Through the aft left attendant Through the aft left attendant
R station-handset and the cockpit station-handset and the cockpit
R boomset: boomset:

R station:

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 579
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.
R On the forward left and aft ACPs:
- release the INT/RAD switch. - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob goes off.
- push to release the CAB rotary
knob.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-074
C. Do the test of the FWD attendant call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the forward LH Area Call Panel

panel 21VU: (ACP):
- push the FWD pushbutton. - the pink indicator lights come on.
On the forward LH Attendant Indication

Panel (AIP):
- the green indicator light comes on.
- the message CALL CAPTAIN shows.

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
23-73-00

Page 580
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At all attendant stations:

knob comes on.

cw.

3. At the forward attendant station: On the forward LH ACP:
- lift the handset from the - the pink indicator lights go off.
cradle.
On the forward LH AIP:
- the green indicator light goes off.
- the message CALL CAPTAIN changes to

CAPTAIN.
Through the forward attendant station

handset and the cockpit boomset:
- put the handset back in the - the message CAPTAIN goes off.
cradle.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page 581
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-074-B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the FWD LH ACP 340RH:

panel 21VU:
- push the FWD pushbutton. - the green light comes on.
On the FWD AIP 320RH:
- the green light comes on.
- the CALL CAPTAIN message comes on.
From the FWD attendant loudspeaker:
- a single HI-LO chime sounds.

- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the CAB pushbutton-switch integral

light comes on.
- push the CAB rotary knob. - the CAB rotary-knob integral light
comes on.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 23-73-00

Page 582
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cw.

3. At the FWD attendant station: On the FWD LH ACP 340RH:
- lift the handset from the - the green light goes off.
cradle.
- the green light goes off.
- the CALL CAPTAIN message changes to

CAPTAIN.
In the cockpit and at the FWD attendant

station:
- speak into the handset and - the message and the reply are correct
listen for the reply. and clear.
- put the handset back to the - the CAPTAIN message goes off.
cradle.

- push to release the CAB rotary - the CAB rotary-knob integral light
knob. goes off.
- push to release the CAB - the CAB pushbutton-switch integral


R

EFF :

051-099, 23-73-00

Page 583
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-074-C
R C. Do the test of the FORWARD attendant call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead At the forward attendant station:

panel 21VU:
R - push the FWD pushbutton. - you hear a HI-LO chime.
On the forward Attendant Indication

Panel (AIP):
- the message CALL CAPTAIN comes on.
R On the forward left Area Call Panel

R (ACP):
2. On the audio control panel in the On the audio control panel in the
cockpit: cockpit:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the CAB pushbutton switch integral
light comes on.
- push the CAB rotary knob. - the CAB rotary knob integral light
comes on.

cw.
- lift the handset from the - the message > CAPTAIN comes on.
cradle.

R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 584
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the forward left ACP:
4. On the audio control panel in the

cockpit:
- push and hold the RAD/INT


R cockpit boomset:
- put the handset back in the - the message > CAPTAIN goes off.
cradle.
7. On the audio control panel in the

cockpit:
- release the RAD/INT switch.
On the audio control panel in the On the audio control panel in the
cockpit: cockpit:
- push to release the CAB rotary - the CAB rotary knob integral light
knob. goes off.
- push to release the CAB - the CAB pushbutton switch integral


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
23-73-00

Page 585
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-074-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the forward LH Area Call Panel (ACP)
panel 21VU: 340RH:
- push the FWD pushbutton. - the pink indicator light comes on.
On the forward LH Attendant Indication

Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- the green indicator light comes on.
- the message CALL CAPTAIN shows.
At the forward attendant station:

knob comes on.

cw.

3. At the forward attendant station: On the forward LH ACP:
- lift the handset from the - the pink indicator light goes off.
cradle.

R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 586
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the green indicator light goes off.
- the message CALL CAPTAIN changes to

CAPTAIN.
Through the forward attendant station

handset and the cockpit boomset:
- put the handset back in the - the message CAPTAIN goes off.
cradle.



R

EFF :

201-233, 236-238, 23-73-00

Page 587
Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
Subtask 23-73-00-710-075
D. Do the test of the AFT attendant call

Nammcesa 000014 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Nammcesa 000014 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

__________

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1-25 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

23-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-11-33 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-11-36 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-11-37 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

23-12-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-12-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-12-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 251-299, 503-509, 511-526,

23-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-32-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

23-33-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-00 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,

MOD.24771K3901 INCORPORATED 106-149, 211-249, 301-399,

23-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-31 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-37 MOD.21362K1387 REMOVED 503-509, 511-518,

23-33-46 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-47 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-34-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-34-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-34 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-36 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-44 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 404, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 151-158, 211-249,

23-36-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-62 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-42-00 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED

23-43-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-44-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-44-00 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 157-199, 210-249,

23-44-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-44-41 01 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-44-41 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-44-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-51-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-51-00 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 157-199, 210-249,

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

23-51-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-51-12 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 157-199, 210-249,

23-51-34 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 157-199, 210-249,

23-61-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

23-71-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-71-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED